Salesforce Release Notes

Salesforce, Winter ’25

Last updated: November 1, 2024

© Copyright 2000–2024 Salesforce, Inc. All rights reserved. Salesforce is a registered trademark of Salesforce, Inc., as are other

names and marks. Other marks appearing herein may be trademarks of their respective owners.
CONTENTS

SALESFORCE WINTER ’25 RELEASE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

What’s New for the Salesforce Release Notes? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
How to Use the Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Get Ready for the Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Monthly Release Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Release Note Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Supported Browsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
How and When Do Features Become Available? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Salesforce Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Release Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Data Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Einstein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Experience Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Field Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Hyperforce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Industries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
MuleSoft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Mobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Omnistudio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Revenue Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Salesforce CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Salesforce Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Salesforce for Slack Integrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Security, Identity, and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
Work.com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
Other Salesforce Products and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
Legal Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
SALESFORCE WINTER ’25 RELEASE NOTES

See how the Winter ’25 release helps teams work smarter with new product innovations built on CRM + AI + Data + Trust.

What’s New for the Salesforce Release Notes?

Learn about new features that make the Salesforce release notes easier to use. Think of this page as release notes for the release
notes and check back each seasonal release to see what’s new and improved. We also welcome your feedback!
How to Use the Release Notes
Our release notes offer brief, high-level descriptions of enhancements and new features. We include setup information, tips to help
you get started, and best practices to ensure your continued success.
Get Ready for the Release
Reading the release notes is a great step in preparing for the release. These other resources help get you and your users ready for
what’s coming your way. We add resources throughout the release when they become available, so check back often.
Release Notes for Features Released Monthly
Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year for some products. Find out what’s new
and read more about these features, as often as monthly, right here in the seasonal release notes.
Release Note Changes
Read about changes to the release notes, with the most recent changes first.
Supported Browsers
Supported browsers for Salesforce vary depending on whether you use Salesforce Classic or Lightning Experience.
How and When Do Features Become Available?
Some features in Winter ’25 affect all users immediately after the release goes live. Consider communicating these changes to your
users beforehand so that they’re prepared. Other features require direct action by an administrator before users can benefit from
the new functionality.
Salesforce Overall
Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall.
Release Updates
Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The
Release Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect
existing customizations.
Analytics
Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards,
CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, Tableau, and Einstein Discovery.
Commerce
Commerce Cloud enhancements include new and updated features for B2B and D2C Commerce, Omnichannel Inventory, Salesforce
Order Management, and Salesforce Payments.
Customization
New and improved access summary views make managing permissions simpler. Manage list view items more easily with improved
performance, usability, and other enhancements. Add impact to your Lightning records by augmenting your fields with conditional
formatting.

1
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes

Data Cloud
Ingest, harmonize, unify, and analyze streaming and batch data with Data Cloud. Then use that data to unlock meaningful and
intelligent experiences across Customer 360 applications and beyond.
Development
Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these
enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations.
Einstein
Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI.
Experience Cloud
Upgrade existing LWR sites and CMS workspaces to enhanced sites and enjoy better performance and new features. Offer site
builders an improved experience with a new navigation component, upgraded record components, and improved SEO. Capture
more site events and send them to Data Cloud with the updated Data Cloud integration. Make your sites work for you with new
Salesforce CDN features, additional custom domain support, and more.
Field Service
See what’s new in Field Service to help your team deliver on performance and customer service.
Hyperforce
Hyperforce is the next-generation Salesforce infrastructure architecture built for the public cloud. It provides Salesforce applications
with compliance, security, privacy, agility and scalability, and gives customers more choice over data residency.
Industries
Industries solutions shape Salesforce to the needs of your business, reducing the need for you to customize things yourself. Get the
most out of your assets by using Asset Service Lifecycle Management. Automotive Cloud optimizes vehicle loans and leases with
Digital Lending for Automotive. Consumer Goods Cloud helps tour drivers sell directly from their trucks. Financial Services Cloud
gets more service process templates and introduces business relationship plans. Health Cloud improves the scheduling experience
for Home Health and Intelligent Appointment Management. Life Sciences Cloud helps organizations make trials more accessible
with support for financial assistance programs. Salesforce for Education integrates with Data Cloud and expands its generative AI
capabilities. We also have plenty of changes for Manufacturing Cloud, Loyalty Management, Industries common features, and much
more.
Marketing
Salesforce marketing products and features streamline and supercharge your promotional campaigns. Find out what improvements
are arriving in our Winter '25 release.
MuleSoft
Use the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform suite of products to connect and integrate apps, systems, and data across your enterprise.
Streamline operations by building and automating processes with clicks instead of code. You can design, develop, govern, and share
APIs and integration apps and host them in the cloud or on-premises.
Mobile
Keep up with deals while on the go with the new Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience, which is now generally available. Improve
productivity when working with records offline, customer messaging, or reports with the latest features available on the Salesforce
mobile app. Create a mobile app built on Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) with Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud LWR sites, which
is now generally available. Validate the records available offline to a user with the new Total Unique Records field available in Briefcase
Builder.
Omnistudio
In the Winter ’25 release, Omnistudio Standard offers new designers and list views for all components. It also offers customization
of Omniscript elements.

2
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes What’s New for the Salesforce Release Notes?

Revenue Cloud
Revenue Cloud brings a suite of enhancements to boost efficiency and elevate user experience. Get notified when orders are created.
Product Catalog Management now supports CSV file imports, templates for qualification decision tables, and category and product
qualification elements in rule procedures. Use ramp deals for dynamic pricing and other enhancements to support informed
decision-making. Your customer community users can access quoting capabilities. The new Invoice Management feature automates
and scales invoice generation, ensuring accuracy, compliance, and improved financial reporting. Salesforce Contracts can now
compare documents, lock sections, and generate documents in real-time. Learn more about these and other enhancements in
Revenue Cloud.
Sales
Boost your teams’ results with new features across Sales Cloud. Nurture existing relationships and grow key accounts with Account
Plans. Keep your pipeline healthy by using AI to help identify your next customer. Submit forecast numbers at a point in time. And
create quota plans that incorporate stamped territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data.
Salesforce CMS
Publish enhanced CMS content to more channels, including Aura sites. As you add these channels to your enhanced CMS workspace,
remove old ones from the workspace, and delete unused channels from your org. Share and reuse content across your enhanced
CMS workspaces with workspace sharing and content cloning.
Salesforce Flow
Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with MuleSoft Composer for
Salesforce.
Salesforce for Slack Integrations
Use Slack and Salesforce together to connect with customers, track progress, collaborate seamlessly, and deliver team success from
anywhere.
Security, Identity, and Privacy
Migrate your local connected apps to local external client apps. Monitor vital data from custom objects by creating custom metrics.
Legacy My Domain URLs are no longer redirected in most non-production orgs. And Salesforce now supports TLS 1.3 for outbound
HTTPS callouts from the Salesforce Platform.
Service
Explore the latest advancements in AI and customer service technology with Salesforce's new offerings. These include the generally
available Einstein Data Library for grounding generative AI responses, the beta version of Einstein Case Management for real-time
insights, and enhanced messaging capabilities across various platforms. Additionally, new tools like Employee Service streamline
HR processes, while features like post-chat surveys and Einstein Copilot enhance feedback collection and supervisor efficiency. These
innovations help optimize data integration and analysis, ensuring a unified view across all engagement channels.
Work.com
Prepare your business, employees, and facilities. Respond to major events, such as the current COVID-19 crisis, with the apps and
services in Work.com.
Other Salesforce Products and Services
Get the latest information on these new features.
Legal Documentation
We made seasonal updates to Salesforce Legal Documents.

What’s New for the Salesforce Release Notes?

Learn about new features that make the Salesforce release notes easier to use. Think of this page as release notes for the release notes
and check back each seasonal release to see what’s new and improved. We also welcome your feedback!

3
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How to Use the Release Notes

Find Release Note Changes More Easily

Release Note Changes has a helpful redesign. Scan the landing page by date—most recent first—and then by product area. For example,
if Analytics and Sales have changes to any of their release notes the week of February 1, 2025, those product areas are listed alphabetically
under the “February 1, 2025” heading. Within the sections, find the details you need for each change. Previously, Release Note Changes
grouped changes by date only.

How to Use the Release Notes

Our release notes offer brief, high-level descriptions of enhancements and new features. We include setup information, tips to help you
get started, and best practices to ensure your continued success.
• Your browser’s settings determine the language that you see. To change the language, scroll to the bottom, click Change Language,
and select a language.
• The release notes include details about new and modified features. For information on known issues, visit Salesforce Known Issues.
• Use the table of contents search and filters to zero in on the news that matters the most.

We want to know what works for you and what doesn’t.

• Trailblazer Community—Post your feedback in the Release Readiness Trailblazers group. To help us track and respond to your
feedback, use a hashtag that indicates the release, such as #Winter25Feedback.
• Feedback forms—As you’re working with documentation in Salesforce Help, release notes, or developer guides, look for the
feedback buttons and vote up or down. Add comments if you have them.
• Twitter/X—When you follow @salesforcedocs on X, you receive notices whenever we publish new documentation or make
significant updates to existing documentation. Contact us at @salesforcedocs.

Note: Until the new release is available to you, links from release notes to Salesforce Help, implementation guides, developer
guides, and other documentation don’t work. And sometimes the links point to material from the previous release.
Some documentation have preview versions available several weeks before the release. To access a preview version on Salesforce
Developers, select Preview from the Documentation Version dropdown list.

Get Ready for the Release

Reading the release notes is a great step in preparing for the release. These other resources help get you and your users ready for what’s
coming your way. We add resources throughout the release when they become available, so check back often.

4
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Notes for Features Released Monthly

Winter ’25 Highlights for Admins

Check out this video for a preview of key features for admins in Winter ’25. This video goes live the week of August 26, 2024.

Watch a video

What’s New This Release

• Release Milestones. See key dates for the release.
• Release Overview Deck (ROD). Create internal training for your users, review setup screens, and learn how to use features.
• Release Matrix. Quickly see which features immediately affect your users.
• Winter ’25 Pre-release Signup. Sign up for a pre-release org to get early access to the new features.
• Release Demos. Get quick video overviews of what’s coming this release.
• Winter ’25 Release Website. Check out the new features.
• Winter ’25 Release Highlights Module. Get the release Trailhead badge.
• Release in a Box. Use this kit to prepare for the new release and to present it to your users.

Release Readiness Essentials

• Release Readiness Trailblazers. Access resources and experts for all things release readiness.
• Trust Status Maintenances. See sandbox and other release dates and times. To see your maintenance dates, click Instances and
your instance.
• Sandbox Refresh Calculator. Plan if and when to refresh your sandboxes.
• Sandbox Preview Video. Learn how to navigate the sandbox preview process.
• Sandbox Preview Instructions. Get early access to new features in your sandbox.
• Certification Release Maintenance Schedule. Keep your certification updated in Trailhead.
• Prepare for Salesforce Releases. Use Trailhead to create your release strategy.

Release Notes for Features Released Monthly

Salesforce releases features and enhancements more frequently than three times per year for some products. Find out what’s new and
read more about these features, as often as monthly, right here in the seasonal release notes.
As you explore this content, keep these considerations in mind.
• Monthly release notes aren’t the same as release notes for delayed features. Sometimes, a feature released seasonally is subject to
a slight delay. When that happens, the timing is explained in the “When” section of that feature’s release note.
• New monthly release notes aren’t the same as changes to previously published release notes. Sometimes, we need to update
previously published release notes for the current seasonal or monthly release. When we make those updates, we list the specific
change in the “Release Notes Changes” topic.
• Sometimes, monthly releases coincide with seasonal releases. When that happens, we identify related release notes by the first full
month of the seasonal release. These features are available when Salesforce rolls out the Winter ’25 release to your instance.
For example, the Winter ’25 release begins rolling out to customer instances in mid-September of 2025. Release notes for features
released in September or October are linked to from a topic called "September ’24 Release." Release notes for features released in
October 2024 are linked to from a topic called "October ’24 Release."

5
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes November ’24 Release

November ’24 Release

Learn about features released in November ’24.
October ’24 Release
Learn about features released in October ’24.
September ’24 Release
Learn about features released in September ’24. Features included in the September ’24 monthly release become available when
Winter ’25 rolls out to your instance.

November ’24 Release

Learn about features released in November ’24.
• Einstein Features
• Einstein Platform

October ’24 Release

Learn about features released in October ’24.
• Data Cloud Features Released by Month
• Einstein Features
• Einstein Platform

September ’24 Release

Learn about features released in September ’24. Features included in the September ’24 monthly release become available when Winter
’25 rolls out to your instance.
• Data Cloud Features Released by Month
• Einstein Features
• Einstein Platform

Release Note Changes

Read about changes to the release notes, with the most recent changes first.

Week of November 4, 2024

Week of October 28, 2024
Week of October 21, 2024
Week of October 14, 2024
Week of October 7, 2024
Week of September 23, 2024
Week of September 9, 2024
Week of September 3, 2024

6
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of November 4, 2024

Week of August 26, 2024

Week of August 19, 2024

Week of November 4, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

API Updates
Field Service Updates
Industries Updates
Marketing Updates
Marketing Cloud Updates
Mobile Updates
Omnistudio Updates
Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Pilot) on page 121
Updated the release note to reflect this pilot program's current availability. We also removed a statement about when Salesforce
Archive is expected to become generally available.
Added November 4, 2024.

API Updates
New and Changed Objects
Added information about the new Database value on the existing Type field on the TenantSecret object.
Added November 4, 2024.
Metadata API on page 304
Added a release note about the new enableHideChildEventsPreference and enableMLSingleClientProfile
fields on the ActivitiesSettings metadata type.
Added November 4, 2024.
New and Changed Objects
Added new fields on the DuplicateRule.
Added November 4, 2024.
Tooling API New and Changed Objects
Added information about the OptionIsUsingKMS field on the existing Certificate object.
Added November 4, 2024.

7
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of November 4, 2024

Field Service Updates

Upsell Your Business from the Field (Generally Available) on page 377
Announced the general availability of the feature.
Added November 4, 2024.

Industries Updates
Removed: Electronically Submit Disclosure Report to CDP
This managed package isn't ready yet.
Removed November 4.

Marketing Updates
Rotate Client Secrets in Installed Packages
Added a release note about a feature that lets you rotate OAuth 2.0 secrets for installed packages.
Added November 4, 2024

Marketing Cloud Updates

Removed: Calculate Campaign ROI with Opportunity Influence
This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it for now. We’ll let you know when it’s available.
Added November 4, 2024.

Mobile Updates
Mobile Home Tab Setting Is Now on by Default
Added release note.
Added November 4, 2024.

Omnistudio Updates
Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New Designers
Removed information about contacting the account executive to enable designers from the Omnistudio Release Notes titled
Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New Designers.
Added November 04, 2024.

Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Updates

Create More Data Cloud Segments per Business Unit
Updated the release note to indicate that the change applies to all Marketing Cloud Account Engagement editions.
Added November 4, 2024.

8
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 28, 2024

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Retain Data with Privacy Center on page 773
Updated the release note to reflect this feature's current availability.
Added November 4, 2024.

Week of October 28, 2024

Commerce Updates
Development Updates
Experience Cloud Updates
Industries Updates
Marketing Updates
Marketing Cloud Updates
Mobile Updates
Omnistudio Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Service Updates

Commerce Updates
Offer One-Click Checkout for Returning Customers
Added a release note about checkout in summary mode for returning users.
Added October 28, 2024.

Development Updates
Remove Channels and Channel Members From Your Second-Generation Managed Packages
Added a release note about channel component removal in second-generation managed packages.
Added October 28, 2024.
Supported Objects
Removed Task and Event supported objects. These objects will be added when they’re ready for use, later in Winter ’25.
Added October 28, 2024.
Upgrade Data Storage in Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
Learn about options to upgrade data storage for developer sandboxes.
Added October 31, 2024
Tooling API New and Changed Objects
Added a release note entry for the new Features field of the SandboxInfo and SandboxProcess Tooling API objects.
Added October 31, 2024.

9
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 28, 2024

Experience Cloud Updates

Capture More Events with Data Cloud Integration Upgrades
Updated the latest version number from 1.3 to 1.4.
Added October 23, 2024.

Industries Updates
Generate Patient Outcome Summary Using Einstein Generative AI
Changed the how part of the Einstein Generative AI features for the Patient Program Outcome Management feature of Life Sciences
Cloud.
Added October 28, 2024.
Generate Program Outcome Summary Using Einstein Generative AI
Changed the how part of the Einstein Generative AI features for the Patient Program Outcome Management feature of Life Sciences
Cloud.
Added October 28, 2024.
Generate Call Scripts for Payors with Einstein Generative AI
Changed the how part of the Einstein Generative AI features for the Pharmacy Benefits Verification feature of Life Sciences Cloud.
Added October 28, 2024.
Generate Summary of Benefits with Einstein Generative AI
Changed the how part of the Einstein Generative AI features for the Pharmacy Benefits Verification feature of Life Sciences Cloud.
Added October 28, 2024.

Marketing Updates
Process Builder Is Retired for Marketing Cloud Connect
Added a Knowledge Article link with more enablement information.
Added October 28, 2024.
Improve Consent Compliance for Unified WhatsApp Messages
Added a release note about new consent management options for Unified WhatsApp.
Added October 28, 2024.
Change to S3 Path Requirements in File Transfer and Import Activities
Corrected a release note about using S3 targets in File Transfer and Import activities.
Added October 28, 2024.

Marketing Cloud Updates

Level Up Your Reporting with Marketing Performance on page 579
Added a release note about Marketing Performance.
Added October 28, 2024.

10
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 28, 2024

Mobile Updates
Conceal Sensitive Information When Your Experience Cloud App Is in the Background
Clarified that Snapshot Prevention is enabled by default for Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud apps.
Added October 28, 2024.

Omnistudio Updates
Effortlessly Access Information with Distinct Omnistudio Guides
Added a release note about the revised Omnistudio documentation that is now segregated into distinct guides in Salesforce Help
with updated titles: Omnistudio, Omnistudio for Managed Packages, and Omnistudio Installation and Upgrade.
Added October 28, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Invocable Actions
Added a release note to announce the new parameters added to the existing runSalesforceHeadlessPricing and runSalesforcePricing
invocable actions.
Added October 28, 2024.
New Connect in Apex Classes
Added a release note to announce the new Apex classes and methods available with Invoice Management.
Added October 28, 2024.

Sales Updates
The Campaign Member Status Chart is Being Retired
Specified an option for customers to recreate the chart for themselves in their org.
Added October 19, 2024.
Exclude Organizer-Only Events When Syncing Internal Events
Announced that the Sync Internal Events setting now applies to syncing of internal events with only a meeting organizer as the
attendee.
Added October 24, 2024.
Close Deals Faster with a Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally Available)
Clarified user permissions for the app.
Added October 28, 2024.

Service Updates
Monitor Agentforce Service Agent Conversation Consumption with Digital Wallet on page 788
Added information about Service Cloud Billable Usage Types.
Added October 18, 2024.
Social Customer Service Starter Pack Is Being Retired on page 838
Added guidance about handling X.com (Twitter) content before the retirement date.
Added October 24, 2024.

11
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 21, 2024

Automate Common Contact Center Interactions with Agentforce Service Agents on page 787
Agentforce Service Agent is generally available.
Added October 21, 2024.
Ensure Sequential Conversations in Messaging for Web on page 787
Add a snippet setting to Messaging for Web code to ensure that the AI agent responds to a question before another one is asked.
Added October 21, 2024.
Add Messaging Components to a Package on page 826
Added a release note announcing that messaging components can now be packaged.
Added October 24, 2024.

Week of October 21, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Development Updates
Industries Updates
Mobile Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Allow the Required Domain for Maps and Location Services
Added a release note that clarifies the domain to allow for Maps and location services.
Added October 21, 2024.
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)
Removed the statement about the Save & New button no longer appearing when you create a record via a lookup field. This change
was rolled out in Spring '24 and it's not part of the Enable LWC Stacked Modals release update.
Added a note about using force:createRecord from a quick action.
Added October 21, 2024.
Streamline the Recommendation Process with Recommender Experience
Updated the statement on Salesforce Survey response limits.
Added a link to a knowledge article on Salesforce Survey considerations.
Added October 21, 2024.

12
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 21, 2024

API Updates
New and Changed Objects
Added information about the new UI_NUMBER_COLUMNS field on the Report Event Type object.
Added October 21, 2024.
Metadata API
Added a release note to announce the new enableOrderWithMultiplePriceBooks field on the OrderSettings metadata type.
Added October 21, 2024.

Salesforce Flow Updates

Add New Fields in Orchestration Run List Views on page 751
Added release note about new Orchestration Run fields, clarifying the format for the new triggering record field.
Added October 23, 2024.

Development Updates
New and Changed Lightning Web Components on page 277
Changed the default value of the wrap-table-header attribute of lightning-datatable from by-column to
none.
Added October 21, 2024.
New and Changed Aura Components on page 280
Added a note about a behavior changes to lightning:datatable for error messages displayed during inline editing.
Added a note about the wrapTableHeader attribute of lightning:datatable.
Added October 21, 2024.

Industries Updates
Enhance Fundraising Campaign Efficiency with Fundraising Intelligence
Added new feature note for Fundraising Intelligence dashboards for Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising.
Added October 21 2024.
Einstein Generative AI for Nonprofit Cloud
Changed the release date for the Einstein Generative AI features for Nonprofit Cloud to November 04, 2024.
Added October 21, 2024.
Secure Your Data with Enhanced User Permissions
Updated the title and the content.
Added October 21, 2024.
New Invocable Actions in Life Sciences Cloud
Added getContextData and serializeHierarchicalContextData to the list of new and changed objects for Life Sciences Cloud.
Added October 15, 2024.

13
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 21, 2024

Mobile Updates
Access Record Attachments in the Offline App with Files Priming (Beta)
Corrected the minimum supported Salesforce Mobile App Plus version number to 252.000.
Added October 21, 2024.

Revenue Updates
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new Credit Memo Create and Apply (POST) resource available with Invoice Management.
Added October 21, 2024.
New Connect in Apex Class
Added a release note to announce the new creditInvoice(CreditInvoiceInput, invoiceId) Apex class method
available with Invoice Management.
Added October 21, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources in Transaction Management
Added a release note to announce the new Asset Amendment (POST), Asset Cancellation (POST), and Asset Renewal (POST) resources
available with Transaction Management.
Added October 21, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new Tax Calculation (POST) resource available with Invoice Management.
Added October 21, 2024.

Sales Updates
Maintain Access to the Outlook Integration
Added information about upcoming changes from Microsoft that affect the Salesforce Outlook integration.
October 10, 2024.
Scale Your Sales Funnel with Agentforce SDR
Added a release note about a new agent for Sales Cloud that automates lead outreach.
Added October 21, 2024.
Coach Sales Reps at Scale with Agentforce Sales Coach on page 659
Added a release note about a new agent for Sales Cloud that provides users with AI-generated sales coaching.
Added October 21, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Verify SAML Integrations (Release Update)
Updated the release note with the new enforcement date for this release update.
Added October 21, 2024.
Update the Salesforce Authenticator App to Version 4.3 on page 772
Added a release note to announce the minimum version requirement for Salesforce Authenticator is version 4.3.
Added October 21, 2024.

14
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 14, 2024

Get Ready for a New Login Experience on page 766

Added a release note about a banner that appears on login.salesforce.com in Winter '25.
Added October 21, 2024.

Service Updates
Use Einstein Work Summaries for Voice in More Languages (Generally Available) on page 798
Added new RN for additional languages in Work Summaries for Voices.
Added October 16, 2024.
Prevent and Debug Ringer Issues by Testing the Omni-Channel Notification Sound on page 852
Added information about the option to test the notification sound for Omni-Channel.
Added October 21, 2024.
Scale Communication with Expanded Session Limits on page 826
Added a release note about the increased session limits for Messaging.
Added October 21, 2024.
Turn On Lightning Article Editor and Article Personalization for Knowledge (Release Update) on page 845
Updated the enforcement date from Winter ’25 to June 1, 2025.
Added October 21, 2024.

Week of October 14, 2024

API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Field Service Updates
Industries Updates
Mobile Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

API Updates
Metadata API
Added a release note about the new customcategory value in fields on the ForecastingSettings metadata type.
Added October 14, 2024.
Metadata API
Added a release note about the new isRelatedFilesRule field on the existing BriefcaseRule metadata type.
Added October 14, 2024.

15
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 14, 2024

New and Changed Objects on page 289

Added a release note about the new OptionsIsRelatedFilesRule field on the existing BriefcaseRule object.
Added October 14, 2024.

Salesforce Flow Updates

Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in Prompt Flows (Release Update)
Added a release note about this release update for template-triggered prompt flows.
Added October 14, 2024.

Field Service Updates

Add Lightning Web Components with Attributes in the Field Service Mobile App Builder on page 381
Added screenshot and clarified to which mobile builder LWC attributes were added.
Added October 14, 2024.

Industries Updates
Transaction Dispute Management on page 434
Added release notes to announce the enhancements for Transaction Dispute Management.
Added October 14, 2024.
Improve Efficiency with the Automated Pharmacy Benefits Reverification Process
Added this feature information back to release notes.
Added October 14, 2024.

Mobile Updates
Preview Your Experience Cloud LWR Site as an App with Publisher Playground (Beta)
Added release note about the new field in the Mobile Publisher Playground app that asks whether the site runs on Lightning Web
Runtime (LWR).
Added October 14, 2024.
Protect Your Experience Cloud App from Reverse Engineering
Added release note about code obfuscation (Android) and string obfuscation (iOS) for Experience Cloud apps with Enhanced Mobile
App Security.
Added October 14, 2024.
Secure Your Experience Cloud iOS App with Two New Enhanced Mobile App Security Policies
Added release note about two new Enhanced Mobile App Security policies supported for iOS apps.
Added October 14, 2024.
Experience Cloud App Version Numbering Has Changed
Added release note about the change to Experience Cloud app version numbering.
Added October 14, 2024.
Access Record Attachments in the Offline App with Files Priming (Beta)
Added release note about priming file attachments for the Offline App.

16
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 7, 2024

Added October 14, 2024.

Revenue Updates
New Connect REST API Resource
Added a release note to announce the new Rating Waterfall (GET) resource available with Rate Management.
Added October 14, 2024.

Sales Updates
Close Deals Faster with a Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally Available)
Added link to Salesforce Help documentation.
Added October 14, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Identify and Update Instanced Legacy Hostnames
Added a release note about redirections for legacy hostnames that contain instance names. This change includes enabling redirections
for legacy My Domain hostnames in production and demo orgs.
Added October 14, 2024.
Disable Redirections for Legacy Hostnames
Updated the release note for new placement and behavior of the My Domain redirection settings and a change to the default state
of the new setting. With this change, the Redirect legacy (non-enhanced) My Domain hostnames setting is available in production
and demo orgs that didn’t have a My Domain before a My Domain with enhanced domains was deployed.
Added October 14, 2024.
Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains
Updated the release note to reflect that redirections for legacy My Domain hostnames in production and demo orgs are enabled
by default with Winter ’25, patch 9.
Added October 14, 2024.

Service Updates
Apply Additional Service Assets in Data Cloud
Release note added for Service data kit version 5.0.
Added October 14, 2024.

Week of October 7, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

Analytics Updates
API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Data Cloud Updates

17
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 7, 2024

Development Updates
Industries Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update) on page 111
Clarified the change in behavior on modals that are launched by a quick action.
Added October 7, 2024.
Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Pilot) on page 121
Updated the timeframe when Salesforce Archive begins rolling out to production orgs from November 2024 to December 2024.
Added October 7, 2024.

Analytics Updates
Analyze Semantic Data Models in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)
Added a release note to announce the availability of Data Cloud reports for semantic data models (Beta).
Added October 7, 2024.

API Updates
Metadata API
Added a release note to announce the new RunMultiThreaded field on the Territory2SettingsOpportunityFilter subtype of the
Territory2Settings metadata type.
Added October 7, 2024.
New and Changed Objects
Added associated objects to the ActionCadence and ActionCadenceTracker objects.
Added October 7, 2024.
New and Changed Objects on page 289
Added new fields related to action cadence to the Contact and Lead objects.
Added October 7, 2024.

Salesforce Flow Updates

Flow and Process Run-Time Changes on page 739
Added an update about screen action outputs now being set to null correctly.
Added October 7, 2024.
Flow and Process Run-Time Changes on page 739
Added an update about conditionally hidden screen component outputs now being set to null correctly.
Added October 7, 2024.

18
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of October 7, 2024

Data Cloud Updates

Filter Records for Copy Field Enrichments
Added release note to announce the new filter capability for Copy Field enrichment.
Added Oct 7, 2024.

Development Updates
Configure Managed Event Subscriptions (Beta) in Tooling API with Postman on page 276
Added a release notes about the update of a Postman collection for Pub/Sub API managed subscriptions.
Added October 7, 2024.

Industries Updates
Print Paper Invoices and Reports on a Bluetooth Thermal Printer on page 410
Added a release note to announce a new feature in CG Cloud offline mobile app to print physical invoices on Bluetooth Thermal
Printer.
Added October 7, 2024.
Book Assets for Patient Appointments
Added clarification about the Appointment Resources options Assets and Providers and Assets.
Added October 7, 2024.
Schedule Multiple Patient Appointments in the Same Time Slot
Added Salesforce Scheduler information to the Where section.
Added October 7, 2024.
Search for Providers Based on Postal Code
Added Customer Community license information to the Where section, and Health Cloud for Experience Cloud Sites permission set
license information to the Who section.
Added October 7, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Invocable Action in Transaction Management
Added a release note to announce the new input parameters on the existing initiateRenewal action.
Added October 7, 2024.

Sales Updates
See the Topics That Matter Most to Your Customers with Sales Signals
Added information to publicize Sales Signals as generally available in Winter ’25.
Added October 7, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Forced Login Is Permanently Disabled on page 764
Clarified the login history criteria for forced login.

19
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 23, 2024

Added October 7, 2024.

Service Updates
Removed: Get Informed with Proactive Monitoring
This feature isn't ready yet. We're removing it for now while we make improvements.
Removed October 7, 2024.

Week of September 23, 2024

Analytics Updates
API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Commerce Updates
Customization Updates
Salesforce Data Pipelines Updates
Development Updates
Field Service Updates
Industries Updates
Marketing Cloud Growth Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

Analytics Updates
Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed on page 154
Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors removed.
Added September 25, 2024.

API Updates
Metadata API
Added a release note to announce the new UiFormatSpecificationSet metadata type and a new field value on the FieldInstanceProperty
subtype of the FlexiPage metadata type.
Added September 25, 2024.
Metadata API
Added information about two new fields added to the UserManagementSettings metadata type.
Added September 23, 2024.

20
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 23, 2024

Metadata API
Use the new Bitbucket value for the existing providerType field on the existing AuthProvider metadata type, which
enables you to connect to Bitbucket from a Lightning Platform application.
Added September 23, 2024
New and Changed Objects
Use the new Bitbucket value for the existing providerType field on the existing AuthProvider object, which enables you
to connect to Bitbucket from a Lightning Platform application.
Added September 23, 2024
New and Changed Standard Platform Events
Use the new SearchIndexJobStatusEvent to be notified about changes to the status of the Data Cloud search index job.
Added September 23, 2024
Update API Calls to Use Your My Domain Login URL
Updated the release note to reflect that this change takes effect on June 14, 2025. Previously, it took effect on October 12, 2024.
Added September 23, 2024

Salesforce Flow Updates

Flow and Process Run-Time Changes
Added release note about evaluating null text values.
Added September 23, 2024.
Enforce Sharing Rules When Apex Launches a Flow (Release Update)
This update is no longer canceled or enforced but recommended.
Added September 23, 2024.
Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release Update) on page 743
Clarified the postponement of this update and linked to a knowledge article for frequently asked questions.
Added September 23, 2024.

Commerce Updates
Automate Updates to the D2C Checkout Experience with Managed Checkout (Beta)
Added a release note for the beta autopublishing feature for the checkout page on D2C stores using managed checkout.
Added September 23, 2024.
Automate Order Confirmation Emails
Added information about licensing requirements to use the Messaging Workspace.
Added September 23, 2024.

Customization Updates
Make Record Fields Stand Out with Conditional Formatting
Updated the rollout schedule to October instead of September.
Added September 23, 2024.
Try AppExchange Solutions with Ease
Announced the availability of a simpler AppExchange trial experience.

21
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 23, 2024

Added September 23, 2024.

Salesforce Connect OData 2.0 Adapter HTTP Library Is Updated
Clarified which orgs receive HTTP library updates and added information about how to retest integrations.
Added September 23, 2024.
Get Better Performance for List Views on Custom and Standard Objects
Added details about the expected behavior of a list view rendered with Lightning Web Components (LWC) if the list view contains
no records.
Added September 23, 2024.

Salesforce Data Pipelines Updates

Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed on page 121
Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors removed.
Added September 25, 2024.

Development Updates
New and Changed Lightning Web Components
Added new behaviors for lightning-helptext, lightning-progress-step, and lightning-record-picker
components.
Added that the slds-button_icon-inverse class is no longer applied to the close icon on the lightning-modal
component.
Changes to Selective Sandbox Access for Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
Clarified timing for public group requirement in Sandbox Setup page and Tooling API.
Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates
Added a note about the removal of the slds-button_icon-inverse class from the modals blueprint.
Added a link to a known issue about the modal close button.
Improve Accessibility with Base Lightning Components
Added that the slds-button_icon-inverse class is no longer applied to the close icon on the lightning-modal
component.
Added a link to a known issue about the modal close button.
Sfdc_Enablement Namespace on page 283
Added the release note for new and updated classes in Sfdc_enablement namespace.
Store the objects used in Industries Einstein Natural Language Processing (NLP) services
Added that the new namespace industriesNlpSvc stores objects used in NLP services.

Field Service Updates

See the Status of Appointments on the Map at a Glance on page 378
Clarified that this feature is automatically available in the Field Service mobile app.
Added September 23, 2024.
Reduce Distractions and Stay Focused with Standby Mode on page 377
Added an image of the location in Settings to enable Standby Mode.

22
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 23, 2024

Added September 23, 2024.

Discovery Framework Based Data Capture with Field Service Mobile App on page 374
Added release notes to annouce the availability of Discovery Framework based data capture with flows and the Field Service moble
app.
Added September 23, 2024.

Industries Updates
Fine-tune Permissions for vlocity_cmt__CustomObjectMap__c
Added a release note to announce that, to improve security, permissions for Standard User profiles should be updated.
Added September 9, 2024.
Easily Access XBRL Tagging Providers on Net Zero Marketplace
Added a release note to announce easy access to XBRL tagging providers on Net Zero Marketplace.
Added September 23, 2024.

Marketing Cloud Growth Updates

Get More with Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition on page 573
Added release notes that describe features rolling out for Advanced Edition.
Added September 23, 2024.
Other Changes in Marketing Cloud on page 581
Added a section about international sending support for SMS messaging.
Added September 23, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies
Added a release note to announce the updates to the response bodies of Product Configurator Business APIs.
Added September 23, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new resources available with Invoice Management.
Added September 23, 2024.
New Connect in Apex Class
Added a release note to announce the new Apex class available with Invoice Management.
Added September 23, 2024.
New Objects for Invoice Management
Added information about the BillingBatchFilterCriteria object to the list of new objects for Invoice Management.
Added September 23, 2024.
Removed: Salesforce Pricing Now Integrated with Commerce Cloud
This feature isn’t quite ready, so we’re removing it while we make improvements.
Added September 23, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new Invoice Draft to Posted Status (POST) resource available with Invoice Management.

23
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 9, 2024

Added September 23, 2024.

Sales Updates
Increase Your Odds of Success with Warm Introductions
Added a release note to announce the new Find Past Collaborators copilot action.
Added September 23, 2024
Manage Your Day Better with Einstein
Added a release note to announce the new Review My Day copilot action.
Added September 23, 2024

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Violation Type Label Was Changed for Blocked Redirections
Added a release note that announces a label change.
Added September 23, 2024.
Forced Login Is Permanently Disabled
Updated the release note to clarify the login entry criteria for forced login.
Added September 23, 2024.
Identify the Salesforce Authenticator App More Easily
Added a release note that announces the new Salesforce Authenticator icon.
Added September 23, 2024.
Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud
Updated subscription information for using customer-managed root keys for Data Cloud.
Added September 23, 2024.

Service Updates
Run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool
Clarified that after running the Lightning Knowledge Migration tool, Classic Knowledge is available with limitations.
Added September 23, 2024.
New and Changed Objects on page 848
Added a release note to announce the new AccountId field on the EmpUserProvisionProcessErr object.
Added September 23, 2024.

Week of September 9, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

API Updates
Customization Updates
Development Updates
Field Service Updates

24
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 9, 2024

Industries Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates
Service Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Inbound Email Limit Increased
Correction: The inbound email limit isn’t increased. Salesforce limits the number of inbound email messages that can queue after
you reach your daily limit if you use the Requeue Message failure response option.
Added September 9, 2024.

API Updates
New and Changed Objects
Added a release note to announce the new ArchivedTerritoryName and Territory2Id fields on the OpportunitySplit
and OpportunityLineItemSplit objects.
Added September 9, 2024.

Customization Updates
Some Supported Time Zones No Longer Available
Added a release note to announce changes to the currently supported timezones.
Added September 9, 2024.
Sort List Views by Multiple Columns (Beta)
Added a release note about the sort by multiple columns (beta) feature.
Added September 9, 2024.
Update Apex Code and Sharing Rules in Metadata Deployments that Target Roles and Subordinates in Preview Sandboxes
Added a release note about resolving issues related to the Roles and Internal Subordinates group.
Added September 9, 2024.

Development Updates
Streaming API Versions 23.0 Through 36.0 Are Now Retired
Added a release note to announce the retirement of some Streaming API versions.
Process Platform Events at Scale with Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers (Generally Available) on page 272
Updated the release note to mention the format of the partition key and to fix the partition key format in the example.
Use Generative AI For Salesforce Development with Agentforce for Developers (Generally Available)
Added a release note to announce the general availability of Einstein for Developers.
Added September 3, 2024.

25
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 9, 2024

Field Service Updates

Switch to Lightning Data Service for the Best Mobile Experience on page 383
Updated wording and added a See also link to Help content
Added September 9, 2024.
Get a Daily Summary of Service Appointments that Require Immediate Attention on page 354
Updated the How section to mention the Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic.
Added September 9, 2024.
Find Service Appointments Easily by Creating Search Filters in the Appointment List on page 354
Updated the How section to mention the Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic.
Added September 9, 2024.
Schedule and Reschedule Appointments with Scheduling Dependencies in Appointment Assistant on page 371
Updated that complex work for Appointment Assistant Self-Service Scheduling also supports scheduling new appointments. Also
updated the See Also links.
Added September 9, 2024.

Industries Updates
Einstein Generative AI for Nonprofit Cloud on page 526
Added release notes to announce new Einstein generative AI features in Nonprofit Cloud that efficiently summarize important
information and generate compelling proposals.
Added September 9, 2024.
Removed: Improve Efficiency with the Automated Pharmacy Benefits Reverification Process
This feature isn’t quite ready for showtime, so we’re removing it for now while we make improvements. We’ll let you know once it’s
back up.
Added September 9, 2024.
Boost Scheduler Efficiency with the Appointment Scheduling Home Page
Added information about when this feature will be available.
Added September 9, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies
Added a release note to announce the updates to the record attributes to support the grouping of quote line items or order items.
Added September 9, 2024.
New Invocable Actions
Added a release note to announce the new invocable actions available with Invoice Management.
Added September 9, 2024.
New Metadata Types
Added a release note to announce the new actionType field values, which are on the Flow metadata type, available with Invoice
Management.
Added September 9, 2024.

26
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

Changed Connect REST API Request Body

Added a release note to announce a new input property of the Global Search API for Product Discovery.
Added September 9, 2024.
Streamline Financial Reporting with Accounting Periods
Added a release note about accounting periods for legal entities.
Added September 9, 2024.

Sales Updates
Change Einstein Activity Capture Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic Users (Release Update)
Updated the timing of the release update from Winter ’25 to Spring ’25.
Added September 9, 2024.
Enable New Order Save Behavior (Release Update)
Moved from the section of release updates called “Automatically Enabled in This Release” to “Recommended But Not Enforced.”
Though enabling the feature is recommended, it won’t be automatically enabled or enforced in existing orgs created before Winter
‘25.
Added September 9, 2024.
Optimize Your Strategic Planning with Account Plans
Updated the Where section to indicate that the feature is available in the listed editions with Sales Cloud.
Added September 9, 2024.
Review and Update Settings to Capture Leads from LinkedIn (Release Update)
Updated the Why section with more information about the change to LinkedIn’s APIs, and the How section with a recommendation.
Added September 9, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Salesforce Authenticator Users Are Automatically Guided to a Workaround if Push Notifications Time Out on page 770
Added a release note about a change to the user experience when using Salesforce Authenticator for identity verification.
Added September 9, 2024.

Service Updates
Help Customers in a LINE Messaging Channel on page 811
Updated the description of the LINE setup process.
Added September 9, 2024.
Track Your KPIs with More Messaging Session Metrics on page 821
Indicated that these changes will take effect in October 2024.
Added September 9, 2024.

Week of September 3, 2024

API Updates

27
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

Customization Updates
Development Updates
Field Service Updates
Industries Updates
OmniStudio Updates
Revenue Updates
Sales Updates
Einstein Search Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

API Updates
Metadata API
Added release note entries for the new enableCrossDomainPreviewCookies and enableLegacyRedirections
fields in the MyDomainSettings type.
Added September 3, 2024.
New and Changed Objects
Added a release note entry for the new Permission Update event type.
Added September 3, 2024.

Customization Updates
Track Permission Changes with Event Monitoring
Added a release note about the Permission Update event type.
Added September 3, 2024.

Development Updates
Understand SOQL Error and Functionality Changes to Update Your Code
Specified that this change applies only to dynamic SOQL queries.
Added August 27, 2024.
DevOps Center
Use Bitbucket Cloud as your source control system (beta).
Added August 29, 2024.

Field Service Updates

Accept On-Site Payments with Tap-to-Pay on page 376
Updated that the feature is available later in Winter ‘25.
Added September 3, 2024.
Start Your Journey with Einstein for Field Service on page 383
Added a release note to highlight the addition of the Einstein for Field Service section.

28
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

Added September 3, 2024.

Industries Updates
Streamline Delivery with Van Sales Delivery Execution on page 407
Added See Also link.
Added September 3, 2024.
Ensure Accurate Inventory Reconciliation on page 409
Added See Also link.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce with new resources available with Context Service.
Added September 3, 2024.
Digital Lending—India
Added release notes to announce the enhancements to Digital Lending—India.
Added September 3, 2024.
Revise Information Library Snippets via Einstein Generative AI
Added release notes to announce the Einstein embedded AI capabilities for revising Information Library snippets in Net Zero Cloud.
Added September 3, 2024.
Enhance Scope 3 Emissions Calculations with Einstein Generative AI (Beta)
Added release notes to announce the Einstein embedded AI capabilities for enhancing Scope 3 emissions calculations in Net Zero
Cloud.
Added September 3, 2024.
Generate First Draft of ESG Disclosure Automatically (Beta)
Added See Also links.
Added September 3, 2024.
Boost Scheduler Efficiency with the Appointment Scheduling Home Page
Added a release note about the Intelligent Appointment Management Home page.
Added September 3, 2024.
Simplify Transformation of Large Data by Using CSV Files (Pilot)
Updated release note to indicate that the CSV upload feature is in pilot and will go GA early October 2024.
Added September 3, 2024.
Get Notified When You Exceed Data Pipelines Usage Limits
Updated release note to indicate that the Data Pipelines limits notification alerts feature is generally available.
Added September 3, 2024.
Industry Integration Solutions Has a New Name
Added a release note to announce the name change and the setup navigation change for Industry Integration Solutions.
Added September 3, 2024.
Preview Your Processing Service
Added a release note to announce the availability of Processing Service preview.
Added September 3, 2024.

29
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

OmniStudio Updates
Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New Designers on page 593
Updated information about how to enable new Omnistudio designers in Winter '25.
Added September 03, 2024.
Other Improvements in Omnistudio on page 597
Added a release note about improvements to Omnistudio after Summer '24.
Added September 03, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Connect REST APIs
Added release notes to announce the new resources and updated request and response bodies available with Product Catalog
Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resource
Added a release note to announce a new resource available with Product Discovery.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce a new resource available with Rate Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
Renew Assets Early in Revenue Cloud
Added a release note for a new feature in Transaction Management for Revenue Cloud.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new resources available with Transaction Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new Invoices By Using Billing Schedules (POST) and Billing Schedule Recovery List (POST)
resources available with Invoice Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Invocable Action in Rate Management
Added a release note to announce the invokeRatingService invocable action available with Rate Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Metadata Type in Rate Management
Added a release note to announce the invokeRatingService actionType field value, which is on the Flow metadata
type, available with Rate Management.
Added September 3, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new resources available with Salesforce Pricing.
Added September 3, 2024.

30
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of September 3, 2024

Configure Lookup Fields Efficiently in a Transaction

Added a release note to announce the new enhancement of editability of lookup fields in a quote or order from the Transaction
Line Editor component.
Added September 3, 2024.
Summarize Quotes with Einstein on page 633
Added a release note for a new feature in Transaction Management for Revenue Cloud.
Generate Quote Emails with Einstein on page 633
Added a release note for a new feature in Transaction Management for Revenue Cloud.

Sales Updates
Revamp Your Follow-Up Game in Less Time
Added a release note to announce the new Add Record to Cadence copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024
Organize and Quickly Find Records by Using Custom Labels with Einstein
Added a release note to announce the addition of Create a Label and Label a Record copilot actions.
Added September 3, 2024
Establish Action Items with Einstein
Added a release note to announce two new Create a To-Do copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024
Discover Key Contacts, Their Roles in Influencing Deals, and the Deals They've Impacted
Added a release note to announce three new Contact Relationship copilot actions.
Added September 3, 2024
Get Instant Access to Pricing Information
Added a release note to announce the new Get Product Pricing copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024
Log Calls with Customers with Einstein Copilot
Added a release note to announce the new Log a Call copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024
Optimize Your Strategic Planning with Account Plans
Updated the title to indicate that Account Plans is a delivered idea.
Added September 3, 2024.
Increase Efficiency by Using the Gmail Integration in the Chrome Side Panel
Added a release note for the ability to use your Gmail integration in the Chrome side panel.
Added September 3, 2024.
Access Einstein Copilot From Your Gmail Integration
Added a release note for the ability to use your Gmail integration in the Chrome side panel.
Added September 3, 2024.
Focus on the Deals That Matter Most
Announced the addition of the Prioritize Opportunities copilot action.
Added September 3, 2024.

31
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of August 26, 2024

Einstein Search Updates

Search Query Limit Is Applied to Improve Performance
Corrected search query limits and removed the when section to avoid confusion with release schedule.
Added August 29, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud
Added a release note announcing customer-managed root keys for encrypting Data Cloud with Shield Platform Encryption.
Added September 3, 2024.
Get Information About Permission Changes
Added a release note about the Permission Update event type.
Added September 3, 2024.
Query Low-Latency Event Data with Event Log Objects (Beta)
Added a release note about the availability of the event log object framework (beta) for US Hyperforce customers.
Added September 3, 2024.
Disable Redirections for Legacy Hostnames
Added a release note for a new setting to control redirections of legacy (non-enhanced) hostnames.
Added September 3, 2024.

Week of August 26, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

Analytics Updates
API Updates
Salesforce Flow Updates
Commerce Updates
Salesforce Data Pipelines Updates
Experience Cloud Updates
Industries Updates
Marketing Cloud Growth Updates
Revenue Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Manage Service Resource Capacity at the Shift Level
Added a When section stating that capacity is supported for overlapping shifts and will be available starting in September 2024.
Added August 13, 2024.

32
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of August 26, 2024

Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use on page 109

Added a When section that details the instances in which the settings are enabled by default.
Added August 26, 2024.
Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Pilot) on page 121
Updated the announcement based on a new release roadmap for this product.
Added August 26, 2024.

Analytics Updates
Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta) on page 151
You can now select a date configuration to format dates output to the dataset.
Added August 22, 2024.

API Updates
New and Changed Objects on page 289
Added the CurrentStage, Duration, and TriggeringRecordId fields for the FlowOrchestrationInstance object.
Added August 21, 2024.
New and Changed Objects on page 289
Added information about the new fields ApiName and ContentTypeFullyQualifiedName on the existing
ManagedContent object. Added information about the new field ContentTypeFullyQualifiedName on the existing
ManagedContentVariant object.
Added Agust 26, 2024.

Salesforce Flow Updates

Deselect Data Table Rows When in Single-Row Selection Mode on page 727
Added a release note about being able to deselect rows in a Data Table screen component when in single-select mode.
Added August 26, 2024.

Commerce Updates
Use Business Accounts for B2B Store Guest Checkout on page 177
Added release note about the new option for account creation in B2B store guest checkout.
Added August 26, 2024.

Salesforce Data Pipelines Updates

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta) on page 119
You can now select a date configuration to format dates output to the dataset.
Added August 22, 2024.

33
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of August 26, 2024

Experience Cloud Updates

Fine-Tune the Look and Feel of Your LWR Site with More Design and Layout Controls on page 337
Added cross-references to two knowledge articles related to the removal of the Button Active color property from the Theme |
Buttons panel in LWR sites.
Added August 26, 2024.

Industries Updates
Einstein for Health Cloud
Added release notes to announce the Einstein embedded AI capabilities in Health Cloud.
Added August 26, 2024.

Marketing Cloud Growth Updates

Save Time with Grounded Einstein AI Tools on page 577
Added that Einstein Copilot can draft and revise SMS messages as well as emails.
Added August 26, 2024.

Revenue Updates
Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies
Added a release note to announce the new properties available with the CPQ Base List and CPQ Base Details response bodies for
Product Discovery.
Added August 26, 2024.
New Metadata Type
Added a release note to announce the new IndustriesRatingSettings metadata type available with Rate Management.
Added August 26, 2024.
Partially Load Fulfillment Plans on page 639
Corrected the title to say Fulfillment Plans instead of Decomposition Plans.
Corrected August 26, 2024.
New Connect REST API Resources
Added a release note to announce the new resources available with Invoice Management.
Added August 26, 2024.
New Metadata Type
Added a release note to announce the new BillingSettings metadata type available with Invoice Management.
Added August 26, 2024.
New Objects for Invoice Management
Added information about the PaymentTerm object and the PaymentTermItem object to the list of new objects for Invoice Management.
Added August 26, 2024.

34
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Week of August 19, 2024

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Manage the Start URL for External Client Apps
External client app admins set custom and OAuth start URLs from the Policies tab. Previously, the start URL for OAuth flows was
configured from the Settings tab when OAuth was enabled for the external client app.
Added August 22, 2024.
Verify SAML Integrations (Release Update)
Added a release note that announces a release update for a maintenance change that can impact SAML integrations.
Added August 26, 2024.
Adopt Updated Content Security Policy (CSP) Directives (Release Update) on page 785
This release update is canceled. However, Salesforce continues to encourage you to enable the Adopt updated CSP directives setting.
Added August 26, 2024.
Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains
Updated the release note to reflect that the legacy redirections stop in demo orgs in Spring ’25, not Winter ’25.
Added August 26, 2024.

Week of August 19, 2024

Salesforce Overall Updates

API Updates
Industries Updates
Sales Updates
Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Salesforce Overall Updates

Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use
Updated the note to reflect that the My Domain setting, Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies, isn’t enabled by default in
Winter ’25.
Added August 19, 2024.

API Updates
New and Changed Objects
Added a behavior change for the Body field on the PromptVersion object.
Added August 12, 2024.
Metadata API
Added a behavior change for the body field on the Prompt metadata type.
Added August 12, 2024.

35
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Supported Browsers

Industries Updates
New and Changed Objects in Education Cloud
Added IndividualApplicationTaskItem to the list of new and changed objects for Education Cloud.
Added August 9, 2024

Sales Updates
Optimize Your Strategic Planning with Account Plans
Updated the feature release date from October 29, 2024 to mid- to late November 2024.
Added August 19, 2024.
New and Changed Objects
Added new external record share objects and updated existing objects for Partner Connect.
Added August 19, 2024.
New and Changed Standard Platform Events
Added new external record share platform events for Partner Connect.
Added August 19, 2024.
Quickly Identify Which Builder Created Each Cadence
Added a release note about the new Version field on Sales Engagement cadence records and list views.
Added August 19, 2024.

Security, Identity, and Privacy Updates

Restore Files from a Backup
Added a release note announcing support for restoring files with the Salesforce Backup managed package.
Added August 19, 2024.

Supported Browsers
Supported browsers for Salesforce vary depending on whether you use Salesforce Classic or Lightning Experience.

Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning Experience

Lightning Experience is available in multiple editions. Specific browsers and devices are supported, and there are limitations and
considerations for third-party browser extensions and JavaScript libraries. We recommend using the Salesforce mobile app on mobile
devices.
Supported Browsers and Devices for Salesforce Classic
Salesforce Classic doesn't support mobile browsers, so we recommend using the Salesforce mobile app for working on mobile
devices.
Supported Browsers for CRM Analytics
Supported browsers for CRM Analytics include those supported for Lightning Experience.

36
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning Experience

Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning Experience

Lightning Experience is available in multiple editions. Specific browsers and devices are supported, and there are limitations and
considerations for third-party browser extensions and JavaScript libraries. We recommend using the Salesforce mobile app on mobile
devices.
For the latest information on supported browsers and devices for Lightning Experience, see Supported Browsers and Devices for Lightning
Experience

Supported Browsers and Devices for Salesforce Classic

Salesforce Classic doesn't support mobile browsers, so we recommend using the Salesforce mobile app for working on mobile devices.
For the latest information on supported browsers and devices for Salesforce Classic, see Supported Browsers and Devices for Salesforce
Classic.

Supported Browsers for CRM Analytics

Supported browsers for CRM Analytics include those supported for Lightning Experience.

How and When Do Features Become Available?

Some features in Winter ’25 affect all users immediately after the release goes live. Consider communicating these changes to your users
beforehand so that they’re prepared. Other features require direct action by an administrator before users can benefit from the new
functionality.

Salesforce Overall
Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
General Enhancements

Unlock a 360-Degree Customer View

with New Foundational Features

Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie

Use

Add the New Setup Domain

Create and Verify Your Default No-Reply

Organization-Wide Email Address to
Send Email (Release Update)

Verify Your Return Email Address for

Sender Verification (Release Update)

37
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release
Update)

Get Flexible Access to Custom Apps with

the Salesforce Platform Login License

Inbound Email Limit Increased

Review Your Integrations for a Change

to Email Handling

Allow the Required Domain for Maps

and Location Services

Sender ID Deprecated for Email Security

Compliance

Salesforce Scheduler

Manage Service Resource Capacity at

the Shift Level

Verify Your Queue Position with

QR-Code-Based Check-In

Easily Notify Waitlist Participants

Through Email

Einstein Search

Search Query Limit Is Applied to

Improve Performance

Salesforce Data Pipelines

Transfer Your Snowflake Data to CRM

Analytics Using VPC on AWS (Generally
Available)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes

(Beta)

Add Billing Information for Google

BigQuery Connections

Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data

Manager

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe

Performance with Advanced Append
Output (Beta)

Other Enhancements to Data Pipelines

38
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Event Monitoring Platform Events
Connector (Pilot)

Connectors for Google Universal

Analytics Have Been Removed

Salesforce Archive

Save on Storage and Boost Performance

with Salesforce Archive (Pilot)

Trust Site Enhancements

Analytics
Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards,
CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, Tableau, and Einstein Discovery.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Unified Analytics Experiences

Export from Data Cloud-connected CRM

Analytics Assets (Beta)

Reports and Dashboards

Add Calculated Fields to Your Lightning

Reports with Einstein Generative AI

Do More with Custom Report Types

(Beta)

Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Create Data Cloud Reports with a Single

Click

Include Smart Totals Only in the Reports

You Want

Highlight Min and Max Aggregates for

Date Fields (Beta)

Analyze Semantic Data Models in Data

Cloud Reports (Beta)

CRM Analytics

Analytics Experience and Visualizations

39
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Download Directly from Dashboard Widget
Action Menus

Mark Downloaded Images and Exported

Data as Confidential

Add Greater Precision to Your Queries with

More Filter Operators

Control Tooltip Visibility on Link Widgets

Make Dashboard Metrics Stand Out with

Number Widget Enhancements

Manage Action Menus on the Repeater

Widget

Get More Table Widget Options with Header

Formatting and Column Sorting

Launch a Flow with a Dashboard Interaction

(Generally Available)

Explore Multiple Data Model Objects in

Direct Data Using Joins (Generally Available)

Prebuilt and Industry Analytics Apps

Improved Experience for Adoption Analytics

Templates

Data Integration

Transfer Your Snowflake Data to CRM

Analytics Using VPC on AWS (Generally
Available)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes

(Beta)

Add Billing Information for Google BigQuery

Connections

Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data

Manager

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance

with Advanced Append Output (Beta)

Control Access to Data Based on a User’s

Assigned Territories (Beta)

Analyze Data Across Multiple Data Spaces

40
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector
(Pilot)

Connectors for Google Universal Analytics

Have Been Removed

Analytics Development

Test CRM Analytics Endpoints in Postman

Intelligent Analytics Apps

Einstein Discovery

Externally Built Models in Einstein

Discovery Are Retired

Tableau

Marketing Cloud Intelligence

Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics

Commerce
Commerce Cloud enhancements include new and updated features for B2B and D2C Commerce, Omnichannel Inventory, Salesforce
Order Management, and Salesforce Payments.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Commerce App

Get Contextual Guidance When Setting Up

a B2B or D2C Store

Work More Efficiently with the Updated

Commerce UI

Organize Products with the Enhanced

Category Workspace

Access Product Variation Settings in One

Click

Access Lowest Unit Price from Your Store

Settings

41
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Troubleshoot Product Visibility Issues Right
from the Commerce App

Automate Order Confirmation Emails

Experience Refreshed Workspaces with

Quick Filters and Bulk Actions

Add Design Elements to Your Store Without

Leaving the Commerce App

Smoothly Transition Between Your Store

and a Record Page

Start Selling Online with Salesforce Starter

and Pro Suite

Data Cloud for Commerce

See Analytics Dashboards and Set Goal

Targets in the Insights Workspace

Set Up Intelligence Analytics with a Few

Clicks

Einstein for Commerce

Power Up Productivity with Agentforce

Merchant Agent

Commerce Cart and Checkout

Let Customers Complete Purchases on Any

Page

Streamline the Shopping Experience with

Continuous Scrolling

Address Fields Now Autocomplete for D2C

Stores

Offer Weight-Based Shipping Prices

Turn Off Shipping for Non-Physical Products

Switch Between Managed and Custom

Checkout Without Losing Settings

Automate Updates to the D2C Checkout

Experience with Managed Checkout (Beta)

Use Business Accounts for B2B Store Guest

Checkout

42
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Offer One-Click Checkout for Returning
Customers

Commerce Promotions

Offer Customers Shipping Rate Promotions

Manage Promotions with a Refreshed

Promotion Workspace

Commerce Components

Display Hi-Res Images and Alternative Views

with the Enhanced Product Image Gallery

Faster Image Loads for Enhanced Shopping

Experiences

Keep Customers Informed About Orders

with Real-Time Updates

Control Last Name Visibility in the Order

Lookup Page

Reapply Your Customizations to the

Updated Reorder Modal

Commerce Search

Resolve Errors on the Redesigned Search

Index Page

Displayable Product Fields Toggle Has a

New Name and Location (Beta)

Additional Commerce Features

Bundle Products to Increase Average Order

Value

Set Targets to Track the Progress of Your

Goals

Use Salesforce Tax to Automate Tax

Processes for Custom Checkout

Simplify Tax Transactions with Flows

Use Enhanced Domains to Serve Your

Salesforce CDN for LWR Commerce Stores

Improve Performance and Security of the

Content Delivery Network (CDN) for LWR
Commerce Stores

43
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Access Product Media from Any CMS
Workspace (Beta)

Omnichannel Inventory

Add and Edit Inventory SKUs

Salesforce Order Management

Provide Customers Estimated Delivery

Dates

Tailor Service Flow Bulk Actions to Your

Store’s Needs

Salesforce Payments

Set Up Your Pay Now Store Quickly and

Easily

Deliver an Improved Pay Now

Experience to Your Customers

Create Pay Now Links with an Improved

Flow

Gain More Control of Payment

Processing Using Manual Capture

Salesforce Payments Is Now Available

in Developer Edition

Use Adyen as a Payment Gateway for

Salesforce Payments

Expand Customer Payment Options with

Merchant-Initiated Payments

Monitor Payment Processing to Track

Your Business’s Financial Health

Boost Sales by Offering More Payment

Options

Let Shoppers Receive Their One-Time

Passcode via Email

View Payment Shipping and Billing

Information to Improve Operations

44
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Customization
New and improved access summary views make managing permissions simpler. Manage list view items more easily with improved
performance, usability, and other enhancements. Add impact to your Lightning records by augmenting your fields with conditional
formatting.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Permissions

Delivered Idea: Get Insight into How a

User’s Permissions Are Granted

Delivered Idea: See How Object Access

Is Granted in Object Manager

Track Permission Changes with Event

Monitoring

List Views

Delivered Idea: Make Inline Edits with

the Enhanced User List View

Get Better Performance for List Views

on Custom and Standard Objects

Sort List Views by Multiple Columns

(Beta)

Manage List Views with New Lightning

Web Component (LWC) Wire Adapters

Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy

Permission When Editing Public List
View Visibility (Release Update)

Lightning App Builder

Delivered Idea: Configure Record

Highlights in Lightning App Builder

Delivered Idea: Make Record Fields

Stand Out with Conditional Formatting

Use Agentforce Sales Coach to Give

Users a Personal Coach

Sharing

Manage Public Group Membership More

Easily

Delivered Idea: Add a Description for

Public Groups

45
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Reference Multiple Picklist Values in
Restriction and Scoping Rules

Update Apex Code and Sharing Rules in

Metadata Deployments that Target
Roles and Subordinates in Preview
Sandboxes

Globalization

Discover 11 New Regional English

Variations

Enjoy a Streamlined State and Country

Picklist Setup Process

Review Updated Label Translations

Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release

Update)

Some Supported Time Zones No Longer

Available

Salesforce Connect

Use a Private Connection with the

Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for
Snowflake

Enhance Your Custom Adapter for

Salesforce Connect with More External
Data Types

Salesforce Connect OData 2.0 Adapter

HTTP Library Is Updated

AppExchange

Try AppExchange Solutions with Ease

General Setup

Manage Details About a User in One

Place

Enable Dynamic Highlights Panel and

Dynamic Forms on Mobile with One
Click

Restore Only the Latest Entity History

Records for a Deleted Entity

46
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Data Cloud
Ingest, harmonize, unify, and analyze streaming and batch data with Data Cloud. Then use that data to unlock meaningful and intelligent
experiences across Customer 360 applications and beyond.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid

Search (Generally Available)

Revolutionize Multi-Org Architecture

with Data Cloud One

Secure and Expand Access to Enriched

Related Lists

Share Data Between Data Cloud and

Databricks Using Lakehouse Federation

Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata

in a Data Kit

Create Dedicated Data Cloud Packages

Add Identity Resolution Rulesets to Data

Kits

Activate a Data Model Object to an

Activation Target

Fine-Tune Activation Membership

Filtering by Adding Related Attributes

Segment Schedule Time is Used to

Ensure Accurate Filtering

Share Data in Near Real-Time Between

Data Cloud and Amazon Redshift

Expand Identity Resolution With

Cross-Object Matching

Focus on Relevant Attributes When

Creating Einstein Segments

Get Optimized Segment Results with

Einstein Data Prism

Get User Agent Data in the Data Cloud

Web and Mobile SDK

Include More Attributes in Your

Activation to LinkedIn

47
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Interaction Studio is Renamed
Marketing Cloud Personalization

Batch Data Transforms Are Updated

Incrementally

Quickly Ingest Data into Data Cloud with

Upload File (Beta)

Data Cloud Includes More Third-Party

Connectors (Beta)

Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud

with ZoomInfo Connector (Generally
Available)

Authenticate the Heroku PostgreSQL

Connector Using Mutual Transport Layer
Security

Data Cloud Setup is Streamlined

Filter Records for Copy Field

Enrichments

Set a Refresh Frequency for a Data

Graph

Save a Draft of an Unbuilt Data Graph

Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data

Graph

Save the Salesforce CRM Permission Set

Without License Restrictions

Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud

Data Cloud Einstein Lookalikes in

Segmentation Is Being Retired

Users Can View Only DLOs in Data

Spaces They Have Access To

Connect More Foundation Models for

Generative AI Solutions

Transcribe and Index Audio and Video

Files (Generally Available)

Access Management Made Easy With

the View All Data Permission

48
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud
with MuleSoft Direct (Beta)

Development
Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these
enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Lightning Components

LWC API Version 62.0

Manage Styles with Class Object Binding

Access the Parent Element on a Component

Access the Component’s Style Information

Stricter ESLint Rules for Imports and Exports

Create Components with Larger

JavaScript File Sizes

Improve Accessibility with Base

Lightning Components

Lightning Web Security Enablement

Rollout Remains Postponed

Gain Insight into Component Code by

Switching LWS Distortions Off and On

API Distortion Changes in Lightning

Web Security

Develop Lightning Web Components

with TypeScript (Developer Preview)

Develop Lightning Web Components

Faster in a Real-Time Preview (Beta)

Be Aware of Base Lightning Component

Internal DOM Structure Changes for
Future Native Shadow Support

Lightning Design System

49
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Lightning Design System Component
Blueprints Updates

Visualforce

Update References to Visualforce Pages

Served on Salesforce.com

Apex

Track Apex Unexpected Exceptions with

Free-Tier Event Monitoring

Get More Coverage for Unexpected

Exceptions in Apex Code Execution

Understand SOQL Error and

Functionality Changes to Update Your
Code

See Improved Consistency When

Iterating Sets

Write Mock SOQL Tests for External

Objects

API

Update API Calls to Use Your My Domain

Login URL

Benefit from Faster Metadata API

Deployment Cancellations

Service Protection Limit on Enqueued

Apex Metadata API Deployments

Enforce the CORS Allowlist on More

Salesforce APIs

Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0

Through 30.0 Retirement (Release
Update)

DevOps Center

Get Started with Bitbucket Cloud (Beta)

Celebrate Extensibility and Performance

Enhancements

Development Environments

50
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
IdeaExchange Delivered: Upgrade Data
Storage in Developer and Developer Pro
Sandboxes

Create Your Own Libraries for Masking

Data

Set Up and Administer Data Mask Jobs

More Easily

Changes to Selective Sandbox Access

for Developer and Developer Pro
Sandboxes

Platform Development Tools

Salesforce CLI

Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI

Enhancements

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code

Has a New Documentation Site

Code Builder

Code Builder Has a New Documentation

Site

Agentforce for Developers

Use Generative AI For Salesforce

Development with Agentforce for
Developers (Generally Available)

Agentforce for Developers Documentation

Has a New Look

Scalability

Scale Test

Scale Center

ApexGuru

Heroku

Explore Your Heroku Apps in Salesforce

Setup (Pilot)

Salesforce Functions

51
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired

Change Data Capture

Receive Change Event Notifications for

More Objects

Remove Channels and Channel

Members From Your Second-Generation
Managed Packages

Platform Events

Process Platform Events at Scale with

Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers
(Generally Available)

Standard-Volume Platform Events Are

Being Retired

Streaming API Versions 23.0 Through

36.0 Are Now Retired

We Changed the Default Value of the

Publish Behavior Field to Publish
Immediately

Event Bus

Delivered Idea: Use a Filtered Channel

to Relay Events to Amazon EventBridge

Delivered Idea: Send Enriched Change

Events to Amazon EventBridge

AWS Region Validation for Seamless

Event Relay Execution

Configure Managed Event Subscriptions

(Beta) in Tooling API with Postman

Einstein
Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Features

52
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Platform

Agentforce

Streamline Business Operations with

Agentforce Agents (Generally Available)

Customize Your Agent’s Behavior with

Standard Topic Editing

Evaluate Agent Interaction with Utterance

Analysis

Check Performance with Agent Analytics

Built on Data Cloud

Find Agent Analytics In the Dashboards Tab

Handle More Use Cases More Consistently

with Agent Topics

Introducing the Agentforce Platform

Enhance AI Responses by Customizing the

Data Used by the Answer Questions with
Knowledge Action

New and Changed Standard Agent Topics

and Actions

Configure Conversation Recommendations

Einstein Bots

Connect Enhanced Bots to LINE Messaging

Channels (Generally Available)

Get to Know Customers Faster with

Improved Intent Recognition

Input Recommender (Beta) Is Being Retired

Reach More Customers with Multi-Language

Support for Messaging Components
(Generally Available)

Run Flows in Bot User Context (Release

Update)

Save Time with New Messaging

Components for Enhanced Bots (Generally
Available)

53
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Support More Customers with New
Languages (Generally Available)

Translate Dialogs Easily to Different

Languages (Generally Available)

Understand Customers More Accurately

with Strict Recognition

Einstein Data Library

Ground Generative AI Responses on Your

File Uploads in Einstein Data Library

Changed Access to Existing Einstein Data

Libraries

Einstein Data Prism

Get Optimized Einstein Responses with

Einstein Data Prism

Einstein Trust Layer

Choose Where to Store Generative AI Audit

and Feedback Data

Use Salesforce Data Classification for

Field-Based LLM Data Masking

Prompt Builder

Get Prompt Performance Metrics with User

Feedback (Beta)

Improve Prompt Grounding with Dynamic

Retrievers

Repurpose a Standard Prompt Template

Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG)

in Data Cloud

Other Changes

Explore More Anthropic, Azure, and OpenAI

Models on the Einstein Platform

Monitor Einstein Request Consumption in

Near-Real Time with Digital Wallet

Seamlessly Connect Customer and Partner

LLMs with the Models API and LLM Open
Connector (Generally Available)

54
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Experience Cloud
Upgrade existing LWR sites and CMS workspaces to enhanced sites and enjoy better performance and new features. Offer site builders
an improved experience with a new navigation component, upgraded record components, and improved SEO. Capture more site events
and send them to Data Cloud with the updated Data Cloud integration. Make your sites work for you with new Salesforce CDN features,
additional custom domain support, and more.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Aura and LWR Sites

Fine-Tune the Look and Feel of Your

LWR Site with More Design and Layout
Controls

Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites to

Access the Latest Features (Beta)

Add Enhanced CMS Content to Your

Aura Site

Customize URLs for Accounts and

Contacts to Improve SEO (Generally
Available)

Enhance Your LWR Site Experience by

Curating Data Providers on a Page
(Beta)

Export and Integrate Shared Business

Across Salesforce Orgs with Partner
Connect

Components in Experience Builder

Customize Navigation and More with

New and Improved Components for
LWR Sites

Enable or Disable a Modernized Record

Experience in Aura Sites

Customize the Flow Orchestration Work

Guide Component in Aura and LWR Sites

Developer Productivity

Capture More Events with Data Cloud

Integration Upgrades

Link Files from Your LWR Site to

Salesforce (Beta)

55
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Troubleshoot Custom Domain Issues
Faster

Site Performance

Use Your Enhanced Domain to Serve

Your Salesforce CDN in Sandboxes

Update References to Your Force.com

Site URLs

Boost LWR Site Performance with

Experience Delivery (Pilot)

Mobile for Experience Cloud

Take Advantage of the Latest Features

from Mobile Publisher for Experience
Cloud

Security and Sharing

Secure Record Access When Enabling

Digital Experiences in Preview
Sandboxes

Specify Trusted Domains for Clickjack

Protection on Your Site

Enhance Your Experience Cloud Site

with New Customer Identity Features

Field Service
See what’s new in Field Service to help your team deliver on performance and customer service.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Field Service Einstein

Get a Daily Summary of Service

Appointments that Require Immediate
Attention

Find Service Appointments Easily by

Creating Search Filters in the
Appointment List

56
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Uncover Top Cancellation Reasons Easily
(Beta)

Generate Post-Work Summaries On the

Go (Beta)

Field Service Resource Management

Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization

Increase Flexibility and Efficiency When

Scheduling Complex Work Chains

Gain Insights into Service Appointment

Unscheduling Information

Get More Information About Scheduling

and Optimization Requests with Activity
Reports (Beta)

Increase Coverage with 24-Hour Availability

for Capacity-Based Resources

Increase Availability by Reshuffling and

Prioritizing Service Appointments

Enhance Scheduling Accuracy by Adding

Travel Time Buffers per Territory

Improve Schedule Recommendations with

the Appointment Insights API (Beta)

Experience Better Performance with

Enhanced Live Updates (Beta)

Access Health Check in the Optimization

Center Tab

Manage the Field Service Integration

Permission Set with More Flexibility

Find Filters Quickly in the Appointments

List

Field Service Asset Management

Field Service Asset Service Lifecycle Management Add-On

Improve First-Time Fix Rates

Improve Asset Visibility on Your Mobile App

View Asset Health Score on the Go with

the Connected Assets Add-On

57
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Migrate from Maintenance Plan
Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work
Rules (Release Update)

Field Service Operations

Gain Instant Access to Key Operations

and Insights with Field Service Home

Field Service Intelligence

Boost and Track Team Performance

Gain Comprehensive Insights into Your

Inventory and Products

Service Documents

Grant Community Users Access to

Document Builder

Personalize Service Documents with

Company and Worker Details

Organize Service Documents with Page

Breaks

Field Service Customer Engagement

Schedule and Reschedule Appointments

with Scheduling Dependencies in
Appointment Assistant

Provide Real-Time Customer Guidance

with the Visual Remote Assistant Mobile
SDK Embedded in Your Branded Mobile
App

Field Service Mobile

Data Capture

Create Dynamic Forms with Data Capture

Flow (Beta)

Empower Mobile Workers with Data Capture

Forms (Beta)

Discovery Framework Based Data Capture

with Field Service Mobile App

Accept On-Site Payments with

Tap-to-Pay

58
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Reduce Distractions and Stay Focused
with Standby Mode

Upsell Your Business from the Field

(Generally Available)

Launch Flows Silently Based on

Geolocation

See the Status of Appointments on the

Map at a Glance

Customize Tabs More Easily in the Field

Service Mobile App Builder

Add Lightning Web Components with

Attributes in the Field Service Mobile
App Builder

Search for Records Easily in the Field

Service Mobile App

Spotlight on Field Service Content

Improve Your Scheduling and

Optimization Proficiency with
Revamped Salesforce Help Content

Switch to Lightning Data Service for the

Best Mobile Experience

Discover What’s New with Offline Usage

in the Field Service Mobile App

Start Your Journey with Einstein for

Field Service

Industries
Industries solutions shape Salesforce to the needs of your business, reducing the need for you to customize things yourself. Get the most
out of your assets by using Asset Service Lifecycle Management. Automotive Cloud optimizes vehicle loans and leases with Digital
Lending for Automotive. Consumer Goods Cloud helps tour drivers sell directly from their trucks. Financial Services Cloud gets more
service process templates and introduces business relationship plans. Health Cloud improves the scheduling experience for Home Health
and Intelligent Appointment Management. Life Sciences Cloud helps organizations make trials more accessible with support for financial
assistance programs. Salesforce for Education integrates with Data Cloud and expands its generative AI capabilities. We also have plenty
of changes for Manufacturing Cloud, Loyalty Management, Industries common features, and much more.

59
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Accounting Subledger

Reduce Processing Time for Accounting

Subledger

Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Inventory Search and Transfer

Unify and Transform Your Inventory Data

for Search

Transfer Products and Parts Across Inventory

Locations

Service Parts Return

Create Part Return Requests During Field

Service Appointments

Create Part Return Requests from the

Desktop App

Product Service Campaign

Generate Work Orders for Campaign Items

with a Single Click

Easily Track Work Orders Created for a

Campaign Item

Work Order Estimation

Schedule Appointments for Work Orders

Initiate and Update Quotes for Existing Work

Orders

Improve Technician Experience with

Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost
Association

Automotive Cloud

Digital Lending for Automotive (Generally Available)

Offer Comprehensive Vehicle Lending

Solutions to Financial Institutions

Capture Granular Details About Vehicle

Loans and Leases

Help Customers Easily Apply for Vehicle

Loans and Leases from Experience Cloud

60
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Submit Vehicle Loan and Lease Applications
on Behalf of Customers

Take Better-Informed Decisions on Vehicle

Loan and Lease Applications

Optimize Proposals by Using Stipulations in

the Underwriter Console

Control Dealers’ Access to Sensitive

Information About Applicants

Help Dealers Accept or Reject Automotive

Lending Proposals from Experience Cloud

Connected Vehicle Enhancements

Get Additional Entitlements for Flow-Based

Orchestrations

Execute Complex Actionable Event

Orchestrations By Using Flows

Vehicle Inventory Search and Transfer Enhancements

Allow Dealers and Customers to Search for

Vehicles

Get Notified When Vehicles Are Transferred

Easily Identify the Action Reference for

Vehicle Transfer

Communications Cloud

Enterprise Sales Management

Optimize Resource Usage by Easily Moving

Assets

Modify In-Progress Orders by Creating

Quotes

Easily Apply Discounts to an Entire Cart with

a Large Number of Quote Line Items

Support for New and Enhanced Industries

Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) Standard
Cart-Based APIs

New Features for Communications, Media,

and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed
Package

61
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Generative AI Solutions for Enterprise Sales Management

Create Budgetary Quotes Quickly with

Einstein Conversational AI

Communications Cloud Agent Console

Efficiently Manage Billing Disputes

Asset Service Lifecycle Management —

Communications Cloud

Data Cloud Features for Communications Cloud

Monitor User Activity and Analyze Usage

Patterns

Track and Optimize Service Performance

with Service Level Objectives

Connected Assets

Design Sophisticated Actionable Event

Orchestrations by Using Flows

Use Orchestration Entitlements Based

on Execution Procedure Type

Consumer Goods Cloud

Retail Execution

Streamline Delivery with Van Sales Delivery

Execution

Experience Enhanced Performance with

Penny Perfect Pricing Batch V2

Boost Mobile App Productivity with

Bluetooth Keyboards

Manage Tab and User Permissions for

Deployed Profiles

Ensure Accurate Inventory Reconciliation

Increase the Effective Account Manager

Sync Batch Performance

Generate Reports in Non-Latin or Custom

Fonts in Consumer Goods Offline Mobile
App

62
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Use Consumer Goods Cloud Offline Mobile
App in Hybrid Mode With Remote API Calls

Added Support for Improved Integration

and Segmentation with Data Cloud

Print Paper Invoices and Reports On the Go

with a Bluetooth Thermal Printer

Other Improvements in Retail Execution

New and Changed Objects for Retail

Execution

Changed Apex Classes in Retail Execution

Trade Promotion Management

Do More with Enhanced Support for Custom

Months and Quarters

Create Promotions Faster with Customized

Promotion Workflows

Manage TPM Permission Sets Efficiently

Enhance Prediction Accuracy by Clustering

Your Sales Data

Preview Your Processing Service

New and Changed APIs in Trade Promotion

Management

Energy and Utilities Cloud

Drive Customer Support with Agent

Console

Minimize Customer Service Calls with

Self-Service Portal

Summarize Customer Calls with Einstein

Work Summaries

Improve Technician Experience with

Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost
Association

Calculate Energy Savings and Rebates

with Context Service

Monitor Connected Assets with Data

Cloud Visualization

63
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Product Catalog Management for
Energy and Utilities

Efficiently Manage Mass Asset Recalls,

Services, and Upgrades

Streamline Supplier Recovery Claims

Easily Estimate Field Service Work and

Quote Costs to Customers

New and Updated Objects in Energy and

Utilities Cloud

Financial Services Cloud

Einstein Autofill (Pilot)

Boost Operational Efficiency with

AI-powered Einstein Autofill (Pilot)

Business Relationship Plan

Obtain Key Information About Your Clients

Quantify Objectives and Track Progress by

Defining Measures

Get Client Relationship Insights Quickly with

Prebuilt, AI-Powered Summary Templates

Complaints Management

Resolve Complaints Faster with Einstein

Generative AI for Complaints Management

Einstein for Finacial Services Cloud

Resolve Banking Inquiries Faster with

Einstein Copilot (Beta)

Digital Lending

Give Guest Users Access to Your Product

Catalog

Simplify Loan Estimates with the Loan

Calculator

Quickly Complete Loan Approval Steps by

Using Integrations

Dynamically Show Loan Offers by Using

Product Configurator

64
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Customize the Underwriter Console by
Using Omnistudio

Digital Lending—India

Simplify the Loan Application Intake Process

Offer More Loan-Related Verification and

Screening Capabilities to Your Users

Service Process Automation

Accelerate Service Process Setup with

Prebuilt Templates

Transaction Dispute Management

Streamline Assessments for Disputed

Transactions

Give More Dispute Resolution Capabilities

to Dispute Specialists

Wealth Management

Identify Client Wealth Goals with a

Fact-Finding Questionnaire

Analyze Client Wealth and Create Financial

Plans with AI-Generated Summaries

Data Cloud for Financial Services Cloud

Stream More Financial Services Cloud

Objects

Financial Summary Rollup

Get Meaningful Insights into Customer’s

Financial Information with Financial
Summary Rollup

Strengthen Your Business and Customer

Relationships by Using CRM Analytics

Watch Financial Services Cloud Videos

New and Changed Financial Services

Cloud Object Fields

New and Changed Invocable Actions in

Financial Services Cloud

Health Cloud

65
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein for Health Cloud

Boost the Efficiency of Healthcare Processes

with Einstein

Revolutionize Healthcare Communication

with Einstein’s Email Generation

Home Health Enhancements

Promote Patient-Centered Care with

Self-Service Capabilities

Expedite Your Home Health Setup

Intelligent Appointment Management Enhancements

Book Assets for Patient Appointments

Book Multiple Resources for Patient

Appointments

Schedule Multiple Patient Appointments in

the Same Time Slot

Boost Scheduler Efficiency with the

Appointment Scheduling Home Page (not
immediately available)

Search for Providers Based on Postal Code

Troubleshoot Intelligent Appointment

Management Configuration

Integrated Care Management Enhancements

Save and Resume MCG Assessments

Update Care Plans Using MCG Assessments

Expose Care Plans to Experience Site Users

Search for MCG Assessments by Default

Participant Management Enhancements

Patient Program Outcome Management

Patient Support Programs Console

Pharmacy Benefits Verification

Enhancements

Provider Network Management Enhancements

66
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Simplify Provider Roster Management with
Roster File Mapping

Optimize Provider Registration with NPPES

Integration

Accelerate Your Health Cloud Setup

Health Cloud Has New and Changed

Objects

New and Changed Invocable Actions in

Health Cloud

Insurance

Life Sciences Cloud

Advanced Therapy Management Enhancements

Add Ad Hoc Tasks to a Therapy Step

Review and Update Task Assignees

Commercial Excellence Enhancements

Increase Sales Productivity by Automating

Sales Agreement and Quote Conversions

Financial Assistance Program for Life Sciences

View the Eligible Financial Assistance

Programs for a Care Program Enrollee

Apply for a Financial Assistance Program

View Financial Assistance Program

Application Status

Reapply for a Financial Assistance Program

View the Details of Approved Financial

Assistance Program Claims

Participant Management Enhancements

Identify the Best Candidates for Clinical Trials

by Using AI

Improve Recruitment and Enrollment

Efficiency

Expedite Your Participant Management

Setup

67
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Patient Program Outcome Management

Store Outcome Data in the Patient Program

Outcome Management Data Model

Calculate Outcome Metrics Using Salesforce

Flows

Generate Program Outcome Summary

Using Einstein Generative AI

Generate Patient Outcome Summary Using

Einstein Generative AI

Patient Support Programs Console

Deliver Excellent Patient Services with the

Patient Support Programs Console App

Pharmacy Benefits Verification Enhancements

Add Member Plans from the Care Program

Enrollee Record page

Capture Additional Pharmacy Benefits Fields

under Benefits Summary

Generate Call Scripts for Payors with Einstein

Generative AI

Generate Summary of Benefits with Einstein

Generative AI

Improve Efficiency with the Automated

Pharmacy Benefits Reverification Process

Life Sciences Cloud Has New and

Changed Objects

New Invocable Actions in Life Sciences

Cloud

Loyalty Management

Create Programs Easily With Simplified

Loyalty Program Setup

Promotions

Global Promotions Management

Simplify Promotion Targeting Through

Actionable Lists

68
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Find Members' Data Cloud Segments Faster
with Data Graphs

Easily Find Eligible Promotions for Corporate

Members

Maintain the Process and Rules Status

During Deployment

Control Liability with Currency Subtypes

Vouchers

Relieve Member Anxiety During Voucher

Redemption

Drive Customer Engagement and Boost

Sales with Time-Based Vouchers

Make Vouchers a Key Element of Your

Customer Engagement Strategy

Automate Voucher Access for Customers

Make the Most of the Revamped Loyalty

Program Home Page

New and Changed Objects in Loyalty

Management

New Metadata Types in Loyalty

Management

Changed Invocable Actions

New and Changed Connect REST APIs

Manufacturing Cloud

Sales Agreement

Minimize Revenue Leakage with Decimal

Precision in Quantity Metrics

Choose to Specify or Autopopulate Planned

Quantities for Sales Agreement Products

Make Products Easily Recognizable in the

Sales Agreement Table

Easily Identify Schedules On the Sales

Agreement Table

69
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Get More Guidance for Setting Up Sales
Agreements

Easily Create Part Return Requests from

a Warranty Claim or Work Order

Close Deals Quickly by Automating

Quote and Sales Agreement Conversion

Search For and Transfer Products and

Parts Across Inventory Locations

Swiftly Generate Work Orders for

Product Service Campaigns

Consider Decimal Values When

Calculating Forecasts

Get Improved Mobile and Reports

Support for Manufacturing Cloud
Objects

New Connect APIs

Media Cloud

Advertising Sales Management

Boost Ad Impact With Related Media

Product Bundles

Customize the Spot Calendar's Style and

Display

Net Zero Cloud

Allowlist the Domains that You Trust for

Disclosures

Collect and Manage ESG Content in

Centralized Information Library for Use
Across ESG Disclosures

Einstein for Disclosure and Compliance Hub

Generate First Draft of ESG Disclosure

Automatically (Beta)

Revise Disclosure Responses Accurately with

Enhanced Efficiency

Revise Information Library Snippets via

Einstein Generative AI

70
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Save Disclosure Responses to
Assessment Framework

Synchronize Report Content to Create

Latest and Auditable Reports

Enhance Scope 3 Emissions Calculations

with Einstein Generative AI (Beta)

Easily Access XBRL Tagging Providers

on Net Zero Marketplace

New and Changed Objects for Net Zero

Cloud

Public Sector Solutions

Talent Recruitment Management

Streamline How You Manage Positions,

Requisitions, and Job Postings

Attract the Best Talent and Offer a Seamless

Job Application Experience

Evaluate, Vet, and Hire Talent More

Efficiently with the Talent Recruitment
Management Console App

Accelerate Hiring Decisions with an

All-In-One Hiring Experience

Share Information with Select Hiring Team

Members

Investigative Case Management

Efficiently Manage Investigations with

Casework Overview

Easily Capture Evidence for a Case by Using

a Guided Flow

Get Insights into Caseworker Productivity

Share Complaints and Case Proceedings

with Select Users

Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions

Simplify License Management with Einstein

Optimize Follow-Up Visits with Einstein

71
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Streamline Benefit Management with
Einstein

Help Caseworkers Quickly Identify Benefit

Application Changes with Einstein

Speed Up Referral Authorization with

Out-of-the-Box Flow

Effortlessly Build Omnistudio

Components

Use Omniscripts in Multiple Languages

New and Changed Objects in Public

Sector Solutions

Referral Marketing

Easily View Configurations of a Referral

Promotion

Accelerate Customer Segment

Verification for Promotions

Implement Referral Marketing Without

a Person Account

Enable Advocates to Manage Referrals

on Experience Cloud Sites

Integrate Referral Marketing in a Mobile

App

New and Changed Connect REST APIs

Salesforce for Education

Unify Your Learner Data with Data Cloud

for Education

Build Stronger Alumni Relationships

with Einstein and Data Cloud for
Education: Alumni Metrics

Enroll Admitted Students into Learning

Programs

Monitor Learners with Watchlist

Tracking

Get Learner Feedback with Pulse Checks

72
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Summarize Advising Cases by Using
Einstein

Find Accurate Mentor Matches with

Einstein Mentoring Summaries

View Academic Highlights with Learner

Progress Summary

Manage Your Learning Catalog with

APIs

Visualize Imported Catalog Data in

Learning Program Plan Builder

Accelerate Degree Planning with

Learner Pathway Templates

Clarify Prerequisites and Corequisites

in Intelligent Degree Planner

Help Learners Make Informed Decisions

with the Intelligent Program
Comparison Engine

Strengthen Prospect Engagement With

Recruitment Inquiry and Opportunity
Management

Streamline the Recommendation

Process with Recommender Experience

Use Fundraising Updates for

Advancement

New and Changed Objects in Education

Cloud

Connect REST APIs

New Connect REST API Resources

Salesforce for Nonprofits

Nonprofit Cloud

Provider Management Is Now Available for

Nonprofit Cloud

Fundraising

Grantmaking

Einstein Generative AI for Nonprofit Cloud

73
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce for Nonprofits Managed Packages

Elevate Retirement

foundationConnect Retirement

Industries Common Features

Action Plans

Customize the Display of Task Field Columns

in Action Plan and Action Plan Templates

Edit Multiple Tasks At Once for Action Plans

and Action Plan Templates

AI Accelerator

Get Customized Prediction Insights By Using

AI Accelerator

Scoring Framework (Generally Available)

Business Rules Engine

Simplify Business Rules with Context-Aware

Subexpressions

Simulate Expression Sets Comprehensively

with All Available Context Mappings

Save and Manage Expression Set Versions

Effortlessly

Migrate Expression Set Versions Efficiently

by Using Ranks

Configure Complex Business Rules Easily by

Using String Functions

Create Decision Tables More Intuitively by

Using the Unified User Interface

Manage the Volume and Complexity of Your

Decision Tables with the Decision Table
Type Options

Expedite Efficiency by Using CSV Files to

Create Decision Tables

Narrow Your Source Conditions by Applying

Source Filters in Decision Tables

74
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Improve Decision-Making with the Newly
Supported Objects in Medium Volume
Decision Tables

Increase Efficiency with Faster Refresh for

Decision Table Data in Flows

Support for Rule Engine Designer Role to

Refresh Decision Tables

Changed Business Rules Engine Objects

Context Service

Conveniently Activate and Deactivate

Definitions, and Other Context Service
Enhancements

Easily Generate Input Mapping for Blank

Attributes

New Objects in Context Service

Use Data Model Objects for Mapping

New Connect REST API Resources

CSV Data Management

Import CSV Data by Using Various

Supported Delimiters

Perform Complex Calculations on CSV Data

and Import into Salesforce Objects

Data Processing Engine

Simplify Transformation of Large Data by

Using CSV Files (Pilot)

Write to Related Objects in Writeback Nodes

in Data Cloud

Automatically Save your Recipes and Output

Records

Get Notified When You Exceed Data

Pipelines Usage Limits

Metadata API

Changed Objects

Decision Table

75
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Metadata API

Changed Invocable Actions in Decision

Table

Connect REST APIs

Einstein Bot Templates

Resolve Cases Efficiently with Case

Management Bot Templates

Engagement

Changed Object

Grantmaking

View Progress Reports for Updates on

Applications

Use Flow-Based Forms in Grantmaking

Review Submitted Applications from a

Single Page

New and Changed Objects in Grantmaking

Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ)

Boost Efficiency with Industries CPQ in LWC

Interface

Automate Asset Management with Query

Driven Asset Disconnect Scheduler

Easily Apply Discounts to an Entire Cart with

Large Sets of Quote Line Items

Get a More Flexible Pricing Solution in

Communications, Media, and Energy &
Utilities (CME) Managed Package

Move to Salesforce Contracts in

Communications, Media, and Energy &
Utilities (CME) Managed Package

Reverse Cardinality of Relies On Product

Instances

Relies On with Attribute Propagation

Achieve Real-Time Catalog and Pricelist

Updates with Incremental Caching

76
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Table Component Deprecated in the
AccountBillingDashboard Component

Secure Your Data with Enhanced User

Permissions

Integration Solutions with MuleSoft Direct

Industry Integration Solutions Has a New

Name

List Builder for Data Cloud Segment

Changed Objects

Omnistudio Document Generation

Improve Document Generation Performance

with Timeout Setting

Scheduled Reminders

Changed Objects in Scheduled Reminders

Service Process Studio

Experience Greater Flexibility in Request

Form Creation

Changed Object

Stage Management

Migrate Stage Management Configurations

with Ease

Marketing
Salesforce marketing products and features streamline and supercharge your promotional campaigns. Find out what improvements are
arriving in our Winter '25 release.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Personalization

Provide Personalized Experiences with

Einstein Personalization (Generally
Available)

77
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Extend Personalized Experiences in
Marketing Cloud Using Einstein
Personalization

Enhance Your Websites with

Personalized Experiences Using Web
Personalization Manager

Monitor Einstein Personalization

Consumption in Near Real-Time with
Digital Wallet

Marketing Cloud Account Engagement

General Enhancements

Discover a New Campaign Experience with

Marketing Cloud

Troubleshoot Email Send Issues

Find and Merge Duplicate Prospect Records

Copy Forms and Emails to a Salesforce CMS

Workspace

Gain Insights with Form and Landing Page

Engagement Data in Data Cloud

Create More Data Cloud Segments per

Business Unit

Open System Email Links in the Lightning

App

Pause or Cancel Permanent Prospect

Deletions

APIs and Integrations

Account Engagement API: New and

Changed Items

Marketing Cloud Engagement

Apps, Setup, and Security

General Enhancements to Package Manager

Social Studio Is Being Retired

Enable Branded Email Sending Domains and

URLs in the Marketing Cloud Engagement
Interface

78
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Rotate Client Secrets in Installed Packages

Cross-Cloud Products

Process Builder Is Retired for Marketing

Cloud Connect

Let Customers Link a Distributed Marketing

Send to an Active Campaign

Personalize Campaign Member Objects

Einstein and Analytics

Generate Marketing Content in Multiple

Languages

Monitor AI Content with New Audit Export

Feature

Customize Brand Identity at the Business

Unit Level

Journeys and Automations

Track Journey Changes with the Journey

Audit Log

Improve Existing Emails with Journey Builder

High-Throughput Sending
Recommendations

Enhance Query Results with Improved Email

Attribute Storage

Get More Accurate Journey Success Rates

on the Journey History Page

Retrieve Data from Automation Data Views

in Real Time

Use Additional SFTP Key Exchange

Algorithms in File Transfer Activities

Change to S3 Path Requirements in File

Transfer and Import Activities

New Error Types for File Decryption Issues

Correlate Activity Data with Other Views

Using the JobID Field

Messaging

79
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Shorten SMS Links in MobileConnect and
Journey Builder

Reuse Template Message Names Across

Your WhatsApp Business Accounts

Marketing Cloud Intelligence

Enhance Your Data by Using the New Criteo

API Data Fields

Optimize Your Ad Spend with the Custom

DoubleVerify Connector

Streamline OneDrive Data Management by

Using SharePoint

Gain Deeper TikTok Ad Insights by Using

New API Fields

Archived Release Notes

Marketing Cloud (Growth and Advanced)

Get More with Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition

Boost Engagement and Streamline

Optimizations with Einstein Features

Test and Analyze Campaign Flows

Grow Relationships with Conversational SMS

Update the Required Marketing Data

Kits

Create More Relevant Messages

Improve User Experiences with These

Content Enhancements

Save Time with Grounded Agentforce

and Einstein AI Tools

Streamline Marketing Setup with These

Admin Enhancements

Level Up Your Reporting with Marketing

Performance

Interface Updates in Marketing Cloud

Other Changes in Marketing Cloud

80
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Unified Messaging

Improve Consent Compliance for

Unified WhatsApp Messages

Mobile
Keep up with deals while on the go with the new Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience, which is now generally available. Improve
productivity when working with records offline, customer messaging, or reports with the latest features available on the Salesforce
mobile app. Create a mobile app built on Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) with Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud LWR sites, which
is now generally available. Validate the records available offline to a user with the new Total Unique Records field available in Briefcase
Builder.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce Mobile App

Everything That’s New in the Salesforce Mobile App

Access Linked Resources Anytime,

Anywhere in Enhanced Reports on
Salesforce Mobile

Restart Offline Draft Syncs with One Tap

Access Record Attachments in the Offline

App with Files Priming (Beta)

Messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App Is

Now Generally Available

Send Messaging Components and Transfer

Messaging Sessions with Messaging for
Mobile

General Mobile Updates

Boost Your Sales Productivity with a

Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally
Available)

Mobile Home Tab Setting Is Now on by

Default

Verify Briefcase Settings by Using the

Count of Total Unique Records

81
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Validate Mobile Lightning Web
Components with ESLint Rules

Mobile Publisher

Create Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)

Apps with Mobile Publisher for
Experience Cloud (Generally Available)

Preview Your Experience Cloud LWR Site

as an App with Publisher Playground
(Beta)

Android Experience Cloud Apps Now

Require Android 9 or Later

Conceal Sensitive Information When

Your Experience Cloud App Is in the
Background

Protect Your Experience Cloud App from

Reverse Engineering

Secure Your Experience Cloud iOS App

with Two New Enhanced Mobile App
Security Policies

Set Up Marketing Cloud Notifications

on Experience Cloud Android Apps More
Simply

Experience Cloud App Version

Numbering Has Changed

Omnistudio
In the Winter ’25 release, Omnistudio Standard offers new designers and list views for all components. It also offers customization of
Omniscript elements.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Effortlessly Access Information with
Distinct Omnistudio Guides

Effortlessly Build Omnistudio

Components by Using New Designers

82
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Easily Browse Through Omnistudio
Components with List Views

Customize Omniscript Elements for Your

Business Requirements

Other Improvements in Omnistudio

Omnistudio Minor Releases

Revenue Cloud
Revenue Cloud brings a suite of enhancements to boost efficiency and elevate user experience. Get notified when orders are created.
Product Catalog Management now supports CSV file imports, templates for qualification decision tables, and category and product
qualification elements in rule procedures. Use ramp deals for dynamic pricing and other enhancements to support informed
decision-making. Your customer community users can access quoting capabilities. The new Invoice Management feature automates
and scales invoice generation, ensuring accuracy, compliance, and improved financial reporting. Salesforce Contracts can now compare
documents, lock sections, and generate documents in real-time. Learn more about these and other enhancements in Revenue Cloud.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Revenue Lifecycle Management Is Now
Revenue Cloud

Product Catalog Management

Easily Create Qualification Decision

Tables by Using Templates

Show Only Eligible and Available

Categories

Improve Search Results by Indexing

Your Product Catalog

Define Ramp Segment Types for

Products Whose Price and Volume Can
Change Over Time

Organize Bundled Products Better With

Nested Groups

Improve Scalability and Efficiency of

Product and Catalog Data Management

Product Discovery

Guide Users to Find the Right Products

83
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Accentuate Product Images with Tile View

Show Qualification and Pricing Information

Only When Necessary

Refine Product Detail View

Boost Engagement by Granting Guest Users

Access to Product Discovery

Create a Custom Product Browsing

Experience

Show Only the Available and Qualified

Categories in Product Discovery

Experience Enhanced Product Search

View Nested Groups for Product Bundles

Replace the Deprecated Product Discovery

Permission Sets

Connect REST APIs

New Invocable Actions

New Metadata Types

New and Changed Objects For Product

Catalog Management

Connect REST APIs

New Connect REST API Resources

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies

Salesforce Pricing

Streamline Pricing Procedure

Requirements with Procedure Plan
Definitions

Ensure Pricing Transparency with Price

Tracking History

Easily Update Multiple Records by Using

Pricing Adjustment Batch Jobs

Turn Off Price Waterfall for Selected

Pricing Elements

84
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Configure Proration Settings to
Calculate Product Prices

Calculate the Aggregate Price of a

Product Bundle

Simulate Pricing Procedures with

Different Context Mappings

Derived Pricing Enhancements

Operations Console is Now Pricing

Operations Console

New Objects in Salesforce Pricing

New Connect REST API Resources

Changed Invocable Actions

Rate Management (Generally Available)

Bill Customers Based on Consumption

of a Usage Resource

Manage Discounts with Rate

Adjustments

Calculate Net Unit Rates By Using

Predefined Rating Elements

Make Better Rating Decisions By Using

Rating Waterfall

New Objects in Rate Management

New Invocable Action in Rate

Management

New Metadata Type in Rate

Management

New Connect REST API Resources

Product Configurator

Maintain Rule Integrity with

Configuration Rule Validation

Easily Create Diverse Configuration

Rules

Validate Products at Transaction Level

85
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Support for Ramped Deals

Get an Enhanced View of Derived Prices

View Nested Options Group for Product

Bundles

Changed Connect REST API Response

Bodies

Transaction Management

Give Your Customers More Flexibility

with Usage Selling

Gain Insight into Asset Usage Rates and

Tier Pricing

Use Ramp Deals for Time-Based Price

and Quantity Changes

Advanced Approvals

Design Approval Chains with Flow Builder

Ensure Transactions Adhere to Policies

Easily See and Respond to Approval

Requests

Unblock Transactions by Administering

Approvals

Organize Your Transactions with Groups

Streamline the Quoting and Ordering

Process for Derived Products

Effortlessly Build Quotes and Orders

with Add Assets Action

Fast-Track Adding Products to Sales

Transactions

Configure Lookup Fields Efficiently in a

Transaction

Renew Assets Early in Revenue Cloud

Unlock Quoting Capabilities for

Customer Communities

Track Order Creation Efficiently with

Timely Notifications

86
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Summarize Quotes with Einstein

Generate Quote Emails with Einstein

Accelerate Business Growth with

Enhanced Support for Large
Transactions (Pilot)

New and Changed Objects in

Transaction Management

Changed Platform Event in Transaction

Management

Changed Invocable Action in

Transaction Management

Connect REST APIs

New Connect REST API Resources

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

CommerceOrders Namespace

PlaceQuote Namespace

Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator

Interface and Performance

Enhancements

Manual Task Assignment Rules

Partially Load Fulfillment Plans

Skip a Fulfillment Branch

Support for Decomposition by Product

Classification

Define How Failed Callouts are Retried

Enhance Your Search and View in the

Decomposition Viewer

Changed Objects in Dynamic Revenue

Orchestrator

Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Define Criteria for Invoicing Products

Simplify your Billing Configuration by

Using Guided Setup

87
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Billing in Advance and Arrears

Configure Multiple Legal Entities for a

Seller

Ensure Accurate Tax Calculation by

Customizing Tax Addresses

Schedule Automatic Invoice Generation

for Billing Schedules

Streamline Financial Reporting with

Accounting Periods

Automate Conversion of Negative

Invoice Lines to Credit Memo Lines

Issue Credits to Settle Balances of

Invoices or Invoice Lines

Settle Invoices Faster by Auto-Applying

Credit Balances

Optimize User Experience for Partner

Communities

New Objects for Invoice Management

New Platform Events for Invoice

Management

New Connect REST API Resources

New Connect in Apex Classes

New Metadata Types

New Invocable Actions

Salesforce Contracts

Enhance Document Generation with

Single Point Requests (SPR) and
Omniscript

Control Edit Access to Protect Essential

Contract Sections

Define and Test Instructions for Better

Extraction Results

Streamline Your Internal Review

Processes with Automated Checkout

88
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Identify Differences Between Contract
Versions

Salesforce Billing Managed Package

Post Invoices Seamlessly with

Consecutive Batch Jobs

Sales
Boost your teams’ results with new features across Sales Cloud. Nurture existing relationships and grow key accounts with Account Plans.
Keep your pipeline healthy by using AI to help identify your next customer. Submit forecast numbers at a point in time. And create quota
plans that incorporate stamped territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Agentforce for Sales

Scale Your Sales Funnel with Agentforce

SDR

Coach Sales Reps at Scale with

Agentforce Sales Coach

Einstein for Sales

Einstein Activity Capture

Upgrade Your Service Account Connections

to Org-Level OAuth 2.0 Authentication

Resync Events Renamed in User Health

Status

Exclude Organizer-Only Events When

Syncing Internal Events

Einstein Copilot for Sales

Accomplish More with Sales Copilot Topics

Revamp Your Follow-Up Game in Less Time

Log Calls with Customers with Einstein

Copilot

Establish Action Items with Einstein

89
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Organize and Quickly Find Records by Using
Custom Labels with Einstein

Get Instant Access to Pricing Information

Focus on the Deals That Matter Most

Discover Key Contacts, Their Roles in

Influencing Deals, and the Deals They've
Impacted

Manage Your Day Better with Einstein

Increase Your Odds of Success with Warm

Introductions

Einstein Automated Contacts Is Being

Retired in February 2025

Sales Summaries Beta Program Is No

Longer Available

Sales Fundamentals

Get New Foundational Features for Sales

Cloud Users

Show Sales Reps Seller Home in More

Places

Opportunities

Increase Sales Team Collaboration by

Assigning Opportunity Splits to Territories

Accounts

Delivered Idea: Optimize Your Strategic

Planning with Account Plans

Enhance Reporting Structure Visibility by

Associating Person Accounts and Contacts
with Each Other

Leads

Review and Update Settings to Capture

Leads from LinkedIn (Release Update)

Sales Cloud Go

Simplify Discovery and Setup of Your

Sales Cloud Features

90
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Einstein Conversation Insights

Access All Your Conversation Data with

Conversation Hub

See the Topics That Matter Most to Your

Customers with Sales Signals

Sales Engagement

Find Your Next Customer with

Prospecting Center, a new Data Cloud
App

Cadence Builder Classic (1.0) is Being

Retired

The Campaign Member Status Chart is

Being Retired

Quickly Identify Which Builder Created

Each Cadence

Change Einstein Activity Capture

Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic
Users (Release Update)

Revenue Intelligence

Identify New Opportunities with

Improved Einstein Account
Management White Space Analysis

Email Customers Regarding Risk Factors

from Within Einstein Account
Management

Control Access to Data Based on

Territory

Collaborative Forecasts

Capture Forecasts at a Point in Time

with Forecast Submissions

Improve Sales Forecast Accuracy with

Manager Judgment Enhancements

Get a Complete Forecast Picture with

Opportunity Splits by Territory Forecasts

Identify What You See in Each Forecast

Chart More Easily

91
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Pipeline Inspection

Close Date Predictions Is Being Retired

Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement

Get Timely and Contextual Feedback on

Your Terms

Publish and Share Enablement

Programs Quickly with Managed
Packages

Personalize Your Sales Programs with

Your Company’s Preferred Content
Experience

Track Job-Related Activity for

Enablement Measures More Effectively
with Additional Filter Operators

Other Changes in Sales Programs,

Partner Tracks, and In-App Guidance

Sales Performance Management

Salesforce Maps

Embed Maps Within Your Branded Digital

Experiences

The Enhanced User Experience is now

Enabled for All Users

Sales Planning

Plan Quotas from Territory Alignments

Plan Territories with Live Data

Structure Territories that Aren’t Geographic

Email, Calendar, and Integrations

Salesforce for Outlook

Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in

December 2027

Outlook Integration

Maintain Access to the Outlook Integration

Gmail Integration

92
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Increase Efficiency by Using the Gmail
Integration in the Chrome Side Panel

Use Einstein Copilot with Your Gmail

Integration

Partner Relationship Management

Streamline Collaboration on Shared

Deals with Trusted Partners

Sales Cloud Everywhere

Give Copilot Instructions That Default

to the Current Record in Sales Cloud
Everywhere

Match Precision Improved in Contextual

Insights

Speed Up Your Day with the Gmail

Integration in the Chrome Side Panel

Access Einstein Copilot From Your Gmail

Integration

Sales Cloud on Mobile

Close Deals Faster with a Seller-Focused

Mobile App (Generally Available)

Other Changes in the Sales Cloud

Enable New Order Save Behavior

(Release Update)

Streamline Your Workflow with a New

Design for Lightning Experience

Salesforce CMS
Publish enhanced CMS content to more channels, including Aura sites. As you add these channels to your enhanced CMS workspace,
remove old ones from the workspace, and delete unused channels from your org. Share and reuse content across your enhanced CMS
workspaces with workspace sharing and content cloning.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Expand the Reach of Your Enhanced
CMS Content

93
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Remove Channels from Enhanced CMS
Workspaces and Delete Channels from
Your Org

Scale Content Delivery for High

Performance (Beta)

Broaden Content Use and Reuse

Possibilities in Enhanced CMS
Workspaces

Skip the Alt Text for Decorative Images

Salesforce Flow
Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with MuleSoft Composer for
Salesforce.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Flow Builder

Flow Builder Updates

User Experience Updates

Screen Flow Updates

Get Help Creating Flow Formulas with

Einstein (Beta)

Edit Your Einstein Instructions in Flow

Builder (Beta)

Launch Another Active Prompt Flow as a

Subflow Within a Prompt Flow

Create or Update Records Efficiently with

the Create Records Element

Transform Data into More Target Resource

Types

Flow Marketing Cloud

Visualize Flow Data with On-Canvas Insights

Test and Optimize Engagement with Path

Experiments

94
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Automate Your Responses to Common
Customer Actions with Out-of-the-Box
Automation Event-Triggered Flows

Preserve References to Data Graph Values

in Campaign Flows

Flow Actions

Expand Your Email Reach by Using CC and

BCC Options in Send Email Action

Flow Debugging

See Scheduled Flows Limit in Debug Details

Test and Troubleshoot Your

Template-Triggered Prompt Flows with the
Debug Tool

Flow Runtime

Flow and Process Run-Time Changes

Flow Extensions

Create Personalized Recommendations

Using Einstein Next Best Action in
Experience Cloud Sites

Flow and Process Release Updates

Enforce Sharing Rules When Apex Launches

a Flow (Release Update)

Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting

Approval Requests (Release Update)

Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release

Update)

Enable Secure Redirection for Flows (Release

Update)

Enforce Rollbacks for Apex Action

Exceptions in REST API (Release Update)

Run Flows in User Context via REST API

(Release Update)

Evaluate Criteria Based on Original Record

Values in Process Builder (Release Update)

95
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Make Flows Respect Access Modifiers for
Legacy Apex Actions (Release Update)

Disable Access to Session IDs in Flows

(Release Update)

Enable Partial Save for Invocable Actions

(Release Update)

Enforce Permission Requirements Defined

on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs
(Release Update)

Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request

Order (Release Update)

Enable EmailSimple Invocable Action to

Respect Organization-Wide Profile Settings
(Release Update)

Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in

Prompt Flows (Release Update)

Flow Orchestration

View Orchestration Details in the

Automation Lightning App

Manage Steps in an Orchestration Stage

Customize the Flow Orchestration Work

Guide Component

Add New Fields in Orchestration Run

List Views

Other Changes to Flow Orchestration

MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce

Security, Identity, and Privacy

Migrate your local connected apps to local external client apps. Monitor vital data from custom objects by creating custom metrics.
Legacy My Domain URLs are no longer redirected in most non-production orgs. And Salesforce now supports TLS 1.3 for outbound
HTTPS callouts from the Salesforce Platform.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Salesforce Backup

96
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Restore Files from a Backup

Domains

Update References to Your Previous

Salesforce Domains

Identify and Update Instanced Legacy

Hostnames

Disable Redirections for Legacy

Hostnames

Get Help with Custom Domains Directly

in Setup

Identity and Access Management

The Multi-Factor Authentication

Assistant in Setup Is No Longer Needed
and Discontinued

Migrate to a Local External Client App

from Your Local Connected App

Manage OAuth Usage for External Client

Apps

Create an External Client App from App

Manager

Assign and Package OAuth Custom

Scopes for External Client Apps

Configure the Start URL for External

Client Apps

Show an External Client App in App

Launcher

Delivered Idea: Customize User

Experience and Functionality for
Authentication Providers

Customize SMS One-Time Password

Delivery for Experience Cloud Sites
(Generally Available)

Forced Login Is Permanently Disabled

Forgot Password Invalid Username Error

Message Was Changed

97
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Make the Most of Enhancements for the
Headless Registration Flow

Get Ready for a New Login Experience

Get More Flexibility with Headless

Identity Flows

Be an Early Adopter of a Headless

Identity Draft Standard

Revoke Individual JWT-Based Access

Tokens

Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration
SAML Framework (Release Update)

Manage Token Exchange Handlers with

Ease

Give Users More Ways to Log In

Use REST API for Access to External

Client App OAuth Consumer Credentials
(Release Update)

API Error Response for Refresh Token

Flow Was Changed

Verify SAML Integrations (Release

Update)

Salesforce Authenticator Users Are

Automatically Guided to a Workaround
if Push Notifications Time Out

Identify the Salesforce Authenticator

App More Easily

Update the Salesforce Authenticator

App to Version 4.3

Privacy Center

Avoid Accidental Data Impact by

Previewing Data Management Policies

Retain Data with Privacy Center

Policy Validation Improvements in

Privacy Center

Named Credentials

98
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Control Who Can Perform Authenticated
Callouts with Ease

Salesforce Shield

Event Monitoring

Generate Test Events for Threat Detection

(Beta)

Get Notified and Block Activity When a User

Logs In as Someone Else with Transaction
Security

Import Real-Time Event Monitoring Event

Data Into Data Cloud (Pilot)

Track Network Performance Metrics

Identify Blocked Redirections for Legacy

Hostnames

Get Information About Permission Changes

Query Low-Latency Event Data with Event

Log Objects (Beta)

Shield Platform Encryption

Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud

Set Up Shield Platform Encryption with

Fewer Clicks

Encrypt Comments on New Participant

Records

Security Center

Create Custom Metrics in Security

Center (Generally Available)

Monitor Additional User Permissions

View Fields That Are Encrypted Under

Your Shield Platform Encryption Policy

View Pertinent Data with an Enhanced Security Center Dashboard Page

Check the Status of Your Connected Tenants

From the Dashboard Page

Other Changes

99
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Delivered Idea: Improve Data
Transmission Speed and Security with
TLS 1.3

New Hyperforce Orgs Use Salesforce

Edge Network

Adopt Updated CSP Directives (Release

Update)

Security Was Tightened for the retUrl

Parameter for My Domain Redirects

Violation Type Label Was Changed for

Blocked Redirections

Service
Explore the latest advancements in AI and customer service technology with Salesforce's new offerings. These include the generally
available Einstein Data Library for grounding generative AI responses, the beta version of Einstein Case Management for real-time insights,
and enhanced messaging capabilities across various platforms. Additionally, new tools like Employee Service streamline HR processes,
while features like post-chat surveys and Einstein Copilot enhance feedback collection and supervisor efficiency. These innovations help
optimize data integration and analysis, ensuring a unified view across all engagement channels.

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Agentforce Service Agent

Automate Common Contact Center

Interactions with Agentforce Service
Agents

Ensure Sequential Conversations in

Messaging for Web

Monitor Agentforce Service Agent

Conversation Consumption with Digital
Wallet

Get New Foundational Features for

Service Cloud Users

Discover Even More Service Capabilities

with My Service Journey (Beta)

Einstein for Service

Einstein Article Recommendations

100
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Empower Agents to Resolve Customer
Issues Faster with Einstein Article
Recommendations (Pilot)

Einstein Classification

Optimize Your Classification Model with

Additional Input Fields (Generally Available)

Einstein Conversation Mining

Gather More Service Support Insights with

Additional Channels in Einstein
Conversation Mining

Einstein Knowledge Creation

Get Quick Revisions on Knowledge Article

Fields with Einstein Knowledge Edits (Beta)

Einstein Reply Recommendations

Use Einstein Service Replies in More

Languages

Einstein Work Summaries

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Voice in

More Languages (Generally Available)

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in

Five More Languages

Customize Your Work Summaries in Copilot

(Generally Available)

Get a Quick Overview of a Case and Ongoing

Developments with Case Summaries (Pilot)

Service Intelligence

Get Faster Insights with Einstein Case

Management (Beta)

Monitor Agent Performance Against

Target Service Level Agreement (SLA)
Times

Automate Knowledge Reviews with

Salesforce Flows

Gain Deeper Insights into Knowledge

Performance with Data Categories

101
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Apply Additional Service Assets in Data
Cloud

Channels

Email

Draft Personalized Service Emails with

Einstein

Move Emails Easily to the Relevant Case

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in

Five More Languages

Transition to the Lightning Editor for Email

Composers in Email-to-Case (Generally
Available) (Release Update)

Disable Ref ID and Transition to New Email

Threading Behavior (Release Update)

Messaging

Help Customers in a LINE Messaging

Channel

Manage Marketing and Service Interactions

Together with Unified Messaging for SMS

The Messaging for In-App and Web API Is

Generally Available

Messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App is

Generally Available

Monitor Workflow Health and Customize

Messaging for In-App and Web with
Standard Client Events

Identify Top Conversation Drivers with

Einstein Conversation Mining in Messaging
for In-App and Web

Transfer Messaging Sessions and Send

Messaging Components in Messaging for
Mobile

Use Messaging for In-App and Web in

Developer Edition

102
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Send End User Information to an
Auto-Response Messaging Component URL
More Easily

Show Customers a Longer Typing Indicator

in Messaging for In-App and Web

Read Conversations More Easily with the

Resized Chat Bubble and Avatar in
Messaging for In-App and Web

Configure Routing More Easily in Enhanced

Messaging

Activate, Deactivate, and Refresh Enhanced

Messaging Channels

Improvements to the Send Message Action

Troubleshoot Faster with Translated Error

Messages

Delete Messaging Users Without Opening

a Support Case

Track Your KPIs with More Messaging

Session Metrics

Send Post-Chat Surveys More Easily in

Messaging for In-App and Web

Set App-Specific Consent Levels in Unified

Messaging

Send Subscription Content with the Send

Conversation Messages Invocable Action

Use Status-Based Capacity with Messaging

(Generally Available)

Empower Agents to Resolve Customer

Issues Faster with Einstein Article
Recommendations for Messaging (Pilot)

Assist Agents and Optimize Business

Processes Based on the Sentiment and
Intent of Real-Time Messages (Pilot)

Scale Communication with Expanded

Session Limits

Add Messaging Components to a Package

103
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Bring Your Own Channel

Voice

Empower Agents to Resolve Customer

Issues Faster with Einstein Article
Recommendations for Voice (Pilot)

Assist Agents and Optimize Business

Processes Based on the Sentiment and
Intent of Real-Time Conversations (Pilot)

Expand Your Contact Center Capabilities

with Integrated Voice and Messaging

Troubleshoot Errors and Retry Provisioning

Contact Centers with Detailed Error
Messages

Generate the Telephony Usage Report for

Billing Details (Beta)

Sync Phone Numbers Automatically for

Disaster Recovery

Get the Latest Enhancements for Your

Amazon Connect Contact Center

Customize the Partner Telephony Contact

Center Setup Experience with Partner Icons

Enhance Operational Efficiency by Syncing

Combined Messaging and Messaging
Queues with a CCaaS Partner System

Customize How Call Information Is

Organized with Sales Engagement

Pass the Conversation Intelligence Rule

Name as Input to a Flow (Release Update)

Use an Apex-Defined Variable for All

Intelligence Signal Types (Release Update)

Display Call Controls Only in Active

Omni-Channel Sessions

Perform Enhanced Call Type Analyses Using

Call Subtypes

Social Media

104
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes How and When Do Features Become Available?

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
Social Customer Service Starter Pack Is Being
Retired

Chat

Embedded Appointment Management Is

Being Retired

Embedded Flows Is Being Retired

Legacy Chat Is Being Retired

Channel-Object Linking

Authenticate Messaging for Web in Channel

Menu with User Verification

Knowledge

Integrate Knowledge and Unified

Knowledge with Data Cloud

Improve Generative AI Outcomes by

Ingesting Large File Content into Data
Cloud

Connect Unified Knowledge to More

Systems

Get More Done in the Lightning Article

Editor

Turn On Lightning Article Editor and

Article Personalization for Knowledge
(Release Update)

Run the Lightning Knowledge Migration

Tool

Entitlements and Milestones

Boost Service Efficiency by Automating

Milestone Actions with Flows

Employee Service

Simplify Information Access, Service

Requests, and Case Creation with
Employee Hub

Manage Employees and Inquiries

Effectively, and Resolve Cases Efficiently
with HR Service Workspace

105
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Overall

Enabled for Requires Contact

administrators/ administrator Salesforce to
Feature Enabled for users developers setup enable
New and Changed Objects

Routing

Delivered Idea: Support Customers

While on the Go with Omni-Channel for
Mobile (Generally Available)

Pause Messaging Sessions with

Omni-Channel Status-Based Capacity
(Generally Available)

Get the Latest Omni-Channel Features

for Government Cloud Plus

Sync Queues for More Channel Types to

Partner Systems

Delivered Idea: Add a Description for

Queues

Prevent and Debug Ringer Issues by

Testing the Omni-Channel Notification
Sound

Feedback Management

Gain Contextual Insights with Unique

Post-Chat Survey Invitations

Salesforce Overall
Learn about new features and enhancements that affect your Salesforce experience overall.

General Enhancements
Winter ’25 gives you more reasons to love Lightning Experience.
Salesforce Scheduler
Now you get enhanced Lobby Management capabilities with QR-based check-in for a seamless end-user experience, and your
service resources can declare their appointment capacity at the shift-work type level.
Einstein Search
Work faster, complete tasks directly from the search results, and get results that are most relevant to you. Use Search Manager and
Search Settings to configure search features and enhance results.
Salesforce Data Pipelines
Connect to secure data sources with support for virtual private connections on Snowflake. Give users read-only access to recipes in
Data Manager. Allocate billing for Google BigQuery connections. Download data sync job logs in Data Manager to better diagnose
issues. Improve the performance of recipes that you use to snapshot data.

106
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Salesforce Archive
Get to know Salesforce Archive.
Trust Site Enhancements
The Trust site is the single place to see the status of Salesforce services, upcoming availability impacting activities, and availability-related
communications. It now has links to additional product statuses.

General Enhancements
Winter ’25 gives you more reasons to love Lightning Experience.

Unlock a 360-Degree Customer View with New Foundational Features

Salesforce Foundations offers a suite of essential Sales, Service, Marketing, Commerce, and Data Cloud features. With one view of
your customer, your teams can create connected, personalized customer experiences that build stronger relationships. Functionality
and user experiences within the apps that your company currently uses aren’t changing.
Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use
To support users that block third-party cookies, test custom functionality and code that uses a Salesforce session cookie. Enable the
My Domain setting, Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies. When that setting is enabled, the new My Domain setting, Allow
cross-domain use of Salesforce cookies on the preview domain, is enabled by default. That setting prevents potential issues with
features that preview content, emails, products, and more while Salesforce updates those features for blocked third-party cookies.
Add the New Setup Domain
Ensure that Setup pages in Lightning Experience load content correctly when browsers block third-party cookies. If your users have
general access to the internet, no action is required. If your company controls users’ or servers’ access to the internet through firewalls
or allowlists, your IT department must add *.salesforce-setup.com to the company’s list of allowed domains. Salesforce
Setup pages are now hosted on that domain.
Create and Verify Your Default No-Reply Organization-Wide Email Address to Send Email (Release Update)
To comply with increased email security standards, orgs are required to create and verify a Default No-reply address in
Organization-Wide Email Address settings.
Verify Your Return Email Address for Sender Verification (Release Update)
After Spring ’25, to comply with increased email security standards, you’re required to verify the Email Address in My Email Settings.
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)
As part of the Salesforce internal migration from Aura to LWC, more modals in Lightning Experience now render using LWC. This
update improves performance when working with a large number of fields on a recod create or edit modal. You can now also use
Dynamic Forms in a modal that's opened from a Create from Lookup field on most LWC-enabled record pages. You can also expect
post-save behavior changes for modals that are launched by a quick action. This update was first available in Summer ’24.
Get Flexible Access to Custom Apps with the Salesforce Platform Login License
The Salesforce Platform Login license allows you to assign access to custom apps built on Platform for internal users without the
requirement to buy a seat-based license. With the Salesforce Platform Login license, you can pay per daily unique login for users
who need infrequent or occasional access. Contact your account executive for more information on purchasing the Salesforce
Platform Login license.
Inbound Email Limit Increased
To deliver expected performance, we now limit the number of inbound emails that can be queued after you reach your daily email
limit. The number of emails that you can queue is equal to your daily email rate limit. After you reach the limit, inbound emails
bounce. Review your email services, and use the Requeue Message failure response option only for high-priority services.

107
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Review Your Integrations for a Change to Email Handling

To comply with the latest Request for Comments (RFC) standards, the local-part of contact email addresses is surrounded by quotation
marks if that part contains invalid dots. The local-part of an email comes before the @ symbol. An email address contains invalid
dots when the local-part contains more than one consecutive dot or a trailing dot.
Allow the Required Domain for Maps and Location Services
Maps and location services uses Google Maps to display maps on standard address fields, enables creation of Visualforce maps, and
helps users enter new addresses with autocomplete. To use these features, add *.forceusercontent.com to any existing
allowlists for your network, firewalls, and proxies. Previously, that domain was erroneously included in the list of domains used only
in orgs without enhanced domains.
Sender ID Deprecated for Email Security Compliance
As part of a system-wide optimization of email security performance, Sender ID is no longer offered in Email Deliverability settings.

Unlock a 360-Degree Customer View with New Foundational Features

Salesforce Foundations offers a suite of essential Sales, Service, Marketing, Commerce, and Data Cloud features. With one view of your
customer, your teams can create connected, personalized customer experiences that build stronger relationships. Functionality and user
experiences within the apps that your company currently uses aren’t changing.
Where: These feature updates apply to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Einstein
1 Service editions. User interface and navigation enhancements are available only in Lightning Experience.
When: These feature updates became available starting on September 17, 2024.
Who: Only your Salesforce account executive can enable Salesforce Foundations. Salesforce admins with the Customize Application
and Modify All Data user permissions can turn on the new interface feature updates and assign standard permission sets that grant user
access in Setup.
Why: Access built-in features for multiple departments within your preexisting Sales or Service Cloud implementation. Here are the key
features by cloud.

Improve your navigation experience with optional user interface updates designed to help you save time and focus on what matters
most. Updates include a unified Home app that helps you track your tasks (1), a vertical navigation bar for seamless app switching (2),
and Quick Settings for easy access to common setup tasks (3).

108
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

How: To start using these features, contact your Salesforce account executive.

SEE ALSO:
Get New Foundational Features for Sales Cloud Users
Get New Foundational Features for Service Cloud Users
Salesforce Help: Discover Salesforce Foundations

Test Restrictions on Salesforce Cookie Use

To support users that block third-party cookies, test custom functionality and code that uses a Salesforce session cookie. Enable the My
Domain setting, Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies. When that setting is enabled, the new My Domain setting, Allow cross-domain
use of Salesforce cookies on the preview domain, is enabled by default. That setting prevents potential issues with features that preview
content, emails, products, and more while Salesforce updates those features for blocked third-party cookies.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Both My Domain settings are enabled by default in Winter ’25 in sandboxes on these instances: USA796, USA794, USA246s,
USA222s, USA198s, USA196s, USA18s, USA16s, USA14s, USA12, USA10s, USA6s, and USA4s.
If your org isn’t on one of those instances, the Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies setting is unchanged in Winter ’25. When that
setting is enabled, the Allow cross-domain use of Salesforce cookies on the preview domain setting is enabled by default.
Why: Chrome and other major web browsers block third-party cookies by default. Users can configure browsers to allow these cookies.
However, that practice can introduce security risks.
Third parties can’t access Salesforce cookies directly. And when your Setup pages are served on the salesforce-setup.com
domain, Classic pages can be loaded in Setup without an additional step. However, custom code or functionality that uses a Salesforce
session cookie can still be affected when browsers block third-party cookies.

109
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

How: To prevent third-party use of Salesforce cookies, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter My Domain, and then select My
Domain. In the Routing and Policies section, click Edit. Enable Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies, and save your changes.

We recommend that the Allow cross-domain use of Salesforce cookies on the preview domain setting (2) is enabled whenever the
Require first-party use of Salesforce cookies setting (1) is enabled. Otherwise, features that use Lightning to frame the preview domain
no longer work.

Important: If the browser already blocks third-party cookies, both settings have no effect. Also, these settings only affect Salesforce
cookies. To test calls from Salesforce that use a third-party cookie, including third-party applications embedded in Salesforce,
disable third-party cookies in your browser.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Test the Impact of Blocked Salesforce Session Cookies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Knowledge Article: View instance information for your Salesforce Organization

Add the New Setup Domain

Ensure that Setup pages in Lightning Experience load content correctly when browsers block third-party cookies. If your users have
general access to the internet, no action is required. If your company controls users’ or servers’ access to the internet through firewalls
or allowlists, your IT department must add *.salesforce-setup.com to the company’s list of allowed domains. Salesforce Setup
pages are now hosted on that domain.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
When: Setup pages move to the *.salesforce-setup.com domain through a staggered rollout. The rollout began in Spring
’24 and continues through Summer ’24 and Winter ’25. The change is first enabled in sandboxes and nonproduction orgs, and then in
production orgs.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: New Setup Domain Rollout FAQ
Salesforce Developers Blog: Prepare for the Google Chrome Privacy Sandbox Initiative
Salesforce Help: Allow the Required Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

110
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Create and Verify Your Default No-Reply Organization-Wide Email Address to Send
Email (Release Update)
To comply with increased email security standards, orgs are required to create and verify a Default No-reply address in Organization-Wide
Email Address settings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all Editions, except Database.com.
When: This update was introduced with Summer ’24 and Salesforce is scheduled to enforce it in Winter ’25. To get the major release
upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: The verified Default No-Reply organization-wide email address is used to send emails from your org. This update allows increased
accountability for email deliverability.
How: In order to comply with increased email security standards, some emails will fail to be sent when lacking a customer defined
Default No-Reply Organization-Wide Email Address.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up a Default No-Reply Email Address (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Release Updates

Verify Your Return Email Address for Sender Verification (Release Update)
After Spring ’25, to comply with increased email security standards, you’re required to verify the Email Address in My Email Settings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Database.com.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring '25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: A verified email address is used to send emails from your account. This update allows increased accountability and security for
email deliverability.
How: To comply with increased email security standards, emails fail to send from the return email address in My Email Settings until the
address is verified. Instruct all users to visit their My Email Settings. Users can manually verify their email addresses by selecting Resend
Verification Email and clicking the link in the email. If the resend option is unavailable, the return address is already verified. Users
receive a verification email once per release until Spring ’25. The email includes the verification link.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Edit Your Email Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Release Updates

Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)

As part of the Salesforce internal migration from Aura to LWC, more modals in Lightning Experience now render using LWC. This update
improves performance when working with a large number of fields on a recod create or edit modal. You can now also use Dynamic
Forms in a modal that's opened from a Create from Lookup field on most LWC-enabled record pages. You can also expect post-save
behavior changes for modals that are launched by a quick action. This update was first available in Summer ’24.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring '25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and then click the maintenance tab.

111
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

How: For LWC quick actions that open a stacked modal for record creation, you’re returned to the record page after record save. For
non-stacked LWC quick actions and Aura quick actions, you are redirected to the newly created record page after record save.
To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Enable
LWC Stacked Modals, follow the testing and activation steps.

Note: When working with actions, using Dynamic Forms via a Create from Lookup field is supported only for standard actions.
Other types of actions, such as default actions and custom quick actions, continue to use information from the page layout.
If you use custom quick actions, consider these guidelines.
• Aura quick actions—Modals launched by Aura quick actions redirect you to the newly created record page after record save. If
you used force:createRecord, consider using an LWC quick action instead. Use the lightning/navigation module
to configure post-save navigation to return you back to the original record page that launched the quick action.
• LWC quick actions—When using the lightning/navigation module, the newer modal overlays and stacks on the previous
modal by default. To automatically close the previous modal when navigating, set replace to true. When replace is true,
post-save navigation redirects you to the newly created record.
This table shows post-save navigation behavior with the release update enabled as compared to its previous behavior.

Enable LWC Stacked Modal LWC Stacked Modal Example

Release Update Release Update Not
Enabled
Create from Lookup Returns back Returns back On a contact page, click the Edit
action. On the Account Name
field, click New Account. A
stacked modal for new account
creation is displayed.

Default Action Returns back Returns back On an account page, click the
New Case action. A modal for
new case creation is displayed.

LWC Quick Action (stacked) Returns back Returns back Add an LWC quick action to a
contact page. The quick action
launches a modal, which
contains a button that launches
another modal using
lightning/navigation.

LWC Quick Action (not stacked) Redirects to newly created Redirects to newly created Add an LWC quick action to a
record page record page contact page. The quick action
launches a modal.

Aura Quick Action (not stacked) Redirects to newly created Returns back Add an Aura (Lightning
record page Component) quick action to a
contact page. The quick action
creates a case using a
lightning:recordEditForm
base component.

112
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Enhancements

Note: Modals that are launched by Aura quick actions are not stacked. For example, if you launch a modal using an Aura quick
action, and then launch another modal using force:createRecord, the previous modal is closed automatically and the
newer modal is not stacked.
force:createRecord launches an LWC-based modal if you pass in an LWC-enabled object. For example, if you call
force:createRecord from an Aura quick action, the modal that's displayed follows post-save navigation behavior of an
LWC quick action (not stacked).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Break Up Your Record Details with Dynamic Forms
Salesforce Help: Quick Actions
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Supported Objects for LWC

Get Flexible Access to Custom Apps with the Salesforce Platform Login License
The Salesforce Platform Login license allows you to assign access to custom apps built on Platform for internal users without the
requirement to buy a seat-based license. With the Salesforce Platform Login license, you can pay per daily unique login for users who
need infrequent or occasional access. Contact your account executive for more information on purchasing the Salesforce Platform Login
license.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: The Salesforce Platform Login license is available October 15, 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Standard User Licenses (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Inbound Email Limit Increased

To deliver expected performance, we now limit the number of inbound emails that can be queued after you reach your daily email limit.
The number of emails that you can queue is equal to your daily email rate limit. After you reach the limit, inbound emails bounce. Review
your email services, and use the Requeue Message failure response option only for high-priority services.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: For example, if you have 10 Salesforce licenses, you can receive 10,000 inbound emails before you reach your daily limit. When
you reach that limit, additional inbound emails are queued for processing if the failure response option on the email service is Requeue
Message. After 10,000 emails are queued, all additional inbound emails for that day bounce.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Define Email Services (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Review Your Integrations for a Change to Email Handling

To comply with the latest Request for Comments (RFC) standards, the local-part of contact email addresses is surrounded by quotation
marks if that part contains invalid dots. The local-part of an email comes before the @ symbol. An email address contains invalid dots
when the local-part contains more than one consecutive dot or a trailing dot.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

113
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Scheduler

This change preserves your ability to send emails to addresses that contain invalid dots in the local-part. To accommodate this, email
addresses are converted to a legal format by surrounding the local-part with quotation marks.
Here are examples of changes to email addresses.
• consecutive..dots@example.com is now "consecutive..dots"@example.com.
How: Review your integrations that use the Email field to accommodate this change.
• trailingdot.@example.com is now "trailingdot."@example.com.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Edit Your Email Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Knowledge Article: Email Address Validation

Allow the Required Domain for Maps and Location Services

Maps and location services uses Google Maps to display maps on standard address fields, enables creation of Visualforce maps, and
helps users enter new addresses with autocomplete. To use these features, add *.forceusercontent.com to any existing
allowlists for your network, firewalls, and proxies. Previously, that domain was erroneously included in the list of domains used only in
orgs without enhanced domains.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Provide Maps and Location Services (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Allow the Required Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enhanced Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Sender ID Deprecated for Email Security Compliance

As part of a system-wide optimization of email security performance, Sender ID is no longer offered in Email Deliverability settings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions except Database.com.
Why: If your Salesforce org is created in Winter ’25 or later, you can’t enable Sender ID compliance in Email Deliverability Settings.
Technological enhancements and operational efficiency simplify email authentication processes and replaced Sender ID functionality.
This change is a result of RFC7208 (Request for Comments), published in 2015.
How: If you’re using Sender ID, you don’t need to make any changes. Integrations that use Sender ID continue to work after Summer
’24. Sender ID records are identified by their v=spf2.0 prefix. A record that starts with this prefix can’t be used.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Email Security Compliance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
External Link: Information on RFC 7208

Salesforce Scheduler
Now you get enhanced Lobby Management capabilities with QR-based check-in for a seamless end-user experience, and your service
resources can declare their appointment capacity at the shift-work type level.

114
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Search

Manage Service Resource Capacity at the Shift Level

Better manage your service resources and make sure that they have the capacity to meet customer needs by letting them define
the number of appointments that they can handle at a shift level. Territory managers can now view their capacity at the Work type
level for their territory and see the contribution from different service resources.
Verify Your Queue Position with QR-Code-Based Check-In
Manage drop-in traffic at business locations more efficiently with a QR-code-based check-in mechanism. Customers can also check
in to a waitlist through the QR-code-based check-in mechanism. They can view where they are in the queue and use their email to
track their queue position. Greeters can move customers to the front or back of the queue based on need. Customers who can't
make it to their appointment can move themselves to the end of the line or cancel their appointment.
Easily Notify Waitlist Participants Through Email
Notify waitlist participants that a drop in appointment is scheduled for them with the new Service Appointment Enrollment
Confirmation Email template.

Manage Service Resource Capacity at the Shift Level

Better manage your service resources and make sure that they have the capacity to meet customer needs by letting them define the
number of appointments that they can handle at a shift level. Territory managers can now view their capacity at the Work type level for
their territory and see the contribution from different service resources.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Scheduler enabled.
When: Support for capacity in scenarios involving overlapping shifts will be available starting in September 2024.

Verify Your Queue Position with QR-Code-Based Check-In

Manage drop-in traffic at business locations more efficiently with a QR-code-based check-in mechanism. Customers can also check in
to a waitlist through the QR-code-based check-in mechanism. They can view where they are in the queue and use their email to track
their queue position. Greeters can move customers to the front or back of the queue based on need. Customers who can't make it to
their appointment can move themselves to the end of the line or cancel their appointment.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Core.
How: Scan the QR-code and check yourself in to a waitlist. You can also change your waitlist position or exit the waitlist as needed.

Easily Notify Waitlist Participants Through Email

Notify waitlist participants that a drop in appointment is scheduled for them with the new Service Appointment Enrollment Confirmation
Email template.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Salesforce Scheduler enabled.
How: To enable the new email template, find and select Salesforce Scheduler Settings.
• If you're new to Salesforce Scheduler, enable Drop In Appointments.
• If you've previously enabled Drop In Appointments, disable and then enable the feature.

Einstein Search
Work faster, complete tasks directly from the search results, and get results that are most relevant to you. Use Search Manager and Search
Settings to configure search features and enhance results.
Rights of ALBERT EINSTEIN are used with permission of The Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Represented exclusively by Greenlight.

115
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

Search Query Limit Is Applied to Improve Performance

To ensure fair access for all users and protect against service disruptions, the number of search queries for each user is limited to
3,000 queries and 200,000 milliseconds cumulative CPU time within a 5-minute interval. When a user exceeds the limit, an error
message is displayed.

Search Query Limit Is Applied to Improve Performance

To ensure fair access for all users and protect against service disruptions, the number of search queries for each user is limited to 3,000
queries and 200,000 milliseconds cumulative CPU time within a 5-minute interval. When a user exceeds the limit, an error message is
displayed.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Search Query Limits (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Data Pipelines

Connect to secure data sources with support for virtual private connections on Snowflake. Give users read-only access to recipes in Data
Manager. Allocate billing for Google BigQuery connections. Download data sync job logs in Data Manager to better diagnose issues.
Improve the performance of recipes that you use to snapshot data.

Transfer Your Snowflake Data to CRM Analytics Using VPC on AWS (Generally Available)
Gain insights into your private Snowflake data in CRM Analytics. Create a remote connection using the Virtual Private Connection
(VPC) for Snowflake on AWS connector to sync data from Snowflake to Data Manager. Using the AWS VPC interface endpoints
provides secure connectivity to Snowflake internal stages and ensures that data transfer from Snowflake takes place on the AWS
internal network and doesn’t use the public internet.
Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Beta)
Let co-workers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data
Manager, they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content, but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Add Billing Information for Google BigQuery Connections
Ensure Google BigQuery costs are correctly allocated by adding a project billing ID when you create your connection. Google BigQuery
and Google BigQuery Standard SQL connections now support compute and storage separation, providing for splitting CPU from
storage costs so that you can allocate your internal costs to the correct department.
Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data Manager
Diagnose issues with data sync jobs faster by downloading detailed job logs. Previously, logs were available only for recipes and
dataflows.
Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta)
Free up job availability and processing time with quicker snapshot data recipe runs. The Existing Dataset (Append) option in the
Output node registers only the rows appended in a recipe run. In comparison, the Output node Dataset option re-registers the entire
dataset when adding rows so that rows can be updated and inserted. When you create a version of the snapshot recipe, you add
an input node for the snapshot data and any transformations to perform before appending the snapshot. Then select the Existing
Dataset (Append) option in the output node and identify the dataset to append the snapshot data to and the date configuration to
use to format dates. You can also choose whether to use the disjointed schema option to make sure that the dataset updates if the
snapshot data schema changes.

116
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

Other Enhancements to Data Pipelines

Learn about other important improvements to enrich your recipes in Data Pipelines.
Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector (Pilot)
Easily analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice by importing the data into Data
Cloud using the Platform Events connector pilot.
Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed
Google Universal Analytics shut down on July 1, 2024 and has been replaced with Google Analytics 4. The connectors supporting
Universal Analytics—the Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors—have been removed. To connect
with Google Analytics 4, use the Google Analytics 4 connector.

Transfer Your Snowflake Data to CRM Analytics Using VPC on AWS (Generally Available)
Gain insights into your private Snowflake data in CRM Analytics. Create a remote connection using the Virtual Private Connection (VPC)
for Snowflake on AWS connector to sync data from Snowflake to Data Manager. Using the AWS VPC interface endpoints provides secure
connectivity to Snowflake internal stages and ensures that data transfer from Snowflake takes place on the AWS internal network and
doesn’t use the public internet.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Private, and select Private Connect. Create an outbound connection, and then on
the Named Credentials page, create external credentials and named credentials. In Data Manager, create a connection for the Snowflake
Private Connector.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Snowflake VPC Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Secure Cross-Cloud Integrations with Private Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Beta)

Let co-workers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data Manager,
they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content, but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Recipes View Only permission is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission, and select Permission Sets. Select or create a permission set. Click
System Permissions, and select Recipes View Only (BETA).
When users visit Data Manager and click a recipe name, they can view the recipe’s details in the recipe editor.

117
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learn About Data Pipelines User Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Manager (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Open and Edit a Recipe (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Billing Information for Google BigQuery Connections

Ensure Google BigQuery costs are correctly allocated by adding a project billing ID when you create your connection. Google BigQuery
and Google BigQuery Standard SQL connections now support compute and storage separation, providing for splitting CPU from storage
costs so that you can allocate your internal costs to the correct department.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Google BigQuery for Legacy SQL Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Google BigQuery Standard SQL Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data Manager

Diagnose issues with data sync jobs faster by downloading detailed job logs. Previously, logs were available only for recipes and dataflows.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In Data Manager, open a job with warnings. In the status column, click Warning, and then click Job Details to download the
log.

118
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Monitor a Data Sync Job (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta)
Free up job availability and processing time with quicker snapshot data recipe runs. The Existing Dataset (Append) option in the Output
node registers only the rows appended in a recipe run. In comparison, the Output node Dataset option re-registers the entire dataset
when adding rows so that rows can be updated and inserted. When you create a version of the snapshot recipe, you add an input node
for the snapshot data and any transformations to perform before appending the snapshot. Then select the Existing Dataset (Append)
option in the output node and identify the dataset to append the snapshot data to and the date configuration to use to format dates.
You can also choose whether to use the disjointed schema option to make sure that the dataset updates if the snapshot data schema
changes.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Existing Dataset (Append) is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: Select the Existing Dataset (Append) option in the output node.

119
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Data Pipelines

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Output Node: Write Recipe Results to a Dataset or External System(can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Other Enhancements to Data Pipelines

Learn about other important improvements to enrich your recipes in Data Pipelines.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Data Pipelines in Lightning Experience. Salesforce Data Pipelines is available for an extra cost
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector (Pilot)

Easily analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice by importing the data into Data Cloud
using the Platform Events connector pilot.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions where Event Monitoring is enabled.

Note: This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Who: The event data that’s available to import with this connector is only available to customers who have purchased the Salesforce
Shield or Salesforce Event Monitoring add-on subscriptions.

120
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Archive

How: From Other Connectors in Setup, click New. Then select Platform Events (Pilot) and click Next and fill out the name field in
the window. The events that are available to import include ListViewEventStream, FileEvent, ApiEventStream, LoginEventStream, and
ReportEventStream.

SEE ALSO:
Import Real-Time Event Monitoring Event Data Into Data Cloud (Pilot)

Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed

Google Universal Analytics shut down on July 1, 2024 and has been replaced with Google Analytics 4. The connectors supporting
Universal Analytics—the Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors—have been removed. To connect with
Google Analytics 4, use the Google Analytics 4 connector.

SEE ALSO:
Google Analytics 4 Connection
Google Analytics 4 has replaced Universal Analytics

Salesforce Archive
Get to know Salesforce Archive.

Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Pilot)

Optimize for speed and efficiency as your business data grows. Archive expired or unused records in an external, low-cost data store.
Visualize the records in your data store directly from your Salesforce org. Automate data cleanup with recurring archive jobs. Salesforce
Archive is your native solution to unchecked data bloat, a time and cost saver for your data-dominant business.

Save on Storage and Boost Performance with Salesforce Archive (Pilot)

Optimize for speed and efficiency as your business data grows. Archive expired or unused records in an external, low-cost data store.
Visualize the records in your data store directly from your Salesforce org. Automate data cleanup with recurring archive jobs. Salesforce
Archive is your native solution to unchecked data bloat, a time and cost saver for your data-dominant business.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. When Salesforce
Archive becomes generally available, you can use it in production and sandbox environments. Currently, the product is available only
in sandboxes as a pilot.

Note: Salesforce Archive is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: As of November 2024, the Salesforce Archive pilot is available to customers on most Salesforce instances. The remaining
unsupported instances are:
• South Korea: kor* instances
• Indonesia: idn* instances
• Brazil: bra* instances
• Middle East: are* instances
To find out your org instance, go to Company Information in Setup, or contact your account executive.

121
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Trust Site Enhancements

Why: Excess data stored in your org can bog down processing times, inflate storage costs, and degrade information accuracy. But for
records that you occasionally need or that you’re required to maintain for regulatory compliance, hard deletion isn’t the answer. That’s
why we built a native archive solution to enhance your Salesforce implementation.
Benefits and use cases:
• Boost Salesforce query and reporting performance.
• Improve user productivity with shorter processing times.
• Reduce storage footprint and costs.
• Avoid record redundancies and inconsistencies.
• Preserve historical data for future reference and trend analysis.
• Ensure compliance with data retention regulations.
How: When it’s released for production use, Salesforce Archive is purchased as an add-on license. For pricing information, contact your
account executive.
To archive Salesforce records, create and execute Archive policies. You decide when and how often Archive policies run, which objects
they scan, and which records and files they act on. You can also view and manage job sessions for Archive policies. To view archived
data directly from the Salesforce UI, set up your data store with Salesforce Connect.

Trust Site Enhancements

The Trust site is the single place to see the status of Salesforce services, upcoming availability impacting activities, and availability-related
communications. It now has links to additional product statuses.
Where: These changes apply to Trust.salesforce.com and Status.salesforce.com.
Why: To improve the experience for our customers, the Trust site includes a link to the status site of the newly acquired Spiff. The Status
site includes support for MuleSoft for Canadian Hyperforce customers and support for Tableau.

Release Updates
Salesforce periodically provides release updates that improve the performance, logic, security, and usability of our products. The Release
Updates page provides a list of updates that can be necessary for your organization to enable. Some release updates affect existing
customizations.
Every time a release update is created, it gets scheduled to be enforced in a future release. We announce each update and its schedule
here as soon as that schedule is known, but occasionally, updates are postponed or canceled. If that happens, we let you know in the
section that describes that specific release update.
Often, release updates provide a Test Run option so you can enable an update and examine any changes to your org, including changes
to customizations, before that update’s Complete Steps By date. You can view attachments in the Salesforce mobile app, but you can’t
edit them.
To view release updates, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and select Release Updates.

Enforced with This Release

These updates are scheduled to be enforced this release.
Create and Verify Your Default No-Reply Organization-Wide Email Address to Send Email (Release Update)
To comply with increased email security standards, orgs are required to create and verify a Default No-reply address in
Organization-Wide Email Address settings.

122
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

Disable Access to Session IDs in Flows (Release Update)

Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Winter ’24. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. To improve security, this update prevents flow interviews from resolving the
$Api.Session_ID variable at run time. Previously, when a flow screen included the $Api.Session_ID variable, the browser session ID
of the user that ran the flow appeared on the screen. A user was able to employ the session ID to bypass security controls.
Enable EmailSimple Invocable Action to Respect Organization-Wide Profile Settings (Release Update)
With this update enabled, the Send Email invocable action adheres to organization-wide email address profile settings. This update
was first made available in Summer ’23 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’24, but we postponed the enforcement date
to Winter ’25.
Enable Partial Save for Invocable Actions (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’20. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. This critical update improves the behaviors and effects of failed invocable actions.
It only affects external REST API calls to invocable actions done in bulk. With this update, when invoking a set of actions in a single
request, a single failed invocable action no longer causes the entire transaction to fail. Without this update, if a single invocable
action fails, other invocable actions within the transaction are rolled back and the entire transaction fails.
Make Flows Respect Access Modifiers for Legacy Apex Actions (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’21. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25.With this release update enabled, developers can trust that their legacy Apex
actions are properly protected and available only to other components in their managed packages. This update makes a flow fail if
it contains a public legacy Apex action.
Pass the Conversation Intelligence Rule Name as Input to a Flow (Release Update)
This release update adds a new ruleDevName flow input parameter that’s sent to Recommendation Strategy and autolaunched
flows linked to the Conversation Intelligence rule. The input parameter contains the developer name of the rule. This update was
first made available in Spring ’24.
Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting Approval Requests (Release Update)
After Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting Approval Requests is enabled, guest users can approve or reject an approval
request. Guest users are no longer able to edit, reassign, or delete approval requests. This update was first available in Winter ’23 and
enforcement was scheduled for Summer ’23. We then postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’24 and postponed again to Winter
’25.
Review and Update Settings to Capture Leads from LinkedIn (Release Update)
If you’re syncing leads from LinkedIn Lead Forms to Salesforce, you must manually disconnect your LinkedIn account, reconfigure
the feature by enabling a new setting, and then reconnect your account. Otherwise, LinkedIn leads will stop syncing when LinkedIn
retires their legacy Ads Lead Sync APIs on December 16, 2024. This update is available starting in Winter ’25.
Run Flows in Bot User Context (Release Update)
With this update enabled, a flow initiated by a bot runs in user context. The user profile and permission sets associated with the bot,
as well as any sharing rules, determine the object permissions and field-level access of the flow. This update prevents flows initiated
by a bot from creating, reading, updating, or deleting records that the bot doesn’t have permission to access or modify. Previously,
a flow initiated by a bot ran in system context and had permission to access and modify all data. This update was first made available
in Summer ’23 and is enforced in Winter ’25.
Run Flows in User Context via REST API (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’22. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your

123
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25.With this update, a flow that runs via REST API uses the running user’s profile and
permission sets to determine the object permissions and field-level access of the flow.
Turn On Lightning Article Editor and Article Personalization for Knowledge (Release Update)
Unlock a richer and more user-friendly experience with the new Lightning Article Editor. And with Article Personalization, your
knowledge content supports agent productivity specific to your business needs.
Use REST API for Access to External Client App OAuth Consumer Credentials (Release Update) on page 769
To follow recommended security standards, use the new credentials Connect REST API resource instead of Metadata API to
access External Client App OAuth consumer credentials.

Scheduled to Be Enforced in Spring ’25

These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’25. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed
release updates.
Change Einstein Activity Capture Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic Users (Release Update)
In Spring ’25, the Sales Engagement Basic User permission set no longer includes access to Einstein Activity Capture. Assign the
Standard Einstein Activity Capture permission set to users who currently have access to Einstein Activity Capture through the Sales
Engagement Basic User permission set or a clone.
Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)
To conduct business wherever you are, adopt the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats. Locales control the
formats for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, and numeric values. ICU sets the international standard for these formats. The
ICU locale formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve integration with ICU-compliant applications
across the globe. When you enable this update, the ICU locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale formats
in Salesforce. This update was first made available in Winter ’20 and will be enforced on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’24.
Enable LWC Stacked Modals (Release Update)
As part of the Salesforce internal migration from Aura to LWC, more modals in Lightning Experience now render using LWC. This
update provides improved performance, especially when working with a large number of fields on a record create or edit modal.
You can now also use Dynamic Forms in a modal that's opened from a Create from Lookup field on most LWC-enabled record pages.
When you enable this update, you can expect minor changes to modal behavior. This update was first available in Summer ’24 and
will be enforced in Spring '25.
Enable Secure Redirection for Flows (Release Update)
To protect your users and network, apply stricter validation to the flow URL parameter that determines where you redirect users
after they complete a screen flow. With stricter validation, Salesforce blocks requests to redirect users to URLs that don’t meet the
additional validation requirements unless they’re on your list of trusted URLs in Setup. When Salesforce blocks a request, users see
an invalid-page redirection error. This update is available starting in Spring ’25.
Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs (Release Update)
This update enables permission requirements to be enforced for file-based Apex classes that are used as inputs for Apex actions. It
also guarantees that the affected Apex action operates within the current component context. Currently, Apex actions rely on the
previous component context. This behavior leads to failed flow interviews when the flow includes an Apex action that contains a
file-based Apex class with permission requirements as input.
Enforce Rollbacks for Apex Action Exceptions in REST API (Release Update)
This update preserves data integrity by rolling back transactions that end in an exception. When you execute an Apex action using
REST API, the API doesn’t change Salesforce data if that exception occurs. This update, originally named Enforce Rollbacks for Custom
Invocable Action Exceptions in Connect REST API, was first made available in Spring ’23 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring
’24, but we postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’25.

124
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy Permission When Editing Public List View Visibility (Release Update)
With this update, only users with the View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission can see or select from your organization’s list of roles
when they edit public list view visibility. This update was first available in Spring ’24. If your organization doesn’t use roles, this update
has no impact.
Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration SAML Framework (Release Update) on page 767
If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports
single sign-on (SSO) with only one external identity provider. With this release update, we’re removing support for the
single-configuration SAML framework and supporting only the multiple-configuration SAML framework. To preserve your existing
configuration, follow the steps to apply this update. If you don’t, your SSO configuration stops working when this update is enforced.
This update was first made available in Spring ’24. It was scheduled to be enforced for all instances in Summer ’24. We enforced it
for sandboxes in Summer ’24, but we postponed the enforcement date for production instances to Spring ’25.
Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order (Release Update)
This update enables Apex batch action results to be displayed in the order the requests are received. Currently, error-prone requests
are prioritized at the top of the result list, while successful ones are positioned at the bottom.
Use an Apex-Defined Variable for All Intelligence Signal Types (Release Update)
This release update adds a new intelligenceSignals flow input parameter that contains detected conversation intelligence signals.
Use this Apex-defined input parameter for your Recommendation Strategy and autolaunched flows linked to a Conversation
Intelligence rule. This update was first made available as of in Summer ’24.
Verify Your Return Email Address for Sender Verification (Release Update)
After Spring ’25, to comply with increased email security standards, you’re required to verify the Email Address in My Email Settings.
Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in Prompt Flows (Release Update)
This update removes the ability to specify a flex prompt template type from a template-triggered prompt flow. Instead, create
template-triggered prompt flows that use manual inputs because the flows aren’t limited to a single prompt template type. You
must update existing flows that reference flex prompt template types to use manual inputs. This update is available starting in Winter
’25.

Scheduled to Be Enforced in Summer ’25

These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Summer ’25. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed
release updates.
Evaluate Criteria Based on Original Record Values in Process Builder (Release Update)
This update fixes a bug with the evaluation criteria in processes that have multiple criteria and a record update. This release update
ensures that a process with multiple criteria and a record update evaluates the original value of the field that began the process with
a value of null. This update was first made available in Summer ’19.
Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 Through 30.0 Retirement (Release Update)
The retirement of versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce Platform API was first scheduled for Summer ’23. The retirement is
now postponed to Summer ’25. You can continue to use these API versions but they’re not supported and won’t be available starting
in Summer ’25. Applications consuming them are then disrupted. Requests fail with an error message indicating that the endpoint
is deactivated. Upgrade all applications that use a legacy API version to a current version before this breaking change occurs.
Verify SAML Integrations (Release Update)
Salesforce is upgrading its SAML framework as part of regular ongoing maintenance. This maintenance update improves Salesforce’s
security posture, and as a result, improves your security posture. This update can impact integrations that use SAML, including single
sign-on (SSO) and single logout. This update is visible starting in Winter ’25 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’25, but we
postponed the enforcement date to Summer ’25. To avoid potential service interruptions, test your SAML integrations as soon as
Summer ’25 sandboxes become available.

125
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Release Updates

Scheduled to Be Enforced in Winter ’26

These updates are scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’26. The list can include new, previously announced, and previously postponed
release updates.
Migrate from Maintenance Plan Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work Rules (Release Update)
The Frequency and Frequency Type fields on the Maintenance Plan are being retired. To prepare for this retirement and take advantage
of updated features, migrate your Frequency and Frequency Type data to maintenance work rules. This update was first available
in Summer ’22 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ‘22, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ‘26.
Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release Update)
This update was first made available in Winter ’24 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25, but we postponed the enforcement
to Winter ’26. With this update enabled, Salesforce restricts a user’s ability to run a flow. A user must be granted the correct profile
or permission set to run the flow. When enabled, this release update deprecates the FlowSites org permission, which gave all users
in the org access to run any flow. With this update, flows run more securely because only users who are granted correct profiles or
permission sets can run flows. Salesforce postponed the enforcement to allow additional time for admins to test and prepare for
the change. There is no impact to admins who already enabled the update. We appreciate your adoption of this change.

Recommended But Not Enforced

Salesforce strongly recommends enabling these updates, but won’t enforce them. This list can include newly recommended updates
or previously announced updates that will no longer be enforced.
Capture Prompt and Accurate Order Details with New Order Save Behavior (Release Update)
When you update an order product, the New Order Save Behavior uses custom application logic to update the parent order. Custom
application logic consists of validation rules, apex triggers and classes, workflow rules, and flows. You can choose to enable or disable
this feature. However, we recommend that you enable it. Starting Winter ‘25, this feature is enabled by default for new customer
orgs. Previously, users needed additional customizations to enforce custom applications on orders and order products. Also, Salesforce
didn’t correctly evaluate custom application logic on the parent record.
Enforce Sharing Rules When Apex Launches a Flow (Release Update)
This update was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25. Starting Winter ’25, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we
recommend that you enable it. When this update is enabled, an autolaunched flow that runs in the default context enforces sharing
rules when an Apex class launches the flow. To enforce sharing, the Apex class must be declared using the with sharing keyword.
This update was available starting in Spring ’24. If you don’t enable this update, you can now alternatively enforce sharing rules when
you run the flow or Apex on API version 62.0 or later. You can test and adopt run-time behavior changes for individual flows at your
convenience.

Canceled Updates
These updates were announced in a previous release but are now canceled. They were removed from the Release Updates node and
aren’t enforced. The list can include previously announced and previously postponed release updates.
Adopt Updated Content Security Policy (CSP) Directives (Release Update)
This update is canceled. Salesforce isn’t enforcing the Adopt updated CSP directives setting at this time. However, to help protect
your org from cross-site scripting and other code-injection attacks, we continue to encourage you to enable that setting now. To
help you adopt this change, Salesforce plans to improve the reporting on restricted frames, images, and fonts in a future release.
When that reporting is available, Salesforce plans to introduce a new release update to enforce the setting.

126
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Analytics

No Scheduled Enforcement Date

These updates have no planned enforcement date at this time. The list can include previously announced and previously postponed
release updates.
Disable Ref ID and Transition to New Email Threading Behavior (Release Update) on page 808
This update turns off Ref ID threading and transitions to Lightning threading in Email-to-Case. With the new Email-to-Case threading
behavior, incoming emails aren’t matched using Ref IDs. Instead, they’re matched using a secure token in the email subject or body.
If no match is found, Email-to-Case checks metadata from the email headers. This update was first available in Winter ‘21 and has
no scheduled enforcement date.
Transition to the Lightning Editor for Email Composers in Email-to-Case (Generally Available) (Release Update) on page 807
When enabled, this release update replaces the email editor in the docked and case feed email composers. This update was generally
available in Lightning Experience in Spring ‘24 and has no scheduled enforcement date.

Analytics
Analytics enhancements include new and updated features for Lightning reports and dashboards, Data Cloud reports and dashboards,
CRM Analytics, Intelligent apps, Tableau, and Einstein Discovery.

Unified Analytics Experiences

Export data from a CRM Analytics lens or widget built on a Data Cloud data model object.
Lightning Reports and Dashboards
Build report formulas with assistance from Einstein. Create effective report types with ease in the enhanced custom report type beta.
Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards
Create reports on calculated insights and data model objects (DMOs) faster. Control which DMO reports include smart totals. Easily
review the earliest and latest values on date fields (beta).
CRM Analytics
Fine-tune dashboard appearance and usability with multiple enhancements across the dashboard builder. Connect to secure data
sources with support for Virtual Private Connections on Snowflake. Inspect your Analytics assets and execute queries using the new
CRM Analytics Connect API Postman collection.
Intelligent Analytics Apps
Discover new opportunities and improve sales performance with enhanced Revenue Intelligence white space analysis. Keep your
operations running smoothly with the Field Service Intelligence Parts and Inventory dashboard. Set a default SLA for all Service
Intelligence Omni-Channel routing queues and customize times for up to ten specific queues.
Einstein Discovery
Externally built models are retired.
Tableau
Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed
them in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data
exploration.
Marketing Cloud Intelligence
Connect, harmonize, visualize, and act on your marketing data to optimize performance within campaigns, discover insights in
real-time, and then act on them.
Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics
Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible.

127
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Unified Analytics Experiences

Unified Analytics Experiences

Export data from a CRM Analytics lens or widget built on a Data Cloud data model object.

Export from Data Cloud-connected CRM Analytics Assets (Beta)

Now you can export the results from a query on a Data Cloud data model object (DMO) to a CSV file. You can export up to 32 MB
depending on the structure of the CSV table. Exporting data from a lens or widget backed by Direct Data for Data Cloud works the
same as other CRM Analytics data exports, which are done from the Share or Download window.

Export from Data Cloud-connected CRM Analytics Assets (Beta)

Now you can export the results from a query on a Data Cloud data model object (DMO) to a CSV file. You can export up to 32 MB
depending on the structure of the CSV table. Exporting data from a lens or widget backed by Direct Data for Data Cloud works the same
as other CRM Analytics data exports, which are done from the Share or Download window.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. The change also applies to
CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in
Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Export from Direct Data for Data Cloud is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: To get started with this beta feature, contact Salesforce Support.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data Cloud Tips and Limitations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Lightning Reports and Dashboards

Build report formulas with assistance from Einstein. Create effective report types with ease in the enhanced custom report type beta.

Add Calculated Fields to Your Lightning Reports with Einstein Generative AI

Customizing reports to meet your business needs is easier when Einstein Report Formula Generation assists with the technical work
of creating row-level and summary formulas. Describe a calculation in simple terms, and Einstein discovers the relevant data and
suggests a formula. Previously, constructing formulas for calculated fields required expertise in data models, objects and fields,
available functions, and the various limitations of data types and formula types.
Do More with Custom Report Types (Beta)
Find your report types more easily, and create personalized list views of your custom report types using the improved Custom Report
page in Setup. Edit report details and modify object relationships on the summary page, which now has a more compact layout.
The redesigned report type layout editor provides more flexibility when managing custom fields and sections. And you can add up
to 1,000 fields in the report type layout using lookup fields.

128
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Reports and Dashboards

Add Calculated Fields to Your Lightning Reports with Einstein Generative AI

Customizing reports to meet your business needs is easier when Einstein Report Formula Generation assists with the technical work of
creating row-level and summary formulas. Describe a calculation in simple terms, and Einstein discovers the relevant data and suggests
a formula. Previously, constructing formulas for calculated fields required expertise in data models, objects and fields, available functions,
and the various limitations of data types and formula types.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Einstein 1 Sales
Edition or Einstein 1 Service Edition and the DC Report GPT add-on. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Einstein Setup, and then select it. Enable Turn on Einstein.
When editing a report, select Create Formula in the Fields panel, or select Add Summary Formula or Add Row-Level Formula in
the Columns menu.

In the formula builder, on the Einstein tab (1), describe the calculation that you want (2). You can ask questions such as, “How many
days did it take each opportunity to close?” or “After deducting taxes and expenses, what are our net earnings?” If the Einstein formula
looks good, click Insert Formula (3) and Einstein fills in all the fields for you (4).

129
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Reports and Dashboards

Feedback can help us improve, and it’s greatly appreciated. Access the thumbs up and thumbs down icons by hovering on Einstein’s
response.

Do More with Custom Report Types (Beta)

Find your report types more easily, and create personalized list views of your custom report types using the improved Custom Report
page in Setup. Edit report details and modify object relationships on the summary page, which now has a more compact layout. The
redesigned report type layout editor provides more flexibility when managing custom fields and sections. And you can add up to 1,000
fields in the report type layout using lookup fields.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.

Note: Enhanced Custom Report Setup page is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: In Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select Reports and Dashboards Settings. Select Enhanced Custom
Report Type Setup Page (Beta).
Then, in the Quick Find box, search for and select Report Types.

130
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Reports and Dashboards

On the summary page of your custom report type, click Edit Layout.

From the Fields panel (1), drag fields to the appropriate section. In the report section (2), search for fields, move them, view their details,
and customize their display names. Click Lookup Fields (3) to find fields and add them to the report type.

131
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up a Custom Report Type (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Create reports on calculated insights and data model objects (DMOs) faster. Control which DMO reports include smart totals. Easily
review the earliest and latest values on date fields (beta).

Create Data Cloud Reports with a Single Click

Analyze and build standard reports on calculated insights and data model objects (DMOs) directly in the flow of work. You can now
create these reports from the Calculated Insights or DMO list view or the object’s record page. Previously, you could create these
reports only from the Reports tab.
Include Smart Totals Only in the Reports You Want
You can now choose to apply or turn off smart totals for reports and charts on data model objects (DMOs). For example, in a Sales
Order DMO report, enable smart totals to ensure that each line item in the sales order is included in subtotals and grand totals only
once. Or, turn off smart totals in a report that shows total website visit duration by individual so that the report includes all visits by
an individual. Previously, smart totaling was enabled in all Data Cloud reports.

132
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Highlight Min and Max Aggregates for Date Fields (Beta)

Surface the earliest and latest values of a date, datetime, or row-level formula field with these data types in a data model object
(DMO) report. You can also review the min and max aggregates for each report grouping. For example, in a Sales Order DMO report
that’s grouped by fiscal quarter, include the min and max aggregates for the Created Date field to identify sales cycle trends. Or,
quickly find the latest payment due date across all orders with the max value of the formula field that calculates due dates based on
the Created Date field.
Analyze Semantic Data Models in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)
Build a standard Data Cloud report on a semantic model to discover actionable insights from up to 20 Data Cloud objects
simultaneously. Previously, you could include up to four objects in a Data Cloud report. When you create a report on a semantic
model, the Report Builder preserves the model’s objects, such as calculated fields, metrics, and logical views. It also maintains existing
relationships and joins between the objects in the model. You can then easily visualize the data as a chart, group the report on fields,
apply advanced filters, and add the report as a widget to a dashboard.

Create Data Cloud Reports with a Single Click

Analyze and build standard reports on calculated insights and data model objects (DMOs) directly in the flow of work. You can now
create these reports from the Calculated Insights or DMO list view or the object’s record page. Previously, you could create these reports
only from the Reports tab.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: On the Calculated Insight or Data Model tab, select Create Report from an object’s Actions menu.

Alternatively, open the calculated insight or DMO, and click Create Report.

133
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Standard Report on Data Cloud Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Include Smart Totals Only in the Reports You Want

You can now choose to apply or turn off smart totals for reports and charts on data model objects (DMOs). For example, in a Sales Order
DMO report, enable smart totals to ensure that each line item in the sales order is included in subtotals and grand totals only once. Or,
turn off smart totals in a report that shows total website visit duration by individual so that the report includes all visits by an individual.
Previously, smart totaling was enabled in all Data Cloud reports.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: To apply or turn off smart totals, use the toggle in the report footer.

134
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Highlight Min and Max Aggregates for Date Fields (Beta)

Surface the earliest and latest values of a date, datetime, or row-level formula field with these data types in a data model object (DMO)
report. You can also review the min and max aggregates for each report grouping. For example, in a Sales Order DMO report that’s
grouped by fiscal quarter, include the min and max aggregates for the Created Date field to identify sales cycle trends. Or, quickly find
the latest payment due date across all orders with the max value of the formula field that calculates due dates based on the Created
Date field.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Minimum and Maximum Aggregations on Date Fields in Data Cloud Reports is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the
Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable
terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and Dashboard Settings, and then select Enable minimum and
maximum aggregations on date fields in reports (Beta).
To add the aggregates, select the column in the Fields panel. Select the aggregates and click Apply.

Alternatively, in Report Builder, click next to a field name, select Summarize, and select the aggregates.

135
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

136
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

Analyze Semantic Data Models in Data Cloud Reports (Beta)

Build a standard Data Cloud report on a semantic model to discover actionable insights from up to 20 Data Cloud objects simultaneously.
Previously, you could include up to four objects in a Data Cloud report. When you create a report on a semantic model, the Report Builder
preserves the model’s objects, such as calculated fields, metrics, and logical views. It also maintains existing relationships and joins
between the objects in the model. You can then easily visualize the data as a chart, group the report on fields, apply advanced filters,
and add the report as a widget to a dashboard.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Semantic Data Model is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com, and the
Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service consumes Customer Data Cloud Credits
and is at the Customer's sole discretion. At the conclusion of the open beta period, use of portions of the Semantic Data Model
may be subject to additional purchase and/or additional credit consumption.
When: This feature is available starting in November 2024.
How: To let users create reports on semantic models, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select Reports and Dashboards
Settings. Select Enable reports on semantic data models (Beta).
To create a report, on the Reports tab, click New Report. In the report category, select Semantic Data Models as the record type, and
click Start Report.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Tableau Semantics Authoring Guide (Closed Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

137
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

CRM Analytics
Fine-tune dashboard appearance and usability with multiple enhancements across the dashboard builder. Connect to secure data
sources with support for Virtual Private Connections on Snowflake. Inspect your Analytics assets and execute queries using the new CRM
Analytics Connect API Postman collection.

Analytics Experience and Visualizations

Start screen or autolaunched flows from your Analytics dashboard using flow interactions. Meet data compliance and regulatory
requirements with the new confidentiality notice in image downloads and data exports. Fine-tune dashboard appearance and
usability with multiple enhancements across the dashboard builder.
Prebuilt and Industry Analytics Apps
The improved Adoption Analytics app contains improvements to the lookback period and ‘users with no interactions’ field. Additionally,
we fixed a bug that allowed non-saved assets into the WaveChangeEA dataset.
Analytics Data Integration
Connect to secure data sources with support for virtual private connections on Snowflake. Give users read-only access to recipes in
Data Manager. Allocate billing for Google BigQuery connections. Download data sync job logs in Data Manager to better diagnose
issues. Improve the performance of recipes that you use to snapshot data. Restrict data access using Territory Management 2.0 data
in security predicates.
CRM Analytics Development
Inspect your Analytics assets and execute queries using the new CRM Analytics Connect API Postman collection.

Analytics Experience and Visualizations

Start screen or autolaunched flows from your Analytics dashboard using flow interactions. Meet data compliance and regulatory
requirements with the new confidentiality notice in image downloads and data exports. Fine-tune dashboard appearance and usability
with multiple enhancements across the dashboard builder.

Download Directly from Dashboard Widget Action Menus

Download an image or export data directly from a widget menu without going through the Share option. The Share window still
has a Download tab, but now you can take the faster path to that same Download dialog. The Download action is also available in
widget menus of embedded CRM Analytics dashboards.
Mark Downloaded Images and Exported Data as Confidential
Meet data compliance and regulatory requirements with the new confidentiality notice. Remind coworkers of data confidentiality
with a notice that appears in the Download window and on all downloaded images and exported data.
Add Greater Precision to Your Queries with More Filter Operators
Refine your data queries to tailor your results with expanded filter operators that include Does Not Contain, Does Not Start With,
Ends With, and Does not End With. For example, use the Ends With condition to retrieve data that ends with a selected string instead
of additional coding.
Control Tooltip Visibility on Link Widgets
You can now disable tooltips for Link widgets to reduce visual distractions and improve focus.
Make Dashboard Metrics Stand Out with Number Widget Enhancements
Customize the appearance of your dashboard metrics using the new formatting and tooltip visibility features. You can now add italic
formatting to bring attention to important dashboard metrics, and turn off metric tooltips to limit distractions.

138
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Manage Action Menus on the Repeater Widget

You can now disable action menus on Repeater widgets to reduce dashboard maintenance and give dashboard users a simplified
dashboard interaction.
Get More Table Widget Options with Header Formatting and Column Sorting
Table widget properties now include header text alignment and formatting to make your data stand out more. Also, you can sort
table widgets that have query interactions.
Launch a Flow with a Dashboard Interaction (Generally Available)
Start screen or autolaunched flows from your Analytics dashboard using flow interactions. For example, on a dashboard that tracks
cases, design a text widget that launches your customer help request screen flow with a single click. The flow interaction passes
dynamic values to the screen flow, so users don't have to leave your dashboard to do their work. Flow interactions are available only
for the text widget.
Explore Multiple Data Model Objects in Direct Data Using Joins (Generally Available)
It’s now easier to analyze data model object (DMO) records where the data is normalized and related information resides in separate
DMOs. To explore and draw insights from multiple DMOs simultaneously, join these objects in a single dashboard query. Direct Data
for Data Cloud now supports four types of joins on data model objects with defined relationships between them. You can also filter
the joined data and highlight the records that matter with conditional formatting. Previously, you wrote custom SQL queries to
analyze data in multiple DMOs.

Download Directly from Dashboard Widget Action Menus

Download an image or export data directly from a widget menu without going through the Share option. The Share window still has a
Download tab, but now you can take the faster path to that same Download dialog. The Download action is also available in widget
menus of embedded CRM Analytics dashboards.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: To access the new Download option, open the menu of a dashboard widget.

139
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

To add the Download action to embedded dashboard widgets, select Include Share and Download Options in the component
settings panel of the Lightning App Builder.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Download CRM Analytics Images and Export Filtered Data (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Downloading Data from CRM Analytics (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Mark Downloaded Images and Exported Data as Confidential

Meet data compliance and regulatory requirements with the new confidentiality notice. Remind coworkers of data confidentiality with
a notice that appears in the Download window and on all downloaded images and exported data.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Analytics, and then select Settings. Enable Include the “Confidential Information
- Do Not Distribute” disclaimer message on data exports.

140
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Download CRM Analytics Images and Export Filtered Data (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Downloading Data from CRM Analytics (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Greater Precision to Your Queries with More Filter Operators

Refine your data queries to tailor your results with expanded filter operators that include Does Not Contain, Does Not Start With, Ends
With, and Does not End With. For example, use the Ends With condition to retrieve data that ends with a selected string instead of
additional coding.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: Select the Operator dropdown menu in the widget Filters panel.

141
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Control Tooltip Visibility on Link Widgets

You can now disable tooltips for Link widgets to reduce visual distractions and improve focus.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In the widget properties, select URL from the Link To menu, and go to Tooltip.
None disables the tooltip when hovering over the link widget. Default displays a link to an external url. Custom displays user-defined
text. The tooltip isn't displayed if no text is added.

142
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Make Dashboard Metrics Stand Out with Number Widget Enhancements

Customize the appearance of your dashboard metrics using the new formatting and tooltip visibility features. You can now add italic
formatting to bring attention to important dashboard metrics, and turn off metric tooltips to limit distractions.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: To apply formatting to a Number widget, go to Widget properties.

To turn off tooltips, deselect Show Title tooltip.

143
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Manage Action Menus on the Repeater Widget

You can now disable action menus on Repeater widgets to reduce dashboard maintenance and give dashboard users a simplified
dashboard interaction.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In Widget properties, deleselect Show widget actions.

Get More Table Widget Options with Header Formatting and Column Sorting
Table widget properties now include header text alignment and formatting to make your data stand out more. Also, you can sort table
widgets that have query interactions.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: To format a table header, go to Widget properties and expand Header.
You can align header text left, right, or center of the column (1). Use italics (2), or add an underline (3).

144
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Launch a Flow with a Dashboard Interaction (Generally Available)

Start screen or autolaunched flows from your Analytics dashboard using flow interactions. For example, on a dashboard that tracks cases,
design a text widget that launches your customer help request screen flow with a single click. The flow interaction passes dynamic values
to the screen flow, so users don't have to leave your dashboard to do their work. Flow interactions are available only for the text widget.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In the dashboard editor, select the text widget that you want to add a flow interaction for. On the Interactions tab on the Widget
Properties panel, click Add Action to add a Start a Flow action using your custom screen or autolaunched flow.

145
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure a Start a Flow Action (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Explore Multiple Data Model Objects in Direct Data Using Joins (Generally Available)
It’s now easier to analyze data model object (DMO) records where the data is normalized and related information resides in separate
DMOs. To explore and draw insights from multiple DMOs simultaneously, join these objects in a single dashboard query. Direct Data for
Data Cloud now supports four types of joins on data model objects with defined relationships between them. You can also filter the
joined data and highlight the records that matter with conditional formatting. Previously, you wrote custom SQL queries to analyze data
in multiple DMOs.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
Who: CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data Cloud is available to users with a Data Cloud license.
How: For example, to compare sales order data with product and customer’s annual income, in the dashboard designer, create a query
on the Sales Order DMO (1).

146
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Then, in the lens mode, click Manage Data Sources (2). Add the related Individual and Product DMOs that you want to use (3), and
apply your changes (4).

Build your query on the joined DMOs.

147
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Prebuilt and Industry Analytics Apps

The improved Adoption Analytics app contains improvements to the lookback period and ‘users with no interactions’ field. Additionally,
we fixed a bug that allowed non-saved assets into the WaveChangeEA dataset.

Improved Experience for Adoption Analytics Templates

Try the improved experience in Adoption Analytics that improves the lookback period, results for “Users with no interactions,” and
the accuracy of the WaveChangeEA dataset.

Improved Experience for Adoption Analytics Templates

Try the improved experience in Adoption Analytics that improves the lookback period, results for “Users with no interactions,” and the
accuracy of the WaveChangeEA dataset.
Where: This change applies to the Adoption Analytics app in CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics
is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: The changes to Adoption Analytics appear in dashboards and represent the following updates:
• The lookback period for log delivery is extended to four days. This update ensures that you don’t miss any crucial data.
• The data tracked for the “Users with no interactions” field now includes the Revenue Intelligence app. This change allows you to
gauge whether users with a Revenue Intelligence license are using their license.
• A bug was fixed that allowed non-saved assets into the WaveChangeEA dataset. For example, you create a lens to test your data,
but don’t save it. Now, we drop that unsaved asset from the dataflow, and report on only saved assets. This fix results in a more
accurate WaveChangeEA dataset.

Analytics Data Integration

Connect to secure data sources with support for virtual private connections on Snowflake. Give users read-only access to recipes in Data
Manager. Allocate billing for Google BigQuery connections. Download data sync job logs in Data Manager to better diagnose issues.
Improve the performance of recipes that you use to snapshot data. Restrict data access using Territory Management 2.0 data in security
predicates.

148
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Transfer Your Snowflake Data to CRM Analytics Using VPC on AWS (Generally Available)
Gain insights into your private Snowflake data in CRM Analytics. Create a remote connection using the Virtual Private Connection
(VPC) for Snowflake on AWS connector to sync data from Snowflake to Data Manager. Using the AWS VPC interface endpoints
provides secure connectivity to Snowflake internal stages and ensures that data transfer from Snowflake takes place on the AWS
internal network and doesn’t use the public internet.
Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Beta)
Let co-workers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data
Manager, they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content, but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Add Billing Information for Google BigQuery Connections
Ensure Google BigQuery costs are correctly allocated by adding a project billing ID when you create your connection. Google BigQuery
and Google BigQuery Standard SQL connections now support compute and storage separation, providing for splitting CPU from
storage costs so that you can allocate your internal costs to the correct department.
Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data Manager
Diagnose issues with data sync jobs faster by downloading detailed job logs. Previously, logs were available only for recipes and
dataflows.
Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta)
Free up job availability and processing time with quicker snapshot data recipe runs. The Existing Dataset (Append) option in the
Output node registers only the rows appended in a recipe run. In comparison, the Output node Dataset option re-registers the entire
dataset when adding rows so that rows can be updated and inserted. When you create a version of the snapshot recipe, you add
an input node for the snapshot data and any transformations to perform before appending the snapshot. Then select the Existing
Dataset (Append) option in the output node and identify the dataset to append the snapshot data to and the date configuration to
use to format dates. You can also choose whether to use the disjointed schema option to make sure that the dataset updates if the
snapshot data schema changes.
Control Access to Data Based on a User’s Assigned Territories (Beta)
Allow users to see data in dashboards and insights only for the territories they’re assigned to in Territory Management 2.0 using
security predicates. You can now reference the territory hierarchy from your dataset security predicates. Previously, you could only
reference user data.
Analyze Data Across Multiple Data Spaces
Get real-time analysis using multiple data spaces in Data Cloud without code or preconfigured data connections. Previously, you
could access only the default data space using the CRM Analytics interface. Now you can now select among multiple data spaces
and data model objects to build queries for comprehensive real-time views that optimize business processes.
Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector (Pilot)
Analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice. Import the data into Data Cloud using
the Platform Events connector pilot.
Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed
Google Universal Analytics shut down on July 1, 2024 and has been replaced with Google Analytics 4. The connectors supporting
Universal Analytics—the Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors—have been removed. To connect
with Google Analytics 4, use the Google Analytics 4 connector.

Transfer Your Snowflake Data to CRM Analytics Using VPC on AWS (Generally Available)
Gain insights into your private Snowflake data in CRM Analytics. Create a remote connection using the Virtual Private Connection (VPC)
for Snowflake on AWS connector to sync data from Snowflake to Data Manager. Using the AWS VPC interface endpoints provides secure
connectivity to Snowflake internal stages and ensures that data transfer from Snowflake takes place on the AWS internal network and
doesn’t use the public internet.

149
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Requires a Salesforce Private Connect add-on license.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Private, and select Private Connect. Create an outbound connection, and then on
the Named Credentials page, create external credentials and named credentials. In Data Manager, create a connection for the Snowflake
Private Connector.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Snowflake VPC Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Secure Cross-Cloud Integrations with Private Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Give Users Read-Only Access to Recipes (Beta)

Let co-workers understand dataset content with the Recipes View Only permission. With this permission, when users visit Data Manager,
they see only the Recipes option. They can then open recipes and view their content, but can’t edit, run, or delete them.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Recipes View Only permission is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission, and select Permission Sets. Select or create a permission set. Click
System Permissions, and select Recipes View Only (BETA).
When users visit Data Manager and click a recipe name, they can view the recipe’s details in the recipe editor.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learn about CRM Analytics Permission Set Licenses and User Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Manager (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Open and Edit a Recipe (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Billing Information for Google BigQuery Connections

Ensure Google BigQuery costs are correctly allocated by adding a project billing ID when you create your connection. Google BigQuery
and Google BigQuery Standard SQL connections now support compute and storage separation, providing for splitting CPU from storage
costs so that you can allocate your internal costs to the correct department.

150
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Google BigQuery for Legacy SQL Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Google BigQuery Standard SQL Connection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Download Data Sync Job Logs in Data Manager

Diagnose issues with data sync jobs faster by downloading detailed job logs. Previously, logs were available only for recipes and dataflows.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In Data Manager, open a job with warnings. In the status column, click Warning, and then click Job Details to download the
log.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Monitor a Data Sync Job (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Snapshot Data Recipe Performance with Advanced Append Output (Beta)
Free up job availability and processing time with quicker snapshot data recipe runs. The Existing Dataset (Append) option in the Output
node registers only the rows appended in a recipe run. In comparison, the Output node Dataset option re-registers the entire dataset
when adding rows so that rows can be updated and inserted. When you create a version of the snapshot recipe, you add an input node
for the snapshot data and any transformations to perform before appending the snapshot. Then select the Existing Dataset (Append)
option in the output node and identify the dataset to append the snapshot data to and the date configuration to use to format dates.
You can also choose whether to use the disjointed schema option to make sure that the dataset updates if the snapshot data schema
changes.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Existing Dataset (Append) is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: Select the Existing Dataset (Append) option in the output node.

151
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Output Node: Write Recipe Results to a Dataset or External System(can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Control Access to Data Based on a User’s Assigned Territories (Beta)

Allow users to see data in dashboards and insights only for the territories they’re assigned to in Territory Management 2.0 using security
predicates. You can now reference the territory hierarchy from your dataset security predicates. Previously, you could only reference
user data.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: Territory Hierarchy in Security Predicates is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: In the recipe or dataflow defining the dataset, add a flattened territory hierarchy (multivalued dimension) for each row. For example:

152
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes CRM Analytics

Then, include this security predicate filter in the output node:

‘Territory2.TerritoryIDs’ in [“$UserTerritory2Ids”]:

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sales Territories (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Add Row-Level Security with a Security Predicate (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Row-Level Security Example based on Territory Hierarchy (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Analyze Data Across Multiple Data Spaces

Get real-time analysis using multiple data spaces in Data Cloud without code or preconfigured data connections. Previously, you could
access only the default data space using the CRM Analytics interface. Now you can now select among multiple data spaces and data
model objects to build queries for comprehensive real-time views that optimize business processes.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: In the dashboard designer, click Create Query. To select a Data Cloud data source and data space, click Salesforce Data Cloud.

Event Monitoring Platform Events Connector (Pilot)

Analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice. Import the data into Data Cloud using the
Platform Events connector pilot.

153
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Intelligent Analytics Apps

Note: The Platform Events Connector is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

SEE ALSO:
Import Real-Time Event Monitoring Event Data Into Data Cloud (Pilot)

Connectors for Google Universal Analytics Have Been Removed

Google Universal Analytics shut down on July 1, 2024 and has been replaced with Google Analytics 4. The connectors supporting
Universal Analytics—the Google Analytics and Google Analytics Core Reporting v4 connectors—have been removed. To connect with
Google Analytics 4, use the Google Analytics 4 connector.

SEE ALSO:
Google Analytics 4 Connection
Google Analytics 4 has replaced Universal Analytics

CRM Analytics Development

Inspect your Analytics assets and execute queries using the new CRM Analytics Connect API Postman collection.

Test CRM Analytics Endpoints in Postman

Test Connect API endpoints in your own development environment, and view output instantly using the new CRM Analytics collection
in Postman. Use the collection to build your custom integration with CRM Analytics or to test your SAQL and SQL queries.

Test CRM Analytics Endpoints in Postman

Test Connect API endpoints in your own development environment, and view output instantly using the new CRM Analytics collection
in Postman. Use the collection to build your custom integration with CRM Analytics or to test your SAQL and SQL queries.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where CRM Analytics is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Postman for Salesforce Developers: Salesforce CRM Analytics Connect API
CRM Analytics REST API Developer Guide

Intelligent Analytics Apps

Discover new opportunities and improve sales performance with enhanced Revenue Intelligence white space analysis. Keep your
operations running smoothly with the Field Service Intelligence Parts and Inventory dashboard. Set a default SLA for all Service Intelligence
Omni-Channel routing queues and customize times for up to ten specific queues.
• Data Cloud for Commerce Release Notes
• Field Service Intelligence Release Notes
• Revenue Intelligence Release Notes
• Service Intelligence Release Notes

154
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Discovery

Einstein Discovery
Externally built models are retired.

Externally Built Models in Einstein Discovery Are Retired

As of July 31, 2024, you can no longer use externally built machine learning models in Einstein Discovery, and your prediction
definitions that use an external model will fail. Instead, use Einstein Discovery to create a model.

Externally Built Models in Einstein Discovery Are Retired

As of July 31, 2024, you can no longer use externally built machine learning models in Einstein Discovery, and your prediction definitions
that use an external model will fail. Instead, use Einstein Discovery to create a model.
Where: This change applies to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM Analytics is available in Developer
Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Create a Model

Tableau
Use Tableau to analyze, explore, and make decisions on your data with just a few clicks. Create engaging visualizations and embed them
in your Lightning pages to use them in your workflows. Tableau has enterprise analytics platform solutions for deep data exploration.
• Tableau Cloud is a secure, fully hosted, cloud-based, self-service platform. Use it to prepare your data, author, analyze, collaborate,
publish, and share. See Tableau Cloud Release Notes for the latest updates.
• Tableau Desktop is a data visualization tool. Use the intuitive, drag-and-drop interface to discover hidden insights and make
impactful business decisions. See Tableau Desktop and Web Authoring Release Notes for the latest updates.
• Tableau Prep is a data preparation tool. Use it to clean, shape, and combine data for analysis in Tableau. See Tableau Prep Release
Notes for the latest updates.
• Tableau Server is a secure, on-premises solution for deploying Tableau in your own environment. Use it to prepare your data,
author, analyze, collaborate, publish, and share. See Tableau Server Release Notes for the latest updates.
To learn more about Tableau products, go to Tableau Help.

Marketing Cloud Intelligence

Connect, harmonize, visualize, and act on your marketing data to optimize performance within campaigns, discover insights in real-time,
and then act on them.
• Marketing Cloud Release Notes
• Marketing Cloud Intelligence Data Pipelines Release Notes
• Marketing Cloud Intelligence Help Map

Accessibility Enhancements in Analytics

Learn about small but important changes that make analytics more accessible.

155
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Commerce

Where: Lightning Report and Dashboard changes apply to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions. CRM Analytics changes apply to CRM Analytics in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. CRM
Analytics is available in Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: Check out details about these changes.
Lightning Reports and Dashboards
• Keyboard navigation now reaches all cells in summary reports.
• The keyboard focus order and assistive text in the Edit Dashboard: Select Image dialog is enhanced.
• The Chart Properties dialog has improved contrast and assistive text.
• Screen readers announce various dialogs in the Lightning Report Builder.
CRM Analytics
• Contrast, keyboard navigation, and assistive text are enhanced for the Home and Browse tabs, Watchlist, Download dialog, and
Notifications panel.
• Screen readers announce the status messages for actions in the Browse tab and notifications.
• The visual indicator for keyboard focus in the Notifications panel is enhanced.

Commerce
Commerce Cloud enhancements include new and updated features for B2B and D2C Commerce, Omnichannel Inventory, Salesforce
Order Management, and Salesforce Payments.

Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Get ready to take your store to new heights. You can now get contextual guidance to help you understand the purpose and
requirements of tasks in the Commerce app. Work more efficiently with the updated Commerce UI, which lets you navigate the app
with fewer clicks and easily switch between functions. The new Insights Workspace combines analytics, insights, and recommended
actions in one convenient location, helping you reach your business goals faster. And with Salesforce Starter and Pro Suite, you can
start selling online in no time. Plus, you can now turn off shipping for nonphysical products and enjoy faster loading for store images.
Omnichannel Inventory
Easily add new inventory SKUs or edit existing inventory information using the Omnichannel Inventory console.
Salesforce Order Management
Keep customers informed by displaying the estimated delivery date on the product detail page and checkout page. Improve the
service flow process by customizing bulk actions.
Salesforce Payments
Easily switch between managed and custom checkout for your Commerce store. Get Pay Now up and running quickly using an
automated guided setup, and offer customers Pay Now payment pages that are easier to use. Allow registered customers to receive
one-time passcodes in an email rather than on their phone. Monitor the stages of a payment transaction from a payment record's
timeline.

156
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Get ready to take your store to new heights. You can now get contextual guidance to help you understand the purpose and requirements
of tasks in the Commerce app. Work more efficiently with the updated Commerce UI, which lets you navigate the app with fewer clicks
and easily switch between functions. The new Insights Workspace combines analytics, insights, and recommended actions in one
convenient location, helping you reach your business goals faster. And with Salesforce Starter and Pro Suite, you can start selling online
in no time. Plus, you can now turn off shipping for nonphysical products and enjoy faster loading for store images.

Commerce App
Get recommended next steps for creating and managing your store based on where you are in the app. Use the streamlined navigation
sidebar menu to access Commerce functionality. Easily organize products using the enhanced Category Workspace. Set up product
variations with just one click. Perform basic website design tasks without leaving the Commerce app. Work more efficiently in
workspaces using filters and bulk actions. Troubleshoot product visibility issues from within the Commerce app, access price settings
from the Store settings page, and easily move between your store and a record page.
Data Cloud for Commerce
Get analytics dashboards, insights, and recommended actions on the new Insights Workspace. And set up Commerce Intelligence
Analytics with just a few clicks.
Einstein for Commerce
Get intelligent help managing your store. Agentforce Merchant Agent provides business insights for your store and helps you create
smart promotions to entice your customers.
Commerce Cart and Checkout
Customers can now view their cart on any page with the mini cart display. Enable continuous scrolling to let customers review their
carts without clicking through multiple pages. Address fields now autocomplete and suggest addresses for shoppers. Turn off
shipping if you're selling only digital goods, and offer customers additional shipping options with weight-based rates. Switch between
managed and custom checkout configurations at any time. Use business accounts for guest checkout in B2B stores.
Commerce Promotions
Get ready to boost your sales with shipping rate promotions in your store. Add up to 25 promotions per discount to incentivize
customers to make a purchase. Quickly search for promotions, review important details, and manage promotions using row-level
actions.
Commerce Components
Store images now load faster, which means quicker page loads, smoother layout shifts, and improved overall site performance. Guest
user authentication is now simpler with the option to hide the Last Name field on the Order Details page. Customize your reorder
modal with enhanced design options, and track your order status every step of the way with the new order status tracker.
Commerce Search
The redesigned Search Index page shows product errors and index failures with the option to download a CSV file to resolve product
errors. Receive instant notifications on whether the index update completed or failed. Enhance store performance with the renamed
and relocated Displayable Fields toggle.
Additional Commerce Features
Say goodbye to manual tax calculations and let third-party tax providers handle the heavy lifting for global payments. Easily process
tax additions and refunds with the new tax flows, and customize those flows to meet your business needs. Track your goals over
time and see how completing recommended actions impacts your progress in the Goals and Recommendation Workspace. Enable
the Salesforce Content Delivery Network for your organization’s stores without creating a custom domain. Improve load times,
performance, and security with the option to compress content and accelerate HTTP traffic.

157
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Commerce App
Get recommended next steps for creating and managing your store based on where you are in the app. Use the streamlined navigation
sidebar menu to access Commerce functionality. Easily organize products using the enhanced Category Workspace. Set up product
variations with just one click. Perform basic website design tasks without leaving the Commerce app. Work more efficiently in workspaces
using filters and bulk actions. Troubleshoot product visibility issues from within the Commerce app, access price settings from the Store
settings page, and easily move between your store and a record page.

Get Contextual Guidance When Setting Up a B2B or D2C Store

Understand the purpose and requirements of the task as you set up your store by getting relevant information when you need it.
As you work through the setup, contextual guidance provides the necessary information to make informed decisions and move to
the next step.
Work More Efficiently with the Updated Commerce UI
Get where you want to be in the Commerce app with fewer clicks. Easily switch between your key workspaces and settings, that are
meaningfully grouped into expandable accordions. Or collapse the navigation menu to view just the icons.
Organize Products with the Enhanced Category Workspace
Streamline the creation and management of your product categories with the revamped Category Workspace. The new interface
features a tree-view layout that displays categories, subcategories, and the number of products in each category. Assign multiple
products to categories with fewer clicks.
Access Product Variation Settings in One Click
Everything you need for managing product variations and readiness is now just a click away. Set up and manage variation products
and attributes from a single page in your store’s settings.
Access Lowest Unit Price from Your Store Settings
European Union (EU) customers can now enable Lowest Unit Price directly from store settings. Enable this feature to display the
lowest unit price for products and comply with EU pricing regulations.
Troubleshoot Product Visibility Issues Right from the Commerce App
With the Troubleshooting Assistant now available within the Commerce app, you can easily check if a product is visible in your store.
This convenient tool helps you make sure that your products are showcased to your customers effectively.
Automate Order Confirmation Emails
Streamline customer communications with automated notifications. To enable and manage automated order confirmation emails,
use the new order confirmation email template in the Messaging Workspace.
Experience Refreshed Workspaces with Quick Filters and Bulk Actions
Say goodbye to manually creating commonly-used filters for your Product Workspace. Use bulk actions to perform actions in bulk
across all the workspaces. Search across all workspaces, complete tasks faster, streamline workflows, improve organization, and
access a modern, enhanced, and robust UI.
Add Design Elements to Your Store Without Leaving the Commerce App
Upload your logo, brand your store, and set fonts, colors, and button styles from the new Website Design Workspace. When you
need to tackle more advanced design tasks, like configuring store components, changing page layouts, or setting up store navigation,
you can switch to Experience Builder with a click of a button in the Website Design Workspace.
Smoothly Transition Between Your Store and a Record Page
Whether you’re in Experience Builder or on a record page for a price book, buyer group, store price book, or a catalog, you can now
get back to your refreshed Commerce store in one click.

158
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Start Selling Online with Salesforce Starter and Pro Suite

Sell directly to individual shoppers and provide a personalized online shopping experience with Commerce Store for Starter and Pro
Suite. Create a direct-to-consumer (D2C) online shopping experience that represents your brand, engages shoppers, and drives
sales.

Get Contextual Guidance When Setting Up a B2B or D2C Store

Understand the purpose and requirements of the task as you set up your store by getting relevant information when you need it. As
you work through the setup, contextual guidance provides the necessary information to make informed decisions and move to the next
step.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Get guidance before (1) and after (2) you complete a task and as you transition to the next task.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Commerce Store Setup Tasks (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Work More Efficiently with the Updated Commerce UI

Get where you want to be in the Commerce app with fewer clicks. Easily switch between your key workspaces and settings, that are
meaningfully grouped into expandable accordions. Or collapse the navigation menu to view just the icons.
Where: This change applies to B2B and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: On the Store tab (1), expand Merchandising (2) to find the Products, Categories, Pricing, and Inventory workspaces all in one place.
Expand Customers (3) to find Accounts and Buyer Groups. Expand Settings (4) to find store, checkout configuration, product, and search
settings all in one place. Click Collapse (5) to view only the icons.

159
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable the Refreshed Commerce App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

160
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Organize Products with the Enhanced Category Workspace

Streamline the creation and management of your product categories with the revamped Category Workspace. The new interface features
a tree-view layout that displays categories, subcategories, and the number of products in each category. Assign multiple products to
categories with fewer clicks.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Create and manage categories and subcategories in the Category Workspace. You can also search for, import, edit, or delete
categories, manage the products within them, and sort or update the category list view.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Categories in Category Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access Product Variation Settings in One Click

Everything you need for managing product variations and readiness is now just a click away. Set up and manage variation products and
attributes from a single page in your store’s settings.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In your store’s Settings, select Product.

161
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Product Variations and Attributes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Product Readiness (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access Lowest Unit Price from Your Store Settings

European Union (EU) customers can now enable Lowest Unit Price directly from store settings. Enable this feature to display the lowest
unit price for products and comply with EU pricing regulations.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: On the Store tab, under Settings, click Store. On the Pricing tab, select Lowest Unit Price (EU Customers Only).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Pricing for Commerce Stores (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Troubleshoot Product Visibility Issues Right from the Commerce App

With the Troubleshooting Assistant now available within the Commerce app, you can easily check if a product is visible in your store.
This convenient tool helps you make sure that your products are showcased to your customers effectively.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In the navigation sidebar, select a store from the Store dropdown, and then select Settings > Store > Troubleshooting Assistant.

162
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Get Help with Product Visibility Issues with the Troubleshooting Assistant (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Automate Order Confirmation Emails

Streamline customer communications with automated notifications. To enable and manage automated order confirmation emails, use
the new order confirmation email template in the Messaging Workspace.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: To see the Messaging Workspace, you must have Commerce Growth or Advanced licenses. For all other licenses or existing stores,
contact your Salesforce representative to get access to Commerce Messaging.
When: Commerce Growth and Advanced licenses are available starting in December 2024.
How: In your store settings, select Messaging. In the Order Confirmation Email template, click Edit to customize it, then enable the
template to automatically start the sending of messages.

163
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Automate Customer Communications (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Customize an Email Template for Customer Communications (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Experience Refreshed Workspaces with Quick Filters and Bulk Actions

Say goodbye to manually creating commonly-used filters for your Product Workspace. Use bulk actions to perform actions in bulk across
all the workspaces. Search across all workspaces, complete tasks faster, streamline workflows, improve organization, and access a modern,
enhanced, and robust UI.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Shell, Pro Suite, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In a Product Workspace, filter products using the quick filters (1). Use the Bulk Actions (2) feature in the Product workspace to mark
multiple products as active or inactive, or add multiple products to Category and Entitlement Policy.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Products in the Product Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Design Elements to Your Store Without Leaving the Commerce App
Upload your logo, brand your store, and set fonts, colors, and button styles from the new Website Design Workspace. When you need
to tackle more advanced design tasks, like configuring store components, changing page layouts, or setting up store navigation, you
can switch to Experience Builder with a click of a button in the Website Design Workspace.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

164
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

How: In the navigation sidebar, select a store from the Store dropdown, and then click Website Design.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Website Design for Commerce Stores (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Smoothly Transition Between Your Store and a Record Page

Whether you’re in Experience Builder or on a record page for a price book, buyer group, store price book, or a catalog, you can now get
back to your refreshed Commerce store in one click.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From the product page, view the details of the product variations (1), and then return to the store with a click (2). From the
Experience Builder, return to Commerce in one click (3).

165
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Store Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Start Selling Online with Salesforce Starter and Pro Suite

Sell directly to individual shoppers and provide a personalized online shopping experience with Commerce Store for Starter and Pro
Suite. Create a direct-to-consumer (D2C) online shopping experience that represents your brand, engages shoppers, and drives sales.
Where: This change applies to D2C Commerce in Starter and Pro Suite editions and in the U.S. only.
Who: To access Commerce Storefront for Starter or Pro Suite editions, you need the Commerce Admin and Commerce Starter App
permissions.
How: Select the Commerce app in Starter and Pro Suite.

Data Cloud for Commerce

Get analytics dashboards, insights, and recommended actions on the new Insights Workspace. And set up Commerce Intelligence
Analytics with just a few clicks.

See Analytics Dashboards and Set Goal Targets in the Insights Workspace
The new Insights Workspace combines analytics, goals, and recommended actions in a single location. Use these insights to set goal
targets and make important business decisions.
Set Up Intelligence Analytics with a Few Clicks
Use the updated Commerce Setup Assistant to configure Data Cloud for Commerce and activate Intelligence Analytics. This update
simplifies the setup process, saving you time and effort while enhancing productivity. Access the Intelligence Analytics dashboards
for products, shoppers, and inventory, enabling you to make data-driven decisions that boost revenue and efficiency.

166
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

See Analytics Dashboards and Set Goal Targets in the Insights Workspace
The new Insights Workspace combines analytics, goals, and recommended actions in a single location. Use these insights to set goal
targets and make important business decisions.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: To see intelligence analytics dashboards, goals, and recommended actions in the Insights Workspace, you must have a Commerce
Growth or Advanced license. Other licenses see the standard business analytics dashboards.
How: In the navigation sidebar, select a store, then click Insights to view goals (1), analytics dashboards (2), and recommended actions
(3).

167
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Goals and Recommendations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud for Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Commerce Analytics (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Set Up Intelligence Analytics with a Few Clicks

Use the updated Commerce Setup Assistant to configure Data Cloud for Commerce and activate Intelligence Analytics. This update
simplifies the setup process, saving you time and effort while enhancing productivity. Access the Intelligence Analytics dashboards for
products, shoppers, and inventory, enabling you to make data-driven decisions that boost revenue and efficiency.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: To access this feature, you need a Commerce Intelligence basic or advanced license.

168
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

How: In Setup, in the Quick Find box, find and select Commerce Setup Assistant. Click Get Started for Set Up Data Cloud for Commerce.
Install Intelligence Analytics.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Data Cloud for Commerce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Einstein for Commerce

Get intelligent help managing your store. Agentforce Merchant Agent provides business insights for your store and helps you create
smart promotions to entice your customers.

169
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Power Up Productivity with Agentforce Merchant Agent

Reach your business goals faster and more efficiently. Agentforce Merchant Agent helps admins and merchants complete tasks,
create promotions, and grow revenue through data-driven store insights. Get customized help using Commerce Promotions and
Insights Business Objective agent topics. For example, ask an agent, "What's the site conversion for my store?" and the agent provides
the web store’s site conversion data. Or, you can ask, "Can you provide a sample promotion?" and the agent suggests templates
based on your web store ID.

Power Up Productivity with Agentforce Merchant Agent

Reach your business goals faster and more efficiently. Agentforce Merchant Agent helps admins and merchants complete tasks, create
promotions, and grow revenue through data-driven store insights. Get customized help using Commerce Promotions and Insights
Business Objective agent topics. For example, ask an agent, "What's the site conversion for my store?" and the agent provides the web
store’s site conversion data. Or, you can ask, "Can you provide a sample promotion?" and the agent suggests templates based on your
web store ID.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Einstein
Platform add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase Einstein for Commerce, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: Agentforce Merchant Agent is available starting in late October.
Who: Agentforce Merchant Agent is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission.
EinsteinGPTCommerceAddOn license must be enabled to use Agentforce Merchant Agent.
How: To get started, turn on Einstein generative AI in Setup. Next, on the Agents page in Setup, turn on Einstein Copilot for Salesforce.
Click the name of your agent, and click Open in Builder. Add the Commerce Promotions and Insights Business Objectives topics from
the asset library. Click Einstein to engage with Merchant Agent.
Admins and merchandisers can use Merchant Agent in their every day tasks in a variety of ways. Here are some examples.

Example: Sally, a merchandiser for CRG Brands, wants to create a promotion for the company’s web store. She decides to use
Agentforce to help her quickly draft a promotion as part of a Halloween campaign. She asks the agent to:
“Create a promotion for the Testa Rossa coffee machine, where the discount is 25% on all orders valid until October 31, 2024.”
Merchant Agent uses that utterance and the actions from the Commerce Promotions topic to create a template for the promotion.
Together, Sally and the agent fine-tune the promotion using natural language. Sally reviews the promotion, and pleased with the
results, she activates it.

Example: Sally wants to understand some of the KPIs for the web store in a more meaningful way. She turns again to her trusty
agent and says:
“Show me the insights for the average order value for this web store.”
Merchant Agent uses that utterance and the actions from the Insights Business Objectives topic to retrieve the requested data.
Sally receives the KPI and Insight Summary and, based on that information, decides the best coarse of action to move her
organizational goals forward.

170
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Example: Sally wants to know how the store is performing when it comes purchases, so she asks the agent about site conversion.

She learns valuable metrics that help her make decisions about marketing tactics, promotions, and inventory.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Merchant Agent for Commerce(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agentforce: Agents and Copilot (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Customize Your Agents and Copilot with Topics and Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agent Topic: Commerce Promotions(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agent Topic: Insights Business Objectives(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Commerce Cart and Checkout

Customers can now view their cart on any page with the mini cart display. Enable continuous scrolling to let customers review their
carts without clicking through multiple pages. Address fields now autocomplete and suggest addresses for shoppers. Turn off shipping
if you're selling only digital goods, and offer customers additional shipping options with weight-based rates. Switch between managed
and custom checkout configurations at any time. Use business accounts for guest checkout in B2B stores.

Let Customers Complete Purchases on Any Page

Customers can now complete purchases and view their cart on any page with a mini cart display. When a customer adds an item
to their cart or clicks the cart badge, a mini cart slides open on the right. From the mini cart, customers can review their items and
go straight to the checkout page. Mini cart is enabled by default for new B2B and D2C stores.
Streamline the Shopping Experience with Continuous Scrolling
Let customers shop and review their carts conveniently with an infinite scroll option. In addition to navigating carts with the Show
More button and pagination, you can now display products on one page with continuous scroll. For D2C stores, scrolling is the
default experience on cart and checkout pages and in the mini cart display. For B2B stores, scrolling is the default experience on the
checkout page. The cart page uses pagination.

171
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Address Fields Now Autocomplete for D2C Stores

When customers enter their shipping or billing information, address fields autocomplete and also suggest addresses. In addition,
checkout forms now include a second address field to use as needed. Address autocomplete doesn’t populate apartment and suite
numbers.
Offer Weight-Based Shipping Prices
Implement shipping prices based on weight to manage shipping costs more efficiently, and provide your customers transparent
pricing.
Turn Off Shipping for Non-Physical Products
Simplify the checkout process by turning off native shipping for stores that don’t ship physical products. Use this feature for stores
offering digital goods, service subscriptions, or in-store pickups. In your store’s settings, go to Checkout and turn off shipping on the
Shipping tab. If your store uses the Checkout Layout: Accordion component on the checkout page, change the text for the proceed
button from delivery information to “Proceed to Payment.”
Switch Between Managed and Custom Checkout Without Losing Settings
Switch between managed and custom checkout as needed to deliver the best checkout experience for your customers. All your
custom settings are saved from the previous checkout mode and restored when the store is published. You can make changes
without disrupting your live store, keeping the shopping experience smooth for your customers. You can have only one checkout
experience active per store at a time.
Automate Updates to the D2C Checkout Experience with Managed Checkout (Beta)
If your store is configured to use managed checkout, you no longer need to republish to receive updates to the checkout page.
When Commerce updates a component, enhances themes, or adjusts the layout of the checkout page, your store receives these
enhancements automatically. This change improves the shopping exprience, enhances store performance, and increases checkout
conversion. If you configured your store with managed checkout before the Winter ’25 release, republish your store one last time
to enable automatic updates to the checkout page.
Use Business Accounts for B2B Store Guest Checkout
Customize the account creation process for B2B store guest checkout by choosing between creating person accounts or business
accounts. Previously, only person accounts were supported.
Offer One-Click Checkout for Returning Customers
If a registered customer with a saved address leaves and then returns to check out, their checkout information is kept in summary
mode for easy checkout. Summary mode offers customers one-click checkout by saving the information that they previously selected,
such as the shipping and payment methods. A customer can also change the information before placing the order. If a customer
changes the shipping address, fees and taxes are recalculated to the least expensive shipping method, and the customer is moved
to the payment section.

Let Customers Complete Purchases on Any Page

Customers can now complete purchases and view their cart on any page with a mini cart display. When a customer adds an item to
their cart or clicks the cart badge, a mini cart slides open on the right. From the mini cart, customers can review their items and go
straight to the checkout page. Mini cart is enabled by default for new B2B and D2C stores.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: For an existing store, in Experience Builder, remove the existing Cart Badge component from the Commerce Header and replace
it with the new component. Then customize the mini cart settings. For new stores, open the Cart Badge component and customize the
mini cart settings. The My Account Page uses a different header than the site-wide, Commerce Header, so mini cart settings configured
in the Commerce Header don’t reflect on the My Account page.

172
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Design a Cart Page in a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Streamline the Shopping Experience with Continuous Scrolling

Let customers shop and review their carts conveniently with an infinite scroll option. In addition to navigating carts with the Show More
button and pagination, you can now display products on one page with continuous scroll. For D2C stores, scrolling is the default
experience on cart and checkout pages and in the mini cart display. For B2B stores, scrolling is the default experience on the checkout
page. The cart page uses pagination.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Experience Builder, in the Cart Items component, select a setting for Cart Item Pagination.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Design the Cart Page in a Commece Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

173
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Address Fields Now Autocomplete for D2C Stores

When customers enter their shipping or billing information, address fields autocomplete and also suggest addresses. In addition, checkout
forms now include a second address field to use as needed. Address autocomplete doesn’t populate apartment and suite numbers.
Where: This change applies to D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Address autocomplete is available for D2C stores using Managed Checkout.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Address Autocomplete Considerations for Managed Checkout in D2C Stores (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Managed Checkout for a D2C Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Offer Weight-Based Shipping Prices

Implement shipping prices based on weight to manage shipping costs more efficiently, and provide your customers transparent pricing.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In your store’s Settings, select Checkout. On the Shipping tab, click Manage, and define a rate with a condition based on delivery
weight.

174
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Salesforce Native Shipping for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Turn Off Shipping for Non-Physical Products

Simplify the checkout process by turning off native shipping for stores that don’t ship physical products. Use this feature for stores offering
digital goods, service subscriptions, or in-store pickups. In your store’s settings, go to Checkout and turn off shipping on the Shipping
tab. If your store uses the Checkout Layout: Accordion component on the checkout page, change the text for the proceed button from
delivery information to “Proceed to Payment.”
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Salesforce Native Shipping for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Design the Checkout Page in a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Switch Between Managed and Custom Checkout Without Losing Settings

Switch between managed and custom checkout as needed to deliver the best checkout experience for your customers. All your custom
settings are saved from the previous checkout mode and restored when the store is published. You can make changes without disrupting
your live store, keeping the shopping experience smooth for your customers. You can have only one checkout experience active per
store at a time.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From your store page, select Checkout and switch to your preferred checkout option. The Cart Calculate API must be enabled for
this feature to work.

175
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce Developer Guide: Enable and Disable the Cart Calculate API for a Webstore (can be outdated or
unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Checkout for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Automate Updates to the D2C Checkout Experience with Managed Checkout (Beta)
If your store is configured to use managed checkout, you no longer need to republish to receive updates to the checkout page. When
Commerce updates a component, enhances themes, or adjusts the layout of the checkout page, your store receives these enhancements
automatically. This change improves the shopping exprience, enhances store performance, and increases checkout conversion. If you
configured your store with managed checkout before the Winter ’25 release, republish your store one last time to enable automatic
updates to the checkout page.
Where: This change applies to D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Managed checkout requires Salesforce
Payments. Managed checkout doesn’t support subscriptions.

Note: Managed checkout with autopublishing is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: If you configured your store before the Winter ’25 release, from Website Design, open your store preview and click Publish.

176
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Managed Checkout for a D2C Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Business Accounts for B2B Store Guest Checkout

Customize the account creation process for B2B store guest checkout by choosing between creating person accounts or business
accounts. Previously, only person accounts were supported.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: If your store allows self-registration, you can specify which account type to create upon registration. If your store doesn’t allow
self-registration, you can specify which account type to create by setting the guest buyer profile’s account record type defaults.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Account Creation for Guest Checkout in B2B Stores (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Allow Self-Registration and Guest Access to the Pay Now Site (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Offer One-Click Checkout for Returning Customers

If a registered customer with a saved address leaves and then returns to check out, their checkout information is kept in summary mode
for easy checkout. Summary mode offers customers one-click checkout by saving the information that they previously selected, such as
the shipping and payment methods. A customer can also change the information before placing the order. If a customer changes the
shipping address, fees and taxes are recalculated to the least expensive shipping method, and the customer is moved to the payment
section.
Where: This change applies to B2B and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

177
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

How: If your store uses Managed Checkout, checkout in summary mode is enabled by default. To support checkout in summary mode
for Custom Checkout, in Experience Builder, add the Accordion or One-Page layout to your checkout page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: One-Click Checkout for Faster Transactions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Commerce Promotions
Get ready to boost your sales with shipping rate promotions in your store. Add up to 25 promotions per discount to incentivize customers
to make a purchase. Quickly search for promotions, review important details, and manage promotions using row-level actions.

Offer Customers Shipping Rate Promotions

Add up to 25 shipping rate discounts per promotion in your store to encourage customers to complete their purchase. For example,
discount a fixed amount off the shipping or delivery cost, or offer a fixed price or percentage discount. Quantity limits and promotion
rules don’t apply to shipping rate promotions. Shipping rate promotions are applied automatically in B2B and D2C Commerce stores
and you can use manually applied shipping rate promotions during checkout in D2C Commerce stores.
Manage Promotions with a Refreshed Promotion Workspace
Easily search for promotions and review the most important promotion details at a glance. Clone all the promotion details or delete
promotions using row-level actions. Add promotion rules directly on discount and qualifier record pages.

Offer Customers Shipping Rate Promotions

Add up to 25 shipping rate discounts per promotion in your store to encourage customers to complete their purchase. For example,
discount a fixed amount off the shipping or delivery cost, or offer a fixed price or percentage discount. Quantity limits and promotion
rules don’t apply to shipping rate promotions. Shipping rate promotions are applied automatically in B2B and D2C Commerce stores
and you can use manually applied shipping rate promotions during checkout in D2C Commerce stores.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: When drafting a discount, for Target Type, select Shipping Rate. For Shipping Rate, select from the shipping rates that you
previously set up.

178
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Define a Promotion Discount (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Manage Promotions with a Refreshed Promotion Workspace

Easily search for promotions and review the most important promotion details at a glance. Clone all the promotion details or delete
promotions using row-level actions. Add promotion rules directly on discount and qualifier record pages.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Select a store, and click Promotions. In the Promotion Workspace, search for promotions (1), view refreshed columns (2), use
row-level actions (3), and access record pages (4).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Promotion Using a Template (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create Promotions with Einstein (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Commerce Components
Store images now load faster, which means quicker page loads, smoother layout shifts, and improved overall site performance. Guest
user authentication is now simpler with the option to hide the Last Name field on the Order Details page. Customize your reorder modal
with enhanced design options, and track your order status every step of the way with the new order status tracker.

179
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Display Hi-Res Images and Alternative Views with the Enhanced Product Image Gallery
Sharply showcase your product views and improve engagement with the enhanced Product Image Gallery LWR component. Shoppers
can zoom in on a product image by hovering, clicking, or tapping to inspect details and textures. Images maintain clarity at maximum
zoom levels whether you're shopping on a mobile device or a web store.
Faster Image Loads for Enhanced Shopping Experiences
Elevate the shopping experience for your customers across devices with more performant image loading. The image display
components now include attributes to configure the aspect ratio and image size for different devices. Images are optimized for each
device, resulting in quicker page loads, fewer layout shifts, and improved overall site performance.
Keep Customers Informed About Orders with Real-Time Updates
Elevate customer satisfaction with the new order status tracker on the Order Details page. Customers can track every stage of their
order, from when it was created through delivery.
Control Last Name Visibility in the Order Lookup Page
Simplify guest user authentication by hiding the Last Name field on the Order Lookup page. For layout components added after the
Winter ‘25 release, Hide Last Name is enabled by default, but you can choose to show the Last Name field at any time.
Reapply Your Customizations to the Updated Reorder Modal
We enhanced the design and customization options of the reorder modal. Because this update also resets previous custom styles
applied to your reorder modal, you must update your CSS customizations to match the new layout.

Display Hi-Res Images and Alternative Views with the Enhanced Product Image Gallery
Sharply showcase your product views and improve engagement with the enhanced Product Image Gallery LWR component. Shoppers
can zoom in on a product image by hovering, clicking, or tapping to inspect details and textures. Images maintain clarity at maximum
zoom levels whether you're shopping on a mobile device or a web store.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In the navigation sidebar, select a store from the Store dropdown. Click Website Design, and select a product page.

180
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: LWR Store Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Faster Image Loads for Enhanced Shopping Experiences

Elevate the shopping experience for your customers across devices with more performant image loading. The image display components
now include attributes to configure the aspect ratio and image size for different devices. Images are optimized for each device, resulting
in quicker page loads, fewer layout shifts, and improved overall site performance.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Product Image Types (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce Developer Guide: Image Optimization Best Practices (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Keep Customers Informed About Orders with Real-Time Updates

Elevate customer satisfaction with the new order status tracker on the Order Details page. Customers can track every stage of their order,
from when it was created through delivery.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Customers can see the order status tracker on the Order Details page.

181
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: LWR Store Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Control Last Name Visibility in the Order Lookup Page

Simplify guest user authentication by hiding the Last Name field on the Order Lookup page. For layout components added after the
Winter ‘25 release, Hide Last Name is enabled by default, but you can choose to show the Last Name field at any time.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Experience Builder, on the Order Lookup page, select Hide Last Name in the Order Lookup component.

182
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Your Site’s Pages and Their Properties in Experience Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Reapply Your Customizations to the Updated Reorder Modal

We enhanced the design and customization options of the reorder modal. Because this update also resets previous custom styles applied
to your reorder modal, you must update your CSS customizations to match the new layout.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: To reapply your custom styles to the modal title, use the lightning-modal-header selector. For the call-to-action buttons,
use the lightning-modal-footer selector.

For example, if your current CSS is:

<style>
commerce_my_account-reorder-modal-contents h1 b { color: red; }
commerce_my_account-reorder-modal-contents button.continue-shopping { border-radius:

183
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

10px; }
</style>

To maintain that appearance in the new modal layout:

<style>
lightning-modal-header h1 { color: red; }
lightning-modal-footer button.primary-action-button { border-radius: 10px; }
lightning-modal-footer button.close-button { border-radius: 10px; }
</style>

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Your Site’s Pages and Their Properties in Experience Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Commerce Search
The redesigned Search Index page shows product errors and index failures with the option to download a CSV file to resolve product
errors. Receive instant notifications on whether the index update completed or failed. Enhance store performance with the renamed
and relocated Displayable Fields toggle.

Resolve Errors on the Redesigned Search Index Page

Review product errors and index failures on the redesigned Search Index page. Check whether products indexed successfully, or if
there are product errors, download a CSV file to review and resolve the errors. After you update the search index, you’re notified
whether the search index completed or failed.
Displayable Product Fields Toggle Has a New Name and Location (Beta)
The Displayable Product Fields toggle is now called Displayable Fields and is located in Store Settings on the Displayable Fields tab.
Using displayable fields can improve store performance. The name change doesn’t affect the feature’s functionality, and the toggle
continues to be an org-wide setting that affects all the stores in your Salesforce org.

Resolve Errors on the Redesigned Search Index Page

Review product errors and index failures on the redesigned Search Index page. Check whether products indexed successfully, or if there
are product errors, download a CSV file to review and resolve the errors. After you update the search index, you’re notified whether the
search index completed or failed.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Select a store, and click Settings. Select Search, and then select Search Index.

184
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Commerce Search Index (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Displayable Product Fields Toggle Has a New Name and Location (Beta)
The Displayable Product Fields toggle is now called Displayable Fields and is located in Store Settings on the Displayable Fields tab.
Using displayable fields can improve store performance. The name change doesn’t affect the feature’s functionality, and the toggle
continues to be an org-wide setting that affects all the stores in your Salesforce org.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: Displayable Fields is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: Select a store, and click Settings. Select Store, and then select Displayable Fields.

185
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Displayable Fields (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Additional Commerce Features

Say goodbye to manual tax calculations and let third-party tax providers handle the heavy lifting for global payments. Easily process tax
additions and refunds with the new tax flows, and customize those flows to meet your business needs. Track your goals over time and
see how completing recommended actions impacts your progress in the Goals and Recommendation Workspace. Enable the Salesforce
Content Delivery Network for your organization’s stores without creating a custom domain. Improve load times, performance, and
security with the option to compress content and accelerate HTTP traffic.

Bundle Products to Increase Average Order Value

Group items together to simplify purchasing and create cross-selling and up-selling opportunities. Bundle complementary items
together to entice customers with a single product offering at a lower price. Or, group slow-selling items with more popular items
to help manage inventory. You can’t bundle subscriptions or use them with order servicing and fulfillment.
Set Targets to Track the Progress of Your Goals
Track the progress of your goals over time, and see how completing recommended actions impacts your progress. Set your targets
in the Goals and Recommendations Workspace.
Use Salesforce Tax to Automate Tax Processes for Custom Checkout
Say goodbye to manual tax calculations and let third-party tax providers handle the heavy lifting. Streamline tax processes by
calculating, collecting, and reporting tax on global payments for custom checkout by connecting a third-party tax provider to your
store. Previously, automatic tax calculations were available only for managed checkout.
Simplify Tax Transactions with Flows
Promptly and accurately process tax additions and refunds using the new tax flows. The Create Tax Transaction flow records a tax
transaction after an order summary is created. When an item is returned or canceled, the Record Tax Reversals flow refunds the tax
amount in the external system, such as Stripe. You can also customize the flows to meet your business needs.
Use Enhanced Domains to Serve Your Salesforce CDN for LWR Commerce Stores
Enable the Salesforce Content Delivery Network (CDN) for your LWR Commerce stores without first creating a custom domain. Now
you can use the system-managed *.my.site.com Experience Cloud URL, which uses the CDN partner Cloudflare, to serve your
content with the Salesforce CDN.

186
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

Improve Performance and Security of the Content Delivery Network (CDN) for LWR Commerce Stores
You can improve the load times, performance, and security of the Salesforce CDN associated with your Commerce LWR stores. Edit
CDN Settings now include the option to compress content and web resources for faster page load times. You also have the option
to accelerate and secure your HTTP traffic, which improves the performance, security, and reliability of your store.
Access Product Media from Any CMS Workspace (Beta)
Upgrade your Commerce site to an Enhanced LWR Site and take advantage of enhanced CMS workspaces. During the upgrade, all
your non-enhanced CMS workspaces are added to a new public channel and associated with your store. Use the new channel to
access product media from all your workspaces.

Bundle Products to Increase Average Order Value

Group items together to simplify purchasing and create cross-selling and up-selling opportunities. Bundle complementary items together
to entice customers with a single product offering at a lower price. Or, group slow-selling items with more popular items to help manage
inventory. You can’t bundle subscriptions or use them with order servicing and fulfillment.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From the Products Workspace (1), select New Bundle or Set from the workspace dropdown menu (2). For Product Type, select
Bundle (3). Then add the products to include.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create and Configure a Product Bundle for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Set Targets to Track the Progress of Your Goals

Track the progress of your goals over time, and see how completing recommended actions impacts your progress. Set your targets in
the Goals and Recommendations Workspace.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

187
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce B2B and D2C Commerce

How: In a goal tile, click the dropdown and select Edit Target. Select Specific Target, and enter the target value and end date.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Goals and Recommendations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Salesforce Tax to Automate Tax Processes for Custom Checkout

Say goodbye to manual tax calculations and let third-party tax providers handle the heavy lifting. Streamline tax processes by calculating,
collecting, and reporting tax on global payments for custom checkout by connecting a third-party tax provider to your store. Previously,
automatic tax calculations were available only for managed checkout.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From your store, select Checkout. On the Tax tab, select a merchant account, and configure tax registrations with the third-party
tax provider.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Tax Calculation Service for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Simplify Tax Transactions with Flows

Promptly and accurately process tax additions and refunds using the new tax flows. The Create Tax Transaction flow records a tax
transaction after an order summary is created. When an item is returned or canceled, the Record Tax Reversals flow refunds the tax
amount in the external system, such as Stripe. You can also customize the flows to meet your business needs.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: To use the Record Tax Reversals flow, select Enable Order Events on the Order Settings page.
How: In Setup, find and select Flows. From the All Flows list, select the Create Tax Transaction and Record Tax Reversals flows, and then
clone and activate the flows.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Tax Calculation Service for a Commerce Store (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

188
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Omnichannel Inventory

Use Enhanced Domains to Serve Your Salesforce CDN for LWR Commerce Stores
Enable the Salesforce Content Delivery Network (CDN) for your LWR Commerce stores without first creating a custom domain. Now you
can use the system-managed *.my.site.com Experience Cloud URL, which uses the CDN partner Cloudflare, to serve your content
with the Salesforce CDN.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce sites in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Content Delivery Networks (CDNs) and Salesforce Sites(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Performance and Security of the Content Delivery Network (CDN) for LWR Commerce Stores
You can improve the load times, performance, and security of the Salesforce CDN associated with your Commerce LWR stores. Edit CDN
Settings now include the option to compress content and web resources for faster page load times. You also have the option to accelerate
and secure your HTTP traffic, which improves the performance, security, and reliability of your store.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce stores in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Edit Settings for the Salesforce CDN (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access Product Media from Any CMS Workspace (Beta)

Upgrade your Commerce site to an Enhanced LWR Site and take advantage of enhanced CMS workspaces. During the upgrade, all your
non-enhanced CMS workspaces are added to a new public channel and associated with your store. Use the new channel to access
product media from all your workspaces.
Where: This change applies to B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: Enhanced LWR Sites is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or
a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

SEE ALSO:
Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites to Access the Latest Features (Beta)
Salesforce Help: What is the Enhanced Sites and Content Platform (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Omnichannel Inventory
Easily add new inventory SKUs or edit existing inventory information using the Omnichannel Inventory console.

Add and Edit Inventory SKUs

You can now add inventory SKUs or edit existing inventory information using the Omnichannel Inventory console. You can add up
to 20 SKUs and edit up to 100 SKUs at a time.

189
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Order Management

Add and Edit Inventory SKUs

You can now add inventory SKUs or edit existing inventory information using the Omnichannel Inventory console. You can add up to
20 SKUs and edit up to 100 SKUs at a time.
Where: This change applies to Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Search for a SKU in a location, and add or edit the inventory information.

SEE ALSO:
Omnichannel Inventory App

Salesforce Order Management

Keep customers informed by displaying the estimated delivery date on the product detail page and checkout page. Improve the service
flow process by customizing bulk actions.

Provide Customers Estimated Delivery Dates

Keep customers informed by displaying the estimated delivery date on the product detail page and checkout page. To determine
the estimated delivery date, calculate the time it takes to fulfill an item using carrier cutoff times, eligible shipping days, and transit
time duration. Connect the new Delivery Estimation Service to B2C Commerce, and configure your store to use delivery estimation
at checkout.
Tailor Service Flow Bulk Actions to Your Store’s Needs
Optimize your order service flows by controlling the threshold at which bulk actions become available. The threshold controls how
many products must be in an order before a customer service representative can use bulk actions. Bulk actions are enabled by default
with a value of two products.

Provide Customers Estimated Delivery Dates

Keep customers informed by displaying the estimated delivery date on the product detail page and checkout page. To determine the
estimated delivery date, calculate the time it takes to fulfill an item using carrier cutoff times, eligible shipping days, and transit time
duration. Connect the new Delivery Estimation Service to B2C Commerce, and configure your store to use delivery estimation at checkout.
Where: This change applies to Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Configure objects using the Order Management app. Then configure your store to use delivery estimation at checkout.

190
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Delivery Estimations for Order Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Tailor Service Flow Bulk Actions to Your Store’s Needs

Optimize your order service flows by controlling the threshold at which bulk actions become available. The threshold controls how many
products must be in an order before a customer service representative can use bulk actions. Bulk actions are enabled by default with a
value of two products.
Where: This change applies to Order Management in Unlimited, Developer, and Enterprise editions.
How: In your order service flow, set setBulkActionDisplay to the number of products that must be in an order for bulk actions
to be available.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set a Threshold for Bulk Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Payments
Easily switch between managed and custom checkout for your Commerce store. Get Pay Now up and running quickly using an automated
guided setup, and offer customers Pay Now payment pages that are easier to use. Allow registered customers to receive one-time
passcodes in an email rather than on their phone. Monitor the stages of a payment transaction from a payment record's timeline.

Set Up Your Pay Now Store Quickly and Easily

Use the simplified automated setup to get your Pay Now store up and running in no time. The guided setup takes you through all
the steps necessary for store configuration.
Deliver an Improved Pay Now Experience to Your Customers
Pay Now looks and operates better than before. Your payment links send your customers to a newly designed payment page to
review their purchases and submit their payment information. Payment links that list products direct customers to a more robust
checkout page.
Create Pay Now Links with an Improved Flow
It’s easier to create payment links with the updated Generate Payment Link flow. For a link that includes products, the product
selector shows you only the active products from the store's available price books. The filtered product list makes link creation more
accurate and efficient. The designated default payment method set is preselected for new Pay Now stores. You can now use HTML
in the link’s Description field to format the text that a customer sees on the payment page.

191
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

Gain More Control of Payment Processing Using Manual Capture

When you configure a set of payment methods or generate a Pay Now payment link, you can enable manual capture. Manual capture
lets you authorize a payment but capture that payment at a later time. Manual capture gives you more control over payment
processing to check inventory, complete order fulfillment, and reduce chargebacks related to canceled or refunded orders. Manual
capture also lets you carefully review and verify each transaction.
Salesforce Payments Is Now Available in Developer Edition
Salesforce Payments is now available with Developer Edition with access to the Lightning Platform and APIs, which extend Payments
and integrates it with other applications. Developer Edition also provides access to many of the features available in Enterprise
Edition.
Use Adyen as a Payment Gateway for Salesforce Payments
You can now link your existing Adyen merchant accounts to Salesforce Payments. Manage all your accounts in one Salesforce org,
enabling a unified payment view across all your Commerce stores.
Expand Customer Payment Options with Merchant-Initiated Payments
Offer your customers alternative ways to pay when they can't submit their payment information directly. Add the Merchant-Submitted
Payment component to any record page to securely process payments on a customer’s behalf. Add the Saved Payment Methods
component to store customer payment information for future transactions. Customize the components’ fields to meet your business
needs.
Monitor Payment Processing to Track Your Business’s Financial Health
View key events during a transaction from the Payments timeline, which is available for every payment intent record. Payment events
are in chronological order, with the newest event listed first. Identify disputed and fraudulent transactions, delays in the payment
process, and updates regarding customer payments.
Boost Sales by Offering More Payment Options
Offer more payment methods to customers at checkout. You can now add Amazon Pay, Link, and Affirm payment methods to your
payment method set.
Let Shoppers Receive Their One-Time Passcode via Email
Give customers alternate ways to receive a passcode. Returning customers with accounts at a Commerce or Pay Now store can have
a one-time passcode sent to their email to complete the login process. They don't have to receive a code on their mobile phone.
View Payment Shipping and Billing Information to Improve Operations
When you create a payment link, shipping and billing information is included in a payment intent record. You can use this information
for order fulfillment, to audit sales, and help support agents solve customer issues.

Set Up Your Pay Now Store Quickly and Easily

Use the simplified automated setup to get your Pay Now store up and running in no time. The guided setup takes you through all the
steps necessary for store configuration.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From the Store page or the Commerce Setup Assistant, select the Pay Now tile.

192
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Pay Now Using the Setup Assistant(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Deliver an Improved Pay Now Experience to Your Customers

Pay Now looks and operates better than before. Your payment links send your customers to a newly designed payment page to review
their purchases and submit their payment information. Payment links that list products direct customers to a more robust checkout
page.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Follow the guided setup accessed from the Commerce Setup Assistant, and use the Generate Payment Link flow to create payment
links to the updated payment pages.

193
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Payment Link to a Salesforce Record (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create Pay Now Links with an Improved Flow

It’s easier to create payment links with the updated Generate Payment Link flow. For a link that includes products, the product selector
shows you only the active products from the store's available price books. The filtered product list makes link creation more accurate
and efficient. The designated default payment method set is preselected for new Pay Now stores. You can now use HTML in the link’s
Description field to format the text that a customer sees on the payment page.
Where: Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Run the Generate Payment Link flow, and select the payment link type that you want to create. For example, this page generates
a link with products.

194
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Payment Link to a Salesforce Record (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Gain More Control of Payment Processing Using Manual Capture

When you configure a set of payment methods or generate a Pay Now payment link, you can enable manual capture. Manual capture
lets you authorize a payment but capture that payment at a later time. Manual capture gives you more control over payment processing
to check inventory, complete order fulfillment, and reduce chargebacks related to canceled or refunded orders. Manual capture also lets
you carefully review and verify each transaction.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: For a new Pay Now store or a Commerce store using managed checkout, enable manual capture in the Payments section of your
store's checkout configuration, as shown in this example graphic.

195
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

For a Commerce store using custom checkout, go to Experience Builder and select the manual capture checkbox in the Salesforce
Payments or Express Checkout component on the Checkout or Pay page.

196
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Payment Method Set to a Store Checkout Page (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Payments Is Now Available in Developer Edition

Salesforce Payments is now available with Developer Edition with access to the Lightning Platform and APIs, which extend Payments
and integrates it with other applications. Developer Edition also provides access to many of the features available in Enterprise Edition.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Developer Edition.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Payments

Use Adyen as a Payment Gateway for Salesforce Payments

You can now link your existing Adyen merchant accounts to Salesforce Payments. Manage all your accounts in one Salesforce org,
enabling a unified payment view across all your Commerce stores.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise and Unlimited editions.
How: Follow the guided setup to add a merchant account, and select Adyen as the payment gateway.

197
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up a Merchant Account for Custom Checkout(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Expand Customer Payment Options with Merchant-Initiated Payments

Offer your customers alternative ways to pay when they can't submit their payment information directly. Add the Merchant-Submitted
Payment component to any record page to securely process payments on a customer’s behalf. Add the Saved Payment Methods
component to store customer payment information for future transactions. Customize the components’ fields to meet your business
needs.
Where: This change applies to any record page on the Salesforce Lightning Platform.
How: Set up Payments administrator profiles and permissions for merchants. Then, in the Lightning App Builder, add the
Merchant-Submitted Payment and Saved Payment Methods components to any record page.

198
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create and Configure Lightning Experience Record Pages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Lightning App Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Monitor Payment Processing to Track Your Business’s Financial Health

View key events during a transaction from the Payments timeline, which is available for every payment intent record. Payment events
are in chronological order, with the newest event listed first. Identify disputed and fraudulent transactions, delays in the payment process,
and updates regarding customer payments.

199
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From the Payments app, go to the Payments Workspace and select a payment intent record. The timeline is on the record page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View Payment Processing from the Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Boost Sales by Offering More Payment Options

Offer more payment methods to customers at checkout. You can now add Amazon Pay, Link, and Affirm payment methods to your
payment method set.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Create a payment method set and include any of the non-express payment methods. To use Amazon Pay and Link for express
checkout, enable express checkout from the Checkout page in Experience Builder.

200
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Payment Method Set to a Store Checkout Page (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Let Shoppers Receive Their One-Time Passcode via Email

Give customers alternate ways to receive a passcode. Returning customers with accounts at a Commerce or Pay Now store can have a
one-time passcode sent to their email to complete the login process. They don't have to receive a code on their mobile phone.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: A registered customer enters an email address during Pay Now or Commerce store checkout. When the confirmation prompt
displays, the customer can select the email link to receive a new code to complete the login process.

201
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Payments

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Reduce Checkout Time with One-Click Checkout (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: One-Click Checkout with Pay Now (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

View Payment Shipping and Billing Information to Improve Operations

When you create a payment link, shipping and billing information is included in a payment intent record. You can use this information
for order fulfillment, to audit sales, and help support agents solve customer issues.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Payments in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From the Payments Workspace, open a payment intent record. View the shipping and billing information on the Details page.

202
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Customization

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View Payment Processing from the Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Customization
New and improved access summary views make managing permissions simpler. Manage list view items more easily with improved
performance, usability, and other enhancements. Add impact to your Lightning records by augmenting your fields with conditional
formatting.

Permissions
Enhancements to the User Access Summary and a new Object Access Summary make managing permissions easier. You can also
track permission changes using Event Monitoring.
List Views
List views for custom and standard objects now render faster with Lightning Web Components (LWC), and you can sort list views
by multiple columns. To programmatically create, update, and delete list views rendered with LWC, use the lightning/uiListsApi
module’s new wire adapters. View, sort, and filter user records in a list format and directly modify new entries inline with the enhanced
user list view. Block users with only the Manage Public List Views permission from seeing roles and role hierarchies when they edit
public list views.
Lightning App Builder
Configure key record fields in a single responsive view with the Dynamic Highlights Panel. Customize the appearance of fields on
Dynamic Forms-enabled record pages to draw attention to important information.

203
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Permissions

Use Agentforce Sales Coach to Give Users a Personal Coach

Use the new Agentforce Sales Coach standard Lightning page component to add Sales Coach agent to an Opportunity page,
providing sales reps with a dedicated sales coach.
Sharing
Manage public group members with a faster, enhanced interface, and add descriptions for your public groups. Specify multiple
picklist values in the record criteria of restriction rules and scoping rules.
Globalization
Deliver a more tailored global experience with expanded English language choices, simplified address formatting, and improved
translation accuracy. Enable ICU locale formats to keep your data consistent across regions.
Salesforce Connect
Improve the security of your Snowflake integrations by using Private Connect with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake.
Enhancements to the Apex Connector Framework help you access more external data types with a custom adapter for Salesforce
Connect. The OData 2.0 adapter is updated to use the Apache Olingo HTTP library.
AppExchange
Start a test drive, Trialforce trial, and sandbox installation easily with the more streamlined AppExchange trial experience.
General Setup
View and edit user information more easily with enhancements to the User Access Summary page. Give your mobile users Dynamic
Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms at the same time with an updated option in Setup.

Permissions
Enhancements to the User Access Summary and a new Object Access Summary make managing permissions easier. You can also track
permission changes using Event Monitoring.

Delivered Idea: Get Insight into How a User’s Permissions Are Granted
To simplify user management, you now have visibility into the profile, permission sets, and permission set groups that grant permissions
to a specific user. This information about a user’s assigned object, field, user, and custom permissions is available in the User Access
Summary. Previously, troubleshooting where a user’s permissions came from required multiple queries or steps. Now you can get
this information with a few clicks. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Delivered Idea: See How Object Access Is Granted in Object Manager
Get a comprehensive view of the permission sets, permission set groups, and profiles that grant access to an object, and the level
of access granted. Use the read-only Object Access Summary in Object Manager to quickly check object permissions when
troubleshooting, completing reviews, or determining how to grant user access. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on
IdeaExchange.
Track Permission Changes with Event Monitoring
Monitor when permissions and other access settings are updated in profiles and permission sets, as well as other related changes.
Use the new Permission Update event type in the EventLogFile object.

Get Insight into How a User’s Permissions Are Granted

To simplify user management, you now have visibility into the profile, permission sets, and permission set groups that grant permissions
to a specific user. This information about a user’s assigned object, field, user, and custom permissions is available in the User Access
Summary. Previously, troubleshooting where a user’s permissions came from required multiple queries or steps. Now you can get this
information with a few clicks. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.

204
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Permissions

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.

How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select Users. Select a user, and then click View Summary. To see
how an individual permission was granted, click the row-level action, and then click Access Granted By.

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: Access Summary on User
Salesforce Help: View a User’s Access Summary (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

See How Object Access Is Granted in Object Manager

Get a comprehensive view of the permission sets, permission set groups, and profiles that grant access to an object, and the level of
access granted. Use the read-only Object Access Summary in Object Manager to quickly check object permissions when troubleshooting,
completing reviews, or determining how to grant user access. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: In Setup, go to Object Manager, and then select an object. In the sidebar, click Object Access.

205
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: View & Manage Object CRUD Access in Object Manager
Salesforce Help: View Object Access in Object Manager (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Track Permission Changes with Event Monitoring

Monitor when permissions and other access settings are updated in profiles and permission sets, as well as other related changes. Use
the new Permission Update event type in the EventLogFile object.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions. This event is available in the API but not in the Event Monitoring Analytics app.

SEE ALSO:
Get Information About Permission Changes

List Views
List views for custom and standard objects now render faster with Lightning Web Components (LWC), and you can sort list views by
multiple columns. To programmatically create, update, and delete list views rendered with LWC, use the lightning/uiListsApi module’s
new wire adapters. View, sort, and filter user records in a list format and directly modify new entries inline with the enhanced user list
view. Block users with only the Manage Public List Views permission from seeing roles and role hierarchies when they edit public list
views.

Delivered Idea: Make Inline Edits with the Enhanced User List View
You can now view, sort, and filter user records in a list format and directly modify new entries inline. Quickly update and modify
records and simplify this experience without navigating away from the list view. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on
IdeaExchange.

206
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

Get Better Performance for List Views on Custom and Standard Objects
To improve performance and meet the latest accessibility standards, list views for custom and standard objects now render with
Lightning Web Components (LWC) instead of Aura. LWC, Salesforce’s newest framework, delivers your data faster and makes the
latest features available for your list views. Previously, only custom object list views rendered with LWC, and only in sandboxes.
Sort List Views by Multiple Columns (Beta)
To see your data in a more intuitive way and to make your list views more actionable, you can now sort list views by up to 5 columns.
Select the columns to sort by and whether to sort each column in ascending or descending order. To return to sorting by a single
column, click a column header that isn’t included in your multiple column sort. Previously, you could sort a list view by a single
column only.
Manage List Views with New Lightning Web Component (LWC) Wire Adapters
To programmatically create, update, and delete list views rendered with LWC, use the lightning/uiListsApi module’s new wire
adapters. You can get a list view’s record data, and get and update a list view’s preferences. You can also get the list views associated
with an object or the metadata for a list view object. Previously, only the getListInfoByName and getListInfosByName wire adapters
were available.
Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy Permission When Editing Public List View Visibility (Release Update)
With this update, only users with the View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission can see or select from your org’s list of roles when
they edit public list view visibility. This update was first available in Spring ’24. If you don’t use roles, this update has no impact.

Make Inline Edits with the Enhanced User List View

You can now view, sort, and filter user records in a list format and directly modify new entries inline. Quickly update and modify records
and simplify this experience without navigating away from the list view. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select User Management Settings. Enable Enhanced User List
View. Select Users to view the enhanced page.

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: Inline Editing for User List Views

207
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

Get Better Performance for List Views on Custom and Standard Objects
To improve performance and meet the latest accessibility standards, list views for custom and standard objects now render with Lightning
Web Components (LWC) instead of Aura. LWC, Salesforce’s newest framework, delivers your data faster and makes the latest features
available for your list views. Previously, only custom object list views rendered with LWC, and only in sandboxes.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
When: This update is available on a rolling basis starting in Winter ’25.
How: List view pages for standard objects include these changes, but overall, how your users work in list views hasn’t changed.
• The List Views dropdown menu displays up to 100 lists and shows Recent List Views and the option to search your lists at the top
of the dropdown. If you have more than 100 list views, use search terms to find a specific list.
• Keyboard navigation for the List Views dropdown menu starts with the focus at the top of the list rather than on the currently pinned
list.
• Some icons and highlights have updated colors, such as the check mark next to a selected list in the List Views dropdown menu
and . Additionally, the color, size, alignment, and capitalization of some windows, buttons, and dropdown menus changed.
• To add, edit, or remove filters, click .
• The Filters panel has new button options in the add or edit filters work flows: Cancel to exit the add or edit filter flow, and Save to
apply your changes. When you add or edit a filter, the Value menu closes each time that you select an option from it. Options appear
below the Value menu as you select them.
• When you edit filter logic, the Cancel and Save buttons don’t appear in the Filters panel until you click outside of the Filter Logic text
field. Your filter logic is checked for errors when you save your changes.
• When you create a filter that uses a location-based field, the values that you select initially show as the full location name in the
Filters panel. After you save your changes, the values convert to an abbreviated form, such as CA for California or NV for
Nevada.
• After you add a filter, keyboard focus returns to the Add Filter button. After you edit a filter, keyboard focus returns to the edited
filter.
• Header icons in columns and fields don’t render.
• Some errors and in-app messages appear in updated locations or formats and with new wording.
For example, after a save, a field-level error previously appeared directly below the affected input field. Now, a field-level error appears
to the left of the row and includes the affected field’s name.
Some errors occur before you save. With this type of error, the error message appears below the input field in the edit panel, and
the field reverts to its original value if you close the panel before you fix the issue.

• If a lead record owner inline edits the record from a list view rendered with LWC, the record is considered read. The record’s Unread
By Owner checkbox is unchecked. Previously, the Unread By Owner checkbox was unchecked only after the record owner viewed
the full record.
• You can inline edit encrypted text fields on an object.
• Lookup fields render as hyperlinks.
• When you edit a record from on a list view, the list view’s sorting doesn’t automatically refresh. To include your changes in the
list view’s sorting, click .
• When there are no records in the list, the column headers don’t appear on the View All page. Instead, on the empty list, users see
an illustration and a new message of “Nothing to see here.”
• When you select Wrap text or Clip text for a column, your selection applies to all fields in the column, including the header. As a
result, the column width sometimes adjusts automatically. Previously, the wrap and clip text functions didn’t affect the header.

208
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

Sort List Views by Multiple Columns (Beta)

To see your data in a more intuitive way and to make your list views more actionable, you can now sort list views by up to 5 columns.
Select the columns to sort by and whether to sort each column in ascending or descending order. To return to sorting by a single column,
click a column header that isn’t included in your multiple column sort. Previously, you could sort a list view by a single column only.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions except Starter.

Note: Lightning Web Runtime (LWC) sort by multiple columns is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms
at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product
Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: To join the beta, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface and select it. Then select Enable sort by multiple
columns (Beta). After you opt in to use this beta feature, list views for all supported custom and standard objects are rendered with
Lightning Web Components (LWC) instead of with Aura.
To opt out of the beta, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface and select it. Then deselect Enable sort by
multiple columns (Beta). If the list views on LWC feature hasn’t been rolled out to your org yet, some or all of your list views return to
rendering with Aura.
To sort a list view by multiple columns, from a list view, click , and then select the columns to include in the sort.

For example, create a Cases list view that’s sorted by Contact Name, then by Priority, and then by Date/Time Opened. Or you can create
an Opportunities list view sorted by Close Date and then by Amount.

Your list sort configuration is saved until you modify or clear it. To return to the default sort order, click and then select Reset Column
Sorting.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sort List Views (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

209
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes List Views

Manage List Views with New Lightning Web Component (LWC) Wire Adapters
To programmatically create, update, and delete list views rendered with LWC, use the lightning/uiListsApi module’s new wire adapters.
You can get a list view’s record data, and get and update a list view’s preferences. You can also get the list views associated with an
object or the metadata for a list view object. Previously, only the getListInfoByName and getListInfosByName wire adapters were available.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: The lightning/uiListsApi module includes these new wire adapters.
• createListInfo
• deleteListInfo
• getListInfosByObjectName
• getListObjectInfo
• getListPreferences
• getListRecordsByName
• updateListInfoByName
• updateListPreferences

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: lightning/uiListsApi (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enforce View Roles and Role Hierarchy Permission When Editing Public List View
Visibility (Release Update)
With this update, only users with the View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission can see or select from your org’s list of roles when they
edit public list view visibility. This update was first available in Spring ’24. If you don’t use roles, this update has no impact.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: This security update blocks users with only the Manage Public List Views permission from seeing roles and role hierarchies when
they edit public list views.
How: To edit public list views, a user needs the Manage Public List Views permission. After you enable this update, to let users make list
views visible to roles, also grant them the View Roles and Role Hierarchy permission. Alternatively, have a user who already has the View
Roles and Role Hierarchy permission grant access to list views. A user with only the Manage Public List Views permission can still make
a list view visible to Public Groups or set a list view to fully public or private.
To view this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Enforce
View Roles and Role Hierarchy Permission When Editing Public List View Visibility, follow the testing and activation steps.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Custom List View in Salesforce Classic (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create or Clone a List View in Lightning Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Release Updates

210
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning App Builder

Lightning App Builder

Configure key record fields in a single responsive view with the Dynamic Highlights Panel. Customize the appearance of fields on Dynamic
Forms-enabled record pages to draw attention to important information.

Delivered Idea: Configure Record Highlights in Lightning App Builder

Use the new Dynamic Highlights Panel to configure your most important fields right in the Lightning App Builder. Previously, you
could only configure fields in the Highlights Panel by using compact layouts in Setup. The Dynamic Highlights Panel can contain
up to 12 fields. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Delivered Idea: Make Record Fields Stand Out with Conditional Formatting
Apply formatting to fields to help users can quickly identify the most relevant information on a record page. In Lightning App Builder,
give fields on Dynamic Forms-enabled pages custom icons and colors that can appear, disappear, and change color based on the
criteria and rules that you define. The conditions can be based on the field's value or on the values of other fields on the page. You
can view, edit, and delete rulesets for an object with the new Conditional Field Formatting node in Object Manager. We delivered
this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.

Configure Record Highlights in Lightning App Builder

Use the new Dynamic Highlights Panel to configure your most important fields right in the Lightning App Builder. Previously, you could
only configure fields in the Highlights Panel by using compact layouts in Setup. The Dynamic Highlights Panel can contain up to 12
fields. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Drag the Dynamic Highlights Panel component onto the Lightning App Builder canvas, and then add fields to it. The Primary Field
value is preselected for you, but you can change it.
The Dynamic Highlights Panel is responsive. When you change the size of your browser window, your information stays visible and
wraps instead of being truncated. You can also use visibility rules to show and hide fields in the panel.
The Dynamic Highlights Panel is a container for fields just like a Field Section. You can find it on the Fields tab in the Lightning App
Builder.

You can also customize the actions that appear in the panel. The Dynamic Highlights Panel uses dynamic actions by default and is
supported for all LWC-enabled objects. For a list of LWC-enabled objects, see LWC Migration for Record Home Pages.

211
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning App Builder

Your users can see the Dynamic Highlights Panel immediately on desktop, but for it to appear on mobile record pages, you must enable
it from Setup > Salesforce Mobile App > Dynamic Forms and Dynamic Highlights Panel on Mobile.

SEE ALSO:
Enable Dynamic Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms on Mobile with One Click
Salesforce Help: Dynamic Highlights Panel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Make Record Fields Stand Out with Conditional Formatting

Apply formatting to fields to help users can quickly identify the most relevant information on a record page. In Lightning App Builder,
give fields on Dynamic Forms-enabled pages custom icons and colors that can appear, disappear, and change color based on the criteria
and rules that you define. The conditions can be based on the field's value or on the values of other fields on the page. You can view,
edit, and delete rulesets for an object with the new Conditional Field Formatting node in Object Manager. We delivered this feature
thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: This functionality is available on a rolling basis starting with pre-release and sandbox orgs in October 2024.
How: Conditional formatting uses rulesets, which are collections of rules. Each rule is made up of conditions that determine how and
when formatting appears on a field. To apply conditional formatting to a field, open a Dynamic Forms-enabled record page in the
Lightning App Builder and click the field on the canvas. In the field's property panel, use the Conditional Formatting property to assign
an existing ruleset or to create one.

Example: For example, you have a Customer Sentiment field on a page with available values of Positive, Neutral, and Negative.
You can add conditional formatting to the field with rules configured to show a green happy-face icon when the field value is
Positive, a grey neutral face when the value is Neutral, and a red sad-face icon when the value is Negative. That way,
viewers can instantly see the sentiment value based on the style and color of the icon.

212
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Use Agentforce Sales Coach to Give Users a Personal Coach

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Conditional Field Formatting in Lightning App Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Metadata API Developer Guide: UiFormatSpecificationSet
Salesforce Help: Break Up Your Record Details with Dynamic Forms (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Agentforce Sales Coach to Give Users a Personal Coach

Use the new Agentforce Sales Coach standard Lightning page component to add Sales Coach agent to an Opportunity page, providing
sales reps with a dedicated sales coach.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Expereince in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Sales Coach
add-on.

SEE ALSO:
Coach Sales Reps at Scale with Agentforce Sales Coach

Sharing
Manage public group members with a faster, enhanced interface, and add descriptions for your public groups. Specify multiple picklist
values in the record criteria of restriction rules and scoping rules.

213
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sharing

Manage Public Group Membership More Easily

You can now use the public group’s summary page to manage public group members. The updated public group member selection
experience has better performance and simplifies managing the included users, roles, and nested public groups. You can search
across all current or available members, add or remove up to 100 members at a time. Additionally, you can edit and delete the
selected public group on its summary page.
Delivered Idea: Add a Description for Public Groups
When you create or edit a public group, you can now include a brief description of its purpose or function. We delivered this feature
thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Reference Multiple Picklist Values in Restriction and Scoping Rules
You can now reference multiple picklist values in the record criteria of your restriction and scoping rules. This change makes it easier
to configure which records and fields your users see when these rules are applied.
Update Apex Code and Sharing Rules in Metadata Deployments that Target Roles and Subordinates in Preview Sandboxes
In preview sandboxes, Salesforce changed the default behavior for sharing records with roles and subordinates to be more secure.
As a result, the default sharing group available for roles and subordinates is now displayed as Roles and Internal Subordinates instead
of Roles and Subordinates in preview sandbioxes that don't have digital experiences enabled. To reference this group in Apex code,
use the roleAndSubordinatesInternal field instead of roleAndSubordinates. You must also update any sharing
rules in metadata deployments between preview sandboxes and production orgs or non-preview sandboxes that don't have the
updated behavior.

Manage Public Group Membership More Easily

You can now use the public group’s summary page to manage public group members. The updated public group member selection
experience has better performance and simplifies managing the included users, roles, and nested public groups. You can search across
all current or available members, add or remove up to 100 members at a time. Additionally, you can edit and delete the selected public
group on its summary page.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Public Groups, and then select Public Groups. Select a public group, and then
click View Summary. Under All Public Group Members, add or remove members.

Add a Description for Public Groups

When you create or edit a public group, you can now include a brief description of its purpose or function. We delivered this feature
thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.

214
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sharing

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Public Groups, and then select Public Groups. Create a new public group or
choose an existing one. Then edit the Description field.

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: Description Field on Public Groups and Queues

Reference Multiple Picklist Values in Restriction and Scoping Rules

You can now reference multiple picklist values in the record criteria of your restriction and scoping rules. This change makes it easier to
configure which records and fields your users see when these rules are applied.
Where: For restriction rules, this change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
For scoping rules, this change applies to Lightning Experience in Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Object Manager, select a supported object. Click Restriction Rules or Scoping Rules, and then click New Rule. Under Record
Criteria, after you select a picklist field, click Choose values to select multiple values.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Restriction Rules (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Scoping Rules (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

215
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Globalization

Update Apex Code and Sharing Rules in Metadata Deployments that Target Roles
and Subordinates in Preview Sandboxes
In preview sandboxes, Salesforce changed the default behavior for sharing records with roles and subordinates to be more secure. As a
result, the default sharing group available for roles and subordinates is now displayed as Roles and Internal Subordinates instead of Roles
and Subordinates in preview sandbioxes that don't have digital experiences enabled. To reference this group in Apex code, use the
roleAndSubordinatesInternal field instead of roleAndSubordinates. You must also update any sharing rules in
metadata deployments between preview sandboxes and production orgs or non-preview sandboxes that don't have the updated
behavior.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Secure Record Access When Enabling Digital Experiences in Preview Sandboxes
Knowledge Article: Sharing Rule Deployment Failed with the Error "sharedTo not allowed:roleAndSubordinates" or Similar Apex Code
Issues

Globalization
Deliver a more tailored global experience with expanded English language choices, simplified address formatting, and improved
translation accuracy. Enable ICU locale formats to keep your data consistent across regions.

Discover 11 New Regional English Variations

Eleven new English languages on our platform provide a more inclusive and personalized experience for users in different regions.
This change reflects our commitment to diversity and inclusivity for our global community.
Enjoy a Streamlined State and Country Picklist Setup Process
Enhancements to the State and Country Picklist make it easier to set up and improve usability. For example, enabling state and
country picklists for address fields now takes fewer steps, which reduces the number of actions required for enablement. The Enable
Picklists for Address Fields button is visible and grayed out when not active, so it’s easy to check the status. Also, a new feature
automatically maps standard states and countries, which saves you time and minimizes errors.
Review Updated Label Translations
To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for
these languages: Arabic, Bulgarian, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German,
Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European),
Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Spanish (Mexico), Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)
To conduct business wherever you are, adopt the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats. Locales control the
formats for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, and numeric values. ICU sets the international standard for these formats. The
ICU locale formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve integration with ICU-compliant applications
across the globe. When you enable this update, the ICU locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale formats
in Salesforce. This update was first made available in Winter ’20 and will be enforced on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’24.
Some Supported Time Zones No Longer Available
Some time zones are no longer supported on our platform. Cuba Daylight Time (America/Havana), Cuba Standard Time
(America/Havana), and Korean Standard Time (Asia/Pyongyang) are no longer available.

216
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Globalization

Discover 11 New Regional English Variations

Eleven new English languages on our platform provide a more inclusive and personalized experience for users in different regions. This
change reflects our commitment to diversity and inclusivity for our global community.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.
Why:These regional English language variations have been added.
• English (Czechia): en_CZ
• English (Denmark): en_DK
• English (France): en_FR
• English (Hungary): en_HU
• English (Norway): en_NO
• English (Poland): en_PL
• English (Romania): en_RO
• English (Slovakia): en_SK
• English (Spain): en_ES
• English (Sweden): en_SE
• English (Switzerland): en_CH

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Supported Languages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enjoy a Streamlined State and Country Picklist Setup Process

Enhancements to the State and Country Picklist make it easier to set up and improve usability. For example, enabling state and country
picklists for address fields now takes fewer steps, which reduces the number of actions required for enablement. The Enable Picklists for
Address Fields button is visible and grayed out when not active, so it’s easy to check the status. Also, a new feature automatically maps
standard states and countries, which saves you time and minimizes errors.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure State and Country/Territory Picklists (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Standard Countries and Territories for Address Picklists (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Review Updated Label Translations

To improve accuracy and your users’ experience, we updated the translations for some standard object, tab, and field names for these
languages: Arabic, Bulgarian, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Traditional), Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (European), Romanian,
Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Spanish (Mexico), Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

217
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Connect

How: To review the changes, see Review Winter ‘25 Updated Label Translations and download the attached list of changes. If you want
to use a different translation for tab and field labels, you can change the name.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Rename Object, Tab, and Field Labels (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enable ICU Locale Formats (Release Update)

To conduct business wherever you are, adopt the International Components for Unicode (ICU) locale formats. Locales control the formats
for dates, times, currencies, addresses, names, and numeric values. ICU sets the international standard for these formats. The ICU locale
formats provide a consistent experience across the platform and improve integration with ICU-compliant applications across the globe.
When you enable this update, the ICU locale formats replace Oracle’s Java Development Kit (JDK) locale formats in Salesforce. This update
was first made available in Winter ’20 and will be enforced on a rolling basis starting in Spring ’24.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions,
except Database.com.
When: Salesforce is retiring JDK locale formats and enforcing ICU locale formats on a rolling basis starting with the Spring ’24 release.
Salesforce orgs created in Winter ’20 or later have ICU locale formats enabled by default. You can defer the enforcement until Summer
’25 through the UI. Salesforce emails admins 30 to 60 days before the ICU enablement for their orgs. After the ICU locale formats are
enabled, Salesforce also notifies admins of that event.
How: To enable this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. To
Enable ICU Locale Formats, follow the testing and activation steps.
The English (Canada) locale (en_CA) requires separate activation. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface, and
select User Interface. Then select Enable ICU formats for en_CA, and save your changes.
To defer the enforcement of the ICU locale formats until Summer‘25, in Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter User Interface, and
select User Interface. Then deselect Enable ICU locale formats as part of the scheduled rollout and save your changes. This option
is visible only if your org uses the JDK locale formats.

Some Supported Time Zones No Longer Available

Some time zones are no longer supported on our platform. Cuba Daylight Time (America/Havana), Cuba Standard Time (America/Havana),
and Korean Standard Time (Asia/Pyongyang) are no longer available.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Supported Time Zones

Salesforce Connect
Improve the security of your Snowflake integrations by using Private Connect with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake.
Enhancements to the Apex Connector Framework help you access more external data types with a custom adapter for Salesforce Connect.
The OData 2.0 adapter is updated to use the Apache Olingo HTTP library.

218
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Connect

Use a Private Connection with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake
Securely send traffic from your Salesforce org to your AWS Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) when your users access and query Snowflake
data via the Salesforce Connect SQL adapter. When your users work with Snowflake data in Salesforce, callouts to Snowflake are
routed privately through the connection and don’t traverse the public internet.
Enhance Your Custom Adapter for Salesforce Connect with More External Data Types
The custom adapter for Salesforce Connect now supports all external object field types so that your users can get better insights
into your business. With support for additional field types, your users can work with and search across a richer set of external data
directly in Salesforce.
Salesforce Connect OData 2.0 Adapter HTTP Library Is Updated
To provide you with the latest security standards, the OData4J Jersey HTTP library that supports the OData 2.0 adapter for Salesforce
Connect is updated to version 2.4.2 in orgs with existing integrations. Previously, the OData 2.0 adapter used an earlier version of
the OData4J Jersey library for HTTP callouts.

Use a Private Connection with the Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake
Securely send traffic from your Salesforce org to your AWS Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) when your users access and query Snowflake data
via the Salesforce Connect SQL adapter. When your users work with Snowflake data in Salesforce, callouts to Snowflake are routed
privately through the connection and don’t traverse the public internet.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Private, and select Private Connect. Create an outbound connection, and then, on
the Named Credentials page, create an external credential and a named credential. Next, define an external data source of type SQL and
choose Snowflake as the provider. Connect Salesforce to access data stored in Snowflake via the private connection.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Secure Cross-Cloud Integrations with Private Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Define a Named Credential for Salesforce Connect SQL Adapter for Snowflake (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Enhance Your Custom Adapter for Salesforce Connect with More External Data Types
The custom adapter for Salesforce Connect now supports all external object field types so that your users can get better insights into
your business. With support for additional field types, your users can work with and search across a richer set of external data directly in
Salesforce.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: To use the Apex Connector Framework to map external data to Salesforce external objects, create or update a
DataSource.Connection Apex class. The newly supported external object field types include:
• Picklist
• Picklist (Multi-Select)

219
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes AppExchange

• Time

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Access External Data with a Custom Adapter for Salesforce Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Apex Developer Guide: Get Started with the Apex Connector Framework
Apex Reference Guide: DataType Enum

Salesforce Connect OData 2.0 Adapter HTTP Library Is Updated

To provide you with the latest security standards, the OData4J Jersey HTTP library that supports the OData 2.0 adapter for Salesforce
Connect is updated to version 2.4.2 in orgs with existing integrations. Previously, the OData 2.0 adapter used an earlier version of the
OData4J Jersey library for HTTP callouts.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: If you purchased an OData tool from a third-party vendor, ask the vendor about known issues with the Jersey 2.4.2 library. If you
developed your own OData service, review any customizations to HTTP responses.
To make sure that your integrations don’t rely on non-standard, implementation-specific HTTP behaviors, we also recommend retesting
this functionality in your sandbox for the external data source and external objects.
• Validate and Sync
• List views
• Reports
• Customizations built with Apex code or in Flow Builder that interact with external objects from the external data source

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Access External Data with OData Adapters for Salesforce Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

AppExchange
Start a test drive, Trialforce trial, and sandbox installation easily with the more streamlined AppExchange trial experience.

Try AppExchange Solutions with Ease

Try apps and solutions in fewer steps with the streamlined AppExchange trial experience. Launch test drives, Trialforce trials, and
sandbox installations from a single location by using the new Try It Free action. Compare the features and benefits of trial options
more easily in the enhanced user interface.

Try AppExchange Solutions with Ease

Try apps and solutions in fewer steps with the streamlined AppExchange trial experience. Launch test drives, Trialforce trials, and sandbox
installations from a single location by using the new Try It Free action. Compare the features and benefits of trial options more easily in
the enhanced user interface.
Where: This change applies to the AppExchange website.

220
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Setup

How: To explore all the trial options that are available for an app or solution, go to its AppExchange listing and click Try It Free (1).
Previously, you started a test drive from the AppExchange listing page and a Trialforce trial or sandbox installation with the Get It Now
action.

To see if a trial option is a good fit for your use case, review the features and benefits (1).

General Setup
View and edit user information more easily with enhancements to the User Access Summary page. Give your mobile users Dynamic
Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms at the same time with an updated option in Setup.

Manage Details About a User in One Place

User information is now consolidated on the improved User Access Summary page, so it’s easier to view and edit that information.
The standard and custom user fields that appear on the summary page match the User Details section of the user’s assigned user
profile page layout.
Enable Dynamic Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms on Mobile with One Click
The option to enable Dynamic Forms on Mobile has been expanded to include the new Dynamic Highlights Panel on mobile devices.
With one click, give your mobile users access to the same Dynamic Forms fields and Dynamic Highlights Panel that they see on
desktop record pages.
Restore Only the Latest Entity History Records for a Deleted Entity
Restore only the top 20,000 most recent and relevant history records for a deleted entity record by enabling Field History Tracking.
This restoration limit enhances database query latency and overall performance.

221
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Setup

Manage Details About a User in One Place

User information is now consolidated on the improved User Access Summary page, so it’s easier to view and edit that information. The
standard and custom user fields that appear on the summary page match the User Details section of the user’s assigned user profile
page layout.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select Users. Select a user, and then click View Summary.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View a User’s Access Summary (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enable Dynamic Highlights Panel and Dynamic Forms on Mobile with One Click
The option to enable Dynamic Forms on Mobile has been expanded to include the new Dynamic Highlights Panel on mobile devices.
With one click, give your mobile users access to the same Dynamic Forms fields and Dynamic Highlights Panel that they see on desktop
record pages.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: You can find the updated option in Setup. In the Quick Find box, enter Mobile, then select Salesforce Mobile App.

222
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud

SEE ALSO:
Delivered Idea: Configure Record Highlights in Lightning App Builder
Salesforce Help: Dynamic Highlights Panel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Restore Only the Latest Entity History Records for a Deleted Entity
Restore only the top 20,000 most recent and relevant history records for a deleted entity record by enabling Field History Tracking. This
restoration limit enhances database query latency and overall performance.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: This change is available to customers with Field History Tracking enabled on multiple entities.

Data Cloud
Ingest, harmonize, unify, and analyze streaming and batch data with Data Cloud. Then use that data to unlock meaningful and intelligent
experiences across Customer 360 applications and beyond.

Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Data Cloud features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included
in the Winter ’25 release are generally listed under September.
Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally Available)
Hybrid search combines semantically aware vector search with the strength of keyword search to provide users with the most
relevant results. After merging the retrieved information from both searches, hybrid search ranks the results to show the most relevant
information. You can also influence the search results by configuring ranking factors, such as record recency or popularity.
Revolutionize Multi-Org Architecture with Data Cloud One
Power all your Salesforce orgs from a single Data Cloud, extending your customer 360 across your entire organization with just a
few clicks. Data Cloud One enables seamless bidirectional metadata sharing between Data Cloud and its connected orgs. A connected
org can access unified data as if it had a local Data Cloud, and users in the org can access a subset of Data Cloud features in the Data
Cloud One app. You can build reports, dashboards, flows, agents, and ground AI with Data Cloud data, all within the connected
companion org.
Secure and Expand Access to Enriched Related Lists
Use the Data Access Level setting to limit access to Data Cloud data to controlled by parent queries issued through Data Cloud
related list enrichments. When the setting is selected, users can only view Data Cloud data in Data Cloud related lists if they have
permission to access parent objects. This setting also applies to other SOQL queries to Data Cloud data.
Share Data Between Data Cloud and Databricks Using Lakehouse Federation
Securely share Data Cloud data with Databricks by running federated queries using Lakehouse Federation without migrating your
data from Data Cloud to Databricks. You can access your data lake, data model, and calculated insight objects in your workspace
using the Unity Catalog in Databricks.

223
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud

Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata in a Data Kit

Maintain consistency across environments during upgrades by locking your data kit metadata in a managed package. As a package
owner, you can control and protect the data kit components from unauthorized changes. Only you can change or delete the entities.
After your managed packages are installed and deployed, the components are locked. Your end users can add entities, but can’t
modify or delete any deployed mappings or entities.
Create Dedicated Data Cloud Packages
While a managed package can't contain both Data Cloud and other metadata in a single package, you can now create separate
packages with dependencies in your orgs. When creating a managed package with Data Cloud metadata, isolate the Data Cloud
metadata from the other metadata by creating separate packages. You can then create a dependency between the Data Cloud
package and the other packages.
Add Identity Resolution Rulesets to Data Kits
Save effort and speed up implementation of new rulesets by installing them from a data kit. When a ruleset is added to a data kit,
the data lake objects and data model objects required to run the ruleset are also added.
Activate a Data Model Object to an Activation Target
Send any data type to an activation target and have full control over C360 journeys with the Customer Engagement Platforms. Extend
activation beyond marketing and Customer Data Platform (CDP) applications to enhance customer interactions outside the Salesforce
ecosystem. Previously, you could only activate profile-based segments to an activation target.
Fine-Tune Activation Membership Filtering by Adding Related Attributes
Target specific audiences within a business by adding attributes from any related data model object (DMO) to the Activation
Membership filter. Previously, you could add attributes only from the Activation Membership DMO. You can now include filtering
attributes from 1: N, 1:1, and N:1 relationships in other DMOs and create more precise and comprehensive groups for activation.
Segment Schedule Time is Used to Ensure Accurate Filtering
For accurate segment filtering, the segment schedule time is used instead of the runtime. This enhancement applies to segment
filters using the Is Anniversary Of and Is Not Anniversary Of operators on the Date or DateTime columns of
external tables (BYOL).
Share Data in Near Real-Time Between Data Cloud and Amazon Redshift
Securely access Salesforce objects through Amazon Redshift using zero copy data shares. Create a data share and add data lake
objects, data model objects, or calculated insights objects. Set up a connection to your AWS account, and link the data share.
Expand Identity Resolution With Cross-Object Matching
Cross-object matching expands and optimizes your match rules so that identity resolution can identify matching profiles from data
in different objects. Cross-object matching means you can now match leads to accounts based on shared attributes such as company
name. Or, make the most out of your OTT data by matching a WhatsApp username to email addresses or phone numbers stored in
other objects, such as contact records.
Focus on Relevant Attributes When Creating Einstein Segments
Attributes are now grouped into suggested and additional sections so that you can zero in on the attributes that are most relevant
to your description. The suggested attributes appear at the top. The additional attributes listed aren't directly relevant to your
description. You can select attributes from both sections.
Get Optimized Segment Results with Einstein Data Prism
Einstein Data Prism works behind the scenes to enrich the Data Cloud schema with semantic descriptions. Data Prism correlates the
natural language phrases used in segment creation and your Data Cloud data, producing more accurate and relevant results. Einstein
Data Prism is automatically enabled with Einstein Segment Creation.
Get User Agent Data in the Data Cloud Web and Mobile SDK
Elevate your personalization strategies and advertising campaigns across platforms like Meta by accessing user agent data.

224
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud

Include More Attributes in Your Activation to LinkedIn

Increase the likelihood of matching a Data Cloud profile to a LinkedIn user. When creating an activation to LinkedIn, map the new
First Name, Last Name, Country Code, Google Ad ID, Company Title, and Job Title attributes.
Interaction Studio is Renamed Marketing Cloud Personalization
With the transition to Marketing Cloud Personalization, we’re in the process of updating the name in the UI, documentation, and
Trailhead. During the rebranding, the Interaction Studio name still appears in a few places.
Batch Data Transforms Are Updated Incrementally
Get reduced processing time and manage your costs with automatic incremental updates. Batch data transforms that meet specified
criteria now process only the most recent changes to your data instead of repeatedly running on data that’s been already updated.
This feature is built into batch data transforms.
Quickly Ingest Data into Data Cloud with Upload File (Beta)
You can now ingest data from a local CSV file into Data Cloud using Upload File (Beta). After uploading, you can preview the data
before it’s stored in a data lake object.
Data Cloud Includes More Third-Party Connectors (Beta)
Check out the latest batch of connectors to make it easier for you to bring in data from your favorite sources. You can now access
over 100 connectors powered natively by Data Cloud. The connectors added in this release are: Act-On, ADP, Amazon Marketplace,
Apache Cassandra, Apache HBase, Apache Impala, Apache Phoenix, Azure Analysis Services, BigCommerce, CockroachDB, Facebook,
Google Sheets, Instagram, LinkedIn Ads, Microsoft 365 Excel Online, Microsoft Power BI XMLA, Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services,
OData, Paylocity, SAP ASE, SAP IQ, Shopify, Splunk, Square, Stripe, Twilio, Veeva Vault, WordPress, X Ads, YouTube Analytics, and
Zuora.
Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud with ZoomInfo Connector (Generally Available)
Streamline your sales and marketing efforts by easily exporting comprehensive intelligence on companies directly into Salesforce
with ZoomInfo Connector. This integration, now generally available, not only saves you from manual data entry but also significantly
reduces research time, allowing you to focus on selling and marketing more effectively with up-to-date, detailed data from ZoomInfo.
Authenticate the Heroku PostgreSQL Connector Using Mutual Transport Layer Security
Mutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) is an added layer of security that forces both parties to validate communication by exchanging
keys and certificates, making traffic secure and trusted in both directions. You can now select this method of authentication when
connecting with the Heroku PostgreSQL connector.
Data Cloud Setup is Streamlined
We removed the need to assign the Data Cloud Admin permission set prior to accessing Data Cloud Setup, making it easier to get
started. Now any Salesforce user with a system admin profile on an org with a Data Cloud license can access Data Cloud Setup. Then
take advantage of the guided setup that walks you through common setup steps. Data Cloud Setup navigation has also been updated
and reorganized to help you find what you’re looking for.
Filter Records for Copy Field Enrichments
Get the most relevant data and enrich your CRM objects while conserving credits. When you create a copy field enrichment, define
a filter to copy only the records from a source object that match the criteria. For example, copy only the records that have a data
reliability score greater than 10. Previously, all records with a matching fully qualified key or data source ID were copied.
Set a Refresh Frequency for a Data Graph
Refresh an individual standard data graph as needed, from every hour up to once a month. Setting a shorter refresh schedule can
improve data freshness but can also increase usage costs.
Save a Draft of an Unbuilt Data Graph
When you save a draft of an unbuilt data graph, you can add and remove objects and fields while it remains in draft status.

225
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data Graph

When creating or editing a data graph, find data model objects (DMOs) faster using search with type-ahead suggestions showing
all non-cyclic paths to matches. Select the DMO you want from results that order the paths from shortest to longest.
Save the Salesforce CRM Permission Set Without License Restrictions
The Salesforce CRM connector permission set API has a new name. Previously called sfdc_c360a_sfdctrust_permSet, the API is now
called sfdc_a360_sfcrm_data_extract. If you use this API, you must update your code with the new name. The new permission set
now accepts the “View All Data” permissions, which means you’re no longer limited by license-related restrictions when saving the
permission set.
Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud
Our latest round of cross-cloud features for Data Cloud.
Data Cloud Einstein Lookalikes in Segmentation Is Being Retired
As of September 27, 2024, the Einstein Lookalike Segments feature is no longer available. To prevent stale user information and data,
we recommend that you delete lookalike segments created by Einstein.
Users Can View Only DLOs in Data Spaces They Have Access To
To reduce unauthorized access, we removed the View All and Modify All object permissions on data lake objects (DLOs) from the
standard Data Cloud User, Data Cloud Marketing Manager, and Data Cloud Marketing Specialist permission sets. However, Data
Cloud admins continue to have View All and Modify All object permissions.
Connect More Foundation Models for Generative AI Solutions
Einstein Studio allows you to plug into any external foundation model of your choice, provided it adheres to our Open Connector
specification, which is based on standard LLM APIs. In addition to our standard connectors for popular foundation models, you now
have new ways to easily connect LLMs to Salesforce to power your generative AI solutions.
Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally Available)
Simplify search and retrieval of audio from audio and video data by transcribing and indexing content automatically in Data Cloud.
You can then query transcriptions to retrieve relevant information or similar items based on the text. The supported audio formats
are FLAC, MP3, and WAV. The supported video formats are AVI, MOV, and MP4. Transcriptions are generated using the Whisper-Large-V3
model.
Access Management Made Easy With the View All Data Permission
The Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set now includes the View All Data permission enabled by default.
Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct (Beta)
Use the MuleSoft Direct connector to connect unstructured data from Confluence, Google Drive, SharePoint, and Sitemap into Data
Cloud for use in your AI, automation, or analytics workflows. After you set up the MuleSoft Direct connector, create unstructured
data lake objects and search index configurations for your data.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud Release Notes Changes

Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Data Cloud features and changes are released as often as monthly, so check back again soon for the latest solutions. Changes included
in the Winter ’25 release are generally listed under September.

Feature Release Note

October ’24

226
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Features Released by Month

Feature Release Note

Activation Activate a Data Model Object to an Activation Target

Connect Salesforce Orgs Revolutionize Multi-Org Architecture with Data Cloud One

Activation Fine-Tune Activation Membership Filtering by Adding Related Attributes

Connect Data Get User Agent Data in the Data Cloud Web and Mobile SDK

Data Graphs Set a Refresh Frequency for a Data Graph

Data Graphs Save a Draft of an Unbuilt Data Graph

Data Graphs Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data Graph

Data Security Users Can View Only DLOs in Data Spaces They Have Access To

Marketing Cloud Personalization Interaction Studio is Renamed Marketing Cloud Personalization

Ingest Data Authenticate the Heroku PostgreSQL Connector Using Mutual Transport Layer Security
on page 234

Einstein Studio Connect More Foundation Models for Generative AI Solutions on page 237

Hybrid Search Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally Available)

Unstructured Data Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally Available)

Unstructured Data Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct (Beta)

September ’24

Data Security Secure and Expand Access to Enriched Related Lists

Share Data Share Data Between Data Cloud and Databricks Using Lakehouse Federation

Build and Share Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata in a Data Kit

Build and Share Create Dedicated Data Cloud Packages

Build and Share Add Identity Resolution Rulesets to Data Kits

Share Data Share Data in Near Real-Time Between Data Cloud and Amazon Redshift

Unify Profiles Expand Identity Resolution With Cross-Object Matching

Segmentation Focus on Relevant Attributes When Creating Einstein Segments

Segmentation Get Optimized Segment Results with Einstein Data Prism

Segmentation Segment Schedule Time is Used to Ensure Accurate Filtering

Data Transforms Batch Data Transforms Are Updated Incrementally

Ingest Data Data Cloud Includes More Third-Party Connectors (Beta)

Ingest Data Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud with ZoomInfo Connector (Generally Available)

Cross Cloud Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud

August ’24

227
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally
Available)

Feature Release Note

Ingest Data Data Cloud Setup is Streamlined

Activation Include More Attributes in Your Activation to LinkedIn

Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally Available)

Hybrid search combines semantically aware vector search with the strength of keyword search to provide users with the most relevant
results. After merging the retrieved information from both searches, hybrid search ranks the results to show the most relevant information.
You can also influence the search results by configuring ranking factors, such as record recency or popularity.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise,Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting end of October 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Hybrid Search

Revolutionize Multi-Org Architecture with Data Cloud One

Power all your Salesforce orgs from a single Data Cloud, extending your customer 360 across your entire organization with just a few
clicks. Data Cloud One enables seamless bidirectional metadata sharing between Data Cloud and its connected orgs. A connected org
can access unified data as if it had a local Data Cloud, and users in the org can access a subset of Data Cloud features in the Data Cloud
One app. You can build reports, dashboards, flows, agents, and ground AI with Data Cloud data, all within the connected companion
org.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available on October 14, 2024.
How: Connect a Data Cloud One companion org, and select one or more data spaces to share with the connected org. Users in the
companion org can use the shared metadata to power platform features.

228
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Secure and Expand Access to Enriched Related Lists

SEE ALSO:
Video: Data Cloud One
Salesforce Help: Multi-Org Architecture Considerations
Salesforce Help: Connect Salesforce CRM Orgs to Data Cloud

Secure and Expand Access to Enriched Related Lists

Use the Data Access Level setting to limit access to Data Cloud data to controlled by parent queries issued through Data Cloud related
list enrichments. When the setting is selected, users can only view Data Cloud data in Data Cloud related lists if they have permission to
access parent objects. This setting also applies to other SOQL queries to Data Cloud data.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available in September 2024.
How: In Setup, select the permission set and go to the Data Cloud Data Space Management, then select a data space. Update the User
Data Access Level setting.

Share Data Between Data Cloud and Databricks Using Lakehouse

Federation
Securely share Data Cloud data with Databricks by running federated queries using Lakehouse Federation without migrating your data
from Data Cloud to Databricks. You can access your data lake, data model, and calculated insight objects in your workspace using the
Unity Catalog in Databricks.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

229
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata in a Data Kit

When: This functionality is available starting in September 2024.

SEE ALSO:
External Site: Run federated queries on Salesforce Data Cloud

Lock and Protect Your Custom Metadata in a Data Kit

Maintain consistency across environments during upgrades by locking your data kit metadata in a managed package. As a package
owner, you can control and protect the data kit components from unauthorized changes. Only you can change or delete the entities.
After your managed packages are installed and deployed, the components are locked. Your end users can add entities, but can’t modify
or delete any deployed mappings or entities.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.

Create Dedicated Data Cloud Packages

While a managed package can't contain both Data Cloud and other metadata in a single package, you can now create separate packages
with dependencies in your orgs. When creating a managed package with Data Cloud metadata, isolate the Data Cloud metadata from
the other metadata by creating separate packages. You can then create a dependency between the Data Cloud package and the other
packages.
Where: This change applies to first- and second-generation managed packages.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.

Add Identity Resolution Rulesets to Data Kits

Save effort and speed up implementation of new rulesets by installing them from a data kit. When a ruleset is added to a data kit, the
data lake objects and data model objects required to run the ruleset are also added.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available in September 2024.

Activate a Data Model Object to an Activation Target

Send any data type to an activation target and have full control over C360 journeys with the Customer Engagement Platforms. Extend
activation beyond marketing and Customer Data Platform (CDP) applications to enhance customer interactions outside the Salesforce
ecosystem. Previously, you could only activate profile-based segments to an activation target.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in October 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Activation for a Data Model Object

230
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Fine-Tune Activation Membership Filtering by Adding Related
Attributes

Fine-Tune Activation Membership Filtering by Adding Related Attributes

Target specific audiences within a business by adding attributes from any related data model object (DMO) to the Activation Membership
filter. Previously, you could add attributes only from the Activation Membership DMO. You can now include filtering attributes from 1:
N, 1:1, and N:1 relationships in other DMOs and create more precise and comprehensive groups for activation.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in October 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add Filters to the Activation Membership

Segment Schedule Time is Used to Ensure Accurate Filtering

For accurate segment filtering, the segment schedule time is used instead of the runtime. This enhancement applies to segment filters
using the Is Anniversary Of and Is Not Anniversary Of operators on the Date or DateTime columns of external
tables (BYOL).
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.

Share Data in Near Real-Time Between Data Cloud and Amazon Redshift
Securely access Salesforce objects through Amazon Redshift using zero copy data shares. Create a data share and add data lake objects,
data model objects, or calculated insights objects. Set up a connection to your AWS account, and link the data share.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This functionality is available in Winter ’25.

Expand Identity Resolution With Cross-Object Matching

Cross-object matching expands and optimizes your match rules so that identity resolution can identify matching profiles from data in
different objects. Cross-object matching means you can now match leads to accounts based on shared attributes such as company
name. Or, make the most out of your OTT data by matching a WhatsApp username to email addresses or phone numbers stored in other
objects, such as contact records.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available in September 2024.

Focus on Relevant Attributes When Creating Einstein Segments

Attributes are now grouped into suggested and additional sections so that you can zero in on the attributes that are most relevant to
your description. The suggested attributes appear at the top. The additional attributes listed aren't directly relevant to your description.
You can select attributes from both sections.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is
available in Lightning Experience.
When: This functionality begins rolling out in September 2024.

231
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Get Optimized Segment Results with Einstein Data Prism

How: In Data Cloud, create a segment and then select Create with Einstein. In the Einstein panel, enter a description of your segment
using simple text. View all the attributes sorted by relevance in the draft.

Get Optimized Segment Results with Einstein Data Prism

Einstein Data Prism works behind the scenes to enrich the Data Cloud schema with semantic descriptions. Data Prism correlates the
natural language phrases used in segment creation and your Data Cloud data, producing more accurate and relevant results. Einstein
Data Prism is automatically enabled with Einstein Segment Creation.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is
available in Lightning Experience.
When: This functionality begins rolling out in September 2024.

Get User Agent Data in the Data Cloud Web and Mobile SDK
Elevate your personalization strategies and advertising campaigns across platforms like Meta by accessing user agent data.
To support this data, these default data lake object fields have been added: Browser, Browser Name, Browser Vendor, Browser Version
Number, Browser Rendering Engine, Device Manufacturer, Device Model, Device Type, OS Family, OS Vendor, OS Version Number, and
Raw User Agent.
Where: Website and Mobile App in Data Cloud Setup
When: These updates become available in October 2024.

Include More Attributes in Your Activation to LinkedIn

Increase the likelihood of matching a Data Cloud profile to a LinkedIn user. When creating an activation to LinkedIn, map the new First
Name, Last Name, Country Code, Google Ad ID, Company Title, and Job Title attributes.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Available with an Ad Audiences
license.
When: This functionality is available starting in August 2024.

Watch a video

Transcript (PDF)

Interaction Studio is Renamed Marketing Cloud Personalization

With the transition to Marketing Cloud Personalization, we’re in the process of updating the name in the UI, documentation, and Trailhead.
During the rebranding, the Interaction Studio name still appears in a few places.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This rebranding starts in October 2024.

Batch Data Transforms Are Updated Incrementally

Get reduced processing time and manage your costs with automatic incremental updates. Batch data transforms that meet specified
criteria now process only the most recent changes to your data instead of repeatedly running on data that’s been already updated. This
feature is built into batch data transforms.

232
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Quickly Ingest Data into Data Cloud with Upload File (Beta)

Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is available to all customers by the end of September 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Batch Data Transform Run Types

Quickly Ingest Data into Data Cloud with Upload File (Beta)
You can now ingest data from a local CSV file into Data Cloud using Upload File (Beta). After uploading, you can preview the data before
it’s stored in a data lake object.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: File Upload is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified
Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is
at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: This feature is available in November 2024.
How: To upload a CSV file to a data stream, enable Connectors (Beta) in the Data Cloud Setup Feature Manager. In Data Cloud, go to
the Data Streams tab and use Upload File (Beta).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Data Cloud Features

Data Cloud Includes More Third-Party Connectors (Beta)

Check out the latest batch of connectors to make it easier for you to bring in data from your favorite sources. You can now access over
100 connectors powered natively by Data Cloud. The connectors added in this release are: Act-On, ADP, Amazon Marketplace, Apache
Cassandra, Apache HBase, Apache Impala, Apache Phoenix, Azure Analysis Services, BigCommerce, CockroachDB, Facebook, Google
Sheets, Instagram, LinkedIn Ads, Microsoft 365 Excel Online, Microsoft Power BI XMLA, Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services, OData,
Paylocity, SAP ASE, SAP IQ, Shopify, Splunk, Square, Stripe, Twilio, Veeva Vault, WordPress, X Ads, YouTube Analytics, and Zuora.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: This feature is a Beta Service. Customer may opt to try such Beta Service in its sole discretion. Any use of the Beta Service
is subject to the applicable Beta Services Terms provided at Agreements and Terms.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.
How: In Data Cloud Setup, under Other Connectors, create a connection using the available connectors. Then in the Data Streams tab,
select the connection as your source.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Data Cloud Features
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud: Connectors and Integrations

233
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud with ZoomInfo
Connector (Generally Available)

Ingest Company Data into Data Cloud with ZoomInfo Connector (Generally
Available)
Streamline your sales and marketing efforts by easily exporting comprehensive intelligence on companies directly into Salesforce with
ZoomInfo Connector. This integration, now generally available, not only saves you from manual data entry but also significantly reduces
research time, allowing you to focus on selling and marketing more effectively with up-to-date, detailed data from ZoomInfo.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in Winter ’25.
How: In Data Cloud Setup, under Connectors, create a connection using the new ZoomInfo connector. Then in Data Streams, select the
connection as your source.

Authenticate the Heroku PostgreSQL Connector Using Mutual Transport

Layer Security
Mutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) is an added layer of security that forces both parties to validate communication by exchanging
keys and certificates, making traffic secure and trusted in both directions. You can now select this method of authentication when
connecting with the Heroku PostgreSQL connector.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available in October 2024.
How: When you create a Heroku PostgreSQL connector, select mTLS as the authentication method. Add the keys and certificates provided
by the Heroku downloaded bundle.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Heroku PostgreSQL Connector

Data Cloud Setup is Streamlined

We removed the need to assign the Data Cloud Admin permission set prior to accessing Data Cloud Setup, making it easier to get started.
Now any Salesforce user with a system admin profile on an org with a Data Cloud license can access Data Cloud Setup. Then take
advantage of the guided setup that walks you through common setup steps. Data Cloud Setup navigation has also been updated and
reorganized to help you find what you’re looking for.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These changes are available in August 2024.
Why: Access new guidance sets, step through common setup tasks, and track your progress on Data Cloud Setup Home.

234
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Filter Records for Copy Field Enrichments

Filter Records for Copy Field Enrichments

Get the most relevant data and enrich your CRM objects while conserving credits. When you create a copy field enrichment, define a
filter to copy only the records from a source object that match the criteria. For example, copy only the records that have a data reliability
score greater than 10. Previously, all records with a matching fully qualified key or data source ID were copied.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Copy Field, and then select Enrichments. To create a copy field enrichment, click
New and add the filter criteria.

SEE ALSO:
Analyze Your Data Help: Relative Date Filter Reference
Analyze Your Data Help: Add Filter Logic
Analyze Your Data Help: Filter Operators Reference

Set a Refresh Frequency for a Data Graph

Refresh an individual standard data graph as needed, from every hour up to once a month. Setting a shorter refresh schedule can improve
data freshness but can also increase usage costs.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.

Save a Draft of an Unbuilt Data Graph

When you save a draft of an unbuilt data graph, you can add and remove objects and fields while it remains in draft status.

235
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data Graph

Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in September 2024.

Use Search to Add a DMO to a Data Graph

When creating or editing a data graph, find data model objects (DMOs) faster using search with type-ahead suggestions showing all
non-cyclic paths to matches. Select the DMO you want from results that order the paths from shortest to longest.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: These features become available in October 2024.

Save the Salesforce CRM Permission Set Without License Restrictions

The Salesforce CRM connector permission set API has a new name. Previously called sfdc_c360a_sfdctrust_permSet, the API is now
called sfdc_a360_sfcrm_data_extract. If you use this API, you must update your code with the new name. The new permission set now
accepts the “View All Data” permissions, which means you’re no longer limited by license-related restrictions when saving the permission
set.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This change is being rolled out in October 2024.
How: The permission API is internal, but it's displayed on the details page for the Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set. Any
scripts that use the retired sfdc_c360a_sfdctrust_permSet API name will return 0 after you upgrade to Winter '25.

Cross Cloud Updates for Data Cloud

Our latest round of cross-cloud features for Data Cloud.
New and Changed Features
• Data Cloud and Analytics:
– CRM Analytics: Export from Data Cloud-connected CRM Analytics Assets (Beta)
– Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards: Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards

• Data Cloud and Industries

– Data Cloud and Communications Cloud: Data Cloud Features for Communications Cloud
– Data Cloud and Education Cloud: Build Stronger Alumni Relationships with Einstein and Data Cloud for Education: Alumni Metrics
– Data Cloud and Loyalty Management: Find Members' Data Cloud Segments Faster with Data Graphs
– Data Cloud and Referral Marketing: Accelerate Customer Segment Verification for Promotions

• Data Cloud and Marketing Cloud Account Engagement:

– Gain Insights with Form and Landing Page Engagement Data in Data Cloud
– Create More Data Cloud Segments per Business Unit

• Data Cloud and Commerce:

– See Analytics Dashboards and Set Goal Targets in the Insights Workspace
– Set Up Intelligence Analytics with a Few Clicks

• Data Cloud and Salesforce Shield

236
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Data Cloud Einstein Lookalikes in Segmentation Is Being
Retired

– Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud

• Data Cloud and Service Cloud:

– Integrate Knowledge and Unified Knowledge with Data Cloud

Data Cloud Einstein Lookalikes in Segmentation Is Being Retired

As of September 27, 2024, the Einstein Lookalike Segments feature is no longer available. To prevent stale user information and data,
we recommend that you delete lookalike segments created by Einstein.

Users Can View Only DLOs in Data Spaces They Have Access To
To reduce unauthorized access, we removed the View All and Modify All object permissions on data lake objects (DLOs) from the standard
Data Cloud User, Data Cloud Marketing Manager, and Data Cloud Marketing Specialist permission sets. However, Data Cloud admins
continue to have View All and Modify All object permissions.
We also removed these permissions from objects that have a foreign key relationship with the Marketing DLO (MktDataLakeObject).
Users with these standard permission sets can view data streams, but access to components containing DLO metadata is restricted
unless they have the required data space permissions.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available starting in October 2024.
How: To grant users permission to view specific DLOs, assign them to a permission set associated with the data spaces that the DLO
lives in.

Connect More Foundation Models for Generative AI Solutions

Einstein Studio allows you to plug into any external foundation model of your choice, provided it adheres to our Open Connector
specification, which is based on standard LLM APIs. In addition to our standard connectors for popular foundation models, you now
have new ways to easily connect LLMs to Salesforce to power your generative AI solutions.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: Support for open connections to external LLMs is generally available on October 23, 2024.
How: In Einstein Studio, go to the Foundation Models tab and click Add Foundation Model.

237
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally
Available)

Select Connect to Your LLM and enter your model's standard REST API endpoint as well as other details. LLMs must support standard
foundation model capabilities, such as chat completions. After the foundation model is established, you can configure and test the
model in Model Playground and deploy it to production. Or you can use it in Prompt Builder or the Models API.

SEE ALSO:
Use AI Models Help: Add a Foundation Model
Einstein Generative AI Help: LLM Open Connector

Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally Available)

Simplify search and retrieval of audio from audio and video data by transcribing and indexing content automatically in Data Cloud. You
can then query transcriptions to retrieve relevant information or similar items based on the text. The supported audio formats are FLAC,
MP3, and WAV. The supported video formats are AVI, MOV, and MP4. Transcriptions are generated using the Whisper-Large-V3 model.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This functionality is generally available starting in October 2024.
How: In the search index advanced setup, create a search index configuration for a UDMO based on audio and video files. Transcription
processing occurs when you create the search index configuration. Note that in some cases, issues in the third-party transcription model
has led to the generation of non-English text and the repetition of phrases in transcriptions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Search Index Reference

Access Management Made Easy With the View All Data Permission
The Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set now includes the View All Data permission enabled by default.
Where: This change applies to Data Cloud in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
When: This feature is available in November 2024.

238
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct
(Beta)

How: The Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set comes equipped with pre-defined user permissions and object-level
permissions. You can customize the Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set to fit your organization's needs. For existing
permission sets, you can manually apply the View All Data setting or set permissions to individual objects one at a time.

Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct (Beta)
Use the MuleSoft Direct connector to connect unstructured data from Confluence, Google Drive, SharePoint, and Sitemap into Data
Cloud for use in your AI, automation, or analytics workflows. After you set up the MuleSoft Direct connector, create unstructured data
lake objects and search index configurations for your data.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

Note: The MuleSoft Direct Connector is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: This functionality is available starting in October 2024.
How: In Feature Manager, enable the MuleSoft Direct connector. In Salesforce Setup, select Integrations > Integration Solutions >
Mulesoft Direct Setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Connect Unstructured Data Using MuleSoft Direct (Beta)

Development
Whether you’re using Lightning components, Visualforce, Apex, or Salesforce APIs with your favorite programming language, these
enhancements help you develop amazing applications, integrations, and packages for resale to other organizations.

Lightning Components
LWC API version 62.0 provides HTML class binding support, access to the component’s host CSSStyleDeclaration object
using this.style, and access to the parent element using this.hostElement. Debug your components in LWS and
switch certain distortions off and on to observe behavior differences. LWS automatic enablement is postponed indefinitely.
Lightning Design System
The Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) includes the resources to create user interfaces consistent with Salesforce Lightning
principles, design language, and best practices.
Visualforce
Check whether you’re affected when all unmanaged Visualforce pages are served on the force.com domain.
Apex
Access Event Monitoring free tier usage to track unhandled exceptions in Apex code execution. See expanded coverage for exception
data logged in event log files. Review SOQL error and functionality changes and understand their impact on existing code. Experience
more consistent results when iterating over elements in a set.
API
The CORS allowlist you define for APIs exposed on your My Domain URL now also applies to the APIs exposed on the
api.salesforce.com domain. The previously announced retirement of API versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce
Platform API is delayed until Summer ’25.

239
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

DevOps Center
Salesforce DevOps Center provides an improved experience around change and release management that brings DevOps standard
practices to your development team, regardless of where team members fall on the low-code to pro-code spectrum. All developers
and builders can work together to deliver value to customers in a repeatable and scalable way.
Development Environments
Development environments are full-featured Salesforce environments that you use to develop and test existing or new features and
custom applications. They include Developer Edition orgs, sandboxes, and scratch orgs.
Platform Development Tools
Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated
experience for custom app development on Salesforce.
Heroku
Use Heroku to build, deliver, monitor, and scale innovative apps fast. Publish your Heroku apps as External Services and create actions
in Salesforce.
Salesforce Functions
Salesforce Functions is retiring on January 31, 2025. Learn about the retirement plan for Salesforce Functions.
Change Data Capture
Check out the objects that are enabled for change data capture.
Platform Events
Process high volumes of platform events efficiently with parallel subscriptions. Learn about the retirement of standard-volume
platform events.
Event Bus
Use event relays with filtered and enriched channels.
New and Changed Items for Developers
Here is where you can find new and changed objects, calls, classes, components, commands, and more that help you customize
Salesforce features.

Lightning Components
LWC API version 62.0 provides HTML class binding support, access to the component’s host CSSStyleDeclaration object using
this.style, and access to the parent element using this.hostElement. Debug your components in LWS and switch certain
distortions off and on to observe behavior differences. LWS automatic enablement is postponed indefinitely.

Note: Looking for new and changed Lightning web components, Aura components, and Aura component interfaces? See the
lists of new and changed items at the end of the Development section.

LWC API Version 62.0

To receive the latest fixes and enhancements in your component, we recommend that you upgrade your component API version
one version at a time. For example, upgrade from 58.0 to 59.0, fix any errors or warnings you encounter, and then repeat until you
get to the latest API version. Components that use LWC API version 58.0 and earlier continue to work based on LWC framework
behavior in Summer ’23. Update a component’s API version in its .js-meta.xml file. LWC API version 62.0 provides several new
features and bug fixes.
Create Components with Larger JavaScript File Sizes
A Lightning web component JavaScript file now has a maximum file size of 1 MB (1,000,000 bytes). Previously, the file size limit was
128 KB (131,072 bytes).

240
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Improve Accessibility with Base Lightning Components

Use base Lightning components to help meet accessibility requirements to support your users. Over several releases, we’ve updated
components to meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG). The latest components to receive accessibility updates are
lightning-input and lightning-modal.
Lightning Web Security Enablement Rollout Remains Postponed
Starting in Spring ’22, Salesforce began enabling Lightning Web Security (LWS) in some customer orgs. To minimize disruption for
customers with highly customized environments, we’re postponing automatic enablement indefinitely. If Salesforce resumes enabling
LWS in the future, we’ll announce it in the release notes. If LWS isn’t enabled yet in your org, we encourage you to enable it in a
sandbox environment to test your components running in LWS.
Gain Insight into Component Code by Switching LWS Distortions Off and On
Debug your components in LWS and switch certain distortions off and on so that you can observe behavior differences. To temporarily
disable a distortion, open a page with your component running in a browser and then enter commands to set flags in the browser
developer console.
API Distortion Changes in Lightning Web Security
Lightning Web Security includes new security protections with additional distortions for web APIs. ESLint rules matching the distortions
are also available.
Develop Lightning Web Components with TypeScript (Developer Preview)
To improve developer productivity and code quality, you can now author new Lightning web components (LWCs) with TypeScript.
You can also convert existing JavaScript components to TypeScript. Previously, LWC projects only supported JavaScript components.
Develop Lightning Web Components Faster in a Real-Time Preview (Beta)
With Local Dev (beta), you can develop your Lightning web components (LWCs) in a real-time preview of your Lightning app or
Experience Cloud Lightning Web Runtime site. The preview automatically updates in your browser whenever Local Dev detects
source code changes, so you can iterate faster on your LWCs without deploying code or manually refreshing the page. Migrate to
the new Local Dev experience before we eventually deprecate the LWC Local Development Server, which has limited testing and
previewing capabilities.
Be Aware of Base Lightning Component Internal DOM Structure Changes for Future Native Shadow Support
Salesforce is preparing the base Lightning components to adopt native shadow DOM to enhance performance and comply with
Web Components standards. These updates change the internal DOM structure. Ensure that your tests don’t rely on the previous
internal structure of these components.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide
Lightning Aura Components Developer Guide

LWC API Version 62.0

To receive the latest fixes and enhancements in your component, we recommend that you upgrade your component API version one
version at a time. For example, upgrade from 58.0 to 59.0, fix any errors or warnings you encounter, and then repeat until you get to the
latest API version. Components that use LWC API version 58.0 and earlier continue to work based on LWC framework behavior in Summer
’23. Update a component’s API version in its .js-meta.xml file. LWC API version 62.0 provides several new features and bug fixes.

Manage Styles with Class Object Binding

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, you can provide multiple classes on an element with a JavaScript array or object. By using class
object binding, you no longer have to concatenate strings to pass in multiple classes.

241
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Access the Parent Element on a Component

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, access the parent element using this.hostElement in a renderedCallback or in
another callback.
Access the Component’s Style Information
In LWC API version 62.0 and later, access the component’s host CSSStyleDeclaration object using this.style. You
can use this.style to easily change the component’s style at runtime.
Stricter ESLint Rules for Imports and Exports
In LWC API version 62.0 and later, only components with valid imports and exports can be deployed to an org. If you receive an
"invalid import" or "invalid export" error, check your imports and exports before deploying to an org.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: API Versioning (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Manage Styles with Class Object Binding

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, you can provide multiple classes on an element with a JavaScript array or object. By using class object
binding, you no longer have to concatenate strings to pass in multiple classes.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app. This change also applies to Lightning web components in open source.
How: Let’s say you have a button that evaluates an object with multiple properties. Those properties determine which classes are
rendered.
<button onclick={doSomething} class={computedClassNames}>Submit</button>

To work with multiple classes, pass in an array or object to the class attribute. For example:
import { LightningElement } from 'lwc';

export default class extends LightningElement {

variant = null;
position = "left";
fullWidth = true;
disabled = false;

// Class binding with an object

get computedClassNames() {
return [
"button__icon",
this.variant && `button_${this.variant}`,
this.position && `button_${this.position}`,
{
"button_full-width": this.fullWidth,
"button_disabled": this.disabled,
},
];
}
}

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, the element renders like this:
<button class="button__icon button_left button_full-width">Submit</button>

242
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

In LWC API version 61.0 and earlier, the element renders differently:
<button class="button__icon,,button_left,[object Object]">Submit</button>

Consider the impact of these changes for class object binding.

• Booleans, numbers, and functions are removed instead of converted to a string.
• Arrays and objects are no longer converted to a string.
There aren’t any changes if your class attribute renders a string, null, or undefined.
Let’s look at an example.
<template>
<div class={myClass}></div>
</template>

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, if myClass evaluates to false, true, or a number, the template renders like this.
<div class=""></div>

In LWC API version 61.0 and earlier, it converts the values to a string.
<!--LWC API version 61.0 and earlier-->
<div class="false"></div>
<div class="true"></div>
<div class="1"></div>

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, arrays and objects follow class object binding semantics. In previous versions, they were converted to
a string. Let’s say {myClass} evaluates an array ["highlight", "yellow"]. The element renders class="highlight
yellow" instead of class="highlight,yellow".
Similarly, if {myClass} evaluates an object { highlight: true, yellow: false }, the element renders
class="highlight" instead of class="[object Object]".

SEE ALSO:
LWC OSS v7.0.0: Class object binding
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Bind HTML Classes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access the Parent Element on a Component

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, access the parent element using this.hostElement in a renderedCallback or in another
callback.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app. This change also applies to Lightning web components in open source.
How: By using this.hostElement, you can retrieve the properties on the HTMLElement class.
// c-light
import { LightningElement } from "lwc";

export default class extends LightningElement {

static renderMode = "light"; // default is 'shadow'

renderedCallback() {
console.log(this.hostElement); // logs <c-light>

243
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

console.log(this.hostElement.tagName); // logs C-LIGHT

}
}

In light DOM, this.template.host returns undefined. In shadow DOM,this.hostElement is interchangeable with

this.template.host.

Note: If you used this.hostElement and depended on its initial undefined value, upgrading to LWC API version 62.0
requires changes to your code. The this.hostElement property is now no longer undefined and is initially a truthy value.
We recommend that you rename your this.hostElement property, for example, this.myHostElement. Alternatively,
set hostElement to undefined before you assign a value to it.

SEE ALSO:
LWC OSS v7.0.0: New this.hostElement property

Access the Component’s Style Information

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, access the component’s host CSSStyleDeclaration object using this.style. You can
use this.style to easily change the component’s style at runtime.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app. This change also applies to Lightning web components in open source.
How: Access your component’s style information using this.style.
renderedCallback() {
this.style.color = 'red';
}

By using this.style, you can also use the methods on the CSSStyleDeclaration class.
import { LightningElement } from "lwc";

export default class extends LightningElement {

static renderMode = "light"; // default is 'shadow'

setStyle() {
this.style.setProperty('color', 'red');
this.style.setProperty(’border', '1px solid eee');
console.log(this.style.color); // logs "red"
}
}

In LWC API version 61.0 and earlier, this.style returns undefined in light DOM and you can use
this.children[0].parentElement.style as an alternative. In shadow DOM, you can use
this.template.host.style and this.style interchangeably.

Note: If you used this.style and depended on its initial undefined value, upgrading to LWC API version 62.0 requires
changes to your code. The this.style property is now no longer undefined and is initially a truthy value. We recommend

244
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

that you rename your this.style property, for example, this.customStyle. Alternatively, set style to undefined
before you assign a value to it.

SEE ALSO:
LWC OSS v7.0.0: New this.style property

Stricter ESLint Rules for Imports and Exports

In LWC API version 62.0 and later, only components with valid imports and exports can be deployed to an org. If you receive an "invalid
import" or "invalid export" error, check your imports and exports before deploying to an org.
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app.
Why: The stricter rules better match the intention for these ESLint rules, which is to prevent developers from importing internal or private
APIs from the lwc package. Previously, developers were able to depend on the incorrect behavior of these restrictions.
How: In LWC API version 62.0 and later, these import statements are no longer valid.
// Don’t do this
import 'lwc';
export * as lwc from 'lwc';
export {} from 'lwc';
export { privateFunction } from 'lwc';

Consider these guidelines.

• Bare imports are not allowed on lwc. Use named imports like import { LightningElement } from 'lwc'.
• Exporting from lwc is not allowed.
• Bare exports are not allowed on lwc. Use named exports like export { LightningElement } from 'lwc' instead.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Share JavaScript Code
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Set up Linting

Create Components with Larger JavaScript File Sizes

A Lightning web component JavaScript file now has a maximum file size of 1 MB (1,000,000 bytes). Previously, the file size limit was 128
KB (131,072 bytes).
Where: This change applies to custom Lightning web components in Lightning Experience, Experience Builder sites, and all versions
of the Salesforce mobile app.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Component JavaScript File

Improve Accessibility with Base Lightning Components

Use base Lightning components to help meet accessibility requirements to support your users. Over several releases, we’ve updated
components to meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG). The latest components to receive accessibility updates are
lightning-input and lightning-modal.

245
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.
How: Consider several accessibility changes on these base components.
• The lightning-input component now displays the expected date format below the text input field for input types date
and datetime. This informative text helps users who enter the date in the text field instead of selecting from the date picker.
Previously, users were informed of the expected format in an error message if they entered the date incorrectly.
• The lightning-modal component now displays the X close button with a white background. Previously, the background was
transparent. The white background increases the visibility of the button. The slds-button_icon-inverse class is no longer
applied to the close icon.
In Spring ’24 and Summer ’24, many more base Lightning components received accessibility updates. See Lightning Components: New
and Changed Items in those release notes for details.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates
Lightning Components: New and Changed Items

Lightning Web Security Enablement Rollout Remains Postponed

Starting in Spring ’22, Salesforce began enabling Lightning Web Security (LWS) in some customer orgs. To minimize disruption for
customers with highly customized environments, we’re postponing automatic enablement indefinitely. If Salesforce resumes enabling
LWS in the future, we’ll announce it in the release notes. If LWS isn’t enabled yet in your org, we encourage you to enable it in a sandbox
environment to test your components running in LWS.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.

Gain Insight into Component Code by Switching LWS Distortions Off and On
Debug your components in LWS and switch certain distortions off and on so that you can observe behavior differences. To temporarily
disable a distortion, open a page with your component running in a browser and then enter commands to set flags in the browser
developer console.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions when debug mode is enabled.
How: Enable debug mode in your Salesforce org. With your component or application loaded and running in a browser, open the
browser’s developer tools console and then set a breakpoint or add a debugger statement directly in your code.
To list flags that you use to disable and enable distortions in the c default namespace, enter this command in the browser’s developer
console and then press Enter.
$LWS.namespaces.c.distortions

To disable one of the listed distortions, set the associated flag to false. For example, to disable distortions for the XMLHttpRequest
API, type this command and then press Enter.
$LWS.namespaces.c.distortions.xhr = false

In the developer console’s Sources view, use the debugger panel to observe the component running with the specified LWS distortion
disabled.

246
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

To enable the distortion again in the current session, set the flag to true. In addition, when you reload the page, all the flags are reset
to true.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: Debug with Distortions Disabled (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

API Distortion Changes in Lightning Web Security

Lightning Web Security includes new security protections with additional distortions for web APIs. ESLint rules matching the distortions
are also available.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions, LWR-based Experience Cloud sites, and Lightning web components
in Aura sites when LWS is enabled.
How: These APIs have new distortions documented in the LWS Distortion Viewer (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview).
Corresponding ESLint rules are included in the ESLint package.
• DataTransfer.moz* (Firefox only APIs)
• Document.prototype.parseHTMLUnsafe
• Element.prototype.setHTMLUnsafe

Develop Lightning Web Components with TypeScript (Developer Preview)

To improve developer productivity and code quality, you can now author new Lightning web components (LWCs) with TypeScript. You
can also convert existing JavaScript components to TypeScript. Previously, LWC projects only supported JavaScript components.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

Note: TypeScript support for LWC is available as a developer preview. TypeScript support isn’t generally available unless or until
Salesforce announces its general availability in documentation or in press releases or public statements. All commands, parameters,
and other features are subject to change or deprecation at any time, with or without notice. Don't implement functionality
developed with these commands or tools.
How: To configure TypeScript support for an LWC project, install TypeScript v5.4.5 or later, and make sure that the project contains a
tsconfig.json file. In the compilerOptions section of that file, set target to "ESNext". Then, make sure that the
experimentalDecorators compiler option is unset or set to false.
LWC module resolution works differently than TypeScript module resolution, so you must configure the paths compiler option. For
every LWC module that you use in your project, there must be a record in the paths config that maps each module to a file. If you’re
working in a Salesforce DX project, the Lightning Language Server extension for VS Code automatically handles this step.
To learn how to author LWCs with TypeScript, see Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: TypeScript Support for LWC (Developer
Preview). For general guidance on converting JavaScript toTypeScript, check out TypeScript: Migrating from JavaScript.

Develop Lightning Web Components Faster in a Real-Time Preview (Beta)

With Local Dev (beta), you can develop your Lightning web components (LWCs) in a real-time preview of your Lightning app or Experience
Cloud Lightning Web Runtime site. The preview automatically updates in your browser whenever Local Dev detects source code changes,
so you can iterate faster on your LWCs without deploying code or manually refreshing the page. Migrate to the new Local Dev experience
before we eventually deprecate the LWC Local Development Server, which has limited testing and previewing capabilities.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

247
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Components

Note: Local Dev is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
Who: Local Dev is available only for users in Winter ”25 sandbox orgs as an open beta, and it’s turned off by default.
How: To turn on Local Dev for your org, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Local Dev, and then select Local Dev. Select
Enable Local Dev (Beta) to turn it on for all org users.
For now, you can use this feature only from the command-line interface (CLI). Before you can start testing components and pages with
Local Dev, install the Salesforce CLI. Then, to learn how to run a real-time preview of your org’s site or app, see Lightning Web Components
Developer Guide: Test Components with Local Dev (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code: LWC Local Development (Beta)

Be Aware of Base Lightning Component Internal DOM Structure Changes for Future
Native Shadow Support
Salesforce is preparing the base Lightning components to adopt native shadow DOM to enhance performance and comply with Web
Components standards. These updates change the internal DOM structure. Ensure that your tests don’t rely on the previous internal
structure of these components.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.
Why: Salesforce works continuously to align the base Lightning components with web standards. This newest effort is part of our process
for Lightning Web Components to support native shadow DOM in a future release (safe harbor). Since the Spring ‘23 release, 71
components have been adapted to prepare for native shadow DOM, as we announced in the Summer ’24 release notes.
In Winter ‘25, these additional components have been adapted to prepare for native shadow DOM.
• lightning-checkbox-group
• lightning-map
• lightning-progress-indicator
• lightning-progress-step
• lightning-relative-date-time
• lightning-slider
• lightning-tile
• lightning-tree
Salesforce documented that the internal component structure is protected. Salesforce may at any time redesign the internals of our
components to improve performance, enhance functionality, and support accessibility. See Anti-Patterns for Styling Components.

Important: If your tests rely on this protected internal DOM structure, rewrite your tests as soon as possible.

How:
To ensure that your tests are ready for the internal DOM structure changes, review your integration tests and selenium-based tests.
Additionally, make sure that your component CSS follows best practices. For supported integration tests, use the UI Test Automation
Model (UTAM) and UTAM Page Objects, which stay up to date with changes in component structure. For supported Selenium-based
tests, see Working With Shadow DOM Elements Using Webdriver. For supported CSS styling, see Style Components with Lightning
Design System in the Lightning Web Components Developer Guide.

248
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Lightning Design System

Lightning Design System

The Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) includes the resources to create user interfaces consistent with Salesforce Lightning
principles, design language, and best practices.

Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates

Get more out of SLDS component blueprints and utilities with these enhancements and bug fixes.

Lightning Design System Component Blueprints Updates

Get more out of SLDS component blueprints and utilities with these enhancements and bug fixes.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce Lightning Design System (SLDS) and Lightning Experience.
When: These changes are in Winter ’25. We improve SLDS frequently. For the latest changes, see What’s New in Lightning Design System
documentation. That page lists the changes by the date that we completed the change. The changes are rolled up into the next major
Salesforce release.
How: Improve your UI with these recent updates to SLDS component blueprints.
• Updated the datepickers blueprint with the required format for date input to display visually, improve accessibility, and meet Web
Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG).
• Updated the datetime picker blueprint with the required format for date input to display visually, improve accessibility, and meet
WCAG.
• Updated the modals blueprint to display a white background for the close button (X), which improves visibility for people with low
vision. Specifically, we updated the close button color from white to gray by removing the slds-button_icon-inverse
class.

Note: To display the modal close button correctly, don't use the slds-button_icon-inverse class in your close
button markup. If you use a button icon or icon for the modal close button, use the bare variant instead of the inverse variant.

SEE ALSO:
Known Issue: Modal close button is not visible with the new white background
SLDS: Salesforce Lightning Design System
W3C: Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG)

Visualforce
Check whether you’re affected when all unmanaged Visualforce pages are served on the force.com domain.
For more information on features affected by these changes, refer to the Visualforce Developer Guide.

Update References to Visualforce Pages Served on Salesforce.com

If your unmanaged Visualforce pages are served on the salesforce.com domain, update hard-coded references, links, bookmarks,
and external integrations to those pages. To ensure continued access when browsers block third-party cookies, all Visualforce pages
are served on the force.com domain or a site domain.

249
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Apex

Update References to Visualforce Pages Served on Salesforce.com

If your unmanaged Visualforce pages are served on the salesforce.com domain, update hard-coded references, links, bookmarks, and
external integrations to those pages. To ensure continued access when browsers block third-party cookies, all Visualforce pages are
served on the force.com domain or a site domain.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Contact Manager, Group, Professional, Enterprise,
Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: To determine whether this change applies to you and to make the required updates, see the knowledge article Ensure Access to
Your Visualforce Pages in Summer ’24 and Winter ’25.

Apex
Access Event Monitoring free tier usage to track unhandled exceptions in Apex code execution. See expanded coverage for exception
data logged in event log files. Review SOQL error and functionality changes and understand their impact on existing code. Experience
more consistent results when iterating over elements in a set.
For more information on these enhancements, see the Apex Developer Guide and the Apex Reference Guide.

Track Apex Unexpected Exceptions with Free-Tier Event Monitoring

Take advantage of free-tier access to Event Monitoring, and track unhandled exceptions in Apex code execution instead of relying
only on unhandled exception emails. Troubleshoot your Apex code by analyzing the information captured in the event log files for
the Apex Unexpected Exception event type.
Get More Coverage for Unexpected Exceptions in Apex Code Execution
Exceptions triggered by transactions with entry points as @AuraEnabled, @RestResource, and @InvocableAction
annotations are now captured in the Apex Unexpected Exception event type. Analyze the event log files that provide information
on exceptions triggered by these transactions. A spike in exception data logged in the event log files is possible because of the
expanded coverage.
Understand SOQL Error and Functionality Changes to Update Your Code
Updates in this release can impact existing Apex code that relies on old SOQL error messages and functionality, particularly code
that parses error messages from dynamic SOQL queries. Review these changes and update your code as needed.
See Improved Consistency When Iterating Sets
In API version 62.0 and later, modifying elements of a set while iterating the set in a for or foreach() loop throws an exception.
This behavior is versioned. In API 61.0 and earlier, modifications to sets while iterating were sometimes allowed and generated
unexpected results.
Write Mock SOQL Tests for External Objects
To increase code coverage and quality, you can now write better Apex unit tests for external objects and mock SOQL query responses
by using the new SOQL stub methods and a new test class. Use basic and joined SOQL queries against external objects and return
mock records in a testing context.

SEE ALSO:
Apex: New and Changed Items

250
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Apex

Track Apex Unexpected Exceptions with Free-Tier Event Monitoring

Take advantage of free-tier access to Event Monitoring, and track unhandled exceptions in Apex code execution instead of relying only
on unhandled exception emails. Troubleshoot your Apex code by analyzing the information captured in the event log files for the Apex
Unexpected Exception event type.
Where: This change applies to all editions.

SEE ALSO:
Object Reference: Apex Unexpected Exception Event Type
Salesforce Help: Event Log File Browser

Get More Coverage for Unexpected Exceptions in Apex Code Execution

Exceptions triggered by transactions with entry points as @AuraEnabled, @RestResource, and @InvocableAction
annotations are now captured in the Apex Unexpected Exception event type. Analyze the event log files that provide information on
exceptions triggered by these transactions. A spike in exception data logged in the event log files is possible because of the expanded
coverage.
Where: This change applies to all editions.

SEE ALSO:
Object Reference: Apex Unexpected Exception Event Type
Salesforce Help: Event Log File Browser

Understand SOQL Error and Functionality Changes to Update Your Code

Updates in this release can impact existing Apex code that relies on old SOQL error messages and functionality, particularly code that
parses error messages from dynamic SOQL queries. Review these changes and update your code as needed.
Where: This change applies to all editions.
How: Review the changes in functionality and updates to error messages.
• Support for negative currency values in dynamic SOQL queries in multi-currency orgs, such as SELECT Name FROM
Invoice__c WHERE Balance__c < USD-500.
• New error messages with invalid dynamic SOQL queries.
– SELECT Id FROM Account USING everything
Old: unexpected token: '<EOF>'
New: unexpected token: 'everything'

– SELECT ParentId, Value FROM InteractionRefOrValue WHERE ParentId IN ()

Old: unexpected token: ')'
New: unexpected token: 'ParentId IN ()'

– SELECT FROM ServicePresenceStatus

Old: unexpected token: 'FROM'
New: unexpected token: 'SELECT FROM'

251
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Apex

– SELECT Id from $casecomment WHERE isdeleted = false

Old: line 1:15 no viable alternative at character '$'
New: line 1:15 unexpected token: '$'

– SELECT lastmodifieddate, companyna fr$om user

Old: unexpected token: user
New: missing value at 'user'

• New error message with quotes surrounding an unexpected token in dynamic SOQL queries.
SELECT annualrevenue , parentid
FROM Account
WHERE
(isDeleted = false AND NumberOfEmployees != 100)
OR (isDeleted = false AND Site = '999')
AND ParentId = '000000000000000' LIMIT 50000

Old: unexpected token: AND

New: unexpected token: 'AND'

• New error message when using NULL literals in WHERE statements with the LIKE keyword in dynamic SOQL queries.
SELECT Id, Name, Country__c, State__c, City__c, PAN_Number__c
FROM Account WHERE PAN_Number__c LIKE NULL AND Name LIKE '%a%'

Old: invalid operator

New: unexpected token: 'NULL'

• New error message when using more than two nested functions in dynamic SOQL queries.
SELECT convertCurrency(calendar_year(convertTimezone(lastmodifieddate))) FROM
account

Old: expecting a right parentheses, found ‘(’

New: unexpected token: ‘(’

• New error messages with invalid datetime literals in dynamic SOQL queries.

252
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Apex

– SELECT Id FROM Account WHERE SystemModstamp >

2020-12-12t12:12:00-25:00

Old: line 1:67 mismatched character '5' expecting set '0'..'3'

New: Invalid datetime: 2020-12-12t12:12:00-25:00

– SELECT Id FROM Account WHERE SystemModstamp >

2020-52-12t12:12:00-05:00

Old: line 1:51 no viable alternative at character '5'

New: Invalid datetime: 2020-52-12t12:12:00-05:00

• New error message when there isn’t a valid bind variable reference after a colon in dynamic SOQL queries.
SELECT Id FROM Custom_User_Attribute__c WHERE User__c =:
0050W000007Jz7jQAC

Old: Only variable references are allowed in dynamic SOQL/SOSL

New: unexpected token: '0050'

See Improved Consistency When Iterating Sets

In API version 62.0 and later, modifying elements of a set while iterating the set in a for or foreach() loop throws an exception.
This behavior is versioned. In API 61.0 and earlier, modifications to sets while iterating were sometimes allowed and generated unexpected
results.
Where: This change applies to all editions.
How: This sample code removes elements while iterating the set, which throws an exception: System.FinalException:
Cannot modify a collection while it is being iterated.

Set<String> set_string = new Set<String>{'one', 'two', 'three'};

for (String str : set_string) {
System.debug(str);
set_string.remove(str);

System.debug(set_string.contains(str));
}
System.debug(set_string);

SEE ALSO:
Apex Developer Guide: Iterating Collections

Write Mock SOQL Tests for External Objects

To increase code coverage and quality, you can now write better Apex unit tests for external objects and mock SOQL query responses
by using the new SOQL stub methods and a new test class. Use basic and joined SOQL queries against external objects and return mock
records in a testing context.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

253
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes API

How: Create mock test classes by extending the new System.SoqlStubProvider class and overriding the
handleSoqlQuery() class method. Create external object records using either Test.createStubQueryRow() or
Test.createStubQueryRows(). Register the mock provider in the test using Test.createSoqlStub() and execute
the test code.

Note: Apex governor limits apply to the stubbed records.

The SOQL query must be against an external object, either directly with a FROM clause or via a subquery. These features aren’t allowed
within a stub implementation.
• SOQL
• SOSL
• Callouts
• Future methods
• Queueable jobs
• Batch jobs
• DML
• Platform events

SEE ALSO:
Apex Developer Guide: Mock SOQL Tests for External Objects

API
The CORS allowlist you define for APIs exposed on your My Domain URL now also applies to the APIs exposed on the
api.salesforce.com domain. The previously announced retirement of API versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce Platform
API is delayed until Summer ’25.

Update API Calls to Use Your My Domain Login URL

To prevent service interruptions, update instanced URLs in your API calls to your My Domain login URL before June 14, 2025. An
instanced URL contains your Salesforce instance. For example, https://ap2.salesforce.com contains the instance ap2.
After your instance changes due to an org migration or an instance refresh, API traffic that uses a URL that contains your previous
instance is no longer routed to your new instance. My Domain login URLs always use the correct instance.
Benefit from Faster Metadata API Deployment Cancellations
Canceling a Metadata API deployment sometimes took too long if operations such as field type changes were involved, so we
implemented a new framework to shorten these longer cancellation times.
Service Protection Limit on Enqueued Apex Metadata API Deployments
To preserve service function and resources for all customers on a server, we now limit the number of deployments that can be
enqueued at a time from Apex Metadata API. Previously, there was no limit. We set the limit based on careful analysis to make sure
that it doesn’t impact your day-to-day operations. This limit applies only to enqueued Metadata API deployments that originate
from Apex. It doesn’t affect Metadata API deployments from Salesforce CLI, change sets, or packaging.
Enforce the CORS Allowlist on More Salesforce APIs
The CORS allowlist that you define for APIs exposed on your My Domain URL now also applies to the APIs exposed on the
api.salesforce.com domain.

254
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes API

Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 Through 30.0 Retirement (Release Update)
The retirement of versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce Platform API was first scheduled for Summer ’23. The retirement is
now postponed to Summer ’25. You can continue to use these API versions but they’re not supported and won’t be available starting
in Summer ’25. Applications consuming them are then disrupted. Requests fail with an error message indicating that the endpoint
is deactivated. Upgrade all applications that use a legacy API version to a current version before this breaking change occurs.

Update API Calls to Use Your My Domain Login URL

To prevent service interruptions, update instanced URLs in your API calls to your My Domain login URL before June 14, 2025. An instanced
URL contains your Salesforce instance. For example, https://ap2.salesforce.com contains the instance ap2. After your
instance changes due to an org migration or an instance refresh, API traffic that uses a URL that contains your previous instance is no
longer routed to your new instance. My Domain login URLs always use the correct instance.
Where: This change applies to all API versions.
When: API traffic that uses an instanced URL that’s incorrect stops working on June 14, 2025.
How: To get your org’s My Domain login URL, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter My Domain, and then select My Domain.
Find your My Domain login URL in the Current My Domain URL field in the My Domain Details section.

To find hard-coded references to instanced URLs, download your org’s metadata. Then use a code editor, such as Microsoft Visual Studio
Code, to search for instanced URLs. Replace the instanced URLs with your org’s My Domain login URL.
For example, if your org’s My Domain login URL is mycompany.my.salesforce.com and an API call uses
https://ap2.salesforce.com/services/Soap/class/DemoService, update the API call to use
https://mycompany.my.salesforce.com/services/Soap/class/DemoService.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Updating Hard-Coded References

Benefit from Faster Metadata API Deployment Cancellations

Canceling a Metadata API deployment sometimes took too long if operations such as field type changes were involved, so we implemented
a new framework to shorten these longer cancellation times.
Where: This change applies to all Salesforce editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Notes on Changing Custom Field Types

255
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes API

Service Protection Limit on Enqueued Apex Metadata API Deployments

To preserve service function and resources for all customers on a server, we now limit the number of deployments that can be enqueued
at a time from Apex Metadata API. Previously, there was no limit. We set the limit based on careful analysis to make sure that it doesn’t
impact your day-to-day operations. This limit applies only to enqueued Metadata API deployments that originate from Apex. It doesn’t
affect Metadata API deployments from Salesforce CLI, change sets, or packaging.
Where: This change applies to all Salesforce editions.

Enforce the CORS Allowlist on More Salesforce APIs

The CORS allowlist that you define for APIs exposed on your My Domain URL now also applies to the APIs exposed on the
api.salesforce.com domain.
Where: This change applies to all Salesforce editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: My Domain

Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 Through 30.0 Retirement (Release Update)
The retirement of versions 21.0 through 30.0 of the Salesforce Platform API was first scheduled for Summer ’23. The retirement is now
postponed to Summer ’25. You can continue to use these API versions but they’re not supported and won’t be available starting in
Summer ’25. Applications consuming them are then disrupted. Requests fail with an error message indicating that the endpoint is
deactivated. Upgrade all applications that use a legacy API version to a current version before this breaking change occurs.
Where: This change affects these API versions.
Bulk API
21.0, 22.0, 23.0, 24.0, 25.0, 26.0, 27.0, 28.0, 29.0, 30.0
SOAP API
21.0, 22.0, 23.0, 24.0, 25.0, 26.0, 27.0, 28.0, 29.0, 30.0
REST API
v21.0, v22.0, v23.0, v24.0, v25.0, v26.0, v27.0, v28.0, v29.0, v30.0

Note: This change affects all REST APIs that use URIs beneath /services/data/vXX.X/, including:
• Bulk API
• Connect REST API
• IoT REST API
• Lightning Platform REST API
• Metadata API
• Place Order REST API
• Reports and Dashboards REST API
• Tableau CRM REST API
• Tooling API

This change applies to Professional (with API access enabled), Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. It affects all
API-enabled orgs, including sandboxes and scratch orgs.

256
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes DevOps Center

How: Before the Summer ’25 release, modify or upgrade all applications to function with current API versions. Newer API versions offer
more capabilities and improved security and performance.
Identify requests made from older or unsupported API versions of SOAP API, REST API, and Bulk API by using the API Total Usage event.
You can enforce the retirement of these API versions ahead of Summer ‘25. In Setup, in Release Updates, find Salesforce Platform API
Versions 21.0 Through 30.0 Retirement, and then click Get Started. To reject calls to the API versions scheduled for retirement, click
Enable Test Run. To disable the enforcement, click Disable Test Run.

DevOps Center
Salesforce DevOps Center provides an improved experience around change and release management that brings DevOps standard
practices to your development team, regardless of where team members fall on the low-code to pro-code spectrum. All developers and
builders can work together to deliver value to customers in a repeatable and scalable way.
Are you looking for an alternative to change sets based on modern development industry standards? We thought so.

Get Started with Bitbucket Cloud (Beta)

Set up and configure Bitbucket Cloud as your source control system.
Celebrate Extensibility and Performance Enhancements
The latest DevOps Center package version includes some key enhancements that augment the underlying frameworks and improve
performance.

SEE ALSO:
DevOps Center roadmap: v7.5 Bug Fixes (September 2024)
Salesforce Help: Install and Configure DevOps Center
Salesforce Help: Manage and Release Changes Easily and Collaboratively with DevOps Center
DevOps Center Developer Guide

Get Started with Bitbucket Cloud (Beta)

Set up and configure Bitbucket Cloud as your source control system.

Note: DevOps Center Bitbucket Cloud support is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in:
• Developer, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions.
• Government Cloud Plus. Turning on DevOps Center in Government Cloud Plus orgs can send data outside the authorization boundary.
Contact your Salesforce account executive for more details.
Who: Users who are assigned the required DevOps Center permission sets, including DevOps Center Release Manager.
How: If you’re familiar with using DevOps Center with GitHub, some of the steps are different for setting up Bitbucket. As part of our
extensibility initiatives, we’re transforming our user interface, where DevOps Center functionality is moving to Lightning Experience so
you have more control and flexibility in customizing the user experience. During this transition period, some Bitbucket setup and

257
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Development Environments

configuration tasks are performed in Lightning Experience and some are performed in the DevOps Center app. Menu options and buttons
help you smoothly transition between the two.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Install and Configure DevOps Center

Celebrate Extensibility and Performance Enhancements

The latest DevOps Center package version includes some key enhancements that augment the underlying frameworks and improve
performance.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in:
• Developer, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions.
• Government Cloud Plus. Turning on DevOps Center in Government Cloud Plus orgs can send data outside the authorization boundary.
Contact your Salesforce account executive for more details.
How:
• As part of our enhanced extensibility initiatives, we’re transforming our user interface, where DevOps Center functionality is moving
to Lightning Experience so you have more control and flexibility in customizing the user experience. During this transition period,
you now have access to several record pages and list views in Lightning Experience, in support of the Bitbucket beta. Menu options
and buttons help you smoothly transition between the two.
• We’ve created a framework that makes integrating Git-based source control systems in the future easier and more straightforward.
• If you work directly in the source control system, changes are reflected quicker and more reliably in DevOps Center. We removed
the dependency on the Github Events API to detect external actions.
• When adding changes to a work item, you can include components in a folder using the Add Components Manually feature.

SEE ALSO:
DevOps Center roadmap: v7.5 Bug Fixes (September 2024)

Development Environments
Development environments are full-featured Salesforce environments that you use to develop and test existing or new features and
custom applications. They include Developer Edition orgs, sandboxes, and scratch orgs.

IdeaExchange Delivered: Upgrade Data Storage in Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
Upgrade the data storage of new or existing Developer sandboxes from 200 MB to 400 MB, or Developer Pro sandboxes from 1 GB
to 2 GB. More data storage enables you to develop and test solutions with larger data sets. With this extra storage, you can spend
more time developing innovations for your customers and less time deleting data to free up space in your developer sandboxes.
We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Create Your Own Libraries for Masking Data
Set up your own libraries of values outside of the defaults provided by Data Mask to replace your personally identifiable information
(PII). After you install the Data Mask managed package, your custom libraries can contain any string value, including digits, special
characters, and non-English alphabets. The new Custom Library feature is now shipped with the managed package and is automatically
updated when the managed package is upgraded.

258
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Development Environments

Set Up and Administer Data Mask Jobs More Easily

After you install the latest Data Mask managed package, it’s easier to set up, start, and monitor a Data Mask job and understand the
state of your sandbox’s personally identifiable information (PII). The new interface changes are now shipped with the managed
package and are automatically updated whenever the managed package is upgraded.
Changes to Selective Sandbox Access for Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
When you create or refresh a Developer or Developer Pro sandbox, you must provide access to the sandbox using a public group.
This feature improves sandbox creation times, enhances the login experience, and increases sandbox security. This feature doesn’t
apply to Partial Copy or Full sandboxes.

Upgrade Data Storage in Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes

Upgrade the data storage of new or existing Developer sandboxes from 200 MB to 400 MB, or Developer Pro sandboxes from 1 GB to 2
GB. More data storage enables you to develop and test solutions with larger data sets. With this extra storage, you can spend more time
developing innovations for your customers and less time deleting data to free up space in your developer sandboxes. We delivered this
feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Developer and Developer Pro sandboxes of Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and
Database.com editions.
Who: All users in the production org with the Manage Dev Sandboxes or Manage Sandboxes user permission.
How: If you purchase a sandbox add-on, you get the same number of storage licenses as the included Developer sandboxes. Existing
customers automatically get storage upgrade licenses provisioned to their orgs. If you’re a Communications Cloud, Media Cloud, or
Energy and Utilities Cloud customer, you can contact Salesforce Support to request additional storage upgrade licenses. For additional
questions, see Salesforce Help: Sandbox Data Storage Upgrades for all the answers.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sandbox Data Storage Upgrades
Salesforce Help: Create a Sandbox
Salesforce Help: Refresh a Sandbox

Create Your Own Libraries for Masking Data

Set up your own libraries of values outside of the defaults provided by Data Mask to replace your personally identifiable information (PII).
After you install the Data Mask managed package, your custom libraries can contain any string value, including digits, special characters,
and non-English alphabets. The new Custom Library feature is now shipped with the managed package and is automatically updated
when the managed package is upgraded.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions where Data Mask is installed.

Set Up and Administer Data Mask Jobs More Easily

After you install the latest Data Mask managed package, it’s easier to set up, start, and monitor a Data Mask job and understand the state
of your sandbox’s personally identifiable information (PII). The new interface changes are now shipped with the managed package and
are automatically updated whenever the managed package is upgraded.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions where Data Mask is installed.

259
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

Changes to Selective Sandbox Access for Developer and Developer Pro Sandboxes
When you create or refresh a Developer or Developer Pro sandbox, you must provide access to the sandbox using a public group. This
feature improves sandbox creation times, enhances the login experience, and increases sandbox security. This feature doesn’t apply to
Partial Copy or Full sandboxes.
Where: This change applies to all newly created or refreshed Developer and Developer Pro sandboxes on all instances (Salesforce
first-party and Hyperforce) created using the Salesforce Sandbox Setup page.
When: This feature will be rolled out in the Sandbox Setup page beginning in Winter ’25. Starting in Spring ’25, when using the Tooling
API, the ActivationUserGroupId field on the SandboxInfo object will be required. To avoid losing the ability to create or refresh
Developer and Developer Pro sandboxes, use API version 60.0 or later. See Tooling API: SandboxInfo for more information.
Who: All users in the production org with the Manage Developer Sandboxes or Manage Sandboxes user permission.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Determine Who Has Sandbox Access
Salesforce Help: Create and Edit Groups
Salesforce Help: Freeze or Unfreeze User Accounts
Salesforce Help: Create a Sandbox
Salesforce Help: Refresh a Sandbox

Platform Development Tools

Build applications collaboratively and deliver continuously with Salesforce Developer Experience (DX), the open and integrated experience
for custom app development on Salesforce.

Salesforce CLI
Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your
application lifecycle.
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code
The Salesforce extension pack includes tools for developing on the Customer 360 Platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code
editor.
Code Builder
Code Builder is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code,
Salesforce Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser.
Agentforce for Developers
Agentforce for Developers is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop
and Code Builder. Agentforce for Developers is built using CodeGen and xGen-Code, secure, custom AI models from Salesforce. It's
enabled by default in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions.
Scalability
Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you
scale.

260
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

Salesforce CLI
Use Salesforce CLI to create environments for development and testing, synchronize source code, run tests, and control your application
lifecycle.
We release new versions of Salesforce CLI weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about recent updates.

Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI Enhancements

Stay up to date with recent Salesforce CLI enhancements so you can learn about better ways to work with your Salesforce DX projects.

Keep Up with the Latest Salesforce CLI Enhancements

Stay up to date with recent Salesforce CLI enhancements so you can learn about better ways to work with your Salesforce DX projects.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce CLI version 2.44.8 and later.
How: Read the Salesforce CLI weekly release notes for detailed information about all the new and changed features and bug fixes in
recent releases. This topic provides just a taste of some of the features we recently delivered.

Important: Be sure you read this announcement about the upcoming removal of these commands: force:source:*,
force:mdapi:*, force:org:create, and force:org:delete.
Move Complex Data More Easily with the Improved data Commands (Generally Available)
Import and export test data more easily with the improved data import|export tree commands. Key improvements
include:
• You can now export up to five levels of child objects in a query when using data export tree --plan.
• The data import tree --plan command can now handle files that contain more than 200 records.
• When you run data import tree with the --file flag, the command uses parallel uploads, which improves performance.
Upload a Local File to Salesforce Files
Use the new data create file command to upload a file from your local project to an org. The upload creates a record in
the ContentDocument standard object. You can attach the uploaded file to an existing record, such as an account.
This example shows how to upload the local file astro.png to your default org, give the file a new name, and attach the file to
the record with ID a03fakePIA3.
sf data create file --file astro.png --title Astro.png --parent-id a03fakePIA3

Faster Salesforce CLI Installation and Updates

Installing and updating Salesforce CLI is now faster, particularly on Windows, because we significantly reduced the size of
the npm packages (by 35%) and the operating system-specific installers (by 10%).
Easier Troubleshooting of Deploy or Retrieve Errors
We improved the file system structure of the output when you set the SF_MDAPI_TEMP_DIR environment variable and then
run project deploy start or project retrieve start. For example, the output now includes a timestamp and
whether the output resulted from a deploy or a retrieve. For retrieves, the output includes both metadata and source format files so
you can review exactly what the CLI received from your org before the files were converted.
Permanently Delete Org Records
Permanently delete records in your org with the new --hard-delete flag of data delete bulk. With this flag, the
records become immediately eligible for deletion and you no longer need to clean them manually from the Recycle Bin.

261
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

This example shows how to permanently delete account records from your default org by using the IDs listed in the specified CSV
file:
sf data delete bulk --sobject Account --file files/delete.csv --hard-delete

To use this feature you must have the Bulk API Hard Delete system permission. The permission is disabled by default and can be
enabled only by your Salesforce admin.

SEE ALSO:
GitHub: Salesforce CLI Release Notes
Salesforce CLI Command Reference: data Commands
Salesforce CLI Command Reference: project convert source-behavior (Beta)
Salesforce CLI Setup Guide: Debug Errors When Deploying or Retrieving Source
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Files
Salesforce Help: Activation of Bulk API Hard Delete on System Administrator Profile

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code

The Salesforce extension pack includes tools for developing on the Customer 360 Platform in the lightweight, extensible VS Code editor.
We release new versions of the extensions weekly. Read the weekly release notes to learn about recent updates.

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code Has a New Documentation Site
The new documentation site has a UI that’s more consistent with other developer guides. The new site aggregates all the
documentation for Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site
redirect to the new site.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code

Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code Has a New Documentation Site
The new documentation site has a UI that’s more consistent with other developer guides. The new site aggregates all the documentation
for Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site redirect to the new
site.
Where: The new documentation site is available on developer.salesforce.com.

SEE ALSO:
Code Builder Has a New Documentation Site
Agentforce for Developers Documentation Has a New Look

Code Builder
Code Builder is a web-based integrated development environment that has all the power and flexibility of Visual Studio Code, Salesforce
Extensions for VS Code, and Salesforce CLI in your web browser.
We release new versions of Code Builder, as needed.

262
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

See the off-cycle Code Builder release notes on GitHub.

Code Builder Has a New Documentation Site

The new documentation site has a UI that’s more consistent with other developer guides. The site aggregates all the documentation
for Code Builder and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site redirect to the new site.

SEE ALSO:
Code Builder Developer Guide

Code Builder Has a New Documentation Site

The new documentation site has a UI that’s more consistent with other developer guides. The site aggregates all the documentation
for Code Builder and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site redirect to the new site.
Where: The new documentation site is available on developer.salesforce.com.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code Has a New Documentation Site
Agentforce for Developers Documentation Has a New Look

Agentforce for Developers

Agentforce for Developers is an AI-powered developer tool that’s available as a Visual Studio Code extension in VS Code desktop and
Code Builder. Agentforce for Developers is built using CodeGen and xGen-Code, secure, custom AI models from Salesforce. It's enabled
by default in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions.
Read the weekly release notes to learn about recent updates.

Use Generative AI For Salesforce Development with Agentforce for Developers (Generally Available)
Agentforce for Developers is now generally available. With Agentforce for Developers, you have a modern development environment
that uses custom generative AI that has been trained on anonymized code patterns.
Agentforce for Developers Documentation Has a New Look
The documentation has a new UI that’s more consistent with the look and feel of other Salesforce developer guides. The site
aggregates all the documentation for Agentforce for Developers and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site
redirect to the new site.

SEE ALSO:
Agentforce for Developers

Use Generative AI For Salesforce Development with Agentforce for Developers (Generally Available)
Agentforce for Developers is now generally available. With Agentforce for Developers, you have a modern development environment
that uses custom generative AI that has been trained on anonymized code patterns.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, Partner Developer, and Developer editions.

263
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Development Tools

Note: Agentforce for Developers isn’t available in EU Operating Zone. EU Operating Zone is a special paid offering that provides
an enhanced level of data-residency commitment. Agentforce for Developers is supported in orgs in the EU that aren’t part of EU
Operating Zone, per standard product terms and conditions.
.

Agentforce for Developers Documentation Has a New Look

The documentation has a new UI that’s more consistent with the look and feel of other Salesforce developer guides. The site aggregates
all the documentation for Agentforce for Developers and is easier to navigate. Requests to the old documentation site redirect to the
new site.
Where: The new documentation site is available on developer.salesforce.com.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code Has a New Documentation Site
Code Builder Has a New Documentation Site

Scalability
Optimize and test your implementations. Troubleshoot errors, identify issues with application performance, and improve how you scale.

Scale Test
Book a slot on your sandbox instance calendar and test at production peak load. We added inputs for business metrics, use cases,
flows, and a ramp plan to the booking process. Use Trial Accuracy Checker to create a sandbox trial run by using the same code from
production. The Test Execution page now includes a link to Scale Center on the Compare Tests tab.
Scale Center
We've added a Report Insights feature that shows you which reports were slow over the last week and recommendations to improve
performance. We also added fully decrypted URLs in the Callout summary of the Integrations analysis. Signature Customers see Scale
Center deep linking in the Technical Health Score (THS) on the CSS Portal.
ApexGuru
We've expanded our antipattern detection features that optimize Apex code and improve performance. View SOQL queries in loops,
identify inefficient query filters and operations, and get recommendations for reducing expensive string operations and debug
statements.

Scale Test
Book a slot on your sandbox instance calendar and test at production peak load. We added inputs for business metrics, use cases, flows,
and a ramp plan to the booking process. Use Trial Accuracy Checker to create a sandbox trial run by using the same code from production.
The Test Execution page now includes a link to Scale Center on the Compare Tests tab.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions.
Who: Scale Test is available for customers with a full sandbox in all Hyperforce regions, except Singapore.
How: To get access, contact your customer success representative or account executive. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale,
and then click Scale Test.

264
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Heroku

Scale Center
We've added a Report Insights feature that shows you which reports were slow over the last week and recommendations to improve
performance. We also added fully decrypted URLs in the Callout summary of the Integrations analysis. Signature Customers see Scale
Center deep linking in the Technical Health Score (THS) on the CSS Portal.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited Edition. Scale Center isn’t supported in Government Cloud Plus.
Who: Scale Center is generally available at no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full Sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers.
You can enable Scale Center for five Standard (non-SysAdmin) users per org.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale, and then click Scale Center.

ApexGuru
We've expanded our antipattern detection features that optimize Apex code and improve performance. View SOQL queries in loops,
identify inefficient query filters and operations, and get recommendations for reducing expensive string operations and debug statements.
Where: These updates apply to Salesforce environments with ApexGuru enabled in Full Sandbox and Production environments.
Who: ApexGuru is generally available at no additional cost for all Unlimited Edition Full Sandbox, Signature, and Scale Test customers.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Scale Insights, and then click ApexGuru Insights.

Heroku
Use Heroku to build, deliver, monitor, and scale innovative apps fast. Publish your Heroku apps as External Services and create actions
in Salesforce.
To learn more about Heroku, see the Heroku Dev Center.

Explore Your Heroku Apps in Salesforce Setup (Pilot)

Publish your Heroku apps as External Services by using the Heroku Integration add-on. After connecting to Salesforce and publishing
your app, your app’s API operations become actions in External Services. You can explore these APIs in Salesforce Setup and use
these actions in Flow Builder, Apex, and Data Cloud. Your Heroku app can connect, query, and write back to Salesforce and Data
Cloud.

Explore Your Heroku Apps in Salesforce Setup (Pilot)

Publish your Heroku apps as External Services by using the Heroku Integration add-on. After connecting to Salesforce and publishing
your app, your app’s API operations become actions in External Services. You can explore these APIs in Salesforce Setup and use these
actions in Flow Builder, Apex, and Data Cloud. Your Heroku app can connect, query, and write back to Salesforce and Data Cloud.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions.

Note: Heroku Apps in Salesforce Setup is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Who: To participate in the pilot program, contact your account executive.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Heroku, and then select Apps.

265
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Functions

SEE ALSO:
Metadata API

Salesforce Functions
Salesforce Functions is retiring on January 31, 2025. Learn about the retirement plan for Salesforce Functions.

Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired

Salesforce Functions is retiring on January 31, 2025. You can continue using your subscription through your existing order term. To
preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing order
term ends.

Salesforce Functions Is Being Retired

Salesforce Functions is retiring on January 31, 2025. You can continue using your subscription through your existing order term. To
preserve the capabilities that Salesforce Functions provided to your org, deploy an alternative solution before your existing order term
ends.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
Professional, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
See Salesforce Functions Retirement on the Heroku Dev Center for the end-of-life timeline and more information on migrating your
functions.

SEE ALSO:
Developer Doc: Salesforce Functions Release Notes

Change Data Capture

Check out the objects that are enabled for change data capture.

Receive Change Event Notifications for More Objects

Many more objects are now enabled for Change Data Capture. With these enabled objects, you can receive real-time notifications
of new and changed records.

266
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Change Data Capture

Remove Channels and Channel Members From Your Second-Generation Managed Packages
Package developers can update a second-generation managed package to remove previously added PlatformEventChannel and
PlaformEventChannelMember components. For example, a developer can remove a member selected for change data capture
notifications by removing the channel member from a channel. Subscriber orgs that install the updated managed package get the
updated channel member selections and the removed components are hard deleted. Previously, PlatformEventChannel and
PlaformEventChannelMember components couldn't be removed from an updated second-generation managed package.

Receive Change Event Notifications for More Objects

Many more objects are now enabled for Change Data Capture. With these enabled objects, you can receive real-time notifications of
new and changed records.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Select the objects that you want to get notifications for on the Change Data Capture page in Setup, or create a custom channel.

Salesforce Overall
• AccountCleanInfo
• AssetRelationship
• AssociatedLocation
• AuthorizationFormDataUse
• BusinessBrand
• CalendarView
• CollaborationGroupRecord
• CollabTemplateMetric
• ConferenceNumber
• ContactCleanInfo
• ContentFolder
• Coupon
• ExternalEvent
• FieldServiceMobileSettings
• FlowRecord
• FlowRecordElement
• FlowRecordVersion
• ForecastingOwnerAdjustment
• LinkedArticle
• ManagedContent
• MerchantAccount
• ObjectDataImport
• ProcessException
• ProfileSkillEndorsement
• QuickTextUsage
• SurveyInvitation

267
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Change Data Capture

• SurveySubject
• TenantEntitlementTransaction
• TenantUsageTypeMultiplier
• Territory2Model
• TodayGoal
• UserAppInfo
• UserEmailPreferredPerson
• WaveAutoInstallRequest
• WorkAccess
• WorkBadge
• WorkBadgeDefinition
• WorkCapacityLimit
• WorkThanks

Commerce
• LocationGroup
• LocationGroupAssignment
• FulfillmentOrder
• FulfillmentOrderLineItem
• FulfillmentOrderItemTax
• OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary
• OrderDeliveryGroupSummary
• OrderDeliveryMethod
• OrderItemSummary
• OrderItemSummaryChange
• OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary
• OrderPaymentSummary
• OrderSummary
• SalesChannel

Data Cloud
• MarketSegmentActivation

Einstein
• Conversation Reason objects: ConversationContextEntry, ConversationReason, ConversationReasonExcerpt, and
ConversationReasonGroup. See Einstein Conversation Insights in Salesforce Help.

Field Service
• ProductWarrantyTerm
• ReturnOrderItemAdjustment

268
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Change Data Capture

• ReturnOrderItemTax

Industries
Automotive Cloud objects:
• AssetAccountParticipant
• Vehicle
• VehicleDefinition
Consumer Goods Cloud objects:
• Promotion
• RetailStore
Financial Services Cloud objects:
• PersonLifeEvent
Health Cloud objects:
• ActivityTiming
• CareMetricTarget
• CarePgmProvHealthcareProvider
• CareProgramCampaign
• CareProgramGoal
• CareRequestExtension
• CareRequestReviewer
• ClinicalEncounterDiagnosis
• DataUseLegalBasis
• HealthScore
• LiveAgentSession
• MedicationReconciliation
• MedicationStatementDetail
• MedicinalIngredient
• MedReconRecommendation
• MedReconStmtRecommendation
• PatientMedicalProcedureDetail
Loyalty Management objects:
• BenefitType
• JournalSubType
• JournalType
• LoyaltyMemberCurrency
• LoyaltyMemberTier
• LoyaltyPartnerProduct
• LoyaltyPgmEngmtAttribute
• LoyaltyPgmEngmtAttrProm

269
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Change Data Capture

• LoyaltyPgmGroupMbrRlnsp
• LoyaltyPgmMbrAttributeVal
• LoyaltyPgmPartnerPromotion
• LoyaltyProgram
• LoyaltyProgramBadge
• LoyaltyProgramCurrency
• LoyaltyProgramMemberBadge
• LoyaltyProgramMemberCase
• LoyaltyProgramPartner
• LoyaltyTier
• LoyaltyTierBenefit
• LoyaltyTierGroup
• MemberBenefit
• PromotionLoyaltyPtnrProdt
• PromotionMarketSegment
• VoucherDefinition
Manufacturing Cloud objects:
• AccountForecast
• AcctMgrTarget
• AcctMgrTargetDstr
• LeadLineItem
• LeadPreferredSeller
• OpportunityPreferredSeller
• SalesAgreement
• SalesAgreementProduct
Nonprofit Cloud objects:
• GiftCommitment
• GiftCommitmentSchedule
• GiftSoftCredit
• GiftTransaction
• OutreachSourceCode
• GiftRefund
• GiftTransactionDesignation

Salesforce Flow
• FlowOrchestrationVersion

Security and Identity

• AuthorizationFormDataUse

270
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Events

• CommSubscriptionTiming
• DataUseLegalBasis
• DataUsePurpose

Service
• LiveChatTranscriptEvent
• LiveChatVisitor
• MessagingEndUser
• MessagingSession
• PendingServiceRouting
• UserServicePresence

Remove Channels and Channel Members From Your Second-Generation Managed

Packages
Package developers can update a second-generation managed package to remove previously added PlatformEventChannel and
PlaformEventChannelMember components. For example, a developer can remove a member selected for change data capture notifications
by removing the channel member from a channel. Subscriber orgs that install the updated managed package get the updated channel
member selections and the removed components are hard deleted. Previously, PlatformEventChannel and PlaformEventChannelMember
components couldn't be removed from an updated second-generation managed package.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Second-Generation Managed Packaging Developer Guide: Remove Metadata Components from Second-Generation Managed Packages
Change Data Capture Developer Guide: Select Objects for Change Notifications with Metadata API and Tooling API

Platform Events
Process high volumes of platform events efficiently with parallel subscriptions. Learn about the retirement of standard-volume platform
events.

Process Platform Events at Scale with Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers (Generally Available)
To speed up platform event processing in an Apex trigger, use parallel subscriptions to process events simultaneously instead of in
a single stream. With parallel subscriptions, you can scale your Apex platform event triggers to handle high volumes of events. Parallel
subscriptions are available for custom high-volume platform events but not standard events or change events.
Standard-Volume Platform Events Are Being Retired
Standard-volume platform events are legacy custom events and scheduled for retirement in Summer ’25. As of Spring ’19 (API version
45.0), you can define only high-volume platform events, and you can’t define standard-volume platform events. If you still have
legacy standard-volume events, replace them with high-volume platform events. After retirement, you can no longer publish or
subscribe to standard-volume platform events.

271
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Events

Streaming API Versions 23.0 Through 36.0 Are Now Retired

If your client references any of the retired API versions, the system routes the request to the latest API version. Even though the
system uses a newer API version, we recommend that you update your client to use the latest API version to make your code more
accurate.
We Changed the Default Value of the Publish Behavior Field to Publish Immediately
Starting in Winter '25, the default value of the Publish Behavior field for a platform event is Publish Immediately.
Previously, the default value was Publish After Commit. We recommend using the default value of Publish
Immediately for most implementations. Use the Publish After Commit value only for implementations that require
the commitment of data in the same transaction or if you expect the event to be rolled back if the transaction fails.

Process Platform Events at Scale with Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers (Generally
Available)
To speed up platform event processing in an Apex trigger, use parallel subscriptions to process events simultaneously instead of in a
single stream. With parallel subscriptions, you can scale your Apex platform event triggers to handle high volumes of events. Parallel
subscriptions are available for custom high-volume platform events but not standard events or change events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: How the system distributes events to parallel subscriptions depends on the partition key that you specify—the standard
EventUuid field or a platform event custom field. You can specify up to 10 parallel subscriptions, also referred to as partitions.

272
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Platform Events

To configure parallel subscriptions for an Apex trigger, use Tooling API or Metadata API to specify the event field used for partitioning
(PartitionKey) and the number of partitions (NumPartitions) in PlatformEventSubscriberConfig. This example shows a
PlatformEventSubscriberConfig Tooling API request body for a custom partition key field and three partitions.
{
"DeveloperName":"MyOrderEventTriggerConfig",
"MasterLabel":"MyOrderEventTriggerConfig",
"PlatformEventConsumerId": "<Apex_Trigger_Id>",
"PartitionKey": "Order_Event__e.Order_Number__c",
"NumPartitions": "3"
}

For a custom field, the partition key includes the event name as a prefix in this format: EventName__e.FieldName__c. For the
standard EventUuid field, the partition key format is the field name without the event name: EventUuid.
To monitor your parallel subscriptions, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Platform Events, select Platform Events, and
then click your platform event. The parallel subscriptions are displayed on the platform event detail page, in the Parallel Subscriptions
related list.

273
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Event Bus

SEE ALSO:
Platform Events Developer Guide: Platform Event Processing at Scale with Parallel Subscriptions for Apex Triggers

Standard-Volume Platform Events Are Being Retired

Standard-volume platform events are legacy custom events and scheduled for retirement in Summer ’25. As of Spring ’19 (API version
45.0), you can define only high-volume platform events, and you can’t define standard-volume platform events. If you still have legacy
standard-volume events, replace them with high-volume platform events. After retirement, you can no longer publish or subscribe to
standard-volume platform events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Migrate Standard-Volume Platform Events to High-Volume Platform Events Before Retirement

Streaming API Versions 23.0 Through 36.0 Are Now Retired

If your client references any of the retired API versions, the system routes the request to the latest API version. Even though the system
uses a newer API version, we recommend that you update your client to use the latest API version to make your code more accurate.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Streaming API Versions 23.0 through 36.0 Retirement

We Changed the Default Value of the Publish Behavior Field to Publish Immediately
Starting in Winter '25, the default value of the Publish Behavior field for a platform event is Publish Immediately.
Previously, the default value was Publish After Commit. We recommend using the default value of Publish Immediately
for most implementations. Use the Publish After Commit value only for implementations that require the commitment of
data in the same transaction or if you expect the event to be rolled back if the transaction fails.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
Why: The previous default value of Publish After Commit covers the data-commitment and rollback requirements but adds
processing overhead. With this new default, change the value of the Publish Behavior field only when your implementation requires it.

SEE ALSO:
Platform Events Developer Guide: Platform Event Fields

Event Bus
Use event relays with filtered and enriched channels.

274
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Event Bus

Delivered Idea: Use a Filtered Channel to Relay Events to Amazon EventBridge

Add a filter to a custom channel and send only platform events and change events that match the filter criteria to Amazon EventBridge.
By using a filtered channel, you reduce the volume of events relayed to Amazon EventBridge, process events efficiently, and decrease
the consumption of the event delivery allocation. Stream filtering is available for custom channels that reference custom platform
events and change events but not for real-time event monitoring events. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on
IdeaExchange.
Delivered Idea: Send Enriched Change Events to Amazon EventBridge
Make sure that relayed change events always contain fields whether changed or not, and use channels that are configured with
change event enrichment with event relays. Previously, you couldn’t use enriched channels with event relays. We delivered this
feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
AWS Region Validation for Seamless Event Relay Execution
The AWS region in your event relay named credential is now validated to be in upper case. When you create a new named credential,
the creation fails if the supplied AWS region isn’t in capital letters.
Configure Managed Event Subscriptions (Beta) in Tooling API with Postman
The Event Platform folder in the Salesforce Platform APIs Postman collection has a new member, the Managed Event
Subscriptions folder. It contains useful Tooling API requests that you can run to create, update, and list managed event
subscriptions for Pub/Sub API.

Use a Filtered Channel to Relay Events to Amazon EventBridge

Add a filter to a custom channel and send only platform events and change events that match the filter criteria to Amazon EventBridge.
By using a filtered channel, you reduce the volume of events relayed to Amazon EventBridge, process events efficiently, and decrease
the consumption of the event delivery allocation. Stream filtering is available for custom channels that reference custom platform events
and change events but not for real-time event monitoring events. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Event Channels
Platform Events Developer Guide: Filter Your Stream of Platform Events with Custom Channels

Send Enriched Change Events to Amazon EventBridge

Make sure that relayed change events always contain fields whether changed or not, and use channels that are configured with change
event enrichment with event relays. Previously, you couldn’t use enriched channels with event relays. We delivered this feature thanks
to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Event Channels
Change Data Capture Developer Guide: Enrich Change Events with Extra Fields

275
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

AWS Region Validation for Seamless Event Relay Execution

The AWS region in your event relay named credential is now validated to be in upper case. When you create a new named credential,
the creation fails if the supplied AWS region isn’t in capital letters.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: The AWS URL uses the format arn:aws:aws_region:aws_account_number. Make sure that aws_region is in
upper case. For example, use US-WEST-2 and not us-west-2 or a mix of cases.
To make sure your event relays run without issues caused by the specified AWS region, verify that all the named credentials include the
AWS region in upper case. If the AWS region in an existing named credential isn’t specified in upper case, edit the URL field of the named
credential to change the AWS region to upper case. Then stop the event relay and run it again. If you don’t restart the event relay, it can
fail in some cases. See Create a Named Credential for Event Relay Setup in Salesforce Help.

Configure Managed Event Subscriptions (Beta) in Tooling API with Postman

The Event Platform folder in the Salesforce Platform APIs Postman collection has a new member, the Managed Event
Subscriptions folder. It contains useful Tooling API requests that you can run to create, update, and list managed event subscriptions
for Pub/Sub API.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. Pub/Sub API isn’t available in Government
Cloud.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Platform APIs Postman Collection
Trailhead: Quick Start: Connect Postman to Salesforce
Pub/Sub API Developer Guide: Managed Event Subscriptions (Beta)
Metadata API Developer Guide: ManagedEventSubscription (Beta)
Tooling API Developer Guide: ManagedEventSubscription (Beta)

New and Changed Items for Developers

Here is where you can find new and changed objects, calls, classes, components, commands, and more that help you customize Salesforce
features.

Lightning Components: New and Changed Items

Build UI easily with these new and changed resources.
Apex: New and Changed Items
These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.
ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums
Create custom experiences in Salesforce using Connect in Apex.
API: New and Changed Items
Access more data objects and metadata types in API version 62.0.

Lightning Components: New and Changed Items

Build UI easily with these new and changed resources.

276
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

New and Changed Lightning Web Components

Build UI easily with these new and changed components.
New and Changed Modules for Lightning Web Components
Do more with Lightning web components by using modules.
New and Changed Targets for Lightning Web Components
Use Lightning web components in builders such as Lightning App Builder, Experience Builder, Flow Builder, and more.
New and Changed Aura Components
Build UI easily with these new and changed components.

New and Changed Lightning Web Components

Build UI easily with these new and changed components.

Changed Lightning Web Components

The following components have changed.
lightning-datatable
This behavior has changed.
• During inline editing, validation errors appear on the cell itself rather than on the whole datatable.
• The fieldNames property used for adding row-level error messages now supports custom error messages that display below
the cell. You can override standard validation error messages.
This attribute is new.
• single-row-selection-mode—Specifies whether to render checkboxes or radio buttons in the selection column. Use
this attribute only when you set max-row-selection="1" to restrict selection to one row. Valid values are radio and
checkbox. The default value is radio.
This attribute has changed.
• wrap-table-header—This attribute is now a string instead of a boolean. In addition to clipping or wrapping all table
headers, you can now wrap or clip table headers based on the wrap and clip settings for each individual column. Accepted
values are all, none, and by-column. The default value is none, which clips all table headers.
lightning-input
This behavior is new for type="number".
• A badNumericInput validity error is emitted when the input isn’t a number. The default error message is, “Enter a valid
numeric value.” You can use the message-when-bad-input attribute to override the default message.
This accessibility behavior is new for all input types except for type="datetime" and type="time" .
• When a validity error occurs, the input label is now added as a hidden assistive text right before the error message.
This accessibility behavior is new for type="date" and date fields in type="datetime".
• When the date field receives focus, a message appears inline beneath the field that shows the expected date format. The date
format shown is based on the user's locale and date-style attribute.
– date-style="medium" (default) displays Format: Dec 31, 2024
– date-style="short" displays Format: 12/31/2024
– date-style="long" displays Format: December 31, 2024

• When focus is removed from the date field, the message is hidden and available as assistive text.

277
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

This accessibility behavior has changed for type="date" and date fields in type="datetime".
• The error message for the valueMissing now includes the expected date format. The listed date format in the message
corresponds to the user’s locale and the date-style attribute. For example: "Complete this field with format Dec 31, 2024."
• All custom error messages now include additional text after the custom message with the expected date format in parentheses.
The listed date format in the appended text corresponds to the user’s locale and the date-style attribute. For example:
"This is a custom message (Use format Dec 31, 2024)
lightning-record-form
This behavior has changed.
• You can now request Salesforce Event objects, but Event.IsRecurrence, Event.IsRecurrence2, and
Event.IsReminderSet aren’t rendered.
lightning-record-edit-form
This behavior has changed.
• You can now request Salesforce Event objects, but Event.IsRecurrence, Event.IsRecurrence2, and
Event.IsReminderSet aren’t rendered.
lightning-record-picker
The primaryField and additionalFields properties of the matching-info object now support a mode property.
Specifying a matching mode can be useful in addressing performance concerns when searching through large datasets within an
org. Set the mode property to one of these values.
• contains—(default) matches results that contain the search term.
• startsWith—matches results that start with the search term. Use this option to narrow the scope of the search to improve
performance.
lightning-modal
This accessibility behavior has changed.
• The close icon now has a white background fill to comply with non-text contrast ratio requirements in Web Content Accessibility
Guidelines (WCAG 2.1). The slds-button_icon-inverse class is no longer applied to the close icon.
lightning-record-view-form
This behavior has changed.
• You can now request Salesforce Event objects, but Event.IsRecurrence, Event.IsRecurrence2, and
Event.IsReminderSet aren’t rendered.

SEE ALSO:
Component Library

New and Changed Modules for Lightning Web Components

Do more with Lightning web components by using modules.

New Modules
These modules are now available.
lightning/uiLayoutApi
This module includes this new function.
• getLayout—Gets layout information, metadata, and data to build UI for one or more records.

278
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

lightning/uiLearningPlatformApi
This module includes this new wire adapter.
• evaluateLearningItem—Checks whether the criteria for completing a custom exercise in an Enablement program are
satisfied.

Changed Modules
These modules have new, changed, or deprecated wire adapters and JavaScript functions.
lightning/uiGraphQLApi
The GraphQL wire adapter is now supported in Experience Cloud sites.
lightning/uiListsApi
This module includes these new wire adapters.
• createListInfo—Create a list view associated with an object.
• deleteListInfo—Delete a list view.
• getListInfosByObjectName—Get the list views associated with an object.
• getListObjectInfo—Get the metadata for a list view object.
• getListPreferences—Get the preferences for a list view.
• getListRecordsByName—Get record data for a list view.
• updateListInfoByName—Update a list view’s metadata.
• updateListPreferences—Update the preferences for a list view.
For more information, see Manage List Views with New Lightning Web Component (LWC) Wire Adapters.
experience/cmsDeliveryApi
This module includes this new wire adapter.
• getContents—Retrieves a list of published content from an enhanced CMS workspace for an enhanced LWR site in Experience
Cloud.

SEE ALSO:
Component Library

New and Changed Targets for Lightning Web Components

Use Lightning web components in builders such as Lightning App Builder, Experience Builder, Flow Builder, and more.

New Targets
These targets are now available.
lightning__ECSFSApp
Enables a component to be used in Field Service Mobile App Builder.
lightning__EnablementProgram
Enables a component to be used in Program Builder as a custom exercise type for an Enablement program.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: XML Configuration File Elements

279
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

New and Changed Aura Components

Build UI easily with these new and changed components.

Changed Aura Components

These components have changed.
lightning:datatable
This behavior has changed.
• During inline editing, validation errors appear on the cell itself rather than on the whole datatable.
• The fieldNames property used for adding row-level error messages now supports custom error messages that display below
the cell. You can override standard validation error messages.
This attribute is new.
• singleRowSelectionMode—Specifies whether to render checkboxes or radio buttons in the selection column. Use this
attribute only when you set maxRowSelection="1" to restrict selection to one row. Valid values are radio and
checkbox. The default value is radio.
This attribute has changed.
• wrapTableHeader—This attribute is now a string instead of a boolean. In addition to clipping or wrapping all table headers,
you can now wrap or clip table headers based on the wrap and clip settings for each individual column. Accepted values are
all, none, and by-column. The default value is none, which clips all table headers.
lightning:input
This behavior is new for type="number".
• A badNumericInput validity error is emitted when the input isn’t a number. The default error message is, “Enter a valid
numeric value.” You can use the messageWhenBadInput attribute to override the default message.
This accessibility behavior is new for all input types except for type="datetime" and type="time" .
• When a validity error occurs, the input label is now added as a hidden assistive text right before the error message.
This accessibility behavior is new for type="date" and date fields in type="datetime".
• When the date field receives focus, a message appears inline beneath the field that shows the expected date format. The date
format shown is based on the user's locale and dateStyle attribute.
– dateStyle="medium" (default) displays Format: Dec 31, 2024
– dateStyle="short" displays Format: 12/31/2024
– dateStyle="long" displays Format: December 31, 2024

• When focus is removed from the date field, the message is hidden and available as assistive text.
This accessibility behavior has changed for type="date" and date fields in type="datetime".
• The error message for the valueMissing now includes the expected date format. The listed date format in the message
corresponds to the user’s locale and the dateStyle attribute. For example: "Complete this field with format Dec 31, 2024."
• All custom error messages now include additional text after the custom message with the expected date format in parentheses.
The listed date format in the appended text corresponds to the user’s locale and the dateStyle attribute. For example: "This
is a custom message (Use format Dec 31, 2024)
lightning:recordEditForm
This behavior has changed.

280
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• You can now request Salesforce Event objects, but Event.IsRecurrence, Event.IsRecurrence2, and
Event.IsReminderSet aren’t rendered.
lightning:recordForm
This behavior has changed.
• You can now request Salesforce Event objects, but Event.IsRecurrence, Event.IsRecurrence2, and
Event.IsReminderSet aren’t rendered.
lightning:recordViewForm
This behavior has changed.
• You can now request Salesforce Event objects, but Event.IsRecurrence, Event.IsRecurrence2, and
Event.IsReminderSet aren’t rendered.

SEE ALSO:
Component Library
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide
Lightning Aura Components Developer Guide

Apex: New and Changed Items

These classes, enums, and interfaces are new or have changes.
For more information on these enhancements, see the Apex Developer Guide and the Apex Reference Guide.

Auth Namespace
The Auth namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.
ConnectApi Namespace
The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums.
DataSource Namespace
The DataSource namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.
Sfdc_Enablement Namespace
The Sfdc_enablement namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.
CommerceOrders Namespace
The CommerceOrders namespace has this new enum.
industriesNlpSvc Namespace
The industriesNlpSvc namespace has two new classes.
PlaceQuote Namespace
The PlaceQuote namespace has this new enum.

SEE ALSO:
Apex: New Features

Auth Namespace
The Auth namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.

281
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

New Classes
Return user IDs or custom error messages when using a headless user discovery handler to find users
Use the (userIds, customErrorMessage) constructor in the new Auth.HeadlessUserDiscoveryResponse
class.

New Enums
Specify the method for sending a one-time password (OTP) to a user during headless passwordless login
Use the new Auth.VerificationAction enum.
Specify success and exception responses from a custom OTP delivery handler
Use the new Auth.CustomOneTimePasswordDeliveryResult enum.

Changed Enums
Specify that you want to revoke a JSON Web Token (JWT)-based access token
Use the new ORG_JWT value for the Auth.OauthTokenType enum.

New Interfaces
Use a custom OTP provider for Experience Cloud use cases (generally available)
Use the new Auth.CustomOneTimePasswordDeliveryHandler interface.
Find users based on an identifier of your choice during headless passwordless login
Use the new Auth.HeadlessUserDiscoveryHandler interface.

ConnectApi Namespace
The ConnectApi namespace (Connect in Apex) has new or changed classes, methods, or enums.
Many Connect REST API resource actions are exposed as static methods on Apex classes in the ConnectApi namespace. These
methods use other ConnectApi classes to input and return information. The ConnectApi namespace is referred to as Connect
in Apex.
For the new and changed ConnectApi classes, methods, and enums, see ConnectAPI (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and
Enums.

DataSource Namespace
The DataSource namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.

New or Changed Methods in Existing Classes

Map more external data types to Salesforce external objects using the Apex Connector Framework
Use the new multipicklist(name, picklistValues, isPicklistAlphabeticallySorted,
isPicklistRestricted), multipicklist(name, picklistValues), picklist(name,
picklistValues, isPicklistAlphabeticallySorted, isPicklistRestricted), picklist(name,
picklistValues), and time(name) methods in the Column class to create new columns on a DataSource.Table.
Get more information about Salesforce external object fields
Use the new get(name, label, description, isSortable, isFilterable, type, length,
decimalPlaces, referenceTo, referenceTargetField, picklistValuesObj,
isPicklistAlphabeticallySorted, isPicklistRestricted) method in the Column class.

282
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Retrieve information about picklist and multi-select picklist columns on data tables
Use the new isPicklistAlphabeticallySorted, isPicklistRestricted, and picklistValues properties
in the Column class.

Changed Enums
Specify the new data types supported by the Apex Connector Framework
Use the new PICKLIST_MULTISELECT_TYPE, PICKLIST_TYPE, and TIME_TYPE values in the DataType enum.
Specify whether an external system supports picklist and multi-select picklist fields on data tables
Use the new MULTI_PICKLIST and PICKLIST values in the Capability enum.

Sfdc_Enablement Namespace
The Sfdc_enablement namespace has these new or changed classes, methods, interfaces, enums, or exceptions.

New and Changed Classes

Track the user’s progress of a learning item for an Enablement program
Use the new LearningEvaluation, LearningEvaluationResult, and LearningItemEvaluationHandler
classes.
Serialize and deserialize content associated with a custom exercise when migrating an Enablement program
Use the new LearningItemSerializeDeserializer class methods.

New Enums
Specify the user’s progress status of a learning item
Use the new LearningItemProgressStatus enum.

CommerceOrders Namespace
The CommerceOrders namespace has this new enum.

New Enum
Specify whether the rate card entries defined in the catalog must be fetched for order items
Use the new CatalogRatesPreferenceEnum enum in the PlaceOrderExecutor class method.

industriesNlpSvc Namespace
The industriesNlpSvc namespace has two new classes.

New Classes
Store the NLP Summarization result performed for an NLP Operation involving summarization use cases such as
SurveyLongSummarization and SurveyShortSummarization
Use the new summarizationResult field in the NlpResponse class.
Get the summary obtained as a result of NLP Operation
Use the new summary field in the NlpSummarizationResult class.

283
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

PlaceQuote Namespace
The PlaceQuote namespace has this new enum.

New Enum
Specify whether the rate card entries defined in the catalog must be fetched for quote line items
Use the new CatalogRatesPreferenceEnum enum in the PlaceQuoteRLMApexProcessor class method.

ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums

Create custom experiences in Salesforce using Connect in Apex.
Many Connect REST API resource actions are exposed as static methods on Apex classes in the ConnectApi namespace. These
methods use other ConnectApi classes to input and return information. The ConnectApi namespace is referred to as Connect
in Apex.

ConnectApi Rate Limit Changes

To avoid potentially restrictive per user, per namespace, per hour ConnectApi rate limits, we’re migrating orgs to the per org, per
24-hour Salesforce Platform API rate limit. Orgs created in Summer ’24 and later are already using the Salesforce Platform API rate
limit. For migrated and new orgs, only method calls that require Chatter are subject to the per user, per namespace, per hour rate
limit.
New and Changed Connect in Apex Classes
These classes are new or changed.
Changed Connect in Apex Output Classes
These output classes have changes.
Changed Connect in Apex Enums
These enums have changes.

SEE ALSO:
Connect REST API
Apex Reference Guide: ConnectApi Namespace
Connect REST API Developer Guide

ConnectApi Rate Limit Changes

To avoid potentially restrictive per user, per namespace, per hour ConnectApi rate limits, we’re migrating orgs to the per org, per 24-hour
Salesforce Platform API rate limit. Orgs created in Summer ’24 and later are already using the Salesforce Platform API rate limit. For
migrated and new orgs, only method calls that require Chatter are subject to the per user, per namespace, per hour rate limit.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions in
all API versions.
When: Org migrations to the Salesforce Platform API rate limit occur on a rolling basis starting with Winter ’25. Migrations occur in the
background without notification.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Developer Limits and Allocations Quick Reference : API Request Limits and Allocations

284
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

New and Changed Connect in Apex Classes

These classes are new or changed.

Commerce
This new method is in the ConnectApi.CommerceCart class.
Perform a cart calculation
• calculateCart(webstoreId, activeCartOrId, effectiveAccountId)
New output class: ConnectApi.CalculateCartResult
New output class: ConnectApi.CommerceResultRepresentationBase
This new method is in the ConnectApi.CommerceCatalogManagement class.
Create a variation product
• compositeCommerceVariationCreate(webstoreId,
compositeCommerceVariationInputRepresentation)
New input class: ConnectApi.CompositeCommerceVariationInputRepresentation
New output class: ConnectApi.CompositeCommerceVariationOutputRepresentation

Named Credentials
These new methods are in the ConnectApi.NamedCredentials class.
Get, create, update, or delete an external auth identity provider
• createExternalAuthIdentityProvider(requestBody)
• deleteExternalAuthIdentityProvider(fullName)
• getExternalAuthIdentityProvider(fullName)
• updateExternalAuthIdentityProvider(fullName, requestBody)
New input class: ConnectApi.ExternalAuthIdentityProviderInput
New output class: ConnectApi.ExternalAuthIdentityProvider
Get a list of external auth identity providers in the org
• getExternalAuthIdentityProviders()
New output class: ConnectApi.ExternalAuthIdentityProviderList
Get, create, or update external auth identity provider credentials
• createExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials(fullName, requestBody)
• getExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials(fullName)
• updateExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials(fullName, requestBody)
New input class: ConnectApi.ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentialsInput
New output class: ConnectApi.ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials

Salesforce CMS
This changed method is in the ConnectApi.ManagedContent class.

285
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Get managed content delivery channels

• getAllDeliveryChannels(pageParam, pageSize)
This method is no longer available. Use getChannels(pageParam, pageSize) in the
ConnectApi.ManagedContentDelivery class instead.
These new methods are in the new ConnectApi.ManagedContentChannels class.
Get managed content channels
• getManagedContentChannels(pageParam, pageSize, showDetails)
New output class: ConnectApi.ManagedContentChannelsRepresentation
Create a managed content channel
• postManagedContentChannel(ManagedContentCreateInputParam)
New input class: ConnectApi.ManagedContentChannelCreateRepresentation
Get a managed content channel
• getManagedContentChannel(channelId)
Update a managed content channel
• patchManagedContentChannel(channelId, ManagedContentChannelInput)
New input class: ConnectApi.ManagedContentChannelUpdateRepresentation
Delete a managed content channel
• deleteManagedContentChannel(channelId)
These new and changed methods are in the ConnectApi.ManagedContentDelivery class.
Get managed content delivery channels
• getChannels(pageParam, pageSize)
New output class: ConnectApi.ManagedContentDeliveryChannelsRepresentation
Get a managed content delivery channel
• getManagedContentChannel(channelId)
This method is no longer available. Use getChannel(channelId) instead.
Get a managed content delivery channel
• getChannel(channelId)
New output class: ConnectApi.ManagedContentDeliveryChannelRepresentation
These new methods are in the new ConnectApi.ManagedContentSpaces class.
Get channels for a managed content space
• getManagedContentSpaceChannels(contentSpaceId, pageParam, pageSize)
New output class: ConnectApi.ManagedContentSpaceChannelsRepresentation
Add or remove channels from a managed content space
• patchManagedContentSpaceChannels(contentSpaceId, spaceChannels)
New input class: ConnectApi.ManagedContentSpaceChannelsInputRepresentation
New output class: ConnectApi.ManagedContentSpaceChannelsRepresentation

286
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Changed Connect in Apex Output Classes

These output classes have changes.

Commerce
ConnectApi.AbstractCartItem
This output class has these new properties.
• childProductCount—Number of child products in the cart that are associated with the item. A cart item can have child
products if the productClass of the item is Bundle. For nested bundles, which include a child product that's also a
bundle, childProductCount includes all child products.
• parentCartItemId—ID of the item’s parent cart item. The value is empty if the item is a top-level cart item.
ConnectApi.CartItem
This output class has this new property.
• productClass—Class of the product.
ConnectApi.OCIInventoryRecordOutputRepresentation
This output class has this new property.
• exists—Indicates if the SKU exists in the inventory.
ConnectApi.ProductChild
This output class has this new property.
• isEntitled—Specifies whether the child product can be viewed on the product detail page (true) or not (false).

Experience Cloud Sites

ConnectApi.Community
This output class has this new property.
• contentSpaceId—ID of the managed content space associated with the enhanced site.

Flow Orchestration
Orchestration Work Item
This response body has this new property.
• flowType—Flow type of the orchestration that created the orchestration work item.

Salesforce CMS
ConnectApi.ManagedContentChannel
This output class has these changed and new properties.
• channelId—This property is no longer returned.
• channelName—This property is no longer returned.
• channelType—This property is no longer returned.
• domain—This property is no longer returned.
• domainName—This property is no longer returned.
• id—ID of the managed content channel.
• isChannelSearchable—This property is no longer returned.

287
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• isDomainLocked—This property is no longer returned.

• isSearchable—Specifies whether the text contents of the channel are searchable.
• managedContentChannelDomain—Domain associated with the channel.
• name—Name of the managed content channel.
• targetId—ID of the target associated with the managed content channel.
• type—Type of managed content channel.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentChannelSummary
This output class has these changed and new properties.
• domainUrl—This property is no longer returned.
• id—ID of the managed content channel.
• resourceUrl—This property is no longer returned.
• target—This property is no longer returned.
• type—Type of managed content channel.
• url—URL to the channel resource.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentCollectionItems
This output class has these changed and new properties.
• channelInfo—This property is no longer returned. Use channelSummary instead.
• channelSummary—Summary information for the managed content delivery channel.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentDeliveryDocument
This output class has these changed and new properties.
• channelInfo—This property is no longer returned. Use channelSummary instead.
• channelSummary—Summary information for the managed content delivery channel.
ConnectApi.ManagedContentDeliveryDocumentCollection
This output class has these changed and new properties.
• channelInfo—This property is no longer returned. Use channelSummary instead.
• channelSummary—Summary information for the managed content delivery channel.

Changed Connect in Apex Enums

These enums have changes.
For information about these enums, see ConnectApi Enums in the Apex Reference Guide.
ConnectApi.ProductClass
This enum has these new values.
• Bundle—The product has a class of bundle.
• Set—The product has a class of set.

API: New and Changed Items

Access more data objects and metadata types in API version 62.0.

288
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

New and Changed Objects

Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.
New and Changed Data Model Objects
Access more data groupings through these new and changed data model objects (DMOs).
New and Changed Standard Platform Events
Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events.
Bulk API
These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in API version 62.0.
Bulk API 2.0
These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in API version 62.0.
Connect REST API
Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API.
Invocable Actions
An invocable action represents an action that you can perform on Salesforce with APIs. Invocable actions are available through REST
API.
Metadata API
Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.
SOQL
The updates to SOQL errors and functionality in this release could affect existing code that relies on old errors and functionality.
Tooling API New and Changed Objects
Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects.
User Interface API
Related lists for records support child relationships, and User Interface API supports more objects.

New and Changed Objects

Access more data through these new and changed standard objects.

Salesforce Overall
Associate person accounts and contacts to other person accounts or contacts that they report to
Use the new PersonReportsToId field on the existing Account object.

Analytics
Indicates the number of columns in the report with fields having multiple components counted as a single column
Use the new UI_NUMBER_COLUMNS field on the existing Report Event Type object.

Commerce
Set the coupon that causes the adjustment
Use the new AdjustmentBasisReferenceId field on the existing CartDeliveryGroupMethodAdj object. By default, field-level
security hides these fields.
Get the reference number associated with a tax calculation
Use the new CalculationReferenceNumber field on the existing OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary object.

289
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Get the reference number associated with a tax transaction commit request
Use the new TransactionReferenceNumber field on the existing OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary object.
Revert taxes when an order is canceled or returned
Use the new ReferenceNumber field on the existing OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary object.
Create a delivery estimation setup configuration
Use the new DeliveryEstimationSetup object.
Assign a shipping carrier method to a location group
Use the new LocationShippingCarrierMethod object.
Add a condition based on delivery weight that affects the shipping rate
Use the new OrderWeightFactor value on the existing ConditionFactor field on the StandardShippingRate object.
Indicate weight information for cart items
Use these new fields.
• New WeightUnit field on the existing StandardShippingRate object
• New PerUnitWeight, TotalWeight, and WeightUnit fields on the existing CartItem object
Include the billing and shipping addresses for each payment intent
Use the new BillingAddress, ShippingAddress, and their related address fields on the PaymentIntent object.
Check the amount, fee, and status of disputed payments
Use the new DisputeEvidenceDueDate, DisputeFee, DisputeStatus, and DisputedAmount fields on the
PaymentIntent object.
Indicate the type of bank account holder for saved payment methods
Use the new BankAccountHolderType field on the SavedPaymentMethod object.
Include the billing address for saved payment methods
Use the new BillingAddress, and its related address fields on the SavedPaymentMethod object.
Indicate if a merchant initiated a payment on behalf of a customer
Use the new EntryMode and SubmittedById fields on the PaymentIntent object, and the IsMerchantCreated on
the SavedPaymentMethod object.
Indicate the status of an orphaned payment
Use the new IncurrenceStatus field on the PaymentIntent object.
Specify the code for how an ACH payment is made and authenticated
Use the new StandardEntryClassCode field on the SavedPaymentMethod and AlternativePaymentMethod objects.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE: Create a product that can be sold as part of a bundle
The ProductRelatedComponent object now supports creating bundles for Commerce. Use the new
DoesBundlePriceIncludeChild, QuantityScaleMethod, ParentProductRole, ChildProductRole,
and ProductRelationshipTypeId fields on the existing ProductRelatedComponent object.
Indicate the class of a cart item
Use the new ProductClass field on the CartItem object.
Indicate parent and child product information for a cart item
Use the new ChildProductCount, ParentCartItemId, ProductRelatedComponentId, and
ProductValidationKey fields on the CartItem object.
Check stock levels of a product
Use the new StockCheckMethod field on the Product2 object.

290
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Indicate the stock levels of a cart item

Use the new StockCheckMethod field on the CartItem object.

Customization
Add a description for public groups and queues
Use the new Description field on the existing Group object.

Development
Determine whether a platform event Apex trigger uses parallel subscriptions
Query the new IsPartitioned field on the existing EventBusSubscriber object.
Connect to Bitbucket from a Lightning Platform app
Use the new Bitbucket value for the existing providerType field on the existing AuthProvider object, which enables you
to connect to Bitbucket from a Lightning Platform application.

Event Monitoring
Identify blocked redirections for legacy hostnames
Use the new Redirection was blocked because redirections for the legacy SOURCE_HOSTNAME
are no longer supported. value in the REDIRECT_REASON field of the Hostname Redirects event type.
Monitor permission changes in profiles, permission sets, and permission set groups
Use the new Permission Update event type.

Experience Cloud
Add an API Name when you create new content in an enhanced CMS workspace
Use the new ApiName field on the existing ManagedContent object.
Define the content type of an item of CMS content or a content variant
Use the new ContentTypeFullyQualifiedName field on the existing ManagedContent or ManagedContentVariant
objects.

Field Service
Show mobile workers a brief of their upcoming work order
Use the new Pre-Work Brief Prompt Template ID field on the Work Order object.
Summarize a completed work order
Use the new Post-Work Summary field on the Work Order object.
Set up geolocation-based actions based on platform alerts
Use the new Platform Alert value of the Action Type field on the Geolocation-Based Action object.

Mobile
Access file attachments in the Offline App (beta)
Use the new OptionsIsRelatedFilesRule field on the existing BriefcaseRule object. Available only for the Offline App
(Salesforce Mobile App Plus).

291
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Note: Files Priming is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service
is at the Customer’s sole discretion.

Revenue
Track your invoice batch run processing totals
Use the new TotalDraftInvoiceAmount, TotalDraftInvoices, TotalPostedInvoices, and
TotBillSchdUpdtDurDrftToPost fields on the existing InvoiceBatchRun object.

Sales
Capture forecasts at a point in time
Use the new ForecastingSubmission and ForecastingSubmissionItem objects.
Roll up manager judgment values for all forecast managers
Use the new ForecastingCustomCategory object.
Create custom exercise types for Enablement programs
Use these new objects, fields, and values.
• New EnblProgramTaskSubCategory and LearningItemType objects
• New CustomEnblPgmTaskSubCategoryId field on the existing EnblProgramTaskDefinition object
• New CustomExercise value in the existing TaskSubCategory field on the EnblProgramTaskDefinition object
• New CustomLearningItemTypeId field on the existing LearningItem object
• New CustomContent value in the existing Type field on the LearningItem object
Move Enablement programs and their dependencies between orgs with second-generation managed packages
Use the new NamespacePrefix field on the existing EnablementMeasureDefinition, EnablementProgramDefinition, and
EnblMeasureObjectDefinition objects.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The Body field on the PromptVersion object allows a maximum of 4,000 characters for all prompt
types
Previously, this field allowed only a maximum of 240 characters for floating prompts and docked prompts. This enhancement was
introduced in API version 60.0.
Track external record share exports between partner and vendor orgs using Partner Connect
Use these new objects, fields, and picklist values.
• ExtlRecShrCnct
• ExtlRecShrCnctAccnt
• ExtlRecShrField
• ExtlRecShrFieldMap
• ExtlRecShrLead
• ExtlRecShrObject
• ExtlRecShrOpportunity
• ExtlRecShrPcklstOptn
• ExtlRecShrRecordMap
• ExtlRecShrPicklistMap
• External Record Import value in the existing Type field on the ObjectDataImport object

292
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• ExportStatus field on the Lead object

• ExportStatus field on the Opportunity object
Create and manage account plans to win new business and grow key accounts
Use the new AccountPlan, AccountPlanObjective, and AccountPlanObjectiveMeasure objects.
Track Territory Assignments on Opportunity Splits and Opportunity Product Splits
Use the new ArchivedTerritoryName and Territory2Id fields on the OpportunitySplit and OpportunityLineItemSplit
objects. These fields are available in API version 62.0 and later.
Retrieve the history of changes to account and contact relations
Use the new AccountContactRelationHistory associated object on the AccountContactRelation object.
View the details of when a user is assigned and unassigned from a territory
Use the new UserTerritory2AssocLog object. Introduced in API version 57.0, this object has been added to the Object Reference for
the Salesforce Platform.
View the user and object, such as an account or lead, assigned to a territory
Use the new ObjectUserTerritory2View object. Introduced in API version 58.0, this object has been added to the Object Reference for
the Salesforce Platform.
View share and owner sharing rules for action cadence and action cadence tracker
Use the new ActionCadenceOwnerSharingRule, ActionCadenceShare, ActionCadenceTrackerOwnerSharingRule, and
ActionCadenceTrackerShare associated objects on the ActionCadence and ActionCadenceTracker objects. Introduced in API version
45.0, these associated objects have been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform.
Schedule when the action cadence tracker is going to resume after it’s paused or on a wait step
Use the new ScheduledResumeDateTime field on the Contact and Lead objects. Introduced in API version 54.0, this field
has been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform.
View the ID, assignee, and state of an action cadence associated with a contact or lead
Use the new ActionCadenceAssigneeId, ActionCadenceId, and ActionCadenceState fields on the Contact
and Lead objects. Introduced in API versions 48.0 and 50.0, these fields have been added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce
Platform.
Track the number of cadences that are actively running on a contact or lead
Use the new ActiveTrackerCount field on the Contact and Lead objects. Introduced in API version 57.0, this field has been
added to the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform.
View the last viewed date of a duplicate rule
Use the new LastViewedDate field on the DuplicateRule object. Introduced in API version 41.0, this field has been added to
the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform.
Specify the object subtype of a duplicate rule
Use the new SobjectSubtype field on the DuplicateRule object. Introduced in API version 39.0, this field has been added to
the Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform.

Salesforce Flow
View the details of an orchestration definition
Use the new FlowOrchestration object. This object is available in API version 62.0 and later.
View the version of an orchestration
Use the new FlowOrchestrationVersion object. This object is available in API version 62.0 and later.
View the API name of the stage that was running when an orchestration instance was paused or failed because of an error
in an action called by a step
Use the new CurrentStage field on the existing FlowOrchestrationInstance object.

293
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

View the duration in seconds from the time that an orchestration instance started until it was completed, canceled, or failed
Use the new Duration field on the existing FlowOrchestrationInstance object.
View the ID of the record that triggered an orchestration instance
Use the new TriggeringRecordId field on the existing FlowOrchestrationInstance object.
View analytics for each element in a flow
Use the new FlowRecordElementOccurence object.
View the category that determines the usage limits of the flow
Use the new CapacityCategory field on the existing FlowDefinitionView, FlowRecord, FlowRecordVersion, and FlowVersionView
objects.
Identify an automation event as the flow trigger
Use these new values:
• New AutomationEvent value in the existing TriggerType field on the FlowDefinitionView object
• New AutomationEventTrig value in the existing FlowType field on the FlowRecord object
• New AutomationEventTrig value in the existing FlowType field on the FlowRecordVersion object

Security and Identity

Configure a custom one-time password (OTP) provider delivery handler for external user identity verification (generally
available)
Use the new CustomOtpDeliveryHandlerId field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings object.
Require reCAPTCHA for headless username-password login flows that use the OAuth 2.0 authorization challenge endpoint
Use the new DoesPasswordLoginRequireAuth field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings object.
Enable headless username-password login, passwordless login, and registration using the OAuth 2.0 authorization challenge
endpoint
Use the new isFirstPartyAppsAllowed field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings object.
Configure a headless user discovery Apex handler to look up users during passwordless login
Use the new HeadlessDiscoveryHandlerId field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings object.
Set an execution user to run a headless user discovery Apex handler
Use the new HeadlessDiscoveryExecutionUserId field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings object.
Control authentication provider functionality by dynamically adding URL parameters to client configuration URLs
Use the new AuthProvParamFwdAllowlist object.
Store TenantSecurityCustomMetricStat drill down details
Use the new TenantSecurityCustomMetricDetail object.
Store the configuration for a custom metric within Security Center
Use the TenantSecurityCustomMetricSetup object.
Store custom metric data within Security Center
Use the TenantSecurityCustomMetricStat object.
Surface event data stored in standard objects
Use the new event log objects (beta): ContentTransferEventLog, MetadataApiOpEventLog, PackageInstallEventLog,
SandboxStatusEventLog, and SiteEventLog .

Note: This feature is a Beta Service. Customer may opt to try such Beta Service in its sole discretion. Any use of the Beta Service
is subject to the applicable Beta Services Terms provided at Agreements and Terms.

294
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Generate Database Encryption key material programmatically

Use the new Database value in the existing Type field on the TenantSecret object.

Service
Track agent and end user response time in enhanced messaging sessions
Use the new MessagingSessionMetrics object.
Link a unified Messaging channel to multiple applications
Use the new MessagingChannel field on the existing MessagingChannelUsage object.
Set a required consent level in Messaging channels
Use the new ConsentType picklist field on the existing MessagingChannelUsage object.
Specify which messaging component to send to messaging end users
Use the new MessageDefinition field on the existing ConvMessageSendRequest object.
Choose a messaging component to automatically send to messaging users
Use the new MessageDefinition field on the existing ConvMessageSendRequest object.
Specify routing details for a voicemail configuration and relate a Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS Messaging channel to
a contact center
Use the ContactCenterChannel object. Introduced in API version 56.0, this object has been added to the Object Reference Guide
with newly available fields.
Identify your custom Messaging channel integration with a logo
Use the CustomIconId field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition object to identify a Bring Your Own Channel or
Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS messaging channel integration. Introduced in API version 61.0, this field has been added to the
Object Reference Guide.
Identify your custom Messaging channel integration with a logo
Use the CapabilitiesSupportsCustomChannelParameters field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition
object. Introduced in API version 61.0, this field has been added to the Object Reference Guide.
Specify the connected app owner for Bring Your Own Channel
Use the new ConnectedAppType field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition object with Bring Your Own Channel or
Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS.
Note the OAuth link for a connected app created by a customer for Bring Your Own Channel
Use the new CustomerConnectedAppOauthLink field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition object with Bring
Your Own Channel or Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS.
Identify your custom Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) or partner telephony integration with a logo
Use the new CustomIconId field on the existing ConversationVendorInfo object to identify a contact center integration.
Perform enhanced call type analyses
Use the new callSubtype field and the existing CallerContactInfo and RecipientContactInfo fields on the
existing VoiceCall object. The ToPhoneNumber field was renamed to CallerContactInfo and the FromPhoneNumber
field was renamed to RecipientContactInfo.
View the number of choices for survey questions
Use the new QuestionChoiceCount field on the existing SurveyQuestion object.

New and Changed Data Model Objects

Access more data groupings through these new and changed data model objects (DMOs).

295
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Salesforce Flow
View an instance of a recurring flow that runs on a schedule
Use the new Flow Version Occurrence DMO.

New and Changed Standard Platform Events

Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new and changed standard platform events.

Data Cloud
Be notified about changes to the status of the Data Cloud search index job, such as index refresh status and index run-time
status.
The SearchIndexJobStatusEvent event is available only if Data Cloud is enabled. Introduced in API version 60.0, this object has been
added to the Platform Events Developer Guide.

Sales
Track external record share exports between partner and vendor orgs using Partner Connect
Use the new ExtlRecShrEvent and ExtlRecShrResultEvent platform events.

Bulk API
These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in API version 62.0.
Get information about Bulk API requests with Bulk API Event log type
A new event log type, Bulk API Request Event, indicates when Bulk API requests are received. This includes receiving
requests for create job, update job, create batch, update batch, and when a job completes. Previously, only the Bulk API Event
event log type captured one event for each time a batch was processed. Use either or both to monitor your Bulk API jobs.

SEE ALSO:
Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform: Bulk API Request Event Type

Bulk API 2.0

These calls are new, changed, or deprecated in API version 62.0.
Download Bulk API 2.0 query results in parallel
Use the new resultPages resource to retrieve multiple pages of results in parallel for a query job. Previously, you could use
only the results resource in serial to retrieve results. Supports up to 5 parallel HTTPS downloads at one time.

SEE ALSO:
Bulk API 2.0 and Bulk API Developer Guide: Get Paged Results for a Query Job

Connect REST API

Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API.

296
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Connect REST API Rate Limit Changes

To avoid potentially restrictive per user, per application, per hour Connect REST API rate limits, we’re migrating orgs to the per org,
per 24-hour Salesforce Platform API rate limit. Orgs created in Summer ’24 and later are already using the Salesforce Platform API
rate limit. For migrated and new orgs, only requests that require Chatter are subject to the per user, per application, per hour rate
limit.
New and Changed Connect REST API Resources
These resources are new or have changes.
Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies
These request bodies have changes.
Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies
These response bodies have changes.

SEE ALSO:
ConnectApi (Connect in Apex): New and Changed Classes and Enums
Connect REST API Developer Guide
Apex Reference Guide: ConnectApi Namespace

Connect REST API Rate Limit Changes

To avoid potentially restrictive per user, per application, per hour Connect REST API rate limits, we’re migrating orgs to the per org, per
24-hour Salesforce Platform API rate limit. Orgs created in Summer ’24 and later are already using the Salesforce Platform API rate limit.
For migrated and new orgs, only requests that require Chatter are subject to the per user, per application, per hour rate limit.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the Salesforce mobile app in all editions in
all API versions.
When: Org migrations to the Salesforce Platform API rate limit occur on a rolling basis starting with Winter ’25. Migrations occur in the
background without notification.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Developer Limits and Allocations Quick Reference : API Request Limits and Allocations

New and Changed Connect REST API Resources

These resources are new or have changes.

Commerce
Use asynchronous product import
The /commerce/management/webstores/webstoreId/product-import resource is being removed in version
63.0. Use /commerce/management/import/product/jobs instead.
Perform a cart calculation
Make a POST request to the new
/commerce/webstores/webstoreId/carts/activeCartOrId/actions/calculate resource.
New response body: Cart Summary Result

297
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Create a variation product

Make a POST request to the new /commerce/management/webstores/webstoreId/composite-variations
resource.
New request body: Composite Commerce Variation Input
New response body: Composite Product Variation
Retrieve a list of KPIs along with the insights each KPI supports
Make a GET request to the new /commerce/intelligence/kpis resource.
Retrieve information about a specified Key Performance Indicator
Make a GET request to the new /commerce/intelligence/kpis/{kpiName} resource.
Create a new promotion
Make a POST request to the new /commerce/promotions/composite-promotions resource.
New request body: Composite Promotion Input
New response body: Composite Promotion
Retrieve information about a specified promotion
Make a GET request to the new /commerce/promotions/composite-promotions resource.
New request parameters: promotionId, templateId. and webstoreId
New response body: Composite Promotion
Batch update inventory records to Omnichannel Inventory
Make a POST request to the new /commerce/oci/availability-records/actions/batch-update resource.
New request body: OCI Batch Update Input
New response body: OCI Batch Update

Data Cloud
Trigger a segment count by API name
Make a POST request to the new /ssot/segments/segmentAPIName/actions/count resource. This resource is
available starting in October 2024.
New request body: Segment Action Input

Named Credentials
Create an external auth identity provider
Make a POST request to the new /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers resource.
New request body: External Auth Identity Provider Input
New response body: External Auth Identity Provider
Get a list of external auth identity providers in the org
Make a GET request to the new /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers resource.
New response body: External Auth Identity Provider List
Get information about an external auth identity provider
Make a GET request to the new /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers/fullName
resource.
New response body: External Auth Identity Provider

298
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Update an external auth identity provider

Make a PUT request to the new /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers/fullName
resource.
New request body: External Auth Identity Provider Input
New response body: External Auth Identity Provider
Delete an external auth identity provider
Make a DELETE request to the new /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers/fullName
resource.
Get information about external auth identity provider credentials
Make a GET request to the new
/named-credentials/external-auth-identity-provider-credentials/fullName resource.
New response body: External Auth Identity Provider Credentials
Create external auth identity provider credentials
Make a POST request to the new
/named-credentials/external-auth-identity-provider-credentials/fullName resource.
New request body: External Auth Identity Provider Credentials Input
New response body: External Auth Identity Provider Credentials
Update external auth identity provider credentials
Make a PUT request to the new
/named-credentials/external-auth-identity-provider-credentials/fullName resource.
New request body: External Auth Identity Provider Credentials Input
New response body: External Auth Identity Provider Credentials

Platform
Get a list of custom URLs for a custom domain
Make a GET request to the new /connect/custom-domain/domains/domainId/custom-urls resource.
New response body: Custom Domain Custom URL Collection
Get information about a specified custom URL
Make a GET request to the new /connect/custom-domain/domains/domainId/custom-urls/customUrlId
resource.
New response body: Custom URL Detail

Salesforce CMS
Get managed content channels
Make a GET request to the new /connect/cms/channels resource.
New response body: Managed Content Channels
Create a managed content channel
Make a POST request to the new /connect/cms/channels resource.
New request body: Managed Content Create
Get a managed content channel
Make a GET request to the new /connect/cms/channels/channelId resource.

299
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Update a managed content channel

Make a PATCH request to the new /connect/cms/channels/channelId resource.
New request body: Managed Content Update
Delete a managed content channel
Make a delete request to the new /connect/cms/channels/channelId resource.
Get a managed content delivery channel
Make a GET request to the existing /connect/cms/delivery/channels/channelId resource.
New response body: Managed Content Delivery Channel
Previously, this resource returned a Managed Content Channel Detail response body.
Get managed content delivery channels
Make a GET request to the existing /connect/cms/delivery/channels resource.
New response body: Managed Content Delivery Channels
Previously, this resource returned a Managed Content Channel Collection response body.
Get channels for a managed content space
Make a GET request to the new /connect/cms/spaces/contentSpaceId/channels resource.
New response body: Managed Content Space Channels
Add or remove channels from a managed content space
Make a PATCH request to the new /connect/cms/spaces/contentSpaceId/channels resource.
New request body: Managed Content Space Channels Input
New response body: Managed Content Space Channels

Salesforce Files
Get a file upload config
Make a GET request to the new /connect/file/upload/config resource.
New response body: File Upload Config
Guest users can upload a file
Make a POST request to the existing /connect/files/users/me resource.

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

These request bodies have changes.

Commerce
Checkout Start Input
This request body has this new property.
• customFields—Array of sObjects and their custom fields. Currently, only the WebCart and CartDeliveryGroup sObjects are
supported. The custom fields can be of type Checkbox, Currency, Date, Email, LongTextArea, Number, Percent, Phone, Text,
TextArea, or Url. The customFields property isn't supported in stores built on an Aura template.
Composite Product Input
This request body has this new property.
• attributeSetInfo—Attribute set information for a variation parent product.

300
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Payment Method Tokenization Input

This request body has these new properties.
• savedByMerchant—Specifies whether the customer payment information is saved by the merchant for future purchases.
Sale Input
This request body has these new properties.
• legalEntityId—ID of the legal entity record.
• submittedByMerchant—Specifies whether the customers payment sale information is submitted to the payment sale
service by the merchant.

Salesforce Files
File Input
This request body has these new properties.
• contentBodyId—ID of the content body.
• fieldName—Name of a custom field on the ContentVersion object.
• fieldValue—Value to store for the custom field specified in fieldName for the uploaded file.
• firstPublishLocationId—ID of the location where the file was first published.
• networkId—ID of the Experience Cloud site where the file originated.
• pathOnClient—Complete path of the file.

Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies

These response bodies have changes.

Commerce
Application Context
This response body has this new property.
• orderStatuses—Order statuses that are available in the Status picklist of the Order Summary object.
Cart Item
This response body has these new properties.
• childProductCount—Number of child products in the cart that are associated with the item. A cart item can have child
products if the productClass of the item is Bundle. For nested bundles, which include a child product that's also a
bundle, childProductCount includes all child products.
• parentCartItemId—ID of the item’s parent cart item. The value is empty if the item is a top-level cart item.
• productClass—Class of product.
Checkout
This response body has this new property.
• customFields—Array of sObjects and their custom fields. Currently, only the WebCart and CartDeliveryGroup sObjects are
supported. The custom fields can be of type Checkbox, Currency, Date, Email, LongTextArea, Number, Percent, Phone, Text,
TextArea, or Url. The customFields property isn't supported in stores built on an Aura template.
Checkout Settings
This response body has this new property.
• shippingMethodsEnabled—Indicates if the shipping method calculation is enabled for a web store.

301
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

OCI Update Reservation Output

This response body has this new property.
• exists—Indicates if the SKU exists in the inventory.
Order Item Summary Lookup Output
This response body has these new properties.
• associatedLineItems—Child product line items associated with the order item summary.
• itemClass—Determine whether a product is sold individually or can have variations.
Order Summary
This response body has this new property.
• orderProductTopLevelLineCount—Count of top-level order product line summaries.
Order to Cart Failed Product
This response body has this new property.
• media—Media associated with the product.
Product Child Collection
This response body has this new property.
• productClass—Class of product.
Timeline Output
This response body has these new properties.
• activityCode—Code of the payment event.
• providerGateway—Payment service provider.

Experience Cloud Sites

Community
This response body has this new property.
• contentSpaceId—ID of the managed content space associated with the enhanced site.

Flow Orchestration
Orchestration Work Item
This response body has this new property.
• flowType—Flow type of the orchestration that created the orchestration work item.

Platform
Custom Domain Detail
This response body has this new property.
• customUrls—List of custom URLs for this domain.

Salesforce CMS
Managed Content Channel
This response body has these changed and new properties.
• channelId—This property is no longer returned.

302
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• channelName—This property is no longer returned.

• channelType—This property is no longer returned.
• domain—This property is no longer returned.
• domainName—This property is no longer returned.
• id—ID of the managed content channel.
• isChannelSearchable—This property is no longer returned.
• isDomainLocked—This property is no longer returned.
• isSearchable—Specifies whether the text contents of the channel are searchable.
• managedContentChannelDomain—Domain associated with the channel.
• name—Name of the managed content channel.
• targetId—ID of the target associated with the managed content channel.
• type—Type of managed content channel.
Managed Content Channel Summary
This response body has these changed and new properties.
• domainUrl—This property is no longer returned.
• id—ID of the managed content channel.
• resourceUrl—This property is no longer returned.
• target—This property is no longer returned.
• type—Type of managed content channel.
• url—URL to the channel resource.
Managed Content Collection Items
This response body has these changed and new properties.
• channelInfo—This property is no longer returned. Use channelSummary instead.
• channelSummary—Summary information for the managed content delivery channel.
Managed Content Delivery Document
This response body has these changed and new properties.
• channelInfo—This property is no longer returned. Use channelSummary instead.
• channelSummary—Summary information for the managed content delivery channel.
Managed Content Delivery Document Collection
This response body has these changed and new properties.
• channelInfo—This property is no longer returned. Use channelSummary instead.
• channelSummary—Summary information for the managed content delivery channel.

Salesforce Files
File Detail
This response body has this new property.
• contentVersionId—ID of the content version.
File Summary
This response body has this new property.
• contentVersionId—ID of the content version.

303
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Invocable Actions
An invocable action represents an action that you can perform on Salesforce with APIs. Invocable actions are available through REST
API.

Commerce
These invocable actions are available with Salesforce Commerce.
Record tax transactions from an order summary to an external system.
Use the new recordTaxTransaction action.
Reverse the recorded tax transactions in an external system after an order is returned or canceled.
Use the new recordTaxReversal action.
For more information on invocable actions, see the Actions Developer’s Guide.

Metadata API
Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.

Salesforce Overall
Allow users to associate person accounts and contacts to other person accounts or contacts that they report to
Use the new enableReportsToOnPersonAccount field on the existing AccountSettings metadata type.

Customization
Access Lightning Experience transition tools through the External Application Settings page in Setup
Use the new canUseAdoptionApps field on the existing UserEngagementSettings metadata type.
Add conditional formatting to fields on Dynamic Forms-enabled record pages
Use these new metadata types, fields, and values:
• New UiFormatSpecificationSet metadata type
• New conditionalFormatRuleset value for the name field on the FieldInstanceProperty subtype of the existing
FlexiPage metadata type
REMOVED: The canGovCloudUseAdoptionApps field on the UserEngagementSettings metadata type is removed
Instead, use the new canUseAdoptionApps field on the UserEngagementSettings metadata type.
Add a description for public groups and queues
Use the new description field on the existing Group metadata type.
Manage users with an updated user interface
Use the new enhancedUserListView field on the existing UserManagementSettings metadata type.
Manage public group members through the group’s summary page
Use the new groupSummaryUIEnhancement field on the existing UserManagementSettings metadata type.

Development
Set up parallel subscriptions for a platform event Apex trigger
Use the numPartitions field. Set the partitionKey field to specify the platform event field used to generate the hash
value for the subscription partitions.

304
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Generate actions from External Services with Heroku apps (pilot)

Use the new Heroku value, which is in the existing ExternalServiceRegistrationProviderType field on the
existing ExternalServiceRegistration metadata type.

Note: Heroku Apps in Salesforce Setup is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms
Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Connect to Bitbucket from a Lightning Platform app
Use the new Bitbucket value for the existing providerType field on the existing AuthProvider metadata type, which
enables you to connect to Bitbucket from a Lightning Platform application.

Marketing Cloud
Retrieve and deploy landing pages and emails
Use the existing DigitalExperienceBundle type to retrieve and deploy landing pages and emails in marketing workspaces.
Move landing pages, forms, and emails between orgs with change sets and second-generation managed packages
Use the existing DigitalExperienceBundle type to package landing pages, forms, and emails in marketing workspaces.

Mobile
Access file attachments in the Offline App (beta)
Use the new isRelatedFilesRule field on the existing BriefcaseRule metadata type. Available only for the Offline App
(Salesforce Mobile App Plus).

Note: Files Priming is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service
is at the Customer’s sole discretion.

Manufacturing
REMOVED: The forecastContextFieldName field on the AdvAccountForecastSet metadata type is removed
Deprecated in API version 62.0, the forecastContextFieldName field is removed in API version 62.0 and later.

Sales
Run filter-based opportunity territory assignment jobs using multithreading
Use the new runMultiThreaded field on the existing Territory2SettingsOpportunityFilter subtype of the Territory2Settings
metadata type. Introduced in API version 62.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Send email notifications when a lead owner is updated through Apex in Lightning Experience
Use the new shouldSendNotificationEmailWhenLeadOwnerUpdatesViaApexInLEX field on the existing
LeadConfigSettings metadata type. Introduced in API version 53.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Capture forecasts at a point in time with Forecast Submissions
Use the new forecastSubmissionSettings field on the existing ForecastingType metadata type.
Move custom exercise types in Enablement programs between orgs with change sets and second-generation managed
packages
Use these new metadata types, fields, and values:
• New EnablementProgramTaskCustomContent, EnblProgramTaskSubCategory, and LearningItemType metadata types
• New CustomExercise value in the existing taskSubCategory field on the EnablementProgramTask metadata type

305
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

• New customContent field on the existing EnablementProgramTaskExercise metadata type

BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The contentKey field on the existing EnablementProgramTaskCmsContent metadata type is no
longer used
Instead, use the apiName field on the EnablementProgramTaskCmsContent metadata type.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The body field on the Prompt metadata type allows a maximum of 4,000 characters for all prompt
types
Previously, this field allowed only a maximum of 240 characters for floating prompts and docked prompts. This enhancement was
introduced in API version 60.0.
Ensure your forecasting deployments succeed and values calculate correctly
If you're using a previous API version of the ForecastingSettings file, manually add the customcategory value to these fields
in the ForecastingSettings metadata type to ensure forecasts calculate correctly.
• forecastingItemCategoryApiName and weightedSourceCategories fields on the
ForecastingCategoryMapping subtype
• forecastingCategoryApiNames field on the ForecastingTypeSettings subtype
• sourceCategoryAPIName field in the WeightedSourceCategory subtype
Create orders containing order items that refer to multiple price books
Use the new enableOrderWithMultiplePriceBooks field on the existing OrderSettings metadata type. Introduced in
API version 60.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Hide child events from calendar and activity views
Use the new enableHideChildEventsPreference field on the existing ActivitiesSettings metadata type. Introduced in
API version 50.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Use machine learning to create a client profile
Use the new enableMLSingleClientProfile field on the existing ActivitiesSettings metadata type. Introduced in API
version 50.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.

Salesforce Flow
BEHAVIOR CHANGE: The assignee field is no longer a required field of FlowStageStepAssignee metadata type
The assignee field that shows the names of the user, group, or queue assigned to an interactive step is optional. Updated in API
version 61.0, this change has been made to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Specify that the type of the assignee associated with the interactive step is not valid
Use the new invalid value in the existing assigneeType field on FlowStageStepAssignee metadata type. Introduced in API
version 61.0, this value has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Specify a template for a screen component (beta)
Use the new sourceTemplateApiName and sourceTemplateProviderType fields on the existing FlowScreenField
subtype, which is on the FlowScreen subtype of the Flow metadata type.
Update existing records using the Create Records element
Use the new doesUpsert, upsertExternalIdField, upsertStandardIdField, and doesUpsertAllOrNone
fields on the existing FlowRecordCreate subtype of the Flow metadata type.
Define input parameters for the flow Start element
Use the new inputs field on the existing FlowStart subtype of the Flow metadata type.
Specify that a flow is triggered by an automation event
Use the new AutomationEvent value on the existing triggerType field, which is on the FlowStart subtype of the Flow metadata
type.

306
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Set a timeout to pause a flow until an action is completed

Use the new isWaitUntilCompleted value, which is in the existing FlowCallAction field on the existing Flow metadata type.
Set a maximum amount of time to pause a flow while it waits for an action to be completed
Use the new offset value, which is in the existing FlowCallAction field on the existing Flow metadata type.
Set the time unit used to wait when the asynchronous action is executing
Use the new offsetUnit value, which is in the existing FlowCallAction field on the existing Flow metadata type.
Set which node to execute if an asynchronous action execution is timed out
Use the new timeoutConnector value, which is in the existing FlowCallAction field on the existing Flow metadata type.
DEPRECATED: The nameSegment value is deprecated in API version 62.0 and later.
Instead, use the new versionString field on the FlowCallAction metadata type.
DEPRECATED: The versionSegment value is deprecated in API version 62.0 and later.
Instead, use the new versionString field on the FlowCallAction metadata type.
Get record data and field metadata to prioritize records
Use the new getRecPrioData value, which is in the existing actionType field on the Flow metadata type.
Get summaries of activity data associated with records, including emails, calls, and meetings.
Use the new getActivitySummary value, which is in the existing actionType field on the Flow metadata type. Introduced in
API version 60.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.

Security and Identity

Access OAuth Client Credentials through the credentials REST API
Use the new enableClientSecretInRestApiAccess field on the existing ExternalClientAppSettings metadata type.
Package External Client Apps on More Types of Orgs
Use the new enablePackageEcaOauthFromDevOrg field on the existing ExternalClientAppSettings metadata type.
Enable an external client app for headless identity flows that use the OAuth 2.0 authorization challenge endpoint
Use the new isFirstPartyAppEnabled field on the existing ExtlClntAppOauthSettings metadata type.
Upload a certificate to sign a client attestation JWT for headless identity flows that use the OAuth 2.0 authorization challenge
endpoint
Use the new clientAssertionCertificate field on the existing ExtlClntAppOauthSettings metadata type.
Enable headless username-password login, passwordless login, and registration using the OAuth 2.0 authorization challenge
endpoint
Use the new isFirstPartyAppsAllowed field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings subtype of the Network metadata
type.
Require reCAPTCHA for headless username-password login configured with the OAuth 2.0 authorization challenge endpoint
Use the new doesPasswordLoginRequireAuth field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings subtype of the Network
metadata type.
Configure a headless user discovery Apex handler to look up users during passwordless login
Use the new headlessDiscoveryHandler field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings subtype of the Network metadata
type.
Set an execution user to run a headless user discovery Apex handler
Use the new headlessDiscoveryExecutionUser field on the existing NetworkAuthApiSettings subtype of the Network
metadata type.

307
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Control authentication provider functionality by dynamically adding URL parameters to client configuration URLs
Use the new AuthProvParamFwdAllowlist subtype of the AuthProvider metadata type.
Simplify the configuration process for authentication providers used by named credentials
Use the new ExternalAuthIdentityProvider metadata type and the new externalAuthIdentityProvider field on the
existing ExternalCredentialParameter metadata type, which is a subtype of the existing ExternalCredential metadata type.
Use a static username and password to authenticate into external systems
Use the Basic value in the existing authenticationProtocol field on the existing ExternalCredential metadata type.
Introduced in API version 60.0, this value is now added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Allow cross-domain cookies on the Experience Builder preview domain
Use the new enableCrossDomainPreviewCookies field on the existing MyDomainSettings type.
Redirect legacy hostnames
Use the new enableLegacyRedirections field on the existing MyDomainSettings type. If Salesforce stopped legacy
hostname redirections for your org, this field has no effect.

Service
Access client settings for an Embedded Messaging channel
Use the new EmbeddedConfig metadata subtype of the existing MessagingChannel metadata type.
Configure different authorization methods supported by the Embedded Messaging channel
Use the new MessagingAuthorization metadata subtype of the new EmbeddedConfig metadata type, which is a subtype of the
existing MessagingChannel metadata type.
Create or update the settings of an Embedded Service deployment whose deploymentFeature is EmbeddedMessaging
Use the new EmbeddedServiceMessagingChannel metadata subtype of the existing EmbeddedServiceConfig metadata
type.
Create or edit the pre-chat form for an Embedded Service deployment whose deploymentFeature is
EmbeddedMessaging
Use the new EmbeddedServiceForm metadata subtype of the EmbeddedServiceConfig metadata type.
Create or edit an individual field in a pre-chat form for an Embedded Service deployment whose deploymentFeature is
EmbeddedMessaging
Use the new EmbeddedServiceFormField metadata subtype of the new EmbeddedServiceForm metadata type,
which is a subtype of the existing EmbeddedServiceConfig metadata type.
Create or edit a dropdown field for your pre-chat form in an Embedded Messaging deployment
Use the new ChoiceList metadata type.
Set or edit the dropdown field options for your pre-chat form in an Embedded Messaging deployment
Use the new ChoiceListValue metadata subtype of the ChoiceList metadata type.
Set up a text response or an auto-response messaging definition used in an Embedded Messaging channel
Use the new MessagingAutoResponse metadata subtype on the existing MessagingChannel metadata type.
Set up the keyword for a text response in an Embedded Messaging channel
Use the new MessagingKeyword metadata subtype on the existing MessagingChannel metadata type.
Validate the end user’s provided JWT token with a JSON Web Key in User Verification for Embedded Messaging
Use the new PublicKeyCertificate metadata type.
Access a public certificate or set of JSON web keys in User Verification for Messaging for Embedded Messaging
Use the new PublicKeyCertificateSet type.

308
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Map the public certificate key to the public certificate keyset in User Verification for Embedded Messaging
Use the new PublicKeyCertificateSetKey metadata subtype of the PublicCertificateSet metadata type.
Identify your custom Messaging channel integration with a logo
Use the customIcon field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition type to identify a Bring Your Own Channel or Bring
Your Own Channel for CCaaS messaging channel integration. Introduced in API version 61.0, this field has been added to the Metadata
API Developer Guide.
Specify whether admins can configure custom parameters and parameter mappings for Messaging channels
Use the supportsCustomChannelParameters field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition type. Introduced in
API version 61.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Specify the connected app owner for Bring Your Own Channel
Use the new connectedAppType field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition type with Bring Your Own Channel or
Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS.
Note the OAuth link for a connected app created by a customer for Bring Your Own Channel
Use the new customerConnectedAppOauthLink field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition type with Bring
Your Own Channel or Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS.
Relate a Messaging channel to a contact center and specify routing details for a voicemail configuration
Use the ContactCenterChannel subtype of the existing CallCenter type with Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS. Introduced
in API version 56.0, this subtype has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Connect a partner vendor system to Service Cloud
Use the ConversationVendorInfo type. Introduced in API version 52.0, this type has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Initiate a refund to the customer
Use the new automateRefund value, which is in the existing actionType field on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow
metadata type. Introduced in API version 60.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Run a calculated insight in Data Cloud
Use the new cdpPublishCalculatedInsight value, which is in the existing actionType field on the FlowActionCall
subtype of the Flow metadata type. Introduced in API version 60.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Publish a segment in Data Cloud
Use the new cdpPublishSegment value, which is in the existing actionType field on the FlowActionCall subtype of the
Flow metadata type. Introduced in API version 60.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.
Refresh a data stream in Data Cloud
Use the new cdpRefreshDataStream value, which is in the existing actionType field on the FlowActonCall subtype of
the Flow metadata type. Introduced in API version 60.0, this field has been added to the Metadata API Developer Guide.

SOQL
The updates to SOQL errors and functionality in this release could affect existing code that relies on old errors and functionality.

Changed Error Messages

Using WITH SECURITY ENFORCED without a proper Apex context setup results in the error message SECURITY_ENFORCED not
allowed in this context. This error message was changed in Summer ’24 to a different message. That change is reverted in Winter ’25.

Tooling API New and Changed Objects

Access more metadata through these new and changed Tooling API objects.

309
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Customization
Add a description for public groups and queues
Use the new Description field on the existing Group object.

Development
Set up parallel subscriptions for a platform event Apex trigger
Use the NumPartitions field to specify the number of parallel subscriptions. Set the PartitionKey field to specify the
platform event field used to generate the hash value for the subscription partitions.
Generate actions from External Services with Heroku apps (pilot)
Use the new Heroku value, which is in the existing ExternalServiceRegistrationProviderType field on the
existing ExternalServiceRegistration object.

Note: Heroku Apps in Salesforce Setup is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms
Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Increase sandbox security by indicating a public group when creating or refreshing a Developer or Developer Pro sandbox
Behavior change announcement: Starting in Spring ’25, the ActivationUserGroupId field on the SandboxInfo object will
be required when creating or refreshing a Developer or Developer Pro sandbox. To avoid losing the ability to create or refresh
Developer and Developer Pro sandboxes, use API version 60.0 or later.
Specify the add-on features you want to apply when you create or refresh a sandbox
Use the new Features field of the existing SandboxInfo and SandboxProcess objects.

Sales
Specify the object type supported by territories
Use the new Territory2SupportedObject object.

Security and Identity

Simplify the configuration process for authentication providers used by named credentials
Use the new ExternalAuthIdentityProvider object and the new ExtlAuthIdentityProvider field on the existing
ExternalCredentialParameter object.
Use a static username and password to authenticate into external systems
Use the Basic value in the existing AuthenticationProtocol field on the existing ExternalCredential object. Introduced
in API version 60.0, this value is now added to the Tooling API Developer Guide.
Upload Database tenant secrets with BYOK-specific certificates
Use the OptionIsUsingKMS field on the existing Certificate object to upload Database tenant secret types with BYOK. Introduced
in API version 50.0, this field has been added to the Tooling API Developer Guide.

Service
Identify your custom Messaging channel integration with a logo
Use the customIconId field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition object to identify a Bring Your Own Channel or
Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS messaging channel integration. Introduced in API version 61.0, this field has been added to the
Tooling API Developer Guide.

310
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes New and Changed Items for Developers

Specify whether admins can configure custom parameters and parameter mappings for Messaging channels
Use the CapabilitiesSupportsCustomChannelParameters field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition
object. Introduced in API version 61.0, this field has been added to the Tooling API Developer Guide.
Specify the connected app owner for Bring Your Own Channel
Use the new ConnectedAppType field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition object with Bring Your Own Channel or
Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS.
Note the OAuth link for a connected app created by a customer for Bring Your Own Channel
Use the new CustomerConnectedAppOauthLink field on the existing ConversationChannelDefinition object with Bring
Your Own Channel or Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS.
Relate a Messaging channel to a contact center and specify routing details for a voicemail configuration
Use the ContactCenterChannel object with a Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) messaging channel.
Introduced in API version 56.0, this object has been added to the Tooling API Developer Guide.
Connect a partner vendor system to Service Cloud
Use the ConversationVendorInfo object. Introduced in API version 52.0, this object has been added to the Tooling API Developer Guide.

User Interface API

Related lists for records support child relationships, and User Interface API supports more objects.

New and Changed User Interface API Resources

These resources are new or have changes.
Changed User Interface API Response Bodies
These response bodies have changes.
Supported Objects
All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API.

SEE ALSO:
User Interface API Developer Guide

New and Changed User Interface API Resources

These resources are new or have changes.

Lists
Get related list records
Make a GET or PATCH request to the existing
/ui-api/related-list-records/${parentRecordId}/${relatedListId} resource.
The relatedListId query parameter now supports the API name of a child relationship.

Changed User Interface API Response Bodies

These response bodies have changes.

311
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein

Lists
List Info
This response body has this new property.
• hasMassActions—Indicates whether the list has mass actions.

Supported Objects
All new standard objects are auto-enabled for use with User Interface API.
To view new objects that are auto-enabled for User Interface API, see New and Changed Objects.
These standard objects aren’t new to your org but are new for User Interface API.
• CampaignInfluence
• Profile
• TenantSecurityNotificationRule
These standard objects are already supported in User Interface API, and they’re newly supported for list views and most recently used
list views.
• AssociatedLocation
• DelegatedAccount
• MaintenanceWorkRule
• ResourceAbsence
• User
• WorkCapacityLimit
• WorkCapacityUsage
These standard objects are already supported in User Interface API and for list views, and they’re newly supported for most recently used
list views.
• PaymentTerm
• PaymentTermItem

SEE ALSO:
User Interface API Developer Guide: Supported Objects

Einstein
Supercharge your workforce efficiency with predictive and generative AI.
Rights of ALBERT EINSTEIN are used with permission of The Hebrew University of Jerusalem / CMGWorldwide.

Einstein Features
Learn more about how Einstein can supercharge productivity across all Salesforce clouds. Einstein features are released as often as
monthly, so check back again soon for the latest AI solutions. Features included in the September monthly release generally become
available when Winter ’25 rolls out to your org.

312
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Features

Einstein Platform
Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality,
security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Einstein platform changes are released as often as monthly, so check
back again soon for the latest and greatest.

Einstein Features
Learn more about how Einstein can supercharge productivity across all Salesforce clouds. Einstein features are released as often as
monthly, so check back again soon for the latest AI solutions. Features included in the September monthly release generally become
available when Winter ’25 rolls out to your org.

Cloud Features Release Note

November ’24

Public Sector Solutions Application History Overview, Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions
Application Version Comparison,
License Compliance Summary,
Prior Violations Report

October ’24

Commerce Agentforce Merchant Agent Power Up Productivity with Agentforce Merchant Agent

Field Service Post-Work Summary Generate Post-Work Summaries On the Go (Beta)

Sales Agentforce SDR Scale Your Sales Funnel with Agentforce SDR

Sales Agentforce Sales Coach Coach Sales Reps at Scale with Agentforce Sales Coach

Service Agentforce Service Agent Automate Common Contact Center Interactions with Agentforce
Service Agents

Service Agentforce Service Agent Monitor Agentforce Service Agent Conversation Consumption
with Digital Wallet

Service Reply Recommendations, Work Einstein for Service

Summaries

September ’24

Analytics Lightning Report Formula Add Calculated Fields to Your Lightning Reports with Einstein
Generation Generative AI

Communications Einstein Quick Quote Create Budgetary Quotes Quickly With Einstein Conversational AI

Education Data Cloud for Education Cloud: Build Stronger Alumni Relationships with Einstein and Data Cloud
Alumni Metrics for Education: Alumni Metrics

Education Einstein Advising Summary for Summarize Advising Cases by Using Einstein
Advisors

Education Einstein Mentoring Summaries Find Accurate Mentor Matches with Einstein Mentoring Summaries

313
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Features

Cloud Features Release Note

Field Service Einstein Copilot: Summarize Get a Daily Summary of Service Appointments that Require
Scheduling Issues for Field Immediate Attention
Service

Field Service Einstein Copilot: Create Find Service Appointments Easily by Creating Search Filters in the
Appointment List Filter for Field Appointment List
Service

Field Service Einstein Copilot: Summarize Uncover Top Cancellation Reasons Easily (Beta)
Service Appointment Notes

Financial Services Einstein Summaries for Business Get Client Relationship Insights Quickly with Prebuilt, AI-Powered
Relationship Plan Summary Templates

Health Einstein Embedded AI: Einstein for Health Cloud

Summarization and Email
Generation for Healthcare

Industries: Net Zero Generate First Draft of ESG Einstein for Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Disclosure Automatically, Revise
Disclosure Responses, Revise
Information Library Snippets

Industries: Net Zero Enhance Scope 3 Emissions Enhance Scope 3 Emissions Calculations with Einstein Generative
Calculations AI (Beta)

Marketing Einstein Copilot: Create Briefs and Save Time with Grounded Agentforce and Einstein AI Tools
Campaigns

Nonprofit Einstein Program Benefits Einstein Generative AI for Nonprofit Cloud

Summary (beta), Einstein Notes
Summary (beta), Einstein Board
Version of Grant Application
(beta), Einstein Fundraising
Award Summary (beta)

Platform Agentforce for Developers Use Generative AI For Salesforce Development with Agentforce
for Developers (Generally Available)

Sales Einstein Coach Get Timely and Contextual Feedback on Your Terms

Sales Einstein Activity Capture, Einstein Einstein for Sales

Automated Contacts, Sales
Summaries (beta)

Sales Einstein Copilot: Add Record to Einstein Copilot for Sales

Cadence, Create a Label, Create
a To-Do, Find Contact
Interactions, Find Past
Collaborators, Get Product
Pricing, Identify Contact Role,
Identify Key Contacts, Label a

314
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Cloud Features Release Note

Record, Log a Call, Prioritize
Opportunities, and Review My
Day

Service Einstein Article Einstein for Service

Recommendations, Einstein Case
Classification, Einstein
Conversation Mining, Einstein
Knowledge Creation, Einstein
Work Summaries

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI Features

Einstein Platform
Build smart solutions for your business cases with generative AI, predictive AI, and everything in between. Learn about functionality,
security, and performance improvements to AI at Salesforce. Einstein platform changes are released as often as monthly, so check back
again soon for the latest and greatest.

Features Release Note

November ’24

Agentforce Configure Conversation Recommendations

October ’24

Agentforce Streamline Business Operations with Agentforce Agents (Generally

Available)

Customize Your Agent’s Behavior with Standard Topic Editing

Evaluate Agent Interaction with Utterance Analysis

Check Performance with Agent Analytics Built on Data Cloud

Einstein Bots Input Recommender (Beta) Is Being Retired

Einstein Data Library Ground Generative AI Responses on Your File Uploads in Einstein
Data Library

Changed Access to Existing Einstein Data Libraries

Einstein Trust Layer Choose Where to Store Generative AI Audit and Feedback Data

Use Salesforce Data Classification for Field-Based LLM Data Masking

Prompt Builder Get Prompt Performance Metrics with User Feedback (Beta)

Improve Prompt Grounding with Dynamic Retrievers

315
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Features Release Note

Repurpose a Standard Prompt Template

Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG) in Data Cloud Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct
(Beta)

Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally Available)

Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally Available)

Other Changes Explore More Anthropic, Azure, and OpenAI Models on the Einstein
Platform

Monitor Einstein Request Consumption in Near-Real Time with

Digital Wallet

Seamlessly Connect Customer and Partner LLMs with the Models

API and LLM Open Connector (Generally Available)

September ’24

Agentforce Introducing the Agentforce Platform

Handle More Use Cases More Consistently with Agent Topics

Find Agent Analytics In the Dashboards Tab

Einstein Bots Connect Enhanced Bots to LINE Messaging Channels (Generally

Available)

Get to Know Customers Faster with Improved Intent Recognition

Reach More Customers with Multi-Language Support for Messaging

Components (Generally Available)

Save Time with New Messaging Components for Enhanced Bots

(Generally Available)

Support More Customers with New Languages (Generally Available)

Translate Dialogs Easily to Different Languages (Generally Available)

Understand Customers More Accurately with Strict Recognition

Einstein Data Prism Get Optimized Einstein Responses with Einstein Data Prism

Other Changes Explore More Anthropic, Azure, and OpenAI Models on the Einstein
Platform

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI

Agentforce
Bring the power of assistive and autonomous AI to your business with Agentforce.

316
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Agentforce features are released as often as monthly, and there’s much more to come in Winter ’25. In the meantime, we're continuing
to add features to Summer ’24 through August 2024.

Streamline Business Operations with Agentforce Agents (Generally Available)

Transform your service and sales operations and free up your teams to focus on high-value work with autonomous AI agents. Create
agents quickly with pre-built agent types that excel at specific use cases. Service Agent connects with customers on messaging
channels to intelligently resolve cases with on-demand personalized support. SDR agents accelerate lead qualification by autonomously
sending personalized emails and scheduling customer meetings on behalf of your sales reps. And Sales Coach agent equips your
sales reps with personalized, actionable, and stage-specific feedback on sales pitches and role-play sessions.
Customize Your Agent’s Behavior with Standard Topic Editing
Create a version of a standard topic to customize it for a specific agent. Previously, you couldn’t make changes to a standard topic.
Now you can edit any topic field to make sure your agent launches the topic at the right time and respects the right guardrails. Or
edit the actions assigned to the topic to give it the right functionality for your agent’s use cases.
Evaluate Agent Interaction with Utterance Analysis
Without knowing what users are saying to an agent or copilot, you only get half of the picture. And sifting through event log line
after line is time consuming. Utterance Analysis gathers user inputs, requests, and queries. It then breaks that data down into reports
so you can see how your agent or copilot is performing. The clusters and categories in the reports help you identify bigger patterns
and trends. You can also see if the agent or copilot was able to respond with a topic, and if that topic was correct, and adjust to meet
user needs.
Check Performance with Agent Analytics Built on Data Cloud
Agent Analytics is now using Data Cloud reports and dashboards. With this platform, you can quickly see not only how well your
Copilot and agents are performing, but also customize the reports or create your own. In addition, we moved Agent Analytics out
of Setup to make accessing it simpler. It’s now available in the Dashboard tab across CRM, in the Copilot for Salesforce Apps folder.
Find Agent Analytics In the Dashboards Tab
Finding the Agent Analytics dashboard and reports is about to get easier. No longer a page in Setup, the dashboard with the linked
reports is moving to the Copilot for Salesforce Apps folder in the Dashboard tab.
Handle More Use Cases More Consistently with Agent Topics
Introducing topics, a new layer of organization and customization that helps your agents, including Einstein Copilot, make more
accurate decisions and generate more relevant, predictable responses. Topics represent the jobs you want your agent to handle
using a set of related instructions and actions. Now when a user enters a question or request, instead of searching through a flat list
of all actions assigned to it, your agent selects a relevant topic and then launches one or more actions included within that topic.
This keeps your agent focused on the actions and data that are most relevant to the current conversation. Plus, the instructions in
a topic tell your agent how to use the actions within the topic, which gives you more granular control over how your agent makes
decisions. Get started quickly with a library of out-of-the-box standard topics for common use cases, or create custom topics to meet
your unique business needs.
Introducing the Agentforce Platform
Einstein Copilot Studio is now Agent Studio, as the platform grows to make way for AI agents. Like a copilot, an agent helps increase
productivity and reduce your teams' workload by automating routine tasks and assisting with complex ones. But agents are more
autonomous, so they can independently identify opportunities for action, anticipate next steps, and initiate tasks within the use
cases and guardrails you specify. Plus, some agents can be deployed to channels outside of Salesforce, so agents can help your
customers as well as your employees.
Enhance AI Responses by Customizing the Data Used by the Answer Questions with Knowledge Action
Customize AI responses from the Answer Questions with Knowledge action using your data by filtering knowledge records or by
uploading files through the Einstein Data Library. Tailor answers to fit your business and brand by adding your own instructions to
the Answer Questions with Knowledge template in Prompt Builder.

317
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

New and Changed Standard Agent Topics and Actions

Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent, including Einstein Copilot, with new and changed agent standard topics and actions.
Configure Conversation Recommendations
Conversation Recommendations help your Copilot users find what they need by offering suggestions for what to ask next. In the
past, these suggestions were predefined. Now you can create your own simply by adding them to a topic. You can even add them
to a standard topic by creating a version of it. You don’t, though, have to go back and modify every topic you’ve got. If the section
in a topic is empty, the reasoning engine comes up with suggestions based on the context and other data.

Streamline Business Operations with Agentforce Agents (Generally Available)

Transform your service and sales operations and free up your teams to focus on high-value work with autonomous AI agents. Create
agents quickly with pre-built agent types that excel at specific use cases. Service Agent connects with customers on messaging channels
to intelligently resolve cases with on-demand personalized support. SDR agents accelerate lead qualification by autonomously sending
personalized emails and scheduling customer meetings on behalf of your sales reps. And Sales Coach agent equips your sales reps with
personalized, actionable, and stage-specific feedback on sales pitches and role-play sessions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales,
Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is available starting late October 2024.
How: To create an agent, go to the Agents Setup page and click New Agent. Depending on your licenses, you can create an agent by
using the Service Agent, SDR Agent, or Sales Coach agent type. Later, you can customize the agent’s topics, actions, and other settings
to reflect your brand and meet your unique business needs.

SEE ALSO:
Agentforce Service Agent
Agentforce SDR
Agentforce Sales Coach
Salesforce Help: Agentforce: Agents and Copilot

Customize Your Agent’s Behavior with Standard Topic Editing

Create a version of a standard topic to customize it for a specific agent. Previously, you couldn’t make changes to a standard topic. Now
you can edit any topic field to make sure your agent launches the topic at the right time and respects the right guardrails. Or edit the
actions assigned to the topic to give it the right functionality for your agent’s use cases.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales,
Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is available starting late October 2024.
How: Launch the agent you want to use with a customized topic in the Agent Builder. From the Topics panel, select the standard topic
you want to edit. Create a version of the topic, and then make and save your changes. Your changes apply only to this agent.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Edit a Standard Topic

318
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Evaluate Agent Interaction with Utterance Analysis

Without knowing what users are saying to an agent or copilot, you only get half of the picture. And sifting through event log line after
line is time consuming. Utterance Analysis gathers user inputs, requests, and queries. It then breaks that data down into reports so you
can see how your agent or copilot is performing. The clusters and categories in the reports help you identify bigger patterns and trends.
You can also see if the agent or copilot was able to respond with a topic, and if that topic was correct, and adjust to meet user needs.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android, the Field Service mobile app for
iOS and Android, and Sales Cloud Everywhere in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for
Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is in effect starting October 23, 2024.

Check Performance with Agent Analytics Built on Data Cloud

Agent Analytics is now using Data Cloud reports and dashboards. With this platform, you can quickly see not only how well your Copilot
and agents are performing, but also customize the reports or create your own. In addition, we moved Agent Analytics out of Setup to
make accessing it simpler. It’s now available in the Dashboard tab across CRM, in the Copilot for Salesforce Apps folder.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android, the Field Service mobile app for
iOS and Android, and Sales Cloud Everywhere in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for
Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is in effect starting October 23, 2024.

Find Agent Analytics In the Dashboards Tab

Finding the Agent Analytics dashboard and reports is about to get easier. No longer a page in Setup, the dashboard with the linked
reports is moving to the Copilot for Salesforce Apps folder in the Dashboard tab.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android, the Field Service mobile app for
iOS and Android, and Sales Cloud Everywhere in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for
Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is effective in October 2024.

Handle More Use Cases More Consistently with Agent Topics

Introducing topics, a new layer of organization and customization that helps your agents, including Einstein Copilot, make more accurate
decisions and generate more relevant, predictable responses. Topics represent the jobs you want your agent to handle using a set of
related instructions and actions. Now when a user enters a question or request, instead of searching through a flat list of all actions
assigned to it, your agent selects a relevant topic and then launches one or more actions included within that topic. This keeps your
agent focused on the actions and data that are most relevant to the current conversation. Plus, the instructions in a topic tell your agent
how to use the actions within the topic, which gives you more granular control over how your agent makes decisions. Get started quickly
with a library of out-of-the-box standard topics for common use cases, or create custom topics to meet your unique business needs.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android, the Field Service mobile app for
iOS and Android, and Sales Cloud Everywhere in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for
Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for AI agents and Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
When: Topics and planner service enhancements are available on a rolling basis starting the week of August 26, 2024.
Why: In addition to the performance improvements that you get with topics in agents, including Einstein Copilot, here are some other
changes you can expect.

319
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

• To use an action with your agent, assign the action to a topic and assign the topic to your assign. Previously, you could assign an
action directly to an agent. You can assign an action to multiple topics to apply it differently to different use cases and get a
context-appropriate result.
• To ensure a smooth transition to topics in Einstein Copilot, all of the actions previously assigned directly to your copilot are available
in a topic called Migration Default Topic. However, because of the general nature of this topic, the actions and instructions aren’t
optimized for your use cases. For best performance, we recommend creating custom topics and moving your actions as soon as
possible.
• We created two new standard topics to support fundamental Einstein Copilot use cases. The General CRM topic handles user requests
that are related to retrieving Salesforce CRM data, including identifying, updating, and summarizing records and finding and querying
Salesforce objects. The Single Record Summary topic generates a summary of a record. These topics are assigned to new copilots
by default. Learn more about these topics in the Copilot Standard Topic Reference.
• Topics are part of larger improvements we’ve made to the planner service, or agents’ reasoning engine. The plan canvas in the Agent
Builder now includes steps related to topics. Plus, instead of generating a single plan, you see your agent making more frequent,
iterative decisions between actions and in response to user input.
• Agents, including Einstein Copilot, now uses OpenAI GPT-4o for all planner service calls, so you can expect to see improvements in
the speed and accuracy of your agent's decision-making. Previously, Einstein Copilot used OpenAI GPT-4.
• With this change, data masking through the Einstein Trust Layer is disabled to improve the performance and accuracy of agents. All
data, including PII, that is accessed by AI agents is still protected in transit as part of our Trust Layer and is not stored or used for
training purposes by external LLM providers, maintaining our strict zero-data retention policy.
How: To add a topic to your agent, open your agent in the Agent Builder. From the Topics panel, you can select a standard topic from
the asset library. Or you can create a custom topic, including defining actions and instructions.
You can view or edit your custom topic from the Topics panel in the Agent Builder. To view or edit your topic’s details, click the topic
name and select the Topic Configuration tab. To view, add, or remove agent actions from your topic, select the This Topic’s Actions
tab.
To make changes to your agent’s topics and actions, your agent must be deactivated.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot Topics
Salesforce Help: Standard Topic Reference

Introducing the Agentforce Platform

Einstein Copilot Studio is now Agent Studio, as the platform grows to make way for AI agents. Like a copilot, an agent helps increase
productivity and reduce your teams' workload by automating routine tasks and assisting with complex ones. But agents are more
autonomous, so they can independently identify opportunities for action, anticipate next steps, and initiate tasks within the use cases
and guardrails you specify. Plus, some agents can be deployed to channels outside of Salesforce, so agents can help your customers as
well as your employees.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android, the Field Service mobile app for
iOS and Android, and Sales Cloud Everywhere in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for
Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is available starting the week of September 2, 2024.
Why: We’re currently working to grow our team of Agentforce agents for Sales and Service use cases and beyond. In the meantime,
you’ll see changes throughout Setup.

320
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

• A copilot, including Einstein Copilot for Salesforce, is now a type of agent. We’ve updated page, field, and column names and other
text to reflect this change. However, there’s no change to your copilot’s functionality, so you can count on it to continue assisting,
collaborating with, and supporting your users throughout Salesforce.
• Einstein Copilot Studio Setup pages have been renamed to Agent Studio. Start your Quick Find searches with Agent instead of
Copilot.
• The Copilot Builder is now the Agent Builder, where you’ll be able to easily create, customize, and activate your agents with minimal
setup required.
• Copilot topics and actions are now agent topics and actions.
We're also working to reflect these changes in our Salesforce Help content and Trailhead modules. Stay tuned!

Enhance AI Responses by Customizing the Data Used by the Answer Questions with Knowledge
Action
Customize AI responses from the Answer Questions with Knowledge action using your data by filtering knowledge records or by uploading
files through the Einstein Data Library. Tailor answers to fit your business and brand by adding your own instructions to the Answer
Questions with Knowledge template in Prompt Builder.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales,
Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for AI agents is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is available starting late October 2024.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission set.
How: When a user asks a question, and the user has the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission and the Prompt Template
user permission, the Answer Questions with Knowledge action uses the assigned data library to generate a response grounded in your
unique knowledge base or uploaded files.
To customize the Answer Questions with Knowledge template, create a prompt template or edit the preexisting prompt templates and
save as new. Then, to create or customize the prompt template, follow the instructions in Ingredients of a Prompt Template in Help and
Answer Questions with Knowledge.
To configure the data library used by the Answer Questions with Knowledge action for an agent, go to Agent Builder. After you set up
the agent type, topics, and details, under Select Data, choose an existing data library or create one. To configure the library, follow the
same steps as the regular Einstein Data Library setup. Click Next and the data library is added to your agent.

New and Changed Standard Agent Topics and Actions

Quickly add powerful functionality to an agent, including Einstein Copilot, with new and changed agent standard topics and actions.
Availability of agent standard topics, actions, and related prompt templates can vary by edition and license.

October '24
New Topic: Send Outreach
Agentforce SDR uses the Send Outreach topic to draft and send initial and follow-up emails to new and updated leads. This topic
includes three new actions.
• Draft Initial Outreach Email: Generates an initial email to a lead based on the lead record and related data.
• Draft Nudge Email: Generates a follow-up email to a lead based on the lead record and related data.
• Schedule Email: Schedules an SDR-drafted email for sending.
New Topic: Respond to Prospect
Agentforce SDR uses the Respond to Prospect topic to draft and send email replies to leads. This topic includes three new actions.

321
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

• Draft Meeting Request Email: Generates a reply email to a lead who has expressed interest. The email includes a meeting invite
link based on the lead owner's calendar and copies the owner.
• Draft Generic Reply Email: Generates a reply email to a lead who has responded with an off-topic question. The email copies the
lead owner.
• Schedule Email: Schedules an SDR-drafted email for sending.
New Topic: Manage Opt-Out
Agentforce SDR uses the Manage Opt-Out topic to update lead records when the lead asks not to receive emails. This topic includes
one new agent action.
• Opt-Out Lead: Sets the lead Email Opt Out field to true for the lead.
New Topic: Generate Post-Work Summaries On the Go (Beta)
Use the new Post-Work Summary for Field Service (Beta) topic to help mobile workers generate a comprehensive report of their
work orders. You can also set up a flow that populates the Post-Work Summary field on the work order for the mobile workers.
• Identify Record by Name: Searches for Salesforce records by name and returns a list of matching record IDs.
• Summarize Record: Generates a summary of a record.
• New Action: Refine Post-Work Summary for Field Service: Refines and adds information to a summary of a Salesforce work order
record, based on user utterance.
Updated Action: Answer Questions with Knowledge
The Answer Questions with Knowledge action now has access to data by filtering knowledge records or by uploading files through
the Einstein Data Library. When a user asks an agent a question and the user has access to the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce
permission set, the Answer Questions with Knowledge action uses a Knowledge Answers prompt template to generate and answer.
New Topic: Commerce Promotions
The Commerce Promotions topic creates promotions or gets promotion suggestions and templates for a Commerce store. This topic
includes two new agent actions.
• Create Promotions: Creates a Promotion record based on the Salesforce store ID.
• Get Commerce Promotion Templates: Provides a list of suggested promotion templates based on the web store ID.
New Topic: Insights Business Objectives
The Insights Business Objectives topic provides helpful insights into your store. This topic includes two new agent actions.
• Get Commerce Business Objectives: Retrieves key performance indicators (KPIs) such as average order value (AOV) and site
conversion for a store.
• Format Commerce Insights: Displays the insights result header in rich text.

September ’24
New and changed agent topics and actions included in the September monthly release typically become available when Winter ’25
rolls out to your org.
New Topic: General CRM
The new General CRM topic handles user requests related to Salesforce CRM data, including identifying, summarizing, or updating
records, drafting or refining emails, aggregating data, and finding and querying Salesforce objects. It includes three new agent
actions.
• Get Record Details: Helps users get information about a specific record. When responding to a user’s question or request, the
action can retrieve object fields and values, records from related lists, and associated tasks and events.
• Get Activities Timeline: Retrieves a list of all activities associated with a record during the specified time frame. The list can include
past and future activities.

322
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

• Get Activity Details: Provides a brief summary of an activity, including an overview of its content (such as an email or a call
summary) and other relevant details. Valid activity types are calls, emails, events, or tasks.
New Topic: Single Record Summary
The new Record Summary topic generates a summary for a single Salesforce record.
New Topic: Close Deals
The Close Deals topic uses AI-powered insights to heighten sales success. Get recommendations on the best approach to close
deals, based on past deals won, conversation signals, and customer sentiment. Sellers also get answers to product-related pricing
questions, briefings on customer sentiments based on conversations, and suggestions for close plans to help you close deals.
New Topic: Communicate with Customers
Generate personalized and clear communications to help sellers engage with prospects, contacts, and leads via email, follow-ups,
and meeting requests.
New Topic: Conversation Explorer
Answer user’s questions about a voice or video call based on the contents of the call transcript.
New Topic: Field Service Dispatcher Actions
The Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic helps users find appointments that require immediate attention and shows them in the
appointment list for subsequent follow-up actions.
• New Action: Create Appointment List Filters: Creates a filter for the service appointment list in the dispatcher console. If a user
triggers QueryRecords to retrieve service appointments with certain criteria and then asks to see the service appointments in
the appointment list, the action creates a filter in the Appointment List containing the service appointments returned by Copilot.
• New Action: Summarize Scheduling Issues: Creates a summary of the total number of appointments that require immediate
attention. The summary is divided according to exception categories. The copilot action creates a filter for each category in the
appointment list. This action is one of the actions provided by the Einstein Copilot: Field Service Actions feature. The categories
used by the reports are customizable.
New Topic: Forecast Sales Revenue
Use the Forecast Sales Revenue topic for comprehensive insight into predicting sales revenue. Gain an understanding of your team’s
forecasts, predict future sales based on current market signals or predictive analysis, and get answers to queries related to deal alerts,
risky deals, or estimations around deal value.
New Topic: Manage Deals
The Manage Deals topic equips sellers with the strategic information to effectively oversee your deals. Sellers can get information
about specific contacts or relationships with contact accounts, empowering them to make informed decisions. By identifying similar
opportunities, users can optimize their deal strategies and prioritize crucial activities and accounts, all while ensuring their CRM
remains current with the latest tasks, calls, and customer interactions. This comprehensive approach provides a more real-time view
of deals and pipelines, ultimately leading to more effective deal management.
New Topic: Prospect
Leverage the Prospect topic to identify past collaborators, view suggested connections, explore products, discover the right product
fit, and access lead engagement information. With this insight, sellers can craft a winning sales strategy or outreach plan to move
the deal forward.
New Action: Add Record to Cadence
Sales users now have the convenience of the Add Record to Cadence copilot action, allowing the seamless association of contacts
and leads with cadences from Einstein Copilot.
New Action: Create a Label
Sales users can use the Create a Label action to create custom labels that can be used to organize and retrieve records easily.
New Action: Create a To-Do
Sales users can now use the Create a To-Do action in Einstein Copilot to create tasks for pending actions and follow-ups.

323
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

New Action: Find Contact Interactions

Sales users can identify the list of opportunities or an account that a specific contact has influenced.
New Action: Find Past Collaborators
Sales users can leverage AI-powered insights to identify individuals with past collaborative ties, aiding in securing introductions to
relevant parties in ongoing or future deals.
New Action: Get Product Pricing
Sales users can use the new Get Product Pricing copilot action to get pricing information for a product, including relevant historical
data from previous deals involving the same product.
New Action: Identify Contact Role
Sales users now have the convenience of the Add Record to Cadence copilot action, allowing the seamless association of contacts
and leads with cadences from Einstein Copilot.
New Action: Identify Key Contacts
Sales users can identify the role, significance, or impact of a contact in influencing the opportunity or account status.
New Action: Label a Record
Sales users can assign personalized labels to records.
New Action: Log a Call
Sales users can use the new Log a Call copilot action to effortlessly log calls and save time by using Einstein Copilot. You can also
add details about the call, such as the date, time, and purpose.
New Action: Prioritize Opportunities
Sales reps can use the new Prioritize Opportunities action to generate a list of top deals and identify the opportunities to focus on.
This action is available with the Einstein for Sales add-on.
New Action: Review My Day
Sales users can use the new Review My Day copilot action to get an overview of their daily agenda, including pending tasks, meetings,
leads, opportunities, and learn how the seller is tracking against their sales quota.
New Action: Get Financial Accounts Information for an Account (Beta)
Service representatives can use the new Get Financial Accounts Information for an Account copilot action to retrieve the details
about financial accounts associated with an account to create a case for a fee reversal service process request.
New Action: Get Fee Transactions from a Financial Account (Beta)
Service representatives can use the new Get Fee Transactions from a Financial Account (Beta) copilot action to retrieve a list of fee
transactions associated with a specific financial account to create a case for a fee reversal service process request.
New Action: Create a Fee Reversal Case (Beta)
Service representatives can use the new Create a Fee Reversal Case (Beta) copilot action to create a case record to request a reversal
of fee charged on a financial account.

Configure Conversation Recommendations

Conversation Recommendations help your Copilot users find what they need by offering suggestions for what to ask next. In the past,
these suggestions were predefined. Now you can create your own simply by adding them to a topic. You can even add them to a
standard topic by creating a version of it. You don’t, though, have to go back and modify every topic you’ve got. If the section in a topic
is empty, the reasoning engine comes up with suggestions based on the context and other data.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, the Salesforce mobile app for Android and iOS, the Field Service mobile app for
Android and iOS, and Sales Cloud Everywhere in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for
Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.

324
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

When: This change is available in November 2024.

Einstein Bots
Keep bot conversations more focused with a strict recognition threshold, connect with more customers by quickly translating bot dialogs
to different languages, use enhanced bots on a LINE messaging channel, and more.

Connect Enhanced Bots to LINE Messaging Channels (Generally Available)

Reach more customers with an enhanced Messaging channel that's connected to the LINE messaging app, widely used in Japan.
With a LINE channel, your support team can now address LINE messages directly from the Service Console.
Get to Know Customers Faster with Improved Intent Recognition
Enhanced bots now recognize the intent of the first message a customer sends. Previously, only standard bots supported intent
recognition for the first customer message.
Input Recommender (Beta) Is Being Retired
Input Recommender is scheduled for retirement in Spring ’25. You can continue to use Input Recommender until that date, but we
recommend transitioning to the cross-lingual model. You can train the cross-lingual model on as little as one utterance per language.
Utterances that you created by using Input Recommender and added to an intent model aren’t impacted.
Reach More Customers with Multi-Language Support for Messaging Components (Generally Available)
Enhanced bots with messaging components now have full multi-language support.
Run Flows in Bot User Context (Release Update)
With this update enabled, a flow initiated by a bot runs in user context. The user profile and permission sets associated with the bot,
as well as any sharing rules, determine the object permissions and field-level access of the flow. This update prevents flows initiated
by a bot from creating, reading, updating, or deleting records that the bot doesn’t have permission to access or modify. Previously,
a flow initiated by a bot ran in system context and had permission to access and modify all data. This update was first made available
in Summer ’23 and is enforced in Winter ’25.
Save Time with New Messaging Components for Enhanced Bots (Generally Available)
Empower customers and save service agents’ time with the authentication, custom, form, and payment messaging components.
Enhanced bots can now handle more complex use cases on enhanced Apple Messages for Business channels. The form component
is also available for Messaging for In-App and Web.
Support More Customers with New Languages (Generally Available)
Chat with customers in the language they prefer. Einstein Bots now supports Hebrew, Romanian, Danish, Korean, and Swedish.
Translate Dialogs Easily to Different Languages (Generally Available)
Connect with more customers by quickly translating your bot’s dialogs to different languages. Multi-language bots can now translate
a dialog to another language in seconds. Previously, you manually added translations for each secondary language.
Understand Customers More Accurately with Strict Recognition
Set a strict recognition threshold to reduce the time your bot spends on unclear messages and keep bot conversations more focused.
When you enable strict recognition, the bot recognizes and directs customer messages that contain gibberish, profanity, or irrelevant
content to the Confused dialog.

Connect Enhanced Bots to LINE Messaging Channels (Generally Available)

Reach more customers with an enhanced Messaging channel that's connected to the LINE messaging app, widely used in Japan. With
a LINE channel, your support team can now address LINE messages directly from the Service Console.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

325
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

How: Create a LINE Official Account. Add yourself as a provider and create a channel in the LINE Developers Console. Then, in Salesforce,
create a LINE channel. To route LINE conversations to and from an enhanced bot, add the Route Work flow action to an Omni-Channel
flow.

SEE ALSO:
Help Customers in a LINE Messaging Channel

Get to Know Customers Faster with Improved Intent Recognition

Enhanced bots now recognize the intent of the first message a customer sends. Previously, only standard bots supported intent recognition
for the first customer message.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
How: To turn on this feature, contact Salesforce Customer Support.

Input Recommender (Beta) Is Being Retired

Input Recommender is scheduled for retirement in Spring ’25. You can continue to use Input Recommender until that date, but we
recommend transitioning to the cross-lingual model. You can train the cross-lingual model on as little as one utterance per language.
Utterances that you created by using Input Recommender and added to an intent model aren’t impacted.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Turn on the Cross-Lingual Intent Model (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Reach More Customers with Multi-Language Support for Messaging Components (Generally
Available)
Enhanced bots with messaging components now have full multi-language support.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Define Languages for Your Einstein Bot (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Run Flows in Bot User Context (Release Update)

With this update enabled, a flow initiated by a bot runs in user context. The user profile and permission sets associated with the bot, as
well as any sharing rules, determine the object permissions and field-level access of the flow. This update prevents flows initiated by a
bot from creating, reading, updating, or deleting records that the bot doesn’t have permission to access or modify. Previously, a flow
initiated by a bot ran in system context and had permission to access and modify all data. This update was first made available in Summer
’23 and is enforced in Winter ’25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.

326
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

When: Salesforce enforces this update in Winter ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: This update improves security by preventing you from unintentionally allowing bots to create or modify records that they don’t
have access to.
How: Before you enable this update in production, we recommend that you test your bots that run flows with this update enabled in
a sandbox or an org with Developer Edition. Test that the flows initiated from your bot can perform all flow operations. If a flow fails,
identify the missing permissions and add them to the user profile or permission sets associated with your bot.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates

Save Time with New Messaging Components for Enhanced Bots (Generally Available)
Empower customers and save service agents’ time with the authentication, custom, form, and payment messaging components.
Enhanced bots can now handle more complex use cases on enhanced Apple Messages for Business channels. The form component is
also available for Messaging for In-App and Web.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
Why: The new messaging components support powerful bot interactions with customers.
• Authentication: Verify a customer’s identity.
• Custom: Embed an external app in a bot conversation.
• Form: Send a form to easily and securely gather information from a customer.
• Payment: Process a payment with Apple Pay.
The authentication, form, and payment components are a new class of asynchronous messaging components. Unlike with other
messaging components, when the bot sends an asynchronous component, the customer can respond to the component later.
To ensure a natural conversational experience, you can tell the bot to wait for customer input or move on to the next dialog step
depending on the scenario. You can also control how the bot responds to errors by customizing error handling for asynchronous
components.
How: Create and manage components on the Messaging Components page in Setup. To add a messaging component to your enhanced
bot, on the Dialogs page of the Bot Builder, add the associated dialog step to a dialog.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Asynchronous Messaging Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Support More Customers with New Languages (Generally Available)

Chat with customers in the language they prefer. Einstein Bots now supports Hebrew, Romanian, Danish, Korean, and Swedish.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Define Languages for Your Einstein Bot (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

327
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Translate Dialogs Easily to Different Languages (Generally Available)

Connect with more customers by quickly translating your bot’s dialogs to different languages. Multi-language bots can now translate
a dialog to another language in seconds. Previously, you manually added translations for each secondary language.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In the Bot Builder, go to the dialog that you want to translate. Then, on the Dialog Translations tab, select a secondary language
from the dropdown. In the Translations section, select the dialog steps that you want to translate, and then click Translate Selected.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Define Languages for Your Einstein Bot (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Understand Customers More Accurately with Strict Recognition

Set a strict recognition threshold to reduce the time your bot spends on unclear messages and keep bot conversations more focused.
When you enable strict recognition, the bot recognizes and directs customer messages that contain gibberish, profanity, or irrelevant
content to the Confused dialog.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
How: To turn on this feature, contact Salesforce Customer Support.
In the Bot Builder, go to the Bot Overview page for your bot. In the Intent Enhancements section of Settings, make sure that your bot is
using the cross-lingual intent model. Then select Use Strict Recognition with this bot. Set a strict recognition threshold and save your
changes.

Einstein Data Library

Use Einstein Data Library to enhance the accuracy of AI in your features.

Ground Generative AI Responses on Your File Uploads in Einstein Data Library

Improve accuracy, add personalization, and build trust in AI-generated responses when you include file uploads for grounding with
Einstein Data Library. Bring together a multitude of sources and give Einstein targeted information to ground responses on when
you upload text, HTML, or PDF files to your data libraries.
Changed Access to Existing Einstein Data Libraries
Starting in late October, all Einstein Data Libraries require an active Data Cloud setup.

Ground Generative AI Responses on Your File Uploads in Einstein Data Library

Improve accuracy, add personalization, and build trust in AI-generated responses when you include file uploads for grounding with
Einstein Data Library. Bring together a multitude of sources and give Einstein targeted information to ground responses on when you
upload text, HTML, or PDF files to your data libraries.
Where: Einstein Data Library is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein
for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. Einstein Data Library requires Data Cloud.
When: This change is available starting late October 2024.
How: From Setup, go to Einstein Data Library and create a data library. To configure a data library, select it and click Edit. To upload files,
go to the File Upload tab and select or drag text, HTML, or PDF files. Your uploaded files appear for their respective data library. You can
also create and configure data libraries for use with agents from Agent Builder.

328
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Note: When you configure a data library, you can use either Knowledge or file uploads for the data source, but not both
simultaneously.

SEE ALSO:
Einstein Features
Salesforce Help: Einstein Data Library
Agentforce Service Agents
Salesforce Blog: AI Grounding Reduces Generative Hallucinations and Ensures Better Outputs — Here’s How

Changed Access to Existing Einstein Data Libraries

Starting in late October, all Einstein Data Libraries require an active Data Cloud setup.
You can’t edit previously created data libraries, but you can still view existing libraries and they’ll continue to work for assigned features.
To make any changes or use new functionality, you must re-create them manually.
Where: Einstein Data Library is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein
for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. Einstein Data Library requires Data Cloud.
When: This change begins starting late October 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Ground Generative AI Responses on Your File Uploads in Einstein Data Library
Salesforce Help: Einstein Data Library

Einstein Data Prism

Einstein Data Prism is a grounding solution for generative AI apps within Salesforce that improves accuracy for generative AI solutions
that use Data Prism’s grounding capabilities.

Get Optimized Einstein Responses with Einstein Data Prism

With Einstein Data Prism, automatically ground your large language models (LLMs) and gain more accurate and relevant responses
to utterances or prompts. Einstein Data Prism is automatically enabled in approved apps.

Get Optimized Einstein Responses with Einstein Data Prism

With Einstein Data Prism, automatically ground your large language models (LLMs) and gain more accurate and relevant responses to
utterances or prompts. Einstein Data Prism is automatically enabled in approved apps.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein
for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on.
When: This functionality is available starting September 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Data Prism

329
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Einstein Trust Layer

Elevate the security of generative AI at Salesforce through data and privacy controls that are integrated into the end-user experience.

Choose Where to Store Generative AI Audit and Feedback Data

You can now segregate data collection into a specific data space. Data spaces allow you to control who can access this data. Previously,
generative AI audit and feedback data were automatically collected in the default data space.
Use Salesforce Data Classification for Field-Based LLM Data Masking
Salesforce fields tagged with Platform Shield Encryption or data classification metadata can now be masked by Einstein Trust Layer.
Field-based masking allows you to extend the data classification that you’ve configured in your org to large language model (LLM)
data masking. With the addition of field-based masking to the previously supported pattern-based masking, you can now configure
a more comprehensive data masking policy.

Choose Where to Store Generative AI Audit and Feedback Data

You can now segregate data collection into a specific data space. Data spaces allow you to control who can access this data. Previously,
generative AI audit and feedback data were automatically collected in the default data space.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein
for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on.
When: This change is in effect starting the week of October 7, 2024.
Who: System admins or users with View Setup and Customize Application permissions can enable generative AI audit and feedback
data collection.
How: To choose where you store your audit and feedback data, go to Setup, select Einstein Feedback, enable the data collection feature,
and pick your preferred data space from the list.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Turn On Einstein Generative AI Data Collection and Storage

Use Salesforce Data Classification for Field-Based LLM Data Masking

Salesforce fields tagged with Platform Shield Encryption or data classification metadata can now be masked by Einstein Trust Layer.
Field-based masking allows you to extend the data classification that you’ve configured in your org to large language model (LLM) data
masking. With the addition of field-based masking to the previously supported pattern-based masking, you can now configure a more
comprehensive data masking policy.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein
for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on.
When: Field-based data masking in Einstein Trust Layer is available starting the week of November 11, 2024.
Who: Salesforce administrators or users with View Setup and Customize Application permissions can configure data masking in Einstein
Trust Layer setup.
How: In Setup, go to Einstein Trust Layer. In the data masking section, select the data classification types to include for field-based data
masking.

330
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Large Language Model Data Masking

Prompt Builder
Simplify your users’ daily tasks by integrating generative-AI powered by prompt templates into their workflow. Create, test, revise,
customize, and manage prompt templates that incorporate your CRM data from merge fields that reference record fields, flows, related
lists, and Apex. Prompt Builder helps you to make effective prompts that safely connect you and your data with LLMs.

Get Prompt Performance Metrics with User Feedback (Beta)

Track how each prompt template performs with the help of user feedback and generation rates. Prompt Performance Metrics (beta)
shows the generation rate for each template in Prompt Builder.

331
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

Improve Prompt Grounding with Dynamic Retrievers

Some standard templates now contain dynamic retrievers that select appropriate grounding information on the fly. A dynamic
retriever is a placeholder for a retriever to be specified at runtime depending on the needs of the prompt template.
Repurpose a Standard Prompt Template
With prompt template overrides, you can now create new versions of select standard prompt templates that work in place of the
out-of-the-box versions. No need to create a new template that must be referenced with new or updated actions.

Get Prompt Performance Metrics with User Feedback (Beta)

Track how each prompt template performs with the help of user feedback and generation rates. Prompt Performance Metrics (beta)
shows the generation rate for each template in Prompt Builder.
Where: This change affects Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is available
in Lightning Experience.

Note: Prompt Performance Metrics is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: Prompt Performance Metrics is available on a rolling basis starting in sandbox environments on October 15, 2024 and in production
on October 17, 2024.
How: In Setup, enter Einstein Generative and select Einstein Feedback and Monitoring Setup. Enable Prompt Builder
Usage and Feedback Metrics.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Define Languages for Your Einstein Bot
Salesforce Help: Enable Prompt Performance Metrics in Prompt Builder (Beta)

Improve Prompt Grounding with Dynamic Retrievers

Some standard templates now contain dynamic retrievers that select appropriate grounding information on the fly. A dynamic retriever
is a placeholder for a retriever to be specified at runtime depending on the needs of the prompt template.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is available
in Lightning Experience.
When: Dynamic retrievers are available on October 24, 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Retrievers

Repurpose a Standard Prompt Template

With prompt template overrides, you can now create new versions of select standard prompt templates that work in place of the
out-of-the-box versions. No need to create a new template that must be referenced with new or updated actions.
In Prompt Builder, from the list of prompt templates, select an overridable prompt and save it as a new version. You can then modify
the new version.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is available
in Lightning Experience.

332
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

When: Standard template overrides are available starting on October 24, 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Override a Standard Prompt Template

Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG) in Data Cloud

Use Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG) in Data Cloud to improve the relevance and value of LLM responses for users.

SEE ALSO:
Improve Search Accuracy with Hybrid Search (Generally Available)
Bring Unstructured Data into Data Cloud with MuleSoft Direct (Beta)
Transcribe and Index Audio and Video Files (Generally Available)

Other Changes
Enjoy expanded Einstein generative AI support for locales, models, and more.

Explore More Anthropic, Azure, and OpenAI Models on the Einstein Platform
We added support for Azure OpenAI GPT-4o, OpenAI GPT-4o mini, and Anthropic Claude 3.5 Sonnet on the Einstein Platform. OpenAI
GPT-4o mini is available in Prompt Builder and Model Builder. Azure OpenAI GPT-4o is available in Prompt Builder and Model Builder,
and supports geo-aware routing and BYOLLM use cases. Anthropic Claude 3.5 Sonnet is available in Model Builder for BYOLLM use
cases only. Use Prompt Builder and Model Builder to build and test prompts with all our supported models.
Monitor Einstein Request Consumption in Near-Real Time with Digital Wallet
Now you can use the Digital Wallet account management tool to monitor your Einstein Request usage.
Seamlessly Connect Customer and Partner LLMs with the Models API and LLM Open Connector (Generally Available)
The Models API provides Apex classes and REST endpoints that connect your application to large language models (LLMs) from
Salesforce partners, such as Anthropic, Google, and OpenAI. Use any Salesforce-enabled model that can be configured in Einstein
Studio. The LLM Open Connector is a new option for connecting LLMs through our existing Bring Your Own LLM (BYOLLM) feature
in Einstein Studio. Users can integrate any LLM—from models hosted on major cloud platforms to models developed in-house.

Explore More Anthropic, Azure, and OpenAI Models on the Einstein Platform
We added support for Azure OpenAI GPT-4o, OpenAI GPT-4o mini, and Anthropic Claude 3.5 Sonnet on the Einstein Platform. OpenAI
GPT-4o mini is available in Prompt Builder and Model Builder. Azure OpenAI GPT-4o is available in Prompt Builder and Model Builder,
and supports geo-aware routing and BYOLLM use cases. Anthropic Claude 3.5 Sonnet is available in Model Builder for BYOLLM use cases
only. Use Prompt Builder and Model Builder to build and test prompts with all our supported models.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein
for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on.

333
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Platform

When: Anthropic Claude 3.5 Sonnet is available starting on August 8, 2024, Azure OpenAI GPT-4o (including the geo-aware model) is
available starting on August 14, 2024, and OpenAI GPT-4o mini is available starting on August 28, 2024 on the Einstein Platform.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Large Language Model Support
Salesforce Help: Geo-Aware LLM Request Routing

Monitor Einstein Request Consumption in Near-Real Time with Digital Wallet

Now you can use the Digital Wallet account management tool to monitor your Einstein Request usage.
On the Digital Wallet Home page, the Einstein Requests card (1) summarizes how many requests your org has consumed (2) and how
many are remaining, in near-real time (3). Additionally, Digital Wallet’s Consumption Insights page offers detailed breakdowns of usage
by type and time period to help you detect trends over time.

Where: Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions.
When: Digital Wallet integration for Einstein Requests is available starting on October 10, 2024.
Who: Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. Digital Wallet is also accessible via the Your Account
app Home page. Your Account is available to users with the Manage Billing permission or the Your Account App Admin User permission
set.

334
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Experience Cloud

How: Use the app launcher to find Consumption Cards. Alternatively, in the Your Account app, click the Consumption Cards tab or View
Consumption Cards from the tile on the Home page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: About Digital Wallet
Salesforce Help: Einstein Usage

Seamlessly Connect Customer and Partner LLMs with the Models API and LLM Open Connector
(Generally Available)
The Models API provides Apex classes and REST endpoints that connect your application to large language models (LLMs) from Salesforce
partners, such as Anthropic, Google, and OpenAI. Use any Salesforce-enabled model that can be configured in Einstein Studio. The LLM
Open Connector is a new option for connecting LLMs through our existing Bring Your Own LLM (BYOLLM) feature in Einstein Studio.
Users can integrate any LLM—from models hosted on major cloud platforms to models developed in-house.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with an Einstein for Sales, Einstein
for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on. To purchase the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-on, contact
your Salesforce account executive.
When: The Models API and LLM Open Connecter are available starting the week of October 23, 2024.
Who: The Models API and the LLM Open Connector are available to users with Data Cloud and Einstein Generative AI enabled.
How: Create an HTTP REST service with the LLM Open Connector OpenAPI specification and use the connection in Model Builder. The
Models API is accessible through Apex classes and REST endpoints.

SEE ALSO:
Developer Guide: Einstein AI Platform
Salesforce Help: Add a Foundation Model

Experience Cloud
Upgrade existing LWR sites and CMS workspaces to enhanced sites and enjoy better performance and new features. Offer site builders
an improved experience with a new navigation component, upgraded record components, and improved SEO. Capture more site events
and send them to Data Cloud with the updated Data Cloud integration. Make your sites work for you with new Salesforce CDN features,
additional custom domain support, and more.

Aura and LWR Sites

Refine your LWR site design with new features in Experience Builder. Upgrade existing LWR sites to enhanced LWR, and drive more
traffic to your enhanced LWR site with SEO-friendly URLs. On Aura sites, show enhanced CMS content, such as news, images, and
custom content, and use Partner Connect for smooth collaboration with your trusted partners.
Components in Experience Builder
Create navigation menus for the desktop and mobile versions of your LWR site with the new Navigation Menu component. Design
headers for specific pages on your LWR site with the Site Header component (beta). Use upgraded record components in your Aura
sites, and see stylistic changes to those components that previously were visible only in sandbox environments.

335
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

Developer Productivity
Capture events and track more site data with automatic upgrades to your Data Cloud integration. Use the File Upload Lightning
web component for LWR sites (beta) to send files from your enhanced LWR sites to your Salesforce org. Access custom domain
troubleshooting help directly from Setup.
Site Performance
Give your LWR sites a scalability and performance boost with Experience Delivery (pilot) and enjoy improvements to your Salesforce
CDN. Use enhanced domains to serve your CDN in sandbox environments.
Mobile for Experience Cloud
Mobile Publisher is generally available for LWR sites. Protect your mobile app information with snapshot prevention. Learn about
new requirements for your Android app.
Security and Sharing
Make records that are shared with the Roles and Internal Subordinates group more secure by limiting sharing to internal users. To
provide proper redirects, clean up old force.com URLs. Specify the third-party domains that you trust in your enhanced LWR sites.
Enjoy a bundle of new customer identity features to improve your sites.

Aura and LWR Sites

Refine your LWR site design with new features in Experience Builder. Upgrade existing LWR sites to enhanced LWR, and drive more traffic
to your enhanced LWR site with SEO-friendly URLs. On Aura sites, show enhanced CMS content, such as news, images, and custom
content, and use Partner Connect for smooth collaboration with your trusted partners.

Fine-Tune the Look and Feel of Your LWR Site with More Design and Layout Controls
New features in Experience Builder offer abundant options for refining your site design. Use new properties in the Theme panel to
specify the style for more elements, such as buttons and headings. Anchor the header region of your site to the top of the page so
that it stays visible even when visitors scroll down. Customize the color palette for an individual Columns component. Previously,
you could customize only a full section or an entire site.
Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites to Access the Latest Features (Beta)
The enhanced sites and content platform is a flexible system that brings together Salesforce CMS and LWR sites. Since Winter ’23,
enhanced LWR sites and enhanced CMS workspaces that you create are hosted together on this redesigned platform, which offers
partial deployment, improved content management, expression-based visibility, and more. Now, as part of the move to the enhanced
platform, you can upgrade your existing LWR sites to enhanced LWR sites to take advantage of the platform’s newest features and
capabilities.
Add Enhanced CMS Content to Your Aura Site
Show content from enhanced CMS workspaces on your Aura site, including News, Image, Document, and custom content types.
Create manual and dynamic collections for Aura sites, now with enhanced CMS content. Previously, you could add only content
from non-enhanced CMS workspaces to your Aura site.
Customize URLs for Accounts and Contacts to Improve SEO (Generally Available)
Boost organic traffic to your enhanced LWR sites with new URL configuration solutions that improve search engine optimization
(SEO). Create SEO-friendly URL snippets, or slugs, for your site’s account and contact pages. A slug replaces the record ID in the URL
with relevant and human-readable information, ensuring that search engines optimally surface your site’s page. Previously, SEO-friendly
URLs were available only for custom object pages in enhanced LWR sites and Product and Catalog pages in LWR Commerce sites.
Enhance Your LWR Site Experience by Curating Data Providers on a Page (Beta)
Add and configure data providers on an LWR site page in Experience Builder and get access to data from different sources. You can
use data from Apex or Record data providers in your site page and its components.

336
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

Export and Integrate Shared Business Across Salesforce Orgs with Partner Connect
Streamline collaboration on the business that you share with trusted partners. Partner Connect securely connects two Salesforce
orgs, allowing a partner to export selected records from a vendor’s Experience Cloud site to the partner’s own org. A connection is
maintained across exported records, providing vendors and partner users with a read-only glimpse of how the records progress
independently for each company.

Fine-Tune the Look and Feel of Your LWR Site with More Design and Layout Controls
New features in Experience Builder offer abundant options for refining your site design. Use new properties in the Theme panel to specify
the style for more elements, such as buttons and headings. Anchor the header region of your site to the top of the page so that it stays
visible even when visitors scroll down. Customize the color palette for an individual Columns component. Previously, you could customize
only a full section or an entire site.
Where: These changes apply to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions. Not all features are available in all LWR templates.
How: For LWR sites created with the Build Your Own template, pages with a Scoped Header and Footer theme layout component offer
access to the new Theme Layout Settings panel. Go to Theme > Theme Layout Settings for options to anchor your site’s header and
footer regions and to hide the footer. Select Fix theme header and the entire header region and its components always remain visible
at the top of the page. Select Position theme footer at page bottom and the footer region sits at the bottom of the page, regardless
of the page’s content length.

These choices are also available in Settings | Theme, in the property settings for Scoped Header and Footer.
On all LWR sites, you have more options for customizing the colors of buttons and columns. In the revamped Theme | Buttons panel,
specify colors not only for primary buttons, but also for secondary and tertiary buttons. You can designate the colors for background,
borders, and text for each button in all three states—default, hover, and focus state.

337
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

With the redesigned Theme | Buttons panel, the property for Button Active color is no longer available. However, you can still use the
--dxp-s-button-color-active styling hook within your CSS to set the color of an active button.
Also on all LWR sites, apply a color palette to any Columns component. In the component property panel, select a choice from the Color
Palette menu (1), or click New to create a palette for that component. When you create or edit a color palette for a column or section,
a new Color Palette panel (2) becomes available in the Theme panel.

In the Theme | Text panel for all LWR sites, you can customize the look and feel of Headings 5 and 6. As with all other text elements,
specify the font family, font size, character spacing, and more. Headings 5 and 6 are also now available on the Text Style menu in the
Text Block component.

338
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

SEE ALSO:
LWR Developer Guide: How --dxp Styling Hooks Map to Theme Panel Properties (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Knowledge Article: Button Active color theme property removed fro LWR sites in Winter ’25 (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Knowledge Article: Unable to deploy Summer ’24 (version 61.0) LWR site metadata that’s retrieved from a Winter ’25 (version 62.0)
environment back to a Summer ’24 (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Upgrade to Enhanced LWR Sites to Access the Latest Features (Beta)

The enhanced sites and content platform is a flexible system that brings together Salesforce CMS and LWR sites. Since Winter ’23,
enhanced LWR sites and enhanced CMS workspaces that you create are hosted together on this redesigned platform, which offers partial
deployment, improved content management, expression-based visibility, and more. Now, as part of the move to the enhanced platform,
you can upgrade your existing LWR sites to enhanced LWR sites to take advantage of the platform’s newest features and capabilities.
Where: These changes apply to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: Site upgrade is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
Why: Over the past several releases, we added many features that are available only with enhanced LWR sites, including:
• Expression-based visibility and variations: Create several versions of the same component, and then use visibility rules to determine
who sees what.
• Component-specific Style tab: Apply custom CSS from a component’s Style tab for more granular control over the look of each
component.
• Site content search: Use the Search Bar and Results Layout components to add search functionality that includes content results
from enhanced CMS workspaces.

339
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

• Data Cloud integration: Connect enhanced LWR sites to Data Cloud for a complete understanding of who’s visiting your site and
how you can best engage with them.
• Enhanced CMS workspaces: Avail of role-based workflows and approvals, content variations, collections, and the latest workspace
sharing and channel removal features.
How: You can only upgrade LWR sites created in Winter ’23 or later. These sites are authenticated by default and don’t include /s in
the URL. Authenticated sites, which include /s in the URL, and unauthenticated sites created before Winter ’23 are unsupported.
To upgrade your LWR site, in Experience Builder, click Settings > Updates. Select Opt in to try this beta feature, and click Upgrade.
After you upgrade your site to an enhanced LWR site, the site’s metadata changes. Unlike non-enhanced LWR sites, which use the
ExperienceBundle metadata type, enhanced LWR sites use the DigitalExperienceBundle and the DigitalExperienceConfig types.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: What Is the Enhanced Sites and Content Platform? (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Enhanced CMS Content to Your Aura Site

Show content from enhanced CMS workspaces on your Aura site, including News, Image, Document, and custom content types. Create
manual and dynamic collections for Aura sites, now with enhanced CMS content. Previously, you could add only content from
non-enhanced CMS workspaces to your Aura site.
Where: This change applies to Aura sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Add your Aura site as a channel to your enhanced CMS workspace. To show an individual piece of enhanced content, use the
CMS Single Item or CMS Single Item (Detail) component. To create a collection of enhanced CMS content for an Aura site, go to the
Content Management tile of your Aura site’s workspace. Then add the collection to the site by using the CMS Collection component.

SEE ALSO:
Expand the Reach of Your Enhanced CMS Content
Salesforce Help: Display Salesforce CMS Content in Your Aura Site (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Salesforce CMS Collections for Aura Sites (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Customize URLs for Accounts and Contacts to Improve SEO (Generally Available)
Boost organic traffic to your enhanced LWR sites with new URL configuration solutions that improve search engine optimization (SEO).
Create SEO-friendly URL snippets, or slugs, for your site’s account and contact pages. A slug replaces the record ID in the URL with relevant
and human-readable information, ensuring that search engines optimally surface your site’s page. Previously, SEO-friendly URLs were
available only for custom object pages in enhanced LWR sites and Product and Catalog pages in LWR Commerce sites.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: To start using SEO-friendly URLs, go to your site preferences and enable Use SEO-Friendly URL Slugs. From Object Manager,
you can bulk-import slugs for your pages from a CSV file. You can add the SEO tab to Lightning record pages, and then slugs can be
added and edited at the record level. Use the ObjectRelatedUrl object to upload SEO-friendly URL slugs in the Salesforce Platform APIs
that you typically use.

340
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Aura and LWR Sites

Enhance Your LWR Site Experience by Curating Data Providers on a Page (Beta)
Add and configure data providers on an LWR site page in Experience Builder and get access to data from different sources. You can use
data from Apex or Record data providers in your site page and its components.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer
editions. You must have at least one active community license in your org to use this feature.

Note: Data Provider Configuration is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: To configure data providers on an LWR Site page in Experience Builder, from the Pages menu, click to access the Page Action
menu and select Page Settings. Then click the Data (Beta) tab.

Export and Integrate Shared Business Across Salesforce Orgs with Partner Connect
Streamline collaboration on the business that you share with trusted partners. Partner Connect securely connects two Salesforce orgs,
allowing a partner to export selected records from a vendor’s Experience Cloud site to the partner’s own org. A connection is maintained
across exported records, providing vendors and partner users with a read-only glimpse of how the records progress independently for
each company.
Where: This change applies to Aura sites accessed through Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud
or Service Cloud. Vendors must have a PRM add-on license for the partner admin user and each partner user who you want to export
records.

SEE ALSO:
Streamline Collaboration on Shared Deals with Trusted Partners

341
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Components in Experience Builder

Components in Experience Builder

Create navigation menus for the desktop and mobile versions of your LWR site with the new Navigation Menu component. Design
headers for specific pages on your LWR site with the Site Header component (beta). Use upgraded record components in your Aura
sites, and see stylistic changes to those components that previously were visible only in sandbox environments.

Customize Navigation and More with New and Improved Components for LWR Sites
With the highly customizable Navigation Menu component, you can craft a navigation experience for your desktop and mobile site
visitors without code. Try the Site Header component (beta) and create page headers that incorporate your company’s logo and
style. In the Grid component, standardize the height of the cells for a tidier visual presentation. The Site Logo component is now
visible in the component palette on all site pages. Previously, it was visible only in the palette on the site’s login pages.
Enable or Disable a Modernized Record Experience in Aura Sites
Use upgraded record components, running on Lightning web component technology, and see stylistic changes to these components
in your Aura sites. Previously, changes were available only in sandbox environments. Now changes are available in Create Record
Form, Record Banner, and Record Detail components in production environments.
Customize the Flow Orchestration Work Guide Component in Aura and LWR Sites
Control how the Flow Orchestration Work Guide component appears to Experience Cloud site visitors with assigned work. You can
configure the component to work differently on each record page that you add it to. The changes that you make don’t affect how
the component looks in Experience Builder. Provide your title for the component and set a default sort order for orchestration work
items. You can set the visibility of the orchestration run name, stage name, and step name for all work items displayed in the
component. You can also hide the component for assigned site visitors who have no work items.

Customize Navigation and More with New and Improved Components for LWR Sites
With the highly customizable Navigation Menu component, you can craft a navigation experience for your desktop and mobile site
visitors without code. Try the Site Header component (beta) and create page headers that incorporate your company’s logo and style.
In the Grid component, standardize the height of the cells for a tidier visual presentation. The Site Logo component is now visible in the
component palette on all site pages. Previously, it was visible only in the palette on the site’s login pages.
Where: These changes apply to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions. Not all features are available in all LWR templates. You must have at least one active community
license in your org to use these components.

Note: Site Header is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
How: For LWR sites created with the Build Your Own or Microsite template, design separate navigation menus and site headers for
desktop and mobile screen sizes. In Experience Builder, alternate between desktop and mobile view modes to customize these components.
In the Navigation Menu component, customize the Navigation Bar for desktop screens and Mobile Navigation for mobile screens. Adjust
colors, borders, spacing, text styles, accent lines, and more for both screen sizes. A tablet held in landscape view shows the desktop
navigation, whereas portrait view shows mobile navigation. You can add these types of menu items: External URL, Menu Label, Salesforce
Object, Site Page. We recommend against using custom CSS with this component, because the CSS can fail.

342
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Components in Experience Builder

The new Site Header component (beta) comes with fields for your company’s logo, a navigation menu, and a button. Add or delete
components to the header based on your site’s needs. On this component, responsive properties work only in enhanced LWR sites.
To use Site Header with the Microsite template, go to Settings > Theme and create a theme layout using the Simple Theme Layout
option. Assign the new layout to the pages where you want the site header to appear, delete the default header from those pages, and
replace it with Site Header.

343
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Components in Experience Builder

In another update for LWR sites created with the Build Your Own or Microsite template, the Site Logo component now includes a
placeholder graphic for the logo, making this field easier to see and customize.

And for all LWR sites, the Grid component includes a new option to resize the height of all cells in the grid to match the tallest container.
Now you can ensure that the cells in the grid are neatly aligned vertically.

344
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Components in Experience Builder

For enhanced LWR sites, button size is now responsive. On the Button component, you can specify a different button size for the desktop
and mobile versions of your site.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Microsite Layout and Create Navigation (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Knowledge Article: Navigation Menu within the Site Header (Beta) component disappears when you change tablet form factors (can
be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enable or Disable a Modernized Record Experience in Aura Sites

Use upgraded record components, running on Lightning web component technology, and see stylistic changes to these components
in your Aura sites. Previously, changes were available only in sandbox environments. Now changes are available in Create Record Form,
Record Banner, and Record Detail components in production environments.
Where: This change applies to Aura sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: When the Use Lightning web components on your record pages in Aura sites setting is enabled, the Create Record Form,
Record Banner, and Record Detail components show minor style changes. Some of the primary changes include: .
• Buttons are center-aligned. Previously, they were right-aligned.
• Text in the record window is indented compared to the title. Previously, the text and title were aligned with one another.
• If a form includes required fields, there’s now an explanation that an asterisk indicates a required field. Previously, there was no
explanation.
• If a required field is left blank, users now see a red outline around the required field and an inline error message telling them to
complete the field.
• Error messages are displayed at the bottom of the record form. Previously, errors were displayed at the top.
• Field focus is highlighted with a yellow background.
• Page headers scroll with the page rather than remaining frozen at the top.

345
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Developer Productivity

• Success messages are now more descriptive.

• New icons appear next to various fields and certain icons remain visible without mouseover.
• Links appear in various places where they were previously not included.
How: In Setup > Digital Experiences, enable or disable Use Lightning web components on your record pages in Aura sites.

SEE ALSO:
Lightning Design System: Getting Started (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Customize the Flow Orchestration Work Guide Component in Aura and LWR Sites
Control how the Flow Orchestration Work Guide component appears to Experience Cloud site visitors with assigned work. You can
configure the component to work differently on each record page that you add it to. The changes that you make don’t affect how the
component looks in Experience Builder. Provide your title for the component and set a default sort order for orchestration work items.
You can set the visibility of the orchestration run name, stage name, and step name for all work items displayed in the component. You
can also hide the component for assigned site visitors who have no work items.
Where: This change applies to Aura and LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have at least one active community license in your org to use this feature.

Developer Productivity
Capture events and track more site data with automatic upgrades to your Data Cloud integration. Use the File Upload Lightning web
component for LWR sites (beta) to send files from your enhanced LWR sites to your Salesforce org. Access custom domain troubleshooting
help directly from Setup.

Capture More Events with Data Cloud Integration Upgrades

You can now capture new checkout, order, and cart events in your enhanced LWR sites. After connecting your sites to Data Cloud,
your integration does the behind-the-scenes work of connecting your LWR sites to Data Cloud.
Link Files from Your LWR Site to Salesforce (Beta)
Now you can use the File Upload Lightning web component setting to upload files from an LWR site or an enhanced LWR site to
your Salesforce org. Previously, the File Upload component was available only for Aura sites.
Troubleshoot Custom Domain Issues Faster
A custom domain provides your users a branded experience by serving your Experience Cloud sites on a domain that you own, such
as https://www.example.com. Now you can access answers to common questions and setup guidance about this highly recommended
feature directly in Setup.

Capture More Events with Data Cloud Integration Upgrades

You can now capture new checkout, order, and cart events in your enhanced LWR sites. After connecting your sites to Data Cloud, your
integration does the behind-the-scenes work of connecting your LWR sites to Data Cloud.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: The latest upgrade is version 1.4 and captures these new interaction events. Your integration version is listed on the Data Cloud
integration card in Experience Builder.
• Begin checkout

346
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Developer Productivity

• Enter contact info during checkout

• Register during checkout
• Enter shipping address during checkout
• Enter billing address during checkout
• Choose shipping options during checkout
• Make payment during checkout
• Apply coupon during checkout
• Review order during checkout
• Submit cart during checkout
• Order accepted and ready for fulfillment
• View cart
• Click category
• View search results, View category products
• Update user profile
How: To enable your Data Cloud integration, in Experience Builder, go to Settings > Integrations. On the Data Cloud card, click Add
to Site and then click Share site data with Data Cloud. If Data Cloud is enabled, the integration version is listed on the integration
card. To start sending user engagement data to Data Cloud after your version upgrade, publish your site.

Link Files from Your LWR Site to Salesforce (Beta)

Now you can use the File Upload Lightning web component setting to upload files from an LWR site or an enhanced LWR site to your
Salesforce org. Previously, the File Upload component was available only for Aura sites.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: File Upload Lightning web component for Lightning Web Runtime is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta
Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms
in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Salesforce Files, and then select General Settings. Select Allow site guest
users to upload files and select Use the File Upload Lightning web component for LWR sites (Beta).

SEE ALSO:
Aura Component Reference: File Upload (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Lightning Web Component Reference: File Upload (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Troubleshoot Custom Domain Issues Faster

A custom domain provides your users a branded experience by serving your Experience Cloud sites on a domain that you own, such as
https://www.example.com. Now you can access answers to common questions and setup guidance about this highly recommended
feature directly in Setup.

347
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Site Performance

Where: This change applies to Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not
available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Also available in Professional Edition with Marketing Cloud
Account Engagement (Pardot).

SEE ALSO:
Get Help with Custom Domains Directly in Setup

Site Performance
Give your LWR sites a scalability and performance boost with Experience Delivery (pilot) and enjoy improvements to your Salesforce
CDN. Use enhanced domains to serve your CDN in sandbox environments.

Use Your Enhanced Domain to Serve Your Salesforce CDN in Sandboxes

Use the system-managed *.sandbox.my.site.com Experience Cloud URL, when enabling the Salesforce Content Delivery
Network (CDN) for Commerce LWR sites and sites hosted on Experience Delivery.
Update References to Your Force.com Site URLs
To ensure continued access to your sites, update references to your old *.force.com site URLs, which are no longer redirected
in most non-production orgs. Look for references to those domains in Salesforce, such as in knowledge articles, and outside Salesforce,
such as links in your marketing materials.
Boost LWR Site Performance with Experience Delivery (Pilot)
Improve the scalability and performance of your LWR sites by using Experience Delivery, a powerful new infrastructure for hosting
LWR sites. Along with subsecond page load times, this new infrastructure provides improved security and search engine optimization.
Experience Delivery includes some changes since the previous release.

Use Your Enhanced Domain to Serve Your Salesforce CDN in Sandboxes

Use the system-managed *.sandbox.my.site.com Experience Cloud URL, when enabling the Salesforce Content Delivery
Network (CDN) for Commerce LWR sites and sites hosted on Experience Delivery.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Serve Your Experience Cloud Site with the Salesforce Content Delivery Network (CDN) (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

Update References to Your Force.com Site URLs

To ensure continued access to your sites, update references to your old *.force.com site URLs, which are no longer redirected in
most non-production orgs. Look for references to those domains in Salesforce, such as in knowledge articles, and outside Salesforce,
such as links in your marketing materials.
Where: This change applies to Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not
available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains

348
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Site Performance

Boost LWR Site Performance with Experience Delivery (Pilot)

Improve the scalability and performance of your LWR sites by using Experience Delivery, a powerful new infrastructure for hosting LWR
sites. Along with subsecond page load times, this new infrastructure provides improved security and search engine optimization.
Experience Delivery includes some changes since the previous release.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions. Developer Edition isn’t supported.

Note: Experience Delivery is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or
a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion.
Why: Existing LWR sites use client-side rendering (CSR), meaning that all the HTML, JavaScript, CSS, and assets that make up the page
are downloaded to the client before being rendered in the browser.
By contrast, Experience Delivery uses server-side rendering (SSR) and a dedicated content delivery network (CDN) to render the page
on the server and then cache it in the CDN. This approach provides optimal site performance with page load times up to 60% faster,
which leads to increased conversions and lower bounce rates.
Since the previous release, we:
• Improved load-time performance
• Added support for Salesforce projects in the SSR Playground
• Added SSR support for several components, such as lightning-formatted-rich-text
• Implemented various bug fixes
How: To participate in this pilot, contact your Salesforce account executive. This pilot is for developers who are familiar with:
• Building LWR or enhanced LWR sites with Experience Builder
• Developing custom Lightning web components that are server-side ready
• Working with Salesforce DX
After your org is approved for the pilot, you can enable Experience Delivery at the site level in the Settings tab of the site’s Administration
workspace. Experience Delivery is supported in new and existing LWR and enhanced LWR sites.

349
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Mobile for Experience Cloud

Mobile for Experience Cloud

Mobile Publisher is generally available for LWR sites. Protect your mobile app information with snapshot prevention. Learn about new
requirements for your Android app.

Take Advantage of the Latest Features from Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud
Mobile Publisher is now generally available for Experience Cloud Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) sites. Protect your app’s information
by enabling snapshot prevention, which conceals the snapshot of your app while the app is in the background of a device. To install
a Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Android app in version 12.6 or later, user devices must be updated to an operating system
minimum of Android 9. And you can now use consolidated Google Firebase fields in Setup for Mobile Publisher to configure Marketing
Cloud notifications for an Android app.

Take Advantage of the Latest Features from Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud
Mobile Publisher is now generally available for Experience Cloud Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) sites. Protect your app’s information by
enabling snapshot prevention, which conceals the snapshot of your app while the app is in the background of a device. To install a
Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Android app in version 12.6 or later, user devices must be updated to an operating system
minimum of Android 9. And you can now use consolidated Google Firebase fields in Setup for Mobile Publisher to configure Marketing
Cloud notifications for an Android app.
Where: These changes apply to apps created with Mobile Publisher for Aura and LWR sites in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and
Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Mobile Publisher Winter ’25 Release Notes

Security and Sharing

Make records that are shared with the Roles and Internal Subordinates group more secure by limiting sharing to internal users. To provide
proper redirects, clean up old force.com URLs. Specify the third-party domains that you trust in your enhanced LWR sites. Enjoy a bundle
of new customer identity features to improve your sites.

Secure Record Access When Enabling Digital Experiences in Preview Sandboxes

After you enable digital experiences in preview sandboxes, accessibility to records that are shared with roles and subordinates
through sharing rules or other features is limited to internal users. The default sharing group available for roles and subordinates
before enabling digital experiences is now displayed as Roles and Internal Subordinates instead of Roles and Subordinates. This
update in preview sandboxes allows you to test this change before it's enabled in production orgs and non-preview sandboxes in
a future release. Previously, this secure behavior was available only for orgs created after February 8, 2024.
Specify Trusted Domains for Clickjack Protection on Your Site
Now you can specify the third-party domains that you trust to frame your enhanced LWR site. Previously, this feature was available
only for Aura sites, Visualforce sites, and non-enhanced LWR sites.
Enhance Your Experience Cloud Site with New Customer Identity Features
For more control over identity verification, send one-time passwords (OTP) via a messaging provider of your choice. Customize your
social sign-on user experience and functionality by allowlisting URL forwarding parameters for authentication providers. Elevate
your headless identity setup with more ways for users to log in, headless registration improvements, and a new standards-based
OAuth endpoint. An error message for the Forgot Password page is now easier for users to understand.

350
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Security and Sharing

Secure Record Access When Enabling Digital Experiences in Preview Sandboxes

After you enable digital experiences in preview sandboxes, accessibility to records that are shared with roles and subordinates through
sharing rules or other features is limited to internal users. The default sharing group available for roles and subordinates before enabling
digital experiences is now displayed as Roles and Internal Subordinates instead of Roles and Subordinates. This update in preview
sandboxes allows you to test this change before it's enabled in production orgs and non-preview sandboxes in a future release. Previously,
this secure behavior was available only for orgs created after February 8, 2024.
Where: This change applies to Aura, LWR, and Visualforce sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not
available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: In production orgs created before February 8, 2024 and non-preview sandboxes, records shared with internal users are still made
available to external site users automatically when you enable digital experiences. You must use the Convert External User Access wizard
to secure access.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Use the Convert External User Access Wizard (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Update Apex Code and Sharing Rules in Metadata Deployments that Target Roles and Subordinates in Preview Sandboxes

Specify Trusted Domains for Clickjack Protection on Your Site

Now you can specify the third-party domains that you trust to frame your enhanced LWR site. Previously, this feature was available only
for Aura sites, Visualforce sites, and non-enhanced LWR sites.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Experience Builder, select Settings > Security & Privacy. Under Clickjack Protection Level, select Allow framing of site pages
on external domains (good protection). To allow a third-party domain to frame your site, click Add Trusted Domain and add the
domain.

351
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Clickjack Protection in Experience Cloud Sites (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enhance Your Experience Cloud Site with New Customer Identity Features
For more control over identity verification, send one-time passwords (OTP) via a messaging provider of your choice. Customize your
social sign-on user experience and functionality by allowlisting URL forwarding parameters for authentication providers. Elevate your
headless identity setup with more ways for users to log in, headless registration improvements, and a new standards-based OAuth
endpoint. An error message for the Forgot Password page is now easier for users to understand.
Where: These changes apply to LWR, Aura, and Visualforce sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: For more information about these changes, see these release notes.
• Customize SMS One-Time Password Delivery for Experience Cloud Sites (Generally Available)
• Customize User Experience and Functionality for Authentication Providers
• Give Users More Ways to Log In
• Make the Most of Enhancements for the Headless Registration Flow
• Be an Early Adopter of a Headless Identity Draft Standard
• Forgot Password Invalid Username Error Message Was Changed

Field Service
See what’s new in Field Service to help your team deliver on performance and customer service.

Field Service Einstein

Discover innovative, AI-based features to help your teams deliver exceptional service.

352
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Einstein

Field Service Resource Management

Explore the latest features to help dispatchers create, manage, and optimize your team’s schedule.
Field Service Asset Management
Discover what’s new to take asset management to the next level.
Field Service Operations
Streamline, extend, and customize your Field Service operations with these additions.
Field Service Customer Engagement
Enhance and elevate your customer interactions with these new features.
Field Service Mobile
Explore what’s new in Field Service mobile, designed to help mobile workers provide outstanding service.
Spotlight on Field Service Content
Discover high-impact content to help you get your Field Service work done.

Field Service Einstein

Discover innovative, AI-based features to help your teams deliver exceptional service.

Get a Daily Summary of Service Appointments that Require Immediate Attention

Elevate dispatcher productivity by using Einstein Copilot Field Service actions. Get a daily overview to highlight service appointments
that require immediate attention, such as appointments with rule violations, overlaps, SLA risks, or emergencies. Each category in
the summary is converted into a filter in the appointment list, so it’s easy for dispatchers to resolve these issues immediately. Customize
the summary to include additional categories.
Find Service Appointments Easily by Creating Search Filters in the Appointment List
Boost dispatcher efficiency by using Einstein Copilot Field Service Actions. Dispatchers can quickly find service appointments and
take immediate action, whether planning schedules or addressing schedule changes. With the Create Appointment List Filter action,
dispatchers can benefit from generative AI to search for appointments by using natural language. Einstein Copilot then converts
these searches into filters in the appointment list.
Uncover Top Cancellation Reasons Easily (Beta)
Use Summarize Service Appointment Notes to identify and address the main causes of appointment cancellations. Einstein Copilot
gathers and organizes service notes from all corresponding appointments, highlights common patterns, and offers a succinct
summary. Better insights into cancellation trends help you implement effective solutions that increase appointment retention rates
and improve resource allocation.
Generate Post-Work Summaries On the Go (Beta)
Help your mobile workers save time by getting them to ask Einstein Copilot for a comprehensive summary of their completed work.
When a user asks to summarize a work order record and to add specific information, the Post-Work Summary for Field Service (Beta)
agent topic generates the summary. The Refine Post-Work Summary for Field Service agent action refines the summary and makes
sure that it includes all of the essential details. You can also set up a flow to populate the Post-Work Summary field on the work order
for your mobile workers.

353
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Einstein

Get a Daily Summary of Service Appointments that Require Immediate Attention

Elevate dispatcher productivity by using Einstein Copilot Field Service actions. Get a daily overview to highlight service appointments
that require immediate attention, such as appointments with rule violations, overlaps, SLA risks, or emergencies. Each category in the
summary is converted into a filter in the appointment list, so it’s easy for dispatchers to resolve these issues immediately. Customize the
summary to include additional categories.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition with the Field Service Managed Package
installed. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Einstein Copilot is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission. Field Service copilot actions are
available to users with the Access Field Service Copilot Actions user permission.
To use Einstein Copilot actions that execute prompt templates, users must have the Execute Prompt Templates user permission.
How: The Summarize Scheduling Issues standard copilot action is included in the Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic. When a dispatcher
asks Copilot to create a schedule summary (1), the Summarize Scheduling Issues action uses a Summarize Scheduling Issues prompt
template to generate the summary. Copilot shows the summary (2), creates filters (3), and displays the appointments in the appointment
list (4).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Using Einstein Copilot in the Dispatcher Console (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Creating Custom Summary Reports for Copilot Field Service Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Working in the Field Service Dispatcher Console Appointment List (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Einstein for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Summarize Scheduling Issues (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Einstein Features

Find Service Appointments Easily by Creating Search Filters in the Appointment List
Boost dispatcher efficiency by using Einstein Copilot Field Service Actions. Dispatchers can quickly find service appointments and take
immediate action, whether planning schedules or addressing schedule changes. With the Create Appointment List Filter action, dispatchers
can benefit from generative AI to search for appointments by using natural language. Einstein Copilot then converts these searches into
filters in the appointment list.

354
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Einstein

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition with the Field Service Managed Package
installed. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Einstein Copilot is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission. Field Service copilot actions are
available to users with the Access Field Service Copilot Actions user permission.
To use Einstein Copilot actions that execute prompt templates, users must have the Execute Prompt Templates user permission.
How: The Create Appointment List Filter standard copilot action is included in the Field Service Dispatcher Actions topic. In the dispatcher
console, ask Einstein Copilot to find service appointments by using specific criteria, for example, “Show me unscheduled appointments
that are due today” (1). Then, instruct Copilot to create filters in the Appointment List that correspond to your searches (2). Copilot saves
your search as a filter (3) and displays the appointments in the appointment list (4).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Using Einstein Copilot in the Dispatcher Console (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Working in the Field Service Dispatcher Console Appointment List (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Einstein for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Create Appointment List Filter (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Einstein Features

Uncover Top Cancellation Reasons Easily (Beta)

Use Summarize Service Appointment Notes to identify and address the main causes of appointment cancellations. Einstein Copilot
gathers and organizes service notes from all corresponding appointments, highlights common patterns, and offers a succinct summary.
Better insights into cancellation trends help you implement effective solutions that increase appointment retention rates and improve
resource allocation.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the
desktop site.

Note: This Einstein Copilot action is in beta and has limited functionality, as further described in the Documentation. Including
it in a copilot is part of the Services and will consume Einstein Requests if enabled and used.
To purchase the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Einstein Copilot is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission. Field Service copilot actions are
available to users with the Access Field Service Copilot Actions user permission.
To use Einstein Copilot actions that execute prompt templates, users must have the Execute Prompt Templates user permission.

355
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Resource Management

How: This feature is available in Einstein Copilot through the Summarize Service Appointment Notes standard copilot action. When a
dispatcher asks Copilot to summarize appointment notes, the Summarize Service Appointment Notes action uses a Summarize Service
Appointment Notes prompt template to generate the summary. Copilot collects and categorizes service notes from all matching
appointments, ranks common themes and reasons, and provides a concise summary.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Service Appointments for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Einstein for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Summarize Service Appointment Notes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Einstein Features

Generate Post-Work Summaries On the Go (Beta)

Help your mobile workers save time by getting them to ask Einstein Copilot for a comprehensive summary of their completed work.
When a user asks to summarize a work order record and to add specific information, the Post-Work Summary for Field Service (Beta)
agent topic generates the summary. The Refine Post-Work Summary for Field Service agent action refines the summary and makes sure
that it includes all of the essential details. You can also set up a flow to populate the Post-Work Summary field on the work order for
your mobile workers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition with the Field Service Managed Package
installed. The feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for iOS and Android. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop
site. To purchase the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition, contact your Salesforce account executive.

Note: The Post-Work Summary for Field Service agent topic is in beta and has limited functionality, as further described in the
Documentation. Including it in an agent is part of the Services and will consume Einstein Requests if enabled and used.
When: Post-Work Summary for Field Service (Beta) is available starting the week of October 28, 2024.
Who: Einstein Copilot is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission. Field Service agent actions are
available to users with the Access Field Service Copilot Actions user permission.
To use agent actions that execute prompt templates, users must have the Execute Prompt Templates user permission.

SEE ALSO:
New and Changed Standard Agent Topics and Actions
Einstein Features
Salesforce Help: Agentforce: Agents and Copilot
Salesforce Help: Agent Topic: Post-Work Summary for Field Service (Beta)
Salesforce Help: Agent Action: Refine Post-Work Summary for Field Service
Salesforce Help: Einstein for Field Service

Field Service Resource Management

Explore the latest features to help dispatchers create, manage, and optimize your team’s schedule.

Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization

Benefit from advanced features and better schedule quality with Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization.

356
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Resource Management

Experience Better Performance with Enhanced Live Updates (Beta)

Get real-time updates quickly when working with the dispatcher console Gantt by enabling the new Enhanced Live Updates setting.
This setting’s enhanced capabilities let you handle large datasets efficiently, experience a stable environment, and effectively manage
time-sensitive and critical tasks. With this new setting, Experience Cloud site users can also benefit from live Gantt updates. Previously,
live updates weren’t available to Experience Cloud site users.
Access Health Check in the Optimization Center Tab
Get the information you need to resolve issues quickly by testing your Field Service settings and configuration data in Health Check,
now conveniently located in the Optimization Center tab. This tab includes all features related to monitoring Field Service activities
and troubleshooting issues. Previously, Health Check was available in the Field Service Settings tab of the Field Service Admin app.
Manage the Field Service Integration Permission Set with More Flexibility
Enable permissions for the Field Service Integration permission set on your own and give the Platform Integration User access to
fields and objects when they need to be modified. As of Winter ‘25, this permission set is no longer tied to a license, and you can
now enable permissions to fit your organization’s needs without relying on one. Previously, the Field Service Integration permission
set was a custom permission set and required new permissions to be added to the Cloud Integration User license. The Field Service
Integration permission set is now exclusive to the Platform Integration User. If any other types of users were added to this permission
set in the past, their permissions are now revoked. If you clone the permission set, you must take this action before the Winter ‘25
deployment. You can also create another permission set for these users, or add them to an existing permission set.
Find Filters Quickly in the Appointments List
Navigate the appointment list quickly and more efficiently with filter categories. Field Service filters are now shown under Standard
Filters, and filters that you create are listed under Custom Filters. Previously, all filters were listed together. And to help you understand
what each standard filter does, we added infobubbles.

Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization

Benefit from advanced features and better schedule quality with Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization.

Increase Flexibility and Efficiency When Scheduling Complex Work Chains

Improve resource utilization on the Gantt for Appointment Booking and Schedule operations with additional service appointment
sliding capabilities. The Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization engine can now slide multiple appointments in a complex work
chain with a start-after-finish dependency between service resources to a later time within the resources’ availability. Previously, the
engine could move appointments with this type of dependency only up to the start time of the next appointment in the chain.
Gain Insights into Service Appointment Unscheduling Information
Discover why service appointments were unscheduled during optimization in the Optimization Hub and the JSON response file of
the optimization request. Then, use this information to adjust your scheduling data or fine-tune your scheduling policy’s rules and
business objectives to improve your scheduling results.
Get More Information About Scheduling and Optimization Requests with Activity Reports (Beta)
See near real-time data on your scheduling and optimization requests that are in progress when you generate an activity report. Get
information about more request types, such as Bundling: Manual Requests, and access more information in the report output, such
as Secondary Operations, to help you easily identify and resolve issues.
Increase Coverage with 24-Hour Availability for Capacity-Based Resources
Assign capacity-based resources to appointments that occur at any time, day or night. This round-the-clock availability ensures
continuous coverage to meet SLAs, optimizes the use of contractors, and minimizes manual scheduling efforts by leveraging
Scheduling and Optimization services.

357
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Resource Management

Increase Availability by Reshuffling and Prioritizing Service Appointments

Efficiently book or schedule a service appointment by automatically moving appointments across shifts or between resources. Make
room for scheduling high-priority service appointments, even when the Gantt is full, by dropping low-priority appointments when
required. Make sure that critical appointments remain scheduled when you reshuffle by defining “keep scheduled” criteria.
Enhance Scheduling Accuracy by Adding Travel Time Buffers per Territory
Adjust your estimated travel time for each territory to account for additional arrival time considerations, such as finding parking.
These changes keep your schedule accurate and realistic and increase customer satisfaction by providing customers with more
accurate arrival information.
Improve Schedule Recommendations with the Appointment Insights API (Beta)
Understand why a service appointment can’t be scheduled and which work rules are preventing its scheduling with the Appointment
Insights API. The new getAppointmentInsights Apex method, under the ScheduleService Apex class, returns data
about why a specific service appointment can’t be scheduled on the Gantt, helping you fine-tune your scheduling policy.

Increase Flexibility and Efficiency When Scheduling Complex Work Chains

Improve resource utilization on the Gantt for Appointment Booking and Schedule operations with additional service appointment sliding
capabilities. The Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization engine can now slide multiple appointments in a complex work chain with a
start-after-finish dependency between service resources to a later time within the resources’ availability. Previously, the engine could
move appointments with this type of dependency only up to the start time of the next appointment in the chain.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. In the Field
Service Admin app, click the Field Service Settings tab and select Scheduling. Then enable service appointment sliding under General
Logic.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Complex Work in Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Service Appointment Sliding (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Gain Insights into Service Appointment Unscheduling Information

Discover why service appointments were unscheduled during optimization in the Optimization Hub and the JSON response file of the
optimization request. Then, use this information to adjust your scheduling data or fine-tune your scheduling policy’s rules and business
objectives to improve your scheduling results.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed
package installed.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. From the
object management settings for optimization requests, use Lightning App Builder to add the Optimization Hub Lightning web component
to the optimization request record page. In the Field Service Admin app, click the Field Service Settings tab and select Scheduling.
Then enable optimization request files under General Logic.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Explore Metrics in Field Service Optimization Hub (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Access Optimization Request Files (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

358
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Resource Management

Get More Information About Scheduling and Optimization Requests with Activity Reports (Beta)
See near real-time data on your scheduling and optimization requests that are in progress when you generate an activity report. Get
information about more request types, such as Bundling: Manual Requests, and access more information in the report output, such as
Secondary Operations, to help you easily identify and resolve issues.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed
package installed.

Note: Activity Reports is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. In the Field
Service Admin app, click the Field Service Settings tab and select Scheduling. Then enable activity reports under General Logic. To
access Activity Reports, from the App Launcher, find and select Optimization Center.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Review the History of Scheduling and Optimization Requests with Activity Reports (Beta) (can be outdated or
unavailable during release preview)

Increase Coverage with 24-Hour Availability for Capacity-Based Resources

Assign capacity-based resources to appointments that occur at any time, day or night. This round-the-clock availability ensures continuous
coverage to meet SLAs, optimizes the use of contractors, and minimizes manual scheduling efforts by leveraging Scheduling and
Optimization services.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. In the Field
Service Admin app, click the Operating Hours tab, and create an operating hours record. Then, click the Related tab, create a time
slot, and define the start time as 12:00 AM and the end time as 23.59. Alternatively, from the App Launcher, find and select Shifts, and
create a shift as usual.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Operating Hours for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Increase Availability by Reshuffling and Prioritizing Service Appointments

Efficiently book or schedule a service appointment by automatically moving appointments across shifts or between resources. Make
room for scheduling high-priority service appointments, even when the Gantt is full, by dropping low-priority appointments when
required. Make sure that critical appointments remain scheduled when you reshuffle by defining “keep scheduled” criteria.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.

359
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Resource Management

How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. In the Field
Service Admin app, click the Field Service Settings tab and select Scheduling. Then enable reshuffling and sliding under General
Logic.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Service Appointment Reshuffling and Sliding (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Book and Schedule Appointments Using Priorities (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Schedule Appointments from the Dispatcher Console (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Schedule Appointments from the Record Feed (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enhance Scheduling Accuracy by Adding Travel Time Buffers per Territory

Adjust your estimated travel time for each territory to account for additional arrival time considerations, such as finding parking. These
changes keep your schedule accurate and realistic and increase customer satisfaction by providing customers with more accurate arrival
information.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled. In the Field
Service Admin app, select the Service Territories tab and create a service territory. Then, in the Travel Time Buffer field, define the value
to add to the estimated travel time.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Service Territories for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Schedule Recommendations with the Appointment Insights API (Beta)

Understand why a service appointment can’t be scheduled and which work rules are preventing its scheduling with the Appointment
Insights API. The new getAppointmentInsights Apex method, under the ScheduleService Apex class, returns data
about why a specific service appointment can’t be scheduled on the Gantt, helping you fine-tune your scheduling policy.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: Appointment Insights API is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

SEE ALSO:
getAppointmentInsights

Experience Better Performance with Enhanced Live Updates (Beta)

Get real-time updates quickly when working with the dispatcher console Gantt by enabling the new Enhanced Live Updates setting.
This setting’s enhanced capabilities let you handle large datasets efficiently, experience a stable environment, and effectively manage
time-sensitive and critical tasks. With this new setting, Experience Cloud site users can also benefit from live Gantt updates. Previously,
live updates weren’t available to Experience Cloud site users.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.

360
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Resource Management

Note: Enhanced Live Updates is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: In the Field Service Admin app, click the Field Service Settings tab and select Dispatcher Console UI. Then turn on Enhanced
Live Updates under Updating the Gantt.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Turn On Field Service Gantt Live Updates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access Health Check in the Optimization Center Tab

Get the information you need to resolve issues quickly by testing your Field Service settings and configuration data in Health Check,
now conveniently located in the Optimization Center tab. This tab includes all features related to monitoring Field Service activities and
troubleshooting issues. Previously, Health Check was available in the Field Service Settings tab of the Field Service Admin app.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed
package installed.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Optimization Center. Then click Health Check.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Get Information on Optimization with Field Service Optimization Center (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Test Your Field Service Configuration with Health Check (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Manage the Field Service Integration Permission Set with More Flexibility
Enable permissions for the Field Service Integration permission set on your own and give the Platform Integration User access to fields
and objects when they need to be modified. As of Winter ‘25, this permission set is no longer tied to a license, and you can now enable
permissions to fit your organization’s needs without relying on one. Previously, the Field Service Integration permission set was a custom
permission set and required new permissions to be added to the Cloud Integration User license. The Field Service Integration permission
set is now exclusive to the Platform Integration User. If any other types of users were added to this permission set in the past, their
permissions are now revoked. If you clone the permission set, you must take this action before the Winter ‘25 deployment. You can also
create another permission set for these users, or add them to an existing permission set.

361
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Asset Management

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create the Field Service Integration Permission Set

Find Filters Quickly in the Appointments List

Navigate the appointment list quickly and more efficiently with filter categories. Field Service filters are now shown under Standard
Filters, and filters that you create are listed under Custom Filters. Previously, all filters were listed together. And to help you understand
what each standard filter does, we added infobubbles.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Working in the Field Service Dispatcher Console Appointment List

Field Service Asset Management

Discover what’s new to take asset management to the next level.

Field Service Asset Service Lifecycle Management Add-On

Discover new features that drive innovation through seamless collaboration and resource optimization.
View Asset Health Score on the Go with the Connected Assets Add-On
Mobile workers can now triage issues and prioritize inspection work. For example, an on-site mobile worker can pull up a list view
of customer assets and see which ones have low health scores. The worker can then prioritize inspections for these assets.
Migrate from Maintenance Plan Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work Rules (Release Update)
The Frequency and Frequency Type fields on the Maintenance Plan are being retired. To prepare for this retirement and take advantage
of updated features, migrate your Frequency and Frequency Type data to maintenance work rules. This update was first available
in Summer ’22 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ‘22, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ‘26.

Field Service Asset Service Lifecycle Management Add-On

Discover new features that drive innovation through seamless collaboration and resource optimization.

Improve First-Time Fix Rates

Let asset managers complete administrative tasks efficiently and resolve large-scale issues by interacting with the asset’s hierarchical
view. Asset managers can now see a large asset and its child assets in the asset hierarchical view. They can then easily search for an
asset and track the real-time status and lifecycle by location and install base. Previously, asset managers could only view the asset
hierarchy.
Improve Asset Visibility on Your Mobile App
Let mobile workers quickly diagnose problems and efficiently get the job done in the Asset Hierarchy view. This view reduces the
number of apps mobile workers need to use to understand all the asset details at a specific location or at several locations. Mobile
workers can now see a large asset and its child assets in the asset’s hierarchical view and then easily search for an asset or asset
location. Previously, asset hierarchy wasn't available on the mobile app.

362
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Asset Management

Improve First-Time Fix Rates

Let asset managers complete administrative tasks efficiently and resolve large-scale issues by interacting with the asset’s hierarchical
view. Asset managers can now see a large asset and its child assets in the asset hierarchical view. They can then easily search for an asset
and track the real-time status and lifecycle by location and install base. Previously, asset managers could only view the asset hierarchy.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Asset Service Lifecycle Management with Field Service installed. The feature is
available in the Field Service mobile app for iOS and Android. To purchase the Asset Service Lifecycle Management add-on license,
contact your Salesforce account executive.
How: Navigate to the asset hierarchy from the asset page to view a grid of the asset, its location, and its child assets. You can also check
the location of each child asset.

Improve Asset Visibility on Your Mobile App

Let mobile workers quickly diagnose problems and efficiently get the job done in the Asset Hierarchy view. This view reduces the number
of apps mobile workers need to use to understand all the asset details at a specific location or at several locations. Mobile workers can
now see a large asset and its child assets in the asset’s hierarchical view and then easily search for an asset or asset location. Previously,
asset hierarchy wasn't available on the mobile app.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Asset Service Lifecycle Management with Field Service installed. The feature is
available in the Field Service mobile app for iOS and Android.

363
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Asset Management

To purchase the Asset Service Lifecycle Management add-on license, contact your Salesforce account executive.
How: When you go to the asset hierarchy from the asset page or work order, you see the list of all assets in a hierarchical view.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Interactive Asset Hierarchy (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

View Asset Health Score on the Go with the Connected Assets Add-On
Mobile workers can now triage issues and prioritize inspection work. For example, an on-site mobile worker can pull up a list view of
customer assets and see which ones have low health scores. The worker can then prioritize inspections for these assets.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Connected Assets with Field Service installed. The feature is available in the Field
Service mobile app for iOS and Android.
To purchase the Connected Assets add-on license, contact your Salesforce account executive.
How: When you open the asset view, you see a list of all the assets with low asset health scores. Mobile workers can open the asset
health score dashboard through the asset record’s action menu.

364
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Asset Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Asset Health Score Dashboard (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Migrate from Maintenance Plan Frequency Fields to Maintenance Work Rules (Release
Update)
The Frequency and Frequency Type fields on the Maintenance Plan are being retired. To prepare for this retirement and take advantage
of updated features, migrate your Frequency and Frequency Type data to maintenance work rules. This update was first available in
Summer ’22 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ‘22, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter ‘26.
Where: This change is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: This release update is enforced in Winter ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: Recent changes to Maintenance Work Rules replace and improve the functionality provided by the frequency fields. In Winter
’26, the retired fields will impact work order generation.
How: Find the release update in Setup. For Migration from Frequency Fields, follow the testing and activation steps.

365
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Operations

For all impacted maintenance plans, select a maintenance plan that uses the frequency fields without the maintenance work rules.
Update the selected maintenance plan to use maintenance work rules instead, and click Enable Test Run. To hide the frequency fields
after the migration, go to Setup, turn off Field Service, and then turn it on again.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates
Salesforce Knowledge Article: Migration Retirement Tips and Tricks (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Get Excited about Using Maintenance Work Rules (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Video: Spotlight on Implementing Preventative Maintenance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Field Service Operations

Streamline, extend, and customize your Field Service operations with these additions.

Gain Instant Access to Key Operations and Insights with Field Service Home
Access your apps with one click and get personalized insights that spotlight the most crucial data for your field operations, from
performance metrics to service trends. The Operations Home provides a comprehensive solution for managing Field Service operations
and eliminates the need to search for apps and metrics.
Field Service Intelligence
Boost operations with Field Service Intelligence data-driven solutions.
Service Documents
Discover what’s new for service documents.

Gain Instant Access to Key Operations and Insights with Field Service Home
Access your apps with one click and get personalized insights that spotlight the most crucial data for your field operations, from
performance metrics to service trends. The Operations Home provides a comprehensive solution for managing Field Service operations
and eliminates the need to search for apps and metrics.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Field Service Home. To access the Field Service Apps, click Field Service Features.

366
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Operations

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Field Service Home (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Field Service Intelligence

Boost operations with Field Service Intelligence data-driven solutions.

Boost and Track Team Performance

Effortlessly monitor resource utilization, performance efficiency, and burnout risk with the Resource Management dashboard. Analyze
individual metrics against team and company benchmarks that help you identify opportunities for improvement and ensure that
your team thrives.
Gain Comprehensive Insights into Your Inventory and Products
Keep your operations running smoothly with the Parts and Inventory dashboard. Track stock levels, consumption rates, demand
trends, and request statuses so you're always informed.

Boost and Track Team Performance

Effortlessly monitor resource utilization, performance efficiency, and burnout risk with the Resource Management dashboard. Analyze
individual metrics against team and company benchmarks that help you identify opportunities for improvement and ensure that your
team thrives.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Field Service Intelligence. And then click Resources.

367
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Operations

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Field Service Intelligence Dashboards (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Gain Comprehensive Insights into Your Inventory and Products

Keep your operations running smoothly with the Parts and Inventory dashboard. Track stock levels, consumption rates, demand trends,
and request statuses so you're always informed.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Field Service Intelligence. Click Assets and then click Parts and Inventory.

368
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Operations

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Field Service Intelligence Dashboards (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Service Documents
Discover what’s new for service documents.

Grant Community Users Access to Document Builder

Document Builder is now available to users with community licenses, including mobile workers who are using Contractor and
Contractor Plus Login-Based licenses.
Personalize Service Documents with Company and Worker Details
Provide customers with details about your company and who completed the job by including information, such as your company
address and phone, name, and specialty of the mobile worker, in your service documents. Embed fields from User and Organization
objects into your service documents with Document Builder.
Organize Service Documents with Page Breaks
Control the pagination of your service document content with the Page Break component for Document Builder. Previously, you
couldn’t control what was shown on each page. Drag the Page Break component onto the document template in Document Builder’s
canvas to create more readable, compliant, personalized service documents.

Grant Community Users Access to Document Builder

Document Builder is now available to users with community licenses, including mobile workers who are using Contractor and Contractor
Plus Login-Based licenses.

369
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Customer Engagement

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: About Document Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Personalize Service Documents with Company and Worker Details

Provide customers with details about your company and who completed the job by including information, such as your company
address and phone, name, and specialty of the mobile worker, in your service documents. Embed fields from User and Organization
objects into your service documents with Document Builder.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions .
How: In Document Builder, drag User and Organization fields onto the canvas. Save the template, and then test it in the document
preview.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: About Document Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Organization
User

Organize Service Documents with Page Breaks

Control the pagination of your service document content with the Page Break component for Document Builder. Previously, you couldn’t
control what was shown on each page. Drag the Page Break component onto the document template in Document Builder’s canvas
to create more readable, compliant, personalized service documents.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions .

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: About Document Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Field Service Customer Engagement

Enhance and elevate your customer interactions with these new features.

Schedule and Reschedule Appointments with Scheduling Dependencies in Appointment Assistant

If you’re using Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization, your customers can schedule and reschedule complex work in Appointment
Assistant Self-Service Scheduling. Previously, if an appointment had scheduling dependencies, customers couldn’t schedule or
reschedule it.
Provide Real-Time Customer Guidance with the Visual Remote Assistant Mobile SDK Embedded in Your Branded Mobile App
Improve customer experience with live on-screen guidance from your mobile app tailored to your unique brand identity. Agents
can view a customer’s mobile screen remotely to provide personalized support and resolve issues more efficiently. Previously, you
could use only the generic Visual Remote Assistant mobile app.

370
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Schedule and Reschedule Appointments with Scheduling Dependencies in

Appointment Assistant
If you’re using Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization, your customers can schedule and reschedule complex work in Appointment
Assistant Self-Service Scheduling. Previously, if an appointment had scheduling dependencies, customers couldn’t schedule or reschedule
it.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.
How: In Setup, go to Field Service Settings and verify that Field Service Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Complex Work for New Appointments with Self-Service Scheduling
Salesforce Help: Enable Complex Work for Existing Appointments with Self-Service Scheduling

Provide Real-Time Customer Guidance with the Visual Remote Assistant Mobile SDK
Embedded in Your Branded Mobile App
Improve customer experience with live on-screen guidance from your mobile app tailored to your unique brand identity. Agents can
view a customer’s mobile screen remotely to provide personalized support and resolve issues more efficiently. Previously, you could use
only the generic Visual Remote Assistant mobile app.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Field Service managed
package installed.
How: Develop and integrate the Visual Remote Assistant mobile SDK into your branded mobile app.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Visual Remote Assistant for Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Field Service Mobile

Explore what’s new in Field Service mobile, designed to help mobile workers provide outstanding service.

Data Capture
Discover what’s new for Data Capture. This Salesforce Field Service solution for dynamic, responsive forms is a beta feature.
Accept On-Site Payments with Tap-to-Pay
Create a Lightning web component (LWC) that lets your customers use the Tap-to-Pay capability of the Payments plug-in to pay
mobile workers directly. The Field Service mobile app then integrates with Pay Now to connect the LWC to a secure payment system
that processes the interaction.
Reduce Distractions and Stay Focused with Standby Mode
Now mobile workers can pause notifications, data syncs, and location sharing with just a tap so they remain undisturbed during
critical tasks. When they exit Standby mode and return to the app, they can continue right where they left off—no need to download
records. Previously, workers had to log out and download records again for offline work when logging back in.

371
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Upsell Your Business from the Field (Generally Available)

With this feature, now generally available, your mobile workers can create quotes for customers directly from the Field Service mobile
app without contacting customer services. For example, if a mobile worker is repairing a customer’s oven and notices that some of
the parts need replacement, the worker can create a quote and provide a price estimate on-site.
Launch Flows Silently Based on Geolocation
Run flows automatically based on platform alerts that are triggered when mobile workers arrive and leave job sites. With platform
alerts, you don’t need mobile worker interaction to run flows. For example, when Field Service receives an alert that the mobile
worker has left the job site, start a flow to update a timesheet, or send the customer a survey. Previously, geolocation-based actions
only opened quick actions or a specific record, which required the mobile worker to interact with the app.
See the Status of Appointments on the Map at a Glance
Easily identify and manage service appointments with color-coded map pins that clearly distinguish between completed and
scheduled appointments. Previously, mobile workers couldn’t see the difference between the appointments on the map.
Customize Tabs More Easily in the Field Service Mobile App Builder
We made some improvements to the Field Service Mobile App Builder user interface, making it easier to use. The changes include
an interactive canvas to add and configure tabs, a palette that lets you drag components onto the canvas, and improved usability
in the properties pane.
Add Lightning Web Components with Attributes in the Field Service Mobile App Builder
Add a Lightning web component (LWC) that contains attributes as a tab, configure those attributes in the Field Service Mobile App
Builder, and it's available in the app.
Search for Records Easily in the Field Service Mobile App
Let mobile workers quickly find the records they need to get the job done faster with a simple search view that includes filtering
and sorting capabilities.

Data Capture
Discover what’s new for Data Capture. This Salesforce Field Service solution for dynamic, responsive forms is a beta feature.

Create Dynamic Forms with Data Capture Flow (Beta)

Wield the magic of the new Data Capture flow type to create dynamic, responsive forms in Flow Builder. Build forms that use
conditional logic to simplify the mobile experience. Data Capture forms respond to mobile users’ input, deliver focused questions,
and reduce task completion time. Previously, you had to integrate external apps to create forms that launch from the mobile app.
With the Data Capture flow, forms are integrated with the Salesforce platform and are tailored to the task.
Empower Mobile Workers with Data Capture Forms (Beta)
Get the job done faster, online or offline, with smart, dynamic Data Capture forms. Launch Data Capture forms from the new Forms
tab on Work Order Overview or directly from a service appointment or work order line item via the related list. Pause, resume, and
progress backwards and forwards through Data Capture forms without missing a beat. From collecting data on assets that need
maintenance to conducting environmental assessments, the conditional logic of Data Capture gives mobile workers only the
questions that they need for the task at hand.
Discovery Framework Based Data Capture with Field Service Mobile App
Use Discovery Framework and Flows for data capture in the Field Service mobile app. With the new Discovery Framework Data
Capture Flow process type, your Field Service mobile workers can collect data from customers in areas with poor or no internet
connectivity.

372
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Create Dynamic Forms with Data Capture Flow (Beta)

Wield the magic of the new Data Capture flow type to create dynamic, responsive forms in Flow Builder. Build forms that use conditional
logic to simplify the mobile experience. Data Capture forms respond to mobile users’ input, deliver focused questions, and reduce task
completion time. Previously, you had to integrate external apps to create forms that launch from the mobile app. With the Data Capture
flow, forms are integrated with the Salesforce platform and are tailored to the task.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: Data Capture is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: Select the Data Capture (Beta) flow type in Flow Builder.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Flow Builder Tour (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: About Data Capture Flow (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Builder Tour (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: About Data Capture Flow (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Empower Mobile Workers with Data Capture Forms (Beta)

Get the job done faster, online or offline, with smart, dynamic Data Capture forms. Launch Data Capture forms from the new Forms tab
on Work Order Overview or directly from a service appointment or work order line item via the related list. Pause, resume, and progress
backwards and forwards through Data Capture forms without missing a beat. From collecting data on assets that need maintenance to
conducting environmental assessments, the conditional logic of Data Capture gives mobile workers only the questions that they need
for the task at hand.
Where: This feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.

373
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Note: Data Capture is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

Discovery Framework Based Data Capture with Field Service Mobile App
Use Discovery Framework and Flows for data capture in the Field Service mobile app. With the new Discovery Framework Data Capture
Flow process type, your Field Service mobile workers can collect data from customers in areas with poor or no internet connectivity.

Build Dynamic Forms with Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Beta)
Use the new Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow process type in Flow Builder to create dynamic and responsive forms. Build
forms that use conditional logic to create an interactive and tailored mobile experience for your mobile frontline workers. Discovery
Framework Data Capture forms respond to mobile users’ input, deliver user-focused assessment questions, and reduce the time to
complete a task.
Improve Mobile Worker Productivity with Discovery Framework Data Capture Forms (Beta)
Your Field Service mobile workers can collect information quickly, even offline. Decrease the time to value by suggesting relevant
forms that help mobile workers easily handle complex tasks. They can also save their work and resume later. From onboarding new
customers to capturing information during a collection process, the conditional logic in these forms makes sure that workers see
only the questions that they need for the task at hand.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: About Discovery Framework Based Data Capture with Field Service Mobile App (Beta)

Build Dynamic Forms with Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Beta)
Use the new Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow process type in Flow Builder to create dynamic and responsive forms. Build forms
that use conditional logic to create an interactive and tailored mobile experience for your mobile frontline workers. Discovery Framework
Data Capture forms respond to mobile users’ input, deliver user-focused assessment questions, and reduce the time to complete a task.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Field Service, Discovery Framework,
Discovery Framework Import or Export, and Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Beta) are enabled.

Note: Discovery Framework Based Data Capture with Field Service mobile app is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta
Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms
in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: Select the Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Beta) process type in Flow Builder.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Build a Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Beta)

374
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Improve Mobile Worker Productivity with Discovery Framework Data Capture Forms (Beta)
Your Field Service mobile workers can collect information quickly, even offline. Decrease the time to value by suggesting relevant forms
that help mobile workers easily handle complex tasks. They can also save their work and resume later. From onboarding new customers
to capturing information during a collection process, the conditional logic in these forms makes sure that workers see only the questions
that they need for the task at hand.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Field Service, Discovery Framework,
Discovery Framework Import or Export, and Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Beta) are enabled.

Note: Discovery Framework Based Data Capture with Field Service mobile app is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta
Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms
in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Why: With Discovery Framework, you can track, store, and manage both questions and their answers, along with their versions, for better
auditability. Your Salesforce org isn't required to install Omnistudio for data capture with Discovery Framework.
How: As an admin, enable Field Service from Field Service Settings in Setup. Then, enable Discovery Framework Import or Export, and
Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Beta) in General Settings for Discovery Framework.
Create assessment questions, create a flow by using the Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow (Beta) process type in Flow Builder,
and then add the necessary assessment questions to the flow.

Next, create a service appointment record for the field service agent. On the Related tab of the service appointment record, create a
form.
For the form’s Action Definition, select the Discovery Framework Data Capture Flow that you created.

As a Field Service mobile worker, in the Field Service mobile app, launch the Discovery Framework Data Capture form from the Related
tab on a service appointment record.

375
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Discovery Framework and Assessments
Salesforce Help: Create Questions
Salesforce Help: About Discovery Framework Based Data Capture with Field Service Mobile App (Beta)

Accept On-Site Payments with Tap-to-Pay

Create a Lightning web component (LWC) that lets your customers use the Tap-to-Pay capability of the Payments plug-in to pay mobile
workers directly. The Field Service mobile app then integrates with Pay Now to connect the LWC to a secure payment system that
processes the interaction.
Where: This feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS with the Salesforce Payments and Pay Now licenses.
When:Tap-to-Pay is available later in Winter ‘25.

376
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Reduce Distractions and Stay Focused with Standby Mode

Now mobile workers can pause notifications, data syncs, and location sharing with just a tap so they remain undisturbed during critical
tasks. When they exit Standby mode and return to the app, they can continue right where they left off—no need to download records.
Previously, workers had to log out and download records again for offline work when logging back in.
Where: This feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.
How: In the Quick Find box, enter Field Service settings. In Settings, click Enable Standby Mode.

Upsell Your Business from the Field (Generally Available)

With this feature, now generally available, your mobile workers can create quotes for customers directly from the Field Service mobile
app without contacting customer services. For example, if a mobile worker is repairing a customer’s oven and notices that some of the
parts need replacement, the worker can create a quote and provide a price estimate on-site.
Where: This feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.
How: Add the New Quote quick action to the mobile workers’ layout for work orders.

377
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Mobile Quoting for Field Service Mobile Workers

Launch Flows Silently Based on Geolocation

Run flows automatically based on platform alerts that are triggered when mobile workers arrive and leave job sites. With platform alerts,
you don’t need mobile worker interaction to run flows. For example, when Field Service receives an alert that the mobile worker has left
the job site, start a flow to update a timesheet, or send the customer a survey. Previously, geolocation-based actions only opened quick
actions or a specific record, which required the mobile worker to interact with the app.
Where: This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.
How: Create a flow that connects geolocation-based actions to service appointments. Then, create an action that’s triggered when the
mobile worker arrives or leaves a location.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Geolocation-Based Actions for the Field Service Mobile App (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

See the Status of Appointments on the Map at a Glance

Easily identify and manage service appointments with color-coded map pins that clearly distinguish between completed and scheduled
appointments. Previously, mobile workers couldn’t see the difference between the appointments on the map.

378
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Where: This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.
How: Color-coded map pins are automatically available. Here’s how they look on the map.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Field Service Mobile App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Customize Tabs More Easily in the Field Service Mobile App Builder
We made some improvements to the Field Service Mobile App Builder user interface, making it easier to use. The changes include an
interactive canvas to add and configure tabs, a palette that lets you drag components onto the canvas, and improved usability in the
properties pane.
Where: This change applies to the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.

379
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

Drag a component directly on to the canvas (1). To move, delete, or edit a tab, click it in the canvas (2). Toggle the component tree on
or off (3).

380
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Field Service Mobile

When you toggle to the component tree, you can select and delete tabs right there. You also easily see what tabs are in the Tab Overflow
area, and show under the More section in the app.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Customize Tabs with the Field Service Mobile App Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Lightning Web Components with Attributes in the Field Service Mobile App Builder
Add a Lightning web component (LWC) that contains attributes as a tab, configure those attributes in the Field Service Mobile App
Builder, and it's available in the app.
Where: This feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.

SEE ALSO:
New and Changed Targets for Lightning Web Components
Salesforce Help: Customize Tabs with the Field Service Mobile App Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Lightning Web Components Developer Guide: XML Configuration File Elements

Search for Records Easily in the Field Service Mobile App

Let mobile workers quickly find the records they need to get the job done faster with a simple search view that includes filtering and
sorting capabilities.
Where: This feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.
How: Create a Search tab on the main screen of the app.

381
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Spotlight on Field Service Content

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up the Search Tab (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Spotlight on Field Service Content

Discover high-impact content to help you get your Field Service work done.

Improve Your Scheduling and Optimization Proficiency with Revamped Salesforce Help Content
Explore updated documentation that boosts your self-sufficiency, enhances user engagement, and facilitates the adoption of our
automated features, maximizing your ROI. We enriched the Salesforce Help content on scheduling and optimization to simplify the
implementation process. For example, get insights into feature configurations, more details on tools for scheduling automation and
optimization, and scenario-based best practices tailored to various roles and industries. Learn about the differences between the
optimization engines and the advantages of transitioning to Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization.
Switch to Lightning Data Service for the Best Mobile Experience
Turn on Lightning Data Service in the Field Service mobile app by using a simple setup. Lightning Data Service lets you unlock the
latest features, like AI, Data Capture, High Volume priming, and Lightning web component customization.
Discover What’s New with Offline Usage in the Field Service Mobile App
Check out the latest on how Field Service primes data for offline use, even in challenging environments.
Start Your Journey with Einstein for Field Service
Learn how to set up Einstein for Field Service and transform your operations. The setup documentation guides you through the
process of getting started with Einstein features for Field Service.

382
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Spotlight on Field Service Content

Improve Your Scheduling and Optimization Proficiency with Revamped Salesforce

Help Content
Explore updated documentation that boosts your self-sufficiency, enhances user engagement, and facilitates the adoption of our
automated features, maximizing your ROI. We enriched the Salesforce Help content on scheduling and optimization to simplify the
implementation process. For example, get insights into feature configurations, more details on tools for scheduling automation and
optimization, and scenario-based best practices tailored to various roles and industries. Learn about the differences between the
optimization engines and the advantages of transitioning to Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the
Field Service managed package installed.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Get Started with Schedule Automation and Optimization in Field Service (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Field Service Scheduling and Optimization Solutions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Manage Field Service Scheduling Overlaps (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Optimization Horizon (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Manage Optimization Conflicts (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Guidelines for Setting Up a Scheduling Policy (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Switch to Lightning Data Service for the Best Mobile Experience

Turn on Lightning Data Service in the Field Service mobile app by using a simple setup. Lightning Data Service lets you unlock the latest
features, like AI, Data Capture, High Volume priming, and Lightning web component customization.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Move to Lightning Data Service for Field Service Mobile (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Discover What’s New with Offline Usage in the Field Service Mobile App
Check out the latest on how Field Service primes data for offline use, even in challenging environments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Work with Offline Priming (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Start Your Journey with Einstein for Field Service

Learn how to set up Einstein for Field Service and transform your operations. The setup documentation guides you through the process
of getting started with Einstein features for Field Service.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition with the Field Service Managed Package
installed. Einstein features for the Field Service mobile app are available on Android and iOS. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on
the desktop site.

383
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Hyperforce

Note: The Einstein Field Service User permission set is included in the Einstein 1 Field Service Edition. If the permission set doesn’t
appear, ask your Salesforce account executive for help.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein for Field Service

Hyperforce
Hyperforce is the next-generation Salesforce infrastructure architecture built for the public cloud. It provides Salesforce applications with
compliance, security, privacy, agility and scalability, and gives customers more choice over data residency.

Industries
Industries solutions shape Salesforce to the needs of your business, reducing the need for you to customize things yourself. Get the most
out of your assets by using Asset Service Lifecycle Management. Automotive Cloud optimizes vehicle loans and leases with Digital
Lending for Automotive. Consumer Goods Cloud helps tour drivers sell directly from their trucks. Financial Services Cloud gets more
service process templates and introduces business relationship plans. Health Cloud improves the scheduling experience for Home Health
and Intelligent Appointment Management. Life Sciences Cloud helps organizations make trials more accessible with support for financial
assistance programs. Salesforce for Education integrates with Data Cloud and expands its generative AI capabilities. We also have plenty
of changes for Manufacturing Cloud, Loyalty Management, Industries common features, and much more.

Accounting Subledger
Significantly reduce Accounting Subledger’s processing time by bypassing reversal logic and current value field mapping.
Asset Service Lifecycle Management
Maximize asset uptime, derive revenue from aftermarket asset services, and boost your service team's productivity by using Asset
Service Lifecycle Management. Inventory managers can track and search for product and part stocks at various locations and transfer
inventory to meet demand by using Inventory Search and Transfer. Service agents can easily monitor the delivery of services such
as product recall and upgrade by using Product Service Campaign. Field service technicians can easily create return requests for
damaged parts while executing work orders by using Service Parts Return. Service agents and managers can adjust estimates, enrich
work orders, schedule appointments, and resume work estimation from where they left off by using Work Order Estimation. Field
service technicians can improve the accuracy of timesheet entries in the Field Service Mobile app by using Timesheet Automation
and Labor Cost Association.
Automotive Cloud
Manage the vehicle loan and lease origination process with ease by using the Digital Lending for Automotive suite of features. Right
from intake to decisioning, bring customers, agents, and dealers on a single platform to process applications. Use Salesforce Flows
in actionable event orchestrations. Make the most of the enhancements to vehicle inventory search and sales agreements. Manage
the asset lifecycle better with enhancements to parts search and transfer, product service campaigns, work order estimations, and
labor costs and timesheets.
Communications Cloud
Communications Cloud extends Salesforce Customer 360 to provide a solution specifically for the communications industry. It helps
businesses digitally transform to deliver new, industry-standard customer experiences and increase operational efficiencies. Explore
industry-specific apps including Enterprise Sales Management, Communications Cloud Agent Console, Multiplay Subscription
Management, and business solutions including Asset Service Lifecycle Management, Einstein Quick Quote, Configure, Price, Quote
(Industries CPQ), and Enterprise Product Catalog (EPC).

384
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries

Connected Assets
Design actionable event orchestrations that directly invoke flows to run complex business process for critical events generated by
assets. Get additional entitlements to create flow-based actionable event orchestrations for connected assets.
Consumer Goods Cloud
Tour drivers can now boost their sales by selling products directly from their trucks. Process more pricing conditions per batch run
with improved batch performance for Penny Perfect Pricing. Sales reps can access live data and make informed decisions during
visits by using remote API calls from the Consumer Goods Cloud offline mobile app. Key account managers can create promotions
faster by using customized promotion workflows. Include custom month and quarter data in real-time reports and transfer manually
adjusted custom month and quarter data to new promotions when copying promotions.
Energy and Utilities Cloud
Energy and Utilities Cloud service apps, such as Agent Console and Self-Service Portal, are now deployed on Salesforce's Einstein
platform. Improve the accuracy of timesheet entries with timesheet automation and labor cost association in the Timesheet app.
Provide AI-generated summaries of customer calls with Einstein Work Summaries.
Financial Services Cloud
Enhance your applicants' and underwriters' experience with Digital Lending using integration orchestration, product configurator,
loan calculator, and guest user access. Accelerate the development of service processes by using prebuilt service process templates.
Use Metadata API to migrate Stage Management configurations to streamline your setup processes and ensure consistency across
environments. Simplify the client planning process for your relationship team with Business Relationship Plan. Aggregate financial
information from Financial Services Cloud standard objects with Financial Summary Rollup.
Health Cloud
Improve productivity with Health Cloud’s AI-generated summaries and emails. Enhance patient satisfaction with Home Health’s
self-scheduling capabilities. Schedule all the resources a patient needs during their appointment using Intelligent Appointment
Management. Save MCG assessments for later and update care plans using recommendations from MCG assessments. Utilize Roster
File Mapping for efficient data handling and empower providers to auto-fill their information using NPPES integration. Unlock the
power of Health Cloud with a simplified guided setup.
Insurance
Insurance connects frontline agents, back-office teams, and customers with flexible components that support policy administration,
benefit administration, claims, and billing. Learn about what’s in Winter ’25.
Life Sciences Cloud
Enhance the therapy management system by adding ad hoc tasks. Convert sales agreements into quotes and vice versa using a
guided flow. Help eligible patients with unaffordable, out-of-pocket medication expenses with financial assistance. Match candidates
to clinical trials with AI-enabled Einstein Candidate Matching. Help site coordinators operate efficiently by organizing metrics, tasks,
and events on Clinical Excellence FlexiPage. Help agents in verifying a patient’s pharmacy benefits by using a guided flow. Reverify
pharmacy coverage benefits for a care program using a guided flow to initiate a review request. Use Patient Program Outcome
Management to optimize program effectiveness, track patient progress, and measure outcomes. Use the Patient Support Program
console app to centralize the daily tasks of program leads and case agents.
Loyalty Management
Breeze through the setup of your loyalty program by using the simplified loyalty program setup. Create bundled product promotions
for your business customers. Decide your promotion's target audience by using actionable lists and identify the segments your
customers and loyalty program members belong to with prebuilt Data Cloud data graphs. Trace how members use their points.
Offer time-based vouchers and reserve vouchers while members complete their order.

385
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries

Manufacturing Cloud
Modernize your commercial operations, manage the entire lifecycle of asset service operations, and boost your team's productivity
with Manufacturing Cloud. Drive more run-rate business by making the most of the enhancements to sales agreements. Speed up
the sales process by quickly converting quotes to sales agreements. Request the return of parts from dealers by using the existing
warranty claims. Elevate traceability of inventory and easily transfer inventory across locations. Track recalls, repairs, upgrades, and
other services performed for impacted assets in product service campaigns.
Media Cloud
Use the Media Cloud application suite to manage subscribers and subscriptions, create and manage ad campaigns, and more,
through community self-service interfaces or an agent console.
Net Zero Cloud
Improve the efficiency, credibility, and transparency of disclosure responses with new features and enhancements to Net Zero Cloud
and Disclosure and Compliance Hub. Use the Information Library to collect and organize environmental, social, and governance
(ESG) snippets into a central, unified source. Use Einstein generative AI to automatically generate draft responses from disclosure
documents and save them in a Microsoft 365 Word document. Boost efficiency by using Einstein to revise disclosure responses by
summarizing, elaborating, or rephrasing them for accuracy. Maintain your questions and their responses year over year by saving
them from the Microsoft 365 Word document to the Assessment Framework.
Public Sector Solutions
Optimize your recruitment and hiring process by using tools and workflows that are designed for public sector organizations. Enable
recruiters to drive a faster and coordinated hiring effort, simplify the evaluation process for interviewers, and enhance the overall
experience for candidates. Help investigators and caseworkers quickly understand cases and manage critical case data with a unified
interface and guided flows. Improve caseworker productivity and efficiency with data-driven insights. Give your employees Einstein
generative AI capabilities that help them serve constituents faster and better.
Referral Marketing
View the configuration of referral promotions with ease. Find out a customer's Data Cloud segment using prebuilt data graphs.
Person account is no longer required to implement Referral Marketing. Use APIs to view advocate details and to track the source of
referrals.
Salesforce for Education
Connect, organize, and unify data in Education Cloud by using the power of Data Cloud. Review metrics on the engagement level
of an alumnus in the areas of experience, communication, volunteerism, and philanthropy by using Data Cloud for Education. Use
Einstein generative AI to summarize information about mentors and mentees, to summarize learners’ advising cases, and to quickly
and efficiently respond to inquiries. Bridge admissions and student success by automating student enrollment. Advisors can create
and assign pulse checks to get feedback from learners and use watchlist tracking to proactively monitor learners who need additional
support. Staff can create templates for degree program plans, and learners can compare programs side by side to find the best fit.
Learners can get an overview of their academic progress on the learner portal. Use a flow to request and collect recommendation
details for applications. Use Inquiry Management to help prospects sign up for a mailing list, request a call or email from your
institution, or ask a question. Create and manage your learning catalog with new REST and Apex compatible APIs.
Salesforce for Nonprofits
Salesforce for Nonprofits includes platform solutions and managed packages for nonprofits. Nonprofit Cloud, built on the Salesforce
platform, makes it easier to complete tasks and keep data accurate for gifts, prepare for meetings with major donors, work with grant
management progress reports, and review grant applications.
Industries Common Features
Some products in Industries share features. In this release we’ve enhanced some of the features that help you stay efficient and
streamlined. Create modular business rules, use CSV files to upload large amounts of data, and more.

386
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Accounting Subledger

Accounting Subledger
Significantly reduce Accounting Subledger’s processing time by bypassing reversal logic and current value field mapping.

Reduce Processing Time for Accounting Subledger

Reduce Accounting Subledger’s processing time by bypassing reversal logic and current value field mapping. Enable the new Skip
Reversal Logic setting to make sure that Accounting Subledger considers all field mappings as point-in-time. Accounting Subledger
ignores mappings from secondary objects in three-object models and tertiary objects in four-object models, which is reflected in
the new Account Field Mapping column.

Reduce Processing Time for Accounting Subledger

Reduce Accounting Subledger’s processing time by bypassing reversal logic and current value field mapping. Enable the new Skip
Reversal Logic setting to make sure that Accounting Subledger considers all field mappings as point-in-time. Accounting Subledger
ignores mappings from secondary objects in three-object models and tertiary objects in four-object models, which is reflected in the
new Account Field Mapping column.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Accounting Subledger
license is enabled.
Who: Users with the Manage Accounting Subledger permission set can use this feature.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Accounting, and then select Accounting Settings. Enable Skip Reversal Logic.

Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Maximize asset uptime, derive revenue from aftermarket asset services, and boost your service team's productivity by using Asset Service
Lifecycle Management. Inventory managers can track and search for product and part stocks at various locations and transfer inventory
to meet demand by using Inventory Search and Transfer. Service agents can easily monitor the delivery of services such as product recall
and upgrade by using Product Service Campaign. Field service technicians can easily create return requests for damaged parts while
executing work orders by using Service Parts Return. Service agents and managers can adjust estimates, enrich work orders, schedule
appointments, and resume work estimation from where they left off by using Work Order Estimation. Field service technicians can
improve the accuracy of timesheet entries in the Field Service Mobile app by using Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost Association.

Inventory Search and Transfer

Build a search experience to give inventory managers visibility into stock at manufacturing plants, warehouses, and other locations
by using Criteria-Based Search and Filter. Consolidate inventory data that's spread across multiple objects in a single object that's
the index for the search experience. Use and extend a new data processing engine definition to keep your searchable inventory data
fresh, relevant, and accurate. Empower inventory managers to transfer products across inventory locations to fulfill demand and
prevent overstocking and stockouts.
Service Parts Return
Help your field technicians collaborate with dealers for work order returns. They can directly request the return of damaged parts
during a service appointment. Track the parts until they are shipped to the destination location.
Product Service Campaign
Manage and monitor the recalls, upgrades, repairs, and other services for assets and vehicles at scale by using Product Service
Campaign. Service managers can swiftly generate work orders for multiple items in a product service campaign to track service
delivery. With minimal effort, they can identify, segment, and search for product service campaign items with generated work orders.

387
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Work Order Estimation

Boost your service operations with the latest Work Order Estimation features. These enhancements help you adjust estimates, enrich
existing work orders, and provide seamless appointment scheduling. With these capabilities, your team gains greater flexibility in
revisiting estimates and managing appointments, and ultimately improving customer satisfaction and operational efficiency.
Improve Technician Experience with Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost Association
Reduce manual entries for technicians and the load on supervisors by automatically validating timesheets based on labor union
rules in Business Rules Engine. Ensure labor union compliance with improved accuracy of time sheet entries and labor cost associations.
Generate records of data to gain insights for improving efficiencies for technicians.

Inventory Search and Transfer

Build a search experience to give inventory managers visibility into stock at manufacturing plants, warehouses, and other locations by
using Criteria-Based Search and Filter. Consolidate inventory data that's spread across multiple objects in a single object that's the index
for the search experience. Use and extend a new data processing engine definition to keep your searchable inventory data fresh, relevant,
and accurate. Empower inventory managers to transfer products across inventory locations to fulfill demand and prevent overstocking
and stockouts.

Unify and Transform Your Inventory Data for Search

Help users search for product and part stock at inventory locations by consolidating searchable inventory data into a single source
of truth and refreshing that data at regular intervals. Use the new Product Inventory Searchable Field object to gather complex sets
of inventory data from multiple Salesforce objects and act as the basis for the inventory search. Transform the inventory data in the
source objects and populate the data in Product Inventory Searchable Field by using the new Update Product Inventory Searchable
Field Values Data Processing Engine (DPE) definition.
Transfer Products and Parts Across Inventory Locations
Maintain optimal inventory levels, meet production requirements, and fulfill maintenance requests by transferring serialized and
non-serialized products across inventory locations. Inventory managers, service managers, and operations managers use the
Criteria-Based Search and Filter search experience to select multiple product items to transfer to a location and specify each product
item's transfer quantity. They can also select the serial number for each unit of a serialized product to transfer.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Inventory Search and Transfer

Unify and Transform Your Inventory Data for Search

Help users search for product and part stock at inventory locations by consolidating searchable inventory data into a single source of
truth and refreshing that data at regular intervals. Use the new Product Inventory Searchable Field object to gather complex sets of
inventory data from multiple Salesforce objects and act as the basis for the inventory search. Transform the inventory data in the source
objects and populate the data in Product Inventory Searchable Field by using the new Update Product Inventory Searchable Field Values
Data Processing Engine (DPE) definition.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud, Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud,
Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Inventory Search and Transfer and Data Pipelines Base User permission sets.
Why: In Salesforce, inventory data is spread across multiple objects but users can search for data in only one object at a time. Now,
Salesforce admins can create a Criteria-Based Search and Filter search experience and use the Product Inventory Searchable Field as the
basis of the search. The Product Inventory Searchable Field object consolidates inventory data from multiple objects, such as Product

388
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Item, Associated Location, Serialized Product, and Business Brand, and keeps the data in a searchable format. Inventory managers can
search for inventory by business brand, model year, and other attributes.
How: On the Criteria-Based Search and Filter Settings page in Setup, click New on the Searchable Object Configuration tab. Select
Product Inventory Searchable Field as the searchable object. Select your activated copy of the Update Product Inventory Searchable
Field Values DPE definition as the data synchronization job.

Transfer Products and Parts Across Inventory Locations

Maintain optimal inventory levels, meet production requirements, and fulfill maintenance requests by transferring serialized and
non-serialized products across inventory locations. Inventory managers, service managers, and operations managers use the Criteria-Based
Search and Filter search experience to select multiple product items to transfer to a location and specify each product item's transfer
quantity. They can also select the serial number for each unit of a serialized product to transfer.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud, Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud,
Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Criteria-Based Search and Filter and Inventory Search and Transfer permission sets.
Why: Users can track and transfer inventory across locations based on the Criteria-Based Search and Filter search results. To help users
transfer products, Salesforce admins can create an action configuration by using the new Product Transfer lightning web component.
Users can use this quick action in the search results to easily transfer multiple products to the same location.
How: On the Criteria-Based Search and Filter Settings page in Setup, click New on the Action Configuration tab. Select
LightningWebComponent as the action type and Product Transfer as the action reference.

Service Parts Return

Help your field technicians collaborate with dealers for work order returns. They can directly request the return of damaged parts during
a service appointment. Track the parts until they are shipped to the destination location.

389
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Create Part Return Requests During Field Service Appointments

Field service technicians can now easily request for return of parts when they visit the dealer location with the Salesforce Field Service
mobile app. Technicians can analyze the issue and quickly record information such as the dealer details, source location, and
destination location in a work order. If the technician is in an area with no internet access, this app seamlessly works offline as well
and syncs the data automatically when the internet is available.
Create Part Return Requests from the Desktop App
Service managers can create a part return request for one or more products related to a work order. For each part that must be
returned, they can specify the dealer details, source and destination locations, and the reason for return. Each part return request
can contain multiple requests for all the parts that the manufacturer is expecting back.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Service Parts Return

Create Part Return Requests During Field Service Appointments

Field service technicians can now easily request for return of parts when they visit the dealer location with the Salesforce Field Service
mobile app. Technicians can analyze the issue and quickly record information such as the dealer details, source location, and destination
location in a work order. If the technician is in an area with no internet access, this app seamlessly works offline as well and syncs the
data automatically when the internet is available.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud, Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud,
Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud, where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Service Part Return Management permission set.
Why: During service appointments at the dealer’s location, field technicians can request part returns for a work order when a part is
recalled, and needs to be replaced, or upgraded.
How: From the Salesforce Field Service mobile app, go to a service appointment, tap on a work order record, and then tap on New
Service Part Return.

Create Part Return Requests from the Desktop App

Service managers can create a part return request for one or more products related to a work order. For each part that must be returned,
they can specify the dealer details, source and destination locations, and the reason for return. Each part return request can contain
multiple requests for all the parts that the manufacturer is expecting back.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud, Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud,
Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud, where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Service Part Return Management permission set.
How: On a work order record, from the Quick Actions menu, click New Service Part Return.

Product Service Campaign

Manage and monitor the recalls, upgrades, repairs, and other services for assets and vehicles at scale by using Product Service Campaign.
Service managers can swiftly generate work orders for multiple items in a product service campaign to track service delivery. With
minimal effort, they can identify, segment, and search for product service campaign items with generated work orders.

390
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Generate Work Orders for Campaign Items with a Single Click

Service managers can generate a work order for each product service campaign item or selected product service campaign items
in a product service campaign in bulk. Work orders describe the installation, repair, and other service work that service technicians
and agents perform for the impacted assets and vehicles. It's cumbersome to create individual work orders for each item in a product
service campaign. So, service managers can save time and effort by generating work orders for product service campaign items in
bulk.
Easily Track Work Orders Created for a Campaign Item
Service managers can swiftly segment the work orders generated for product service campaign items by using the Generation Source
field on work order records. Quickly filter the product service campaign items that have associated work orders by using the Generated
Target Record Type field on the product service campaign item records. Reduce the time spent searching for work orders, prevent
errors in work order creation, and maintain data integrity.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Product Service Campaign

Generate Work Orders for Campaign Items with a Single Click

Service managers can generate a work order for each product service campaign item or selected product service campaign items in a
product service campaign in bulk. Work orders describe the installation, repair, and other service work that service technicians and agents
perform for the impacted assets and vehicles. It's cumbersome to create individual work orders for each item in a product service
campaign. So, service managers can save time and effort by generating work orders for product service campaign items in bulk.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud, Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud,
Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Product Service Campaign permission set.
How: On a Product Service Campaign record page, click Create Work Orders for All Items. Or, select records in the Product Service
Campaign Items related list, and click Create Work Orders for Selected Items.

391
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Asset Service Lifecycle Management

Easily Track Work Orders Created for a Campaign Item

Service managers can swiftly segment the work orders generated for product service campaign items by using the Generation Source
field on work order records. Quickly filter the product service campaign items that have associated work orders by using the Generated
Target Record Type field on the product service campaign item records. Reduce the time spent searching for work orders, prevent errors
in work order creation, and maintain data integrity.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud, Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud,
Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Product Service Campaign permission set.
How: To view the product service campaign items that have work orders associated with them, create a list view for the Product Service
Campaign Item object. Create a list view filter with Work Order as the generated target record type.
To view the work orders created for product service campaign items by the application, create a list view for the Work Order object.
Create a list view filter with Product Service Campaign Item as the generation source.

Work Order Estimation

Boost your service operations with the latest Work Order Estimation features. These enhancements help you adjust estimates, enrich
existing work orders, and provide seamless appointment scheduling. With these capabilities, your team gains greater flexibility in revisiting
estimates and managing appointments, and ultimately improving customer satisfaction and operational efficiency.

Schedule Appointments for Work Orders

Your agents can effortlessly view, book, reschedule, or cancel service appointments for work orders and their child work orders. This
feature is built into the Work Order Estimation flow. You can access this feature directly from a work order.
Initiate and Update Quotes for Existing Work Orders
Empower your service agents to effortlessly initiate quotes for existing work orders. They can add, update, or remove work types
and products, and choose to merge the new quote into the same work orders or create a new set. This flexibility makes sure that
your team can deliver precise estimates faster, enhancing customer satisfaction and operational efficiency.

Schedule Appointments for Work Orders

Your agents can effortlessly view, book, reschedule, or cancel service appointments for work orders and their child work orders. This
feature is built into the Work Order Estimation flow. You can access this feature directly from a work order.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud, Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud,
Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Work Order Estimation permission set.

Initiate and Update Quotes for Existing Work Orders

Empower your service agents to effortlessly initiate quotes for existing work orders. They can add, update, or remove work types and
products, and choose to merge the new quote into the same work orders or create a new set. This flexibility makes sure that your team
can deliver precise estimates faster, enhancing customer satisfaction and operational efficiency.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud, Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud,
Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Work Order Estimation permission set.

392
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Automotive Cloud

Improve Technician Experience with Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost Association
Reduce manual entries for technicians and the load on supervisors by automatically validating timesheets based on labor union rules
in Business Rules Engine. Ensure labor union compliance with improved accuracy of time sheet entries and labor cost associations.
Generate records of data to gain insights for improving efficiencies for technicians.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Automotive Cloud, Communications Cloud, Energy and Utilities Cloud,
Manufacturing Cloud, and Media Cloud where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled. This feature is available in the Field Service
mobile app for Android and iOS.
Who: Salesforce admins with the Labor Cost Optimization PSL can configure the Timesheets app. Field service technicians with the
Labor Cost Optimization PSL can add and edit timesheets.
Why:
With the Timesheets app, you can easily validate and categorize timesheet entries. You can associate a vehicle to a technician so that
it’s automatically added to timesheets that have drive time entries. Technicians can individually add or edit their timesheets. All timesheets
roll up to crew leads and supervisors who no longer need to check exact hours or labor cost associations.

Automotive Cloud
Manage the vehicle loan and lease origination process with ease by using the Digital Lending for Automotive suite of features. Right
from intake to decisioning, bring customers, agents, and dealers on a single platform to process applications. Use Salesforce Flows in
actionable event orchestrations. Make the most of the enhancements to vehicle inventory search and sales agreements. Manage the
asset lifecycle better with enhancements to parts search and transfer, product service campaigns, work order estimations, and labor
costs and timesheets.

Digital Lending for Automotive (Generally Available)

Unify automotive lending, decisioning, and servicing processes on a single platform. Simplify the vehicle loan and lease origination
process, expedite decision making, and increase efficiency and transparency across an application’s lifecycle. Customers can use the
self-intake guided flow to submit vehicle loan and lease applications from Experience Cloud. Alternatively, lending agents can use
the Agent Assisted Application Management app to submit applications on behalf of customers. Underwriters can use a customized
console to review all submitted applications, create proposals, and assign action items to dealers. Dealers can use the Experience
Cloud site to review applications, accept or reject proposals, and modify proposals based on the stipulations that the underwriters
add.
Connected Vehicle Enhancements
Get additional usage-based entitlements to create flow-based actionable event orchestrations. Design actionable event orchestrations
that directly invoke a flow to automatically trigger complex business processes based on the critical events shared by a telematics
provider.
Vehicle Inventory Search and Transfer Enhancements
Vehicle inventory search is now supported on Experience Cloud for partner and customer users. Inventory managers now get in-app
notifications after the vehicle transfer action is completed. The prebuilt search action reference for vehicle inventory transfer has
been renamed.

393
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Automotive Cloud

Digital Lending for Automotive (Generally Available)

Unify automotive lending, decisioning, and servicing processes on a single platform. Simplify the vehicle loan and lease origination
process, expedite decision making, and increase efficiency and transparency across an application’s lifecycle. Customers can use the
self-intake guided flow to submit vehicle loan and lease applications from Experience Cloud. Alternatively, lending agents can use the
Agent Assisted Application Management app to submit applications on behalf of customers. Underwriters can use a customized console
to review all submitted applications, create proposals, and assign action items to dealers. Dealers can use the Experience Cloud site to
review applications, accept or reject proposals, and modify proposals based on the stipulations that the underwriters add.

Offer Comprehensive Vehicle Lending Solutions to Financial Institutions

Unify the end-to-end vehicle financing process on a single platform for your business. Use Digital Lending for Automotive to manage
loan and lease applications across various stages of application intake, review, and decisioning. Collaborate with dealers to iterate
over proposals, add and edit stipulations, and accept or reject a proposal. Capture comprehensive information about the customer
from the self-intake application form or enable agents to assist customers with their applications. Seamlessly manage disclosures
and consent, document verification, and compliant data sharing. Powered by Omnistudio and Product Catalog Management, the
automotive lending process is flexible and caters to multiple users such as customers, underwriters, agents, and dealers.
Capture Granular Details About Vehicle Loans and Leases
Use catalogs, categories, products, and attributes to design the terms of vehicle loans and leases that you offer as financial products
to customers. Product Catalog Management works seamlessly with the prebuilt Digital Lending for Automotive processes, so financial
managers can configure and customize the maximum amount, minimum amount, and duration of a loan or lease. Additionally, use
Salesforce Pricing to dynamically determine the interest rate for the financial products that you offer to customers.
Help Customers Easily Apply for Vehicle Loans and Leases from Experience Cloud
Customers can use a guided self-intake flow on an Experience Cloud site to quickly submit vehicle loan and lease applications at
their convenience. The guided flow captures comprehensive information about the applicant’s income, expenses, address, payment
terms, and personal details. The applicant can select their preferred dealer, upload the required documents, complete a credit
verification, add co-applicants, and specify the vehicle details during the self-intake process. Based on the information that the
customer provides, the self-intake process automatically calculates the terms of an eligible offer, and the customer can select the
offer or recalculate the terms to get better options.
Submit Vehicle Loan and Lease Applications on Behalf of Customers
Offer a seamless application intake process to your financial agents who assist customers in applying for a vehicle loan or lease.
First-time applicants are often overwhelmed by the amount of information they must provide during a vehicle lending application.
Offer customers the guidance and expertise of agents to submit the form on their behalf. Agents can now use the Agent Assisted
Application Management app in Automotive Cloud to quickly launch a guided application intake flow, fill out all the customer details,
and upload the required documents.
Take Better-Informed Decisions on Vehicle Loan and Lease Applications
Underwriters at financial institutions and captive finance companies can use the customized Application Form Product page in the
Vehicle and Asset Lending Console app to adjudicate applications for vehicle loans and leases. The page shows key insights such as
debt-to-income ratio, expense-to-income ratio, and loan-to-value percentage for the applicant. Underwriters can also glean insights
about the applicants from the Know Your Customer (KYC) information, related assets, additional income and expense sources, and
liabilities. The page also shows the vehicle details such as make, model, price, and intended use. The underwriter can assign actions
to dealers, review proposals, add stipulations to proposals, and verify the uploaded documents, all from a single consolidated view.

394
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Automotive Cloud

Optimize Proposals by Using Stipulations in the Underwriter Console

Underwriters at captive finance and banking institutions can use the Vehicle and Asset Lending app in Automotive Cloud to manage
multiple proposals related to a vehicle loan or lease application. Underwriters can create or clone a proposal and add stipulations
based on their evaluation before sharing with dealers for review. These stipulations serve as key indicators, guiding dealers and
customers on how to reduce risks and improve likelihood of application approval, or assisting with conditional approvals. By clearly
outlining conditions and recommendations, underwriters can reduce the time spent on application decisioning and increase customer
satisfaction.
Control Dealers’ Access to Sensitive Information About Applicants
Give your dealers visibility into an applicant’s sensitive financial information related to expenses, liabilities, income, asset ownership,
and employment. Records such as Party Credit Profile, Party Expense, Party Income, Person Employment, Party Financial Asset, and
Party Financial Liability can be shared by dealers on Experience Cloud for better collaboration with underwriters during the decisioning
process. Depending on the level of involvement of dealers in the application review process for vehicle loans and leases at your
company, you can manage the access to these records at an org level.
Help Dealers Accept or Reject Automotive Lending Proposals from Experience Cloud
Dealers can use the Experience Cloud site to view the proposals submitted by customers and reviewed by underwriters for a vehicle
loan or lease application. To secure better loan or lease terms for customers, dealers can review and act upon the stipulations added
by the underwriter. For example, if an underwriter includes a stipulation for adding co-applicants to an application, the dealer can
consult the customer and modify the application accordingly. When an underwriter shares the final proposal for a dealer’s review,
the dealer can use the work guide to accept or reject the proposal upon discussion with the customer.

Offer Comprehensive Vehicle Lending Solutions to Financial Institutions

Unify the end-to-end vehicle financing process on a single platform for your business. Use Digital Lending for Automotive to manage
loan and lease applications across various stages of application intake, review, and decisioning. Collaborate with dealers to iterate over
proposals, add and edit stipulations, and accept or reject a proposal. Capture comprehensive information about the customer from the
self-intake application form or enable agents to assist customers with their applications. Seamlessly manage disclosures and consent,
document verification, and compliant data sharing. Powered by Omnistudio and Product Catalog Management, the automotive lending
process is flexible and caters to multiple users such as customers, underwriters, agents, and dealers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Lending
and Vehicle and Asset Lending.
Who: Depending on the user’s role, assign the Vehicle and Asset Lending, Vehicle And Asset Lending For Agents, Vehicle and Asset
Lending for Partners, or Vehicle and Asset Lending for Customers permission set.

Capture Granular Details About Vehicle Loans and Leases

Use catalogs, categories, products, and attributes to design the terms of vehicle loans and leases that you offer as financial products to
customers. Product Catalog Management works seamlessly with the prebuilt Digital Lending for Automotive processes, so financial
managers can configure and customize the maximum amount, minimum amount, and duration of a loan or lease. Additionally, use
Salesforce Pricing to dynamically determine the interest rate for the financial products that you offer to customers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Lending,
Vehicle and Asset Lending, and Salesforce Pricing.
Who: Users must have the Product Catalog Management Designer, Salesforce Pricing Design Time, Rules Engine Designer, and Context
Service Admin permission sets assigned to them.

395
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Automotive Cloud

Help Customers Easily Apply for Vehicle Loans and Leases from Experience Cloud
Customers can use a guided self-intake flow on an Experience Cloud site to quickly submit vehicle loan and lease applications at their
convenience. The guided flow captures comprehensive information about the applicant’s income, expenses, address, payment terms,
and personal details. The applicant can select their preferred dealer, upload the required documents, complete a credit verification, add
co-applicants, and specify the vehicle details during the self-intake process. Based on the information that the customer provides, the
self-intake process automatically calculates the terms of an eligible offer, and the customer can select the offer or recalculate the terms
to get better options.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Lending
and Vehicle and Asset Lending.
Who: Users must have the Vehicle and Asset Lending for Customers permission set assigned to them.
Why: Customers can now complete a vehicle lending application online without communicating with anyone at a bank or a captive
finance institution. The self-service application intake experience reduces the stress of applying for a loan or lease, and helps applicants
pause and resume their application at their convenience.
How: Log in to Experience Cloud as a customer user. Go to the Finance tab and click Products. Select Automotive Loan or Automotive
Lease. Click Start Application.

Submit Vehicle Loan and Lease Applications on Behalf of Customers

Offer a seamless application intake process to your financial agents who assist customers in applying for a vehicle loan or lease. First-time
applicants are often overwhelmed by the amount of information they must provide during a vehicle lending application. Offer customers
the guidance and expertise of agents to submit the form on their behalf. Agents can now use the Agent Assisted Application Management
app in Automotive Cloud to quickly launch a guided application intake flow, fill out all the customer details, and upload the required
documents.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Lending
and Vehicle and Asset Lending.
Who: Users must have the Vehicle and Asset Lending for Agents permission set assigned to them.
How: In the App Launcher, find and select the Agent Assisted Application Management app. Open a catalog record, select a product,
and click Start Application.

Take Better-Informed Decisions on Vehicle Loan and Lease Applications

Underwriters at financial institutions and captive finance companies can use the customized Application Form Product page in the
Vehicle and Asset Lending Console app to adjudicate applications for vehicle loans and leases. The page shows key insights such as
debt-to-income ratio, expense-to-income ratio, and loan-to-value percentage for the applicant. Underwriters can also glean insights
about the applicants from the Know Your Customer (KYC) information, related assets, additional income and expense sources, and
liabilities. The page also shows the vehicle details such as make, model, price, and intended use. The underwriter can assign actions to
dealers, review proposals, add stipulations to proposals, and verify the uploaded documents, all from a single consolidated view.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Lending
and Vehicle and Asset Lending.
Who: Users must have the Use Vehicle and Asset Lending Underwriter Console user permission assigned to them.
How: In the App Launcher, find and select the Vehicle and Asset Lending Console app. Open an application form product record.

396
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Automotive Cloud

Optimize Proposals by Using Stipulations in the Underwriter Console

Underwriters at captive finance and banking institutions can use the Vehicle and Asset Lending app in Automotive Cloud to manage
multiple proposals related to a vehicle loan or lease application. Underwriters can create or clone a proposal and add stipulations based
on their evaluation before sharing with dealers for review. These stipulations serve as key indicators, guiding dealers and customers on
how to reduce risks and improve likelihood of application approval, or assisting with conditional approvals. By clearly outlining conditions
and recommendations, underwriters can reduce the time spent on application decisioning and increase customer satisfaction.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Lending
and Vehicle and Asset Lending.
Who: Users must have the Use Vehicle and Asset Lending Underwriter Console user permission assigned to them.
How: In the App Launcher, find and select the Vehicle and Asset Lending Console app. Open an application form product record.
Go to the Proposals tab. Create a proposal, clone an existing proposal, or select a proposal as the final offer.

Control Dealers’ Access to Sensitive Information About Applicants

Give your dealers visibility into an applicant’s sensitive financial information related to expenses, liabilities, income, asset ownership, and
employment. Records such as Party Credit Profile, Party Expense, Party Income, Person Employment, Party Financial Asset, and Party
Financial Liability can be shared by dealers on Experience Cloud for better collaboration with underwriters during the decisioning process.
Depending on the level of involvement of dealers in the application review process for vehicle loans and leases at your company, you
can manage the access to these records at an org level.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Lending
and Vehicle and Asset Lending.
Who: Users must have the Vehicle and Asset Lending permission set assigned to them.
How: In Setup, on the General Settings page under Financial Services, enable the feature Turn on access to Party Credit Profile, Party
Expense, Party Income, Person Employment, Party Financial Asset, and Party Financial Liability for Partner Users in Experience Cloud. This
setting is available only if the Turn off access to Party Credit Profile, Party Expense, Party Income, Person Employment, Party Financial
Asset, and Party Financial Liability for Experience Cloud feature is enabled.

Help Dealers Accept or Reject Automotive Lending Proposals from Experience Cloud
Dealers can use the Experience Cloud site to view the proposals submitted by customers and reviewed by underwriters for a vehicle
loan or lease application. To secure better loan or lease terms for customers, dealers can review and act upon the stipulations added by
the underwriter. For example, if an underwriter includes a stipulation for adding co-applicants to an application, the dealer can consult
the customer and modify the application accordingly. When an underwriter shares the final proposal for a dealer’s review, the dealer
can use the work guide to accept or reject the proposal upon discussion with the customer.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Digital Lending
and Vehicle and Asset Lending.
Who: Users must have the Vehicle and Asset Lending for Partners permission set assigned to them.
How: Log in to Experience Cloud as a partner user. Go to the Finance tab and click Application Forms. On the Related tab of an
application form record, select an application form product record. On the Related tab of the application form product record, select an
application form product proposal record. On the Work Guide component, click Accept or Reject for a proposal shared by the underwriter
for your review.

397
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Automotive Cloud

Connected Vehicle Enhancements

Get additional usage-based entitlements to create flow-based actionable event orchestrations. Design actionable event orchestrations
that directly invoke a flow to automatically trigger complex business processes based on the critical events shared by a telematics
provider.

Get Additional Entitlements for Flow-Based Orchestrations

Get a monthly entitlement of 300 actionable event orchestrations per connected vehicle with the Vehicle Connected Services Monthly
Per Unit Entitlement add-on license. Previously, users could execute up to 150 orchestrations of usage type Automotive for each
connected vehicle. Now, the entitlements are further categorized by execution procedure type of an actionable event orchestration.
Users can execute 150 expression set-based orchestrations and 150 flow-based orchestrations of usage type Automotive to process
inbound events.
Execute Complex Actionable Event Orchestrations By Using Flows
Enhance your business processes with flow-based actionable event orchestrations. Previously limited to expression-sets, you can
now use actionable event orchestrations to trigger flows that automatically trigger complex multistep processes based on the type
of vehicle telematics events. Enjoy greater flexibility and use flows to perform complex actions such as calculations, appointment
scheduling, and adding more nuanced filter conditions.

Get Additional Entitlements for Flow-Based Orchestrations

Get a monthly entitlement of 300 actionable event orchestrations per connected vehicle with the Vehicle Connected Services Monthly
Per Unit Entitlement add-on license. Previously, users could execute up to 150 orchestrations of usage type Automotive for each connected
vehicle. Now, the entitlements are further categorized by execution procedure type of an actionable event orchestration. Users can
execute 150 expression set-based orchestrations and 150 flow-based orchestrations of usage type Automotive to process inbound
events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Connected Vehicle Services
is enabled. The org must also have the Vehicle Connected Services Monthly Per Unit Entitlement add-on license provisioned.
Who: Users must have the Vehicle Connected Services permission set assigned to them.

Execute Complex Actionable Event Orchestrations By Using Flows

Enhance your business processes with flow-based actionable event orchestrations. Previously limited to expression-sets, you can now
use actionable event orchestrations to trigger flows that automatically trigger complex multistep processes based on the type of vehicle
telematics events. Enjoy greater flexibility and use flows to perform complex actions such as calculations, appointment scheduling, and
adding more nuanced filter conditions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Actionable Event Orchestration
is enabled.
Who: Users must have the Actionable Event Orchestration Designer, Context Service Admin permission sets and the Manage Flows user
permission assigned to them.
Why: For example, automatically run a flow to determine the type of service required for a vehicle and the nearest dealer location for a
customer based on the telematics event data shared when an engine malfunction occurs, Schedule a vehicle service appointment and
create a maintenance work plan. You can also enhance the flow to send emails, update records, and share price estimates of the scheduled
work with the customer.

398
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Automotive Cloud

Vehicle Inventory Search and Transfer Enhancements

Vehicle inventory search is now supported on Experience Cloud for partner and customer users. Inventory managers now get in-app
notifications after the vehicle transfer action is completed. The prebuilt search action reference for vehicle inventory transfer has been
renamed.

Allow Dealers and Customers to Search for Vehicles

Dealers and customers can now use the Experience Cloud site to search for vehicles across various locations by using Criteria-Based
Search and Filter. The Vehicle Searchable Field object, now supported on Experience Cloud, forms the basis of vehicle inventory
search. Customers can quickly apply criteria such as make, model, and location to find the car of their dreams. Or, dealers can quickly
apply filter criteria to check inventory availability during sales and service engagement with customers.
Get Notified When Vehicles Are Transferred
Get an in-app notification after you transfer one or more vehicles by using the Criteria-Based Search and Filter component. Previously,
users couldn’t leave the page until the vehicle transfer action was completed, and the process took longer especially when the count
of vehicles was higher. Now, users can easily multitask and get notifications within the app when the action is completed. The in-app
notification updates the user on whether the action succeeded or failed, and on the next steps in case of a failure.
Easily Identify the Action Reference for Vehicle Transfer
The prebuilt action reference for vehicle inventory transfer is renamed to avoid confusion between similar actions. Admins can now
create a vehicle transfer search action configuration by using the Lightning Web Component-based action reference Vehicle Transfer,
which was previously called Product Transfer. A new action called Product Transfer is also available now, and admins can use it to
transfer serialized and nonserialized products and parts.

Allow Dealers and Customers to Search for Vehicles

Dealers and customers can now use the Experience Cloud site to search for vehicles across various locations by using Criteria-Based
Search and Filter. The Vehicle Searchable Field object, now supported on Experience Cloud, forms the basis of vehicle inventory search.
Customers can quickly apply criteria such as make, model, and location to find the car of their dreams. Or, dealers can quickly apply filter
criteria to check inventory availability during sales and service engagement with customers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Automotive Cloud and
Criteria-Based Search and Filter are enabled.
Who: Users must have the Automotive Foundation for Experience Cloud and Criteria-Based Search and Filter for Experience Cloud
permission sets assigned to them.
How: Create an Experience Cloud site for partners or customers by using the Automotive template, and add the Criteria-Based Search
and Filter component to the site. Select one or more search configurations. Also, make sure the external user has access to Vehicle
Searchable Field records.

Get Notified When Vehicles Are Transferred

Get an in-app notification after you transfer one or more vehicles by using the Criteria-Based Search and Filter component. Previously,
users couldn’t leave the page until the vehicle transfer action was completed, and the process took longer especially when the count
of vehicles was higher. Now, users can easily multitask and get notifications within the app when the action is completed. The in-app
notification updates the user on whether the action succeeded or failed, and on the next steps in case of a failure.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Automotive Cloud and
Criteria-Based Search and Filter are enabled.
Who: Users must have the Automotive Foundation User and Criteria-Based Search and Filter permission sets assigned to them.

399
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Communications Cloud

Easily Identify the Action Reference for Vehicle Transfer

The prebuilt action reference for vehicle inventory transfer is renamed to avoid confusion between similar actions. Admins can now
create a vehicle transfer search action configuration by using the Lightning Web Component-based action reference Vehicle Transfer,
which was previously called Product Transfer. A new action called Product Transfer is also available now, and admins can use it to transfer
serialized and nonserialized products and parts.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Automotive Cloud and
Criteria-Based Search and Filter are enabled.
Who: Users must have the Automotive Foundation User and Criteria-Based Search and Filter permission sets assigned to them.
How: In Setup, on the Criteria-Based Search and Filter Settings page, click New on the Action Configuration tab. Select Lightning Web
Component as the action type and Vehicle Transfer as the action reference.

Communications Cloud
Communications Cloud extends Salesforce Customer 360 to provide a solution specifically for the communications industry. It helps
businesses digitally transform to deliver new, industry-standard customer experiences and increase operational efficiencies. Explore
industry-specific apps including Enterprise Sales Management, Communications Cloud Agent Console, Multiplay Subscription Management,
and business solutions including Asset Service Lifecycle Management, Einstein Quick Quote, Configure, Price, Quote (Industries CPQ),
and Enterprise Product Catalog (EPC).

Enterprise Sales Management

Easily move assets, and enjoy greater flexibility modifying in-progress orders by creating quotes. Save time by applying discounts
to large carts.
Einstein Generative AI Solutions for Enterprise Sales Management
Boost your sales representatives’ efficiency with Einstein generative AI in Enterprise Sales Management. With Einstein Quick Quote,
support your sales reps in creating budgetary quotes with generative AI-driven needs analysis and product recommendations for
their customers.
Communications Cloud Agent Console
Empower customer support representatives to handle billing disputes swiftly and accurately with a rule-driven process, ensuring
clear communication and effective resolution directly from the Communications Cloud Agent Console.
Asset Service Lifecycle Management — Communications Cloud
Asset Service Lifecycle Management empowers businesses to build customer-centric field service operations, maximize asset lifetime
value, and elevate the experience of service teams. Built on the Salesforce platform, Asset Service Lifecycle Management is a new
suite of solutions that helps businesses simplify their work order management process. It equips users to estimate field service work
before they create a work order and allows them to book appointments seamlessly.
Data Cloud Features for Communications Cloud
Unify, transform, and analyze your communications data in Salesforce Data Cloud with new data model objects tailored for
Communications Cloud. Data Cloud enables real-time data streaming, efficient monitoring, and comprehensive reporting, ensuring
high-quality communications data and operational efficiency. Leverage these data model objects to enhance data integration,
improve user interfaces, and streamline data management processes.

Enterprise Sales Management

Easily move assets, and enjoy greater flexibility modifying in-progress orders by creating quotes. Save time by applying discounts to
large carts.

400
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Communications Cloud

Optimize Resource Usage by Easily Moving Assets

Your sales reps can move their customer's assets to a new location on designated disconnect and connect dates. When sales reps
move the assets, they can also check serviceability and perform address validation to verify eligibility of assets.
Modify In-Progress Orders by Creating Quotes
Your sales reps can easily amend in-progress orders by creating supplemental or follow-on quotes based on the Point of No Return
(PONR) status of the orders. They can change product configurations, quantities, and add new products. Your sales reps can also
create and submit supplemental or follow-on orders without interrupting the order processing flow.
Easily Apply Discounts to an Entire Cart with a Large Number of Quote Line Items
Enterprise Sales Management integrates with Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) to apply discounts to a maximum of 50,000
quote line items.
Support for New and Enhanced Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) Standard Cart-Based APIs
Enterprise Sales Management uses Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) APIs. Your sales reps can experience improved functionality
with the enhancements made to the deletePromotionItems, deleteCartDiscount, and deleteCartsItems APIs. Your sales reps can also
asynchronously apply discounts to an entire cart, and delete discounts for up to 1,000 quote line items.
New Features for Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed Package
Enterprise Sales Management includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in the CME Managed
Package. Enjoy real-time price updates and early adoption of Salesforce’s future default pricing engine. Use Salesforce Contracts for
a significant upgrade over Industries Contract Lifecycle Management (CLM). With the Attribute Propagation feature, you can define
how attributes propagate across product instances during design time and make sure that this behavior is applied to the Quote and
Order cart during runtime. By using the Reverse Cardinality feature, you can define reverse cardinality for a Relies On product
relationship and validate the cardinality in the cart at runtime—in addition, you can also specifiy the minimum and maximum
number of source product instances that a target product instance can support when the product relationship type is Relies On.

Optimize Resource Usage by Easily Moving Assets

Your sales reps can move their customer's assets to a new location on designated disconnect and connect dates. When sales reps move
the assets, they can also check serviceability and perform address validation to verify eligibility of assets.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise
Sales Management.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Move Assets to a New Location (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Modify In-Progress Orders by Creating Quotes

Your sales reps can easily amend in-progress orders by creating supplemental or follow-on quotes based on the Point of No Return
(PONR) status of the orders. They can change product configurations, quantities, and add new products. Your sales reps can also create
and submit supplemental or follow-on orders without interrupting the order processing flow.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise
Sales Management.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Modify In-Progress Orders by Creating Quotes in Enterprise Sales Management (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

401
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Communications Cloud

Easily Apply Discounts to an Entire Cart with a Large Number of Quote Line Items
Enterprise Sales Management integrates with Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) to apply discounts to a maximum of 50,000 quote
line items.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise
Sales Management.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Apply Discounts to Carts with a Large Number of Line Items (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Industries CME Application Constraints (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Support for New and Enhanced Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) Standard Cart-Based APIs
Enterprise Sales Management uses Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) APIs. Your sales reps can experience improved functionality
with the enhancements made to the deletePromotionItems, deleteCartDiscount, and deleteCartsItems APIs. Your sales reps can also
asynchronously apply discounts to an entire cart, and delete discounts for up to 1,000 quote line items.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Flexibility in Removing Products with Applied Promotions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) Common APIs Developer Guide: Delete Applied Promo Items (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Remove Discounts From Cart(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) Common APIs Developer Guide: Delete Discounts(can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Remove Items From Cart(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) Common APIs Developer Guide: Remove Items from Cart(can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Industries CME Application Constraints(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Features for Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed Package
Enterprise Sales Management includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in the CME Managed
Package. Enjoy real-time price updates and early adoption of Salesforce’s future default pricing engine. Use Salesforce Contracts for a
significant upgrade over Industries Contract Lifecycle Management (CLM). With the Attribute Propagation feature, you can define how
attributes propagate across product instances during design time and make sure that this behavior is applied to the Quote and Order
cart during runtime. By using the Reverse Cardinality feature, you can define reverse cardinality for a Relies On product relationship and
validate the cardinality in the cart at runtime—in addition, you can also specifiy the minimum and maximum number of source product
instances that a target product instance can support when the product relationship type is Relies On.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Get a More Flexible Pricing Solution in Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed Package
Salesforce Help: Move to Salesforce Contracts in Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed Package
Salesforce Help: Relies On with Attribute Propagation
Salesforce Help: Reverse Cardinality of Relies On Product Instances

402
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Communications Cloud

Einstein Generative AI Solutions for Enterprise Sales Management

Boost your sales representatives’ efficiency with Einstein generative AI in Enterprise Sales Management. With Einstein Quick Quote,
support your sales reps in creating budgetary quotes with generative AI-driven needs analysis and product recommendations for their
customers.

Create Budgetary Quotes Quickly with Einstein Conversational AI

With generative AI assistance, your sales reps can analyze their customers' requirements to see product recommendations and give
an initial budgetary quote to their customers. With Einstein, prompt your sales reps to ask relevant questions to their customers,
including questions about business scope, budget constraints, security needs, future plans, and so on. Products are recommended
based on needs analysis, serviceability check, and address validation to ensure eligibility of products before recommending them.

Create Budgetary Quotes Quickly with Einstein Conversational AI

With generative AI assistance, your sales reps can analyze their customers' requirements to see product recommendations and give an
initial budgetary quote to their customers. With Einstein, prompt your sales reps to ask relevant questions to their customers, including
questions about business scope, budget constraints, security needs, future plans, and so on. Products are recommended based on needs
analysis, serviceability check, and address validation to ensure eligibility of products before recommending them.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Enterprise
Sales Management. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
Who: To use Einstein Quick Quote, you need the licenses required for Enterprise Sales Management and the Einstein Platform Starter
or Einstein Platform Plus licenses. You also need the Einstein for Sales and Einstein for Service user licenses.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Generative AI Solutions for Enterprise Sales Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Communications Cloud Agent Console

Empower customer support representatives to handle billing disputes swiftly and accurately with a rule-driven process, ensuring clear
communication and effective resolution directly from the Communications Cloud Agent Console.

Efficiently Manage Billing Disputes

Empower your customer support representatives to handle billing disputes more efficiently with Communications Cloud Dispute
Management. This feature enables representatives to quickly address billing errors using a consistent, rule-driven process, setting
clear expectations with customers in real time. For example, if a customer disputes unexpected fees, the representative can now
identify the specific charges, negotiate, and validate dispute amounts, and then provide accurate information at each step of the
process. The rule-driven architecture ensures that only legitimate claims are escalated for adjudication. Representatives can easily
view current and past disputes directly from within the Communications Cloud Agent Console.

403
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Communications Cloud

Efficiently Manage Billing Disputes

Empower your customer support representatives to handle billing disputes more efficiently with Communications Cloud Dispute
Management. This feature enables representatives to quickly address billing errors using a consistent, rule-driven process, setting clear
expectations with customers in real time. For example, if a customer disputes unexpected fees, the representative can now identify the
specific charges, negotiate, and validate dispute amounts, and then provide accurate information at each step of the process. The
rule-driven architecture ensures that only legitimate claims are escalated for adjudication. Representatives can easily view current and
past disputes directly from within the Communications Cloud Agent Console.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Customer
Service Management.
Who: To use this feature, you need the licenses for Communications Cloud Agent Console, Business Process Engine, Omnistudio, and
Industry Service Excellence (required for Service Process Studio).

Asset Service Lifecycle Management — Communications Cloud

Asset Service Lifecycle Management empowers businesses to build customer-centric field service operations, maximize asset lifetime
value, and elevate the experience of service teams. Built on the Salesforce platform, Asset Service Lifecycle Management is a new suite
of solutions that helps businesses simplify their work order management process. It equips users to estimate field service work before
they create a work order and allows them to book appointments seamlessly.

Data Cloud Features for Communications Cloud

Unify, transform, and analyze your communications data in Salesforce Data Cloud with new data model objects tailored for Communications
Cloud. Data Cloud enables real-time data streaming, efficient monitoring, and comprehensive reporting, ensuring high-quality
communications data and operational efficiency. Leverage these data model objects to enhance data integration, improve user interfaces,
and streamline data management processes.

Monitor User Activity and Analyze Usage Patterns

Use the Network Usage data model object to bring service usage records data into Data Cloud. This integration helps you monitor
user activity, analyze usage patterns, and generate detailed reports. Also, the seamless integration with the Salesforce ecosystem
ensures reliable data management, even with high volumes of usage records. In addition, optimize scalability and performance to
keep your data operations running smoothly.
Track and Optimize Service Performance with Service Level Objectives
Define, monitor, and manage your Service Level Objectives (SLOs) with the Asset Service Level Objective data model object. Set
measurable SLOs to track service performance in real time, and configure alerts for deviations. Maintain service quality by addressing
performance issues proactively. You can also generate compliance reports to ensure transparency and accountability.

Monitor User Activity and Analyze Usage Patterns

Use the Network Usage data model object to bring service usage records data into Data Cloud. This integration helps you monitor user
activity, analyze usage patterns, and generate detailed reports. Also, the seamless integration with the Salesforce ecosystem ensures
reliable data management, even with high volumes of usage records. In addition, optimize scalability and performance to keep your
data operations running smoothly.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Communications Cloud with Salesforce Data Cloud.
How: In Data Cloud, navigate to the Data Model Objects tab to view and customize the Network Usage data model object. To load data
to this data model object, go to the Data Streams tab and then configure data streaming for your Network Usage data model object.

404
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Connected Assets

Track and Optimize Service Performance with Service Level Objectives

Define, monitor, and manage your Service Level Objectives (SLOs) with the Asset Service Level Objective data model object. Set measurable
SLOs to track service performance in real time, and configure alerts for deviations. Maintain service quality by addressing performance
issues proactively. You can also generate compliance reports to ensure transparency and accountability.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Communications Cloud with Salesforce Data Cloud.
How: In Data Cloud, navigate to the Data Model Objects tab to view and customize the Asset Service Level Objective data model object
and the Asset Service Level Objective Consequences object. To load data into this data model object, go to the Data Streams tab and
configure data streaming for your Asset Service Level Objective data model object.

Connected Assets
Design actionable event orchestrations that directly invoke flows to run complex business process for critical events generated by assets.
Get additional entitlements to create flow-based actionable event orchestrations for connected assets.

Design Sophisticated Actionable Event Orchestrations by Using Flows

Build complex orchestrations that trigger flows, and bring greater versatility to your asset management processes. Previously, users
could build actionable event orchestrations that launched only expression sets. Use flow-based orchestrations to build complex,
multistep procedures with rules, conditions, and actions for asset events.
Use Orchestration Entitlements Based on Execution Procedure Type
Get a monthly entitlement of 300 actionable event orchestrations of usage type Manufacturing per connected asset with the Asset
Connected Services Monthly Per Unit Entitlement add-on license. Previously, users could run up to 150 orchestrations of usage type
Manufacturing for each connected asset. Entitlements for actionable event orchestrations are now categorized by execution procedure
type of the actionable event orchestrations. Users can run 150 expression set-based and 150 flow-based orchestrations for processing
inbound events.

Design Sophisticated Actionable Event Orchestrations by Using Flows

Build complex orchestrations that trigger flows, and bring greater versatility to your asset management processes. Previously, users could
build actionable event orchestrations that launched only expression sets. Use flow-based orchestrations to build complex, multistep
procedures with rules, conditions, and actions for asset events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Actionable Event Orchestration
is enabled.
Who: Users must have the Actionable Event Orchestration Designer and Context Service Admin permission sets, and the Manage Flows
user permission assigned to them.
Why: Use flow-based actionable event orchestrations to trigger sophisticated business processes based on critical asset events. For
example, you can automatically run a flow to determine the type of service required for an asset and the nearest service workshop
location for a customer based on the telematics event data shared when a sensor recalibration event occurs, create a work order, and
create a maintenance visit. You can also enhance the flow to send emails, update records, and share price estimates of the scheduled
work with the customer.

405
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Consumer Goods Cloud

Use Orchestration Entitlements Based on Execution Procedure Type

Get a monthly entitlement of 300 actionable event orchestrations of usage type Manufacturing per connected asset with the Asset
Connected Services Monthly Per Unit Entitlement add-on license. Previously, users could run up to 150 orchestrations of usage type
Manufacturing for each connected asset. Entitlements for actionable event orchestrations are now categorized by execution procedure
type of the actionable event orchestrations. Users can run 150 expression set-based and 150 flow-based orchestrations for processing
inbound events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Connected Asset Services
is enabled. The org must also have the Asset Connected Services Monthly Per Unit Entitlement add-on license provisioned.
Who: Users must have the Asset Connected Services permission set assigned to them.

Consumer Goods Cloud

Tour drivers can now boost their sales by selling products directly from their trucks. Process more pricing conditions per batch run with
improved batch performance for Penny Perfect Pricing. Sales reps can access live data and make informed decisions during visits by
using remote API calls from the Consumer Goods Cloud offline mobile app. Key account managers can create promotions faster by using
customized promotion workflows. Include custom month and quarter data in real-time reports and transfer manually adjusted custom
month and quarter data to new promotions when copying promotions.

Retail Execution
Deliver products directly to customers and maximize sales using van sales orders. Improve batch performance with Penny Perfect
Pricing Batch V2 and Effective Account Manager Sync batches. Upgrade your mobile ergonomic experience with external Bluetooth
devices.
Trade Promotion Management
Create real-time reports with data for custom months and quarters. Key account managers (KAM) can create promotions faster with
the customized derive and copy promotions workflow. When KAMs copy promotions, they can also copy manually adjusted KPIs
for custom months and quarters to new promotions. Use the new permission sets included in the Consumer Goods Managed
package to avoid managing permission sets during every upgrade.

Retail Execution
Deliver products directly to customers and maximize sales using van sales orders. Improve batch performance with Penny Perfect Pricing
Batch V2 and Effective Account Manager Sync batches. Upgrade your mobile ergonomic experience with external Bluetooth devices.

Streamline Delivery with Van Sales Delivery Execution

With van sales orders, the tour drivers can place orders and deliver products during each visit with available on-truck inventory.
During delivery execution, the tour drivers can initiate a visit and deliver products or collects returns through orders. Tour drivers
then finalize the orders, generate cash invoices, print or share invoices, and complete orders. Use van sales orders to optimize the
efficiency of truck drivers, streamline the delivery process, and integrate sales, merchandising, and logistics.
Experience Enhanced Performance with Penny Perfect Pricing Batch V2
With Penny Perfect Pricing Batch V2, increase batch performance by increasing the number of pricing conditions processed in a
batch run. Run the enhanced batch process to improve logging, support rebuild mode, and provide better scalability of processed
pricing conditions. However, you can continue to use the existing version (Batch V1) of Penny Perfect Pricing.
Boost Mobile App Productivity with Bluetooth Keyboards
Connect a Bluetooth keyboard to your mobile device and easily enter single or multiline text (such as notes) when processing orders
and during other retail execution activities on the Consumer Goods Cloud offline mobile app.

406
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Consumer Goods Cloud

Manage Tab and User Permissions for Deployed Profiles

If you create profiles through Metadata API version 60 or later, you must assign the new unmanaged permission set CGCloud
Retail Standard User to all existing and new retail users. Use the new unmanaged permission to ensure your retail users
have the necessary tab access for standard objects and user permissions for retail execution activities. If you clone and manually
create profiles, you already have the required permissions and don’t need to assign the new unmanaged permission set to the users.
Ensure Accurate Inventory Reconciliation
Inventory Reconciliation Batch updates product quantities to ensure that the reconciled inventory records are accurate and current.
Use this batch process when using the inventory framework in Retail Execution and Direct Store Delivery solutions. Streamline
inventory management and ensure product availability using the Inventory Reconciliation Batch.
Increase the Effective Account Manager Sync Batch Performance
Consumer Goods Cloud batch process runs a new, enhanced version of the account manager batch
(EffectiveAccountManagerSyncBatch) by default. The new version creates or updates an account team member record
only when there are changes in customer managers. This prevents re-creation of account team members with each batch. New
customers automatically get the enhanced version; however, existing customers must configure a custom setting to use the new
version.
Generate Reports in Non-Latin or Custom Fonts in Consumer Goods Offline Mobile App
Sales reps can now generate and preview reports such as Order Confirmation PDF reports in non-Latin fonts like Korean, Chinese,
and Thai, or custom fonts in their Consumer Goods offline mobile app.
Use Consumer Goods Cloud Offline Mobile App in Hybrid Mode With Remote API Calls
Consumer Goods offline mobile app now supports online interactions with Salesforce. This change helps the offline mobile app
receive data directly from Salesforce or from external endpoints set up via Salesforce using remote API calls. For example, sales reps
can make informed order decisions by referring to real-time data in Salesforce. You can implement workflows that require online
data by integrating the offline mobile app with Salesforce endpoints (Apex-based REST API calls).
Added Support for Improved Integration and Segmentation with Data Cloud
Set up standard segments and use filters to fine-tune segments in Data Cloud. Save segments to custom objects for further integration
back into the Consumer Goods Cloud. Customize products and promotions better to meet the needs and preferences of various
customer segments.
Print Paper Invoices and Reports On the Go with a Bluetooth Thermal Printer
Connect mobile devices to a Bluetooth thermal printer and print invoices on 3-inch endless paper from the Consumer Goods Cloud
offline mobile app. During store visits, sales reps can quickly produce hard copies of invoices and reports to provide to customers.
Other Improvements in Retail Execution
Learn about the other changes for retail execution in Winter '25.
New and Changed Objects for Retail Execution
Do more with the new and updated Retail Execution objects.
Changed Apex Classes in Retail Execution
The following APEX classes were changed in this release.

Streamline Delivery with Van Sales Delivery Execution

With van sales orders, the tour drivers can place orders and deliver products during each visit with available on-truck inventory. During
delivery execution, the tour drivers can initiate a visit and deliver products or collects returns through orders. Tour drivers then finalize
the orders, generate cash invoices, print or share invoices, and complete orders. Use van sales orders to optimize the efficiency of truck
drivers, streamline the delivery process, and integrate sales, merchandising, and logistics.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud Retail Execution
is enabled.

407
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Consumer Goods Cloud

Who: To set up visits and orders on the Consumer Goods Cloud Desktop app, you need the Direct Store Delivery for Consumer Goods
Cloud Offline Mobile App permission set. To use the Delivery Cockpit on the Consumer Goods Cloud offline mobile app, you need the
CGCloud Tour Driver permission set.
How: Use the Delivery Cockpit to view the summary, track orders, and create orders for a visit. Tour drivers can access the Delivery Cockpit
by selecting a tour from the Tour Cockpit.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Van Sales Delivery Execution

Experience Enhanced Performance with Penny Perfect Pricing Batch V2

With Penny Perfect Pricing Batch V2, increase batch performance by increasing the number of pricing conditions processed in a batch
run. Run the enhanced batch process to improve logging, support rebuild mode, and provide better scalability of processed pricing
conditions. However, you can continue to use the existing version (Batch V1) of Penny Perfect Pricing.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.
How: The enhanced and the existing versions of the Penny Perfect Pricing Batch are available through the
ScheduleCGCloudServiceComplexPricing Apex class in the Consumer Goods Cloud Managed package. To run the
enhanced version of the batch when you schedule the Apex batch process, create a CGCloudServiceComplexPricing custom
setting and enable it.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Custom Setting to Run the Enhanced Pricing Worker
Salesforce Help: Schedule a Processing Services Batch

Boost Mobile App Productivity with Bluetooth Keyboards

Connect a Bluetooth keyboard to your mobile device and easily enter single or multiline text (such as notes) when processing orders
and during other retail execution activities on the Consumer Goods Cloud offline mobile app.
Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.
How: To enable the Bluetooth keyboard, open the Consumer Goods Cloud offline mobile app, go to the External Device Settings section,
and in My Settings, set the Bluetooth Device field as Keyboard.
Alternatively, you can set the Bluetooth Device field as Keyboard in User Settings on the Consumer Goods Cloud desktop app and sync
with the mobile app.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Connect External Devices to the Consumer Goods Cloud Offline Mobile App

Manage Tab and User Permissions for Deployed Profiles

If you create profiles through Metadata API version 60 or later, you must assign the new unmanaged permission set CGCloud Retail
Standard User to all existing and new retail users. Use the new unmanaged permission to ensure your retail users have the
necessary tab access for standard objects and user permissions for retail execution activities. If you clone and manually create profiles,
you already have the required permissions and don’t need to assign the new unmanaged permission set to the users.

408
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Consumer Goods Cloud

Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Metadata API Profile
Salesforce Help: Assign Permission Sets to Managed Package Users

Ensure Accurate Inventory Reconciliation

Inventory Reconciliation Batch updates product quantities to ensure that the reconciled inventory records are accurate and current. Use
this batch process when using the inventory framework in Retail Execution and Direct Store Delivery solutions. Streamline inventory
management and ensure product availability using the Inventory Reconciliation Batch.
Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Batch Processing
Salesforce Help: Inventory Management

Increase the Effective Account Manager Sync Batch Performance

Consumer Goods Cloud batch process runs a new, enhanced version of the account manager batch
(EffectiveAccountManagerSyncBatch) by default. The new version creates or updates an account team member record
only when there are changes in customer managers. This prevents re-creation of account team members with each batch. New customers
automatically get the enhanced version; however, existing customers must configure a custom setting to use the new version.
Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.
How: To run the new batch version when you schedule the Apex batch process, existing customers must create an
EffectiveAccountManagerSyncBatch custom setting and enable it.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Custom Setting to Run the Enhanced Effective Account Manager Sync Batch

Generate Reports in Non-Latin or Custom Fonts in Consumer Goods Offline Mobile App
Sales reps can now generate and preview reports such as Order Confirmation PDF reports in non-Latin fonts like Korean, Chinese, and
Thai, or custom fonts in their Consumer Goods offline mobile app.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.
How: Import and configure custom fonts as external files in Visual Studio Code based Modeler. Use the Facade.setPrintFont
function to set the custom print font to be used either from a custom business logic method or directly from a process flow by using a
Logic action. Test the implementation on the simulator app and then deploy the custom font to Consumer Goods offline mobile app
on sales reps’ devices.

SEE ALSO:
Custom Font Setup

409
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Consumer Goods Cloud

Use Consumer Goods Cloud Offline Mobile App in Hybrid Mode With Remote API Calls
Consumer Goods offline mobile app now supports online interactions with Salesforce. This change helps the offline mobile app receive
data directly from Salesforce or from external endpoints set up via Salesforce using remote API calls. For example, sales reps can make
informed order decisions by referring to real-time data in Salesforce. You can implement workflows that require online data by integrating
the offline mobile app with Salesforce endpoints (Apex-based REST API calls).
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.
How: In Setup, go to the Remote Site Settings page and add a remote site with the HTTP base URL of the Apex endpoint. Implement
and test the endpoint to ensure that it’s secure and functions correctly. Configure business logic contracts in your customization project
in Visual Studio Code based Modeler and define the remoteApiCallAsync API with the request payload.

SEE ALSO:
Set Up Remote API Calls
RemoteCalls.remoteApiCallAsync Framework API

Added Support for Improved Integration and Segmentation with Data Cloud
Set up standard segments and use filters to fine-tune segments in Data Cloud. Save segments to custom objects for further integration
back into the Consumer Goods Cloud. Customize products and promotions better to meet the needs and preferences of various customer
segments.
Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.

Print Paper Invoices and Reports On the Go with a Bluetooth Thermal Printer
Connect mobile devices to a Bluetooth thermal printer and print invoices on 3-inch endless paper from the Consumer Goods Cloud
offline mobile app. During store visits, sales reps can quickly produce hard copies of invoices and reports to provide to customers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.
How: In Visual Studio Code based Modeler, admins configure a custom print layout suitable for a 3-inch wide paper. they then deploy
the customized contracts to the Consumer Goods Cloud offline mobile app users.
Sales reps connect their mobile device to a 3-inch endless paper Bluetooth thermal printer and generate a PDF preview of an invoice
or report. To print the invoice or report, tap on the PDF preview screen. From the list of printers, tap to select the preferred Bluetooth
thermal printer, and then tap .

410
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Consumer Goods Cloud

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Bluetooth Thermal Printer

Other Improvements in Retail Execution

Learn about the other changes for retail execution in Winter '25.
Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.
Why: Retail execution offers these new enhancements.
• Customize the order proposal list with additional parameters such as Order ID and Account ID added to the
RE_Order_Proposal_List APEX customization hook.
• The Denominator field value in the Pricing Condition Stage object is automatically set to 1 if you provide 0 or a nonnumeric
value.
• Starting with Spring '25, visit access will be available only to the owner of the visit. To prevent loss of visit access and related records,
implement platform-based sharing of visit records. For more information, see Implementation of Sharing Records.
• Customize the pricing engine user exits easily with these user exit templates available in the contractSnippets folder of your Visual
Studio Code based Modeler workspace.
– MyUserExitComplexPricingEngine.UserExitAffectCurrentConditionBase.bl.js
– MyUserExitComplexPricingEngine.UserExitAffectCalculationResult.bl.js
– MyUserExitComplexPricingEngine.UserExitSkipCurrentCalcStep.bl.js
– MyUserExitComplexPricingEngine.UserExitSkipCurrentSearchStrategyStep.bl.js
Existing users must update their Visual Studio Code based Modeler to Winter '25 and then upgrade their workspace to get these
templates.
For more information, see User Exits for Consumer Goods Cloud Offline Mobile App and Complex Pricing User Exits.

411
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Consumer Goods Cloud

• You can now add and customize the top, left, and right borders of editable and read-only input areas on the Consumer Goods Cloud
offline mobile app. Use the secondaryBorderColor and secondaryBorderFocusColor settings of the inputArea
component in your Salesforce mobile themes.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Customize the Retail Order Proposal List Creation Process
Salesforce Help: Consumer Goods Cloud Batch Processes
Salesforce Help: InputArea Component

New and Changed Objects for Retail Execution

Do more with the new and updated Retail Execution objects.

Van Sales Delivery Execution

Capture a tour driver’s GPS location at the start of a visit
Use the new cgcloud__Loc_Capture_At_Start__c field on the cgcloud__Visit_Template__c object.
Capture the business partner’s location coordinates (latitude and longitude) at the start of a visit
Use the new cgcloud__Start_Geolocation__c field on the Visit object.
Define the behavior of the invoice number generation in an order
Use the new cgcloud__Invoice_Id_Generation __c field on the cgcloud__Order_Template__c object.
Define the format of the system-generated invoice ID for order PDFs
Use the new cgcloud__Invoice_Number_Definition __c field on the cgcloud__Order_Template__c object.
Determine whether the inventory products are considered for the order disposal list
Use the new cgcloud__Consider_Inventory__c field on the cgcloud__Order_Template__c object.
Determine whether the order disposal list is filtered based on products in the inventory
Use the new cgcloud__Inventory_Filter__c field on the cgcloud__Order_Template__c object.
Store the unique invoice identifier
Use the new cgcloud__Invoice_ID__c field on the cgcloud__Order__c object.

Sync Management
Assess the device's sync performance by monitoring the sync completion time
Use the Sync_Completion_Time__c field in the Sync History object.
Analyze the queuing time for sync requests and identify performance enhancements to reduce wait time
Use the Time_In_Queue__c field in the Sync History object

SEE ALSO:
Consumer Goods Cloud Developer Guide

Changed Apex Classes in Retail Execution

The following APEX classes were changed in this release.

412
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Consumer Goods Cloud

Retail Order Proposal List Creation Process

Two new fields, Account ID and Order ID, were added to the Apex Class structure. For more information, see Customize the Retail
Order Proposal List Creation Process.

Trade Promotion Management

Create real-time reports with data for custom months and quarters. Key account managers (KAM) can create promotions faster with the
customized derive and copy promotions workflow. When KAMs copy promotions, they can also copy manually adjusted KPIs for custom
months and quarters to new promotions. Use the new permission sets included in the Consumer Goods Managed package to avoid
managing permission sets during every upgrade.

Do More with Enhanced Support for Custom Months and Quarters

Include data for custom months and quarters in real-time reports and export KPIs for custom months and quarters. Previously, you
could include data only for custom weeks in real-time reports or KPI exports. When you copy a promotion to create the new one,
save time and effort by transferring any manually adjusted data for custom months and quarters to the new promotion.
Create Promotions Faster with Customized Promotion Workflows
Give your key account managers customized derive and copy promotion workflows to help them create promotions with their
business-relevant details faster. Use customizations to add fields to newly created promotions or delete a field from the current
derive and copy wizards. Configure a metadata wizard to customize user interface workflows for derive and copy promotions. Use
the Business Object APIs to customize the Apex process that derives and copies promotions.
Manage TPM Permission Sets Efficiently
The Consumer Goods managed package now has new permission sets, such as TPM Finance User and TPM RBF User. These permission
sets are automatically updated whenever the managed package is upgraded. Assign your users these permission sets to save the
hassle of managing permission sets every time you upgrade to the latest version of the Consumer Goods managed package.
Enhance Prediction Accuracy by Clustering Your Sales Data
Segment your sales data based on historical sales patterns to create meaningful data clusters for training prediction models. Use
the Scoring Framework to create a CRM Analytics app that effectively clusters accounts and product categories, enhancing the
relevance of your data for baseline predictions. This feature streamlines data preparation and eliminates the manual selection of
required accounts and products before installing the TPO Baseline app.
Preview Your Processing Service
Verify that a new version of the processing service is working seamlessly with the existing managed package. Test the new processing
service version in your Sandbox early on to ensure that you don’t face any hiccups when your production org uses the latest processing
service. The new processing service version is automatically available in Sandbox and Production org when the new version of
Salesforce core is available per the release timelines.
New and Changed APIs in Trade Promotion Management
The following APIs were added or updated in this release.

Do More with Enhanced Support for Custom Months and Quarters

Include data for custom months and quarters in real-time reports and export KPIs for custom months and quarters. Previously, you could
include data only for custom weeks in real-time reports or KPI exports. When you copy a promotion to create the new one, save time
and effort by transferring any manually adjusted data for custom months and quarters to the new promotion.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.

413
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Consumer Goods Cloud

Create Promotions Faster with Customized Promotion Workflows

Give your key account managers customized derive and copy promotion workflows to help them create promotions with their
business-relevant details faster. Use customizations to add fields to newly created promotions or delete a field from the current derive
and copy wizards. Configure a metadata wizard to customize user interface workflows for derive and copy promotions. Use the Business
Object APIs to customize the Apex process that derives and copies promotions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.
How: From the App Launcher, go to Metadata Wizard, click the relevant configuration. Update the JSON to make the changes, such as
add a field to the workflow.

Manage TPM Permission Sets Efficiently

The Consumer Goods managed package now has new permission sets, such as TPM Finance User and TPM RBF User. These permission
sets are automatically updated whenever the managed package is upgraded. Assign your users these permission sets to save the hassle
of managing permission sets every time you upgrade to the latest version of the Consumer Goods managed package.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud is enabled.
How: Based on their role, assign the new permission sets to relevant users and delete the older assignments.

Enhance Prediction Accuracy by Clustering Your Sales Data

Segment your sales data based on historical sales patterns to create meaningful data clusters for training prediction models. Use the
Scoring Framework to create a CRM Analytics app that effectively clusters accounts and product categories, enhancing the relevance of
your data for baseline predictions. This feature streamlines data preparation and eliminates the manual selection of required accounts
and products before installing the TPO Baseline app.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud
Trade Promotion Management, CRM Analytics for Consumer Goods Cloud, and Scoring Framework are enabled.
Who: This feature is available to Trade Promotion Management users with the CRM Analytics for Consumer Goods or Revenue Intelligence
for Consumer Goods permission set licenses.
How: To cluster the data for prediction, go to the Scoring Framework page in Setup. Create a CRM Analytics template configuration by
using the Clustering (Trade Promotion Optimization) template configuration type. To view and analyze account clusters in detail, based
on sales volume, products, and sales variance use the Account Cluster Insights dashboard

Preview Your Processing Service

Verify that a new version of the processing service is working seamlessly with the existing managed package. Test the new processing
service version in your Sandbox early on to ensure that you don’t face any hiccups when your production org uses the latest processing
service. The new processing service version is automatically available in Sandbox and Production org when the new version of Salesforce
core is available per the release timelines.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Consumer Goods Cloud Trade Promotion
Management is enabled.

New and Changed APIs in Trade Promotion Management

The following APIs were added or updated in this release.
Get Account Plan Manual Inputs
Two new APIs are added that allow you to:
• Get the Account Plan manual inputs based on a Session ID.

414
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Energy and Utilities Cloud

• Compare the Account Plan manual inputs between two Session IDs.
Send a GET request to /api/v62.0/accountplans/{accountplanid}/categories/{accountplancategoryid}/manualinputs/{sessionid} and
receive the Account Plan manual inputs based on the Session ID.
Send a GET request to
/api/v62.0/accountplans/{accountplanid}/categories/{accountplancategoryid}/manualinputs/{sessionid}/compare/{compareToSessionId}
and receive the comparison of the Account Plan manual inputs between two Session IDs.
Add or Update Measures with Null Values
Update measures with null values on a daily or weekly basis or at weekly levels using the following APIs:
• /api/v62.0/volumes/promotions/daily/date/decimal/
• api/v62.0/volumes/promotions/weeks/date/decimal/
• api/v62.0/volumes/promotions/weeks/week/decimal
Copy Promotion
The copy promotion API now allows you to copy promotions on a monthly or quarterly basis. For more information, see Ingest
Promotions.
Derive and Copy Promotion
Use Metadata Wizard and Business Object API to customize the UI and Apex workflows for Derive and Copy Promotions. For more
information, see Promotion Wizards and Customizations.

Energy and Utilities Cloud

Energy and Utilities Cloud service apps, such as Agent Console and Self-Service Portal, are now deployed on Salesforce's Einstein platform.
Improve the accuracy of timesheet entries with timesheet automation and labor cost association in the Timesheet app. Provide AI-generated
summaries of customer calls with Einstein Work Summaries.

Drive Customer Support with Agent Console

Gain a 360-degree view of your customers and help customer support agents respond quickly to customer questions and requests
by using the Agent Console. Agents can verify the identity of incoming calls, and assist customers by checking usage statistics,
updating customer account details, and managing service locations. They can also gather billing details by integrating the console
with external billing solutions. Salesforce admins can use the improved instrumentation capabilities to monitor and troubleshoot
the Agent Console.
Minimize Customer Service Calls with Self-Service Portal
Help customers manage their utility accounts with a simple interface for common customer actions. Customers can pay their bills,
set up autopay, address bill concerns, track usage metrics, change service address, and even shop for Clean Energy Programs. Use
the portal’s enhanced data model to seamlessly transfer information to the Agent Console to help service agents assist customers.
Summarize Customer Calls with Einstein Work Summaries
Save time for your service agents by summarizing their customer calls in the Agent Console. With Einstein Work Summaries for
Energy and Utilities Cloud, your service agents can receive an AI-generated summary, issue, and resolution after a call in Agent
Console.
Improve Technician Experience with Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost Association
Reduce manual entries for technicians and the load on supervisors by automatically validating timesheets based on labor union
rules in Business Rules Engine. Ensure labor union compliance with improved accuracy of time sheet entries and labor cost associations.
Generate records of data to gain insights for improving efficiencies for technicians.

415
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Energy and Utilities Cloud

Calculate Energy Savings and Rebates with Context Service

Use Context Service with Business Rules Engine to add flexibility to automating energy savings calculations in Clean Energy Program
Management.
Monitor Connected Assets with Data Cloud Visualization
Configure Flexcards to show the insights stored in Data Cloud, such as operating metrics and charging history of EV chargers. Sales
and service teams can view calculated insights by embedding the Flexcards into the Asset record. Use Data Cloud visualization to
monitor assets, drive proactive service, predict maintenance needs, and optimize performance.
Product Catalog Management for Energy and Utilities
Organize and manage products, product attributes, and measures for Clean Energy Program Management with Product Catalog
Management. Product Catalog Management is built directly on the Salesforce platform and is an updated version of Enterprise
Product Catalog, which is delivered through a managed package. You can easily use Product Catalog Management with other Energy
and Utilities applications in the Salesforce platform.
Efficiently Manage Mass Asset Recalls, Services, and Upgrades
Service faulty products, recall defective products, and manage communication initiatives at scale by using Product Service Campaign.
Service managers can design and manage effective campaigns, cultivate customer trust, maintain company reputation, and uphold
customer safety.
Streamline Supplier Recovery Claims
Easily raise supplier recovery claims for parts that are covered under contract terms with suppliers. Significantly improve the supplier
recovery rate to reduce warranty costs. If you incur a cost due to quality issues in the products or services provided by a supplier,
create supplier recovery claims to recover the cost from the supplier. Suppliers can adjudicate claims from an Experience Cloud site.
Easily Estimate Field Service Work and Quote Costs to Customers
Improve customer relationships by helping service agents provide quotes and an estimate of the work on a utility asset before
customers approves a request. Generate quotes for assets based on work types, required products, cost of services, warranties, and
discounts from associated coverages. Automatically create work orders if customers approve the quotes.
New and Updated Objects in Energy and Utilities Cloud
Energy and Utilities Cloud includes new objects that support the Timesheets app, changed objects to expand Clean Energy Programs,
and an enhanced data model that's built on the Salesforce platform for service apps.

New and Enhanced Features for Energy and Utilities Cloud

Energy and Utilities Cloud includes access to some features that are available across Industries clouds and products. Use these features
to extend and customize Energy and Utilities Cloud based on your business needs.
• Actionable List Members
Help sales agents view actionable list members or prospects, including existing customers. Set up and assign actionable lists to sales
agents or service agents. The agents can then engage with and build trusted relationships with the prospects.

• Business Rules Engine

Create and edit rules to automatically calculate the energy savings in Clean Energy Programs.

• Data Processing Engine

Transform data that's available in your Salesforce org and write back the transformation results as new or updated records. You can
aggregate energy savings from a heat pump rebate and compare actual values to the program's goals in Clean Energy Program
Management.

• Intelligent Document Reader

Save time spent in data entry by easily extracting unstructured content and tables from documents.

416
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Energy and Utilities Cloud

• Outcome Management
Create, manage, and track to your goals on a metrics dashboard for your Clean Energy programs or projects.

• Action Launcher
Help service agents find and launch common actions in the Agent Console.

• Actionable Relationship Center

Help service agents view customers' relationships in an interactive graph.

• Timeline
Help service agents view key events of a customer in a single source of truth.

• Interest Tags
Capture the needs and interests of customers in Interest Tags to deepen customer relationships. Group interests into tag categories
to uncover common themes and interests across your target audience.

• Knowledge
Reduce customer cases by helping your customers self-serve. Create a knowledge base of articles, such as frequently asked questions
and best practices, and share them with customers and partners.

Drive Customer Support with Agent Console

Gain a 360-degree view of your customers and help customer support agents respond quickly to customer questions and requests by
using the Agent Console. Agents can verify the identity of incoming calls, and assist customers by checking usage statistics, updating
customer account details, and managing service locations. They can also gather billing details by integrating the console with external
billing solutions. Salesforce admins can use the improved instrumentation capabilities to monitor and troubleshoot the Agent Console.
Where: The Agent Console is available in Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
Who: Salesforce admins and service agents with the Energy & Utilities Cloud, Energy & Utilities Cloud Billing Account, and Energy &
Utilities Other Features PSLs can use the Agent Console.
Why: The Agent Console is built on the Salesforce platform with an enhanced data model and user interface. Agent Console is an
updated version of Contact Center Console, built directly on the Salesforce platform instead of in a managed package.
The Agent Console uses features such as Audit Trails, Actionable Relationship Center, Timeline, Interest Tags, Identity Verification, and
Chat.
How: The Agent Console is available for all Salesforce orgs with the Winter ‘25 release. Enable the features of the Agent Console in Setup.
Then, to access the app, go to App Launcher, then find and select Agent Console.

Minimize Customer Service Calls with Self-Service Portal

Help customers manage their utility accounts with a simple interface for common customer actions. Customers can pay their bills, set
up autopay, address bill concerns, track usage metrics, change service address, and even shop for Clean Energy Programs. Use the portal’s
enhanced data model to seamlessly transfer information to the Agent Console to help service agents assist customers.
Where: The Self-Service Portal is available in Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic in Professional, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
Who: Salesforce admins with the Energy & Utilities Platform for Experience Cloud and Energy & Utilities Platform Billing Account for
Experience Cloud PSLs can use the Self-Service Portal.

417
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Energy and Utilities Cloud

Why: The Self-Service Portal app is built as an Experience Cloud template with an enhanced data model and user interface. The Self-Service
Portal app is an updated version of the Utility Self Serve Portal, built directly on the Salesforce platform instead of in a managed package.
The Self-Service Portal uses Salesforce platform capabilities such as Omnistudio and Experience Cloud.
How: The Self-Service Portal is available for all Salesforce orgs with the Winter ‘25 release. In Setup, enable the features of the Self-Service
Portal, and then access the Self-Service Portal template from Experience Cloud sites.

Summarize Customer Calls with Einstein Work Summaries

Save time for your service agents by summarizing their customer calls in the Agent Console. With Einstein Work Summaries for Energy
and Utilities Cloud, your service agents can receive an AI-generated summary, issue, and resolution after a call in Agent Console.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Service add-on.
Who: Salesforce admins and service agents with the Energy & Utilities Cloud and Einstein for Service add-on licenses can use the Agent
Console with Einstein Work Summaries.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Work Summaries, and then select Einstein for Service: Work Summaries. Then,
turn on Einstein for Service: Work Summaries.

SEE ALSO:
Show AI-Generated Summaries with Einstein Work Summaries

Improve Technician Experience with Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost Association
Reduce manual entries for technicians and the load on supervisors by automatically validating timesheets based on labor union rules
in Business Rules Engine. Ensure labor union compliance with improved accuracy of time sheet entries and labor cost associations.
Generate records of data to gain insights for improving efficiencies for technicians.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Energy and Utilities Cloud where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is
enabled. This feature is available in the Field Service mobile app for Android and iOS.
Who: Salesforce admins with the Labor Cost Optimization PSL can configure the Timesheets app. Field service technicians with the
Labor Cost Optimization PSL can add and edit timesheets.

SEE ALSO:
Improve Technician Experience with Timesheet Automation and Labor Cost Association

Calculate Energy Savings and Rebates with Context Service

Use Context Service with Business Rules Engine to add flexibility to automating energy savings calculations in Clean Energy Program
Management.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Energy and
Utilities cloud enabled.
How: From Setup, find Context Service Settings and then enable Context Definitions.

SEE ALSO:
Context Service

418
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Energy and Utilities Cloud

Monitor Connected Assets with Data Cloud Visualization

Configure Flexcards to show the insights stored in Data Cloud, such as operating metrics and charging history of EV chargers. Sales and
service teams can view calculated insights by embedding the Flexcards into the Asset record. Use Data Cloud visualization to monitor
assets, drive proactive service, predict maintenance needs, and optimize performance.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Data Cloud and Energy
And Utilities Cloud are enabled.
Who: Users need the Data Cloud Metrics Visualization permission set to use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Data Cloud Visualization

Product Catalog Management for Energy and Utilities

Organize and manage products, product attributes, and measures for Clean Energy Program Management with Product Catalog
Management. Product Catalog Management is built directly on the Salesforce platform and is an updated version of Enterprise Product
Catalog, which is delivered through a managed package. You can easily use Product Catalog Management with other Energy and Utilities
applications in the Salesforce platform.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Energy and Utilities Cloud.

SEE ALSO:
Product Catalog Management

Efficiently Manage Mass Asset Recalls, Services, and Upgrades

Service faulty products, recall defective products, and manage communication initiatives at scale by using Product Service Campaign.
Service managers can design and manage effective campaigns, cultivate customer trust, maintain company reputation, and uphold
customer safety.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Energy and Utilities.

Note: The user interface of this product is available only in English and is not fully supported in other languages.

Who: This feature is available to users who have the Product Service Campaign permission sets.
How: Create a product service campaign record, and specify its details.Then, create a product service campaign Item record, and specify
its details. Create a return order or a work order record from the related list of a product service campaign record.

SEE ALSO:
Product Service Campaign

Streamline Supplier Recovery Claims

Easily raise supplier recovery claims for parts that are covered under contract terms with suppliers. Significantly improve the supplier
recovery rate to reduce warranty costs. If you incur a cost due to quality issues in the products or services provided by a supplier, create
supplier recovery claims to recover the cost from the supplier. Suppliers can adjudicate claims from an Experience Cloud site.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Energy and Utilities Cloud.

419
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Energy and Utilities Cloud

Who: This feature is available to users with the Warranty Lifecycle Management, Claims Foundation, and Warranty Supplier Recovery
for Experience Cloud permission sets.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Claims. Open a warranty claim record from the list view, and click Create Supplier
Recovery Claims. To define the supplier recovery terms, enter into a contract with a supplier. Stipulate the recovery terms in the supplier
contract to determine the payout.

SEE ALSO:
Supplier Recovery Management

Easily Estimate Field Service Work and Quote Costs to Customers

Improve customer relationships by helping service agents provide quotes and an estimate of the work on a utility asset before customers
approves a request. Generate quotes for assets based on work types, required products, cost of services, warranties, and discounts from
associated coverages. Automatically create work orders if customers approve the quotes.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Energy and Utilities Cloud
where Asset Service Lifecycle Management is enabled.

Note: The user interface of this product is available only in English and is not fully supported in other languages.

Who: This feature is available to users with the Work Order Estimation permission set.
How: Launch the work order estimation process from an account, an asset, or an existing work order. Define the work to be done on
the quote by providing the details, review the quote summary, and then generate a proposal. After the customer approves the quote,
work orders are generated.

SEE ALSO:
Work Order Estimation

New and Updated Objects in Energy and Utilities Cloud

Energy and Utilities Cloud includes new objects that support the Timesheets app, changed objects to expand Clean Energy Programs,
and an enhanced data model that's built on the Salesforce platform for service apps.

New Objects
Here are the new objects in the Energy and Utilities Cloud.
These objects require the Labor Cost Optimization permission set license:
Store details about a field technician's labor union organization
Use the new Labor Union object.
Store the overtime category code
Use the new Overtime Type object.
Store the overtime approver's account details
Use the new Overtime Approver object.
Store validation error details for time sheets
Use the new Time Sheet Validation Error object.
These objects require the E&U Cloud Program Access permission set:

420
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Store a template for an application form for a program

Use the new Program Application Form Template objects.
Associate a case and an object impacted by the case.
Use the new Case Related Subject object.

Changed Objects
Here are the changed objects in Energy and Utilities Cloud.
Store your labor cost optimization data
Use up to 17 new fields in each of these existing objects: Work Order Line Item, Service Resource, Work Type, Time Sheet Entry,
Service Resource Cost Rule, Pay Grade, Time Sheet, Time Sheet Entry Item.

Financial Services Cloud

Enhance your applicants' and underwriters' experience with Digital Lending using integration orchestration, product configurator, loan
calculator, and guest user access. Accelerate the development of service processes by using prebuilt service process templates. Use
Metadata API to migrate Stage Management configurations to streamline your setup processes and ensure consistency across
environments. Simplify the client planning process for your relationship team with Business Relationship Plan. Aggregate financial
information from Financial Services Cloud standard objects with Financial Summary Rollup.

Einstein Autofill (Pilot)

Streamline form completion by providing your teams access to the AI-powered Einstein Autofill feature.
Business Relationship Plan
Simplify the client planning process for your relationship team with Business Relationship Plan, which is designed to enhance
efficiency by integrating AI-powered summaries and reducing manual tasks. This tool addresses the issue of siloed data, helping
you create personalized, objective-driven client plans. The tool also enables easy sharing with senior management, ensuring that
they actively monitor and drive objectives to foster long-term, beneficial relationships.
Complaints Management
Swiftly address customer complaints by providing your service agents with instant access to the AI-powered Auto Complaint
Summarization feature.
Einstein for Finacial Services Cloud
Accelerate the process of capturing service process requests with Einstein Copilot. Through its generative AI-powered conversational
experience, Einstein Copilot assists your service representatives take quick action on service process requests without having them
navigate through too many steps to resolve requests.
Digital Lending
Grant guest user access to view loan products, help applicants with loan calculations using the loan calculator, empower underwriters
with integrations to complete loan application tasks, show applicants real-time product offers using the Product Configurator, and
customize underwriter experience using Data Mappers.
Digital Lending—India
Help your relationship managers with a smooth and efficient intake of loan product and applicant details. Reduce the risk of errors
in a loan workflow by automating loan origination services with new integration templates.
Service Process Automation
Prebuilt service process templates help you get started quicker.

421
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Transaction Dispute Management

Assess multi-transaction disputes more accurately during dispute intake by using dynamic grouping of transactions based on reason
codes and subcodes. Streamline the end-to-end dispute resolution process by integrating Transaction Dispute Management with
Mastercom®. Eliminate the inefficiencies that arise from switching between systems, ensure regulatory compliance, and reduce
operational costs to enhance customer and employee experience.
Wealth Management
Drive financial success and transform client interactions through AI-powered personalized insights that empower financial advisors
to anticipate needs and take action to improve their client’s wealth.
Data Cloud for Financial Services Cloud
Provide financial advisors and wealth managers a holistic financial picture of consumers by surfacing data from Data Cloud and
Financial Services Cloud. Help key stakeholders drive insights and actionability to achieve consumers’ financial well-being.
Financial Summary Rollup
Aggregate financial information from Financial Services Cloud standard objects by using predefined Data Processing Engine templates.
Use the Financial Summary Rollup feature without installing the Financial Services Cloud managed package.
Strengthen Your Business and Customer Relationships by Using CRM Analytics
Get CRM Analytics dashboards for Financial Services Cloud to gain insights into client goals, satisfaction, leads, and referrals. Use the
new app templates for Wealth Management and Retail Banking to create analytics dashboards that align with Financial Services
Cloud features and specific use cases. These new analytics apps templates are now the standard option for Financial Services Cloud
CRM Analytics.
Watch Financial Services Cloud Videos
New videos help your users learn about the capabilities of Financial Services Cloud.
New and Changed Financial Services Cloud Object Fields
Do more with new and updated Financial Services Cloud objects.
New and Changed Invocable Actions in Financial Services Cloud
Use the new and changed invocable actions for Financial Services Cloud.

New and Enhanced Common Features for Financial Services Cloud

Financial Services Cloud includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features
to extend and customize Financial Services Cloud based on your business needs.
• Stage Management
Migrate stage management configurations to streamline your setup processes.

Einstein Autofill (Pilot)

Streamline form completion by providing your teams access to the AI-powered Einstein Autofill feature.

Boost Operational Efficiency with AI-powered Einstein Autofill (Pilot)

Use Einstein Autofill to get AI-driven recommendations that transform real-time call and chat discussions into instant suggestions.
These recommendations help your team fill forms accurately and swiftly. Empower your team to deliver faster, more accurate
responses while reducing manual effort and boosting customer satisfaction. Seamlessly embed this feature into Omniscript to auto-fill
any form based on voice or chat conversations.

422
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Boost Operational Efficiency with AI-powered Einstein Autofill (Pilot)

Use Einstein Autofill to get AI-driven recommendations that transform real-time call and chat discussions into instant suggestions. These
recommendations help your team fill forms accurately and swiftly. Empower your team to deliver faster, more accurate responses while
reducing manual effort and boosting customer satisfaction. Seamlessly embed this feature into Omniscript to auto-fill any form based
on voice or chat conversations.
Where: Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. To purchase an add-on license, contact your Salesforce account
executive.

Note: This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Director. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Auto Complaint Summarization for Complaints Management

Business Relationship Plan

Simplify the client planning process for your relationship team with Business Relationship Plan, which is designed to enhance efficiency
by integrating AI-powered summaries and reducing manual tasks. This tool addresses the issue of siloed data, helping you create
personalized, objective-driven client plans. The tool also enables easy sharing with senior management, ensuring that they actively
monitor and drive objectives to foster long-term, beneficial relationships.

Obtain Key Information About Your Clients

Relationship teams can use the prebuilt Account Plan Overview template on the Account Plan Lightning page to get a quick overview
of Case, Financial Deal, and Opportunity records associated with the account plan. You can customize the Account Plan Overview
template or create multiple templates to meet the specific data requirements of different business lines, ensuring flexibility and
support for diverse needs.
Quantify Objectives and Track Progress by Defining Measures
Develop an efficient goal-setting practice from the Objectives tab on the Account Plan Lightning page. Relationship managers can
use this feature to set specific, measurable outcomes, or objectives, ranging from monetary goals such as boosting the daily average
balance in operating accounts to nonmonetary goals such as strengthening partnerships with key stakeholders. Track the progress
of these objectives by creating measures from the Related tab on the objective record page. Your relationship team can then evaluate
the success and impact of these objectives by reviewing Financial Deal, Case, and Opportunity records associated with the measures.
Get Client Relationship Insights Quickly with Prebuilt, AI-Powered Summary Templates
Equip your relationship managers with AI-powered Einstein Summary prompt templates that quickly summarize relationships and
interactions for business relationship plans. The Summarize a Relationship and Summarize an Interaction prompt templates give
valuable insights about client meeting interactions, win-loss trends, open opportunities, and unresolved cases, gearing relationship
managers with client relationship dynamics and executive summaries for informed decisions.

Obtain Key Information About Your Clients

Relationship teams can use the prebuilt Account Plan Overview template on the Account Plan Lightning page to get a quick overview
of Case, Financial Deal, and Opportunity records associated with the account plan. You can customize the Account Plan Overview
template or create multiple templates to meet the specific data requirements of different business lines, ensuring flexibility and support
for diverse needs.

423
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Sales Cloud and
Business Relationship Plan are enabled.
Why: To understand the client's current position and to plan future strategies, relationship managers need comprehensive information.
Business Relationship Plan uses the extensible account plan data model that captures details such as strategic priorities, industry trends,
internal risk ratings, and overall business information associated with the account.
How: Turn on Business Relationship Plan: Go to the Account Plans page in Setup and enable Account Plans. Then, from Setup, turn on
Business Relationship Plan Settings from the Business Client Engagement Setup page. Next, configure fields specific to business relationship
plans on the Account Plan Lightning page in the Commercial Banking App.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Business Relationship Plan
Salesforce Help: Configure Fields Specific to Business Relationship Plan
Salesforce Help: Configure Account Plan Lightning Page in the Commercial Banking App

Quantify Objectives and Track Progress by Defining Measures

Develop an efficient goal-setting practice from the Objectives tab on the Account Plan Lightning page. Relationship managers can use
this feature to set specific, measurable outcomes, or objectives, ranging from monetary goals such as boosting the daily average balance
in operating accounts to nonmonetary goals such as strengthening partnerships with key stakeholders. Track the progress of these
objectives by creating measures from the Related tab on the objective record page. Your relationship team can then evaluate the success
and impact of these objectives by reviewing Financial Deal, Case, and Opportunity records associated with the measures.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Sales Cloud and
Business Relationship Plan are enabled. To use Account Plan Lightning page in the Commercial Banking app, users need FSC Sales
permission set.
How: End users can create objectives and measures: In the Commercial Banking app, go to the Objectives tab on the Account Plan
Lightning page and create objectives. To create measures, go to the Account Plan Objective record page and create measures from the
Related tab.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Account Plans By Using Flexcard Templates for Business Relationship Plan
Salesforce Help: Add Objectives to an Account Plan
Salesforce Help: Define Account Plan Objective Measures

Get Client Relationship Insights Quickly with Prebuilt, AI-Powered Summary Templates
Equip your relationship managers with AI-powered Einstein Summary prompt templates that quickly summarize relationships and
interactions for business relationship plans. The Summarize a Relationship and Summarize an Interaction prompt templates give valuable
insights about client meeting interactions, win-loss trends, open opportunities, and unresolved cases, gearing relationship managers
with client relationship dynamics and executive summaries for informed decisions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where FSC Sales & Service license or the FSC
Sales license and Einstein for Sales Add-On are enabled. To purchase the add-on license, contact your Salesforce account executive.
How: From Setup, go to the Einstein Setup page, and turn on Einstein. Next, go to the Financial Services AI Settings page, and turn on
Business Relationship Plan AI.

424
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Note: GenAI features are not supported in Government Cloud Plus. Don’t turn on the feature in Government Cloud Plus orgs.
Contact your Salesforce account executive for more details.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Business Relationship Plan AI
Salesforce Help: Considerations for Setting Up Einstein Summaries for Business Relationship Plan

Complaints Management
Swiftly address customer complaints by providing your service agents with instant access to the AI-powered Auto Complaint Summarization
feature.

Resolve Complaints Faster with Einstein Generative AI for Complaints Management

Enhance your team’s productivity with the AI-powered Auto Complaint Summarization feature that collects data from case-related
records, including case emails, chatter messages, case feed, and comments. Get the details of each complaint, such as case progression,
key interactions, and potential resolution. Integrate AI insights to save time and increase efficiency. Your service agents can respond
faster and strategically to complaints.

Resolve Complaints Faster with Einstein Generative AI for Complaints Management

Enhance your team’s productivity with the AI-powered Auto Complaint Summarization feature that collects data from case-related
records, including case emails, chatter messages, case feed, and comments. Get the details of each complaint, such as case progression,
key interactions, and potential resolution. Integrate AI insights to save time and increase efficiency. Your service agents can respond
faster and strategically to complaints.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning
Experience.
Why: You must have the FSC Sales & Service license or the FSC Service license and the Einstein for Service add-on license. To purchase
the add-on license, contact your Salesforce account executive.

Note: GenAI features are not supported in Government Cloud Plus. Don’t turn on the feature in Government Cloud Plus orgs.
Contact your Salesforce account executive for more details.

Einstein for Finacial Services Cloud

Accelerate the process of capturing service process requests with Einstein Copilot. Through its generative AI-powered conversational
experience, Einstein Copilot assists your service representatives take quick action on service process requests without having them
navigate through too many steps to resolve requests.

425
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Resolve Banking Inquiries Faster with Einstein Copilot (Beta)

Make agent actions for banking service processes available in Einstein Copilot so that an AI assistant can guide service representatives
navigate easily through the complexity of service processes and capture requests quickly. With agent actions, enhance customer
satisfaction and improve overall service quality by providing quick resolutions and by handling more requests in a shorter time. By
offering AI-powered service processes, help new or less experienced service representatives become productive faster so that you
can effectively tackle the challenges that arise from staff turnover.

SEE ALSO:
Einstein for Financial Services Cloud

Resolve Banking Inquiries Faster with Einstein Copilot (Beta)

Make agent actions for banking service processes available in Einstein Copilot so that an AI assistant can guide service representatives
navigate easily through the complexity of service processes and capture requests quickly. With agent actions, enhance customer
satisfaction and improve overall service quality by providing quick resolutions and by handling more requests in a shorter time. By
offering AI-powered service processes, help new or less experienced service representatives become productive faster so that you can
effectively tackle the challenges that arise from staff turnover.

Note: Einstein for Finacial Services Cloud is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

Reverse a Fee Quickly with Einstein Copilot

Through a conversational experience, service representatives can now quickly capture a client’s request to reverse a fee on a financial
account. Service representatives can chat with the Einstein Copilot to easily initiate the fee reversal service process request. The AI
assistant uses a Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant agent actions to find details about a client’s financial
accounts and fee transactions. It then creates a case for the service process request.
Update Address with Einstein Copilot
Service agents can now easily use the copilot to capture a client’s request to update the address. Agents can converse with the
copilot to initiate the address update process. The AI assistant uses a Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant
copilot actions to retrieve current address details for the account and initiate a case to update the address.
Report and Block a Card with Einstein Copilot
Service agents can now initiate requests to report and block lost cards by simply conversing with the copilot. The AI assistant uses
a Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant copilot actions to retrieve card details and initiates a case to block
the identified card.
Retrieve Financial Transaction Details with Einstein Copilot
Service agents can now initiate requests to retrieve a customer's financial transaction details by simply conversing with the copilot.
The AI assistant uses a Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant copilot action to retrieve transaction details for
a specific account.
Retrieve Balance Information with Einstein Copilot
Service agents can now initiate requests to retrieve the balance information for a specific account by simply conversing with the
copilot. The AI assistant uses a Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant copilot action to retrieve the account
balance.

426
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Reverse a Fee Quickly with Einstein Copilot

Through a conversational experience, service representatives can now quickly capture a client’s request to reverse a fee on a financial
account. Service representatives can chat with the Einstein Copilot to easily initiate the fee reversal service process request. The AI
assistant uses a Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant agent actions to find details about a client’s financial
accounts and fee transactions. It then creates a case for the service process request.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud and FSC Service
Einstein Add-On are enabled. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.

Note: Einstein Copilot for Fee Reversal service process is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at
Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product
Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
To purchase FSC Service Einstein Add-On, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with Industry Service Excellence and Einstein for Service permission sets. Users also need the Use
Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission to access Copilot.
How: To get started with fee reversal in Einstein Copilot, set up the fee reversal service process using Service Process Studio in your
Salesforce instance. Then, from Setup, enable Einstein generative AI from the Einstein Setup page and turn on Einstein Copilot for
Salesforce from the Agents page. Next, create an agent and a custom topic, and then add Get Financial Accounts Information for an
Account, Get Fee Transactions from a Financial Account, and Create Fee Reversal Case actions to your topic. Activate your agent. Service
representatives launch Einstein Copilot in Salesforce and feed the required utterance to reverse a fee on a financial account.

SEE ALSO:
Einstein Copilot for Fee Reversal Service Process (Beta)

Update Address with Einstein Copilot

Service agents can now easily use the copilot to capture a client’s request to update the address. Agents can converse with the copilot
to initiate the address update process. The AI assistant uses a Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant copilot
actions to retrieve current address details for the account and initiate a case to update the address.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud and FSC Service
Einstein Add-On are enabled. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase FSC Service Einstein Add-On, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with Industry Service Excellence and Einstein for Service permission sets. Users also need the Use
Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission to access Copilot.
How: To get started with address update in Einstein Copilot, set up the service process for address update using Service Process Studio
in your Salesforce instance. Then, from Setup, enable Einstein generative AI from the Einstein Setup page and turn on Einstein Copilot
for Salesforce from the Einstein Copilots page. Your new copilot is available on the Einstein Copilots page. Next, add Get Address Details
For Financial Account and Create Case for Address Update actions to your copilot. Agents launch Einstein Copilot in Salesforce and feed
the required utterance to update address details for the account.

Report and Block a Card with Einstein Copilot

Service agents can now initiate requests to report and block lost cards by simply conversing with the copilot. The AI assistant uses a
Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant copilot actions to retrieve card details and initiates a case to block the
identified card.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud and FSC Service
Einstein Add-On are enabled. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.

427
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

To purchase FSC Service Einstein Add-On, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with Industry Service Excellence and Einstein for Service permission sets. Users also need the Use
Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission to access Copilot.
How: To get started with Einstein Copilot, set up the report and replace cards service process using Service Process Studio in your
Salesforce instance. Then, from Setup, enable Einstein generative AI from the Einstein Setup page and turn on Einstein Copilot for
Salesforce from the Einstein Copilots page. Your new copilot is available on the Einstein Copilots page. Next, add Get Card Details to
Account and Create Case to Block Card actions to your copilot. Agents launch Einstein Copilot in Salesforce and feed the required
utterance to report and block a lost card.

Retrieve Financial Transaction Details with Einstein Copilot

Service agents can now initiate requests to retrieve a customer's financial transaction details by simply conversing with the copilot. The
AI assistant uses a Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant copilot action to retrieve transaction details for a specific
account.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud and FSC Service
Einstein Add-On are enabled. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase FSC Service Einstein Add-On, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with Industry Service Excellence and Einstein for Service permission sets. Users also need the Use
Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission to access Copilot.
How: From Setup, enable Einstein generative AI from the Einstein Setup page and turn on Einstein Copilot for Salesforce from the Einstein
Copilots page. Your new copilot is available on the Einstein Copilots page. Next, add Get Financial Transactions action to your copilot.
Agents launch Einstein Copilot in Salesforce and feed the required utterance to report and block a lost card.

Retrieve Balance Information with Einstein Copilot

Service agents can now initiate requests to retrieve the balance information for a specific account by simply conversing with the copilot.
The AI assistant uses a Large Language Model (LLM) to identify and execute relevant copilot action to retrieve the account balance.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud and FSC Service
Einstein Add-On are enabled. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase FSC Service Einstein Add-On, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with Industry Service Excellence and Einstein for Service permission sets. Users also need the Use
Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission to access Copilot.
How: From Setup, enable Einstein generative AI from the Einstein Setup page and turn on Einstein Copilot for Salesforce from the Einstein
Copilots page. Your new copilot is available on the Einstein Copilots page. Next, add Get Balances from Financial Accounts action to
your copilot. Agents launch Einstein Copilot in Salesforce and feed the required utterance to report and block a lost card.

Digital Lending
Grant guest user access to view loan products, help applicants with loan calculations using the loan calculator, empower underwriters
with integrations to complete loan application tasks, show applicants real-time product offers using the Product Configurator, and
customize underwriter experience using Data Mappers.

428
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Give Guest Users Access to Your Product Catalog

Enhance the self-service loan application experience by specifying the level of access that guest users have to your loan products.
Applicants can have visibility to the Home Page, Product List Page, and Product Detail Page components without setting up an
account. Previously, users were required to create an account before they began the loan application journey, which prevented new
applicants from exploring your loan products before they started their application.
Simplify Loan Estimates with the Loan Calculator
Help applicants with basic calculations on common loan types, such as mortgages, student loans, and personal loans by adding the
loan calculator to any phase of the loan application journey. Clients can find how much they can afford to borrow based on their
income, expenses, and other factors. Clients, whether they’re first-time home buyers or owners of multiple investment properties,
can use the loan calculator to quickly calculate their loan payments and view their amortization schedule, payment, and interest
rates.
Quickly Complete Loan Approval Steps by Using Integrations
Use Integration Orchestration to empower underwriters with integrations so that they can complete important loan application
verification tasks. Create integration callout plans so that underwriters can review the status of integrations with different external
endpoints. Underwriters can easily track the progress of all integration callouts, resulting in quicker loan approval.
Dynamically Show Loan Offers by Using Product Configurator
Customize loan product attributes that dynamically adjust and show applicants real-time product offers by using Product Configurator.
Show complex loan offers to your customers efficiently. Use the intuitive user interface to select the right options for your loan
products. Applicants can view product details, such as attributes, pricing, and purchasing options.
Customize the Underwriter Console by Using Omnistudio
Use Omnistudio Data Mappers to read, transform, and write Salesforce data to extend and configure the Underwriter Console. Data
Mappers supply data to Omniscripts, Integration Procedures, and Flexcards, and write updates from Omniscripts, Integration
Procedures, and Flexcards to Salesforce. Previously, you customized the Underwriter Console only by using file-based APEX.

Give Guest Users Access to Your Product Catalog

Enhance the self-service loan application experience by specifying the level of access that guest users have to your loan products.
Applicants can have visibility to the Home Page, Product List Page, and Product Detail Page components without setting up an account.
Previously, users were required to create an account before they began the loan application journey, which prevented new applicants
from exploring your loan products before they started their application.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Why: Provide value to the applicants before asking for their personal data. When you enable public access to an Experience Cloud site,
guest users can view asset files on public pages, by default. Loan applicants are now prompted to create a username and password later
in the loan application journey.

429
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

How: In Setup, create sharing rules for Digital Lending guest users and enable sharing settings for product fee and product list rate. In
an Experience Cloud site, select Publicly Available for the menu items that you want to provide guest user access to. In page settings,
update the page access to Public. Select Read Access for the Product Fee and Product List Rate objects.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Sharing Rules for Digital Experience Guest Users
Salesforce Help: Control Public Access to Your Experience Builder Sites
Salesforce Help: Navigation Menu
Salesforce Help: Page Properties and Types in Experience Builder
Salesforce Help: Assign an OmniStudio Permission Set to Digital Experience Guest Users
Salesforce Help: Create an OmniStudio Permission Set for Digital Experience Guest Users

Simplify Loan Estimates with the Loan Calculator

Help applicants with basic calculations on common loan types, such as mortgages, student loans, and personal loans by adding the
loan calculator to any phase of the loan application journey. Clients can find how much they can afford to borrow based on their income,
expenses, and other factors. Clients, whether they’re first-time home buyers or owners of multiple investment properties, can use the
loan calculator to quickly calculate their loan payments and view their amortization schedule, payment, and interest rates.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Why: Educate applicants on the impact that loan terms and interest rates have on their overall financial contribution to a loan. For
example, in the easy-to-use loan calculator, clients can update the loan amount, loan term, and interest rate to view the monthly payment,
principal, and interest rate. They can customize the values in the loan calculator view and compare the total loan amount, principal, and
interest paid over the loan term.
How: Add the DigitalLendingLoanCalculator Flexcard to a record page.

Quickly Complete Loan Approval Steps by Using Integrations

Use Integration Orchestration to empower underwriters with integrations so that they can complete important loan application verification
tasks. Create integration callout plans so that underwriters can review the status of integrations with different external endpoints.
Underwriters can easily track the progress of all integration callouts, resulting in quicker loan approval.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Why: Save the underwriter’s time when they verify the documents submitted by an applicant. Add the Integration Execution Status
component to the Underwriter Console and integrate it with external tools that help underwriters complete the essential steps to verify
the documents. For example, underwriters must verify the employment status of the applicant. Integrate with a third-party tool so that
underwriters can verify the applicant’s employment status without moving away from the Underwriter Console.
How: In the Lightning App Builder, add the Integration Execution Status component to the Underwriter Console.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Integration Orchestration

430
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Dynamically Show Loan Offers by Using Product Configurator

Customize loan product attributes that dynamically adjust and show applicants real-time product offers by using Product Configurator.
Show complex loan offers to your customers efficiently. Use the intuitive user interface to select the right options for your loan products.
Applicants can view product details, such as attributes, pricing, and purchasing options.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Why: Configure your loan products with attributes that are compatible with other products in the offering. With configuration rules,
make sure that applicants choose the loan product that meets their needs. For example, to view mortgage products, create qualification
rules that require an applicant to have a credit score above 600, a minimum income of US$2,000 per month, and an address in the United
States.
How: In Setup, turn on Product Configurator. Customize the qualification rules for your loan products.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Product Configurator

Customize the Underwriter Console by Using Omnistudio

Use Omnistudio Data Mappers to read, transform, and write Salesforce data to extend and configure the Underwriter Console. Data
Mappers supply data to Omniscripts, Integration Procedures, and Flexcards, and write updates from Omniscripts, Integration Procedures,
and Flexcards to Salesforce. Previously, you customized the Underwriter Console only by using file-based APEX.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Why: With Omnistudio Data Mappers’ drag-and-drop setup and low-code tools, you no longer need a Salesforce Developer to write
APEX code to customize the Underwriter Console. You can easily create experiences with guided interactions for underwriters with data
from your Salesforce org and external sources.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Omnistudio

Digital Lending—India
Help your relationship managers with a smooth and efficient intake of loan product and applicant details. Reduce the risk of errors in a
loan workflow by automating loan origination services with new integration templates.

Simplify the Loan Application Intake Process

Save time and effort for your relationship managers with an Omniscript that combines capturing loan product and applicant details
with verifying applicant data. Improve accuracy and efficiency during application intake, and avoid going to multiple pages to capture
data. Previously, relationship managers used a screen flow on the application form record page to capture product details, and an
Omniscript on the assessment record page to capture loan applicant details.

431
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Offer More Loan-Related Verification and Screening Capabilities to Your Users

Use new integration templates to connect with your preferred external systems for enhanced loan origination services. Easily configure
the integration templates, and add them to the loan workflow to assist your users in performing purposeful and timely loan-related
checks. Use these integrations to reduce manual effort and to verify applicants more accurately so that they meet the necessary loan
approval criteria.

SEE ALSO:
Set Up and Manage Digital Lending—India

Simplify the Loan Application Intake Process

Save time and effort for your relationship managers with an Omniscript that combines capturing loan product and applicant details with
verifying applicant data. Improve accuracy and efficiency during application intake, and avoid going to multiple pages to capture data.
Previously, relationship managers used a screen flow on the application form record page to capture product details, and an Omniscript
on the assessment record page to capture loan applicant details.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Digital Lending—India is enabled.
Who: To use this feature, users need the Digital Lending India Admin User permission.
How: As an admin, from the Discovery Framework Sample Templates settings in Setup, deploy the Digital Lending—India Integrated
template. Then, clone and activate the DigitalLendingIndia_ApplicationFormOnboarding Omniscript. After an application form is created
either directly or from a lead, an end user can go to the application form record page.

SEE ALSO:
Deploy Discovery Framework Sample Template for Digital Lending—India

Offer More Loan-Related Verification and Screening Capabilities to Your Users

Use new integration templates to connect with your preferred external systems for enhanced loan origination services. Easily configure
the integration templates, and add them to the loan workflow to assist your users in performing purposeful and timely loan-related
checks. Use these integrations to reduce manual effort and to verify applicants more accurately so that they meet the necessary loan
approval criteria.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Digital Lending—India is enabled.
Who: To use this feature, users need the Digital Lending India Admin User permission.
Why: Use the integration templates to build integrations for these loan origination services.
KYC OCR plus for PAN
Check if a structurally valid PAN card is uploaded, and then extract the PAN card details.
Face Match
Verify an applicant’s identity by comparing the applicant’s uploaded photo with the downloaded image of their Aadhaar card.
Form 16 OCR
Assess an applicant’s financial stability by extracting the income details from the uploaded Form 16 document.
ITR-V OCR
Verify an applicant’s declared income by extracting the income tax return details from the uploaded ITR-V document.
Email verification
Confirm the authenticity of the applicant’s email address.

432
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Email fraud check

Prevent identity theft by analyzing the applicant’s emails for signs of fraud or suspicious activity.
Mobile authentication through OTP
Confirm that the applicant’s phone number is active and under their control by sending a one-time password (OTP).
Vehicle RC authentication
Confirm ownership and vehicle details by verifying the applicant’s vehicle registration certificate (RC).
Property tax verification
Establish ownership and property value by confirming the payment and status of property taxes.
E-Sign
Provide a way for applicants to sign documents electronically to facilitate a quicker and more secure loan application process.

SEE ALSO:
Set Up Integrations for Loan Origination Services

Service Process Automation

Prebuilt service process templates help you get started quicker.

Accelerate Service Process Setup with Prebuilt Templates

Prebuilt service process templates with process attributes, intake forms, and fulfillment flows help you accelerate the development
of service processes. Clone these templates to get the required API endpoints which help reduce development time. The Omniscripts
related to these templates are available for both assisted and self-service channels.

Accelerate Service Process Setup with Prebuilt Templates

Prebuilt service process templates with process attributes, intake forms, and fulfillment flows help you accelerate the development of
service processes. Clone these templates to get the required API endpoints which help reduce development time. The Omniscripts
related to these templates are available for both assisted and self-service channels.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Who: To use the prebuilt service process templates, users need these permission sets and permission set licenses:
• Industries Service Process permission set
• Omnistudio User permission set
• Industry Service Excellence permission set
• Financial Services Cloud Extension, Financial Services Cloud Basic, Financial Services Cloud Service, or Financial Services Cloud
Standard permission set license
Why: These prebuilt service processes support the Financial Account data model in the Financial Services Cloud managed package or
the Financial Account Management Standard Objects. Here are the service processes that you can easily create from the templates:
• Manage Standing Instructions: Set up recurring, on-time payments with standing instructions.
• Order Checkbook: Order checkbooks with ease.
• Stop Check Payment: Cancel check payments.
• Report and Replace Cards: Report lost or stolen cards and request replacements.
• Request Statement Copies: Request copies of account statements.

433
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

• Transfer Funds to Own Account: Transfer funds between accounts.

• Update Email or Phone: Update email and phone details.
How: In Setup, find and select Service Process Studio. Click New Service Process and select Create from Template. Select a service
process template and follow the on-screen instructions to set up your process.

SEE ALSO:
Standard Retail Banking Service Processes for Financial Services Cloud

Transaction Dispute Management

Assess multi-transaction disputes more accurately during dispute intake by using dynamic grouping of transactions based on reason
codes and subcodes. Streamline the end-to-end dispute resolution process by integrating Transaction Dispute Management with
Mastercom®. Eliminate the inefficiencies that arise from switching between systems, ensure regulatory compliance, and reduce operational
costs to enhance customer and employee experience.

Streamline Assessments for Disputed Transactions

Enhance dispute intake efficiency with dynamic grouping of transactions based on reason codes and subcodes. Customer service
representatives can assign distinct reason codes to each transaction, and handle multi-transaction disputes with greater flexibility.
For each group, only one assessment is presented to the user, eliminating the need to fill out multiple assessments. However, an
assessment record is automatically created for every transaction in the group, so users can update each transaction’s assessment
separately after intake.
Give More Dispute Resolution Capabilities to Dispute Specialists
Offer your dispute specialists a guided process within their workflow to create pre-arbitration or arbitration cases to resolve complex
disputes. The pre-arbitration phase offers a chance to negotiate or share evidence to resolve the dispute before moving to costly
arbitration. If the dispute is still unresolved, dispute specialists can escalate the case to arbitration. They can manage the entire
chargeback and arbitration lifecycle of a disputed transaction on the Mastercard network without leaving Salesforce.

SEE ALSO:
Set Up Transaction Dispute Management

Streamline Assessments for Disputed Transactions

Enhance dispute intake efficiency with dynamic grouping of transactions based on reason codes and subcodes. Customer service
representatives can assign distinct reason codes to each transaction, and handle multi-transaction disputes with greater flexibility. For
each group, only one assessment is presented to the user, eliminating the need to fill out multiple assessments. However, an assessment
record is automatically created for every transaction in the group, so users can update each transaction’s assessment separately after
intake.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Who: To use this feature, users need the OmniStudio Admin, OmniStudio User, and Financial Services Cloud Extension or FSC Service
permission sets.
Why: Reduce the need to create multiple cases and assessments for unrelated transactions in a dispute request. Speed up the chargeback
process by capturing and assessing transactions accurately during dispute intake. Reduce the likelihood of the merchant contesting the
chargeback during second presentment, and present a justifiable case if the dispute proceeds to arbitration.

434
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

How: As an admin, configure the mastercom-regulated reason codes and reason subcodes to categorize transaction disputes. As a
customer service rep, in the View Validation Outcome and Select Dispute Reason step of the dispute intake Omniscript, select the reason
code and subcode for each disputed transaction. In the Add Dispute Assessment step, submit an assessment for each group of transactions.

SEE ALSO:
Configure Dispute Reason Codes and Reason Subcodes

Give More Dispute Resolution Capabilities to Dispute Specialists

Offer your dispute specialists a guided process within their workflow to create pre-arbitration or arbitration cases to resolve complex
disputes. The pre-arbitration phase offers a chance to negotiate or share evidence to resolve the dispute before moving to costly
arbitration. If the dispute is still unresolved, dispute specialists can escalate the case to arbitration. They can manage the entire chargeback
and arbitration lifecycle of a disputed transaction on the Mastercard network without leaving Salesforce.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Who: To use this feature, users need the OmniStudio Admin, OmniStudio User, and Financial Services Cloud Extension or FSC Service
permission sets.

SEE ALSO:
Chargeback for Transaction Disputes

Wealth Management
Drive financial success and transform client interactions through AI-powered personalized insights that empower financial advisors to
anticipate needs and take action to improve their client’s wealth.

Identify Client Wealth Goals with a Fact-Finding Questionnaire

Help financial advisors deepen customer trust with a fact-finding process, available out-of-the-box and natively within the Financial
Services Cloud, to understand the financial needs, aspirations, and risk tolerance of clients. Use a fact-finding assessment to view risk
tolerance scores for a client or household account, view historical completions, and export Fact Finding questions and answers for
your client.
Analyze Client Wealth and Create Financial Plans with AI-Generated Summaries
Use Generative AI to give your financial advisors insights into their client's financial performance. Generative AI wealth client summaries
use the Record Summary Prompt Template flow to create financial plans. On the account record page, advisors can view their client's
portfolio performance, financial plans and goals progress, financial holdings, financial accounts, and open cases.

Identify Client Wealth Goals with a Fact-Finding Questionnaire

Help financial advisors deepen customer trust with a fact-finding process, available out-of-the-box and natively within the Financial
Services Cloud, to understand the financial needs, aspirations, and risk tolerance of clients. Use a fact-finding assessment to view risk
tolerance scores for a client or household account, view historical completions, and export Fact Finding questions and answers for your
client.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Who: To use this feature, users need the Financial Services Cloud Extension and Manage Rollup Definitions permission sets.

435
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

How: Use a prebuilt template questionnaire powered by Omniscript and Discovery Framework, to quickly customize your questions
and establish the investment objectives of your client.

Analyze Client Wealth and Create Financial Plans with AI-Generated Summaries
Use Generative AI to give your financial advisors insights into their client's financial performance. Generative AI wealth client summaries
use the Record Summary Prompt Template flow to create financial plans. On the account record page, advisors can view their client's
portfolio performance, financial plans and goals progress, financial holdings, financial accounts, and open cases.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Who: To use this feature, users need the Financial Services Cloud Extension. Customers need FSC for Service Einstein or FSC for Sales
Einstein to access gen AI client summaries.
• To configure the Record Summary Prompt Template, users need the Prompt Template Manager.
• To use the Record Summary Prompt Template, users need the Prompt Template User.
• To see the Einstein summary component, users need Einstein for Service Innovations. Only admin users can enable the Einstein For
Wealth Management setting.
How: The prompt template ingests and shows the financial plans on the account’s record page. To view the plans, simply drag the
Einstein Summary component on the page and configure the attributes.

Data Cloud for Financial Services Cloud

Provide financial advisors and wealth managers a holistic financial picture of consumers by surfacing data from Data Cloud and Financial
Services Cloud. Help key stakeholders drive insights and actionability to achieve consumers’ financial well-being.

Stream More Financial Services Cloud Objects

Allocate additional Financial Services Cloud objects and grant permissions to enable streaming of those objects in Data Cloud. Data
streams are the connections and the associated data ingested into Data Cloud.

Stream More Financial Services Cloud Objects

Allocate additional Financial Services Cloud objects and grant permissions to enable streaming of those objects in Data Cloud. Data
streams are the connections and the associated data ingested into Data Cloud.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Who: To use this feature, users need the Financial Services Cloud Extension.
Why: Provide customers the access to stream all of their Financial Services Cloud data into Data Cloud.

Financial Summary Rollup

Aggregate financial information from Financial Services Cloud standard objects by using predefined Data Processing Engine templates.
Use the Financial Summary Rollup feature without installing the Financial Services Cloud managed package.

436
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Get Meaningful Insights into Customer’s Financial Information with Financial Summary Rollup
Create rollup summaries for a customer’s financial information from Financial Account and related standard objects easily by using
a set of predefined Data Processing Engine templates. Show the financial summary rollup results in a clear and organized format on
the account and party relationship group record details page by using the Related Records Detail Display component. Clone and
customize the predefined Data Processing Engine definitions according to your business requirements, and aggregate financial
information for a household or for an individual account. Run these definitions periodically by using a simple schedule-triggered
flow.

Get Meaningful Insights into Customer’s Financial Information with Financial Summary Rollup
Create rollup summaries for a customer’s financial information from Financial Account and related standard objects easily by using a set
of predefined Data Processing Engine templates. Show the financial summary rollup results in a clear and organized format on the
account and party relationship group record details page by using the Related Records Detail Display component. Clone and customize
the predefined Data Processing Engine definitions according to your business requirements, and aggregate financial information for a
household or for an individual account. Run these definitions periodically by using a simple schedule-triggered flow.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
Who: To set up Financial Summary Rollup, users need the Data Pipelines Base User permission set and one of these permission sets:
• Financial Services Cloud Extension
• FSC Sales
• FSC Service
• Financial Services Cloud Foundations
• FSC Sales for European Union Operating Zone
• FSC Service for European Union Operating Zone
• Financial Service Cloud EUOZ
Why:
The financial summary for a household or an account helps your relationship managers derive intelligent insights about their customer’s
financial information that is scattered across Financial Account and related standard objects.
Your relationship managers can provide personalized financial advice to their customers by using the aggregated financial summaries,
such as the total investment value, total liability value, total bank deposit value, total sum insured, and total policy count associated with
a household or an account.
How: From Setup, go to the Data Processing Engine page and clone the Data Processing Engine definitions of the type Financial Summary
Rollup. Customize the cloned definitions according to your business requirements.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Financial Summary Rollup
Object Documentation: Account Financial Summary

Strengthen Your Business and Customer Relationships by Using CRM Analytics

Get CRM Analytics dashboards for Financial Services Cloud to gain insights into client goals, satisfaction, leads, and referrals. Use the new
app templates for Wealth Management and Retail Banking to create analytics dashboards that align with Financial Services Cloud features
and specific use cases. These new analytics apps templates are now the standard option for Financial Services Cloud CRM Analytics.

437
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Financial Services Cloud

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
and CRM Analytics are enabled.
Who: To create apps from the Wealth Starter Analytics, Consumer Banking Starter Analytics, Retail Banking Analytics, and Analytics for
Wealth Management templates, users need an FSCAnalyticsPlus license.
Why: Use CRM Analytics to create dashboards with advanced visualizations of KPIs for managers, advisors, and bankers to monitor
customers and analyze growth opportunities.
• Wealth Starter Analytics helps advisors deepen client relationships and enhance assets under management (AUM) through insightful
visualizations of client data.
• Consumer Banking Starter Analytics supports personal bankers in managing client relationships by analyzing managed assets,
held-away assets, market share insights, and referral opportunities. The insights help the expansion of the asset management portfolio
and effective cross-selling of products.
• Retail Banking Analytics provides comprehensive metrics and performance indicators for personal bankers to strengthen client
relationships.
• Analytics for Wealth Management offers a complete customer intelligence solution for financial advisors, personal bankers, and
managers to manage their clients' wealth portfolios.
How: To configure an analytics app, go to Analytics Studio, select the required app template, and follow the instructions on the template
installation page.

Watch Financial Services Cloud Videos

New videos help your users learn about the capabilities of Financial Services Cloud.
• Learn How to Prefill Data from Previously Submitted Assessments in Other Assessments explores how to add the prefill integration
procedure to an Omniscript to access data from previously submitted assessments.
• The Report and Replace Cards service process helps you effectively manage various card-related issues. Get to know the Report
and Replace Cards Service Process for Financial Services Cloud demonstrates the service agent and self-service experiences when
you deploy the prebuilt Report and Replace Cards service process template.
• The Stop Check Payment service process facilitates the cancellation of pending check payments that haven’t been processed yet.
Get to Know the Stop Check Payment Service Process for Financial Services Cloud demonstrates the service agent and self-service
experiences when you deploy the prebuilt Stop Check Payment service process template.
• The Update Email or Phone service process helps maintain accurate contact information. Get to Know the Update Email or Phone
Service Process for Financial Services Cloud demonstrates the service agent and self-service experiences when you deploy the prebuilt
Update Email or Phone service process template.

New and Changed Financial Services Cloud Object Fields

Do more with new and updated Financial Services Cloud objects.

Financial Summary Rollup

Store aggregated financial summaries for an account
Use the new AccountFinancialSummary object.

Business Relationship Plan

Represent a strategic outline of customer information to manage customer relationships
Use the new AccountPlan object.

438
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Represent strategic initiatives pursued by a relationship team with a customer

Use the new AccountPlanObjective object.
Represent the performance of target metrics for an objective associated with the account plan
Use the new AccountPlanObjectiveMeasure object.
Represent a junction between an account plan objective measure and the related objects
Use the new AccounPlanObjMeasRela object.
Represent an objective category that's used to group the account plan objectives
Use the new AccounPlanObjCategory object.

New and Changed Invocable Actions in Financial Services Cloud

Use the new and changed invocable actions for Financial Services Cloud.

Business Relationship Plan

Create a response for the Field Generation prompt template powered by Einstein Generative AI using a specified record ID
and prompt template API name
Use the new createFieldGnrnPromptTmplResp action.

Health Cloud
Improve productivity with Health Cloud’s AI-generated summaries and emails. Enhance patient satisfaction with Home Health’s
self-scheduling capabilities. Schedule all the resources a patient needs during their appointment using Intelligent Appointment
Management. Save MCG assessments for later and update care plans using recommendations from MCG assessments. Utilize Roster File
Mapping for efficient data handling and empower providers to auto-fill their information using NPPES integration. Unlock the power of
Health Cloud with a simplified guided setup.

Einstein for Health Cloud

Pave the way for transformative advancements in healthcare by embedding Einstein generative AI in Health Cloud. Empower
healthcare professionals to use our built-in prompt templates to quickly summarize healthcare content and create personalized
outreach emails. Harness this technology to save time, improve quality of care, and streamline various healthcare processes from
communication workflows to medical documentation management.
Home Health Enhancements
Revitalize patient interaction and optimize home visit scheduling with advanced patient self-service capabilities. Patients now gain
the flexibility to manage their home visits, fostering greater independence in managing their healthcare. Schedulers can efficiently
handle patient-requested home visits, improving service quality and facilitating quicker response times. Use the updated guided
setup during configuration to enjoy operational efficiency and ensure effective utilization of the patient portal.
Intelligent Appointment Management Enhancements
Enhance patient care by scheduling all of the resources a patient needs during their appointment, including clinics, rooms, and
equipment. Book providers, assets, or both providers and assets for an appointment. Optimize provider availability by scheduling
multiple appointments in the same time slot. When self-scheduling an appointment outside the US, find providers in your postal
code more easily. Centralize appointment scheduling workflows and guidance on the Intelligent Appointment Management Home
Page. Run Health Cloud Troubleshooter to resolve data and permissions issues faster.

439
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Integrated Care Management Enhancements

Easily complete MCG assessments at your own pace in Integrated Care Management by saving the assessments and resuming them
at a later time. Update the problems, goals, and interventions in care plans using recommendations from completed MCG assessments.
Configure your Experience site with the care plan component so that authenticated site users can quickly view and edit care plans.
Set MCG Assessments as the default value for assessment search when care managers create or update care plans.
Participant Management Enhancements
Reduce the time and cost required to identify and recruit suitable participants for clinical trials by using AI-based Einstein Candidate
Matching. Enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of site coordinators or clinical trial recruiters by organizing metrics, tasks, and
events that enable them to operate efficiently. Simplify the setup of Participant Management by using the new guided setup.
Patient Program Outcome Management
Optimize program effectiveness, track patient progress, and measure outcomes. Use the Patient Program Outcome Management
data model to define outcomes and indicators and to link program outcomes and patient progress. Use Einstein generative AI to
generate patient and program outcome summaries and help case agents gain insights by identifying deviations from expected
outcomes, and enable preventive actions. Systematically track outcome indicators at both program and patient levels to enhance
patient adherence, improve the overall patient experience, and ensure strategic alignment of outcome programs.
Patient Support Programs Console
With the new console app in Health Cloud, deliver patient engagement programs such as pharmacy benefits verification, financial
assistance programs, and patient program outcome management to help patients manage their diseases and achieve better
outcomes.
Pharmacy Benefits Verification Enhancements
Boost the productivity of agents with generative AI capabilities, enabling them to generate a comprehensive summary of patients'
pharmacy benefits and shorten interactions with payors by generating call scripts. Streamline the verification process with the latest
enhancements from Pharmacy Benefits Verification. Enable agents to quickly create member plans directly from the care program
enrollee record page. Get patients on therapy faster by gaining a clear understanding of their coverage details with the added benefit
fields in the summary of the benefits section.
Provider Network Management Enhancements
Transform your Health Cloud experience with advanced automation and enhanced data upload. To ensure an efficient, accurate,
and user-friendly experience for Provider Network Management, providers can use their 10-digit unique National Provider Identifier
(NPI) for automatic data pre-filling during registration. Payers can use Roster File Mapping for efficient roster management through
sophisticated import capabilities.
Accelerate Your Health Cloud Setup
Maximize your productivity with a one-click setup to install basic Health Cloud features. Streamline onboarding with automated
metadata insertion, clear prerequisites, and process setups. View and address failed steps easily, and access guided support for a
smooth configuration experience.
Health Cloud Has New and Changed Objects
Store and access more data with these new and changed Health Cloud objects.
New and Changed Invocable Actions in Health Cloud
Use the new and changed invocable actions for Health Cloud.

New and Enhanced Common Features for Health Cloud

Health Cloud includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features to extend
and customize Health Cloud based on your business needs.
• Action Launcher
Contact center agents can now search for actions based on semantic search.

440
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

• Business Rules Engine

Keep your business rules modular using context-aware subexpressions. Update business rules easily by saving a selected expression
set version as a new expression set or as a new version within the existing expression set. Test expression sets comprehensively with
all available context mappings. Migrate expression set versions efficiently using ranks. Leverage string functions in your expression
set calculation steps to streamline and simplify the implementation of complex business logic. Create decision tables effortlessly
using the unified experience. Use a CSV to create a decision table to save time and effort. Determine the complexity of your decision
table using the decision table type options. Use source filters to narrow down the source object records if the source object has a
large number of rows. Use Salesforce objects with large volumes of data such as Account, Lead, and so on in decision tables.

• Context Service
Use data model objects as a source for mapping nodes and attributes of a context definition. Conveniently generate input mapping
for the blank attributes of a single node or all nodes. Easily activate and deactivate to change a context definition’s status. Auto sync
effortlessly upgrades the standard definition components that are used in the extended custom definitions.

• Data Processing Engine

Upload large amounts of external data into your Data Processing Engine definitions by using CSV files. Write to related objects in
writeback nodes in Data Cloud runtime. Automatically save recipes and output records by running your definitions in debug mode.

• Service Process Studio

Service Process Studio now supports screen flow request forms in service process definitions.

Einstein for Health Cloud

Pave the way for transformative advancements in healthcare by embedding Einstein generative AI in Health Cloud. Empower healthcare
professionals to use our built-in prompt templates to quickly summarize healthcare content and create personalized outreach emails.
Harness this technology to save time, improve quality of care, and streamline various healthcare processes from communication workflows
to medical documentation management.

Boost the Efficiency of Healthcare Processes with Einstein

Alleviate information overload and streamline data management with AI-powered summarization of patient history, medications,
and assessments, provider information, and appointment notes. Use the built-in healthcare-specific prompt templates to analyze
and condense large volumes of healthcare data stored across several Health Cloud objects. Create concise, contextual, and informative
summaries without navigating multiple pages and tabs, saving time and enhancing productivity.
Revolutionize Healthcare Communication with Einstein’s Email Generation
Promote timely communication within the healthcare sector using impactful and personalized referral acknowledgement emails
generated by Einstein. Providers can use the built-in prompt templates to generate email messages for acknowledging the receipt
of a patient referral. Enjoy the flexibility to tailor the message while retaining the critical referral information before you send the
email to the patient and the referring provider. This Einstein solution ensures that the recipients receive relevant and easily
understandable health-related content. This enhances engagement, experience, and overall communication effectiveness.

Boost the Efficiency of Healthcare Processes with Einstein

Alleviate information overload and streamline data management with AI-powered summarization of patient history, medications, and
assessments, provider information, and appointment notes. Use the built-in healthcare-specific prompt templates to analyze and
condense large volumes of healthcare data stored across several Health Cloud objects. Create concise, contextual, and informative
summaries without navigating multiple pages and tabs, saving time and enhancing productivity.

441
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, EinsteinGPTSalesAddOn,
and EinsteinForSvcInovtAddOn add-on licenses. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Action Plans, Care Plans Access, Health Cloud Foundation, and Einstein for Service
Innovations permission sets.
How: From Setup, go to the Einstein Setup page, and turn on Einstein. Next, from Setup, turn on Context Service, Discovery Framework,
Integrated Care Management, and Sales Emails. In the Lightning App Builder, place the Einstein Summary lightning component on the
Person Account and Contact record pages.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Embedded AI for Health Cloud
Salesforce Help: Einstein for Health Cloud
Salesforce Help: Enable Embedded AI for Health Cloud
Salesforce Help: Configure the Einstein Summary Component

Revolutionize Healthcare Communication with Einstein’s Email Generation

Promote timely communication within the healthcare sector using impactful and personalized referral acknowledgement emails
generated by Einstein. Providers can use the built-in prompt templates to generate email messages for acknowledging the receipt of a
patient referral. Enjoy the flexibility to tailor the message while retaining the critical referral information before you send the email to
the patient and the referring provider. This Einstein solution ensures that the recipients receive relevant and easily understandable
health-related content. This enhances engagement, experience, and overall communication effectiveness.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud, EinsteinGPTSalesAddOn,
and EinsteinForSvcInovtAddOn add-on licenses. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation, Einstein for Service Innovations, and Einstein Sales Emails
permission sets.
How: From Setup, go to the Einstein Setup page, and turn on Einstein. Next, from Setup, turn on Context Service, Discovery Framework,
Integrated Care Management, and Sales Emails.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Embedded AI for Health Cloud
Salesforce Help: Einstein for Health Cloud
Salesforce Help: Enable Embedded AI for Health Cloud

Home Health Enhancements

Revitalize patient interaction and optimize home visit scheduling with advanced patient self-service capabilities. Patients now gain the
flexibility to manage their home visits, fostering greater independence in managing their healthcare. Schedulers can efficiently handle
patient-requested home visits, improving service quality and facilitating quicker response times. Use the updated guided setup during
configuration to enjoy operational efficiency and ensure effective utilization of the patient portal.

Promote Patient-Centered Care with Self-Service Capabilities

Boost patient engagement, improve scheduler efficiency, reduce wait times, and enhance health outcomes with the updated Home
Health portal for patients. Empower your patients to take charge of their own healthcare by raising requests to schedule, reschedule,
or cancel home visits at their convenience. Schedulers can then review the patient’s requests, approve or reject the requests, and
manage the patient’s visits.

442
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Expedite Your Home Health Setup

Use the enhanced guided setup for Home Health to configure the patient portal and enable self-scheduling. Maximize your productivity
with simple, clear steps for prerequisite checks and process setups. Stay focused and on track with links to in-app setup pages and
detailed help articles.

Promote Patient-Centered Care with Self-Service Capabilities

Boost patient engagement, improve scheduler efficiency, reduce wait times, and enhance health outcomes with the updated Home
Health portal for patients. Empower your patients to take charge of their own healthcare by raising requests to schedule, reschedule, or
cancel home visits at their convenience. Schedulers can then review the patient’s requests, approve or reject the requests, and manage
the patient’s visits.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and the Home Health
add-on licenses.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Home Health Patient permission set license.
How: Enable Digital Experiences. Build an Experience cloud site and then place the Home Health Patient Visits component on the home
page. Use Sharing Settings to create sharing rules for customer portal users and partner users. Activate the latest version of the Schedule
Home Healthcare Visit flow and the Reschedule Home Healthcare Visit flow. Configure the Notify Patients About Home Visits flow.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Home Health Portal for Patients
Salesforce Help: Set Up Home Health for Patients

Expedite Your Home Health Setup

Use the enhanced guided setup for Home Health to configure the patient portal and enable self-scheduling. Maximize your productivity
with simple, clear steps for prerequisite checks and process setups. Stay focused and on track with links to in-app setup pages and
detailed help articles.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Health Cloud and the Home Health
add-on licenses.
How: From Setup, go to the Home Health Settings page to find the updated guided setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Home Health

Intelligent Appointment Management Enhancements

Enhance patient care by scheduling all of the resources a patient needs during their appointment, including clinics, rooms, and equipment.
Book providers, assets, or both providers and assets for an appointment. Optimize provider availability by scheduling multiple appointments
in the same time slot. When self-scheduling an appointment outside the US, find providers in your postal code more easily. Centralize
appointment scheduling workflows and guidance on the Intelligent Appointment Management Home Page. Run Health Cloud
Troubleshooter to resolve data and permissions issues faster.

443
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Book Assets for Patient Appointments

Efficiently book clinics, rooms, equipment, and other assets exclusively or along with providers. Search and filter assets to find the
best matches, and then reserve assets to ensure they’re available when they’re needed. Add non-bookable assets such as a wheelchair
and a cane to multi-resource and multi-step appointments.
Book Multiple Resources for Patient Appointments
Improve care coordination by ensuring that all relevant resources are available for patient appointments. Find the common open
time slots for selected providers, clinics, rooms, equipment, and other assets. Book multiple resources at the same time, designate
provider attendance as required or optional, and easily add or remove resources from existing appointments.
Schedule Multiple Patient Appointments in the Same Time Slot
Concurrent time slots are now available in Intelligent Appointment Management. Concurrent scheduling set up in Salesforce
Scheduler makes it easy to schedule multiple appointments in the same time slot to reduce downtime.
Boost Scheduler Efficiency with the Appointment Scheduling Home Page
Give schedulers and care coordinators access to appointment scheduling workflows and appointment guidance in one convenient
location. When scheduling appointments, easily identify which appointment type best meets a patient’s needs and start the
single-resource, multi-resource, or multi-step appointment workflow with a single click. To tailor the appointment scheduling
experience to the unique needs of your organization, customize the home page Omniscript and Flexcards.
Search for Providers Based on Postal Code
When patients and plan members book their own appointments, they can now enter their postal code in search criteria. More
accurate search results help patients across the globe connect with the most suitable providers. Previously, self-scheduling used
only US-based ZIP codes in provider search criteria.
Troubleshoot Intelligent Appointment Management Configuration
Save time during implementation and resolve configuration issues that come up later by running Health Cloud Troubleshooter. This
diagnostic tool helps you verify that required records are set up correctly and that users have the relevant permissions. It identifies
and fixes invalid data, missing data, and missing permissions.

Book Assets for Patient Appointments

Efficiently book clinics, rooms, equipment, and other assets exclusively or along with providers. Search and filter assets to find the best
matches, and then reserve assets to ensure they’re available when they’re needed. Add non-bookable assets such as a wheelchair and
a cane to multi-resource and multi-step appointments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Appointment Management permission set.
How: Add the Asset Type field to the asset page layout. To represent assets, create asset type, asset, and work type asset type records.
In asset types, select Available to Schedule and Active. To make assets schedulable, create and assign shifts to them, and then set
them up as service resources. If you use an external scheduling system, create identifiers for assets and customize asset type categories
to align with the scheduling system. To give users the option to schedule assets, edit a Lightning page with the Intelligent Appointment
Management console, such as a person account. In the Healthcare Appointment Scheduler component on that page, for Appointment
Resources, select Assets to show only the options for scheduling rooms, equipment, and other assets. Or select Providers and Assets
to show options for scheduling assets as well as providers.

444
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

For guided setup steps about asset scheduling, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Appointment, and then select Intelligent
Appointment Management Settings. If you haven't done so already, turn on Intelligent Appointment Management.

SEE ALSO:
Book Multiple Resources for Patient Appointments
Salesforce Help: Set Up Asset Scheduling for Intelligent Appointment Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Book Multiple Resources for Patient Appointments

Improve care coordination by ensuring that all relevant resources are available for patient appointments. Find the common open time
slots for selected providers, clinics, rooms, equipment, and other assets. Book multiple resources at the same time, designate provider
attendance as required or optional, and easily add or remove resources from existing appointments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Appointment Management permission set
How: To give users the option to schedule multi-resource appointments, edit a Lightning page with the Intelligent Appointment
Management console, such as a person account. In the Healthcare Appointment Scheduler component on that page, select Show
multi-resource scheduling. From Setup, in Salesforce Scheduler Settings, turn on Multi-Resource Scheduling. From Setup, in the
Intelligent Appointment Management Configuration, configure a timeout for getting time slot statuses.
For guided setup steps about multi-resource scheduling, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Appointment, and then select
Intelligent Appointment Management Settings. If you haven't done so already, turn on Intelligent Appointment Management.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Multi-Resource Scheduling for Intelligent Appointment Management (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Schedule Multiple Patient Appointments in the Same Time Slot

Concurrent time slots are now available in Intelligent Appointment Management. Concurrent scheduling set up in Salesforce Scheduler
makes it easy to schedule multiple appointments in the same time slot to reduce downtime.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud and with Salesforce Scheduler
set up as the back-end scheduling system.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Appointment Management permission set.
How: If you haven’t already done so, in Salesforce Scheduler Settings, turn on Concurrent Scheduling and Multiple Topics For Shifts. If
you already have shift records in your org, before you turn on the Multiple Topics For Shifts setting, complete the prerequisites described
in the Salesforce Scheduler documentation. After you turn on both settings, set concurrency for the work types associated with a shift.

445
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

For guided setup steps about concurrent scheduling, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Appointment, and then select
Intelligent Appointment Management Settings. If you haven't done so already, turn on Intelligent Appointment Management.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Concurrent Scheduling for Intelligent Appointment Management (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Scheduler Help: Enable Concurrent Scheduling
Salesforce Scheduler Help: Prerequisites to Enable Multiple Topics for Shifts Setting
Salesforce Scheduler Help: Enable the Multiple Topics for Shifts Setting
Salesforce Scheduler Help: Configure Shift Settings

Boost Scheduler Efficiency with the Appointment Scheduling Home Page

Give schedulers and care coordinators access to appointment scheduling workflows and appointment guidance in one convenient
location. When scheduling appointments, easily identify which appointment type best meets a patient’s needs and start the single-resource,
multi-resource, or multi-step appointment workflow with a single click. To tailor the appointment scheduling experience to the unique
needs of your organization, customize the home page Omniscript and Flexcards.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud.
When: This feature will be available in sandbox releases starting in mid-September, 2024, no earlier than September 10. It will be generally
available starting in late-September, 2024, no earlier than September 25.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Appointment Management permission set and the Omnistudio User or
Omnistudio Admin permission set.
How: To add the home page to the Intelligent Appointment Management console, in the Lightning App Builder, edit a page such as
the account page. Select the Healthcare Appointment Scheduler component on that page and then, for Home Page, select an Omniscript.
To use the Omniscript included with Health Cloud, select healthCloudIAM_HomePage_multiLanguage. To customize the home
page, in Omnistudio Designer, create new versions of the home page Omniscript and Flexcards. Then add, edit, or remove elements as
needed.

SEE ALSO:
Saleforce Help: Customize the Intelligent Appointment Management Home Page (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Search for Providers Based on Postal Code

When patients and plan members book their own appointments, they can now enter their postal code in search criteria. More accurate
search results help patients across the globe connect with the most suitable providers. Previously, self-scheduling used only US-based
ZIP codes in provider search criteria.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud and the Customer Community
or Customer Community Plus user license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Appointment Management permission set and the Health Cloud for
Experience Cloud Sites permission set license.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Patients to Schedule Their Own Appointments (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

446
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Troubleshoot Intelligent Appointment Management Configuration

Save time during implementation and resolve configuration issues that come up later by running Health Cloud Troubleshooter. This
diagnostic tool helps you verify that required records are set up correctly and that users have the relevant permissions. It identifies and
fixes invalid data, missing data, and missing permissions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Foundation permission set.
How: To troubleshoot Intelligent Appointment Management configuration, make sure Intelligent Appointment Management is enabled.
To use Health Cloud Troubleshooter, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Troubleshooter, and then select Troubleshooter
under Health Cloud.
Keep in mind that Troubleshooter doesn’t identify every possible issue. For example, Troubleshooter doesn’t diagnose configuration
issues related to self-scheduling.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Troubleshoot Intelligent Appointment Management Setup Issues (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Integrated Care Management Enhancements

Easily complete MCG assessments at your own pace in Integrated Care Management by saving the assessments and resuming them at
a later time. Update the problems, goals, and interventions in care plans using recommendations from completed MCG assessments.
Configure your Experience site with the care plan component so that authenticated site users can quickly view and edit care plans. Set
MCG Assessments as the default value for assessment search when care managers create or update care plans.

Save and Resume MCG Assessments

Care managers can now save their progress on MCG assessments and continue from where they left off at a later time. If a newer
edition of an MCG assessment is available at the time of resumption, care managers can choose to start the new edition or resume
the older edition. This update provides more flexibility in administering MCG assessments, ensures continuity, increases assessment
completion rates, and saves time.
Update Care Plans Using MCG Assessments
Update the problems, goals, and interventions in existing care plans using MCG assessments. The updated Omniscript flow shows
the recommended problems, goals, and interventions based on the MCG assessments that a user selects. A comparative view of
the recommended and current problems, goals, and interventions makes it easier to update care plans as needed. You can maintain
a single, comprehensive care plan for a patient, instead of creating a new care plan every time you want to update the components.
This makes it easier to manage patient care.
Expose Care Plans to Experience Site Users
Experience site users can now access the care plan component. Patients and their care teams can view the care plans assigned to a
patient and edit the problems, goals, and interventions on each care plan.
Search for MCG Assessments by Default
When care managers create or update care plans using assessments, they can select if they want to search MCG assessments or
Discovery Framework–based internal assessments from a dropdown menu. You can now set MCG assessments as the default value
for this dropdown menu. This helps care managers select relevant assessments and ensure patients receive the right care.

447
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Save and Resume MCG Assessments

Care managers can now save their progress on MCG assessments and continue from where they left off at a later time. If a newer edition
of an MCG assessment is available at the time of resumption, care managers can choose to start the new edition or resume the older
edition. This update provides more flexibility in administering MCG assessments, ensures continuity, increases assessment completion
rates, and saves time.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Care Plans Access permission set license. Users also need MCG API credentials to access
MCG care guidelines from Health Cloud.
How: No configurations required. These changes are automatically available when you upgrade to Winter ‘25.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Complete an Assessment to Use with Integrated Care Management

Update Care Plans Using MCG Assessments

Update the problems, goals, and interventions in existing care plans using MCG assessments. The updated Omniscript flow shows the
recommended problems, goals, and interventions based on the MCG assessments that a user selects. A comparative view of the
recommended and current problems, goals, and interventions makes it easier to update care plans as needed. You can maintain a single,
comprehensive care plan for a patient, instead of creating a new care plan every time you want to update the components. This makes
it easier to manage patient care.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Care Plans Access permission set license. Users also need MCG API credentials to access
MCG care guidelines from Health Cloud.
How: No configurations required. These changes are automatically available when you upgrade to Winter ‘25.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Update Care Plans

Expose Care Plans to Experience Site Users

Experience site users can now access the care plan component. Patients and their care teams can view the care plans assigned to a
patient and edit the problems, goals, and interventions on each care plan.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud and the Health Cloud
Community Add-on license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Care Plans Access permission set license, Omnistudio Runtime for Communities permission
set license, and the HealthCloud For Community permission set license. Users also need the Integrated Care Management for Experience
Cloud Sites permission set.
How: Enable Digital Experiences in Setup. Assign the required permissions to the portal users. Create sharing rules so that authenticated
site users can access Omnistudio components and Health Cloud records. Then, configure the care plan component on your site.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Expose Care Plans to Experience Site Users

448
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Search for MCG Assessments by Default

When care managers create or update care plans using assessments, they can select if they want to search MCG assessments or Discovery
Framework–based internal assessments from a dropdown menu. You can now set MCG assessments as the default value for this
dropdown menu. This helps care managers select relevant assessments and ensure patients receive the right care.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Care Plans Access permission set license. Users also need MCG API credentials to access
MCG care guidelines from Health Cloud.
How: Open a patient account record page in Lightning App Builder and navigate to the care plan component. In the properties pane,
select Set MCG Assessments as the default value for Search Assessments and save your changes.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add MCG-Related Components to Record Pages

Participant Management Enhancements

Reduce the time and cost required to identify and recruit suitable participants for clinical trials by using AI-based Einstein Candidate
Matching. Enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of site coordinators or clinical trial recruiters by organizing metrics, tasks, and events
that enable them to operate efficiently. Simplify the setup of Participant Management by using the new guided setup.
For more information, see Participant Management Enhancements in Life Sciences Cloud.

Patient Program Outcome Management

Optimize program effectiveness, track patient progress, and measure outcomes. Use the Patient Program Outcome Management data
model to define outcomes and indicators and to link program outcomes and patient progress. Use Einstein generative AI to generate
patient and program outcome summaries and help case agents gain insights by identifying deviations from expected outcomes, and
enable preventive actions. Systematically track outcome indicators at both program and patient levels to enhance patient adherence,
improve the overall patient experience, and ensure strategic alignment of outcome programs.

Note: This tool uses generative AI, which can produce inaccurate or harmful responses. Before using, review the output for
accuracy and safety. You assume responsibility for how the outcomes of Einstein are applied to your organization.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Release Notes: Patient Program Outcome Management for Life Sciences Cloud
Salesforce Help: Patient Program Outcome Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Patient Support Programs Console

With the new console app in Health Cloud, deliver patient engagement programs such as pharmacy benefits verification, financial
assistance programs, and patient program outcome management to help patients manage their diseases and achieve better outcomes.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Release Notes: Patient Support Programs Console for Life Sciences Cloud
Salesforce Help: Patient Support Programs Console App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

449
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Pharmacy Benefits Verification Enhancements

Boost the productivity of agents with generative AI capabilities, enabling them to generate a comprehensive summary of patients'
pharmacy benefits and shorten interactions with payors by generating call scripts. Streamline the verification process with the latest
enhancements from Pharmacy Benefits Verification. Enable agents to quickly create member plans directly from the care program
enrollee record page. Get patients on therapy faster by gaining a clear understanding of their coverage details with the added benefit
fields in the summary of the benefits section.

Note: This tool uses generative AI, which can produce inaccurate or harmful responses. Before using, review the output for
accuracy and safety. You assume responsibility for how the outcomes of Einstein are applied to your organization.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Release Notes: Pharmacy Benefits Verification Enhancements for Life Sciences Cloud
Salesforce Help: Pharmacy Benefits Verification (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Provider Network Management Enhancements

Transform your Health Cloud experience with advanced automation and enhanced data upload. To ensure an efficient, accurate, and
user-friendly experience for Provider Network Management, providers can use their 10-digit unique National Provider Identifier (NPI) for
automatic data pre-filling during registration. Payers can use Roster File Mapping for efficient roster management through sophisticated
import capabilities.

Simplify Provider Roster Management with Roster File Mapping

Enhance efficiency, boost data accuracy, and save time with the advanced import capabilities of the Roster File Mapping feature in
Provider Network Management. Empower payers to map data from roster files to the Provider Network Management data model.
Use Roster File Mapping to streamline the data import process while ensuring consistency.
Optimize Provider Registration with NPPES Integration
Use the National Plan and Provider Enumeration System (NPPES) integration to ensure standardization and accurate identification
of healthcare providers. Providers can now use their 10-digit unique National Provider Identifier (NPI) to fill in their information
directly from the NPPES directory during the provider registration process. Additionally, a user can search for and nominate a provider
by using demographic data directly from the NPPES registry. Reduce manual data entry, improve data accuracy, and simplify
registration with this streamlined approach.

Simplify Provider Roster Management with Roster File Mapping

Enhance efficiency, boost data accuracy, and save time with the advanced import capabilities of the Roster File Mapping feature in
Provider Network Management. Empower payers to map data from roster files to the Provider Network Management data model. Use
Roster File Mapping to streamline the data import process while ensuring consistency.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Health Cloud provisioned with the Health
Cloud Provider Network Management Add-On license.
How: To enable Roster File Mapping, go to the Provider Network Management Settings page in Setup. Turn on Roster File Mapping and
then follow the guided setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Roster File Mapping
Salesforce Help: Upload Provider Roster Data Files from Cases

450
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Optimize Provider Registration with NPPES Integration

Use the National Plan and Provider Enumeration System (NPPES) integration to ensure standardization and accurate identification of
healthcare providers. Providers can now use their 10-digit unique National Provider Identifier (NPI) to fill in their information directly
from the NPPES directory during the provider registration process. Additionally, a user can search for and nominate a provider by using
demographic data directly from the NPPES registry. Reduce manual data entry, improve data accuracy, and simplify registration with
this streamlined approach.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Health Cloud provisioned with the Health
Cloud Provider Network Management Add-On license.
How: To enable providers to register by using NPPES integration:
• Allowlist the NPPES API (https://npiregistry.cms.hhs.gov/).
• In your Salesforce Health Cloud experience portal or site, place the HealthCloudPNMJoinOurNetworkCardWithNPPES Flexcard to
launch the ProviderRegistrationWorkflowWithNPPES Omniscript for Provider Registration. Additionally, place the
HealthCloudPNMNominatePeerWithNPPES Flexcard to launch the ProviderNominationWorkflowWithNPPES Omniscript for Provider
Nomination.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Build an Experience Cloud Site for the Provider Portal
Salesforce Help: Allowlist the NPPES API
Salesforce Help: Set up an Integration Definition for Apex Class
Salesforce Help: Nominate a Provider to Join a Payer Network Using NPPES
Salesforce Help: Register to Join a Payer Network With NPPES

Accelerate Your Health Cloud Setup

Maximize your productivity with a one-click setup to install basic Health Cloud features. Streamline onboarding with automated metadata
insertion, clear prerequisites, and process setups. View and address failed steps easily, and access guided support for a smooth configuration
experience.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Health Cloud.
How: From Setup, go to Feature Settings. Under Health Cloud, select Health Cloud Setup to find the new guided setup step.

Health Cloud Has New and Changed Objects

Store and access more data with these new and changed Health Cloud objects.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise and Unlimited editions.

Assessments
Represent a session of an assessment that's saved to resume for later.
Use the new AssessmentSavedSession object.

Home Health
Specify the recurrence pattern of the appointment that's associated with the appointment request
Use the new AppointmentRecurrencePattern field in the PartyAppointmentRequest object.

451
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Health Cloud

Specify the type of appointment that's associated with the appointment request
Use the new AppointmentType field in the PartyAppointmentRequest object.
Represent the clinical service request that's associated with the appointment request
Use the new ClinicalServiceRequestId field in the PartyAppointmentRequest object.
Represent the document generation process that's associated with the appointment request
Use the new DocumentGenerationProcessId field in the PartyAppointmentRequest object.
Represent the operating hours of the appointment that's associated with the appointment request
Use the new OperatingHoursId field in the PartyAppointmentRequest object.
Represent the quote that's associated with the appointment request
Use the new QuoteId field in the PartyAppointmentRequest object.
Represent the referral or opportunity that's the source of the appointment request
Use the new SourceReferenceRecordId field in the PartyAppointmentRequest object.
Represent the service territory of the appointment that's associated with the appointment request
Use the new ServiceTerritoryId field in the PartyAppointmentRequest object.
Represent the quote or party appointment request that's the source of the care service visit
Use the new SourceReferenceRecordId field in the CareServiceVisit object.

Intelligent Appointment Management

Represent a type of item, physical space, or service offering
Use the new AssetType object.
Specify the asset type associated with an asset
Use the new AssetType field in the Asset object.
Represent a junction between a Service Appointment and an Asset
Use the new ServiceAppointmentAsset object.
Represent a junction between a Work Type and an Asset Type
Use the new WorkTypeAssetType object.
Specify the number of milliseconds before a request to retrieve time slot statuses from a scheduling system times out
Use the new GetSlotStatusTimeout field in the ApptBookingConfig object.
Indicate whether a provider is required at an appointment or not
Use the new IsRequired field in the CarePractnFacilityAppt object.

Provider Network Management

Represents the details of a file attached to a case, such as file properties, file processing details, and other additional relevant
information.
Use the new CaseRelatedFile object.

SEE ALSO:
Health Cloud Developer Guide: CaseRelatedFile
Industries Common Resources Developer Guide: AssessmentSavedSession

452
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Insurance

New and Changed Invocable Actions in Health Cloud

Use the new and changed invocable actions for Health Cloud.
Use a reference record as a source to schedule home visits
Use the new visitSourceId input field on the existing scheduleRecurringHomeVisit action.

Insurance
Insurance connects frontline agents, back-office teams, and customers with flexible components that support policy administration,
benefit administration, claims, and billing. Learn about what’s in Winter ’25.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Insurance Winter '25 Release Notes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Life Sciences Cloud

Enhance the therapy management system by adding ad hoc tasks. Convert sales agreements into quotes and vice versa using a guided
flow. Help eligible patients with unaffordable, out-of-pocket medication expenses with financial assistance. Match candidates to clinical
trials with AI-enabled Einstein Candidate Matching. Help site coordinators operate efficiently by organizing metrics, tasks, and events
on Clinical Excellence FlexiPage. Help agents in verifying a patient’s pharmacy benefits by using a guided flow. Reverify pharmacy
coverage benefits for a care program using a guided flow to initiate a review request. Use Patient Program Outcome Management to
optimize program effectiveness, track patient progress, and measure outcomes. Use the Patient Support Program console app to centralize
the daily tasks of program leads and case agents.

Advanced Therapy Management Enhancements

Enhance the flexibility and responsiveness of your therapy management system by adding ad hoc tasks. Then, assign the tasks to
ensure they're handled by the right person.
Commercial Excellence Enhancements
Boost sales productivity by using a guided flow to quickly convert sales agreements into quotes and quotes into sales agreements.
Financial Assistance Program for Life Sciences
The Financial Assistance Program increases adherence to prescribed drugs by helping eligible patients get financial assistance for
unaffordable, out-of-pocket medication expenses. The program also improves patient enrollment in, and reduces attrition from,
relevant patient service programs.
Participant Management Enhancements
Reduce the time and cost required to identify and recruit suitable participants for clinical trials by using AI-based Einstein Candidate
Matching. Enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of site coordinators or clinical trial recruiters by organizing metrics, tasks, and
events that enable them to operate efficiently. Simplify the setup of Participant Management by using the new guided setup.
Patient Program Outcome Management
Optimize program effectiveness, track patient progress, and measure outcomes. Use the Patient Program Outcome Management
data model to define outcomes and indicators and to link program outcomes and patient progress. Use Einstein generative AI to
generate patient and program outcome summaries and help case agents gain insights by identifying deviations from expected
outcomes, and enable preventive actions. Systematically track outcome indicators at both program and patient levels to enhance
patient adherence, improve the overall patient experience, and ensure strategic alignment of outcome programs.

453
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

Patient Support Programs Console

With the new console app in Life Sciences Cloud, deliver patient engagement programs such as pharmacy benefits verification,
financial assistance programs, and patient program outcome management to help patients manage their diseases and achieve
better outcomes.
Pharmacy Benefits Verification Enhancements
Boost the productivity of agents with generative AI capabilities, enabling them to generate a comprehensive summary of patients'
pharmacy benefits and shorten interactions with payors by generating call scripts. Streamline the verification process with the latest
enhancements from Pharmacy Benefits Verification. Enable agents to quickly create member plans directly from the care program
enrollee record page. Get patients on therapy faster by gaining a clear understanding of their coverage details with the added benefit
fields in the summary of the benefits section. Save time when you reverify pharmacy coverage benefits for a care program by using
a guided flow to initiate a review request.
Life Sciences Cloud Has New and Changed Objects
Store and access more data with these new and changed Life Sciences Cloud objects.
New Invocable Actions in Life Sciences Cloud
Use the new invocable actions for the Life Sciences Cloud.

Advanced Therapy Management Enhancements

Enhance the flexibility and responsiveness of your therapy management system by adding ad hoc tasks. Then, assign the tasks to ensure
they're handled by the right person.

Add Ad Hoc Tasks to a Therapy Step

Use ad hoc tasks to fulfill specific patient requirements, handle emergencies, and address regulatory requirements. Add an ad hoc
task to a therapy step for a Care Program Enrollee, then assign it to a user or a group. You can create the task by using an action plan
template or from the beginning by using the available options. You can mark the task as mandatory or optional.
Review and Update Task Assignees
If you created the ad hoc task by using an action plan template, the assignees are selected automatically. However, you can update
the task assignees after adding a task.

Add Ad Hoc Tasks to a Therapy Step

Use ad hoc tasks to fulfill specific patient requirements, handle emergencies, and address regulatory requirements. Add an ad hoc task
to a therapy step for a Care Program Enrollee, then assign it to a user or a group. You can create the task by using an action plan template
or from the beginning by using the available options. You can mark the task as mandatory or optional.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud.
When: The ad hoc tasks feature is available starting in August 2024.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Advanced Therapy Orchestration permission set and Health Cloud Advanced
Therapy Orchestration permission set license.
How: In the Care Program Enrollee record page, click the dropdown next to My Tasks, and then select Add Task.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create an Ad Hoc Task by Using an Action Template
Salesforce Help: Create an Ad Hoc Task Without an Action Template

454
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

Review and Update Task Assignees

If you created the ad hoc task by using an action plan template, the assignees are selected automatically. However, you can update the
task assignees after adding a task.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud.
When: The ad hoc tasks feature is available starting in August 2024.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Advanced Therapy Orchestration permission set and Health Cloud Advanced
Therapy Orchestration permission set license.
How: This feature is automatically available in your org and doesn't require setup. Users can update task assignees from the Review
Task Assignments screen that appears after adding a task.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create an Ad Hoc Task by Using an Action Template

Commercial Excellence Enhancements

Boost sales productivity by using a guided flow to quickly convert sales agreements into quotes and quotes into sales agreements.

Increase Sales Productivity by Automating Sales Agreement and Quote Conversions

Streamline your sales processes by using a screen flow to quickly turn sales agreements into quotes, and quotes into sales agreements.
This automation reduces manual data entry tasks and ensures consistency and accuracy, helping sales teams concentrate on closing
deals.

Increase Sales Productivity by Automating Sales Agreement and Quote Conversions

Streamline your sales processes by using a screen flow to quickly turn sales agreements into quotes, and quotes into sales agreements.
This automation reduces manual data entry tasks and ensures consistency and accuracy, helping sales teams concentrate on closing
deals.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Starter (for Life Sciences Cloud) or Health Cloud Foundation (for Health
Cloud) permission set, and Manage Flow and Run Flow permissions.
How: To use the Convert Record screen flow, click Convert Record on the sales agreement or quote record.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Record Conversion for Quotes and Sales Agreements (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Financial Assistance Program for Life Sciences

The Financial Assistance Program increases adherence to prescribed drugs by helping eligible patients get financial assistance for
unaffordable, out-of-pocket medication expenses. The program also improves patient enrollment in, and reduces attrition from, relevant
patient service programs.

455
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

View the Eligible Financial Assistance Programs for a Care Program Enrollee
Based on the benefit verification process outcome, a care program enrollee can be eligible for multiple financial assistance programs
conducted by the healthcare providers. A case agent can view the list of these financial assistance programs, and help the care
program enrollees to decide which programs to apply for.
Apply for a Financial Assistance Program
Enable your case agents to apply for a financial assistance program on behalf of a care program enrollee who requires financial
assistance to procure a prescribed drug.
View Financial Assistance Program Application Status
After submitting an application for a financial assistance program on behalf of a Care Program Enrollee, a case agent can view the
status and application details. The information includes the application status, application date, total expense of the drug, and the
probable benefit amount. The application stage details include the stage name, assignee, and the status.
Reapply for a Financial Assistance Program
If an application for a financial assistance program is rejected, a case agent can quickly identify and correct any errors, then apply
again.
View the Details of Approved Financial Assistance Program Claims
Enable your case agents to view the details of approved financial assistance program claims for a care program enrollee and the
benefit disbursement details. The disbursement details include the count of benefit coupons and cards.

View the Eligible Financial Assistance Programs for a Care Program Enrollee
Based on the benefit verification process outcome, a care program enrollee can be eligible for multiple financial assistance programs
conducted by the healthcare providers. A case agent can view the list of these financial assistance programs, and help the care program
enrollees to decide which programs to apply for.
Where: This feature applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud, and
Omnistudio, and Business Rules Engine (BRE) license.
When: The Financial Assistance Program is available starting in August 2024.
Who: This feature is available to users with Health Cloud Starter, Manage Financial Assistance Program, Omnistudio Admin, Omnistudio
User, Health Cloud Foundation, Rule Engine Runtime, and Rule Engine Designer permission sets.
How: Add the FinancialAssistanceProgramContainer Flexcard to the Care Program Enrollee record page. Case agents
can then view eligible programs from the Care Program Enrollee page by clicking Financial Assistance Programs, and then clicking
Available Programs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Apply for a Financial Assistance Program

Apply for a Financial Assistance Program

Enable your case agents to apply for a financial assistance program on behalf of a care program enrollee who requires financial assistance
to procure a prescribed drug.
Where: This feature applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud and
Omnistudio licenses, and Business Rules Engine (BRE) license.
When: The Financial Assistance Program is available starting in August 2024.
Who: This feature is available to users with Health Cloud Starter, Manage Financial Assistance Program, Omnistudio Admin, Omnistudio
User, Health Cloud Foundation, Rule Engine Runtime, and Rule Engine Designer permission sets.

456
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

How: Add the FinancialAssistanceProgramContainer Flexcard to the Care Program Enrollee record page. Case agents
can then apply for an eligible program from the Care Program Enrollee page by clicking Financial Assistance Programs, and then
clicking Apply under Available Programs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add Financial Assistance Program to the Care Program Enrollee Record Page
Salesforce Help: Apply for a Financial Assistance Program

View Financial Assistance Program Application Status

After submitting an application for a financial assistance program on behalf of a Care Program Enrollee, a case agent can view the status
and application details. The information includes the application status, application date, total expense of the drug, and the probable
benefit amount. The application stage details include the stage name, assignee, and the status.
Where: This feature applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud and
Omnistudio licenses, and Business Rules Engine (BRE) license.
When: The Financial Assistance Program is available starting in August 2024.
Who: This feature is available to users with Health Cloud Starter, Manage Financial Assistance Program, Omnistudio Admin, Omnistudio
User, Health Cloud Foundation, Rule Engine Runtime, and Rule Engine Designer permission sets.
How: Add the FinancialAssistanceProgramContainer Flexcard to the Care Program Enrollee record page. Case agents
can then view the application status in the page that appears after submitting the application.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Apply for a Financial Assistance Program

Reapply for a Financial Assistance Program

If an application for a financial assistance program is rejected, a case agent can quickly identify and correct any errors, then apply again.
Where: This feature applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud and
Omnistudio licenses, and Business Rules Engine (BRE) license.
When: The Financial Assistance Program is available starting in August 2024.
Who: This feature is available to users with Health Cloud Starter, Manage Financial Assistance Program, Omnistudio Admin, Omnistudio
User, Health Cloud Foundation, Rule Engine Runtime, and Rule Engine Designer permission sets.
How: Add the FinancialAssistanceProgramContainer Flexcard to the Care Program Enrollee record page. Case agents
can then reapply for the program by clicking Assistance History, and then clicking Reapply that corresponds to the rejected financial
assistance program

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Reapply for a Financial Assistance Program

View the Details of Approved Financial Assistance Program Claims

Enable your case agents to view the details of approved financial assistance program claims for a care program enrollee and the benefit
disbursement details. The disbursement details include the count of benefit coupons and cards.
Where: This feature applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud.

457
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

When: The Financial Assistance Program is available starting in August 2024.

Who: This feature is available to users with Health Cloud Starter, Manage Financial Assistance Program, Omnistudio Admin, Omnistudio
User, Health Cloud Foundation, Rule Engine Runtime, and Rule Engine Designer permission sets.
How: Add the FinancialAssistanceProgramContainer Flexcard to the Care Program Enrollee record page. Case agents
can then view the approved program claims from the Care Program Enrollee page by clicking Financial Assistance Programs, and
then clicking Assistance History.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View Benefit Disbursements Details for a Patient

Participant Management Enhancements

Reduce the time and cost required to identify and recruit suitable participants for clinical trials by using AI-based Einstein Candidate
Matching. Enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of site coordinators or clinical trial recruiters by organizing metrics, tasks, and events
that enable them to operate efficiently. Simplify the setup of Participant Management by using the new guided setup.

Identify the Best Candidates for Clinical Trials by Using AI

Reduce the time and cost required to identify and recruit suitable participants for clinical trials by using AI-based Einstein Candidate
Matching. Life Sciences Cloud's Participant Management feature uses Einstein's capabilities to understand a research study's inclusion
and exclusion criteria and automatically analyzes participants' medical records to determine their suitability for trials. As a result, your
clinical recruiters can select from a pool of the most suitable participants, which enhances trial accuracy, reduces attrition, and
improves participant conversion rates.
Improve Recruitment and Enrollment Efficiency
The Clinical Excellence console organizes participant or candidate data in one place so that site coordinators and clinical trial recruiters
can meet enrollment targets. The dashboard provides visibility into enrollment progress, candidate rejection percentage, candidate
conversion rate percentage, and enrollment status. Enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of site coordinators or clinical trial
recruiters by organizing metrics, tasks, and events that enable them to operate efficiently. Organize metrics, tasks, and events on the
dashboard in a way that helps site coordinators and clinical education recruiters to do their jobs more efficiently.
Expedite Your Participant Management Setup
Simplify the setup process for Participant Management by using the new guided setup assistants.

Identify the Best Candidates for Clinical Trials by Using AI

Reduce the time and cost required to identify and recruit suitable participants for clinical trials by using AI-based Einstein Candidate
Matching. Life Sciences Cloud's Participant Management feature uses Einstein's capabilities to understand a research study's inclusion
and exclusion criteria and automatically analyzes participants' medical records to determine their suitability for trials. As a result, your
clinical recruiters can select from a pool of the most suitable participants, which enhances trial accuracy, reduces attrition, and improves
participant conversion rates.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud or Life Sciences Cloud and the Participant Enrollment
Add-On license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the clinical trial manager permission set license.
How: From Setup, find and select Participant Management Settings. On the setup page, turn on Participant Enrollment. Next, go to
Match Candidates to Trials, and turn on the Einstein setting.

458
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

Improve Recruitment and Enrollment Efficiency

The Clinical Excellence console organizes participant or candidate data in one place so that site coordinators and clinical trial recruiters
can meet enrollment targets. The dashboard provides visibility into enrollment progress, candidate rejection percentage, candidate
conversion rate percentage, and enrollment status. Enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of site coordinators or clinical trial recruiters
by organizing metrics, tasks, and events that enable them to operate efficiently. Organize metrics, tasks, and events on the dashboard
in a way that helps site coordinators and clinical education recruiters to do their jobs more efficiently.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud or Life Sciences Cloud and
the Participant Enrollment Add-On license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the clinical trial manager permission set license.
How: From Setup, search for and select Participant Management. Turn on Participant Enrollment. Then, under Set Up Participant
Management, click Install Reports.

Expedite Your Participant Management Setup

Simplify the setup process for Participant Management by using the new guided setup assistants.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Health Cloud or Life Sciences Cloud and
the Participant Enrollment add-on license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Clinical Trial Manager permission set license.
Why: The Participant Management guided setup experience includes these new assistants.
• Set Up Participant Management: Streamline the process of recruiting and enrolling participants in clinical trials.
• Set Up Participant Registration: Enable users to digitally sign up for clinical trials by using participant registration forms.
• Match Candidates to Trials: Automatically match candidates to clinical trials.
• Configure Digital Experiences: Build a community portal, help center, or website.
• Manage Sharing Access: Extend sharing access to users in public groups, roles, or territories.
How: From Setup, find and select Participant Management Settings. Turn on Participant Enrollment. Then select an assistant to begin.
Within an assistant, click links to access Help articles that provide more information for each setup task.

Patient Program Outcome Management

Optimize program effectiveness, track patient progress, and measure outcomes. Use the Patient Program Outcome Management data
model to define outcomes and indicators and to link program outcomes and patient progress. Use Einstein generative AI to generate
patient and program outcome summaries and help case agents gain insights by identifying deviations from expected outcomes, and
enable preventive actions. Systematically track outcome indicators at both program and patient levels to enhance patient adherence,
improve the overall patient experience, and ensure strategic alignment of outcome programs.

Note: This tool uses generative AI, which can produce inaccurate or harmful responses. Before using, review the output for
accuracy and safety. You assume responsibility for how the outcomes of Einstein are applied to your organization.

Store Outcome Data in the Patient Program Outcome Management Data Model
Define program outcomes and indicators and link program outcomes and patient progress by measuring indicator results at the
outcomes level. The Patient Program Outcome Management data model is based on the Outcome Management data model.
Program leads can also leverage the Discovery Framework data model to create assessments to support specific business needs.

459
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

Calculate Outcome Metrics Using Salesforce Flows

Create Salesforce flows with your own outcome calculation algorithms to store results in the Patient Program Outcome Management
data model.
Generate Program Outcome Summary Using Einstein Generative AI
Gain a clear understanding of overall program performance with a comprehensive program outcome summary view. This summary
outlines the effectiveness and performance of a program against defined outcomes. Select the desired outcomes and time period
for the program outcome summary and learn about what's going well, the areas that need improvement, and the next best actions
to mitigate risks and achieve better outcomes.
Generate Patient Outcome Summary Using Einstein Generative AI
With a comprehensive patient outcome summary, agents can gain valuable insights into individual patient performance. Understand
a patient’s performance in a specific support program against defined outcomes, measure the patient’s adherence, and assess the
risk of drop-off. Select the desired outcomes and date range for the patient outcome summary and learn about what's going well,
the areas that need improvement, and the next best actions to mitigate risks and achieve better outcomes.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Help: Patient Program Outcome Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI & Trust (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Store Outcome Data in the Patient Program Outcome Management Data Model
Define program outcomes and indicators and link program outcomes and patient progress by measuring indicator results at the outcomes
level. The Patient Program Outcome Management data model is based on the Outcome Management data model. Program leads can
also leverage the Discovery Framework data model to create assessments to support specific business needs.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud
license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Starter (for Life Sciences Cloud) or Health Cloud Foundation (for Health
Cloud) permission set, and the Patient Program Outcome Management permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Help: Patient Program Outcome Management Data Model (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Calculate Outcome Metrics Using Salesforce Flows

Create Salesforce flows with your own outcome calculation algorithms to store results in the Patient Program Outcome Management
data model.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud
license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Starter (for Life Sciences Cloud) or Health Cloud Foundation (for Health
Cloud) permission set, and the Patient Program Outcome Management permission set.

460
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

How: Create a flow with the Indicator Result Flow process type and associate it with an Indicator Definition record. When the flow is
added to an indicator definition, the Calculate Indicator Result button appears on the Indicator Performance Period records associated
with that indicator definition. Click this button to launch the flow that you created.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Indicator Result Calculation Flow (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Generate Program Outcome Summary Using Einstein Generative AI

Gain a clear understanding of overall program performance with a comprehensive program outcome summary view. This summary
outlines the effectiveness and performance of a program against defined outcomes. Select the desired outcomes and time period for
the program outcome summary and learn about what's going well, the areas that need improvement, and the next best actions to
mitigate risks and achieve better outcomes.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud
license and Einstein GPT Platform and Einstein GPT Prompt Builder Add-On licenses.
How: From Setup, find and select Patient Support Program Settings. On the setup page, turn on Einstein for Patient Support Program.
To generate the program outcome summary, on the care program record page, click Generate Program Summary.

Note: This tool uses generative AI, which can produce inaccurate or harmful responses. Before using, review the output for
accuracy and safety. You assume responsibility for how the outcomes of Einstein are applied to your organization.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Generate Program Outcome Summary (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI & Trust (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Generate Patient Outcome Summary Using Einstein Generative AI

With a comprehensive patient outcome summary, agents can gain valuable insights into individual patient performance. Understand
a patient’s performance in a specific support program against defined outcomes, measure the patient’s adherence, and assess the risk
of drop-off. Select the desired outcomes and date range for the patient outcome summary and learn about what's going well, the areas
that need improvement, and the next best actions to mitigate risks and achieve better outcomes.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud
license and Einstein GPT Platform and Einstein GPT Prompt Builder Add-On licenses.
How: From Setup, find and select Patient Support Program Settings. On the setup page, turn on Einstein for Patient Support Program.
To generate the program outcome summary, on the care program enrollee record page, click Generate Patient Summary.

Note: This tool uses generative AI, which can produce inaccurate or harmful responses. Before using, review the output for
accuracy and safety. You assume responsibility for how the outcomes of Einstein are applied to your organization.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Generate Patient Outcome Summary (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI & Trust (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

461
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

Patient Support Programs Console

With the new console app in Life Sciences Cloud, deliver patient engagement programs such as pharmacy benefits verification, financial
assistance programs, and patient program outcome management to help patients manage their diseases and achieve better outcomes.

Deliver Excellent Patient Services with the Patient Support Programs Console App
Empower your program leads and case agents to efficiently manage their daily tasks. Access patients' pharmacy benefits details,
financial assistance programs, and patient program outcome management information from the app's homepage. Customize the
app to better meet the needs of your organization and create personalized dashboards and integrate them into this console app.

Deliver Excellent Patient Services with the Patient Support Programs Console App
Empower your program leads and case agents to efficiently manage their daily tasks. Access patients' pharmacy benefits details, financial
assistance programs, and patient program outcome management information from the app's homepage. Customize the app to better
meet the needs of your organization and create personalized dashboards and integrate them into this console app.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud
license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Starter (for Life Sciences Cloud) or Health Cloud Foundation (for Health
Cloud) permission set, and the Patient Program Outcome Management, Manage Financial Assistance Program, and Manage Pharmacy
Benefits Verification permission sets. Additionally, program leads must have the Access Patient Support Programs as a Program Lead
permission set, and case agents must have the Access Patient Support Programs as a Case Agent permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Patient Support Programs Console App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Pharmacy Benefits Verification Enhancements

Boost the productivity of agents with generative AI capabilities, enabling them to generate a comprehensive summary of patients'
pharmacy benefits and shorten interactions with payors by generating call scripts. Streamline the verification process with the latest
enhancements from Pharmacy Benefits Verification. Enable agents to quickly create member plans directly from the care program
enrollee record page. Get patients on therapy faster by gaining a clear understanding of their coverage details with the added benefit
fields in the summary of the benefits section. Save time when you reverify pharmacy coverage benefits for a care program by using a
guided flow to initiate a review request.

Note: This tool uses generative AI, which can produce inaccurate or harmful responses. Before using, review the output for
accuracy and safety. You assume responsibility for how the outcomes of Einstein are applied to your organization.

Add Member Plans from the Care Program Enrollee Record page
Expedite the process of initiating a pharmacy benefits verification request by creating related member plans without going to the
member plan record page each time. Previously, you accessed the member plan interface only from the member plan record page.
Capture Additional Pharmacy Benefits Fields under Benefits Summary
Your agents can quickly make informed decisions for patients and bring them to therapy faster with the additional fields in the
benefits summary section such as Infusion Coinsurance, Infusion CoPay, Requires Preauthorization, and Lifetime Maximum Amount.
With the click of the Edit Benefits button, you can bulk edit all the fields in the benefits summary.

462
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

Generate Call Scripts for Payors with Einstein Generative AI

Reduce the time your agents spend on calls with payors and get the details of missing coverage information from the benefits
summary. Agents can generate a call script for payors through an auto launched flow. Complete the patient’s pharmacy benefits
verification request by using the subset of the information included in this call script.
Generate Summary of Benefits with Einstein Generative AI
Your agents can seamlessly generate a benefits summary by using an auto launched flow and then easily share the summary with
healthcare providers, practitioners, and patients. Providers can use this summary when they recommend patients for appropriate
assistance programs. Agents can make well-informed decisions when they look for the most suitable assistance programs to enroll
patients in.
Improve Efficiency with the Automated Pharmacy Benefits Reverification Process
Use a screen flow for pharmacy benefits reverification to collect important reverification information and generate a list of new
benefits verification records. Agents can use the list to reverify the pharmacy benefits of care program enrollees. This helps you
manage costs effectively, improve adherence to care, and ensures appropriate drug therapy for patients.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Pharmacy Benefits Verification (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI & Trust (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Member Plans from the Care Program Enrollee Record page
Expedite the process of initiating a pharmacy benefits verification request by creating related member plans without going to the
member plan record page each time. Previously, you accessed the member plan interface only from the member plan record page.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud
license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Starter (for Life Sciences Cloud) or Health Cloud Foundation (for Health
Cloud) permission set, and the Manage Pharmacy Benefits Verification permission set.
How: Add the PharmacyBenefitsVerification flexcard to the Care Program Enrollee record page. To add a member plan, under Pharmacy
Benefits Verification on any care program enrollee record page, click Add Member Plan.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Member Plan Addition (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Capture Additional Pharmacy Benefits Fields under Benefits Summary

Your agents can quickly make informed decisions for patients and bring them to therapy faster with the additional fields in the benefits
summary section such as Infusion Coinsurance, Infusion CoPay, Requires Preauthorization, and Lifetime Maximum Amount. With the
click of the Edit Benefits button, you can bulk edit all the fields in the benefits summary.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud
license.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Starter (for Life Sciences Cloud) or Health Cloud Foundation (for Health
Cloud) permission set, and the Manage Pharmacy Benefits Verification permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Benefit Coverage Response (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

463
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

Generate Call Scripts for Payors with Einstein Generative AI

Reduce the time your agents spend on calls with payors and get the details of missing coverage information from the benefits summary.
Agents can generate a call script for payors through an auto launched flow. Complete the patient’s pharmacy benefits verification request
by using the subset of the information included in this call script.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud
license and Einstein GPT Platform and Einstein GPT Prompt Builder Add-On licenses.
How: From Setup, find and select Patient Support Program Settings. On the setup page, turn on Einstein for Patient Support Program.
To generate the call script, in the benefits summary section on the care program enrollee record page, click Generate Call Script.

Note: This tool uses generative AI, which can produce inaccurate or harmful responses. Before using, review the output for
accuracy and safety. You assume responsibility for how the outcomes of Einstein are applied to your organization.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Generate Call Script (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI & Trust (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Generate Summary of Benefits with Einstein Generative AI

Your agents can seamlessly generate a benefits summary by using an auto launched flow and then easily share the summary with
healthcare providers, practitioners, and patients. Providers can use this summary when they recommend patients for appropriate
assistance programs. Agents can make well-informed decisions when they look for the most suitable assistance programs to enroll
patients in.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud
license and Einstein GPT Platform and Einstein GPT Prompt Builder Add-On licenses.
How: From Setup, find and select Patient Support Program Settings. On the setup page, turn on Einstein for Patient Support Program.
To generate the benefits summary, in the benefits summary section on the care program enrollee record page, click Generate Summary.

Note: This tool uses generative AI, which can produce inaccurate or harmful responses. Before using, review the output for
accuracy and safety. You assume responsibility for how the outcomes of Einstein are applied to your organization.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Generate Pharmacy Benefits Summary (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI & Trust (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Efficiency with the Automated Pharmacy Benefits Reverification Process

Use a screen flow for pharmacy benefits reverification to collect important reverification information and generate a list of new benefits
verification records. Agents can use the list to reverify the pharmacy benefits of care program enrollees. This helps you manage costs
effectively, improve adherence to care, and ensures appropriate drug therapy for patients.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Life Sciences Cloud or Health Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Health Cloud Starter (for Life Sciences Cloud) or Health Cloud Foundation (for Health
Cloud) permission set, and the Data Pipelines Base User permission set license. Users also need Manage Flow, Run Flow, Modify All Data,
and Customize Application permissions.

464
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

How: Clone and activate the Care Benefit Verify Requests Data Processing Engine definition. Activate the Initiate Benefit Reverification
screen flow, and clone and activate the Copy Care Benefit Verify Request Fields record-triggered flow. To use the Initiate Benefit
Reverification screen flow, click Reverify Pharmacy Benefits on the care program record.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Pharmacy Benefits Reverification (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Use Pharmacy Benefits Verification (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Life Sciences Cloud Has New and Changed Objects

Store and access more data with these new and changed Life Sciences Cloud objects.

Financial Assistance Program

Represents a junction between Care Program and Program objects
Use the new CareProgramAssistance object.
Represents the eligibility criteria and recommendation for a program.
Use the new ProgramRecommendationRule object.
Represents a junction between Program and Enrollment Eligibility Criteria objects
Use the new ProgramEnrlEligibilityCrit object.
Specify the care program enrollee represented as an applicant
Use the new CareProgramEnrollee field in the Applicant object.
Specify the amount limit allocated to enrollee for a corresponding program
Use the new EnrolleeAmountLimit field in the Benefit object.
Specify the assigned frequency for an enrollee limit for a corresponding program
Use the new EnrolleeLimitFrequency field in the Benefit object.
Specify the enrollee transaction amount limit for a corresponding program
Use the new EnrolleeTrxnAmountLimit field in the Benefit object.
Specify the budget amount used by an employee after enrolling in a corresponding program
Use the new BudgetAmountUsed field in the Benefit object.
Specify the amount the member contributes towards the pharma products
Use the new PharmaCopayAmount field in the CoverageBenefit object.
Specify the care program enrollee associated with the program enrollment
Use the new CareProgramEnrollee field in the ProgramEnrolment object.
Specify the product that is associated with the medication
Use the new Product field in the Medication object.
Specify the program that’s offering financial assistance for this product
Use the new Program field in the Care Program Enrollee Product object.

Participant Management
Participant Management Add-On license is required to access the objects associated with the participant management feature.

465
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Life Sciences Cloud

Represent the result of an evaluation done to assess the eligibility of a participant enrolling in a research study or care
program
Use the new CareProgramEnrollmentEvaluationResult object.
Specify the number of inclusion criteria fulfilled by the candidate during automatic evaluation
Use the new MatchedInclusionCritCount field in the ResearchStudyCandidate object.
Specify the number of exclusion criteria fulfilled by the candidate during automatic evaluation
Use the new MatchedExclusionCritCount field in the ResearchStudyCandidate object.
Specify the type of source where the information about the candidate is obtained
Use the new SourceType field in the ResearchStudyCandidate object.
Specify whether the automatic evaluation of the candidate was completed (true) or not (false)
Use the new IsAutomaticEvaluationCmpl field in the ResearchStudyCandidate object.
Specify the content document associated with a diagnostic summary
Use the new ContentDocument field in the DiagnosticSummary object.
Specify whether the rule is included or excluded when determining care program eligibility
Use the new InclusionRule field in the CareProgramEligibilityRule object.
Specify the retention of the collected participant samples in a biorepository
Use the new BiospecRetention field in the ResearchStudy object.
Specify the protocol content document associated with the research study
Use the new ProtocolDocument field in the ResearchStudy object.
Specify the description related to the identifier
Use the new Description field in the Identifier object.
Represents details of the research study protocol document
Use the new ResearchStudyProtocolInfo object.

Patient Program Outcome Management

Get details about a party for which the indicator result is calculated
Use the new PartyIndicatorResult object.
Specify the guidelines to improve the indicator score
Use the new IndicatorImprvGuideline field in the IndicatorAssignment object.

Pharmacy Benefits Verification

Specify the original care benefit verify request from which the current request is cloned
Use the new RelatedCareBnftVerifyRequest field in the CareBenefitVerifyRequest object.
Specify the care program enrollee associated with the care benefit verify request
Use the new CareProgramEnrollee field in the CareBenefitVerifyRequest object.
Specify the user assigned to the care benefit verify request
Use the new AssignedTo field in the CareBenefitVerifyRequest object.
Specify the purchaser plan from the member plan associated with the care program enrollee
Use the new Plan field in the CareBenefitVerifyRequest object.
Specify the care program associated with the care benefit verify request
Use the new CareProgram field in the CareBenefitVerifyRequest object.

466
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

Specify the initial fill quantity of the authorized prescription

Use the new InitialFillQuantity field in the CareBenefitVerifyRequest object.
Specify the initial fill duration of the authorized prescription
Use the new InitialFillDuration field in the CareBenefitVerifyRequest object.
Specify the medication code or medication name of the authorized prescription
Use the new PrescriptionMedication field in the CareBenefitVerifyRequest object.

New Invocable Actions in Life Sciences Cloud

Use the new invocable actions for the Life Sciences Cloud.
• Identify the number of inclusion and exclusion criteria met by the candidate for a research study by evaluating the
criteria-matching response from Einstein GPT
Use the new processCriteriaMatchingResp action.

• Retrieve the context data passed to a prompt template for generating a summary
Use the new getContextData action.

• Serialize hierarchical context data for summary generation

Use the new serializeHierarchicalContextData action.

Loyalty Management
Breeze through the setup of your loyalty program by using the simplified loyalty program setup. Create bundled product promotions
for your business customers. Decide your promotion's target audience by using actionable lists and identify the segments your customers
and loyalty program members belong to with prebuilt Data Cloud data graphs. Trace how members use their points. Offer time-based
vouchers and reserve vouchers while members complete their order.

Create Programs Easily With Simplified Loyalty Program Setup

Create, configure, and activate loyalty programs quickly by using a step-by-step, intuitive process. Seamlessly configure currencies,
tier groups, tiers, benefits, and activities. For advanced configurations, use the respective record pages. After you set up a program,
you can review the program summary at a glance, and also update the configurations based on your business requirements. The
changes go live in the active program.
Promotions
Run product bundle-based promotions for your business customers and create context definitions tailored to your business needs.
Use actionable lists to decide the target audience of your loyalty promotions and use data graphs to find segments that your customers
and loyalty program members belong to. Deploy promotion rules in target orgs in the same status as source orgs. Help customer
service reps find the eligible promotions of corporate members.
Control Liability with Currency Subtypes
Loyalty program managers can trace the link between a redemption transaction and its source accrual transaction. Manage currencies
more granularly by defining currency subtypes for fixed-type non-qualifying currencies. Restrict the accrual and redemption of
specific currency subtypes for better control over liability. In addition, associate costs with currencies and currency subtypes to create
accurate liability reports.
Vouchers
Reserve vouchers that customers want to use for an order. Add a sense of urgency to your promotions with time-based vouchers.
Offer vouchers to contacts and easily provide customers access to their vouchers on Experience Cloud sites.

467
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

Make the Most of the Revamped Loyalty Program Home Page

The loyalty program home page is now reorganized to be more informative. View a short summary of the program at one glance.
Program managers can manage their day-to-day activities such as creating promotions, configuring widgets, and managing games,
vouchers, partners, and processes with a single click.
New and Changed Objects in Loyalty Management
Do more with the new and updated Loyalty Management objects.
New Metadata Types in Loyalty Management
Make the most of the new metadata types in Loyalty Management.
Changed Invocable Actions
New fields are added to the following invocable actions.
New and Changed Connect REST APIs
Here's a list of new and changed connect REST APIs.

Create Programs Easily With Simplified Loyalty Program Setup

Create, configure, and activate loyalty programs quickly by using a step-by-step, intuitive process. Seamlessly configure currencies, tier
groups, tiers, benefits, and activities. For advanced configurations, use the respective record pages. After you set up a program, you can
review the program summary at a glance, and also update the configurations based on your business requirements. The changes go
live in the active program.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Loyalty
Management is available.
How: On the Home page of the Loyalty Management app, use the Loyalty Program Simplified Setup.

Check out this video for a preview of Simplified Loyalty Program Setup.

Watch a video

468
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

Promotions
Run product bundle-based promotions for your business customers and create context definitions tailored to your business needs. Use
actionable lists to decide the target audience of your loyalty promotions and use data graphs to find segments that your customers and
loyalty program members belong to. Deploy promotion rules in target orgs in the same status as source orgs. Help customer service
reps find the eligible promotions of corporate members.

Global Promotions Management

Design promotions for your bundled products with attribute-based eligibility, and target the promotions to business customers.
Create context definitions that align with your industry and company's requirements. Check customers' segment-based promotion
eligibility with data graphs and enable team members to view promotion configuration.
Simplify Promotion Targeting Through Actionable Lists
Loyalty program managers can decide the target audience for promotions by using actionable lists. Program managers can work
with admins to configure the actionable list definition. After an actionable list is created, program managers can easily link a promotion
with an actionable list.
Find Members' Data Cloud Segments Faster with Data Graphs
Save time by using prebuilt data graphs to find out which Data Cloud segments loyalty program members belong to. Earlier, you
could only use Data Cloud’s Query API, but now you can choose between data graphs and the Query API to find a member’s segments.
Easily Find Eligible Promotions for Corporate Members
Service reps can now view the list of promotions that are eligible for corporate members on the Promotion Eligible component.
When loyalty program managers test a loyalty program's processes and rules, they can simulate transaction journals that belong to
corporate members and verify whether promotion-based rules are eligible for the transactions.
Maintain the Process and Rules Status During Deployment
Admins can now deploy processes and rules of a loyalty program to target orgs in the same status as the source org, maintaining
uniformity during deployments. Earlier, the LoyaltyProgramSetup metadata type deployed rules as inactive.

Global Promotions Management

Design promotions for your bundled products with attribute-based eligibility, and target the promotions to business customers. Create
context definitions that align with your industry and company's requirements. Check customers' segment-based promotion eligibility
with data graphs and enable team members to view promotion configuration.

Run Bundle and Attribute-Based Promotions for Businesses and Individuals

Use the new Buy X (Bundle or Product Variants), Get Discounts + Reward promotion template to run promotions for bundled
products. Define the promotion's rules with eligibility criteria for each product in the bundle and the overall bundle. Marketing
managers can add eligibility criteria based on product attributes and product selling models. They can also add an amount-based
or quantity-based aggregate condition for each criteria, and an additional criteria of their choice. Along with rewards such as vouchers,
points, and games, the promotion can offer a discount on the unit price or on the combined line item price of multiple products.
Create Context Definitions Based on Your Unique Requirements
The eligibility criteria of each promotion can vary based on your industry and the promotion's goals. Admins can create context
definitions that use terms from your industry and align with your promotion's requirements. Marketing managers can easily map
their promotion's rule eligibility criteria with the tags from the promotion's context definition. While integrating the Eligible Promotions
API, developers can effortlessly map the company's cart or order structure with the API's request parameters.

469
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

Add Bundled Products to Your Promotion's Scope

Marketing managers can design promotions that are targeted towards bundled products. A promotion's list of eligible products can
now include bundled products along with simple products. Marketing managers can also view a summary of the products and
categories that they select, and remove the ones that they don't need.
Quickly Check Customers' Segment-Based Promotion Eligibility
Improve the response times of the Eligible Promotions API by using prebuilt data graphs. By default, the Eligible Promotions API
uses Data Cloud’s Query API. You can now choose whether the Eligible Promotions API uses data graphs or the Query API to find
out whether customers belong to a promotion’s segment.
Easily Access Promotion Configurations
Enhance team collaboration by enabling review of promotion details by using the new View Promotion Configuration button on
the promotion page. Grant view only permissions to users to view promotion configurations. This ensures that users can view
promotion details safely, preventing unintended modifications.

Run Bundle and Attribute-Based Promotions for Businesses and Individuals

Use the new Buy X (Bundle or Product Variants), Get Discounts + Reward promotion template to run promotions for bundled products.
Define the promotion's rules with eligibility criteria for each product in the bundle and the overall bundle. Marketing managers can add
eligibility criteria based on product attributes and product selling models. They can also add an amount-based or quantity-based
aggregate condition for each criteria, and an additional criteria of their choice. Along with rewards such as vouchers, points, and games,
the promotion can offer a discount on the unit price or on the combined line item price of multiple products.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management where Global Promotions Management is enabled.
Why: For example, an automotive company wants to offer discounts for vehicle add-on packages to its business customers and individual
customers. Each add-on package is modeled as a bundled product, and individual add-on options are modeled as products within the
bundled products. The company wants to offer discounts based on the material and the color that customers want for each individual
add-on and the number of cars requested in the quote. The marketing manager creates promotion rules for each add-on package and
the rule criteria check for the material and color requested in product attribute-based conditions. Each rule also has an additional condition
to check for the number of cars quoted. For each rule, the marketing manager adds the discount that customers get on the add-on
package based on the configuration of their requested individual add-ons.
How: In the Select Promotion Template step in the Quick Promotions guided flow, select Buy X (Bundle or Product Variants), Get
Discounts + Reward. Add the rule eligibility criteria in the What Customers Do section and the rewards in the What Customers Get
section.

470
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Buy X (Bundle or Product Variants), Get Discounts + Reward (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create Context Definitions Based on Your Unique Requirements

The eligibility criteria of each promotion can vary based on your industry and the promotion's goals. Admins can create context definitions
that use terms from your industry and align with your promotion's requirements. Marketing managers can easily map their promotion's
rule eligibility criteria with the tags from the promotion's context definition. While integrating the Eligible Promotions API, developers
can effortlessly map the company's cart or order structure with the API's request parameters.

471
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management where Global Promotions Management is enabled.
Why: For example, an airline promotion is different from a banking promotion. The eligibility criteria of an airline promotion can be
based on the class of seats booked, whereas a banking promotion's eligibility criteria can focus on the count of transactions completed.
In both cases, the airline and the bank can create context definitions unique to their promotion requirements.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Context Definition for Global Promotions Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Add Bundled Products to Your Promotion's Scope

Marketing managers can design promotions that are targeted towards bundled products. A promotion's list of eligible products can
now include bundled products along with simple products. Marketing managers can also view a summary of the products and categories
that they select, and remove the ones that they don't need.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management where Global Promotions Management is enabled.
How: To enable marketing managers to select product bundles for their promotions, admins must turn on Product Catalog Management
on the Global Promotions Management page in Setup. After bundled products are added, marketing managers add a promotion's
bundled products from the Define Promotion Eligibility step in the Quick Promotion guided setup.

472
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Turn on Product Catalog Management for Bundled Product Promotions (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Define Promotion Eligibility (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Quickly Check Customers' Segment-Based Promotion Eligibility

Improve the response times of the Eligible Promotions API by using prebuilt data graphs. By default, the Eligible Promotions API uses
Data Cloud’s Query API. You can now choose whether the Eligible Promotions API uses data graphs or the Query API to find out whether
customers belong to a promotion’s segment.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management and Data Cloud where Global Promotions Management is enabled.
How: After you deploy the standard data bundles for Data Cloud and configure customer segments in Data Cloud, install the Customer
Engagement Data Graphs package. Next, turn on Verify Customer Data Cloud Segment with Data Graphs on the Global Promotions
Management Settings page in Setup.

473
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud Segment-Based Promotion Audience Segmentation (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Easily Access Promotion Configurations

Enhance team collaboration by enabling review of promotion details by using the new View Promotion Configuration button on the
promotion page. Grant view only permissions to users to view promotion configurations. This ensures that users can view promotion
details safely, preventing unintended modifications.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management where Global Promotions Management is enabled.
Who: Users with the View Promotion permission set can use this button.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud Segment-Based Promotion Audience Segmentation (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Simplify Promotion Targeting Through Actionable Lists

Loyalty program managers can decide the target audience for promotions by using actionable lists. Program managers can work with
admins to configure the actionable list definition. After an actionable list is created, program managers can easily link a promotion with
an actionable list.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Loyalty
Management.
How: On the Promotion Actionable Lists related list of a promotion, click Add. Next, select the actionable list and save your changes.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Decide Eligible Promotion Audience using Actionable Segmentation (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Creating Actionable Lists by Using Actionable Segmentation (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Find Members' Data Cloud Segments Faster with Data Graphs

Save time by using prebuilt data graphs to find out which Data Cloud segments loyalty program members belong to. Earlier, you could
only use Data Cloud’s Query API, but now you can choose between data graphs and the Query API to find a member’s segments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management and Data Cloud.

474
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

How: After you install Loyalty Management's standard data bundles and set up your loyalty program-specific segments, install the
Customer Engagement Data Graphs package. Next, turn on Verify Member Data Cloud Segment for Transactions and Promotions on
the Loyalty Management Settings page in Setup and select Data graph.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Verify Member’s Data Cloud Segment When Processing Transactions and Checking Promotion Eligibility (can be
outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Easily Find Eligible Promotions for Corporate Members

Service reps can now view the list of promotions that are eligible for corporate members on the Promotion Eligible component. When
loyalty program managers test a loyalty program's processes and rules, they can simulate transaction journals that belong to corporate
members and verify whether promotion-based rules are eligible for the transactions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management.

Maintain the Process and Rules Status During Deployment

Admins can now deploy processes and rules of a loyalty program to target orgs in the same status as the source org, maintaining
uniformity during deployments. Earlier, the LoyaltyProgramSetup metadata type deployed rules as inactive.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Loyalty
Management.
How: In Setup, find and select Loyalty Management Settings. Turn on Inherit Process and Rule Status in Target Orgs after Deployment.

475
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Processes and Rules to Inherit Status in Target Orgs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Control Liability with Currency Subtypes

Loyalty program managers can trace the link between a redemption transaction and its source accrual transaction. Manage currencies
more granularly by defining currency subtypes for fixed-type non-qualifying currencies. Restrict the accrual and redemption of specific
currency subtypes for better control over liability. In addition, associate costs with currencies and currency subtypes to create accurate
liability reports.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Loyalty
Management - Growth or Loyalty Management - Advanced.
How: On the Loyalty Management Setting page in Setup, turn on Trace Usage of Points. After enabling the setting, loyalty program
managers must also select Allow Ledger Tracing for fixed-type non-qualifying currencies associated with promotions. Create currency
subtypes for non-qualifying currencies, and define a logic for how they’re used at the time of redemption. Track the redemptions from
the Traceability Loyalty Ledger list view, where every debit-type record has an associated credit-type record.

Vouchers
Reserve vouchers that customers want to use for an order. Add a sense of urgency to your promotions with time-based vouchers. Offer
vouchers to contacts and easily provide customers access to their vouchers on Experience Cloud sites.

Relieve Member Anxiety During Voucher Redemption

Reserve vouchers that members want to redeem during a purchase. When a member uses a voucher during checkout, move the
voucher to the Reserved status. After the member's order is placed, move the voucher from the reserved to redeemed status. During
reservation, you can add a reservation key for an added layer of security. The reservation key is used to move a voucher from reserved
to redeemed when a cart converts to an order. For failed orders or abandoned carts, use the reservation key to reinstate a reserved
voucher back to the Issued status.

476
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

Drive Customer Engagement and Boost Sales with Time-Based Vouchers

Brands can now offer time-based vouchers during peak shopping seasons and holidays to increase footfall and web traffic. Nudge
customers to revisit abandoned carts and to complete in-progress orders with personalized time-based vouchers.
Make Vouchers a Key Element of Your Customer Engagement Strategy
Admins can use the Issue Voucher action in flows to design business processes that issue vouchers to contacts. Previously, vouchers
were only available to members of your loyalty program. Admins can now set up automated processes that issue vouchers as a
service recovery action or to reward engaged customers.
Automate Voucher Access for Customers
Instead of manually assigning loyalty program members access to their vouchers on your company's Experience Cloud site, admins
can now create a sharing set that automatically provides site users access to their vouchers.

Relieve Member Anxiety During Voucher Redemption

Reserve vouchers that members want to redeem during a purchase. When a member uses a voucher during checkout, move the voucher
to the Reserved status. After the member's order is placed, move the voucher from the reserved to redeemed status. During reservation,
you can add a reservation key for an added layer of security. The reservation key is used to move a voucher from reserved to redeemed
when a cart converts to an order. For failed orders or abandoned carts, use the reservation key to reinstate a reserved voucher back to
the Issued status.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management.
Why: To manage order cancellations and order returns more efficiently, reserve vouchers until orders are past their cancellation or return
period. For partially redeemable vouchers, you can specify the amount that members have reserved for their current order. After an order
is placed or fulfilled, partially redeemable vouchers are moved automatically to either the Issued status or the Redeemed status depending
on whether the voucher has any value remaining.
How: Automate the process of reserving vouchers with the Redeem Voucher Connect API or the Redeem Voucher action in Promotion
Setup.

477
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Ways to Reserve and Redeem Vouchers (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Drive Customer Engagement and Boost Sales with Time-Based Vouchers

Brands can now offer time-based vouchers during peak shopping seasons and holidays to increase footfall and web traffic. Nudge
customers to revisit abandoned carts and to complete in-progress orders with personalized time-based vouchers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management.
How: On a voucher definition, select Time-Based Voucher Period. For voucher definitions with a fixed expiration date, enter the
expiration date and time. And for voucher definitions that have period-based expiration, enter the number of minutes after which
vouchers expire.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add Your Company’s Voucher Definitions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

478
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

Make Vouchers a Key Element of Your Customer Engagement Strategy

Admins can use the Issue Voucher action in flows to design business processes that issue vouchers to contacts. Previously, vouchers
were only available to members of your loyalty program. Admins can now set up automated processes that issue vouchers as a service
recovery action or to reward engaged customers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Issue Vouchers for Eligible Customer and Member Activities with Flow Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Automate Voucher Access for Customers

Instead of manually assigning loyalty program members access to their vouchers on your company's Experience Cloud site, admins can
now create a sharing set that automatically provides site users access to their vouchers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management and Data Cloud.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Digital Expereinces, and select Settings. In the Sharing Sets section, click
New. Decide which profiles get access to vouchers and move the Voucher object to the Selected Objects list. Save the sharing set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Provide Members Access to Vouchers on Your Company's Site (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Make the Most of the Revamped Loyalty Program Home Page

The loyalty program home page is now reorganized to be more informative. View a short summary of the program at one glance.
Program managers can manage their day-to-day activities such as creating promotions, configuring widgets, and managing games,
vouchers, partners, and processes with a single click.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Loyalty
Management is available.

479
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

New and Changed Objects in Loyalty Management

Do more with the new and updated Loyalty Management objects.
Add subtypes for fixed-model non-qualifying currencies
Use the new LoyaltyPgmCurrencySubtype object.
Track how debit ledgers consume points from credit ledgers for member redemptions and accrual cancellations
Use the new LoyaltyLedgerTraceability object.
Decide a promotion's target audience with actionable lists
Use the new PromotionActionableList object.
Indicate whether a fixed-model non-qualifying currency supports tracing how members are redeeming points accrued for
the currency
Use the new DoesAllowLedgerTracing field on the LoyaltyProgramCurrency object.
View the loyalty program currency subtype associated with a loyalty ledger
Use the new LoyaltyPgmCrcySubtypeId field on the LoyaltyLedger object.
Decide the color of a loyalty program tier
Use the new Color field on the LoyaltyTier object.
Add an image for a benefit type
Use the new ImageSource field on the BenefitType object.
Select your promotion's rule library
Use the new RuleLibraryId field on the Promotion object.
Create voucher definitions that issue vouchers that expire at a specific time
Use the new HasTimeBasedVoucherPeriod, EffectiveDateTime, and ExpirationDateTime fields on the
VoucherDefinition object.
Specify the date and time between which members can redeem vouchers
Use the new EffectiveDateTime and ExpirationDateTime fields on the Voucher object.
Reserve vouchers that members want to redeem for a transaction
Use the new ReservedDateTime and ReservedValue fields on the Voucher object.

480
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Loyalty Management

Redeem reserved vouchers after members complete their transaction

Use the new ReservationKey field on the Voucher object.
Issue vouchers to accounts
Use the new AccountId field on the Voucher object.

SEE ALSO:
Loyalty Management Developer Guide: Loyalty Management Standard Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Metadata Types in Loyalty Management

Make the most of the new metadata types in Loyalty Management.

Settings
Trace how members redeem their fixed-model non-qualifying points
Use the enablePointsLifecycleTracking field on the IndustriesLoyaltySettings metadata type.
Decide whether you want to find out the Data Cloud segments that members belong to using data graphs
Use the enableSegmentQueryByDataGraph field on the IndustriesLoyaltySettings metadata type.
Decide whether Promotion Setup processes and rules are deployed in target orgs in the same status as the source org
Use the enablePromSetupProcRuleStatusInheritDplymt field on the IndustriesLoyaltySettings metadata type.
Turn on Product Catalog Management for bundle and product attribute-based promotions
Use the enableGlobalPromotionsProductCatalogManagement field on the IndustriesUnifiedPromotionsSettings
metadata type.

SEE ALSO:
Loyalty Management Developer Guide: IndustriesLoyaltySettings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Loyalty Management Developer Guide: IndustriesUnifiedPromotionsSettings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Changed Invocable Actions

New fields are added to the following invocable actions.
Debit Points
The input payload for this invocable action has one new field:
LoyaltyProgramCurrencySubtypeName—The name of the loyalty program currency subtype used to debit points from
the member.
Credit Points
The input payload for this invocable action has one new field:
LoyaltyProgramCurrencySubtypeName—The name of the loyalty program currency subtype used to credit points from
the member.

New and Changed Connect REST APIs

Here's a list of new and changed connect REST APIs.

481
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Manufacturing Cloud

Changed Connect REST APIs

Eligible Promotions
A new query parameter is added to send requests to Eligible Promotions:
ruleLibraryApiName—This field requires the API Name of an active Rule Library with the Usage Type as Global Promotion
Management.
Member Vouchers
The response body includes three new fields:
effectiveDateTime—The date and time from when the voucher is available for redemption.
expirationDateTime—The date and time when the voucher expires and is no longer available for redemption.
hasTimeBasedVoucher—Indicates whether the voucher has an effective date and time (true) or not (false).
Redeem Vouchers
The input payload includes three new fields:
action—Specify whether to redeem, reserve, or reinstate the voucher.
reservedValue—Specify the amount reserved for partially redeemable vouchers.
reservationKey—Specify the key used to redeem or reinstate a reserved voucher.
The response body includes three new fields:
status—Specifies the status of the voucher.
reservationKey—Specifies the key used to redeem or reinstate a reserved voucher.
reservedValue—Specifies the amount reserved for partially redeemable vouchers.

New Connect REST APIs

Promotion Configuration
View configuration of a promotion, including its definition, eligibility criteria, rules, limits, and related rule library version.
Clone Promotion
Clone an existing promotion along with its associated records

Manufacturing Cloud
Modernize your commercial operations, manage the entire lifecycle of asset service operations, and boost your team's productivity with
Manufacturing Cloud. Drive more run-rate business by making the most of the enhancements to sales agreements. Speed up the sales
process by quickly converting quotes to sales agreements. Request the return of parts from dealers by using the existing warranty claims.
Elevate traceability of inventory and easily transfer inventory across locations. Track recalls, repairs, upgrades, and other services performed
for impacted assets in product service campaigns.

Sales Agreement
Manage your run-rate business with greater control, ease, and granularity. Prevent revenue leakage by entering quantities with
decimal values in sales agreements. Choose to manually specify or automatically populate the planned quantities of products across
various schedules in sales agreements. Make it easier to identify products in the sales agreement table by specifying product display
names. Get more detailed instructions on the Sales Agreement setup page when you set up Sales Agreements.

482
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Manufacturing Cloud

Easily Create Part Return Requests from a Warranty Claim or Work Order
The warranty claim process with the dealer is enhanced to facilitate seamless return of damaged parts. You can request the dealer
to return the damaged part if you want to inspect it to determine the cause of failure. The claim adjudicator can create a part return
request from an existing claim or a work order, specifying the destination location.
Close Deals Quickly by Automating Quote and Sales Agreement Conversion
Key account managers can use simple workflows to easily convert sales agreements to quotes and quotes to sales agreements.
Quote and sales agreement conversions helps your sales teams deliver a seamless sales experience, speed up the sales cycle, and
prevent errors. After a sales agreement or a quote is converted, its products are added to the converted records.
Search For and Transfer Products and Parts Across Inventory Locations
Maintain optimal inventory levels, fulfill product and part demand, and transform your inventory processes by using Inventory Search
and Transfer. Design a search experience to help inventory managers search for and track inventory stock at warehouses, distribution
centers, manufacturing plants, and other locations. Unify inventory data that's spread across multiple objects in a single object,
Product Inventory Searchable Field, that acts as the basis of the search experience. Give inventory managers accurate, relevant search
results by using a new data processing engine definition to keep the searchable inventory data up to date. Transfer serialized and
non-serialized products between locations based on customer demand and stock level.
Swiftly Generate Work Orders for Product Service Campaigns
Service managers can efficiently plan and track services for impacted assets in a product service campaign. With a single click, they
can generate work orders for selected or all product service campaign items related to a product service campaign to track the
delivery of services, such as asset upgrade and recall. They can filter and identify the work orders generated for product service
campaign items with minimum hassle.
Consider Decimal Values When Calculating Forecasts
Accurately calculate the forecasted quantities with the new decimal quantity fields on Sales Agreements. To calculate product
quantities for Advanced Account Forecasting, a new node is added to the Data Processing Engine (DPE) templates. This new node
is mapped to the fields that support decimal values for Sales Agreements and it automatically identifies integer or decimal quantity
fields for forecast calculations.
Get Improved Mobile and Reports Support for Manufacturing Cloud Objects
Standard Salesforce reports and custom report types now support all Manufacturing Cloud objects. Admins can easily enable all
standard objects in Manufacturing Cloud in the Salesforce Mobile App. For example, if you enable the Sales Agreement object in
the Manufacturing org on your mobile device, you can create customized reports and access the object on your mobile.
New Connect APIs
Manufacturing Cloud includes this new Connect API.

New and Enhanced Common Features for Manufacturing Cloud

Manufacturing Cloud includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features to
extend and customize Manufacturing Cloud based on your business needs.
• Business Rules Engine
Keep your business rules modular using context-aware subexpressions. Update business rules easily by saving a selected expression
set version as a new expression set or as a new version within the existing expression set. Test expression sets comprehensively with
all available context mappings. Migrate expression set versions efficiently using ranks. Leverage string functions in your expression
set calculation steps to streamline and simplify implementation of complex business logic. Create decision tables effortlessly using
the unified experience. Use a CSV to create a decision table to save time and effort. Determine the complexity of your decision table
using the decision table type options. Use source filters to narrow down the source object records if the source object has a large
number of rows. Use Salesforce objects with large volumes of data such as Account, Lead, and so on in decision tables.

• Context Service

483
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Manufacturing Cloud

Use context definitions as a source for mapping data. Map the nodes and attributes of a context definition to the objects in another
context definition. Conveniently generate and edit input mapping for all nodes and attributes of a definition, reducing manual
selection of each node. Support different mapping types with mapping intent operations.

• CSV Data Management

Use the basic CSV import feature to upload a CSV file with a variety of delimiter options, eliminating the need to convert the CSV
into comma-delimited format. Using the basic CSV import feature, import CSV data into a single Salesforce object. Use the advanced
CSV import feature to perform complex data transformations, and efficiently import large amounts of CSV data into one or more
Salesforce objects in a single import process.

• Data Processing Engine

Upload large amounts of external data into your Data Processing Engine definitions using CSV files. Write to related objects in
writeback nodes in Data Cloud runtime. Automatically save recipes and output records by running your definitions in debug mode.

• Engagement
The Engagement Interaction object now supports record types that determine the business processes, page layouts, and picklist
values that users have access to. Use record types to create customized user experiences for different business processes.

• List Builder for Data Cloud Segment

Synchronize actionable lists with Data Cloud segments more reliably to keep actionable lists up to date.

• Service Process Studio

Service Process Studio now supports screen flow request forms in service process definitions

Sales Agreement
Manage your run-rate business with greater control, ease, and granularity. Prevent revenue leakage by entering quantities with decimal
values in sales agreements. Choose to manually specify or automatically populate the planned quantities of products across various
schedules in sales agreements. Make it easier to identify products in the sales agreement table by specifying product display names. Get
more detailed instructions on the Sales Agreement setup page when you set up Sales Agreements.

Minimize Revenue Leakage with Decimal Precision in Quantity Metrics

Key account managers can now enter quantities with decimal values for products in sales agreements. Previously, manufacturers
could only use integer values, resulting in misrepresentation of data and revenue leakage, especially for process manufacturers. Now,
with decimal support for quantity metrics, data is accurately represented.
Choose to Specify or Autopopulate Planned Quantities for Sales Agreement Products
Key account managers can now choose to either specify the planned quantities of products across various schedules or get them
automatically distributed. Previously, the initial planned quantities for each product in a sales agreement were automatically distributed
across all schedules by default. To modify the values, key account managers had to manually replace the prepopulated values for
one or more schedules. Editing the quantities for multiple schedules can be tedious, especially if sales agreements have numerous
products. Now, if key account managers choose to directly specify the planned quantities of products, they don’t need to modify
prepopulated values for multiple schedules across multiple products. They can manually specify the planned quantities for different
schedules when they add products to a sales agreement or can configure automated processes that populate the values based on
business rules.
Make Products Easily Recognizable in the Sales Agreement Table
Key account managers can now specify product display names for the sales agreement table that are different from the default
names from product records. They can make the display names for products more recognizable, to better suit the context of the
agreements, and tailored to customer preferences.

484
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Manufacturing Cloud

Easily Identify Schedules On the Sales Agreement Table

The column header names for sales agreement product schedules are now more intuitive for users. Previously, the column headers
for weekly, monthly, quarterly, and yearly schedules didn’t specify the start or end date of a specific schedule. This also led to duplicate
column header names, especially when sales agreements started after the 25th of a month. Now, users can easily identify the periods
in the sales agreement table, and there are no discrepancies in the data.
Get More Guidance for Setting Up Sales Agreements
Efficiently set up and configure Sales Agreements by using the more intuitive user interface text on the Sales Agreements page in
Setup. Get simplified descriptions for each setting and easily go to the relevant Salesforce Help articles for detailed instructions.

Minimize Revenue Leakage with Decimal Precision in Quantity Metrics

Key account managers can now enter quantities with decimal values for products in sales agreements. Previously, manufacturers could
only use integer values, resulting in misrepresentation of data and revenue leakage, especially for process manufacturers. Now, with
decimal support for quantity metrics, data is accurately represented.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Manufacturing Sales Agreement Psl permission set.
How: For orgs with existing Sales Agreement implementations, on the Sales Agreement Product page layout and the Sales Agreement
Product multi-line layout, replace the existing metric fields with the new decimal-supporting metric fields, such as Initial Planned Quantity
Value and Total Planned Quantity Value. Also, add the Quantity in Decimals field to the Sales Agreement Product page layout. On the
Sales Agreement Product Schedule page layout, replace the existing metric fields with the new decimal-supporting metric fields, such
as Planned Quantity Value and Actual Quantity Value.
On the Sales Agreements page in Setup, specify the default decimal scale for quantity metrics for all sales agreements. To let key account
managers override the default decimal scale for individual sales agreements, add the Decimal Scale field to the Sales Agreement page
layout.
To specify quantities with decimals for specific products in a sales agreement, when key account managers add the products to the sales
agreement, they must select Quantity in Decimals for each product and specify the values in the new decimal-supporting metric fields.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Decimal Metrics for Sales Agreements

485
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Manufacturing Cloud

Choose to Specify or Autopopulate Planned Quantities for Sales Agreement Products

Key account managers can now choose to either specify the planned quantities of products across various schedules or get them
automatically distributed. Previously, the initial planned quantities for each product in a sales agreement were automatically distributed
across all schedules by default. To modify the values, key account managers had to manually replace the prepopulated values for one
or more schedules. Editing the quantities for multiple schedules can be tedious, especially if sales agreements have numerous products.
Now, if key account managers choose to directly specify the planned quantities of products, they don’t need to modify prepopulated
values for multiple schedules across multiple products. They can manually specify the planned quantities for different schedules when
they add products to a sales agreement or can configure automated processes that populate the values based on business rules.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Manufacturing Sales Agreement Psl permission set.
How: For orgs with existing Sales Agreement implementations, admins must add the User Specifies Planned Quantity field to a Sales
Agreement page layout. Key account managers can choose to specify or autopopulate planned quantities only for new sales agreements.
Existing sales agreements aren't impacted by this feature.
To specify the planned quantity for products in a sales agreement, when you create the sales agreement, they must select User Specifies
Planned Quantity. To distribute the initial planned quantity across all schedules automatically, deselect the checkbox.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Customize Page Layouts for Sales Agreements
Salesforce Help: Edit Multi-Line Layouts for Sales Agreement Products
Salesforce Help: Create a Sales Agreement

Make Products Easily Recognizable in the Sales Agreement Table

Key account managers can now specify product display names for the sales agreement table that are different from the default names
from product records. They can make the display names for products more recognizable, to better suit the context of the agreements,
and tailored to customer preferences.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Manufacturing Sales Agreement Psl permission set.
How: For orgs with existing Sales Agreement implementations, admins must add the Display Name field to a Sales Agreement Product
page layout and a Sales Agreement Product multi-line layout.
To show a product's display name in the sales agreement table, on the sales agreement product record page, enter a name in the Display
Name field. To show the product's default name, leave the field blank.

486
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Manufacturing Cloud

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Customize Page Layouts for Sales Agreements
Salesforce Help: Edit Multi-Line Layouts for Sales Agreement Products
Salesforce Help: View Sales Agreement Terms Data

Easily Identify Schedules On the Sales Agreement Table

The column header names for sales agreement product schedules are now more intuitive for users. Previously, the column headers for
weekly, monthly, quarterly, and yearly schedules didn’t specify the start or end date of a specific schedule. This also led to duplicate
column header names, especially when sales agreements started after the 25th of a month. Now, users can easily identify the periods
in the sales agreement table, and there are no discrepancies in the data.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
How: Open a sales agreement record and review these changes to the schedule names:
• For monthly schedules, the column header name follows the format of Mar 01, 2024.
• For quarterly schedules, the column header name follows the format of Jan 31, 2024 – Apr 29, 2024.
• For yearly schedules, the column header name follows the format of 2023-2024.
• For weekly schedules, the column header name follows the format of Mar 01, 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View Sales Agreement Terms Data

Get More Guidance for Setting Up Sales Agreements

Efficiently set up and configure Sales Agreements by using the more intuitive user interface text on the Sales Agreements page in Setup.
Get simplified descriptions for each setting and easily go to the relevant Salesforce Help articles for detailed instructions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
Why: The user interface text for these settings and their descriptions are updated to help you easily understand what each setting does.

487
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Manufacturing Cloud

Old User Interface Text Updated User Interface Text

Enable Sales Agreements Sales Agreements Foundations

Renewal Renewal Period Start

Actuals Calculation Default Actuals Calculation Mode

Metrics Mapping Field Mappings for Custom Metrics

Agreement Terms Metrics Metric Groups

The descriptions for the Default Analytics Dashboard, Approval Process, and Email Notifications settings are also updated.

Easily Create Part Return Requests from a Warranty Claim or Work Order
The warranty claim process with the dealer is enhanced to facilitate seamless return of damaged parts. You can request the dealer to
return the damaged part if you want to inspect it to determine the cause of failure. The claim adjudicator can create a part return request
from an existing claim or a work order, specifying the destination location.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Warranty Lifecycle Management permission set.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Claims. Open a warranty claim record from the list view, and click New Part Return
Request. Field service technicians can request for return of parts when they visit the user location with the Salesforce Field Service
mobile app or the desktop app.

SEE ALSO:
Service Parts Return
Salesforce Help: Service Parts Return

488
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Manufacturing Cloud

Close Deals Quickly by Automating Quote and Sales Agreement Conversion

Key account managers can use simple workflows to easily convert sales agreements to quotes and quotes to sales agreements. Quote
and sales agreement conversions helps your sales teams deliver a seamless sales experience, speed up the sales cycle, and prevent errors.
After a sales agreement or a quote is converted, its products are added to the converted records.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Manufacturing Sales Agreement Psl permission set.
Why: Key account managers typically create quotes to outline the terms of potential sales. After customers and partners approve the
quotes, the key account managers create sales agreements based on the quotes to commit to sell products over a period of time.
Manually creating sales agreements from quotes can be error-prone and time-consuming. Key account managers can now quickly create
sales agreements from quotes through a simple workflow. If some manufacturers create quotes after they create sales agreements, they
can also convert their sales agreements to quotes.
How: To convert a sales agreement to a quote, on a sales agreement record, in the quick action menu, click Convert Sales Agreement
to Quote. Specify the required details, and save your changes.
To convert a quote to a sales agreement, on a quote record, in the quick action menu, click Convert Quote to Sales Agreement. Specify
the required details, and save your changes.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Quote and Sales Agreement Conversion

Search For and Transfer Products and Parts Across Inventory Locations
Maintain optimal inventory levels, fulfill product and part demand, and transform your inventory processes by using Inventory Search
and Transfer. Design a search experience to help inventory managers search for and track inventory stock at warehouses, distribution
centers, manufacturing plants, and other locations. Unify inventory data that's spread across multiple objects in a single object, Product
Inventory Searchable Field, that acts as the basis of the search experience. Give inventory managers accurate, relevant search results by
using a new data processing engine definition to keep the searchable inventory data up to date. Transfer serialized and non-serialized
products between locations based on customer demand and stock level.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Criteria-Based Search and Filter and Inventory Search and Transfer permission sets.

489
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Manufacturing Cloud

SEE ALSO:
Inventory Search and Transfer
Salesforce Help: Inventory Search and Transfer

Swiftly Generate Work Orders for Product Service Campaigns

Service managers can efficiently plan and track services for impacted assets in a product service campaign. With a single click, they can
generate work orders for selected or all product service campaign items related to a product service campaign to track the delivery of
services, such as asset upgrade and recall. They can filter and identify the work orders generated for product service campaign items
with minimum hassle.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Product Service Campaign permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Product Service Campaign
Salesforce Help: Product Service Campaign

490
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Media Cloud

Consider Decimal Values When Calculating Forecasts

Accurately calculate the forecasted quantities with the new decimal quantity fields on Sales Agreements. To calculate product quantities
for Advanced Account Forecasting, a new node is added to the Data Processing Engine (DPE) templates. This new node is mapped to
the fields that support decimal values for Sales Agreements and it automatically identifies integer or decimal quantity fields for forecast
calculations.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Advanced Account Forecast permission set.
How: Create a definition by using the updated Generate Account Forecast, Rollover Account Forecast, Recalculate Account Forecast, or
Regenerate Account Forecast templates or modify your existing definitions based on the updated templates. To modify an existing
definition, add the Compute Sales Agreement Quantity Based on Quantity Decimal Value Indicator.

Get Improved Mobile and Reports Support for Manufacturing Cloud Objects
Standard Salesforce reports and custom report types now support all Manufacturing Cloud objects. Admins can easily enable all standard
objects in Manufacturing Cloud in the Salesforce Mobile App. For example, if you enable the Sales Agreement object in the Manufacturing
org on your mobile device, you can create customized reports and access the object on your mobile.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Manufacturing Cloud.
How: You can create customized reports and mobile layouts in the Salesforce Mobile App.

New Connect APIs

Manufacturing Cloud includes this new Connect API.
Warranty To Supplier Claims
Warranty to Supplier Claims API clones the existing warranty claim and its hierarchy such as claim items, claim coverage, and claim
coverage payment details.

Media Cloud
Use the Media Cloud application suite to manage subscribers and subscriptions, create and manage ad campaigns, and more, through
community self-service interfaces or an agent console.
The Winter ‘25 release contains updates to the Advertising Sales Management business app.

Advertising Sales Management

Advertising Sales Management users can create related media product bundles, customize the spot calendar for radio ad placements,
and leverage Intelligent Document Reader for Request For Proposal (RFP) ingestion.

Advertising Sales Management

Advertising Sales Management users can create related media product bundles, customize the spot calendar for radio ad placements,
and leverage Intelligent Document Reader for Request For Proposal (RFP) ingestion.

491
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Net Zero Cloud

Boost Ad Impact With Related Media Product Bundles

Help media planners curate and manage comprehensive advertising packages across media types to deliver integrated proposals
to advertisers and agencies. Set up auto-add rules that associate product bundles of one media type (such as digital, TV, print, and
radio) with product bundles of other media types. When you add a bundle for which the auto-add rules are set, the related bundles
are added to the respective tabs in the media planning grid, without requiring you to leave the current media tab.
Customize the Spot Calendar's Style and Display
Implement customized styling of the spot calendar, and conditionalize the information shown, according to your business logic.

Boost Ad Impact With Related Media Product Bundles

Help media planners curate and manage comprehensive advertising packages across media types to deliver integrated proposals to
advertisers and agencies. Set up auto-add rules that associate product bundles of one media type (such as digital, TV, print, and radio)
with product bundles of other media types. When you add a bundle for which the auto-add rules are set, the related bundles are added
to the respective tabs in the media planning grid, without requiring you to leave the current media tab.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in all editions.

Customize the Spot Calendar's Style and Display

Implement customized styling of the spot calendar, and conditionalize the information shown, according to your business logic.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: To use this feature, create:
• Apex Class: MediaAdSalesCustomRadioHandler
• Integration Procedure: BulkCheckAvailability
• Lightning Web Component: sfiAdsCustomRadioPaginationHandler
You must also update the sfiAdsRadioParentGrid Flexcard.

Net Zero Cloud

Improve the efficiency, credibility, and transparency of disclosure responses with new features and enhancements to Net Zero Cloud
and Disclosure and Compliance Hub. Use the Information Library to collect and organize environmental, social, and governance (ESG)
snippets into a central, unified source. Use Einstein generative AI to automatically generate draft responses from disclosure documents
and save them in a Microsoft 365 Word document. Boost efficiency by using Einstein to revise disclosure responses by summarizing,
elaborating, or rephrasing them for accuracy. Maintain your questions and their responses year over year by saving them from the
Microsoft 365 Word document to the Assessment Framework.

Allowlist the Domains that You Trust for Disclosures

To safeguard your users and your network, allow the Salesforce Disclosure and Compliance Hub Connector app to show your
disclosures in an inline frame to make requests only to the external websites that you trust. Add the domains that you trust for your
disclosures to an allowlist in Session Settings.
Collect and Manage ESG Content in Centralized Information Library for Use Across ESG Disclosures
In the Information Library, manage environmental, social and governance (ESG) information as snippets. Create and edit the content
of your snippets, link them directly to data in Salesforce by using Data Links, and organize them into topics. Get approval from
stakeholders on your ESG snippets and collaborate on your reports with the centralized content.

492
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Net Zero Cloud

Einstein for Disclosure and Compliance Hub

Check out the latest Einstein for Disclosure and Compliance Hub features to automatically generate the first draft of responses for
ESG disclosures and revise disclosure responses by summarizing, elaborating, or rephrasing them for accuracy.
Save Disclosure Responses to Assessment Framework
Maintain assessment question responses year over year by saving them from Microsoft 365 Word documents to the Assessment
Framework. By doing so, users can store assessment responses for historical reference.
Synchronize Report Content to Create Latest and Auditable Reports
Create accurate and auditable environmental, social, and governance (ESG) reports in Microsoft 365 Word documents. Link data in
the report with its source by using snippets and data links. You can synchronize the content linked in the Microsoft Word document
with Salesforce records, ensuring that the latest content is available to users. When creating reports, use data links to connect content
directly to Salesforce fields and snippets to link document content to the Information Library.
Enhance Scope 3 Emissions Calculations with Einstein Generative AI (Beta)
Identify and associate the procurement emissions factor sets with Scope 3 GHG categories with Einstein generative AI. Then match
the procurement summary data to emissions factors.
Easily Access XBRL Tagging Providers on Net Zero Marketplace
Engage with eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) tagging providers and ensure accurate, efficient disclosure in Corporate
Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) reports. XBRL software standard is designed to enhance transparency, comparability, and
accessibility of financial and environmental, social, and governance (ESG) reports.
New and Changed Objects for Net Zero Cloud
Do more with the new and changed Net Zero Cloud objects.

Allowlist the Domains that You Trust for Disclosures

To safeguard your users and your network, allow the Salesforce Disclosure and Compliance Hub Connector app to show your disclosures
in an inline frame to make requests only to the external websites that you trust. Add the domains that you trust for your disclosures to
an allowlist in Session Settings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero
Growth license and the Disclosure and Compliance Hub add-on licenses.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Allowlist External Domains To Show Disclosures in an Inline Frame (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Collect and Manage ESG Content in Centralized Information Library for Use Across
ESG Disclosures
In the Information Library, manage environmental, social and governance (ESG) information as snippets. Create and edit the content of
your snippets, link them directly to data in Salesforce by using Data Links, and organize them into topics. Get approval from stakeholders
on your ESG snippets and collaborate on your reports with the centralized content.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero
Growth license, Disclosure and Compliance Hub add-on license, and Materiality Assessment add-on license.
Who: To edit Microsoft Word documents, you need a Microsoft 365 license.

493
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Net Zero Cloud

How: From Setup, find and select Disclosure and Compliance Hub Settings. Turn on Information Library. Then from Setup, find and
select Net Zero Settings. Turn on Manage Materiality Assessments.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Author Disclosures by Using Microsoft 365 Word (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Information Library (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Manage Snippets in Information Library (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Link Report Content With Source to Create Latest and Auditable Reports (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Einstein for Disclosure and Compliance Hub

Check out the latest Einstein for Disclosure and Compliance Hub features to automatically generate the first draft of responses for ESG
disclosures and revise disclosure responses by summarizing, elaborating, or rephrasing them for accuracy.

Generate First Draft of ESG Disclosure Automatically (Beta)

Enhance the environmental, social, and governance (ESG) reporting workflow by using Einstein generative AI in Disclosure and
Compliance Hub to automatically generate the first draft of responses for ESG disclosures in a Microsoft 365 Word document. The
Einstein to Generate Draft Response Document feature analyzes your data, such as previous years’ reports, policy documents, and
Information Library, to automatically generate responses that are accurate and consistent. ESG reporting managers can review and
modify these automatically generated responses as needed.
Revise Disclosure Responses Accurately with Enhanced Efficiency
Summarize, elaborate, or rephrase disclosure responses by using Einstein generative AI. Revising the disclosure responses not only
improves process efficiency but also shows your company's commitment to environmental, social, and governance practices. Enhance
the authoring experience by alleviating the burden of manual rephrasing and editing, which saves time and results in an overall
improvement in the quality of the disclosure report.
Revise Information Library Snippets via Einstein Generative AI
Summarize, elaborate, or rephrase Information Library snippets with Einstein generative AI. Revising the snippet content not only
improves process efficiency but also shows your company's commitment to environmental, social, and governance practices. Alleviate
the burden of rephrasing and editing disclosures with the Einstein for Information Library feature. This feature enhances the disclosure
authoring experience and results in an overall improvement in the quality of the snippets.

Generate First Draft of ESG Disclosure Automatically (Beta)

Enhance the environmental, social, and governance (ESG) reporting workflow by using Einstein generative AI in Disclosure and Compliance
Hub to automatically generate the first draft of responses for ESG disclosures in a Microsoft 365 Word document. The Einstein to Generate
Draft Response Document feature analyzes your data, such as previous years’ reports, policy documents, and Information Library, to
automatically generate responses that are accurate and consistent. ESG reporting managers can review and modify these automatically
generated responses as needed.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have the
Net Zero Cloud Growth license and the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein for Platform add-on license. Einstein generative
AI is available in Lightning Experience.

Note: Einstein to Generate Draft Response Document is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements
- Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA Gen AI, the Non-GA OpenAI LLM
Provider, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service is at the Customer's
sole discretion.

494
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Net Zero Cloud

Who: To edit Microsoft Word documents, you need a Microsoft 365 license.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
How: From the Microsoft store, install the Salesforce Disclosure and Compliance Hub for Microsoft 365 Word add-in.
In Salesforce, from Setup, find and select Disclosure and Compliance Hub Settings. Turn on Use Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Plugin for Microsoft 365, Einstein for Disclosure Authoring, and Einstein to Generate Draft Response Document.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable the Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Salesforce Help: Author Disclosures by Using Microsoft 365 Word
Salesforce Help: Manage First Draft of ESG Disclosure (Beta)(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Revise Disclosure Responses Accurately with Enhanced Efficiency

Summarize, elaborate, or rephrase disclosure responses by using Einstein generative AI. Revising the disclosure responses not only
improves process efficiency but also shows your company's commitment to environmental, social, and governance practices. Enhance
the authoring experience by alleviating the burden of manual rephrasing and editing, which saves time and results in an overall
improvement in the quality of the disclosure report.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have the
Net Zero Cloud Growth license and the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein for Platform add-on license. Einstein generative
AI is available in Lightning Experience.
Who: To edit Microsoft Word documents, you need a Microsoft 365 license.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
How: From the Microsoft store, install the Salesforce Disclosure and Compliance Hub for Microsoft 365 Word add-in.
In Salesforce, from Setup, find and select Disclosure and Compliance Hub Settings. Turn on Use Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Plugin for Microsoft 365, Einstein for Disclosure Authoring, and Einstein for Response Enrichment.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable the Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Salesforce Help: Create a Custom ESG Revise Response Prompt Template (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Revise Disclosure Responses During Authoring with Einstein Generative AI (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Revise Information Library Snippets via Einstein Generative AI

Summarize, elaborate, or rephrase Information Library snippets with Einstein generative AI. Revising the snippet content not only improves
process efficiency but also shows your company's commitment to environmental, social, and governance practices. Alleviate the burden
of rephrasing and editing disclosures with the Einstein for Information Library feature. This feature enhances the disclosure authoring
experience and results in an overall improvement in the quality of the snippets.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have the
Net Zero Cloud Growth license and the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein for Platform add-on license. Einstein generative
AI is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.

495
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Net Zero Cloud

How: From Setup, find and select Disclosure and Compliance Hub Settings. Turn on Information Library and Einstein for Information
Library.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable the Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Salesforce Help: Revise Snippets with Einstein Generative AI(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Save Disclosure Responses to Assessment Framework

Maintain assessment question responses year over year by saving them from Microsoft 365 Word documents to the Assessment
Framework. By doing so, users can store assessment responses for historical reference.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero
Cloud Growth license and the Disclosure and Compliance Hub add-on license.
Who: To edit Microsoft Word documents, you need a Microsoft 365 license.
How: From the Microsoft store, install the Salesforce Disclosure and Compliance Hub for Microsoft 365 Word add-in.
In Salesforce, from Setup, find and select Disclosure and Compliance Hub Settings. Turn on Use Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Plugin for Microsoft 365.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable the Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Salesforce Help: Save Disclosure Responses to Assessment Framework(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Synchronize Report Content to Create Latest and Auditable Reports

Create accurate and auditable environmental, social, and governance (ESG) reports in Microsoft 365 Word documents. Link data in the
report with its source by using snippets and data links. You can synchronize the content linked in the Microsoft Word document with
Salesforce records, ensuring that the latest content is available to users. When creating reports, use data links to connect content directly
to Salesforce fields and snippets to link document content to the Information Library.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero
Cloud Growth license and the Disclosure and Compliance Hub add-on license.
Who: To edit Microsoft Word documents, you need a Microsoft 365 license.
How: From the Microsoft store, install the Salesforce Disclosure and Compliance Hub for Microsoft 365 Word add-in.
In Salesforce, from Setup, find and select Disclosure and Compliance Hub Settings. Turn on Use Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Plugin for Microsoft 365 and Information Library. Then find and select Net Zero Settings. Turn on Manage Materiality Assessments.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable the Disclosure and Compliance Hub
Salesforce Help: Enable Net Zero Cloud
Salesforce Help: Link Report Content With Source to Create Latest and Auditable Reports(can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

496
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Net Zero Cloud

Enhance Scope 3 Emissions Calculations with Einstein Generative AI (Beta)

Identify and associate the procurement emissions factor sets with Scope 3 GHG categories with Einstein generative AI. Then match the
procurement summary data to emissions factors.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. You must have the
Net Zero Cloud Growth license and the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein for Platform add-on license. Einstein generative
AI is available in Lightning Experience.

Note: Einstein for Carbon Accounting and Einstein for Scope 3 Procurement Hub is a beta service that is subject to the Beta
Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and the Non-GA
Gen AI, the Non-GA OpenAI LLM Provider, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Why: These improvements use generative AI to help with GHG Protocol compliance. To suggest the GHG categories for the emissions
factor set items, generative AI uses your existing data for grounding.
• Review multiple emissions sets and match the procurement emissions factor sets with the Scope 3 GHG categories. This association
of GHG categories helps with emissions categorization, which aligns emissions categorization based on the GHG Protocol. Your
existing data is used for grounding while Einstein AI suggests the GHG categories for the emissions factor set items.
• Match procurement summary data to emissions factors, which helps to convert spent amounts into scope 3 emissions and in
categorizing the emissions into GHG categories.
How: From Setup, find and select Net Zero Settings. Turn on Einstein for Net Zero Cloud, Einstein for Carbon Accounting, and Einstein
for Scope 3 Procurement Hub.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Net Zero Cloud Features
Salesforce Help: Match Procurement Emissions Factor Sets to GHG Scope 3 Categories
Salesforce Help: Match Procurement Data to Emission Factors

Easily Access XBRL Tagging Providers on Net Zero Marketplace

Engage with eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) tagging providers and ensure accurate, efficient disclosure in Corporate
Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) reports. XBRL software standard is designed to enhance transparency, comparability, and
accessibility of financial and environmental, social, and governance (ESG) reports.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Net Zero
Cloud Growth license.
Why: On Net Zero Marketplace, browse detailed information about the tagging providers, including their tagging platforms, testimonials,
contact information, and more. Businesses can engage directly with providers to use their tagging services for applying the required
taxonomy for CSRD reports prepared in Net Zero Cloud. The accurate tagging of CSRD reports improves time efficiency of businesses in
the European Union to meet regulatory requirements.

SEE ALSO:
XBRL Tagging Providers on Net Zero Marketplace

New and Changed Objects for Net Zero Cloud

Do more with the new and changed Net Zero Cloud objects.

497
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

Changed Objects
Generate the draft response document using Einstein Search for the disclosure
Use the new ShouldGenDrftRespDocFrEinstein field on the Disclosure object.
Store information about your snippets in Information Library
Use the new ReportingYear, BusinessUnit, Country, Region, Organization, ValidStartDate,
ValidEndDate, and DataSource fields on the DocumentClause object.
Store information to identify the materiality topics
Use the new Identifier, Name, Category, Description, ParentTopic, and OrderSequence fields on the
MaterialityTopic object.

New Object
Store information about the content source
Use the new ContentLink object.
Store information about the data source that's referenced by an object
Use the new ContentSource object.
Store information about the topic and a document clause set
Use the new MaterialityTopicDocClauseSet object.
Store information about two related topics
Use the new MaterialityTopicReference object.
Store information about the external document that's used to collaborate on Information Library content
Use the new InfoLibraryExternalDocument object.

SEE ALSO:
Net Zero Cloud Developer Guide

Public Sector Solutions

Optimize your recruitment and hiring process by using tools and workflows that are designed for public sector organizations. Enable
recruiters to drive a faster and coordinated hiring effort, simplify the evaluation process for interviewers, and enhance the overall experience
for candidates. Help investigators and caseworkers quickly understand cases and manage critical case data with a unified interface and
guided flows. Improve caseworker productivity and efficiency with data-driven insights. Give your employees Einstein generative AI
capabilities that help them serve constituents faster and better.

Talent Recruitment Management

Help your recruiters manage talent recruitment and hiring activities from position management to employment offer extension.
Give job seekers an engaging site to discover career opportunities and a streamlined application process. Make hiring decisions
faster by giving hiring managers and interviewers the tools to coordinate and evaluate applicants.
Investigative Case Management
Manage your investigative process from case creation to its resolution from the Investigative Case Management console app. Provide
investigators and caseworkers a single interface to quickly understand a case and manage critical case data that includes related
complaints, case participants, evidence, and violation details. Use data-driven insights to improve caseworker productivity and
efficiency.

498
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions

With the help of Einstein generative AI built into your workflows, give your employees contextual insights to make informed decisions,
improve service delivery, and quickly respond to constituents’ queries. Boost employee morale and productivity, and improve
constituent experience and satisfaction.
Speed Up Referral Authorization with Out-of-the-Box Flow
Quickly configure referral authorization with a readily-available Salesforce flow template. Previously, you downloaded a flow from
the Public Sector Solutions process library and then deployed it.
Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components
Use the new intuitive designers for Flexcard, Omniscript, Integration Procedure, and Omnistudio Data Mappers in the standard
runtime. Easily view your Omnistudio components from their new list view pages, and open them in the new designers. All the
existing elements and configurations from the designer on a managed package are available in the new designers.
Use Omniscripts in Multiple Languages
Support global audiences by showing Omniscripts in the language that's configured in your Salesforce org or Experience Cloud site.
Previously, these Omniscripts supported only English. If you use a customized version of any of these Omniscripts, make sure that
you customize the corresponding Omniscripts in the new language before using them.
New and Changed Objects in Public Sector Solutions
Do more with these new and changed objects.

New and Enhanced Common Features for Public Sector Solutions

Public Sector Solutions includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features
to extend and customize Public Sector Solutions based on your business needs.
• Accounting Subledger
Significantly reduce Accounting Subledger’s processing time by bypassing reversal logic and current value field mapping.

• Action Launcher
Contact center agents can now search for actions based on semantic search.

• Business Rules Engine

Keep your business rules modular using context-aware subexpressions. Update business rules easily by saving a selected expression
set version as a new expression set or as a new version within the existing expression set. Test expression sets comprehensively with
all available context mappings. Migrate expression set versions efficiently using ranks. Leverage string functions in your expression
set calculation steps to streamline and simplify the implementation of complex business logic. Create decision tables effortlessly
using the unified experience. Use a CSV to create a decision table to save time and effort. Determine the complexity of your decision
table using the decision table type options. Use source filters to narrow down the source object records if the source object has a
large number of rows. Use Salesforce objects with large volumes of data such as Account and Lead in decision tables.

• Data Processing Engine

Upload large amounts of external data into your Data Processing Engine definitions by using CSV files. Write to related objects in
writeback nodes in Data Cloud runtime. Automatically save recipes and output records by running your definitions in debug mode.

• Engagement
The Engagement Interaction object now supports record types that determine the business processes, page layouts, and picklist
values that users have access to. Use record types to create customized user experiences for different business processes.

• Grantmaking

499
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

By using an enhanced, easy-to-implement form framework, users can create, publish, and review progress reports on grant applications.
Grants managers can review all submitted applications from a single screen.

• Omnistudio
Omnistudio Standard offers new designers and list views for all components. It also offers customization of Omniscript elements.

• Service Process Studio

Service Process Studio now supports screen flow request forms in service process definitions.

Talent Recruitment Management

Help your recruiters manage talent recruitment and hiring activities from position management to employment offer extension. Give
job seekers an engaging site to discover career opportunities and a streamlined application process. Make hiring decisions faster by
giving hiring managers and interviewers the tools to coordinate and evaluate applicants.

Streamline How You Manage Positions, Requisitions, and Job Postings

Help HR staff create and maintain your organizational structure by using the Talent Recruitment Management data model. They can
define and group occupations, classify positions and pay grades, and add job positions based on your workforce needs. Create
requisitions for job vacancies and track approvals. Quickly prepare a job posting for a vacancy by using a guided flow and publish
the postings on your Experience Cloud site for job seekers.
Attract the Best Talent and Offer a Seamless Job Application Experience
On your Experience Cloud site for job seekers, tell them about your organization’s mission and values, career paths and benefits, and
the work environment. Share success stories, employee testimonials, and the opportunities for employees to make a positive impact.
Enable them to search for jobs that match their interests and preferences. Give them a guided flow to complete job applications,
and help them track their application status.
Evaluate, Vet, and Hire Talent More Efficiently with the Talent Recruitment Management Console App
Your recruiters can filter job applications to match hiring requirements. They can assign interviewers to evaluate applicants, share
the assessment criteria, and track interviewer feedback. Make tentative employment offers to selected candidates and track their
vetting evaluations. Review vetting outcomes and finalize employment offers for successful candidates.
Accelerate Hiring Decisions with an All-In-One Hiring Experience
Streamline the hiring and evaluation process for hiring managers and interviewers by providing an Experience Cloud site for employees.
Hiring managers can easily work with recruiters to review and approve requisitions and job postings. Interviewers can assess the
applicants that they are assigned. Based on interviewer assessments, hiring managers can make informed hiring recommendations.
Share Information with Select Hiring Team Members
Review your hiring process and policies, and determine which team members need access to recruitment requisitions and application
form evaluations. Use Compliant Data Sharing to define roles and the levels of access permitted. To share a record with a hiring team
member, add them as a participant and assign them an appropriate role.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Talent Recruitment Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

500
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

Streamline How You Manage Positions, Requisitions, and Job Postings

Help HR staff create and maintain your organizational structure by using the Talent Recruitment Management data model. They can
define and group occupations, classify positions and pay grades, and add job positions based on your workforce needs. Create requisitions
for job vacancies and track approvals. Quickly prepare a job posting for a vacancy by using a guided flow and publish the postings on
your Experience Cloud site for job seekers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Classify Occupations and Positions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create a Recruitment Requisition (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create a Job Posting (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Attract the Best Talent and Offer a Seamless Job Application Experience
On your Experience Cloud site for job seekers, tell them about your organization’s mission and values, career paths and benefits, and
the work environment. Share success stories, employee testimonials, and the opportunities for employees to make a positive impact.
Enable them to search for jobs that match their interests and preferences. Give them a guided flow to complete job applications, and
help them track their application status.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Build a Career Site for Your Organization (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Evaluate, Vet, and Hire Talent More Efficiently with the Talent Recruitment Management Console
App
Your recruiters can filter job applications to match hiring requirements. They can assign interviewers to evaluate applicants, share the
assessment criteria, and track interviewer feedback. Make tentative employment offers to selected candidates and track their vetting
evaluations. Review vetting outcomes and finalize employment offers for successful candidates.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create and Assign Evaluations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Make a Tentative Employment Offer to a Selected Applicant (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create Vetting Evaluations for a Selected Applicant (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Accelerate Hiring Decisions with an All-In-One Hiring Experience

Streamline the hiring and evaluation process for hiring managers and interviewers by providing an Experience Cloud site for employees.
Hiring managers can easily work with recruiters to review and approve requisitions and job postings. Interviewers can assess the applicants
that they are assigned. Based on interviewer assessments, hiring managers can make informed hiring recommendations.

501
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Build an Employee Site for Talent Recruitment Management in Public Sector Solutions (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

Share Information with Select Hiring Team Members

Review your hiring process and policies, and determine which team members need access to recruitment requisitions and application
form evaluations. Use Compliant Data Sharing to define roles and the levels of access permitted. To share a record with a hiring team
member, add them as a participant and assign them an appropriate role.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Compliant Data Sharing for Talent Recruitment Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Investigative Case Management

Manage your investigative process from case creation to its resolution from the Investigative Case Management console app. Provide
investigators and caseworkers a single interface to quickly understand a case and manage critical case data that includes related
complaints, case participants, evidence, and violation details. Use data-driven insights to improve caseworker productivity and efficiency.

Efficiently Manage Investigations with Casework Overview

Give your investigators and caseworkers a single interface to manage case critical data and to gain a comprehensive view of a case,
including a chronological view of the case activities. Expedite investigations with guided flows to handle interactions such as
interviews, to gather evidence, and to proceed to case and risk assessments.
Easily Capture Evidence for a Case by Using a Guided Flow
Make it easy for caseworkers and investigators to add evidence as custody items to a case in Casework Overview. Add custody item
details, create the chain of custody, and add relevant regulatory code violations—all in a single workflow.
Get Insights into Caseworker Productivity
Use Caseworker Productivity analytics to manage workloads and make informed staffing decisions based on caseloads and case
trends. Give supervisors insights into caseload distribution, caseworker performance, and case processing times to help them improve
caseworker productivity and efficiency.
Share Complaints and Case Proceedings with Select Users
To comply with policies and maintain data privacy, control who has access to the complaint and case proceeding records. Use
Compliant Data Sharing to define roles and the level of access permitted to complaint and case proceeding participants. To share
a record with an internal user, a partner, or a constituent, add them as a participant and assign them an appropriate role.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Investigative Case Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

502
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

Efficiently Manage Investigations with Casework Overview

Give your investigators and caseworkers a single interface to manage case critical data and to gain a comprehensive view of a case,
including a chronological view of the case activities. Expedite investigations with guided flows to handle interactions such as interviews,
to gather evidence, and to proceed to case and risk assessments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

Easily Capture Evidence for a Case by Using a Guided Flow

Make it easy for caseworkers and investigators to add evidence as custody items to a case in Casework Overview. Add custody item
details, create the chain of custody, and add relevant regulatory code violations—all in a single workflow.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

Get Insights into Caseworker Productivity

Use Caseworker Productivity analytics to manage workloads and make informed staffing decisions based on caseloads and case trends.
Give supervisors insights into caseload distribution, caseworker performance, and case processing times to help them improve caseworker
productivity and efficiency.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

Share Complaints and Case Proceedings with Select Users

To comply with policies and maintain data privacy, control who has access to the complaint and case proceeding records. Use Compliant
Data Sharing to define roles and the level of access permitted to complaint and case proceeding participants. To share a record with an
internal user, a partner, or a constituent, add them as a participant and assign them an appropriate role.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Compliant Data Sharing in Public Sector Solutions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions

With the help of Einstein generative AI built into your workflows, give your employees contextual insights to make informed decisions,
improve service delivery, and quickly respond to constituents’ queries. Boost employee morale and productivity, and improve constituent
experience and satisfaction.

Simplify License Management with Einstein

For compliance officers, use Einstein to create an overview of a business’s licenses and permits. Highlight the expired or near-expired
licenses, outstanding regulatory fees, or violations, and licenses pending verification. Also, list the required licenses or permits that
the business hasn’t yet applied for. Compliance officers can use these insights to quickly plan the next steps for timely license renewals
and compliance.

503
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

Optimize Follow-Up Visits with Einstein

For an inspector on a follow-up visit, have Einstein compile the regulatory code violations from previous inspection visits. Categorize
violations by type and regulatory code, and specify the number of times that a violation occurred. List the enforcement actions for
a violation and the status of each action, and indicate the possible focus areas for the follow-up visit.
Streamline Benefit Management with Einstein
Create a historical overview of a benefit application for your caseworkers by using Einstein. Log the key dates of submission, evaluation,
eligibility determination, and recertification. Report the application’s status and outcome, and a recap of the assessments related to
the application. Caseworkers can use these insights to make informed decisions and quickly resolve constituent queries about their
benefits.
Help Caseworkers Quickly Identify Benefit Application Changes with Einstein
When a caseworker reviews a revised benefit application, use Einstein to compare the information provided by the constituent in
the assessment versions associated with the application. Highlight the changes in the constituent’s information so that the caseworker
can quickly identify the impact on their benefit eligibility and assign or adjust their benefit entitlement.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions

Simplify License Management with Einstein

For compliance officers, use Einstein to create an overview of a business’s licenses and permits. Highlight the expired or near-expired
licenses, outstanding regulatory fees, or violations, and licenses pending verification. Also, list the required licenses or permits that the
business hasn’t yet applied for. Compliance officers can use these insights to quickly plan the next steps for timely license renewals and
compliance.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Public Sector Solutions
is enabled, with the Einstein for Platform add-on. To purchase the Einstein Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions is available starting November 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions

Optimize Follow-Up Visits with Einstein

For an inspector on a follow-up visit, have Einstein compile the regulatory code violations from previous inspection visits. Categorize
violations by type and regulatory code, and specify the number of times that a violation occurred. List the enforcement actions for a
violation and the status of each action, and indicate the possible focus areas for the follow-up visit.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Public Sector Solutions
is enabled, with the Einstein for Platform add-on. To purchase the Einstein Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions is available starting November 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions

504
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

Streamline Benefit Management with Einstein

Create a historical overview of a benefit application for your caseworkers by using Einstein. Log the key dates of submission, evaluation,
eligibility determination, and recertification. Report the application’s status and outcome, and a recap of the assessments related to the
application. Caseworkers can use these insights to make informed decisions and quickly resolve constituent queries about their benefits.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Public Sector Solutions
is enabled, with the Einstein for Platform add-on. To purchase the Einstein Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions is available starting November 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions

Help Caseworkers Quickly Identify Benefit Application Changes with Einstein

When a caseworker reviews a revised benefit application, use Einstein to compare the information provided by the constituent in the
assessment versions associated with the application. Highlight the changes in the constituent’s information so that the caseworker can
quickly identify the impact on their benefit eligibility and assign or adjust their benefit entitlement.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Public Sector Solutions
is enabled, with the Einstein for Platform add-on. To purchase the Einstein Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions is available starting November 2024.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI for Public Sector Solutions

Speed Up Referral Authorization with Out-of-the-Box Flow

Quickly configure referral authorization with a readily-available Salesforce flow template. Previously, you downloaded a flow from the
Public Sector Solutions process library and then deployed it.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Referral Authorization (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components

Use the new intuitive designers for Flexcard, Omniscript, Integration Procedure, and Omnistudio Data Mappers in the standard runtime.
Easily view your Omnistudio components from their new list view pages, and open them in the new designers. All the existing elements
and configurations from the designer on a managed package are available in the new designers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited
editions where Public Sector Solutions and Omnistudio are enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Omnistudio

505
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

Use Omniscripts in Multiple Languages

Support global audiences by showing Omniscripts in the language that's configured in your Salesforce org or Experience Cloud site.
Previously, these Omniscripts supported only English. If you use a customized version of any of these Omniscripts, make sure that you
customize the corresponding Omniscripts in the new language before using them.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.
Why: These Omniscripts now support multiple languages.
• LicensingAndPermitting/BusinessLicenseApplication
• LicensingAndPermitting/Prescreening
• LicensingAndPermitting/Salon
• CaseProceeding/ServiceRequest
• CaseProceeding/AddParticipants
• CaseProceeding/ComplaintIntake

New and Changed Objects in Public Sector Solutions

Do more with these new and changed objects.
Associate an action plan template with a related object
Use the new ActionPlanBaseTemplateAsgn object.
Capture information about a job application
Use the new ApplicationForm object.
Capture information about an application form's evaluation
Use the new ApplicationFormEvaluation object.
Assign an application form evaluation to a user or group
Use the new ApplicationFormEvalPtcp object.
Share an application form with a user or group
Use the new ApplicationFormParticipant object.
Associate an application form with a related record
Use the new ApplicationFormRelation object.
Capture information about an employee in your organization
Use the new Employee2 object.
Capture information about a user's employment in an organization
Use the new Employment object.
Capture the details of an employment offer made to a candidate
Use the new EmploymentOffer object.
Associate an employment offer with a vetting evaluation
Use the new EmploymentOfferVettingEval object.
Store the denormalized job application details for search
Use the new JobApplnSearchableField object.
Define an instance of employment in a particular position
Use the new JobPosition object.

506
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Public Sector Solutions

Associate a job position with a pay grade

Use the new JobPositionPayGrade object.
Store the denormalized job posting details for search
Use the new JobPostingSearchableField object.
Associate a job position with a recruitment requisition
Use the new JobPstnRecruitmentRqs object.
Define an occupation for positions that require specific skills, knowledge, or qualifications in a specialized field
Use the new Occupation object.
Group occupations that involve broadly similar functions, skills, or equipment
Use the new OccupationGroup object.
Capture a job applicant's profile information
Use the new PartyProfile object.
Capture a job applicant's address
Use the new PartyProfileAddress object.
Define a pay band for a set of positions that require sufficiently similar responsibilities and competencies
Use the new PayGrade object.
Define a pay range within the pay band for a pay grade
Use the new PayGradeStep object.
Define the pay grade step for a work location
Use the new PayGradeStepLocation object.
Define a functional role that has specific duties and responsibilities, and required skills and qualifications
Use the new Position object.
Associate a position with a pay grade
Use the new PositionPayGrade object.
Store the details that you want to include in a job posting section
Use the new RecruitmentContentSection object.
Create a job posting for a vacancy in your organization
Use the new RecruitmentPosting object.
Associate a job posting with a job posting section
Use the new RecruitmentPostingCntntSect object.
Create a formal request to recruit for a job vacancy
Use the new RecruitmentRequisition object.
Associate a recruitment requisition with the location of the job vacancy
Use the new RecruitmentRequisitionLoc object.
Associate a user or group with a recruitment requisition
Use the new RecruitmentRequisitionPtcp object.
Capture the details of a candidate's vetting evaluation
Use the new VettingEvaluation object.
Store the information provided by an applicant in a JSON representation
Use the new ApplicantInformation field on the existing PreliminaryApplicationRef object.

507
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Referral Marketing

Referral Marketing
View the configuration of referral promotions with ease. Find out a customer's Data Cloud segment using prebuilt data graphs. Person
account is no longer required to implement Referral Marketing. Use APIs to view advocate details and to track the source of referrals.

Easily View Configurations of a Referral Promotion

View the detailed configuration of a referral promotion with just one click. Users with read-only access to referral promotion-related
objects can view the promotion configurations. Also, promotion owners can review the details and determine the changes they
want to make without deactivating a referral promotion.
Accelerate Customer Segment Verification for Promotions
Use prebuilt Data Cloud data graphs to verify whether customers are part of a referral promotion's segment when they try to join a
promotion as an advocate. By default, Data Cloud's Query API is used to check whether customers belong to the promotion's segment.
To verify a customer's segment faster, use data graphs.
Implement Referral Marketing Without a Person Account
You no longer need a person account to implement Referral Marketing in your org. However, we recommend you to have a person
account.
Enable Advocates to Manage Referrals on Experience Cloud Sites
Experience Cloud site users such as referral promotion advocates can now refer friends and track referrals and rewards on your
company's referral program website.
Integrate Referral Marketing in a Mobile App
Integrate the referral program feature into a mobile app using the new Referral Mobile SDK for Android and iOS.
New and Changed Connect REST APIs
Here's a list of new and changed connect REST APIs.

Easily View Configurations of a Referral Promotion

View the detailed configuration of a referral promotion with just one click. Users with read-only access to referral promotion-related
objects can view the promotion configurations. Also, promotion owners can review the details and determine the changes they want
to make without deactivating a referral promotion.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Referral
Marketing is available.
How: To view the configuration of an active referral promotion, click View Configuration on the referral promotion record.

508
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Referral Marketing

Accelerate Customer Segment Verification for Promotions

Use prebuilt Data Cloud data graphs to verify whether customers are part of a referral promotion's segment when they try to join a
promotion as an advocate. By default, Data Cloud's Query API is used to check whether customers belong to the promotion's segment.
To verify a customer's segment faster, use data graphs.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Loyalty
Management and Data Cloud.
How: After you create the standard data bundles that you require for Data Cloud and configure customer segments in Data Cloud, install
the Customer Engagement Data Graphs package. Next, turn on Verify Advocate Data Cloud Segment with Data Graphs on the Referral
Marketing Settings page in Setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud Segment-Based Referral Promotion Audience Segmentation (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Implement Referral Marketing Without a Person Account

You no longer need a person account to implement Referral Marketing in your org. However, we recommend you to have a person
account.

509
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Referral
Marketing is available.

Enable Advocates to Manage Referrals on Experience Cloud Sites

Experience Cloud site users such as referral promotion advocates can now refer friends and track referrals and rewards on your company's
referral program website.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Referral
Marketing is available.
How: Assign the Manage Referral Records permission set to grant Experience Cloud site users access to view and create referral records.

Integrate Referral Marketing in a Mobile App

Integrate the referral program feature into a mobile app using the new Referral Mobile SDK for
EDITIONS
Android and iOS.
You can now extend the sample MyNTORewards app to include referral promotions. Or, build Available in: all editions that
a custom mobile app and include the referral program feature using the Referral Mobile SDK for have Referral Marketing
Android and iOS. Referral Mobile SDK works on iOS 15.0+ and Android 8.0+ versions. enabled

New and Changed Connect REST APIs

Here's a list of new and changed connect REST APIs.

Changed Connect REST APIs

Referral Event
The input includes three new fields and the response includes one new fields:
referralChannel—Channels such as email and social media that are used to refer a friend.
referralStage—The event type to consider based on the stage of the referral promotion.
referredPartyJournalSubtype—The activity for which the referred members are rewarded.

New Connect REST APIs

Referral Advocate Profile
View the profile of a referral program advocate.

Salesforce for Education

Connect, organize, and unify data in Education Cloud by using the power of Data Cloud. Review metrics on the engagement level of an
alumnus in the areas of experience, communication, volunteerism, and philanthropy by using Data Cloud for Education. Use Einstein
generative AI to summarize information about mentors and mentees, to summarize learners’ advising cases, and to quickly and efficiently
respond to inquiries. Bridge admissions and student success by automating student enrollment. Advisors can create and assign pulse
checks to get feedback from learners and use watchlist tracking to proactively monitor learners who need additional support. Staff can
create templates for degree program plans, and learners can compare programs side by side to find the best fit. Learners can get an
overview of their academic progress on the learner portal. Use a flow to request and collect recommendation details for applications.
Use Inquiry Management to help prospects sign up for a mailing list, request a call or email from your institution, or ask a question. Create
and manage your learning catalog with new REST and Apex compatible APIs.

510
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Unify Your Learner Data with Data Cloud for Education

Bring scattered data from disparate systems throughout your institution together in a central location and put it to work for your
learners. Use new education-specific data model objects within Data Cloud to bring learner data from external learning management,
student information, engagement, and enterprise resource planning systems into Data Cloud, where you can harmonize the data
to build segments, create calculated insights, and analyze key metrics. Then Education Cloud users from every area of your institution
can use it to gain insight and take action.
Build Stronger Alumni Relationships with Einstein and Data Cloud for Education: Alumni Metrics
Understand the full picture of alumni and supporter engagement through the power of Alumni Metrics, which brings together their
information from across the institution. This tool combines Education Cloud, Data Cloud, calculated insights, and generative AI to
show relationship officers descriptions and ratings of an alumnus’ personal impact based on their experience, communication,
volunteerism, philanthropic history, and participation in activities that are relevant to your institution. The components are extremely
configurable, which means you can use them not just on alumni pages, but anywhere you want to get insight about. You can decide
which metrics to highlight and include prompt templates to create emails, summaries, outreach messages, and other generative AI
elements.
Enroll Admitted Students into Learning Programs
Use the new Enroll Applicant action on the individual application record page to enroll a newly admitted student. Schedule the
Enroll Applicant Bulk flow to process enrollments for multiple students at a time.
Monitor Learners with Watchlist Tracking
Proactively monitor learners who require enhanced support. Add learners to the watchlist from the academic term enrollments list
view page, cases list view page, or case record page. Escalate a watchlisted learner's record to provide timely intervention and
personalized assistance for academic success.
Get Learner Feedback with Pulse Checks
Assess learner engagement, satisfaction, and overall wellbeing by using pulse checks. Create recurring or one-time pulse checks
from templates and assign them to advisees. Learners are notified when pulse checks are assigned to them, and can respond on
the learner portal. Advisors can view the status and submitted responses on the Pulse Checks tab of the learner's case record page,
and view score graphs that track learner sentiment over time.
Summarize Advising Cases by Using Einstein
Use Einstein generative AI to get an advising summary that includes details about a learner’s case, including details of the interaction
summaries, academic terms, program enrollments, intake assessments, record alerts, and pulse checks associated with the case.
Configure the case record page to view the saved summaries on a tab.
Find Accurate Mentor Matches with Einstein Mentoring Summaries
Get a comprehensive view of the information you need to facilitate well-suited mentoring pairings with Einstein-generated summaries
of mentor and mentee skills, experience, and relationships. Einstein Mentoring Summaries brings the power of generative AI to the
existing Mentor Comparison screen flow. Staff can see overviews of mentors and mentees, including the differences and similarities
between them. You can also provide the summaries to mentors and mentees during the introduction phase of your mentoring
program.
View Academic Highlights with Learner Progress Summary
Use the new Learner Progress Overview Flexcard so learners can get an overview of their academic progress on the learner portal.
Learners can select the learning program and learner pathway to view the completion percentage, credits overview, and other
details. Advisors can use the dropdown on the Learner Overview card to view the academic highlights on the updated case record
page for the Student Success app.
Manage Your Learning Catalog with APIs
Import your course catalog data by using APIs that support external IDs and simplify the migration process. Use the new REST and
Apex APIs createLearnings, updateLearnings, and getLearning to create, edit, or access your learning courses and programs, including
the related outcomes, achievements, and foundation items.

511
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Visualize Imported Catalog Data in Learning Program Plan Builder

Manage all your imported learning program plan requirements within Learning Program Plan Builder. View, edit, save, cancel, and
publish all your program plans in the intuitive interface without creating courses and programs from scratch.
Accelerate Degree Planning with Learner Pathway Templates
Streamline the degree planning experience by providing prebuilt pathway templates for learners. Staff can also use Intelligent Degree
Planner’s drag-and-drop interface to create recommended pathways for learners to customize. You can offer multiple pathway
templates for the same program so that learners can choose the template that best suits their objectives.
Clarify Prerequisites and Corequisites in Intelligent Degree Planner
Help learners capture their prerequisites and corequisites in their degree plan to make sure they’re on the right track for graduation.
Intelligent Degree Planner automatically notifies learners when they planned a course but didn't plan its associated requirements.
Notifications include the names of missing requirements, their categories, or direct links to course detail pages where the learner
can view a complete list of prerequisites and corequisites.
Help Learners Make Informed Decisions with the Intelligent Program Comparison Engine
Give learners a side-by-side comparison of the learning program that they're enrolled in with up to three other programs that they’re
considering. They can see a detailed view of the requirements that they fulfill against each program. Learners can also generate,
download, and print a What-If report for a detailed audit of a program’s required and elective coursework, and the elements that
they fulfilled.
Strengthen Prospect Engagement With Recruitment Inquiry and Opportunity Management
Help prospective learners get the information they need quickly and easily by adding intuitive inquiry tools to your Experience Cloud
site. Distinguish between general inquiries, requests for contact, and case initiations and route each request accordingly to ensure
responses are comprehensive and timely. Run analytics on response time, time between inquiry and application, and inquiries that
lead to applications or enrollments. Assign opportunities to recruitment and admissions staff and seamlessly forecast revenue for
students.
Streamline the Recommendation Process with Recommender Experience
Save time and effort for applicants, recommenders, and admissions staff by automating the main elements of the recommendation
cycle. Applicants can nominate recommenders directly in their application, which sends a recommendation request email to the
recommender. A form linked in the email collects recommendation details for evaluation, and reminders help minimize back-and-forth
communication during the busy application submission process.
Use Fundraising Updates for Advancement
Updates to Fundraising make it easy to manage and track donor information. Create outreach source codes in bulk, sync person
account addresses with the primary contact point address, generate donor briefs, and enhance the tracking of pledges. Match donors
with an external ID during gift entry, update the tax receipt status of gift transactions in a batch, and capture and track soft credits
on gift commitments.
New and Changed Objects in Education Cloud
Do more with the new and updated Education Cloud objects.
Connect REST APIs
Connect REST APIs for Education Cloud enables ISVs to integrate with Salesforce software and UIs. These APIs are used to create,
modify, or access learning courses and programs, including the related outcomes, achievements, and foundation items.

New and Enhanced Common Features for Education Cloud

Education Cloud includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features to extend
and customize Education Cloud based on your business needs.
• Compliant Data Sharing

512
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Universities and K-12 institutions can use Compliant Data Sharing to easily tailor access to student-specific confidential data based
on the context of each user’s role. Grant users access to only the data that they need depending on their level of engagement with
a student. By default, Compliant Data Sharing bypasses role hierarchy-based sharing, enabling institutions to comply with stringent
student data sharing policies.

• Disclosure and Compliance Hub

Updates to Disclosure and Compliance Hub help you organize questions, answers, and generate reports that can be easily accessed
and tracked.

• Feedback Management
Universities and K-12 institutions can use Feedback Management to easily survey stakeholders across campus, including students,
parents, alumni, faculty, and staff.

• Service Process Studio

Updates to Service Process Studio help you design seamless customer service processes quickly and efficiently. Staff can launch
these service processes and get started with the customer service operations for the learner.

Unify Your Learner Data with Data Cloud for Education

Bring scattered data from disparate systems throughout your institution together in a central location and put it to work for your learners.
Use new education-specific data model objects within Data Cloud to bring learner data from external learning management, student
information, engagement, and enterprise resource planning systems into Data Cloud, where you can harmonize the data to build
segments, create calculated insights, and analyze key metrics. Then Education Cloud users from every area of your institution can use it
to gain insight and take action.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud and
Data Cloud licenses are enabled.
Who: Only users with the Education Cloud Full Access and Data Cloud permission sets can use Data Cloud for Education.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud for Education Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Build Stronger Alumni Relationships with Einstein and Data Cloud for Education: Alumni
Metrics
Understand the full picture of alumni and supporter engagement through the power of Alumni Metrics, which brings together their
information from across the institution. This tool combines Education Cloud, Data Cloud, calculated insights, and generative AI to show
relationship officers descriptions and ratings of an alumnus’ personal impact based on their experience, communication, volunteerism,
philanthropic history, and participation in activities that are relevant to your institution. The components are extremely configurable,
which means you can use them not just on alumni pages, but anywhere you want to get insight about. You can decide which metrics
to highlight and include prompt templates to create emails, summaries, outreach messages, and other generative AI elements.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
and the Einstein for Sales or Einstein for Service add-on license are enabled, with Data Cloud as part of an Einstein add-on or as a
standalone license. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase an add-on license, contact your Salesforce account executive.

513
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Who: Only users with the Education Cloud Full Access, Einstein for Education Cloud, Prompt Template User, and Data Cloud permission
sets can use Data Cloud for Education: Alumni Metrics.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud for Education: Alumni Metrics (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Engagement Visualization Panel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enroll Admitted Students into Learning Programs

Use the new Enroll Applicant action on the individual application record page to enroll a newly admitted student. Schedule the Enroll
Applicant Bulk flow to process enrollments for multiple students at a time.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learner Enrollment (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Monitor Learners with Watchlist Tracking

Proactively monitor learners who require enhanced support. Add learners to the watchlist from the academic term enrollments list view
page, cases list view page, or case record page. Escalate a watchlisted learner's record to provide timely intervention and personalized
assistance for academic success.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learner Watchlist for Advisors (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get Learner Feedback with Pulse Checks

Assess learner engagement, satisfaction, and overall wellbeing by using pulse checks. Create recurring or one-time pulse checks from
templates and assign them to advisees. Learners are notified when pulse checks are assigned to them, and can respond on the learner
portal. Advisors can view the status and submitted responses on the Pulse Checks tab of the learner's case record page, and view score
graphs that track learner sentiment over time.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Pulse Checks for Feedback (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

514
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Summarize Advising Cases by Using Einstein

Use Einstein generative AI to get an advising summary that includes details about a learner’s case, including details of the interaction
summaries, academic terms, program enrollments, intake assessments, record alerts, and pulse checks associated with the case. Configure
the case record page to view the saved summaries on a tab.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
and the Einstein for Sales or Einstein for Service add-on license is enabled. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase an add-on license, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Advising Summary for Advisors (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Find Accurate Mentor Matches with Einstein Mentoring Summaries

Get a comprehensive view of the information you need to facilitate well-suited mentoring pairings with Einstein-generated summaries
of mentor and mentee skills, experience, and relationships. Einstein Mentoring Summaries brings the power of generative AI to the
existing Mentor Comparison screen flow. Staff can see overviews of mentors and mentees, including the differences and similarities
between them. You can also provide the summaries to mentors and mentees during the introduction phase of your mentoring program.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
and the Einstein for Sales or Einstein for Service add-on license is enabled. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase an add-on license, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access or the Education Cloud Limited Access, Einstein for Education Cloud Access, and
Prompt Template User permission sets can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Mentoring Summaries (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

View Academic Highlights with Learner Progress Summary

Use the new Learner Progress Overview Flexcard so learners can get an overview of their academic progress on the learner portal.
Learners can select the learning program and learner pathway to view the completion percentage, credits overview, and other details.
Advisors can use the dropdown on the Learner Overview card to view the academic highlights on the updated case record page for the
Student Success app.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learner Progress Summary for Learners and Staff (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

515
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Manage Your Learning Catalog with APIs

Import your course catalog data by using APIs that support external IDs and simplify the migration process. Use the new REST and Apex
APIs createLearnings, updateLearnings, and getLearning to create, edit, or access your learning courses and programs, including the
related outcomes, achievements, and foundation items.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Education Cloud Business APIs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Visualize Imported Catalog Data in Learning Program Plan Builder

Manage all your imported learning program plan requirements within Learning Program Plan Builder. View, edit, save, cancel, and publish
all your program plans in the intuitive interface without creating courses and programs from scratch.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access or the Education Cloud Limited Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Learning Program Plan Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Accelerate Degree Planning with Learner Pathway Templates

Streamline the degree planning experience by providing prebuilt pathway templates for learners. Staff can also use Intelligent Degree
Planner’s drag-and-drop interface to create recommended pathways for learners to customize. You can offer multiple pathway templates
for the same program so that learners can choose the template that best suits their objectives.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access or the Education Cloud Limited Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Pathway Templates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Clarify Prerequisites and Corequisites in Intelligent Degree Planner

Help learners capture their prerequisites and corequisites in their degree plan to make sure they’re on the right track for graduation.
Intelligent Degree Planner automatically notifies learners when they planned a course but didn't plan its associated requirements.
Notifications include the names of missing requirements, their categories, or direct links to course detail pages where the learner can
view a complete list of prerequisites and corequisites.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.

516
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access or the Education Cloud Limited Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: How Learners Experience Intelligent Degree Planner (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Help Learners Make Informed Decisions with the Intelligent Program Comparison
Engine
Give learners a side-by-side comparison of the learning program that they're enrolled in with up to three other programs that they’re
considering. They can see a detailed view of the requirements that they fulfill against each program. Learners can also generate, download,
and print a What-If report for a detailed audit of a program’s required and elective coursework, and the elements that they fulfilled.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access or the Education Cloud Limited Access permission set can use this feature.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Intelligent Program Comparison Engine (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Strengthen Prospect Engagement With Recruitment Inquiry and Opportunity

Management
Help prospective learners get the information they need quickly and easily by adding intuitive inquiry tools to your Experience Cloud
site. Distinguish between general inquiries, requests for contact, and case initiations and route each request accordingly to ensure
responses are comprehensive and timely. Run analytics on response time, time between inquiry and application, and inquiries that lead
to applications or enrollments. Assign opportunities to recruitment and admissions staff and seamlessly forecast revenue for students.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled.
Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access or the Education Cloud Limited Access permission set can view and respond to inquiries.
Any user, including guest users, can create an inquiry.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Recruitment Inquiry Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Streamline the Recommendation Process with Recommender Experience

Save time and effort for applicants, recommenders, and admissions staff by automating the main elements of the recommendation
cycle. Applicants can nominate recommenders directly in their application, which sends a recommendation request email to the
recommender. A form linked in the email collects recommendation details for evaluation, and reminders help minimize back-and-forth
communication during the busy application submission process.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
is enabled. This feature leverages Salesforce Feedback Management. Customers are limited to the number of Salesforce Survey responses
that are included with their edition. Contact your Salesforce account executive to purchase additional capacity.

517
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Who: Users with the Education Cloud Full Access or the Education Cloud Limited Access permission set can view and manage
recommendations. Users with the Education Cloud Experience Cloud Access permission set can nominate recommenders. Any nominated
user, including guest users, can complete recommendations.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Collect Recommendations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Knowledge Article: Salesforce Survey Considerations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Fundraising Updates for Advancement

Updates to Fundraising make it easy to manage and track donor information. Create outreach source codes in bulk, sync person account
addresses with the primary contact point address, generate donor briefs, and enhance the tracking of pledges. Match donors with an
external ID during gift entry, update the tax receipt status of gift transactions in a batch, and capture and track soft credits on gift
commitments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where the Education Cloud license
and Fundraising are enabled.
Who: To use Fundraising with Education Cloud, enable Fundraising in Education Cloud, and then create and assign a permission set to
your users.

SEE ALSO:
Fundraising Release Notes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Set Up and Use Fundraising for Alumni and Advancement (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New and Changed Objects in Education Cloud

Do more with the new and updated Education Cloud objects.
Represent a prospect’s academic interests
Use the new AcademicInterest object.
Relate a recommendation application item to an individual application task
Use the new IndividualApplicationTaskItem object.
Collect and track application recommendation details and status
Use the new DoesSendSurvey, SurveyDeveloperName, VerificationStatus, VerificationDate,
and SurveySubject fields on the ApplicationRecommender object.
Associate a survey response with an application
Use the new SurveyResponse field on the ApplicationRecommendation object.
Associate a product with a learning program
Use the new Product2 field on the LearningProgram object.
Link all of an applicant’s academic interests to a single opportunity
Use the new DoesGroupOpportunities field on the LearnerProgram object.
Indicate whether a learning outcome item is primary
Use the new IsPrimary field on the LearningOutcomeItem object.
Indicate whether a learner pathway is primary
Use the new IsPrimary field on the LearnerPathway object.

518
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Education

Associate a reusable learning program plan with a learning program plan requirement
Use the new ReusableLearningProgramPlan field on the LearningProgramPlanRqmt object.
Associate a learning program plan with a program term application timeline
Use the new LearningProgramPlan field on the ProgramTermApplnTimeline object.
Represent a learner’s wellbeing based on a primary metric or criteria at a specified date and time
Use the new PulseCheck object.
Represent a common template to create pulse check records
Use the new PulseCheckTemplate object.
Represent details for a learner that needs to be monitored for support
Use the new WatchlistedLearner object.
Specify the usage type, learner case, and learner program enrollment for an assessment envelope
Use the new UsageType, LearnerCase, and LearnerProgramEnrollment fields on the AssessmentEnvelope
object.
Specify the expiration datetime and pulse check occurrence for an assessment envelope item
Use the new ExpirationDateTime and PulseCheckOccurrence fields on the AssessmentEnvelopeItem object.
Set an application recommendation status to canceled
Use the new Canceled picklist value in the RecommendationStatus field on the ApplicationRecommender object.
Indicate that an applicant should take action on an application task
Use the new Correction Requested picklist value in the Status field on the IndividualApplicationTask object.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Education Cloud Standard Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Connect REST APIs

Connect REST APIs for Education Cloud enables ISVs to integrate with Salesforce software and UIs. These APIs are used to create, modify,
or access learning courses and programs, including the related outcomes, achievements, and foundation items.

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the new resources in Education Cloud.

SEE ALSO:
Education Cloud Developer Guide: Education Cloud Business APIs

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the new resources in Education Cloud.
Get details about a learning course or program, achievements, and their associations
Make a GET request to the new /connect/education/academic-operations/learnings/learningId resource.
New response body: Get Learning
Create learnings, achievements, and their associations
Make a POST request to the new /connect/education/academic-operations/learnings resource.
New request body: Create Learnings Input

519
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Nonprofits

New response body: Manage Learnings

Update learnings, achievements, and their associations
Make a PATCH request to the new /connect/education/academic-operations/learnings resource.
New request body: Update Learnings Input
New response body: Manage Learnings

Salesforce for Nonprofits

Salesforce for Nonprofits includes platform solutions and managed packages for nonprofits. Nonprofit Cloud, built on the Salesforce
platform, makes it easier to complete tasks and keep data accurate for gifts, prepare for meetings with major donors, work with grant
management progress reports, and review grant applications.

Nonprofit Cloud
Updates to gift commitments, outreach source codes generation, and gift entry make it easier and faster to complete tasks and keep
data accurate. Quickly prepare for meetings with major donors by automatically creating donor briefs. Set up, review, complete, and
submit grant management progress reports. Simplify the grantmaking process by reviewing the grant application, add review
comments, and rate the application all on a single window.
Salesforce for Nonprofits Managed Packages
The Elevate and foundationConnect managed packages are retiring.

Nonprofit Cloud
Updates to gift commitments, outreach source codes generation, and gift entry make it easier and faster to complete tasks and keep
data accurate. Quickly prepare for meetings with major donors by automatically creating donor briefs. Set up, review, complete, and
submit grant management progress reports. Simplify the grantmaking process by reviewing the grant application, add review comments,
and rate the application all on a single window.

Provider Management Is Now Available for Nonprofit Cloud

Capture and track all your service provider details, including details about their facilities and specialties, to efficiently search and refer
participants to the providers as needed. In addition, map the benefits and services that you administer for your constituents to the
specialties that those providers offer.
Fundraising
Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising makes it easy to manage and track donor information. You can create outreach source codes in
bulk, sync person account addresses with the primary contact point address, generate donor briefs, and track and credit pledges as
revenue. You can also match donors with an external ID during gift entry, update the tax receipt status of gift transactions in a batch,
capture and track soft credits on gift commitments, enter gifts from an account page, and visualize CRM analytics with Nonprofit
Intelligence for Fundraising.
Nonprofit Cloud for Grantmaking
Use an enhanced, easy-to-implement form framework to create, publish, and review progress reports on grant applications. Grants
managers can review all submitted applications on a single page.
Einstein Generative AI for Nonprofit Cloud
Efficiently summarize important information and generate board versions of grant appications with Einstein Generative AI.

520
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Nonprofits

New and Enhanced Common Features for Nonprofit Cloud

Salesforce for Nonprofits includes access to some features that are available across clouds and products in Industries. Use these features
to extend and customize Salesforce for Nonprofits based on your business needs.
• CSV Data Management on page 542
Use a CSV file to review potential errors and then import gift records into Nonprofit Cloud.

• Data Processing Engine on page 543

Refresh data on a schedule to keep rollups and lists up to date. Upload large amounts of data into your definition with CSV files. Use
the Data Cloud runtime with extended functionality for join, filter, formula, and writeback nodes.

Provider Management Is Now Available for Nonprofit Cloud

Capture and track all your service provider details, including details about their facilities and specialties, to efficiently search and refer
participants to the providers as needed. In addition, map the benefits and services that you administer for your constituents to the
specialties that those providers offer.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Provider Management is
enabled.
Who: Users need the Customize Application permission to enable Provider Management settings.
How: Enable Provider Management in Setup.

Fundraising
Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising makes it easy to manage and track donor information. You can create outreach source codes in bulk,
sync person account addresses with the primary contact point address, generate donor briefs, and track and credit pledges as revenue.
You can also match donors with an external ID during gift entry, update the tax receipt status of gift transactions in a batch, capture and
track soft credits on gift commitments, enter gifts from an account page, and visualize CRM analytics with Nonprofit Intelligence for
Fundraising.

Bulk Create Outreach Source Codes

Increase the efficiency of your campaign management work by generating source codes for a campaign in bulk. Maintain consistency
in the source code formatting and naming conventions, reduce the chances for manual entry errors, and speed up the process of
creating codes for the marketer or campaign manager through such bulk requests.
Sync Person Account Mailing Address with Primary Contact Point Address
For constituents with multiple addresses, automate the mailing address sync between person accounts and the primary contact
point address, including undeliverable addresses, for easy reference on donor profiles.
Create Tailored Donor Briefs
Quickly prepare for high-touch donor meetings when you create customized donor brief templates and generate custom-built
donor briefs from donor profiles. Easily share the donor brief with board members and other stakeholders.
Track and Credit Pledges as Revenue
Track committed recurring revenue and booked pledges more accurately and gain a clear understanding of expected revenues with
enhanced forecasting. Budget planners and expenditure managers can use these rollups to provide reliable revenue projections.
Match Donors with External ID in Gift Entry
Improve matching accuracy and increase data entry speed by using a customer-configured external ID to search for and match
donors. Reduce the number of IDs related to each account by using your third-party donor IDs as an external ID in Salesforce to
precisely match donors with gifts.

521
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Nonprofits

Update the Tax Receipt Status and Generate a Donor Report

Set the tax receipt status on the gift transactions included in the batch of gift acknowledgments. Generate a report of the donors
who were included in the acknowledgment batch and use the addresses in the report as envelope labels for mailing the
acknowledgments or tax receipts. Find the donors and their associated generated documents in the Document Generation Query
Result object.
Capture Soft Credits on a Gift Commitment
Recognize those who contribute to your fundraising efforts by easily attributing influence as a soft credit to the person who helped
secure a gift commitment. The soft credit can be in full or partial percent or an amount of the gift commitment.
Enter Gifts from the Account Page
Quickly and conveniently enter a gift from the donor’s account page in the Fundraising Operations, Fundraising Strategy, and Donor
Engagement apps.
Enhance Fundraising Campaign Efficiency with Fundraising Intelligence
Track fundraising campaign performance and gain comprehensive insights into your donor portfolio with Fundraising Intelligence
dashboards. Analyze donor opportunities, donation trends, retention rates, and campaign effectiveness to identify major donors
and prioritize engagement strategies based on their value. Use data-driven insights to optimize your fundraising strategy and enhance
overall campaign performance.
New and Changed Objects and Fields in Fundraising
Do more with the new and updated Fundraising objects.
Updated Metadata Type in Fundraising
Use the update to a metadata type in Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising to identify donors with an external ID.
Updated Fundraising Connect APIs
Make the most of the updated Fundraising Connect APIs. Connect REST APIs help customers, partners, and ISVs integrate with
Salesforce software and UIs.

Bulk Create Outreach Source Codes

Increase the efficiency of your campaign management work by generating source codes for a campaign in bulk. Maintain consistency
in the source code formatting and naming conventions, reduce the chances for manual entry errors, and speed up the process of creating
codes for the marketer or campaign manager through such bulk requests.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled.
Who: To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Outreach Source Codes for a Campaign (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Sync Person Account Mailing Address with Primary Contact Point Address
For constituents with multiple addresses, automate the mailing address sync between person accounts and the primary contact point
address, including undeliverable addresses, for easy reference on donor profiles.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where both Fundraising and the
Automatic Person Account Mailing Address Synchronization feature are enabled.

522
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Nonprofits

Who: To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Automatic Address Synchronization (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Automatically Sync the Person Account Mailing Address and the Contact Point Address (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

Create Tailored Donor Briefs

Quickly prepare for high-touch donor meetings when you create customized donor brief templates and generate custom-built donor
briefs from donor profiles. Easily share the donor brief with board members and other stakeholders.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising and Document
Generation General Settings are enabled.
Who: To set up donor briefs in Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users must have the FundraisingAccess permission set and the DocGen
Designer permission set. Users with the FundraisingAccess and DocGen User permission sets can generate donor briefs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create Donor Briefs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Track and Credit Pledges as Revenue

Track committed recurring revenue and booked pledges more accurately and gain a clear understanding of expected revenues with
enhanced forecasting. Budget planners and expenditure managers can use these rollups to provide reliable revenue projections.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled.
Who: To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set.
How: See the pledged commitments and projected revenue in the Projected Committed Revenue Information section of the
commmitment record.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Track Gift and Donor Trends with Rollups (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Match Donors with External ID in Gift Entry

Improve matching accuracy and increase data entry speed by using a customer-configured external ID to search for and match donors.
Reduce the number of IDs related to each account by using your third-party donor IDs as an external ID in Salesforce to precisely match
donors with gifts.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled.
Who: To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set.
How: Set up external ID matching in the Fundraising settings.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Turn on Fundraising (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

523
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Nonprofits

Update the Tax Receipt Status and Generate a Donor Report

Set the tax receipt status on the gift transactions included in the batch of gift acknowledgments. Generate a report of the donors who
were included in the acknowledgment batch and use the addresses in the report as envelope labels for mailing the acknowledgments
or tax receipts. Find the donors and their associated generated documents in the Document Generation Query Result object.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled.
Who: To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Gift Acknowledgments and Tax Receipts (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Capture Soft Credits on a Gift Commitment

Recognize those who contribute to your fundraising efforts by easily attributing influence as a soft credit to the person who helped
secure a gift commitment. The soft credit can be in full or partial percent or an amount of the gift commitment.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled.
Who: To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Capture Giving Influence with Soft Credits (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enter Gifts from the Account Page

Quickly and conveniently enter a gift from the donor’s account page in the Fundraising Operations, Fundraising Strategy, and Donor
Engagement apps.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Fundraising is enabled.
Who: To access Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising, users need the FundraisingAccess permission set.
How: From the person account or organization account page highlights panel, click the down arrow. Select New Gift Entry, and then
enter the donation from that account.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Gift Entry (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enhance Fundraising Campaign Efficiency with Fundraising Intelligence

Track fundraising campaign performance and gain comprehensive insights into your donor portfolio with Fundraising Intelligence
dashboards. Analyze donor opportunities, donation trends, retention rates, and campaign effectiveness to identify major donors and
prioritize engagement strategies based on their value. Use data-driven insights to optimize your fundraising strategy and enhance overall
campaign performance.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Nonprofit Cloud or Nonprofit Cloud for
Grantmaking are enabled.
When: Fundraising Intelligence is available starting the week of November 04, 2024.
Who: These dashboards are part of the Fundraising Intelligence app. To create the Fundraising Intelligence app, you need the Data
Cloud Admin, Fundraising Intelligence Admin, and Tableau Einstein Included App Business User permissions. To use the Fundraising

524
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Nonprofits

Intelligence app, you need the Data Cloud User, Fundraising Intelligence User, and Tableau Einstein Included App Business User
permissions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Fundraising Intelligence, and then select Fundraising Intelligence. Then,
follow the instructions on the page to set up a Nonprofit Fundraising Analytics app.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Fundraising Intelligence (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New and Changed Objects and Fields in Fundraising

Do more with the new and updated Fundraising objects.
Attribute soft credit to influencers for gift commitments
Use the new GiftDefaultSoftCredit object.
Track booked pledge revenue on the Donor Gift Summary
Use the new BookedPledges and TotalBookableRevenue fields on the existing DonorGiftSummary object.
Note the status of the tax receipt for a gift transaction
Use the new TaxReceiptStatus field on the existing GiftTransaction object.
Track the total value of all gift commitments by time period
Use the new TotalCurrentMonth, TotalCurrentQuarter, TotalCurrentYear, and TotalNextYear fields
on the existing GiftCommitment object.
Get a report of the donors and their addresses from the document generation batch job
Use the new ReportFolder field on the existing DocGenerationQueryResult object.
Add information about the audience of an outreach source code
Use the new AudienceInformation field on the existing OutreachSourceCode object.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Nonprofit Cloud Developer Guide: Fundraising Standard Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Updated Metadata Type in Fundraising

Use the update to a metadata type in Nonprofit Cloud for Fundraising to identify donors with an external ID.
Configure an External ID Field for Donors
Use the new DonorExternalIDField field on the existing FundraisingConfig metadata type. Introduced in API version 61.0,
these fields are added to the Fundraising Tooling API Objects page in the Nonprofit Cloud Developer Guide.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Nonprofit Cloud Developer Guide: FundraisingConfig (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Updated Fundraising Connect APIs

Make the most of the updated Fundraising Connect APIs. Connect REST APIs help customers, partners, and ISVs integrate with Salesforce
software and UIs.

525
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Nonprofits

Support for External IDs

The request bodies for all Fundraising Business Process APIs now support the use of External IDs for Donor, Campaign, Gift Transaction,
Gift Commitment, and Gift Designation.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Nonprofit Cloud Developer Guide: Fundraising Business APIs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Nonprofit Cloud for Grantmaking

Use an enhanced, easy-to-implement form framework to create, publish, and review progress reports on grant applications. Grants
managers can review all submitted applications on a single page.
• View Progress Reports for Updates on Applications on page 547
After grant managers make grant awards, they typically request progress reports from their grantees. With Nonprofit Cloud, users
can create, manage, publish, and review grantee progress reports. Grantees can complete progress reports on the Grantmaking
portal.

• Review Submitted Applications from a Single Page

Grants managers can assign reviewers to evaluate the applications. From the Application Review Workspace, reviewers can review
application details and provide feedback and ratings on a single common page.

• Use Flow-Based Forms in Grantmaking

Nonprofit Cloud for Grantmaking now supports additional types of forms, including the ability to build forms with flows for grant
applications, progress reports, and soliciting reviewer feedback. An enhanced form framework supports a user-defined UI that best
suits specific use cases.

• New and Changed Objects in Grantmaking

To build complex grant applications and define and measure the impact of your grants, use the new and updated Grantmaking
objects and fields. These new objects and fields are built to support the form framework for applications, progress reports, and
reviews.

Einstein Generative AI for Nonprofit Cloud

Efficiently summarize important information and generate board versions of grant appications with Einstein Generative AI.

Quickly Create a Summary of a Program and Its Benefits with Einstein (Beta)
Generate an accurate and succinct summary of a program that describes the program’s benefits that can be shared with internal
and external stakeholders. The summary is developed from the data in the Program and Benefits objects.
Catch Up On Notes by Using Einstein (Beta)
No more reading through batches of notes to find the pertinent information. Generate a summary of notes to quickly gain information
and identify actions or tasks that were logged but not completed. The summary is developed from data on the Account, Interaction,
and Interaction Summaries objects.
Generate a Specialized Version of a Grant Application for Board Review (Beta)
Use Einstein to create a concise version of the grant application for board member review. This version of the application is based
on the Individual Application and Application Review objects.

526
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Nonprofits

Create a Funding Award Summary with Einstein (Beta)

To inform engagement, disbursement, and future funding awards decisions, get a summary of current grant status data. This summary
is based on the Funding Award, Funding Award Requirement, Indicator Performance Period, Indicator Results, and Funding
Disbursement objects.

Quickly Create a Summary of a Program and Its Benefits with Einstein (Beta)
Generate an accurate and succinct summary of a program that describes the program’s benefits that can be shared with internal and
external stakeholders. The summary is developed from the data in the Program and Benefits objects.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Nonprofit Cloud where Program Management,
Einstein generative AI with Einstein for Sales or Einstein for Service add-on, and Data Cloud Provisioning or Data Cloud Starter are enabled.
Einstein Program Benefits Summary is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or
beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: This summary is available starting the week of November 04, 2024.
Who: Users with the Program and Benefit Management Access permission set can access Nonprofit Cloud for Program Management.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI in Nonprofit Cloud (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Catch Up On Notes by Using Einstein (Beta)

No more reading through batches of notes to find the pertinent information. Generate a summary of notes to quickly gain information
and identify actions or tasks that were logged but not completed. The summary is developed from data on the Account, Interaction,
and Interaction Summaries objects.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Nonprofit Cloud where Einstein generative
AI with Einstein for Sales or Einstein for Service add-on, and Data Cloud Provisioning or Data Cloud Starter are enabled. Einstein Notes
Summary is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot
Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service is at the
Customer's sole discretion.
When: This summary is available starting the week of November 04, 2024.
Who: Users with the Interaction Summary permission set can access Nonprofit Cloud for Case Management.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI in Nonprofit Cloud (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Generate a Specialized Version of a Grant Application for Board Review (Beta)

Use Einstein to create a concise version of the grant application for board member review. This version of the application is based on
the Individual Application and Application Review objects.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions of Nonprofit Cloud where Grantmaking, Einstein
generative AI with Einstein for Sales or Einstein for Service add-on, and Data Cloud Provisioning or Data Cloud Starter are enabled. Einstein
Board Version of Grant Application is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or
a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: This summary is available starting the week of November 04, 2024.

527
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Nonprofits

Who: Users with the Grantmaking Manager permission set can access Nonprofit Cloud for Grantmaking.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI in Nonprofit Cloud (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create a Funding Award Summary with Einstein (Beta)

To inform engagement, disbursement, and future funding awards decisions, get a summary of current grant status data. This summary
is based on the Funding Award, Funding Award Requirement, Indicator Performance Period, Indicator Results, and Funding Disbursement
objects.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions where Nonprofit Cloud for Grantmaking,
Einstein generative AI with Einstein for Sales or Einstein for Service add-on, and Data Cloud Provisioning or Data Cloud Starter are enabled.
Einstein Funding Award Summary is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or
a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
When: This summary is available starting the week of November 04, 2024.
Who: Users with the Grantmaking Manager permission set can access Nonprofit Cloud for Grantmaking.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI in Nonprofit Cloud (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce for Nonprofits Managed Packages

The Elevate and foundationConnect managed packages are retiring.

Elevate Retirement
Salesforce is retiring the Elevate family of products. This affects Elevate Advanced Edition, Elevate Power of Us Editions, and all
add-ons. As part of this product retirement, the ability to renew subscriptions to this product will end on October 1, 2023, and we
anticipate that the product will be deactivated on or after October 1, 2024.
foundationConnect Retirement
Salesforce is retiring foundationConnect. As part of this product retirement, the ability to renew subscriptions to this product will
end on January 31, 2025, and the product will be deactivated on January 31, 2026.

Elevate Retirement
Salesforce is retiring the Elevate family of products. This affects Elevate Advanced Edition, Elevate Power of Us Editions, and all add-ons.
As part of this product retirement, the ability to renew subscriptions to this product will end on October 1, 2023, and we anticipate that
the product will be deactivated on or after October 1, 2024.
Where: This change applies to all Elevate products and editions.

foundationConnect Retirement
Salesforce is retiring foundationConnect. As part of this product retirement, the ability to renew subscriptions to this product will end
on January 31, 2025, and the product will be deactivated on January 31, 2026.
Where: This change applies to all foundationConnect products and editions.

528
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Why: Grantmaking is available as a new product option. Learn more in Introduction for Grantmaking and contact your Account Executive
with any questions.

Industries Common Features

Some products in Industries share features. In this release we’ve enhanced some of the features that help you stay efficient and streamlined.
Create modular business rules, use CSV files to upload large amounts of data, and more.

Action Plans
Increase the efficiency of your business processes with action plans . Efficiently manage action plans by customizing the display of
columns on the action plan and action plan template tasks list. Enhance flexibility by editing tasks from the tasks list for action plans
and action plan templates.
AI Accelerator and Scoring Framework
Get predictions across multiple Industries clouds by using AI Accelerator. Effortlessly build generic propensity models without writing
any code by using Scoring Framework.
Business Rules Engine
Keep your business rules modular with context-aware subexpressions. Update business rules easily by saving a selected expression
set version as a new expression set or as a new version within the existing expression set. Test expression sets comprehensively with
all available context mappings. Migrate expression set versions efficiently using ranks. Leverage string functions in your expression
set calculation steps to streamline and simplify the implementation of complex business logic. Create decision tables effortlessly
using the unified experience. Save time and effort by using a CSV to create a decision table. Manage the volume and complexity of
your decision table using the decision table type options. Use Salesforce objects with such as Account, Lead in the medium volume
decision table type. Narrow down the source object records if the source object has a large number of rows by using source filters
in decision tables. Reduce the time taken to refresh the decision table data in Flows by using the InvocableRefreshDecisionTable
parameter.
Context Service
Use data model objects as a source for mapping nodes and attributes of a context definition. Conveniently generate input mapping
for the blank attributes of a single node or all nodes. Easily activate and deactivate to change a context definition’s status. Auto sync
effortlessly upgrades the standard definition components that are used in the extended custom definitions.
CSV Data Management
Use the basic CSV import feature to upload a CSV file with a variety of delimiter options without converting the CSV file into
comma-delimited format. Using the basic CSV import feature, import CSV data into a single Salesforce object. Use the advanced CSV
import feature to perform complex data transformations, and efficiently import large amounts of CSV data into one or more Salesforce
objects in a single import process.
Data Processing Engine
Upload large amounts of external data into your Data Processing Engine definitions by using CSV files. Write to related objects in
writeback nodes in Data Cloud runtime. Automatically save recipes and output records by running your definitions in debug mode.
Decision Table
TBD
Einstein Bot Templates
Manage cases with Case Management bot templates.
Engagement
The Engagement Interaction object now supports record types that determine the business processes, page layouts, and picklist
values that users have access to. Use record types to create customized user experiences for different business processes.

529
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Grantmaking
Use an enhanced, easy-to-implement form framework to create, publish, and review progress reports on grant applications. Grants
managers can review all submitted applications on a single page.
Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ)
Use Industries CPQ in Lightning Web Components (LWC) for faster product configuration, mobile support, and bulk quote discounts.
In addition, Industries CPQ also improves asset management and leverages standard Salesforce Pricing. Learn about these and other
important enhancements.
Integration Solutions with MuleSoft Direct
The Industry Integration Solutions and Integrations Setup are renamed as MuleSoft and MuleSoft Direct, respectively. The navigation
in the Salesforce UI, along with the documentation, is also updated.
List Builder for Data Cloud Segment
Synchronize actionable lists with Data Cloud segments more reliably to keep actionable lists up to date.
Omnistudio Document Generation
Prevent long-running document generation requests from affecting system efficiency by using a scheduled job.
Scheduled Reminders
The Reminder Definition object now supports record types that specify when the reminder triggers for an event and identify the
object associated with the reminder definition. Additionally, the Reminder Definition Channel object now includes record types that
define the messaging channel that's used to send the reminder.
Service Process Studio
Service Process Studio now supports screen flow request forms in service process definitions.
Stage Management
Use Metadata API to migrate Stage Management configurations across Salesforce orgs.

Action Plans
Increase the efficiency of your business processes with action plans . Efficiently manage action plans by customizing the display of
columns on the action plan and action plan template tasks list. Enhance flexibility by editing tasks from the tasks list for action plans and
action plan templates.

Customize the Display of Task Field Columns in Action Plan and Action Plan Templates
Add or remove columns in the tasks list view for action plans and action plan templates. Previously, only the default columns were
shown in the tasks list and you couldn’t add or remove any column in the tasks list view.
Edit Multiple Tasks At Once for Action Plans and Action Plan Templates
Avoid editing each task field individually. Edit the task values from the tasks list view on action plans and action plan templates.

Customize the Display of Task Field Columns in Action Plan and Action Plan Templates
Add or remove columns in the tasks list view for action plans and action plan templates. Previously, only the default columns were shown
in the tasks list and you couldn’t add or remove any column in the tasks list view.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
How: Edit the action plan or action plan template record page, and move the fields from the Available list to the Selected list to customize
the display of task field columns.

530
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

If no task field columns are added, the tasks list view shows the default columns. You can select up to 8 fields to be shown on the tasks
list view.

531
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

532
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Edit Multiple Tasks At Once for Action Plans and Action Plan Templates
Avoid editing each task field individually. Edit the task values from the tasks list view on action plans and action plan templates.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Financial Services Cloud
is enabled.
How:Click Edit Tasks in the Tasks preview panel, and then click the edit icon next to the fields.

Note: Some fields are disabled for inline edit. You cannot edit the fields that show the lock icon.

AI Accelerator and Scoring Framework

Get predictions across multiple Industries clouds by using AI Accelerator. Effortlessly build generic propensity models without writing
any code by using Scoring Framework.

Get Customized Prediction Insights By Using AI Accelerator

AI Accelerator now supports binary classification and prediction scores with descriptive text use cases. Customize AI deployments
across various sectors by using Lightning App Builder.
Scoring Framework (Generally Available)
Build and deploy propensity models effortlessly by using Scoring Framework. Define template configurations to create CRM Analytics
apps, Data Cloud apps, Einstein Discovery models, and recipes without writing any code.

533
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Get Customized Prediction Insights By Using AI Accelerator

AI Accelerator now supports binary classification and prediction scores with descriptive text use cases. Customize AI deployments across
various sectors by using Lightning App Builder.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience of multiple Industries clouds.
Who: AI Accelerator is available to these users.
• Automotive Cloud users with the Revenue Intelligence for Automotive license.
• Communications Cloud users with the Revenue Intelligence for Communications Intelligence license.
• Consumer Goods Cloud users with the Revenue Intelligence for Consumer Goods license.
• Education Cloud users with the CRM Analytics for Education license.
• Energy and Utilities Cloud users with the Revenue Intelligence for Energy and Utilities license.
• Financial Services Cloud users with the Revenue Intelligence for Financial Services license.
• Health Cloud users with the Revenue Intelligence for Health license.
• Manufacturing Cloud users with the Revenue Intelligence for Manufacturing license.
• Media Cloud users with the Revenue Intelligence for Media license.

Scoring Framework (Generally Available)

Build and deploy propensity models effortlessly by using Scoring Framework. Define template configurations to create CRM Analytics
apps, Data Cloud apps, Einstein Discovery models, and recipes without writing any code.

Get Predictions for Your Data Cloud Apps

Scoring Framework now supports Data Cloud-based apps. Use the Scoring Framework Setup page to define template configurations
for creating Data Cloud apps. Get accurate predictions for your use case by selecting the appropriate data space and the necessary
data model objects for training and scoring.
Improve Workflow Efficiency by Removing Record Counting
You can now save and continue your work in Data Checker without waiting for the record counting to complete. Proceed with your
tasks without delays from lengthy record counting processes.
Simplify Customization in the Scoring Framework
Use the new text input component to easily define and streamline parameters in the Scoring Framework for improved usability.

Get Predictions for Your Data Cloud Apps

Scoring Framework now supports Data Cloud-based apps. Use the Scoring Framework Setup page to define template configurations
for creating Data Cloud apps. Get accurate predictions for your use case by selecting the appropriate data space and the necessary data
model objects for training and scoring.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience of multiple Industries clouds.
Who: Scoring Framework is available to users in Automotive, Communications, Consumer Goods, Education, Energy and Utilities, Financial
Services, Health, Manufacturing, and Media Clouds with their respective Revenue Intelligence licenses.
How: To create a template configuration for a Data Cloud app, go to the Scoring Framework Setup page, and select the relevant template
configuration type.

534
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Improve Workflow Efficiency by Removing Record Counting

You can now save and continue your work in Data Checker without waiting for the record counting to complete. Proceed with your
tasks without delays from lengthy record counting processes.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience of multiple Industries clouds.
Who: Scoring Framework is available to users in Automotive, Communications, Consumer Goods, Education, Energy and Utilities, Financial
Services, Health, Manufacturing, and Media Clouds with respective Revenue Intelligence licenses.

Simplify Customization in the Scoring Framework

Use the new text input component to easily define and streamline parameters in the Scoring Framework for improved usability.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience of multiple Industries clouds.
Who: Scoring Framework is available to users in Automotive, Communications, Consumer Goods, Education, Energy and Utilities, Financial
Services, Health, Manufacturing, and Media Clouds with respective Revenue Intelligence licenses.
How: To update the text input component, go to the Scoring Framework Setup page, open a relevant template configuration, and select
Configure User Input.

Business Rules Engine

Keep your business rules modular with context-aware subexpressions. Update business rules easily by saving a selected expression set
version as a new expression set or as a new version within the existing expression set. Test expression sets comprehensively with all
available context mappings. Migrate expression set versions efficiently using ranks. Leverage string functions in your expression set
calculation steps to streamline and simplify the implementation of complex business logic. Create decision tables effortlessly using the
unified experience. Save time and effort by using a CSV to create a decision table. Manage the volume and complexity of your decision
table using the decision table type options. Use Salesforce objects with such as Account, Lead in the medium volume decision table
type. Narrow down the source object records if the source object has a large number of rows by using source filters in decision tables.
Reduce the time taken to refresh the decision table data in Flows by using the InvocableRefreshDecisionTable parameter.

Simplify Business Rules with Context-Aware Subexpressions

Keep your business rules modular by adding context-aware subexpressions to context-aware expression sets and list groups.
Context-aware expression sets and subexpressions are associated with context definitions and use the definitions’ tags as list
variables. So, you no longer need to use input and output variables to pass information between expression sets and subexpressions.
Simulate Expression Sets Comprehensively with All Available Context Mappings
Simulate an expression set version by using any selected context mapping defined in the context definition. Previously, you could
simulate context-aware expression set versions only with the default context mapping. This feature is particularly useful when
multiple context mappings are present in the context definition, because it enables comprehensive testing of expression sets with
all available context mappings.
Save and Manage Expression Set Versions Effortlessly
Save an expression set version as a version in a new expression set or as a new version within the existing expression set. Update
the saved expression set version to implement business rules changes easily. This enhancement eliminates the need to clone the
entire expression set along with all its versions to make business rules updates. Assign meaningful names and version numbers to
your expression sets and versions, to manage and identify them easily. This new feature streamlines the rule editing process, making
it simpler to update business rules as requirements change.

535
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Migrate Expression Set Versions Efficiently by Using Ranks

Assign ranks to expression set versions in the source org to make sure that the correct expression set version is invoked after migration.
Migration of ranks with expression set versions eliminates the need to manually define the rank and activate the expression set
version in the target org. After migration, the appropriate expression set version is automatically selected from multiple valid versions,
ensuring quicker go-live time for business rule updates.
Configure Complex Business Rules Easily by Using String Functions
Use string functions such as FIND, TRIM, UPPER, VALUE, and REVERSE in your expression set calculation steps to simplify implementation
of complex business logic. These functions help you easily manipulate and transform strings to match your business needs.
Create Decision Tables More Intuitively by Using the Unified User Interface
The decision table user interface is enhanced to give a unified experience when creating decision tables. Use a simple, guided flow
that contains steps to differentiate each stage of your decision table creation such as source data, input and output conditions, filter
criteria, and so on. You can use ready-to-use templates also to create decision tables quickly rather than creating it from scratch. The
ready-to-use templates are based on your industry.
Manage the Volume and Complexity of Your Decision Tables with the Decision Table Type Options
Control the level of volume and complexity that you want the support in your decision table by using the Decision Table Type
options. To create a decision table that supports a large volume of rows and lesser complexity, use medium volume. You can only
include optional columns in the logic as a combination of AND and OR conditions in a medium volume decision table. Medium
volume also supports multiple Salesforce objects for creating your decision table. To create a decision table that supports complex
conditions, use low volume. You can include any column in the logic using the OR condition in a low volume decision table.
Expedite Efficiency by Using CSV Files to Create Decision Tables
Opt for CSV files instead of Salesforce objects to ease the process of creating decision tables, especially when you're dealing with a
sizable amount of data. If you use the CSV option when you create a decision table, configure the input and output columns. Then,
after you create the decision table, upload the required CSV file. Modify the decision table without deactivating it and continue to
use it in expression sets and flows. You can use a CSV file to create only medium volume decision tables.
Narrow Your Source Conditions by Applying Source Filters in Decision Tables
Use the source filter as a prelogic to filter the source object rows when the source object has a large number of rows. When you
select an object from the source filter, give specific values to find the exact matching row. Source filter option isn’t available for
CSV-based decision tables.
Improve Decision-Making with the Newly Supported Objects in Medium Volume Decision Tables
Unlike earlier releases, you can now use Salesforce objects such as Account, Lead, Contact, Opportunity, and Case in medium volume
decision tables to enhance your decision-making capabilities.
Increase Efficiency with Faster Refresh for Decision Table Data in Flows
Use the InvocableRefreshDecisionTable parameter in the Decision Table Refresh Action invocable action to get the changed data
from the decision table to the flow. Data changes such as addition and deletion rows since the last refresh are updated in the decision
table, leading to faster refresh cycles.
Support for Rule Engine Designer Role to Refresh Decision Tables
Now, users with the Rule Engine Designer role can refresh Decision Tables. You can refresh the decision table to make sure that the
outcomes are based on the latest data.
Changed Business Rules Engine Objects
Do more with this changed object in Business Rules Engine.

536
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Simplify Business Rules with Context-Aware Subexpressions

Keep your business rules modular by adding context-aware subexpressions to context-aware expression sets and list groups. Context-aware
expression sets and subexpressions are associated with context definitions and use the definitions’ tags as list variables. So, you no longer
need to use input and output variables to pass information between expression sets and subexpressions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine and Context Service are enabled.
Who: Users with System Administrator permissions can create context definitions. Users with Rule Engine Advanced Designer permissions
can use context definitions in expression set versions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: List Variables in Expression Sets and Subexpressions(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Simulate Expression Sets Comprehensively with All Available Context Mappings

Simulate an expression set version by using any selected context mapping defined in the context definition. Previously, you could
simulate context-aware expression set versions only with the default context mapping. This feature is particularly useful when multiple
context mappings are present in the context definition, because it enables comprehensive testing of expression sets with all available
context mappings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine and Context Service are enabled.
How: To use this enhancement, select Advanced Input Mode in the Simulation Details of the Expression Set Builder. Select your
preferred context mapping from the available options to simulate the expression set version.
Who: Users with System Administrator permissions can create context definitions. Users with Rule Engine Advanced Designer permissions
can use context definitions in expression set versions and simulate them.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Simulate and Activate Your Expression Set Version(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Save and Manage Expression Set Versions Effortlessly

Save an expression set version as a version in a new expression set or as a new version within the existing expression set. Update the
saved expression set version to implement business rules changes easily. This enhancement eliminates the need to clone the entire
expression set along with all its versions to make business rules updates. Assign meaningful names and version numbers to your expression
sets and versions, to manage and identify them easily. This new feature streamlines the rule editing process, making it simpler to update
business rules as requirements change.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.
How: To take advantage of this enhancement, click Save As in the Expression Set Builder. Click New Expression Set to save your version
in a new expression set or click New Expression Set Version to save as a new version within the existing expression set. Assign a
meaningful name and version number to your new expression set or version.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create An Expression Set (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

537
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Migrate Expression Set Versions Efficiently by Using Ranks

Assign ranks to expression set versions in the source org to make sure that the correct expression set version is invoked after migration.
Migration of ranks with expression set versions eliminates the need to manually define the rank and activate the expression set version
in the target org. After migration, the appropriate expression set version is automatically selected from multiple valid versions, ensuring
quicker go-live time for business rule updates.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Considerations for Migrating Expression Sets (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Configure Complex Business Rules Easily by Using String Functions

Use string functions such as FIND, TRIM, UPPER, VALUE, and REVERSE in your expression set calculation steps to simplify implementation
of complex business logic. These functions help you easily manipulate and transform strings to match your business needs.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.

Create Decision Tables More Intuitively by Using the Unified User Interface
The decision table user interface is enhanced to give a unified experience when creating decision tables. Use a simple, guided flow that
contains steps to differentiate each stage of your decision table creation such as source data, input and output conditions, filter criteria,
and so on. You can use ready-to-use templates also to create decision tables quickly rather than creating it from scratch. The ready-to-use
templates are based on your industry.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Decision Table (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Manage the Volume and Complexity of Your Decision Tables with the Decision Table Type Options
Control the level of volume and complexity that you want the support in your decision table by using the Decision Table Type options.
To create a decision table that supports a large volume of rows and lesser complexity, use medium volume. You can only include optional
columns in the logic as a combination of AND and OR conditions in a medium volume decision table. Medium volume also supports
multiple Salesforce objects for creating your decision table. To create a decision table that supports complex conditions, use low volume.
You can include any column in the logic using the OR condition in a low volume decision table.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Decision Table (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

538
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Expedite Efficiency by Using CSV Files to Create Decision Tables

Opt for CSV files instead of Salesforce objects to ease the process of creating decision tables, especially when you're dealing with a sizable
amount of data. If you use the CSV option when you create a decision table, configure the input and output columns. Then, after you
create the decision table, upload the required CSV file. Modify the decision table without deactivating it and continue to use it in expression
sets and flows. You can use a CSV file to create only medium volume decision tables.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Decision Table (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Narrow Your Source Conditions by Applying Source Filters in Decision Tables

Use the source filter as a prelogic to filter the source object rows when the source object has a large number of rows. When you select
an object from the source filter, give specific values to find the exact matching row. Source filter option isn’t available for CSV-based
decision tables.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Decision Table (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Decision-Making with the Newly Supported Objects in Medium Volume Decision Tables
Unlike earlier releases, you can now use Salesforce objects such as Account, Lead, Contact, Opportunity, and Case in medium volume
decision tables to enhance your decision-making capabilities.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Decision Table (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Increase Efficiency with Faster Refresh for Decision Table Data in Flows
Use the InvocableRefreshDecisionTable parameter in the Decision Table Refresh Action invocable action to get the changed data from
the decision table to the flow. Data changes such as addition and deletion rows since the last refresh are updated in the decision table,
leading to faster refresh cycles.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Invocable Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

539
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Support for Rule Engine Designer Role to Refresh Decision Tables

Now, users with the Rule Engine Designer role can refresh Decision Tables. You can refresh the decision table to make sure that the
outcomes are based on the latest data.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Business
Rules Engine is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Refresh a Decision Table (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Changed Business Rules Engine Objects

Do more with this changed object in Business Rules Engine.
Store the input and output CSV data for decision tables
Use the InputData and OutputData fields on the DecisionTblFileImportData object.

Context Service
Use data model objects as a source for mapping nodes and attributes of a context definition. Conveniently generate input mapping for
the blank attributes of a single node or all nodes. Easily activate and deactivate to change a context definition’s status. Auto sync effortlessly
upgrades the standard definition components that are used in the extended custom definitions.

Conveniently Activate and Deactivate Definitions, and Other Context Service Enhancements
To easily change the status of a context definition from its detail page, use the new Activate and Deactivate buttons. Use this
enhancement to avoid navigating back to the Context Definition page to change status. In addition, you can add a description for
custom attributes on the Edit Attributes page. Extended context definitions are autoupgraded to their latest version. In case auto
sync fails, the Sync button is enabled on the context definition’s details page.
Easily Generate Input Mapping for Blank Attributes
Avoid the manual selection of each node and attribute to generate input mapping. Use Regenerate All to generate mapping for
attributes of all the existing nodes or a selected node, or use Retain and Generate to generate only for the blank attributes.
New Objects in Context Service
Do more with these new Context Service objects.
Use Data Model Objects for Mapping
You can now choose data model objects (DMOs) when you map a definition, to retrieve data from a DMO. The DMOs are listed
under the Salesforce Objects tab, along with other standard Salesforce objects.
New Connect REST API Resources
Learn more about the new resources available with Context Service.

Conveniently Activate and Deactivate Definitions, and Other Context Service Enhancements
To easily change the status of a context definition from its detail page, use the new Activate and Deactivate buttons. Use this enhancement
to avoid navigating back to the Context Definition page to change status. In addition, you can add a description for custom attributes
on the Edit Attributes page. Extended context definitions are autoupgraded to their latest version. In case auto sync fails, the Sync button
is enabled on the context definition’s details page.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds
where Context Service is enabled.

540
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

How: To add a description for an attribute, on the Edit Attributes page, click Add Attributes.

Easily Generate Input Mapping for Blank Attributes

Avoid the manual selection of each node and attribute to generate input mapping. Use Regenerate All to generate mapping for attributes
of all the existing nodes or a selected node, or use Retain and Generate to generate only for the blank attributes.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds
where Context Service is enabled.
How: To add input mapping to a context definition, start by opening the context definition. On the Context Definition Details page, go
to the Map Data tab and select Input Mapping. You can generate all mappings or specific node mappings on the Edit Mapping page.

New Objects in Context Service

Do more with these new Context Service objects.
Represent the relationship between ContextNodeMapping and ContextDictionary objects as a junction table
Use the new ContextNodeAttrDictionary object.
Store information for the sync operation of the custom definition with the standard definition
Use the new ContextDefinitionSync object.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Context Service Tooling API Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Data Model Objects for Mapping

You can now choose data model objects (DMOs) when you map a definition, to retrieve data from a DMO. The DMOs are listed under
the Salesforce Objects tab, along with other standard Salesforce objects.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Industries clouds
where Context Service is enabled.
How: On the Salesforce Objects tab, search for the DMO that you want to map, and click Done.

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the new resources available with Context Service.
Get lists of metadata associated with the context definition interfaces
Make a GET request to the new /connect/context-definition-interfaces resource.
New response body: Context Definition Interface Metadata List
Get details of a specific context definition interface
Make a GET request to the new
/connect/context-definition-interfaces/contextDefinitionInterfaceName resource.

541
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

New response body: Context Definition Interface

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Common Resources Developer Guide: Query Context Definition Interfaces (GET) (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Common Resources Developer Guide: Query Context Definition Interface By Name (GET) (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

CSV Data Management

Use the basic CSV import feature to upload a CSV file with a variety of delimiter options without converting the CSV file into
comma-delimited format. Using the basic CSV import feature, import CSV data into a single Salesforce object. Use the advanced CSV
import feature to perform complex data transformations, and efficiently import large amounts of CSV data into one or more Salesforce
objects in a single import process.

Import CSV Data by Using Various Supported Delimiters

Directly upload a CSV file without converting it to comma-delimited format. Select the appropriate delimiter that’s used in the CSV
file during the import process. The supported delimiters are Comma, Pipe, Caret, Backquote, Semicolon, and Tab.
Perform Complex Calculations on CSV Data and Import into Salesforce Objects
Easily import large amounts of CSV data into one or more Salesforce objects in a single import process. Carry out complex data
transformations when you import CSV data into Salesforce. For example, join two columns of the CSV file, perform calculations on
the data, and then import the transformed data into Salesforce.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: CSV Data Management

Import CSV Data by Using Various Supported Delimiters

Directly upload a CSV file without converting it to comma-delimited format. Select the appropriate delimiter that’s used in the CSV file
during the import process. The supported delimiters are Comma, Pipe, Caret, Backquote, Semicolon, and Tab.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience where CSV File Import is available.
Who: Users with the Basic CSV Data Import permission set can use this feature.

Perform Complex Calculations on CSV Data and Import into Salesforce Objects
Easily import large amounts of CSV data into one or more Salesforce objects in a single import process. Carry out complex data
transformations when you import CSV data into Salesforce. For example, join two columns of the CSV file, perform calculations on the
data, and then import the transformed data into Salesforce.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience where CSV Data Import is available.
Who: Users with the Advanced CSV Data Import permission set can use a DPE definition to import CSV data.

542
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

How: Create and activate a Data Processing Engine (DPE) definition. Add a source node and one or more writeback objects to the DPE
definition. Configure a node in your DPE definition to set up how data is transformed. Use the DPE Definition to import the CSV data
from the source node to the writeback objects.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Import CSV Data into Multiple Salesforce Objects Simultaneously

Data Processing Engine

Upload large amounts of external data into your Data Processing Engine definitions by using CSV files. Write to related objects in writeback
nodes in Data Cloud runtime. Automatically save recipes and output records by running your definitions in debug mode.

Simplify Transformation of Large Data by Using CSV Files (Pilot)

Use CSV files to upload large volumes of data to your Salesforce org. In Data Cloud runtime, upload the CSV file as data source into
your definition. Configure relevant fields to use in the definition and then write back results to a Data Lake Object or Salesforce Object.
After running the definition, view any failed writeback records in Monitor Workflow Services.
Write to Related Objects in Writeback Nodes in Data Cloud
Data Cloud runtime now supports writeback nodes for related objects. You can map related fields to populate the lookup or
master-detail field of an object when there’s no corresponding Salesforce ID for that record. You can map related fields to insert,
update, or upsert records. This change aligns Data Cloud runtime with CRM Analytics runtime in Data Processing Engine.
Automatically Save your Recipes and Output Records
Opt to run your Data Processing Engine definition in debug mode and autosave your recipes and output records for seven days. You
can use the saved information for debugging purposes later.
Get Notified When You Exceed Data Pipelines Usage Limits
View notifications in the notifications tray whenever your Data Pipelines limits go above 80% usage, so that you can review your
Data Processing Engine definitions and take action.
Metadata API
Do more with the updated metadata types in Data Processing Engine.
Changed Objects
Do more with the changed objects in Data Processing Engine.

Simplify Transformation of Large Data by Using CSV Files (Pilot)

Use CSV files to upload large volumes of data to your Salesforce org. In Data Cloud runtime, upload the CSV file as data source into your
definition. Configure relevant fields to use in the definition and then write back results to a Data Lake Object or Salesforce Object. After
running the definition, view any failed writeback records in Monitor Workflow Services.

Note: This feature is not generally available and is being piloted with certain Customers subject to additional terms and conditions.
It is not part of your purchased Services. This feature is subject to change, may be discontinued with no notice at any time in
Salesforce’s sole discretion, and Salesforce may never make this feature generally available. Make your purchase decisions only on
the basis of generally available products and features. This feature is made available on an AS IS basis and use of this feature is at
your sole risk.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Data Processing Engine
is enabled.
When: This feature is available to all customers starting on October 4, 2024

543
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

How: To upload a CSV file, in Data Source node Configuration, select CSV File, and then click Define CSV Schema.

Write to Related Objects in Writeback Nodes in Data Cloud

Data Cloud runtime now supports writeback nodes for related objects. You can map related fields to populate the lookup or master-detail
field of an object when there’s no corresponding Salesforce ID for that record. You can map related fields to insert, update, or upsert
records. This change aligns Data Cloud runtime with CRM Analytics runtime in Data Processing Engine.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Data Processing Engine
is enabled.

Automatically Save your Recipes and Output Records

Opt to run your Data Processing Engine definition in debug mode and autosave your recipes and output records for seven days. You
can use the saved information for debugging purposes later.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Data Processing Engine
is enabled.
How: When you run your Data Processing Engine definition, in the Debug mode window, select Save recipes and output records
for seven days.

Get Notified When You Exceed Data Pipelines Usage Limits

View notifications in the notifications tray whenever your Data Pipelines limits go above 80% usage, so that you can review your Data
Processing Engine definitions and take action.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Data Processing Engine
is enabled.

Metadata API
Do more with the updated metadata types in Data Processing Engine.
Specify whether the target dataset exists, or is new and can be overwritten
Use the new isExistingTarget field on the existing BatchCalcJobWritebackObject subtype of the BatchCalcJobDefinition
metadata type. Introduced in API version 62.0, this field has been added to the Industries Common Resources Developer Guide.

Changed Objects
Do more with the changed objects in Data Processing Engine.
Enable or disable the debug mode when you run your definitions, and check whether the debug recipes are deleted
Use the new isDebugOn and isDebugRecipeDeleted fields on the existing BatchJob object. Introduced in API version
62.0, this field has been added to the Industries Common Resources Developer Guide.

Decision Table
TBD

Metadata API
Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.

544
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Changed Invocable Actions in Decision Table

New field is added to the invocable action.
Connect REST APIs
Connect REST APIs for Decision table read business rules and decide the outcome for records in your Salesforce org.

Metadata API
Access more metadata through these new and changed metadata types.

Decision Table
Enable null value consideration and track refresh status and reason for failure in decision tables
Use the new doesConsiderNullValue, refreshStatus, refreshFailureReason fields on the existing
DecisionTable metadata type. Introduced in API version 62.0, this field has been added to the Industries Common Resource Developer
Guide.

Changed Invocable Actions in Decision Table

New field is added to the invocable action.
Enable an incremental refresh to the decision table
Use the new isIncremental input field on the existing refreshDecisionTable action.

Connect REST APIs

Connect REST APIs for Decision table read business rules and decide the outcome for records in your Salesforce org.

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the new resources in the Decision table.

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the new resources in the Decision table.
Fetch paginated data from a CSV based decision table
Make a GET request to the new /connect/business-rules/decision-table/${decisionTableId}/data
resource.
New response body: Decision Table Rows List
Update rows in a CSV based decision table
Make a POST request to the new /connect/business-rules/decision-table/${decisionTableId}/data
resource.
New request body: Decision Table Rows List Input
New response body: Decision Table Data

Einstein Bot Templates

Manage cases with Case Management bot templates.

545
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Resolve Cases Efficiently with Case Management Bot Templates

The new Case Management enhanced bot templates come with conversational text and flows that automate capturing, tracking,
and resolving customer and prospect issues or inquiries. The bot templates allow users to create and close cases and check the status
of cases. The bot templates can transfer a chat session to a human agent for additional help. You can use the bot templates' preloaded
intent data to instantaneously start using bots, and add new intent data according to your business needs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Bot Templates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Resolve Cases Efficiently with Case Management Bot Templates

The new Case Management enhanced bot templates come with conversational text and flows that automate capturing, tracking, and
resolving customer and prospect issues or inquiries. The bot templates allow users to create and close cases and check the status of
cases. The bot templates can transfer a chat session to a human agent for additional help. You can use the bot templates' preloaded
intent data to instantaneously start using bots, and add new intent data according to your business needs.
Where: This feature is available with Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited
editions. Setup for Einstein Bots is available only in Lightning Experience.
Who: To use this feature, users need the Industry Service Excellence add-on license.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Einstein Bots, and then click Einstein Bots. Next, click New and select Enhanced
Bot. Click Next, and select the Industry Case Management Bot or Case Management Lite Bot template. Click Next, and enter
additional details.

Engagement
The Engagement Interaction object now supports record types that determine the business processes, page layouts, and picklist values
that users have access to. Use record types to create customized user experiences for different business processes.

Changed Object
The Engagement Interaction object, which represents information about an interaction between a service representative or specialist
and a customer, has a new RecordType field.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Engagement (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Industries Common Resources Developer Guide: Engagement (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Changed Object
The Engagement Interaction object, which represents information about an interaction between a service representative or specialist
and a customer, has a new RecordType field.
Store the identifier of the record type object
Use the new RecordType field on the EngagementInteraction object.

Grantmaking
Use an enhanced, easy-to-implement form framework to create, publish, and review progress reports on grant applications. Grants
managers can review all submitted applications on a single page.

546
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

View Progress Reports for Updates on Applications

Create, manage, publish, and review grantee progress reports. Grantees can complete the progress reports on the Grantmaking
portal in Nonprofit Cloud.
Use Flow-Based Forms in Grantmaking
Nonprofit Cloud for Grantmaking now supports additional types of forms, including the ability to build forms with flows for grant
applications, progress reports, and soliciting reviewer feedback. An enhanced form framework supports a user-defined UI that best
suits specific use cases.
Review Submitted Applications from a Single Page
Grants managers can assign reviewers to evaluate applications. From the Application Review Workspace, reviewers can review
application details and provide feedback and ratings on a single common page.
New and Changed Objects in Grantmaking
To build complex grant applications and to define and measure the impact of your grants, use the new and updated Grantmaking
objects and fields. These new objects and fields support the form framework for applications, progress reports, and reviews.

View Progress Reports for Updates on Applications

Create, manage, publish, and review grantee progress reports. Grantees can complete the progress reports on the Grantmaking portal
in Nonprofit Cloud.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Grantmaking
is enabled.
Who: To view progress reports, external users need the Grantmaking for Experience Cloud permission set.
How: To view progress reports in Experience Cloud, go to Award > Requirements. Internal users can go to the Funding Award Requirement
tab in Grantmaking.

SEE ALSO:
Help Documentation: Manage Funding Awards with Grantmaking (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Help Documentation: Review and Manage Grant Applications (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Flow-Based Forms in Grantmaking

Nonprofit Cloud for Grantmaking now supports additional types of forms, including the ability to build forms with flows for grant
applications, progress reports, and soliciting reviewer feedback. An enhanced form framework supports a user-defined UI that best suits
specific use cases.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Grantmaking
is enabled.
Who: To use flow-based forms in Grantmaking, external users need the Grantmaking for Experience Cloud permission set. To build and
manage forms, internal users need the Grantmaking Manager permission set.
How: Admins create flows for each section of a form. They create the Application Render Method records to reference the flows. They
also create the Application Stage Definition records to identify the Application Render Methods for view and edit modes.

SEE ALSO:
Help Documentation: Create a Flow That Launches a Grant Application (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

547
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Review Submitted Applications from a Single Page

Grants managers can assign reviewers to evaluate applications. From the Application Review Workspace, reviewers can review application
details and provide feedback and ratings on a single common page.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Grantmaking is enabled.
How: For internal reviewers, an admin must configure the Application Review detail page (flexipage). Add the Form Review component
(for the application sections) and the Form Section component (for the review) to new tabs. For external users, the Application Review
Workspace is already configured on the Application Review detail page in the Grantmaking Portal Template.

SEE ALSO:
Help Documentation: Review and Manage Grant Applications (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New and Changed Objects in Grantmaking

To build complex grant applications and to define and measure the impact of your grants, use the new and updated Grantmaking
objects and fields. These new objects and fields support the form framework for applications, progress reports, and reviews.
New Fields for Application Reviews
New fields are IsRequired, ApplicationStageDefinition, DisplayOrder, and IsAssignedToMe.
Object Updates for Managing Funding Award Requirements
Use the new object FundingAwardRqmtSection. Use the new OwnerId field on FundingAwardRqmtSection.
New Fields for Individual Application Task
New field is Description

SEE ALSO:
Help Documentation: Grantmaking Object Reference (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Industries Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ)

Use Industries CPQ in Lightning Web Components (LWC) for faster product configuration, mobile support, and bulk quote discounts. In
addition, Industries CPQ also improves asset management and leverages standard Salesforce Pricing. Learn about these and other
important enhancements.

Boost Efficiency with Industries CPQ in LWC Interface

Switch to Industries CPQ in a Lightning Web Components (LWC) Interface to streamline product configuration and enhance CPQ
operations. Offer your users reduced load times and improved performance with the enhanced product configurator and cart
functionalities. Quickly configure products and seamlessly access and modify carts. Use additional lookup fields, multiple price views,
catalog with products, promotions, and discounts directly in the cart. Users can also perform CPQ operations from mobile tablets,
ensuring greater flexibility and efficiency.
Automate Asset Management with Query Driven Asset Disconnect Scheduler
Use the new Query Driven Asset Disconnect Scheduler cron job to automate the disconnection of assets by raising asset-based
orders asynchronously. Use this cron job to easily disconnect subscription products at the end of their cycle and perform scheduled
asset clean-up, enhancing operational efficiency and accuracy.

548
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Easily Apply Discounts to an Entire Cart with Large Sets of Quote Line Items
Apply bulk discounts to up to 50,000 quote line items when Globally Unique Identifiers (GUIDs) performance enhancements is
enabled. Apply discounts to up to 100,000 quote line items with GUIDs performance enhancements disabled. Use the enhanced
API services to manage pricing adjustments, including discounts, for up to 20,000+ quote line items. Additionally, your Sales reps
can easily apply discounts to cart items, filter and save subsets of line items, and perform mass actions.
Get a More Flexible Pricing Solution in Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed Package
Enjoy real-time price updates and early adoption of Salesforce's future default pricing engine. Use a matrix-based UI pricing builder
for quicker offer configuration, declaratively build context rules without custom code, and get insights from the pricing manager
with a simulator for verifying pricing steps.
Move to Salesforce Contracts in Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed Package
Use Salesforce Contracts for a significant upgrade over Industries Contract Lifecycle Management (CLM), with features such as
AI-powered insights and collaborative redlining. Enjoy ongoing innovation and ensure value for your business with early adoption
of Salesforce Contracts.
Reverse Cardinality of Relies On Product Instances
When modeling network products in the catalog, it is necessary to enforce reverse cardinality at runtime for technical reasons.
Without this capability, your customers receive quotes that can't be technically fulfilled. By using the Reverse Cardinality feature, you
can define reverse cardinality for a Relies On product relationship and validate the cardinality in the cart at runtime. In addition, you
can also specifiy the minimum and maximum number of source product instances that a target product instance can support when
the product relationship type is Relies On.
Relies On with Attribute Propagation
When using Linear Relationships, the business team often needs to add new pricing criteria. This usually requires customers to write
code and custom Apex, increasing their technical debt, or to duplicate attribute data across products.The Attribute Propagation
feature defines how attributes propagate across product instances during design time and makes sure that this behavior is applied
to the Quote and Order cart during runtime.This helps in pricing the source product based on the attribute information of the target
product.
Achieve Real-Time Catalog and Pricelist Updates with Incremental Caching
Use incremental caching feature to publish incremental catalog and pricelist changes to the cache for standart cart and Digital
Commerce APIs. Incremental Caching enables reflecting product catalog and pricelist updates live and ensures error-free data
compilation across standard Cart and Digital Commerce APIs.
Table Component Deprecated in the AccountBillingDashboard Component
For optimization and performance improvement purposes, the Table component is no longer offered in the AccountBillingDashboard
component.
Secure Your Data with Enhanced User Permissions
Enhance your systems and data security by updating permissions for Standard User profiles, which apply to custom objects, custom
metedata types, and custom settings.

Boost Efficiency with Industries CPQ in LWC Interface

Switch to Industries CPQ in a Lightning Web Components (LWC) Interface to streamline product configuration and enhance CPQ
operations. Offer your users reduced load times and improved performance with the enhanced product configurator and cart functionalities.
Quickly configure products and seamlessly access and modify carts. Use additional lookup fields, multiple price views, catalog with
products, promotions, and discounts directly in the cart. Users can also perform CPQ operations from mobile tablets, ensuring greater
flexibility and efficiency.

549
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.

SEE ALSO:
Help Documentation: Grant Permissions on Custom Settings

Automate Asset Management with Query Driven Asset Disconnect Scheduler

Use the new Query Driven Asset Disconnect Scheduler cron job to automate the disconnection of assets by raising asset-based orders
asynchronously. Use this cron job to easily disconnect subscription products at the end of their cycle and perform scheduled asset
clean-up, enhancing operational efficiency and accuracy.
Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.

Easily Apply Discounts to an Entire Cart with Large Sets of Quote Line Items
Apply bulk discounts to up to 50,000 quote line items when Globally Unique Identifiers (GUIDs) performance enhancements is enabled.
Apply discounts to up to 100,000 quote line items with GUIDs performance enhancements disabled. Use the enhanced API services to
manage pricing adjustments, including discounts, for up to 20,000+ quote line items. Additionally, your Sales reps can easily apply
discounts to cart items, filter and save subsets of line items, and perform mass actions.
Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.

Get a More Flexible Pricing Solution in Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed
Package
Enjoy real-time price updates and early adoption of Salesforce's future default pricing engine. Use a matrix-based UI pricing builder for
quicker offer configuration, declaratively build context rules without custom code, and get insights from the pricing manager with a
simulator for verifying pricing steps.
Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.

Move to Salesforce Contracts in Communications, Media, and Energy & Utilities (CME) Managed
Package
Use Salesforce Contracts for a significant upgrade over Industries Contract Lifecycle Management (CLM), with features such as AI-powered
insights and collaborative redlining. Enjoy ongoing innovation and ensure value for your business with early adoption of Salesforce
Contracts.
Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.
Who: New and existing CME customers who either don’t have Industries Contract Lifecycle Management or need more advanced
solutions for managing their contracts can use Salesforce Contracts. To use Salesforce Contracts make sure that you are using OmniStudio
Standard Objects with Standard Runtime.

Reverse Cardinality of Relies On Product Instances

When modeling network products in the catalog, it is necessary to enforce reverse cardinality at runtime for technical reasons. Without
this capability, your customers receive quotes that can't be technically fulfilled. By using the Reverse Cardinality feature, you can define
reverse cardinality for a Relies On product relationship and validate the cardinality in the cart at runtime. In addition, you can also specifiy
the minimum and maximum number of source product instances that a target product instance can support when the product relationship
type is Relies On.
Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.

550
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Relies On with Attribute Propagation

When using Linear Relationships, the business team often needs to add new pricing criteria. This usually requires customers to write
code and custom Apex, increasing their technical debt, or to duplicate attribute data across products.The Attribute Propagation feature
defines how attributes propagate across product instances during design time and makes sure that this behavior is applied to the Quote
and Order cart during runtime.This helps in pricing the source product based on the attribute information of the target product.
Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.
How: To implement Attribute Propagation, set up a new pricing plan to initiate the propagation process and complete the attribute
propagation step before the Attribute Based Pricing plan step.
Supported propagation actions include:
• SUM: Sum values from target to source.
• COPY: Transfer values from target to source.
• REFER: Use target values in pricing for source.

Achieve Real-Time Catalog and Pricelist Updates with Incremental Caching

Use incremental caching feature to publish incremental catalog and pricelist changes to the cache for standart cart and Digital Commerce
APIs. Incremental Caching enables reflecting product catalog and pricelist updates live and ensures error-free data compilation across
standard Cart and Digital Commerce APIs.
Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.

Table Component Deprecated in the AccountBillingDashboard Component

For optimization and performance improvement purposes, the Table component is no longer offered in the AccountBillingDashboard
component.
Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.
Who: If you are a Communications Cloud customer, see Analytics for Communications-Business for alternatives to business reports and
similar options.

Secure Your Data with Enhanced User Permissions

Enhance your systems and data security by updating permissions for Standard User profiles, which apply to custom objects, custom
metedata types, and custom settings.
Where: This change applies to all editions where the Communications, Media, and Energy (CME) managed package is installed.
Why: These permissions are added to the Communications Cloud sample permission sets.
• CPQ_Runtime_CartOperations_CC_User
• CPQ_Runtime_CartOperations
• CPQ_Runtime_InvokeOdinNotification
• CPQ_Runtime_ViewAndApplyDiscounts
• DC_Runtime_Shopping_CC_User
• DC_Runtime_Shopping
By default, Salesforce limits the access to custom settings globally through the Restrict access to custom settings org-wide preference.
However, Admins can grant API Read access to users that don't have the Customize Application permission.

551
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

If you aren't using the sample permission sets, then update the permission set file with this sample code:

<customSettingAccesses>
<enabled>true</enabled>
<name>vlocity_cmt__CustomObjectMap__c</name>
</customSettingAccesses>

SEE ALSO:
Help Documentation: Security Enhancements for Standard User Profiles in CME Managed Package
Help Documentation: Communications Cloud Sample Permission Sets
Help Documentation: Grant Permissions on Custom Settings

Integration Solutions with MuleSoft Direct

The Industry Integration Solutions and Integrations Setup are renamed as MuleSoft and MuleSoft Direct, respectively. The navigation in
the Salesforce UI, along with the documentation, is also updated.

Industry Integration Solutions Has a New Name

We've renamed Industry Integration Solutions to MuleSoft, and Integrations Setup to MuleSoft Direct. The Setup navigation changes
from Integrations > Industry Integration Solutions > Integrations Setup to Integrations > MuleSoft > MuleSoft Direct. You can see
the updated names in the feature names on the Salesforce UI, in the Salesforce org, and in documentation in Salesforce Winter '25
and later. This change doesn’t impact your implementations.

Industry Integration Solutions Has a New Name

We've renamed Industry Integration Solutions to MuleSoft, and Integrations Setup to MuleSoft Direct. The Setup navigation changes
from Integrations > Industry Integration Solutions > Integrations Setup to Integrations > MuleSoft > MuleSoft Direct. You can see the
updated names in the feature names on the Salesforce UI, in the Salesforce org, and in documentation in Salesforce Winter '25 and later.
This change doesn’t impact your implementations.
Where: This change applies to all editions with MuleSoft licenses.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Integration Solutions with MuleSoft Direct (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

List Builder for Data Cloud Segment

Synchronize actionable lists with Data Cloud segments more reliably to keep actionable lists up to date.

Changed Objects
Use the changed objects in List Builder for Data Cloud Segment to represent an actionable list and an actionable list item.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: List Builder for Data Cloud Segment (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

552
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Changed Objects
Use the changed objects in List Builder for Data Cloud Segment to represent an actionable list and an actionable list item.
Specify the type of operation that's performed when an actionable list synchronizes with a Data Cloud segment
Use the new SynchronizationOperationType field on the ActionableList object.
Store the value to determine whether the insert operation is allowed or not on an actionable list when the list synchronizes
with a Data Cloud segment
Use the new InsertOperationOnSync field on the ActionableListMember object.

Omnistudio Document Generation

Prevent long-running document generation requests from affecting system efficiency by using a scheduled job.

Improve Document Generation Performance with Timeout Setting

Contract admins can prevent document generation requests from running indefinitely by turning on the time-out setting. You can
specify a time limit for document generation requests. Any individual or batch document generation requests that exceed the
specified time limit, but are still in progress, are terminated and marked as failed. Use the TerminateDocGenRequestCronJob scheduled
job to maintain performance by preventing long-running requests from affecting system efficiency.

Improve Document Generation Performance with Timeout Setting

Contract admins can prevent document generation requests from running indefinitely by turning on the time-out setting. You can
specify a time limit for document generation requests. Any individual or batch document generation requests that exceed the specified
time limit, but are still in progress, are terminated and marked as failed. Use the TerminateDocGenRequestCronJob scheduled job to
maintain performance by preventing long-running requests from affecting system efficiency.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: Users need the CLM Admin permission set to run the scheduled job.
How: In Setup, go to Document Generation Settings and verify that Enable InProgress DocGen Request Time Out is turned on. In
the InProgress DocGen Request Time Out (hrs) field, specify the time interval (in hours) after which in-progress document generation
process records are terminated. The default timeout is set to 6 hours.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Run a Scheduled Job to Terminate Long-Running Document Generation Requests

Scheduled Reminders
The Reminder Definition object now supports record types that specify when the reminder triggers for an event and identify the object
associated with the reminder definition. Additionally, the Reminder Definition Channel object now includes record types that define the
messaging channel that's used to send the reminder.

Changed Objects in Scheduled Reminders

Do more with these changed objects for Scheduled Reminders.

Changed Objects in Scheduled Reminders

Do more with these changed objects for Scheduled Reminders.

553
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Industries Common Features

Specify the occurrence of the reminder for an event

Use the new OccurrenceType field on the ReminderDefinition object.
Get the name of the object for which the reminder definition is created
Use the new RelatedObjectName field on the ReminderDefinition object.
Get the messaging channel that's used to send the reminder
Use the new MessagingChannelId field on the ReminderDefinitionChannel object.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: ReminderDefinition (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: ReminderDefinitionChannel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Service Process Studio

Service Process Studio now supports screen flow request forms in service process definitions.

Experience Greater Flexibility in Request Form Creation

You can now add a screen flow request form to a service process definition. If your org doesn’t have Omnistudio Runtime, you can
still create a request form by using Flow Builder, and then add the form to a service process definition.
Changed Object
Use the changed object in Service Process Studio to represent a collection of records that indicate the dependencies of a service
process.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create and Activate Service Process Definitions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Experience Greater Flexibility in Request Form Creation

You can now add a screen flow request form to a service process definition. If your org doesn’t have Omnistudio Runtime, you can still
create a request form by using Flow Builder, and then add the form to a service process definition.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions.
Who: To use this feature, users need the Industry Service Excellence add-on license and the Industry Service Excellence permission set.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Service Process Studio, and then select Service Process Studio. Create a
service process definition by adding a screen flow request form.

Changed Object
Use the changed object in Service Process Studio to represent a collection of records that indicate the dependencies of a service process.
Specify the name of the step in the service process definition creation process
Use the new ProcessStepName field on the SvcCatalogItemDependency object.

Stage Management
Use Metadata API to migrate Stage Management configurations across Salesforce orgs.

554
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing

Migrate Stage Management Configurations with Ease

Use Metadata API to efficiently package and share Stage Management configurations across Salesforce orgs. Metadata API is the
fundamental way in which metadata is serialized so that you can read, edit, and deploy data. Use this enhancement to develop and
deploy Stage Management definitions across environments.

Migrate Stage Management Configurations with Ease

Use Metadata API to efficiently package and share Stage Management configurations across Salesforce orgs. Metadata API is the
fundamental way in which metadata is serialized so that you can read, edit, and deploy data. Use this enhancement to develop and
deploy Stage Management definitions across environments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Stage Management

Marketing
Salesforce marketing products and features streamline and supercharge your promotional campaigns. Find out what improvements are
arriving in our Winter '25 release.

Einstein Personalization
Einstein Personalization is a Customer 360 application that works with Data Cloud to provide personalized experiences across
Salesforce clouds. The Einstein Personalization app combines optimized business objectives with rules-based targeting and decision
making to deliver real-time, personalized decisions across channels. Natively integrated with Marketing Cloud Growth, use Einstein
Personalization to extend personalized experiences to other Marketing Cloud products.
Marketing Cloud Account Engagement
Keep your database clean by finding and merging duplicate prospects. Copy your marketing forms and emails directly to Salesforce
CMS, and add your landing page and form engagement details to Data Cloud.
Marketing Cloud Engagement
The Winter ’25 Marketing Cloud Engagement release occurs October 4, 2024 through October 25, 2024. Some features are made
available to you within a week of the release.
Marketing Cloud
For Winter ’25, Marketing Cloud presents solutions that launch automated campaigns based on specified events, personalize messages
with dynamic content variations, and attribute revenue to influential campaigns. Generative AI options now offer Einstein Copilot
features and grounding tools. In addition, we're announcing Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition, with expanded features for marketing
flows, SMS messaging, and AI.
Unified Messaging
Unified Messaging consolidates customer communication channels, like email, SMS, and WhatsApp, into one unified platform. Sync
customer consent preferences between Marketing Cloud Engagement and Digital Engagement, and review updated consent settings
for Unified WhatsApp messages.

555
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Personalization

Einstein Personalization
Einstein Personalization is a Customer 360 application that works with Data Cloud to provide personalized experiences across Salesforce
clouds. The Einstein Personalization app combines optimized business objectives with rules-based targeting and decision making to
deliver real-time, personalized decisions across channels. Natively integrated with Marketing Cloud Growth, use Einstein Personalization
to extend personalized experiences to other Marketing Cloud products.

Provide Personalized Experiences with Einstein Personalization (Generally Available)

Built on Data Cloud, Einstein Personalization provides AI-based recommendations and personalized content to customers in real
time. Using foundational Data Cloud elements, like real-time data ingestion, identity resolution, calculated insights, and data graphs,
Einstein Personalization can deliver relevant, targeted, individualized content to customers at the right time. Einstein Personalization
also gathers and displays metrics to provide insights into the usage and effectiveness of personalized decisions.
Extend Personalized Experiences in Marketing Cloud Using Einstein Personalization
Extend the functionality of other Marketing Cloud products using Einstein Personalization targeting rules and personalization
decisions, natively integrated with Marketing Cloud Growth or Advanced editions. For example, in Marketing Cloud Growth, you
can use targeting rules and personalization decisions to provide individualized, dynamically varied content in Marketing email
communications. In Marketing Cloud Advanced orgs, you can set up path experimentation for segment-triggered flows to determine
which path had the best outcome.
Enhance Your Websites with Personalized Experiences Using Web Personalization Manager
Create personalized experiences directly on websites using the new Web Personalization Manager. Using Einstein Personalization
and Data Cloud Web SDK, Web Personalization Manager can personalize websites with AI-driven recommendations and dynamic
content in real time for eligible site visitors. Select page elements that you want to personalize using a simplified point-and-click
approach, preview the results, and then publish personalization experiences.
Monitor Einstein Personalization Consumption in Near Real-Time with Digital Wallet
Now you can use the Digital Wallet account management tool to monitor your Einstein Personalization credit usage. On the Digital
Wallet Home page, the Einstein Personalization Credits card (1) summarizes how many credits your org has consumed (2) and how
many are remaining in near real-time (3). Additionally, Digital Wallet’s Consumption Insights page offers detailed breakdowns of
usage by type and time period to help you detect trends over time.

Provide Personalized Experiences with Einstein Personalization (Generally Available)

Built on Data Cloud, Einstein Personalization provides AI-based recommendations and personalized content to customers in real time.
Using foundational Data Cloud elements, like real-time data ingestion, identity resolution, calculated insights, and data graphs, Einstein
Personalization can deliver relevant, targeted, individualized content to customers at the right time. Einstein Personalization also gathers
and displays metrics to provide insights into the usage and effectiveness of personalized decisions.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and Developer editions with Data Cloud.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Personalization Help Documentation (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Extend Personalized Experiences in Marketing Cloud Using Einstein Personalization

Extend the functionality of other Marketing Cloud products using Einstein Personalization targeting rules and personalization decisions,
natively integrated with Marketing Cloud Growth or Advanced editions. For example, in Marketing Cloud Growth, you can use targeting
rules and personalization decisions to provide individualized, dynamically varied content in Marketing email communications. In Marketing
Cloud Advanced orgs, you can set up path experimentation for segment-triggered flows to determine which path had the best outcome.

556
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Personalization

Where: Einstein Personalization is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Release Notes: Personalize Marketing Emails Using Dynamic Content (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Release Notes: Test and Optimize Engagement with Path Experiments (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Enhance Your Websites with Personalized Experiences Using Web Personalization

Manager
Create personalized experiences directly on websites using the new Web Personalization Manager. Using Einstein Personalization and
Data Cloud Web SDK, Web Personalization Manager can personalize websites with AI-driven recommendations and dynamic content
in real time for eligible site visitors. Select page elements that you want to personalize using a simplified point-and-click approach,
preview the results, and then publish personalization experiences.
Where: This change applies to Einstein Personalization. Einstein Personalization is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise,
Unlimited, Performance, and Developer editions.
How: Set personalization points and then configure personalized experiences on your website by using predefined templates or by
directly modifying existing website elements with Web Personalization Manager.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Web Personalization Manager

Monitor Einstein Personalization Consumption in Near Real-Time with Digital Wallet

Now you can use the Digital Wallet account management tool to monitor your Einstein Personalization credit usage. On the Digital
Wallet Home page, the Einstein Personalization Credits card (1) summarizes how many credits your org has consumed (2) and how
many are remaining in near real-time (3). Additionally, Digital Wallet’s Consumption Insights page offers detailed breakdowns of usage
by type and time period to help you detect trends over time.
Where: Digital Wallet is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions.
Who: Digital Wallet is available to users with the View Consumption user permission. Digital Wallet is also accessible via the Your Account
app Home page. Your Account is available to users with the Manage Billing permission or the Your Account App Admin User permission
set.
How: Use the app launcher to find Consumption Cards. Alternatively, in the Your Account app, click the Consumption Cards tab or View
Consumption Cards from the tile on the Home page.

557
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Account Engagement

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: About Digital Wallet
Salesforce Help: Einstein Personalization

Marketing Cloud Account Engagement

Keep your database clean by finding and merging duplicate prospects. Copy your marketing forms and emails directly to Salesforce
CMS, and add your landing page and form engagement details to Data Cloud.

General Enhancements
Open system email links in the Lightning App. Build segments in Data Cloud using your form and landing page engagement data.
Keep your database clean by finding and merging duplicate prospects.
APIs and Integrations
Manage tags, read and query permanent prospect deletion requests, and send list emails. Gain valuable insights by ingesting Account
Engagement form and landing page engagement data into Data Cloud.

General Enhancements
Open system email links in the Lightning App. Build segments in Data Cloud using your form and landing page engagement data. Keep
your database clean by finding and merging duplicate prospects.

Discover a New Campaign Experience with Marketing Cloud

Account Engagement customers now have access to Salesforce Marketing Cloud. Experience a new campaign creation process in
Marketing Cloud that uses your historical Account Engagement activity, consent data, and existing assets.

558
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Account Engagement

Troubleshoot Email Send Issues

You can now view the total number of emails that don’t send for your list emails and get details about why. For example, if an email
isn't sent to a prospect, you can see if it was due to an invalid email address or another reason.
Find and Merge Duplicate Prospect Records
Keep your marketing information accurate and your database clean by merging duplicate prospects. The duplicate prospects tool
found under the Optimizer automatically identifies prospect records with a shared email address, so that you can decide which
duplicate records to merge.
Copy Forms and Emails to a Salesforce CMS Workspace
New file types for content copying are also supported, including .pdf, .mp4, and .zip.
Gain Insights with Form and Landing Page Engagement Data in Data Cloud
Personalize your marketing efforts, create calculated insights, and build segments through Data Cloud with form, landing page, and
tracked web page engagement data. Enable the Account Engagement connector in Data Cloud and then create an engagement
data stream.
Create More Data Cloud Segments per Business Unit
You can now have up to 25 Data Cloud segments per business unit when creating dynamic lists in Account Engagement. Previously,
only five segments were allotted per business unit.
Open System Email Links in the Lightning App
Improve your workflow in Salesforce and open Account Engagement system email links in the Lightning App instead of pardot.com.
Pause or Cancel Permanent Prospect Deletions
Take control of your prospect deletion bulk action requests by pausing, resuming, or canceling them using the Table Action Manager.
This feature is available for deletion requests initiated from the API or UI. Previously, bulk prospect deletions couldn't be paused or
resumed from the UI.

Discover a New Campaign Experience with Marketing Cloud

Account Engagement customers now have access to Salesforce Marketing Cloud. Experience a new campaign creation process in
Marketing Cloud that uses your historical Account Engagement activity, consent data, and existing assets.
Where: This change applies to Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, and Premium Editions in regions where Marketing
Cloud Growth Edition is supported.
When: Access to Marketing Cloud Growth Edition is available now. Access to Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition will be available later
in Winter ‘25. For details about timing and eligibility, contact your Salesforce account executive.

SEE ALSO:
Prepare for a New Campaign Experience with Marketing Cloud Features for Account Engagement

Troubleshoot Email Send Issues

You can now view the total number of emails that don’t send for your list emails and get details about why. For example, if an email
isn't sent to a prospect, you can see if it was due to an invalid email address or another reason.
Where: This change applies to all Account Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
View the List Email Report
List Email Report Metrics

559
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Account Engagement

Find and Merge Duplicate Prospect Records

Keep your marketing information accurate and your database clean by merging duplicate prospects. The duplicate prospects tool found
under the Optimizer automatically identifies prospect records with a shared email address, so that you can decide which duplicate
records to merge.
Where: This change applies to all Account Engagement editions that allow multiple prospects with the same email address

SEE ALSO:
Merge Prospects

Copy Forms and Emails to a Salesforce CMS Workspace

New file types for content copying are also supported, including .pdf, .mp4, and .zip.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Account Engagement Growth, Plus, Advanced, and Premium editions.

SEE ALSO:
Enable Copy to CMS for Account Engagement Business Units

Gain Insights with Form and Landing Page Engagement Data in Data Cloud
Personalize your marketing efforts, create calculated insights, and build segments through Data Cloud with form, landing page, and
tracked web page engagement data. Enable the Account Engagement connector in Data Cloud and then create an engagement data
stream.
Where: This change applies to all Account Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
Use Account Engagement Data with Data Cloud

Create More Data Cloud Segments per Business Unit

You can now have up to 25 Data Cloud segments per business unit when creating dynamic lists in Account Engagement. Previously,
only five segments were allotted per business unit.

560
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Account Engagement

Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Account Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
Use Account Engagement Data with Data Cloud

Open System Email Links in the Lightning App

Improve your workflow in Salesforce and open Account Engagement system email links in the Lightning App instead of pardot.com.
Where: This change applies to all Account Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
System Emails

Pause or Cancel Permanent Prospect Deletions

Take control of your prospect deletion bulk action requests by pausing, resuming, or canceling them using the Table Action Manager.
This feature is available for deletion requests initiated from the API or UI. Previously, bulk prospect deletions couldn't be paused or
resumed from the UI.
Where: This change applies to all Account Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
Access Account Engagement Optimizer

APIs and Integrations

Manage tags, read and query permanent prospect deletion requests, and send list emails. Gain valuable insights by ingesting Account
Engagement form and landing page engagement data into Data Cloud.

Account Engagement API: New and Changed Items

Access more of your data with new updates for version 5 of the Account Engagement API.

Account Engagement API: New and Changed Items

Access more of your data with new updates for version 5 of the Account Engagement API.

Updated Objects in Version 5

Manage Tags on Your Marketing Assets
You can now manage tags using the Account Engagement API.
Send List and One-to-One Emails
You can now send list emails and one-to-one prospect emails via the API.

API Changes
Read and Query Prospect Permanent Deletion Requests
You can now read and query permanent prospect deletion requests created from the Account Engagement app.

561
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Marketing Cloud Engagement

The Winter ’25 Marketing Cloud Engagement release occurs October 4, 2024 through October 25, 2024. Some features are made available
to you within a week of the release.
Get an exclusive, in-depth look at the new features by tuning into the Winter ’25 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release New Feature
Overview. Join this webinar on November 6, 2024 at 2:00 PM EST.

Apps, Setup, and Security

We added general enhancements to Package Manager to improve usability and consistency. Social Studio is retiring.
Cross-Cloud Products
Personalize campaign member objects, and let customers link sends to active campaigns in Distributed Marketing.
Einstein and Analytics
Generate marketing content in six different languages using Einstein generative AI. Export comprehensive audits of AI-generated
content for compliance and brand consistency, and set up distinct brand identities for each business unit to enhance customer
engagement. These features support global marketing strategies, ensure safety compliance, and maintain brand alignment across
all communications.
Journeys and Automations
Get more accurate success rates on the Journey History page, and review the most recent updates to journeys on the Journey Audit
Log page. Improve your Journey Builder email sends with high-throughput sending recommendations.
Messaging
Updates to messaging include link shortening for SMS messages and an improved experience for WhatsApp messages.
Marketing Cloud Intelligence
Enhance your campaign analysis with more data from the latest API connector additions, including DoubleVerify, Criteo, and
SharePoint. New fields and features provide improved insights and greater control over ad performance, campaign optimization,
and data management across multiple platforms.
Archived Release Notes
Marketing Cloud Engagement release notes from Spring ’24 and earlier are available for PDF download. Refer to help documentation
for the most accurate and current information about Engagement.

Apps, Setup, and Security

We added general enhancements to Package Manager to improve usability and consistency. Social Studio is retiring.

General Enhancements to Package Manager

In addition to improving usability and consistency, we made a few other updates.
Social Studio Is Being Retired
Social Studio is being retired on November 18, 2024. When your existing contract ends or on November 18, 2024, whichever comes
first, you can no longer access Social Studio. Your customer data will be deleted 90 days later in compliance with the Salesforce
Marketing Cloud Security, Privacy, and Architecture (SPARC) documentation. To switch to another approved Salesforce product,
contact your account executive.

562
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Enable Branded Email Sending Domains and URLs in the Marketing Cloud Engagement Interface
From the Marketing Cloud Engagement user interface, you can now configure authenticated email sending domains and
company-branded URLs with the Sender Authentication Package. Additionally, from the user interface, you can enable authenticated
email sending during Private Domain setup. Configuring this functionality in the user interface reduces setup time, helping you send
messages sooner after your account is provisioned.
Rotate Client Secrets in Installed Packages
You can now create staged client secrets for OAuth 2.0 integrations in installed packages. This feature helps you rotate client secrets
while minimizing downtime.

General Enhancements to Package Manager

In addition to improving usability and consistency, we made a few other updates.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement in Corporate and Enterprise editions.
Why: Package Manager has these enhancements.
• Industry Solution names are more consistent.
• The Solutions tab now has a lifecycle stage column, and the columns are reordered.
• If permissions are set to Deny, a deployment warning is displayed.
• Error notifications display for packages with data relationships.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Package Manager in Marketing Cloud Engagement (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Social Studio Is Being Retired

Social Studio is being retired on November 18, 2024. When your existing contract ends or on November 18, 2024, whichever comes first,
you can no longer access Social Studio. Your customer data will be deleted 90 days later in compliance with the Salesforce Marketing
Cloud Security, Privacy, and Architecture (SPARC) documentation. To switch to another approved Salesforce product, contact your
account executive.
Where: This change applies to the Social Studio family of products: Social Studio, Command Center, Social Studio Mobile App, Social
Studio Automate, and Social Customer Service (including the free Starter Pack offering).
How: We recommend that you retrieve your data 90 days before November 18, 2024 or the end of your contract, whichever is first. To
retrieve your Social Studio data, see Social Studio Data Extracts.

Important: X.com (Twitter) content won’t be available after the Social Studio retirement date. Any X.com (Twitter) data extraction
must be completed prior to the end of your contract date or November 18, 2024, whichever is sooner.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Marketing Cloud Social Studio Retirement
Salesforce Marketing Cloud Security, Privacy and Architecture

563
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Enable Branded Email Sending Domains and URLs in the Marketing Cloud Engagement Interface
From the Marketing Cloud Engagement user interface, you can now configure authenticated email sending domains and company-branded
URLs with the Sender Authentication Package. Additionally, from the user interface, you can enable authenticated email sending during
Private Domain setup. Configuring this functionality in the user interface reduces setup time, helping you send messages sooner after
your account is provisioned.
Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions but isn’t available on Hyperforce.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter custom, and click Custom Domain Management. To configure a sending domain, click
New Domain.
By default, branded URLs are automatically secured using SSL certificate licenses. You can resecure branded URLs with a customer-supplied
SSL certificate afterwards.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Working with the Email Sender Authentication Package (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure a Sender Authentication Package and Private Domain (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Rotate Client Secrets in Installed Packages

You can now create staged client secrets for OAuth 2.0 integrations in installed packages. This feature helps you rotate client secrets
while minimizing downtime.
When: This feature is available to a limited group of customers with the Winter ’25 release and is available to all customers in December
2024. For more information about enabling this feature in your account, contact your Account Executive.
How: When you create a staged secret, Marketing Cloud Engagement generates a new OAuth 2.0 client secret. After you update your
external apps and integrations to use the new secret, deactivate the existing secret to make the staged secret active.

Cross-Cloud Products
Personalize campaign member objects, and let customers link sends to active campaigns in Distributed Marketing.

Process Builder Is Retired for Marketing Cloud Connect

To support the migration to Flow, Process Builder processes used by Marketing Cloud Connect are being automatically migrated to
record-triggered flows. This migration occurs when a journey that uses a Salesforce Data Event to access an object is stopped or
published.
Let Customers Link a Distributed Marketing Send to an Active Campaign
Give customers more flexibility over their created campaigns by letting them link a campaign to a Distributed Marketing send after
campaign members have been added. Customers can’t edit the message, but they can send a new one if the message hasn’t been
sent.
Personalize Campaign Member Objects
Add more specificity to your campaigns by adding personalization to campaign member objects. Previously, you could only personalize
campaign records.

Process Builder Is Retired for Marketing Cloud Connect

To support the migration to Flow, Process Builder processes used by Marketing Cloud Connect are being automatically migrated to
record-triggered flows. This migration occurs when a journey that uses a Salesforce Data Event to access an object is stopped or published.

564
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement in Corporate and Enterprise editions when using Process Builder with
Marketing Cloud Connect.
When: If you’ve enabled View All permissions, the Process Builder retirement was rolled out in phases, starting in February 2024 through
April 2024. If you haven’t enabled View All permissions, the retirement occurred after the Summer ’24 release. For more information on
enablement, check out Process Builder Is Retiring for Marketing Cloud Connect - Additional Information.

Let Customers Link a Distributed Marketing Send to an Active Campaign

Give customers more flexibility over their created campaigns by letting them link a campaign to a Distributed Marketing send after
campaign members have been added. Customers can’t edit the message, but they can send a new one if the message hasn’t been sent.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement in Corporate and Enterprise editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Change Journey Connected to a Campaign (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Personalize Campaign Member Objects

Add more specificity to your campaigns by adding personalization to campaign member objects. Previously, you could only personalize
campaign records.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement in Corporate and Enterprise editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Extend Entry Source Data (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Einstein and Analytics

Generate marketing content in six different languages using Einstein generative AI. Export comprehensive audits of AI-generated content
for compliance and brand consistency, and set up distinct brand identities for each business unit to enhance customer engagement.
These features support global marketing strategies, ensure safety compliance, and maintain brand alignment across all communications.

Generate Marketing Content in Multiple Languages

Use Einstein generative AI to produce subject lines and body copy in French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, and Spanish.
Quickly create localized content so that your messages resonate with a wider audience. Language is automatically configured if your
Culture Code user preference matches one of these languages.
Monitor AI Content with New Audit Export Feature
Support your safety compliance efforts by exporting comprehensive audits of the last 90 days of generative AI content, including
inputs, outputs, and user feedback. Review content to verify alignment with your brand guidelines. Use the exported data to refine
your brand identity and personality to ensure consistency across all AI-generated content.
Customize Brand Identity at the Business Unit Level
Enhance customer engagement by setting up distinct brand identities for each business unit. If you already have a brand configured,
the existing brand details propagate to all business units that have Einstein generative AI and Einstein Copy Insights enabled. Newly
added business units can take up to a month to become configurable.

565
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Generate Marketing Content in Multiple Languages

Use Einstein generative AI to produce subject lines and body copy in French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, and Spanish. Quickly
create localized content so that your messages resonate with a wider audience. Language is automatically configured if your Culture
Code user preference matches one of these languages.
Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Creating Content in Einstein Copy Insights Using Einstein Generative AI (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Monitor AI Content with New Audit Export Feature

Support your safety compliance efforts by exporting comprehensive audits of the last 90 days of generative AI content, including inputs,
outputs, and user feedback. Review content to verify alignment with your brand guidelines. Use the exported data to refine your brand
identity and personality to ensure consistency across all AI-generated content.
Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Subject Line Tester (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Customize Brand Identity at the Business Unit Level

Enhance customer engagement by setting up distinct brand identities for each business unit. If you already have a brand configured,
the existing brand details propagate to all business units that have Einstein generative AI and Einstein Copy Insights enabled. Newly
added business units can take up to a month to become configurable.
Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Brand Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Journeys and Automations

Get more accurate success rates on the Journey History page, and review the most recent updates to journeys on the Journey Audit Log
page. Improve your Journey Builder email sends with high-throughput sending recommendations.

Track Journey Changes with the Journey Audit Log

Get full visibility into changes made to your journeys so that you can better understand their evolution and maintain accountability
across teams in your business unit.
Improve Existing Emails with Journey Builder High-Throughput Sending Recommendations
During journey validation, Journey Builder proactively recommends configurations that can impact performance. If you have draft
or active journeys with email activities without high-throughput sending enabled, Journey Builder recommends that you create a
version with high-throughput sending for better email performance.

566
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Enhance Query Results with Improved Email Attribute Storage

More precise storage and evaluation of the email address attribute has been added. This enhancement ensures that when multiple
paths exist to retrieve an attribute, the user’s intended path is used. When setting the default email address in Journey Settings
through the Use email attribute from Contacts option, Contact Data is in the new top-level folder.
Get More Accurate Journey Success Rates on the Journey History Page
The Journey History page no longer displays redundant rows or rows with empty activity names or Complete status. The History
Download API also doesn't display rows with empty activity names or Complete status. This change prevents artificial inflation of
the success rate metrics shown in the Journey History analytic overview.
Retrieve Data from Automation Data Views in Real Time
Query automation data views in real time, including data generated by automations that are currently running. Previously, you could
only retrieve data that was 24 hours old or older.
Use Additional SFTP Key Exchange Algorithms in File Transfer Activities
SFTP file transfer activities in Automation Studio support more key exchange algorithms for SSH key authentication.
Change to S3 Path Requirements in File Transfer and Import Activities
When you create or modify an Amazon S3 location in a File Transfer or Import activity, the AWS Bucket Name field can contain only
the name of the destination bucket. Previously, you could also include a relative path in this field. After this change, use the AWS
Relative Path field to specify the target path. This change is necessary because of an updated requirement of the Amazon S3 SDK.
We recommend that you verify the S3 locations for your existing File Transfer and Import activities to confirm that they refer to the
correct locations.
New Error Types for File Decryption Issues
When a file transfer activity fails to decrypt a file because of a misconfigured GPG or PGP key, Automation Studio now returns a user
error. Previously, these errors were reported as system errors.
Correlate Activity Data with Other Views Using the JobID Field
When an activity includes a send, the automation activity instance data view now contains a JobID field. Use the value of this field
to connect the activity to results and to other data views.

Track Journey Changes with the Journey Audit Log

Get full visibility into changes made to your journeys so that you can better understand their evolution and maintain accountability
across teams in your business unit.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement in Corporate and Enterprise editions and to customers with the Journey
Builder add-on.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Journey Builder Audit Log (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Existing Emails with Journey Builder High-Throughput Sending Recommendations

During journey validation, Journey Builder proactively recommends configurations that can impact performance. If you have draft or
active journeys with email activities without high-throughput sending enabled, Journey Builder recommends that you create a version
with high-throughput sending for better email performance.

567
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement in Corporate and Enterprise editions and to customers with the Journey
Builder add-on.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Journey Builder Configuration Recommendations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Journey Builder High-Throughput Sending Considerations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enhance Query Results with Improved Email Attribute Storage

More precise storage and evaluation of the email address attribute has been added. This enhancement ensures that when multiple
paths exist to retrieve an attribute, the user’s intended path is used. When setting the default email address in Journey Settings through
the Use email attribute from Contacts option, Contact Data is in the new top-level folder.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement in Corporate and Enterprise editions and to customers with the Journey
Builder add-on.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Journey Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get More Accurate Journey Success Rates on the Journey History Page
The Journey History page no longer displays redundant rows or rows with empty activity names or Complete status. The History Download
API also doesn't display rows with empty activity names or Complete status. This change prevents artificial inflation of the success rate
metrics shown in the Journey History analytic overview.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement in Corporate and Enterprise editions and to customers with the Journey
Builder add-on.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Journey History (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Retrieve Data from Automation Data Views in Real Time

Query automation data views in real time, including data generated by automations that are currently running. Previously, you could
only retrieve data that was 24 hours old or older.
Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data View: Automation Instance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data View: Automation Activity Instance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Additional SFTP Key Exchange Algorithms in File Transfer Activities

SFTP file transfer activities in Automation Studio support more key exchange algorithms for SSH key authentication.
Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.
How: You can now use these SSH key exchange algorithms in SFTP file transfer activities.
• diffie-hellman-group1-sha1

568
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

• diffie-hellman-group14-sha1
• diffie-hellman-group14-sha256
• diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1
• diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256
• ecdh-sha2-nistp256
• ecdh-sha2-nistp384

Change to S3 Path Requirements in File Transfer and Import Activities

When you create or modify an Amazon S3 location in a File Transfer or Import activity, the AWS Bucket Name field can contain only the
name of the destination bucket. Previously, you could also include a relative path in this field. After this change, use the AWS Relative
Path field to specify the target path. This change is necessary because of an updated requirement of the Amazon S3 SDK. We recommend
that you verify the S3 locations for your existing File Transfer and Import activities to confirm that they refer to the correct locations.
Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.

New Error Types for File Decryption Issues

When a file transfer activity fails to decrypt a file because of a misconfigured GPG or PGP key, Automation Studio now returns a user
error. Previously, these errors were reported as system errors.
Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.

Correlate Activity Data with Other Views Using the JobID Field
When an activity includes a send, the automation activity instance data view now contains a JobID field. Use the value of this field to
connect the activity to results and to other data views.
Where: This change applies to all Marketing Cloud Engagement editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Data View: Automation Activity Instance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Messaging
Updates to messaging include link shortening for SMS messages and an improved experience for WhatsApp messages.

Shorten SMS Links in MobileConnect and Journey Builder

Reduce SMS size and minimize cost by shortening SMS links with the Marketing Cloud Engagement link shortener. Measure
subscriber-level engagement and campaign effectiveness through link tracking and view the detailed information in the SMS Link
Clicks report. Previously, this feature was available only for Hyperforce customers. It's generally available now.
Reuse Template Message Names Across Your WhatsApp Business Accounts
You can now use the same template name for multiple WhatsApp Business accounts (WABAs) under the same Marketing Cloud
Engagement business unit. To help you tell templates apart, the file names of the new templates are listed in Content Builder along
with the WABA ID used during template creation. File names for existing templates remain unchanged.

569
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Shorten SMS Links in MobileConnect and Journey Builder

Reduce SMS size and minimize cost by shortening SMS links with the Marketing Cloud Engagement link shortener. Measure subscriber-level
engagement and campaign effectiveness through link tracking and view the detailed information in the SMS Link Clicks report. Previously,
this feature was available only for Hyperforce customers. It's generally available now.

Reuse Template Message Names Across Your WhatsApp Business Accounts

You can now use the same template name for multiple WhatsApp Business accounts (WABAs) under the same Marketing Cloud
Engagement business unit. To help you tell templates apart, the file names of the new templates are listed in Content Builder along with
the WABA ID used during template creation. File names for existing templates remain unchanged.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Engagement Corporate and Enterprise editions with WhatsApp Business Messaging.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Personalize Your WhatsApp Template Messages in Marketing Cloud Engagement (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

Marketing Cloud Intelligence

Enhance your campaign analysis with more data from the latest API connector additions, including DoubleVerify, Criteo, and SharePoint.
New fields and features provide improved insights and greater control over ad performance, campaign optimization, and data management
across multiple platforms.

Enhance Your Data by Using the New Criteo API Data Fields
The Criteo API connector now supports more fields, including Creative and Media Buy Level data. Gain deeper insights into ad
performance and more control over campaign optimization.
Optimize Your Ad Spend with the Custom DoubleVerify Connector
The custom DoubleVerify API connector provides access to more reports, helping you improve ad spend and refine targeting and
campaign strategies.
Streamline OneDrive Data Management by Using SharePoint
Reduce manual data entry, simplify workflows, and boost productivity by adding SharePoint to your OneDrive connector.
Gain Deeper TikTok Ad Insights by Using New API Fields
The TikTok Ads API connector now supports new fields and filters, including Shop Metrics, Purchases, and Page Events, improving
your ability to analyze ad performance.

Enhance Your Data by Using the New Criteo API Data Fields
The Criteo API connector now supports more fields, including Creative and Media Buy Level data. Gain deeper insights into ad performance
and more control over campaign optimization.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Intelligence.
How: From the Connect & Mix tab, create or edit a data stream, and select the Criteo API connector. In the Extended Properties, select
New Mapping (Enhanced) to access the new fields.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Intelligence Criteo API Connector (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

570
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Optimize Your Ad Spend with the Custom DoubleVerify Connector

The custom DoubleVerify API connector provides access to more reports, helping you improve ad spend and refine targeting and
campaign strategies.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Intelligence.
How: From the Connect & Mix tab, create a data stream, and then search for the custom DoubleVerify connector. Under Mapping, select
the data fields you want to map.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Intelligence DoubleVerify API Connector (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Streamline OneDrive Data Management by Using SharePoint

Reduce manual data entry, simplify workflows, and boost productivity by adding SharePoint to your OneDrive connector.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Intelligence.
How: From the Connect & Mix tab, create a data stream, and select the OneDrive API connector. In the Extended Properties, select Use
SharePoint and enter your SharePoint site name.

Gain Deeper TikTok Ad Insights by Using New API Fields

The TikTok Ads API connector now supports new fields and filters, including Shop Metrics, Purchases, and Page Events, improving your
ability to analyze ad performance.
Where: This change applies to Marketing Cloud Intelligence.
How: From the Connect & Mix tab, create or edit a data stream and select the TikTok Ads API connector. Under Mapping, explore the
new TikTok Ads fields.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Intelligence TikTok Ads API Connector (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Archived Release Notes

Marketing Cloud Engagement release notes from Spring ’24 and earlier are available for PDF download. Refer to help documentation
for the most accurate and current information about Engagement.

Included Releases PDF Link

• Spring ’24 Spring '24 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes

• Spring ’23 2023 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes

• Summer ’23
• Winter ’24

• Spring ’22 2022 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes

• Summer ’22
• Winter ’23

571
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud Engagement

Included Releases PDF Link

• Spring ’22 2022 Marketing Cloud Intelligence Release Notes

• Summer ’22
• Fall ’22
• Winter ’23

• Fall ’22 2022 Marketing Cloud Intelligence Data Pipelines Release Notes

• Winter ’23

• January 2021 2021 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes

• April 2021
• June 2021
• August 2021
• October 2021

• January 2020 2020 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes

• April 2020
• June 2020
• August 2020
• October 2020

• January 2019 2019 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes

• April 2019
• June 2019
• August 2019
• October 2019

• January 2018 2018 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes

• April 2018
• June 2018
• August 2018
• October 2018

• January 2017 2017 Marketing Cloud Engagement Release Notes

• March 2017
• June 2017
• August 2017
• October 2017

572
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud

Marketing Cloud
For Winter ’25, Marketing Cloud presents solutions that launch automated campaigns based on specified events, personalize messages
with dynamic content variations, and attribute revenue to influential campaigns. Generative AI options now offer Einstein Copilot features
and grounding tools. In addition, we're announcing Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition, with expanded features for marketing flows,
SMS messaging, and AI.

Note: Marketing Cloud Growth is now called Marketing Cloud. Growth and Advanced refer to specific product editions.

Get More with Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition

Add conversational SMS messaging, A/B testing, and more AI tools when you upgrade to Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition.
Advanced customers get everything in Growth Edition, as well as these new features. To purchase Advanced Edition, talk to your
account executive.
Update the Required Marketing Data Kits
Release changes often result in changes to the data kits that are required for Marketing Cloud. To get the latest updates and to ensure
the best results for current functionality, update your data kits.
Create More Relevant Messages
The best marketing campaigns are relevant and timely. Marketing Cloud now supports dynamic email content, event-triggered
content automation, and merge fields that bring event data into your messages.
Improve User Experiences with These Content Enhancements
Clone content to save time, and avoid duplicating content records when you share branded content across content workspaces.
Plus, improve the experience for visitors who use assistive technologies when you designate an image as purely decorative.
Save Time with Grounded Agentforce and Einstein AI Tools
Updates to generative AI in marketing tools enhance and expedite how you create engaging content.
Streamline Marketing Setup with These Admin Enhancements
Use the marketing setup assistant to install or update all the required marketing data kits. A new permission helps you make sure
that your marketing admins have the access they need to complete setup.
Level Up Your Reporting with Marketing Performance
Enable Marketing Performance to access more robust insights about your engagement data, powered by Tableau Einstein. View
your top-performing campaigns and content, and monitor how specific metrics change over time for each channel. Marketing
Performance also adds embedded dashboards to your campaign records and home page, so you can quickly see what’s working
and act on key trends.
Interface Updates in Marketing Cloud
Enjoy these improvements throughout the Marketing Cloud app, which make it easier for you to accomplish tasks and get important
details at a glance.
Other Changes in Marketing Cloud
Learn about other changes we’ve made this release.

Get More with Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition

Add conversational SMS messaging, A/B testing, and more AI tools when you upgrade to Marketing Cloud Advanced Edition. Advanced
customers get everything in Growth Edition, as well as these new features. To purchase Advanced Edition, talk to your account executive.

573
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud

Boost Engagement and Streamline Optimizations with Einstein Features

Two new Einstein predictive features help you understand how your marketing efforts resonate with your target audience. Einstein
Send Time Optimization now connects to Data Cloud reports, so that you can build a dashboard to identify the best email sending
windows. Plus, get more accurate insights when you enable global models for Einstein Send Time Optimization.
Test and Analyze Campaign Flows
Advanced Edition offers enhanced reporting and automation features that help you make informed, data-driven decisions.
Grow Relationships with Conversational SMS
Keep the conversation going with prospects and customers when they reply to your marketing SMS messages. For organizations
also using Service Cloud, you can even transfer that message to your support team for seamless resolution.

Boost Engagement and Streamline Optimizations with Einstein Features

Two new Einstein predictive features help you understand how your marketing efforts resonate with your target audience. Einstein Send
Time Optimization now connects to Data Cloud reports, so that you can build a dashboard to identify the best email sending windows.
Plus, get more accurate insights when you enable global models for Einstein Send Time Optimization.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Advanced edition.

Better Understand Your Customers with Engagement Frequency and Scoring Tools
Einstein Engagement Frequency tracks email sends and recipient behavior to understand whether you’re sending the most effective
number of messages and not oversaturating recipients. Einstein Engagement Scoring helps you understand which audience members
are showing positive message engagement behaviors. Enable these features on the Einstein Marketing page in Salesforce Setup.

Explore Email Send Time Predictions

Gain a clearer understanding of customer interactions using analytics reports to view a weekly chart depicting when your customers
typically engage with your messages. This feature uses Data Cloud Data Model Object (DMO) information to build your graph to see
projections for maximum engagement over the course of a week. With this key information, you can adjust your send time windows to
match peak-projected engagement. Run the Email Send Time Optimization report from Data Cloud > Reports or from Marketing Cloud
> Analytics.

Choose to Boost Predictive Accuracy with Global Models

In Marketing Cloud Advanced, you can control whether to use global models for Einstein Send Time Optimization. Take advantage of
opting in to global model data to get enhanced AI predictions in Marketing Cloud, or opt out if you have a robust dataset of your own.
Global models analyze broad, anonymized trends across Salesforce customers, offering more powerful and accurate predictive insights.
You can opt out of using global models for Einstein Send Time Optimization at any time.

Test and Analyze Campaign Flows

Advanced Edition offers enhanced reporting and automation features that help you make informed, data-driven decisions.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Advanced
Edition.
When: These Flow Builder features are available in mid-November 2024.

574
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud

Optimize Engagement with Path Experiments

Find out which experiences are most engaging for people in your marketing flows. In Flow Builder, you can now split an audience up
to 10 ways and send each group down different paths. Drag the Flow Experiment element onto a canvas, and configure the number of
paths and percentages for each. Path experiments are available only for segment-triggered flows.
SEE ALSO | Test and Optimize Engagement with Path Experiments

Understand Flow Status with On-Canvas Insights

To make insights more visible and actionable where you work, Flow Builder now shows some statistics for each element on the canvas.
The number of flow element runs appears alongside each element on the canvas. For more stats, such as how long each element takes
to run and the number of successes and errors, open an element’s Analytics tab.
SEE ALSO | Visualize Flow Data with On-Canvas Insights

Grow Relationships with Conversational SMS

Keep the conversation going with prospects and customers when they reply to your marketing SMS messages. For organizations also
using Service Cloud, you can even transfer that message to your support team for seamless resolution.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Advanced
Edition.
When: Conversational SMS Messaging is available in mid-November 2024.

Update the Required Marketing Data Kits

Release changes often result in changes to the data kits that are required for Marketing Cloud. To get the latest updates and to ensure
the best results for current functionality, update your data kits.
Where: These changes are available in Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth or Advanced edition.
How: The table lists which steps are required to update each data kit.

Data Kit Required Steps

Marketing Setup Objects In the Basic Settings section of the Marketing Cloud setup assistant,
go to the Marketing Data tab and get the latest data kit update.

Sales Reinstall the Sales data kit. Then, manually deploy the CRM data
bundle for Sales.

SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Install and Deploy Data Streams for Marketing Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create More Relevant Messages

The best marketing campaigns are relevant and timely. Marketing Cloud now supports dynamic email content, event-triggered content
automation, and merge fields that bring event data into your messages.
Where: These changes are available in Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth or Advanced edition.

575
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud

Personalize Marketing Emails by Using Dynamic Content

Create dynamic content variations of your email subject line, preheader, and individual email components. To show the right content
to the right people, build one email with a variety of personalized components that appear to your recipients based on targeting rules.
And when you draft the content for each new variation, you can even use Einstein Copilot to generate text.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Personalize Your Content in Marketing Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
SEE ALSO | Save Time with Grounded Agentforce and Einstein AI Tools

Launch Event-Based Campaigns

A new campaign template provides a preconfigured flow that’s triggered by an event, such as when someone makes a purchase or
subscribes to receive emails. Create your campaign using the Event option, and then open the campaign flow to configure the starting
event and add email or SMS message content.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Campaigns in Marketing Cloud(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Event Data to Personalize Content

Personalize your message content by using contextual event data, such as product purchase or subscription details, in merge fields.
Then, use that message in an event-triggered flow. For example, send an order confirmation message that includes order amounts and
shipping details, or send a confirmation about recent email or SMS subscriptions.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Create an Email in Marketing Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Create an SMS Message in Marketing Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve User Experiences with These Content Enhancements

Clone content to save time, and avoid duplicating content records when you share branded content across content workspaces. Plus,
improve the experience for visitors who use assistive technologies when you designate an image as purely decorative.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth or Advanced edition, and
in Starter and Pro Suite editions. Your edition determines the options that you have..

Work More Efficiently with Workspace Content

To efficiently reuse branded content, you can now share content across workspaces. This solution is a great option for customers using
Marketing Cloud together with Salesforce CMS in other Salesforce products. For example, create and manage your company logo image
in a marketing workspace, and then share that content with a general workspace so that your colleagues in other departments can easily
find and use the image. Create once, use often!
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Managing Content and Sharing in Marketing Workspaces (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Skip the Alt Text for Decorative Images

To make your content more efficient for visitors who use screen readers and other assistive technologies, you can now mark an image
as decorative. A decorative image doesn't require an alt tag, so the visitor isn't distracted by unnecessary descriptions. Use this option
for background images, ornamental icons, and other images that don't contain critical information.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Create Content in Marketing Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

576
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud

Save Time with Grounded Agentforce and Einstein AI Tools

Updates to generative AI in marketing tools enhance and expedite how you create engaging content.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth Edition.

Create On-Brand Campaigns with Agentforce and Einstein

Boost your efficiency by using Agentforce and Einstein to generate draft campaign briefs, messaging, and branded content. To use the
copilot, click the Einstein icon (1) and enter instructions in the chat window (2).

SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Enable AI Features in Marketing Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Agentforce Campaigns and Einstein in Marketing Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Use New Branding Fields to Generate Content with Einstein

Now Einstein can create content that reflects your company’s personality and voice. Configure your brand identity and select a default
tone so that Einstein can use them to create content. You can also revise content by using a different tone. For example, if your company’s
default tone is Professional but you want an email or SMS message to sound informal, ask Einstein to revise the text using the Casual
tone.

577
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud

SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Brand Your Content in Marketing Cloud Growth (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get More Relevant Output from AI with Data Prism

Einstein Data Prism now generates more accurate and relevant Einstein segments. Data Prism enriches the Data Cloud schema with
semantic descriptions by correlating the natural language phrases used in segment creation and your Data Cloud data. This functionality
is enabled when you turn on Einstein Segment Creation.
When: This functionality begins rolling out in September 2024.

Analyze Campaign Performance with Agentforce and Einstein

Use the Campaign Summary standard action agent to quickly generate comprehensive summaries of your marketing campaigns,
including key metrics like open rates and click-through rates. These AI-generated summaries speed up performance evaluation as well
as make it easier to share insights with stakeholders, enhancing visibility and decision-making.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Enable AI Features in Marketing Cloud
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Agentforce and Einstein in Marketing Cloud

Streamline Marketing Setup with These Admin Enhancements

Use the marketing setup assistant to install or update all the required marketing data kits. A new permission helps you make sure that
your marketing admins have the access they need to complete setup.
Where: These changes are available in Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth or Advanced edition.

578
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud

Get Started Faster with Improved Data Kit Setup

You can now install or update all the required Marketing Cloud data kits with one click. Previously, you installed or updated each data
kit individually. From the setup assistant, install or update data kits and allow the system to complete the task. For some data kit updates,
you then go to Data Cloud and deploy the ingestion data streams.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Install and Deploy Data Streams for Marketing Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Give Setup Access to Marketing Admins

We added the MCGSetupUserPerm permission to the default Marketing Cloud Admin permission set. This permission provides users
with access to the Marketing Cloud setup assistant. If you previously cloned the Marketing Admin permission set, manually add
MCGSetupUserPerm to any cloned permission sets that require this access.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: User Permissions in Marketing Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Level Up Your Reporting with Marketing Performance

Enable Marketing Performance to access more robust insights about your engagement data, powered by Tableau Einstein. View your
top-performing campaigns and content, and monitor how specific metrics change over time for each channel. Marketing Performance
also adds embedded dashboards to your campaign records and home page, so you can quickly see what’s working and act on key
trends.
Where: These changes are available in Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth or Advanced edition
When: This feature is available on a rolling basis starting in Winter ‘25. For details about timing and eligibility, contact your Salesforce
account executive.
How: After you enable Marketing Performance, the Marketing Performance tab features a dashboard that provides a comprehensive
view of metrics across all your channels. You can also find embedded dashboards in your campaign records.

579
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud

SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Set Up Marketing Performance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

580
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Marketing Cloud

Interface Updates in Marketing Cloud

Enjoy these improvements throughout the Marketing Cloud app, which make it easier for you to accomplish tasks and get important
details at a glance.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth edition.
How: Review the changes that we made for Winter ’25.
• The Home page now features at-a-glance data in campaign and activity widgets, as well as updated links to supporting content.
• Your campaigns now include content status badges. You can also rename a flow or open a specific flow element from a campaign
record.
• With the new Replace option in email and landing page Image components, authors can quickly update an image.
• New default settings for new segments take the guesswork out of segment creation. Plus, we added breadcrumbs to the attribute
library, so that you always know where you are.
• Einstein Segment Creation attributes are now divided into Suggested Attributes and Additional Attributes sections based on relevance
to the description you provide. Suggested attributes appear at the top, so you can find the best options faster.

Other Changes in Marketing Cloud

Learn about other changes we’ve made this release.
Where: These changes apply to Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Growth and Advanced editions. SMS
features require the Salesforce Message Credits - SMS add-on.

Let People Opt In to SMS Messaging and Manage Their Preferences

You now have access to a default preference page for SMS messages so that people can opt in or out of your SMS communication
subscriptions. To include a link to the page in a message, use the Preference Manager merge field.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Edit Default Preference Pages in Marketing Cloud Growth (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Send SMS Messages Outside of the U.S. and Canada

Unified Messaging, which provides the messaging pipeline for Marketing Cloud, now supports sending SMS messages to countries in
Central America, South America, and Europe. Requirements for SMS sending vary by country.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Set Up Unified SMS

Create More Specific Scoring Rules

To meet your business needs, you can now create more-complex rules for scoring your leads and contacts. Create or edit existing rules
to use multiple conditions, or group conditions related to a single object. For example, create a condition group to look for someone
who clicks a link in an email and fills out a form on a landing page. You can also combine condition groups with other groups or with
single conditions to create a complex scoring rule.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: People Scoring in Marketing Cloud Growth (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

581
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Unified Messaging

Track Click Activity Across Sites

Web tracking tools now track link and button clicks on your landing pages and external sites. For landing pages created in Marketing
Cloud, click tracking is available automatically with Winter ’25. To enable this functionality for external website tracking, reconfigure your
External Tracking setup.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Track Activity on External Sites (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

The Marketing Consent Component Is Being Retired

The Marketing Consent Status component is being retired with Winter ’25. To avoid interruptions, update your page layouts to use the
Privacy Consent Status component instead.
SEE ALSO | Salesforce Help: Page Customization (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Unified Messaging
Unified Messaging consolidates customer communication channels, like email, SMS, and WhatsApp, into one unified platform. Sync
customer consent preferences between Marketing Cloud Engagement and Digital Engagement, and review updated consent settings
for Unified WhatsApp messages.

Improve Consent Compliance for Unified WhatsApp Messages

Share your customers’ consent preferences between the Marketing Cloud Engagement and Digital Engagement apps. Use this
unified information to send only messages that your customers have consented to, regardless of where consent was captured. For
WhatsApp channels created after the Winter ’25 release, explicit opt-in consent is required for business-initiated or template messages,
and implicit opt-in consent is automatically supported for conversational messages. Channels created before the Winter ’25 release
retain their settings until you activate a capability in Setup or set the consent setting to explicit.

Improve Consent Compliance for Unified WhatsApp Messages

Share your customers’ consent preferences between the Marketing Cloud Engagement and Digital Engagement apps. Use this unified
information to send only messages that your customers have consented to, regardless of where consent was captured. For WhatsApp
channels created after the Winter ’25 release, explicit opt-in consent is required for business-initiated or template messages, and implicit
opt-in consent is automatically supported for conversational messages. Channels created before the Winter ’25 release retain their
settings until you activate a capability in Setup or set the consent setting to explicit.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Marketing Cloud Engagement add-on.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage WhatsApp Consent in Unified Messaging

MuleSoft
Use the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform suite of products to connect and integrate apps, systems, and data across your enterprise. Streamline
operations by building and automating processes with clicks instead of code. You can design, develop, govern, and share APIs and
integration apps and host them in the cloud or on-premises.
• The Mulesoft Release Notes are organized by product.
• The MuleSoft Release Note Summary by Month is organized by latest updates.

582
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Mobile

To learn more about MuleSoft products, see MuleSoft Documentation.

Mobile
Keep up with deals while on the go with the new Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience, which is now generally available. Improve
productivity when working with records offline, customer messaging, or reports with the latest features available on the Salesforce
mobile app. Create a mobile app built on Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) with Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud LWR sites, which
is now generally available. Validate the records available offline to a user with the new Total Unique Records field available in Briefcase
Builder.

Salesforce Mobile App

Easily resolve sync issues with offline record drafts by using the new force sync button in the Offline App. Mobile customer service
agents can now transfer messaging sessions and send compatible messaging components with Messaging in the Salesforce mobile
app. Access hyperlinks in reports from anywhere with Enhanced Reports on the Salesforce mobile app.
General Mobile Updates
Manage sales on the go with Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience. Review the count of total unique records available to a briefcase
user.
Mobile Publisher
Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) sites is now generally available. Prepare your Experience Cloud
Android app users to update their devices to Android 9 and later. Use the new snapshot prevention feature to conceal your app’s
information when the app is in the background of a device. Enable Marketing Cloud notifications for an Experience Cloud Android
app more simply in Setup for Mobile Publisher.

Salesforce Mobile App

Easily resolve sync issues with offline record drafts by using the new force sync button in the Offline App. Mobile customer service agents
can now transfer messaging sessions and send compatible messaging components with Messaging in the Salesforce mobile app. Access
hyperlinks in reports from anywhere with Enhanced Reports on the Salesforce mobile app.

Everything That’s New in the Salesforce Mobile App

Our latest round of new and improved Salesforce mobile app features makes it easier to access Salesforce on the go.

Everything That’s New in the Salesforce Mobile App

Our latest round of new and improved Salesforce mobile app features makes it easier to access Salesforce on the go.
The new Salesforce mobile app is available for all editions, except Database.com, without an additional license. Your org’s Salesforce
edition and licenses, as well as a user’s assigned profile and permission sets, determine the Salesforce data and features that are available
to each user.
Most features become available for the Salesforce mobile app the week of October 14, 2024.

Set Up in
Salesforce for Salesforce for
Salesforce App Enhancements and Changes the Full
Android iOS
Site
Customer Service Features

583
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Mobile App

Set Up in
Salesforce for Salesforce for
Salesforce App Enhancements and Changes the Full
Android iOS
Site
Messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App Is Now Generally Available

Send Messaging Components and Transfer Messaging Sessions with Messaging

for Mobile

Reports and Dashboards

Access Linked Resources Anytime, Anywhere in Enhanced Reports on Salesforce

Mobile

Offline Access

Restart Offline Draft Syncs with One Tap

Access Record Attachments in the Offline App with Files Priming (Beta)

Access Linked Resources Anytime, Anywhere in Enhanced Reports on Salesforce Mobile

You can now see and open hyperlinks in Enhanced Reports on the Salesforce mobile app to keep your workflow uninterrupted and
maintain productivity. Previously, you needed a desktop site to interact with an embedded link.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android in Professional, Developer,
Enterprise, and Unlimited editions.
When: Hyperlinks in Enhanced Reports on mobile are available the week of October 14, 2024.

Restart Offline Draft Syncs with One Tap

When you create, update, or delete a record in the Offline App, each data change is recorded as a draft. When you’re back online, those
drafts are uploaded and data on the server is downloaded to your mobile device. Sometimes, like when your network connection is
weak, that upload can get stuck and fail to complete. Instead of doing multiple troubleshooting steps to stop and start the sync again,
you can now click the force sync button after any network issues are resolved to restart the upload.
Where: This change applies to the Salesforce Mobile App Plus for iOS and Android on phone and tablets in all editions, except
Database.com.
Who: Mobile Offline is available in orgs with the Salesforce Mobile App Plus license and to users within that org who have the Mobile
Offline for Salesforce Mobile App Plus user permission.

584
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Mobile App

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Get Started With Mobile Offline (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access Record Attachments in the Offline App with Files Priming (Beta)
When you create or update a briefcase to select records to prime for the Offline App (Salesforce Mobile App Plus), now you can include
files attached to the selected records. When you opt to prime file attachments for offline use, your mobile workforce can access important
attachments even in low-connectivity settings. For example, configure a briefcase to prime attached images for offline use so that
technicians can view the images during site visits or service appointments.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Mobile App Plus versions 252.000 and later for iOS and Android on phone and tablets in all
editions, except Database.com.

Note: Files Priming is a beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written Unified
Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this beta service is at the
Customer’s sole discretion.
Who: Mobile Offline is available in orgs with the Salesforce Mobile App Plus license and to users within that org who have the Mobile
Offline for Salesforce Mobile App Plus user permission.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Briefcase Builder, and then select Briefcase Builder. Update the briefcase
associated with the Offline App, or create a briefcase. In the settings of an object rule, select Enable file attachments.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Briefcase (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Get Started With Mobile Offline (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

585
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Mobile Updates

Messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App Is Now Generally Available

Modernize your customer service by letting agents message customers from the Salesforce mobile app. Messaging in the Salesforce
Mobile App was in beta in Summer ’24 and is now generally available.
Where: This change applies to all enhanced messaging channels and Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.
Who: Users with a Messaging User permission set license and the Message on Mobile user permission can message customers in the
Salesforce app.
Why: Gone are the days of requiring agents to sign in to the agent console to message customers. Some of our customers work in
face-to-face environments like real estate or rideshare where a computer isn’t available. Some of our customers want to be available all
the time, even when they’re away from a computer. Some of our customers work in highly regulated industries where they need to use
an approved device to have 1:1 engagements with their clients in a compliant way. We offer messaging in the Salesforce app as a solution
to the evolving landscape of human connectedness.
How: To accept or send messages, agents sign in to the Salesforce app and make themselves available in the Omni widget.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Message Your Customers from the Salesforce Mobile App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Send Messaging Components and Transfer Messaging Sessions with Messaging for Mobile
To elevate agent messaging in the Salesforce mobile app and achieve parity with the desktop site, we gave mobile agents a few new
tools. Transfer a messaging session from the mobile messaging console to another agent, bot, or queue. Send any type of messaging
component that’s compatible with your messaging channel. Previously, agents could only send messages and voice notes on mobile.
Where: This change applies to all enhanced messaging channels and Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.
Who: Users with a Messaging User permission set license can message customers in the Salesforce app.
How: To access the transfer session and send components actions, click the plus sign in the mobile conversation window.

General Mobile Updates

Manage sales on the go with Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience. Review the count of total unique records available to a briefcase
user.

Boost Your Sales Productivity with a Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally Available)
The Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience helps you easily track and update accounts, contacts, leads, and opportunities while on
the go.
Mobile Home Tab Setting Is Now on by Default
The Tab Setting Mobile Home is now set to Default On for all user profiles, rather than Tab Hidden. Previously, this setting was set
to Default On for standard user profiles, but not for custom user profiles. To use a custom Lightning page instead of the standard
mobile home page, change the setting to Tab Hidden.
Verify Briefcase Settings by Using the Count of Total Unique Records
In the Run As User view of a briefcase in Briefcase Builder, you can now review the total number of unique records available offline
to a user assigned to the briefcase. This count can help you verify a briefcase’s configuration without adding record counts from
each rule and deduplicating records counted across rules.
Validate Mobile Lightning Web Components with ESLint Rules
Use the new ESLint rules plugin to help you develop code that works with mobile and offline Lightning web components.

586
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Mobile Updates

Boost Your Sales Productivity with a Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally Available)
The Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience helps you easily track and update accounts, contacts, leads, and opportunities while on the
go.
Where: Seller-Focused Sales Mobile Experience for Android and iOS on phones and tablets in all editions, except Database.com.
When: This app is available in October 2024.
Who: Einstein Copilot is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission.
Why: For more information on these changes, see Close Deals Faster With a New Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally Available).

Mobile Home Tab Setting Is Now on by Default

The Tab Setting Mobile Home is now set to Default On for all user profiles, rather than Tab Hidden. Previously, this setting was set to
Default On for standard user profiles, but not for custom user profiles. To use a custom Lightning page instead of the standard mobile
home page, change the setting to Tab Hidden.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in all editions.

Verify Briefcase Settings by Using the Count of Total Unique Records

In the Run As User view of a briefcase in Briefcase Builder, you can now review the total number of unique records available offline to a
user assigned to the briefcase. This count can help you verify a briefcase’s configuration without adding record counts from each rule
and deduplicating records counted across rules.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience desktop and in Salesforce with Field Service (SFS) enabled. Briefcase Builder supports
the Salesforce Field Service mobile app for iOS and Android and Salesforce Mobile App Plus.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Briefcase Builder, and then select Briefcase Builder. Click a briefcase to view
its details. Then click the Run As User tab, and select a user to view the count of total unique records accessible to the user.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Validate Briefcase Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

587
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes General Mobile Updates

Validate Mobile Lightning Web Components with ESLint Rules

Use the new ESLint rules plugin to help you develop code that works with mobile and offline Lightning web components.

Note: Salesforce recommends using Visual Studio Code with the Salesforce Extensions for Visual Studio Code to develop offline
Lightning web components.
Where: This change applies to the Salesforce Mobile App Plus for iOS and Android on devices in all editions, except Database.com.
How:
The ESLint rules flag violations for:
• Apex usage
• Offline GraphQL feature limitations
• Offline GraphQL hard limits
Here you can see the popup for an Offline GraphQL lint rule violation.

SEE ALSO:
Mobile and Offline Developer Guide: Install ESLint Rules for Mobile Lightning Web Components
GitHub: ESLint Rules for Mobile Lightning Web Components
Mobile and Offline Developer Guide: Use Apex While Mobile and Offline
Mobile and Offline Developer Guide: Use GraphQL While Mobile and Offline

588
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Mobile Publisher

Mobile Publisher
Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) sites is now generally available. Prepare your Experience Cloud
Android app users to update their devices to Android 9 and later. Use the new snapshot prevention feature to conceal your app’s
information when the app is in the background of a device. Enable Marketing Cloud notifications for an Experience Cloud Android app
more simply in Setup for Mobile Publisher.

Create Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Apps with Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud (Generally Available)
Develop branded mobile apps from your Build Your Own (BYO) LWR sites that meet high scale, security, and performance demands.
Mobile apps built on LWR boast increased speed, scalability, and design flexibility. This feature, now generally available, includes
some changes and bug fixes since the beta release.
Preview Your Experience Cloud LWR Site as an App with Publisher Playground (Beta)
You can now preview your Experience Cloud Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) site as a mobile app before purchasing any Mobile
Publisher licenses. Starting in app version 13.000, the Publisher Playground app (beta) asks you to indicate whether the site that
you’re previewing is an LWR site. In existing Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud apps that support more than one site, users are
also asked to indicate whether a site runs on LWR when they switch between sites.
Android Experience Cloud Apps Now Require Android 9 or Later
To install a Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Android app in version 12.6 or later, devices must be updated to at least Android
9. Starting in app version 12.6, Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Android apps no longer support devices with Android 8 and
earlier.
Conceal Sensitive Information When Your Experience Cloud App Is in the Background
When an app user switches between apps on their device without quitting apps entirely, a snapshot of each app is visible when the
user pulls up all apps running in the background. Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud apps now support a feature to conceal an
app’s snapshot behind a splash screen (iOS) or a blank screen (Android) when in the background of a device.
Protect Your Experience Cloud App from Reverse Engineering
Enhanced Mobile App Security for Mobile Publisher now includes code obfuscation for Android Experience Cloud apps and string
obfuscation for iOS Experience Cloud apps. Code or string obfuscation protects your app from reverse engineering.
Secure Your Experience Cloud iOS App with Two New Enhanced Mobile App Security Policies
If your Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud app has Enhanced Mobile App Security enabled, you can now activate the Log Security
Policy Evaluation Result and Log Out User After Device Restart policies for an iOS app. The Log Security Policy Evaluation Result policy
records the results of a user’s security evaluation, while the Log Out User After Device Restart policy logs a user out of your app after
their device restarts. Previously, these policies were supported only on Android.
Set Up Marketing Cloud Notifications on Experience Cloud Android Apps More Simply
When you create a Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Android app, you submit information from Google Firebase to configure
the app’s standard notifications, but you no longer need to reenter Firebase information to enable Marketing Cloud notifications as
well. The Firebase information that you submit for Android standard notifications is now also applied to Marketing Cloud notifications.
Previously, you submitted Firebase information in separate fields to enable standard notifications and Marketing Cloud notifications.
Experience Cloud App Version Numbering Has Changed
Starting in app version 13.000, Experience Cloud app versions are numbered with three decimal places. The app version number
increases to the next whole number during the mobile release date of a Salesforce seasonal release. The app version number increases
by 0.010 for minor releases. Previously, Experience Cloud app versions were numbered with one decimal place, such as app version
12.6.

589
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Mobile Publisher

Create Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Apps with Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud
(Generally Available)
Develop branded mobile apps from your Build Your Own (BYO) LWR sites that meet high scale, security, and performance demands.
Mobile apps built on LWR boast increased speed, scalability, and design flexibility. This feature, now generally available, includes some
changes and bug fixes since the beta release.
Where: This change applies to LWR sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Select your BYO LWR site from the Experience Builder Info section in Mobile Publisher Setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Limitations for Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud LWR Sites (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Lightning Web Runtime Developer Guide: Lightning Web Runtime (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Preview Your Experience Cloud LWR Site as an App with Publisher Playground (Beta)
You can now preview your Experience Cloud Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) site as a mobile app before purchasing any Mobile Publisher
licenses. Starting in app version 13.000, the Publisher Playground app (beta) asks you to indicate whether the site that you’re previewing
is an LWR site. In existing Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud apps that support more than one site, users are also asked to indicate
whether a site runs on LWR when they switch between sites.
Where: This change applies to Mobile Publisher Playground app versions 13.000 and later and Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud
app versions 13.000 and later.

Note: Publisher Playground is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or
a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Preview Your Mobile Experience Cloud Site with Publisher Playground (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Android Experience Cloud Apps Now Require Android 9 or Later

To install a Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Android app in version 12.6 or later, devices must be updated to at least Android 9.
Starting in app version 12.6, Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Android apps no longer support devices with Android 8 and earlier.

590
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Mobile Publisher

Where: This change applies to apps created with Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Aura and LWR sites in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Requirements for Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Conceal Sensitive Information When Your Experience Cloud App Is in the Background
When an app user switches between apps on their device without quitting apps entirely, a snapshot of each app is visible when the
user pulls up all apps running in the background. Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud apps now support a feature to conceal an app’s
snapshot behind a splash screen (iOS) or a blank screen (Android) when in the background of a device.
Where: This change applies to Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud app versions 12.6 and later. Setup for Mobile Publisher is available
in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: To protect your app’s sensitive information, Snapshot Prevention is enabled by default for Experience Cloud apps. To disable
Snapshot Prevention, deselect Snapshot Prevention in your app’s Setup for Mobile Publisher project.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Conceal Your App’s Snapshot While in a Device’s Background (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Protect Your Experience Cloud App from Reverse Engineering

Enhanced Mobile App Security for Mobile Publisher now includes code obfuscation for Android Experience Cloud apps and string
obfuscation for iOS Experience Cloud apps. Code or string obfuscation protects your app from reverse engineering.
Where: This change applies to Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud app versions 13.000 and later. Setup for Mobile Publisher is available
in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
How: Enable Enhanced Mobile App Security in your app’s Setup for Mobile Publisher project. Code or string obfuscation is enabled
when you enable Enhanced Mobile App Security. Activating a separate policy in Mobile Security isn’t necessary.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enhanced Mobile App Security for Mobile Publisher (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Secure Your Experience Cloud iOS App with Two New Enhanced Mobile App Security
Policies
If your Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud app has Enhanced Mobile App Security enabled, you can now activate the Log Security
Policy Evaluation Result and Log Out User After Device Restart policies for an iOS app. The Log Security Policy Evaluation Result policy
records the results of a user’s security evaluation, while the Log Out User After Device Restart policy logs a user out of your app after
their device restarts. Previously, these policies were supported only on Android.
Where: This change applies to Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud app versions 13.000 and later. Setup for Mobile Publisher is available
in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
Who: The Log Security Policy Evaluation Result policy requires the Platform Events license.

591
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Omnistudio

How: Enable Enhanced Mobile App Security in your app’s Setup for Mobile Publisher project. Then activate and configure the Log
Security Policy Evaluation Result or Log Out User After Device Restart policy for your app in Mobile Security.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enhanced Mobile App Security Policies for Mobile Publisher (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Set Up Marketing Cloud Notifications on Experience Cloud Android Apps More Simply
When you create a Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Android app, you submit information from Google Firebase to configure the
app’s standard notifications, but you no longer need to reenter Firebase information to enable Marketing Cloud notifications as well.
The Firebase information that you submit for Android standard notifications is now also applied to Marketing Cloud notifications.
Previously, you submitted Firebase information in separate fields to enable standard notifications and Marketing Cloud notifications.
Where: This change applies to Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud Android apps with Marketing Cloud notifications enabled. Setup
for Mobile Publisher is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Register Your Firebase App to Enable Mobile Publisher Android Push Notifications (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Marketing Cloud Push Notifications for Mobile Publisher Apps (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Experience Cloud App Version Numbering Has Changed

Starting in app version 13.000, Experience Cloud app versions are numbered with three decimal places. The app version number increases
to the next whole number during the mobile release date of a Salesforce seasonal release. The app version number increases by 0.010
for minor releases. Previously, Experience Cloud app versions were numbered with one decimal place, such as app version 12.6.
Where: This change applies to Mobile Publisher for Experience Cloud app versions 13.000 and later.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Identify the Version of Your Experience Cloud App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Omnistudio
In the Winter ’25 release, Omnistudio Standard offers new designers and list views for all components. It also offers customization of
Omniscript elements.

Effortlessly Access Information with Distinct Omnistudio Guides

Find relevant information with the revised Omnistudio documentation that is now segregated into distinct purpose-based guides
in Salesforce Help: Omnistudio, Omnistudio for Managed Packages, and Omnistudio Installation and Upgrade. Also, the titles of the
Help documentation are updated to better represent the different runtimes: Omnistudio Standard is renamed as Omnistudio, and
Omnistudio for Vlocity is renamed as Omnistudio for Managed Packages.

592
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Effortlessly Access Information with Distinct Omnistudio
Guides

Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New Designers

Use the new intuitive Omnistudio designers for Flexcards, Omniscripts, Integration Procedures, and Omnistudio Data Mappers in
the standard runtime. These designers include user-friendly navigation, enhanced accessibility, updated styling, fonts, and colors to
create a cohesive and aesthetically pleasing visual experience. The existing elements and configurations from the designer on a
managed package are available in the new designers. For more information, contact your account executive.
Easily Browse Through Omnistudio Components with List Views
Omnistudio introduces a new list view page for each component that is created using the new designer. Easily view your Flexcards,
Omniscripts, Integration Procedures, and Data Mappers on the list view pages, and open them in the new designers. The new list
view page offers an enhanced user experience and better performance.
Customize Omniscript Elements for Your Business Requirements
Create user journeys that match your brand and business requirements by customizing the Omniscript elements. Add custom
behavior and styling to an Omniscript element, such as using your company's fonts and colors or overriding the default behavior of
a Radio element for a specific business use case.
Other Improvements in Omnistudio
Learn about the behavior changes to the Navigate action element of an Omniscript in Winter '25.
Omnistudio Minor Releases
Find out about bug fixes and minor updates for Omnistudio made after Winter '25 and before Spring '25.

Effortlessly Access Information with Distinct Omnistudio Guides

Find relevant information with the revised Omnistudio documentation that is now segregated into distinct purpose-based guides in
Salesforce Help: Omnistudio, Omnistudio for Managed Packages, and Omnistudio Installation and Upgrade. Also, the titles of the Help
documentation are updated to better represent the different runtimes: Omnistudio Standard is renamed as Omnistudio, and Omnistudio
for Vlocity is renamed as Omnistudio for Managed Packages.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited
editions where Omnistudio is enabled.
Why: These changes clarify the distinctions between the different Omnistudio offerings, and also enhance searchability and navigation.
This streamlined approach is beneficial for both new Omnistudio users who are on standard runtime and existing Omnistudio users who
are on managed package runtime.
The Omnistudio Help is segregated into these guides:
• Omnistudio: Guide for users who are using standard Salesforce objects on the Omnistudio standard runtime.
• Omnistudio for Managed Packages: Guide for users who are using custom objects on a managed package runtime. This guide also
includes instructions for migrating from managed package runtime to standard runtime.
• Omnistudio Installation and Upgrade: Guide with instructions to install and upgrade Omnistudio, set up permissions, and change
Omnistudio settings for runtime and Metadata API support.

Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New Designers

Use the new intuitive Omnistudio designers for Flexcards, Omniscripts, Integration Procedures, and Omnistudio Data Mappers in the
standard runtime. These designers include user-friendly navigation, enhanced accessibility, updated styling, fonts, and colors to create
a cohesive and aesthetically pleasing visual experience. The existing elements and configurations from the designer on a managed
package are available in the new designers. For more information, contact your account executive.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited
editions where Omnistudio is enabled.

593
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New
Designers

Why: These designers provide the standard components for building user interfaces and integrating these components with other
applications within Salesforce. The new, refreshed layouts of these designers offer simplified workflows and an enhanced user experience.
• Flexcard: Create Flexcards in fewer steps. With this new designer, Flexcards activation is instant.

• Omniscript: Drag components to the canvas and edit properties without changing tabs when you create a component. With the
new designer, the Omniscript activation is instant.

• Integration Procedure: Configure Integration Procedures in fewer steps and preview either the entire Integration Procedure or a
specific component within it.

• Data Mapper: View all elements of Data Mappers inside the Integration Procedure for a more intuitive experience. Create Data
Mappers by using the Integration Procedure elements, or directly from the Omnistudio Home Page.

From the Omnistudio list page, select a Flexcard, Omniscript, Integration Procedure, or Data Mapper to launch its designer.
• Flexcard

• Omniscript

594
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Effortlessly Build Omnistudio Components by Using New
Designers

• Data Mapper

595
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Easily Browse Through Omnistudio Components with List
Views

• Integration Procedure

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Omnistudio Designers (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Easily Browse Through Omnistudio Components with List Views

Omnistudio introduces a new list view page for each component that is created using the new designer. Easily view your Flexcards,
Omniscripts, Integration Procedures, and Data Mappers on the list view pages, and open them in the new designers. The new list view
page offers an enhanced user experience and better performance.
Where: This change applies to all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Omnistudio is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to all new customers of Omnistudio.
Why: The new list view page aligns with the Salesforce standard list view pages. From the list view page, you can:
• Create an Omnistudio component.

• Search, filter, and save your preferred list views.

• View the last modified version of a component.

• View all versions of a component in a new page.

• Activate, deactivate, or delete a component.

How: To launch a list view page for an Omnistudio component, go to App Launcher and choose your component.

596
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Customize Omniscript Elements for Your Business
Requirements

Customize Omniscript Elements for Your Business Requirements

Create user journeys that match your brand and business requirements by customizing the Omniscript elements. Add custom behavior
and styling to an Omniscript element, such as using your company's fonts and colors or overriding the default behavior of a Radio
element for a specific business use case.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited
editions where Omnistudio is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime and have disabled the Managed Package Runtime
setting.
How: To modify the styling to meet your brand requirements, update the HTML and CSS of an element's Lightning Web Component.
You can also implement dynamic behavior and interactions within the component by updating the JavaScript component of the
Omniscript element's Lightning Web Component. After you create your customized component, override the existing Omniscript
component with the customized component in the LWC Component Override field.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Customize Omniscript Elements (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Other Improvements in Omnistudio

Learn about the behavior changes to the Navigate action element of an Omniscript in Winter '25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Experience Cloud sites, and all versions of Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited
editions where Omnistudio is enabled.
Who: This feature is available to Omnistudio customers who use the standard runtime and have disabled the Managed Package Runtime
setting.
How: In the Navigate action element, if you set the page reference type to Current Page and the target to a specific step in the Omniscript,
when you click Next at run time, it takes you to the specified step.
For example, you have an Omniscript with 10 steps and insert a Navigate action between Step 1 and Step 2 with these properties:
• Page Reference Type: Current Page
• Target or Additional Parameters: c__step=Step7
At run time, clicking the Next button on Step 1 takes the user to Step 7.
Previously, clicking Next on Step 1 took the user to Step 8.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Navigate to the Current Page (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Omnistudio Minor Releases

Find out about bug fixes and minor updates for Omnistudio made after Winter '25 and before Spring '25.
Omnistudio Minor Releases

597
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Revenue Cloud

Revenue Cloud
Revenue Cloud brings a suite of enhancements to boost efficiency and elevate user experience. Get notified when orders are created.
Product Catalog Management now supports CSV file imports, templates for qualification decision tables, and category and product
qualification elements in rule procedures. Use ramp deals for dynamic pricing and other enhancements to support informed
decision-making. Your customer community users can access quoting capabilities. The new Invoice Management feature automates
and scales invoice generation, ensuring accuracy, compliance, and improved financial reporting. Salesforce Contracts can now compare
documents, lock sections, and generate documents in real-time. Learn more about these and other enhancements in Revenue Cloud.

Revenue Lifecycle Management Is Now Revenue Cloud

We have updated product documentation and in-app wording to reflect the renaming of Revenue Lifecycle Management to Revenue
Cloud. This name change doesn’t affect the functionality of Revenue Cloud. During the naming transition, the old name may still
appear in some Salesforce resources.
Product Catalog Management
Save time and effort when creating qualification decision tables by using templates. To show only eligible categories and products,
use category qualification and product qualification elements in a single qualification rule procedure. Empower your users to
effortlessly find products with ease using search terms. The indexed product catalog data has inbuilt typo tolerance and returns
relevant search results despite misspellings. Sell your products and services as part of ramp deals where the price or volume changes
gradually over time. Organise your bundled product components logically into nested groups with each group having its own
cardinality that defines selection limits at runtime.
Salesforce Pricing
Keep all your procedure requirements in one place. Help users make informed decisions with Price Tracking History. With Pricing
Batch Jobs, updating multiple records becomes so much easier. Seamlessly integrate Salesforce Pricing with Commerce Cloud and
get detailed pricing insights by using the waterfall view. Customize proration settings to ensure accurate subscription prices and
use the Roll Up Price feature for efficient product bundle pricing. In addition, the improved Derived Pricing now includes new input
fields and improved asset pricing calculations.
Rate Management (Generally Available)
Use Rate Management to define cost-effective rates for customers based on the pay-per-use model. Create customized rate
adjustments, define discounts and obtain accurate rates for your usage resources, and calculate the net unit rate by using inbuilt
rating elements in rating procedures.
Product Configurator
Create rules faster with fewer choices and actions. Check each rule for errors before using it. Apply rules to entire transaction, not
just single items. Add or remove items from quotes based on rules. See clear pricing and quantities for each part of a ramped quote.
View how derived product prices are calculated. See usage details right in the summary.
Transaction Management
Give your users the flexibility of charging their customers based on the consumption of your services by using Usage-Based Selling.
Create flexible transactions with ramp deals that support your customer’s evolving needs by dividing a transaction line into segments,
and configure their prices and quantities independently. Automate and manage routine approval tasks with Advanced Approvals.
Extend quoting capabilities to customer community users. Organize transactions with Groups, automatically or manually grouping
quote and order lines. Streamline quoting and ordering for derived products by automatically adding derived product assets with
contributing products. Easily add existing assets to a new quote or order by using the Add Assets action. Save time by adding products
instantly to your transactions as transient lines. Notify your users when an order is created from a quote.

598
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Revenue Lifecycle Management Is Now Revenue Cloud

Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator

Define how failed callouts are retried by specifying how many times a failed callout retries a connection. Use the enhanced performance
and mapping interface for thorough error logging. Partially load decomposition plans by loading a plan in steps to quickly get to
what you need. If a fulfillment step doesn’t meet its conditions, that step is skipped. Your fulfillment designers can specify whether
to skip only a step or an entire branch that relies on the step. Product classifications group a range of similar products, so designers
can easily configure the decomposition. Get a robust search function and more information at a glance when you search or view
information about a decomposition rule. View decomposition rules even if they don’t enrich fulfillment line items.
Invoice Management (Generally Available)
Monetize all the sales models of your business with Invoice Management. Bill in advance or in arrears to generate invoices before
or after recurring products and services are delivered. Automate and scale invoice generation. Configure multiple legal and tax
entities to best support your business operations and structure. Automate the conversion of negative invoice lines to credit memos
and the application of credit to invoices.
Salesforce Contracts
Salesforce Contracts has enhanced its contract management with new features for improved efficiency and accuracy. The internal
review workflow is optimized for contract authors. By using the document comparison feature, authors can identify differences
between two versions of a contract. Both contract authors and template designers can lock sections within documents to prevent
unauthorized edits. Template designers now benefit from real-time document generation by using Single Point Requests (SPR).
Additionally, the new file-based prompt APIs help contract admins minimize failures during the extraction of contract details from
PDFs. They can refine instructions for both predefined and user-defined fields and test the extraction results before creating a contract
record.
Salesforce Billing Managed Package
Leverage Salesforce Billing’s usability improvements to easily post large number of invoices in batches without facing any errors.

Revenue Lifecycle Management Is Now Revenue Cloud

We have updated product documentation and in-app wording to reflect the renaming of Revenue Lifecycle Management to Revenue
Cloud. This name change doesn’t affect the functionality of Revenue Cloud. During the naming transition, the old name may still appear
in some Salesforce resources.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Revenue Cloud.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Revenue Lifecycle Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Product Catalog Management

Save time and effort when creating qualification decision tables by using templates. To show only eligible categories and products, use
category qualification and product qualification elements in a single qualification rule procedure. Empower your users to effortlessly
find products with ease using search terms. The indexed product catalog data has inbuilt typo tolerance and returns relevant search
results despite misspellings. Sell your products and services as part of ramp deals where the price or volume changes gradually over
time. Organise your bundled product components logically into nested groups with each group having its own cardinality that defines
selection limits at runtime.

Easily Create Qualification Decision Tables by Using Templates

Save time and effort by using predefined templates to create decision tables for the standard qualification and disqualification
objects. When you create decision tables by using templates, it ensures that the correct usage type is selected. It also ensures that
the mandatory input and output fields for qualification or disqualification are selected.

599
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

Show Only Eligible and Available Categories

In addition to product qualification rules, you can now use product category qualification rules in a single qualification rule procedure.
Use product category qualification rules to show only the eligible and available categories to your sales reps and customers.
Improve Search Results by Indexing Your Product Catalog
Make it easy for your users to find products at run time through search terms. Index your product catalog and define object fields
and dynamic attributes that users can use to search for products. The in-built typo tolerance handles user input errors such as
misspellings and typographical errors, and provides relevant search results.
Define Ramp Segment Types for Products Whose Price and Volume Can Change Over Time
Sell your product or service as part of a ramp deal where price or volume change gradually over time as part of the quote, order, or
deal. A ramp segment is a specific phase or period within a ramp deal during which certain terms, such as pricing or volume, are in
effect.
Organize Bundled Products Better With Nested Groups
Organize bundled product components such as products and product classification under nested groups, making it easier for your
sales reps to find and select the right products at run time. You can add a nested group under every root group. Each group has its
own cardinality that defines the minimum and maximum number of child components that can be selected at run time.
Improve Scalability and Efficiency of Product and Catalog Data Management
Enable users, such as product designers and catalog admins, to easily create records or migrate data from other systems to Product
Catalog Management by importing CSV files. Import data to scale up faster by using bulk record creation and efficient data migration.
Product Discovery
Use Guided Product Selection to capture user requirements and then show suitable products. When images play a key role when
your users browse products or make buying decisions, accentuate images by using tile view. In the product details view and product
bundle details view, show qualification and pricing information only when necessary. Refine the product details view to show only
the required options and information to your users. Boost engagement by providing guest users access to catalogs and products
by using Product Discovery components and APIs. To extend the product browsing experience beyond the available capabilities,
use a custom flow that enables your users to view products, view product details, and add products. When browsing products,
experience an enhanced product searching experience, view only supported and available catalogs, and view nested groups.
New and Changed Objects For Product Catalog Management
Do more with the new and changed objects in Product Catalog Management.
Connect REST APIs
Connect REST APIs for Product Catalog Management help customers, partners, and ISVs access data related to products, categories,
and catalogs.

Easily Create Qualification Decision Tables by Using Templates

Save time and effort by using predefined templates to create decision tables for the standard qualification and disqualification objects.
When you create decision tables by using templates, it ensures that the correct usage type is selected. It also ensures that the mandatory
input and output fields for qualification or disqualification are selected.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Decision Table That Uses a Standard Evaluation Object (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

600
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

Show Only Eligible and Available Categories

In addition to product qualification rules, you can now use product category qualification rules in a single qualification rule procedure.
Use product category qualification rules to show only the eligible and available categories to your sales reps and customers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.
How: When you create a qualification rule procedure, select Product Qualification as the Usage Type. Then use the qualification and
disqualification elements for product categories and products.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Qualification Rule Procedure (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Search Results by Indexing Your Product Catalog

Make it easy for your users to find products at run time through search terms. Index your product catalog and define object fields and
dynamic attributes that users can use to search for products. The in-built typo tolerance handles user input errors such as misspellings
and typographical errors, and provides relevant search results.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Index and Search of Product Catalog (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Define Ramp Segment Types for Products Whose Price and Volume Can Change Over
Time
Sell your product or service as part of a ramp deal where price or volume change gradually over time as part of the quote, order, or deal.
A ramp segment is a specific phase or period within a ramp deal during which certain terms, such as pricing or volume, are in effect.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud.
How: To sell your product or service as part of a ramp deal, associate one or more ramp segments types with the product or service.
You can create free trial, yearly, or custom segments. For free trial segments, you also define the trial duration.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Product Ramp Segments (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Organize Bundled Products Better With Nested Groups

Organize bundled product components such as products and product classification under nested groups, making it easier for your sales
reps to find and select the right products at run time. You can add a nested group under every root group. Each group has its own
cardinality that defines the minimum and maximum number of child components that can be selected at run time.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Local Cardinality and Group Cardinality (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

601
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

Improve Scalability and Efficiency of Product and Catalog Data Management

Enable users, such as product designers and catalog admins, to easily create records or migrate data from other systems to Product
Catalog Management by importing CSV files. Import data to scale up faster by using bulk record creation and efficient data migration.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.
Who: To import data by using CSV files, you need Data Processing Engine and Data Cloud. They’re available as a part of Salesforce
products such as Revenue Cloud, or as standalone licenses.
How: Clone the predefined Data Processing Engine templates to create definitions. Then, product designers and catalog admins can
download the predefined CSV templates, add columns for custom fields, add data, and then import the data to Product Catalog
Management by using the definitions.

Product Discovery
Use Guided Product Selection to capture user requirements and then show suitable products. When images play a key role when your
users browse products or make buying decisions, accentuate images by using tile view. In the product details view and product bundle
details view, show qualification and pricing information only when necessary. Refine the product details view to show only the required
options and information to your users. Boost engagement by providing guest users access to catalogs and products by using Product
Discovery components and APIs. To extend the product browsing experience beyond the available capabilities, use a custom flow that
enables your users to view products, view product details, and add products. When browsing products, experience an enhanced product
searching experience, view only supported and available catalogs, and view nested groups.

Guide Users to Find the Right Products

When too many product choices and complex products are available to your users, identifying products that meet their requirements
can be a daunting task. Use Guided Product Selection to show a series of structured, dynamic questions that capture user requirements,
and then show suitable products.
Accentuate Product Images with Tile View
If images play a key role when your users browse products or make buying decisions, use the tile view to highlight images. Choose
the basic tile view to show only the product image, name, and description. Use the detailed tile view to also show other information
such as pricing, configuration options, product selling model, and additional fields based on the configured properties. If necessary,
enable the list view and one of the tile views so users can switch between views based on their preference.
Show Qualification and Pricing Information Only When Necessary
Based on your business requirements, enable or disable pricing and qualification procedures for the Product Details and Product
Bundle Details components. For example, to show all the products in a bundle, including the disqualified products, disable the
qualification procedure for the Product Bundle Details component. These settings are applicable only after you enable and select
the pricing and qualification procedures on the Product Discovery Settings page.
Refine Product Detail View
Provide only the required options and information to your sales reps and customers when they view product details. You can now
show additional fields, show or hide the option to enter a quantity, and select the object that users can add products to. The object
that you can enable users to add products to depends on the availability of other Salesforce products.
Boost Engagement by Granting Guest Users Access to Product Discovery
Provide guest users access to catalogs and products by using Product Discovery APIs and components. From Experience Cloud sites,
give them access to these components: Product List, Product Details, Product Attribute Details, and Product Bundle Details. The
Product List component helps guest users browse catalogs, categories, and products in a simple, structured way. The other components
give a unified, comprehensive view of product information. Use the APIs to provide guest users access to catalogs and products
from your company sites or to access catalogs and products from other endpoints.

602
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

Create a Custom Product Browsing Experience

To extend the product browsing experience beyond the available capabilities, create and use a custom flow. Create a custom flow
that enables your users to view catalogs, view products, and add products. Then select the custom flow in Product Discovery Settings.
The custom flow is launched when your users click the Browse Catalogs button on object record pages. For example, in Revenue
Cloud, the custom flow is launched when your users click the Browse Catalogs button on quote and order records.
Show Only the Available and Qualified Categories in Product Discovery
In addition to product qualification procedure elements, use category qualification elements in the qualification procedure for
Product Discovery.
Experience Enhanced Product Search
After you index product catalogs and configure search options, your sales reps and customers experience enhanced search capabilities
from the Product List component.
View Nested Groups for Product Bundles
After product designers configure bundle products with nested groups, sales reps and customers can see the nested groups on the
Product Bundle Details component.
Replace the Deprecated Product Discovery Permission Sets
We’ve deprecated the Product Discovery User permission set license and the associated Product Discovery User and Product Discovery
Admin permission sets. Use the Product Catalog Management Viewer and the Product Catalog Management Designer permission
sets instead.
Connect REST APIs
Connect REST APIs for Product Discovery help customers, partners, and ISVs access data related to products, categories, and catalogs.
New Invocable Actions
Use the new invocable actions in Product Discovery to search for a product and get the product details.
New Metadata Types
Learn more about the new metadata types in Product Discovery.

Guide Users to Find the Right Products

When too many product choices and complex products are available to your users, identifying products that meet their requirements
can be a daunting task. Use Guided Product Selection to show a series of structured, dynamic questions that capture user requirements,
and then show suitable products.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.
Who: To use Guided Product Selection, you also need Omnistudio. Omnistudio is available as a part of Salesforce products such as
Revenue Cloud, or as a standalone Omnistudio license.
How: Complete the prerequisites required to enable Guided Product Selection, enable it, and then create dynamic assessment forms.
Users can click the Guide Me button on the Product List component to access forms and answer assessment questions. After users
answer all the questions in a form, they see suitable products on the Product List component.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Guided Product Selection (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

603
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

Accentuate Product Images with Tile View

If images play a key role when your users browse products or make buying decisions, use the tile view to highlight images. Choose the
basic tile view to show only the product image, name, and description. Use the detailed tile view to also show other information such
as pricing, configuration options, product selling model, and additional fields based on the configured properties. If necessary, enable
the list view and one of the tile views so users can switch between views based on their preference.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.
How: In Lightning App Builder or Experience Builder, select the Product List component, and then configure the Supported Views,
Default View, and Tile View Type settings.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Customize Product Browsing Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Show Qualification and Pricing Information Only When Necessary

Based on your business requirements, enable or disable pricing and qualification procedures for the Product Details and Product Bundle
Details components. For example, to show all the products in a bundle, including the disqualified products, disable the qualification
procedure for the Product Bundle Details component. These settings are applicable only after you enable and select the pricing and
qualification procedures on the Product Discovery Settings page.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.
How: In Lightning App Builder or Experience Builder, select the Product Details or Product Bundle Details component. Then select
or deselect Run pricing procedure and Run qualification procedure.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Customize Product Browsing Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Refine Product Detail View

Provide only the required options and information to your sales reps and customers when they view product details. You can now show
additional fields, show or hide the option to enter a quantity, and select the object that users can add products to. The object that you
can enable users to add products to depends on the availability of other Salesforce products.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.
How: In Lightning App Builder or Experience Builder, select the Product Details or Product Bundle Details component. Configure
the Display Fields, Let users enter the quantity, and Add Products To settings.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Customize Product Browsing Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

604
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

Boost Engagement by Granting Guest Users Access to Product Discovery

Provide guest users access to catalogs and products by using Product Discovery APIs and components. From Experience Cloud sites,
give them access to these components: Product List, Product Details, Product Attribute Details, and Product Bundle Details. The Product
List component helps guest users browse catalogs, categories, and products in a simple, structured way. The other components give a
unified, comprehensive view of product information. Use the APIs to provide guest users access to catalogs and products from your
company sites or to access catalogs and products from other endpoints.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Assign Users to Roles(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Control login Access Policies(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Digital Experiences Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create an Experience Cloud Site (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Customize Product Browsing Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Permissions to Access Product Discovery (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create a Custom Product Browsing Experience

To extend the product browsing experience beyond the available capabilities, create and use a custom flow. Create a custom flow that
enables your users to view catalogs, view products, and add products. Then select the custom flow in Product Discovery Settings. The
custom flow is launched when your users click the Browse Catalogs button on object record pages. For example, in Revenue Cloud, the
custom flow is launched when your users click the Browse Catalogs button on quote and order records.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
and Revenue Cloud are enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Product Discovery Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Show Only the Available and Qualified Categories in Product Discovery

In addition to product qualification procedure elements, use category qualification elements in the qualification procedure for Product
Discovery.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Show Only Eligible and Available Categories
Salesforce Help: Create a Qualification Rule Procedure (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Experience Enhanced Product Search

After you index product catalogs and configure search options, your sales reps and customers experience enhanced search capabilities
from the Product List component.

605
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Product Discovery Settings(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Improve Search Results by Indexing Your Product Catalog
Salesforce Help: Index and Search of Product Catalog (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

View Nested Groups for Product Bundles

After product designers configure bundle products with nested groups, sales reps and customers can see the nested groups on the
Product Bundle Details component.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Organize Bundled Products Better With Nested Groups
Salesforce Help: Local Cardinality and Group Cardinality (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Replace the Deprecated Product Discovery Permission Sets

We’ve deprecated the Product Discovery User permission set license and the associated Product Discovery User and Product Discovery
Admin permission sets. Use the Product Catalog Management Viewer and the Product Catalog Management Designer permission sets
instead.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Product Catalog Management
is enabled.
How: If necessary, clone and customize the Product Catalog Management Viewer and the Product Catalog Management Designer
permission sets. Assign the Product Catalog Management Viewer and the Product Catalog Management Designer permission sets to
users. Then unassign the Product Discovery User and Product Discovery Admin permission sets.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Product Catalog Management Permission Set Licenses (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Manage Permission Set Assignments (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Connect REST APIs

Connect REST APIs for Product Discovery help customers, partners, and ISVs access data related to products, categories, and catalogs.

New Connect REST API Resource

Learn more about the resource available with Product Discovery.
Changed Connect REST API Request Body
This request body has a change.
Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies
These response bodies have changes.

606
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

New Connect REST API Resource

Learn more about the resource available with Product Discovery.
Retrieve a list of products based on the response identifier or search terms of a guided product selection
Make a POST request to the /connect/cpq/products/guided-selection resource.
New request body: Guided Selection Input
New response body: Guided Selection

Changed Connect REST API Request Body

This request body has a change.
Products Search Input
This request body has this new property.
• searchTerm—String used to get products with the product name containing the search term.

Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies

These response bodies have changes.

Categories List (POST) and Category Details (POST)

CPQ Base List and CPQ Base Details
This response body has this new property.
• isNavigational—Indicates whether the category node is navigational (true) or not (false).

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: CPQ Base List
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: CPQ Base Details

New Invocable Actions

Use the new invocable actions in Product Discovery to search for a product and get the product details.
Find products from a catalog, category, or subcategory by using a specific search term
Use the new findProducts action.
Get the products of a specific catalog, category, or subcategory
Use the new getProducts action.
Get details of a specific product
Use the new getProductDetails action.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Find Products Action
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Get Products Action
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Get Product Details Action

607
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

New Metadata Types

Learn more about the new metadata types in Product Discovery.

Salesforce Flow
Find products from a catalog, category, or subcategory by using a specific search term
Use the findProducts value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype on the Flow metadata
type.
Get the products of a specific catalog, category, or subcategory
Use the getProducts value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype on the Flow metadata
type.
Get details of a specific product
Use the getProductDetails value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype on the Flow
metadata type.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Flow for Product Discovery

New and Changed Objects For Product Catalog Management

Do more with the new and changed objects in Product Catalog Management.
Create ramp segments for products that are sold as part of a ramp deal
Use the new ProductRampSegment object.
Show the product catalog category and product catalog subcategory as a navigational menu at runtime
Use the new IsNavigational field on the existing ProductCategory object.
Specify the usage model for a product or service
Use the new UsageModelType field on the existing Product2 object.
View whether a product can be sold as part of a ramp deal or not
Use the new CanRamp field on the existing Product2 object.
Define a parent group in a nested group hierarchy for the same parent product
Use the new ParentGroup field on the existing ProductComponentGroup object.
Define a bundle to product classification component relationship while adding a product classification component to a
bundle hierarchy
Use the new supported value ClassificationComponent in the existing AssociatedProductRoleCat field on
the Product Relationship Type object. Introduced in API version 61.0, this value has been added to the Revenue Cloud Developer
Guide.

Connect REST APIs

Connect REST APIs for Product Catalog Management help customers, partners, and ISVs access data related to products, categories, and
catalogs.

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the resources available with Product Catalog Management.

608
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Catalog Management

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

These request bodies have changes.
Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies
These response bodies have changes.

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the resources available with Product Catalog Management.
Retrieve snapshots and snapshot indexes
Make a GET request to the /connect/pcm/index/snapshots resource.
New response body: Snapshot Collection
Retrieve details of catalog records based on a catalog ID
Make a POST request to the /connect/pcm/index/deploy resource.
New request body: Snapshot Deployment Input
New response body: Snapshot Deployment
Retrieve related ProductRampSegment or ProductUsageGrant records for Product2 object
Make a POST request to the /connect/pcm/relatedRecords/entityName resource. The supported object or entity
is Product2.
New request body: Related Records Input
New response body: Related Records List
Retrieve the saved index configurations
Make a GET request to the /connect/pcm/index/configurations resource.
New response body: Index Configuration Collection
Persist the index configuration
Make a PUT request to the /connect/pcm/index/configurations resource.
New request body: Index Configuration Collection Input
New response body: Index Configurations Update

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Product Catalog Management Business APIs

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

These request bodies have changes.
Criteria Input
This request body has this new property.
• criteriaType—Type of criteria for the filter.
Product Input
This request body has this new property.
• searchTerm—String used to get products with the product name containing the search term.

609
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Pricing

Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies

These response bodies have changes.
Attribute Picklist Value
This response body has this new property.
• status—Status of the attribute picklist value.
Category Output
This response body has this new property.
• isNavigational—Indicates whether the category node is navigational (true) or not (false).
Product Component Group
This response body has these new properties.
• childGroups—List of child product components groups.
• parentGroupId—ID of the parent group record.
Error Output
This response body has this new property.
• relatedObjectNodes—List of related object nodes with errors.

Salesforce Pricing
Keep all your procedure requirements in one place. Help users make informed decisions with Price Tracking History. With Pricing Batch
Jobs, updating multiple records becomes so much easier. Seamlessly integrate Salesforce Pricing with Commerce Cloud and get detailed
pricing insights by using the waterfall view. Customize proration settings to ensure accurate subscription prices and use the Roll Up
Price feature for efficient product bundle pricing. In addition, the improved Derived Pricing now includes new input fields and improved
asset pricing calculations.

Streamline Pricing Procedure Requirements with Procedure Plan Definitions

Simplify your pricing processes by managing all the necessary requirements in one central location. This includes defining the context,
ensuring accurate mapping, and setting the sequence in which the procedures will be executed. With the Procedure Plan Definition
framework, users can easily set up criteria in one place and tailor these procedures based on their specific needs.
Ensure Pricing Transparency with Price Tracking History
Help users make informed purchasing decisions by providing them insights into a product’s price history. Hold businesses responsible
for avoiding deceptive pricing practices. To calculate a product’s price over the selected duration, turn on Price Tracking History. Use
the Price Tracking element to record the product's price.
Easily Update Multiple Records by Using Pricing Adjustment Batch Jobs
Collectively update multiple pricing records with price changes or other adjustments and track the success or failure of these updates,
along with reasons for any failures.
Turn Off Price Waterfall for Selected Pricing Elements
In a pricing procedure, you can select or turn off the price waterfall view for your pricing element. After simulating a pricing procedure,
you can view your pricing information in the waterfall view based on the permissions you've set.
Configure Proration Settings to Calculate Product Prices
Use the proration element to customize pricing term counts for both the Evergreen and One Time selling models to accurately
determine a product's price based on the subscription duration. When calculating a product's prorated price or subscription price
by using the Proration element in a pricing procedure, the Selling Model Type variable automatically populates the previously
configured values.

610
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Pricing

Calculate the Aggregate Price of a Product Bundle

With the Roll Up Price feature, you can easily calculate the price of a group of products by first determining the price of each product
and then adding the total to the parent product.
Simulate Pricing Procedures with Different Context Mappings
Ensure successful execution of a pricing procedure by simulating pricing procedures with various context data. Previously, all pricing
procedures used the SalesTransaction context definitions that weren’t mapped to a specific Salesforce object.
Derived Pricing Enhancements
Derived Pricing users can now see two new input fields for the Start Date and End Date in the Asset Action Source lookup table to
perform asset pricing calculations better. In the Asset Discovery element of a Discovery Procedure, you can combine asset information
from different action sources to create a single contributor for each asset. When calculating the derived price of a product by using
a pricing procedure, users can now add the contributing product as an input field to ensure that it appears in the waterfall view
during simulation.
Operations Console is Now Pricing Operations Console
We've updated the name of our Operations Console to the Pricing Operations Console, aligning it more closely with the specific
data it presents. This renaming doesn't affect the functionality or the user experience of the console. All product documentation
and in-app terminology have been revised to incorporate this change.
New Objects in Salesforce Pricing
Do more with these new Salesforce Pricing objects.
New Connect REST API Resources
Learn more about the resources available with Salesforce Pricing.
Changed Invocable Actions
Learn more about the changed invocable actions in Salesforce Pricing.

Streamline Pricing Procedure Requirements with Procedure Plan Definitions

Simplify your pricing processes by managing all the necessary requirements in one central location. This includes defining the context,
ensuring accurate mapping, and setting the sequence in which the procedures will be executed. With the Procedure Plan Definition
framework, users can easily set up criteria in one place and tailor these procedures based on their specific needs.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Salesforce
Pricing is enabled.
How: To create procedure plan definitions and their versions, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Procedure Plan Setup,
and then select Procedure Plan Definition Templates.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Procedure Plan Framework (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Ensure Pricing Transparency with Price Tracking History

Help users make informed purchasing decisions by providing them insights into a product’s price history. Hold businesses responsible
for avoiding deceptive pricing practices. To calculate a product’s price over the selected duration, turn on Price Tracking History. Use the
Price Tracking element to record the product's price.

611
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Pricing

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Salesforce
Pricing is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Price Tracking History (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Price Tracking (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Easily Update Multiple Records by Using Pricing Adjustment Batch Jobs

Collectively update multiple pricing records with price changes or other adjustments and track the success or failure of these updates,
along with reasons for any failures.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Salesforce
Pricing is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Pricing Adjustment Batch Jobs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Turn Off Price Waterfall for Selected Pricing Elements

In a pricing procedure, you can select or turn off the price waterfall view for your pricing element. After simulating a pricing procedure,
you can view your pricing information in the waterfall view based on the permissions you've set.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Salesforce
Pricing is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Your Pricing Procedure (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Configure Proration Settings to Calculate Product Prices

Use the proration element to customize pricing term counts for both the Evergreen and One Time selling models to accurately determine
a product's price based on the subscription duration. When calculating a product's prorated price or subscription price by using the
Proration element in a pricing procedure, the Selling Model Type variable automatically populates the previously configured values.

612
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Pricing

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Salesforce
Pricing is enabled.
How: To set pricing term counts for the Proration element, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Salesforce Pricing, and
then select Salesforce Pricing Setup. Provide values for the Evergreen and One Time selling model types under the Proration Settings
section and save your changes.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Proration Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Calculate the Aggregate Price of a Product Bundle

With the Roll Up Price feature, you can easily calculate the price of a group of products by first determining the price of each product
and then adding the total to the parent product.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Salesforce
Pricing is enabled.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Aggregate Price (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Simulate Pricing Procedures with Different Context Mappings

Ensure successful execution of a pricing procedure by simulating pricing procedures with various context data. Previously, all pricing
procedures used the SalesTransaction context definitions that weren’t mapped to a specific Salesforce object.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Salesforce
Pricing is enabled.

613
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Pricing

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Simulate and Activate Your Pricing Procedure (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Derived Pricing Enhancements

Derived Pricing users can now see two new input fields for the Start Date and End Date in the Asset Action Source lookup table to perform
asset pricing calculations better. In the Asset Discovery element of a Discovery Procedure, you can combine asset information from
different action sources to create a single contributor for each asset. When calculating the derived price of a product by using a pricing
procedure, users can now add the contributing product as an input field to ensure that it appears in the waterfall view during simulation.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Salesforce
Pricing is enabled.

Operations Console is Now Pricing Operations Console

We've updated the name of our Operations Console to the Pricing Operations Console, aligning it more closely with the specific data it
presents. This renaming doesn't affect the functionality or the user experience of the console. All product documentation and in-app
terminology have been revised to incorporate this change.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Salesforce
Pricing is enabled.

New Objects in Salesforce Pricing

Do more with these new Salesforce Pricing objects.
Update multiple records at the same time
Use the new PricingAdjBatchJob object.
Track the failed adjustment requests
Use the new PricingAdjBatchJobLog object.
Setup a unified procedure from a list of procedures
Use the new ProcedurePlanDefinition object.
View versions of the procedure definitions
Use the new ProcedurePlanDefinitionVersion object.

614
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Pricing

Setup a certain type of procedure

Use the new ProcedurePlanSection object.
Configure the selection for a procedure
Use the new ProcedurePlanOption object.
View the criterion within a procedure plan option record
Use the new ProcedurePlanCriterion object.
Configure user-defined variable that can be lined to a procedure definition
Use the new ProcedurePlanVariable object.
Track the price range for a product
Use the new ProductPriceRange object.
Store historical pricing data based on the product's price range
Use the new ProductPriceHistoryLog object.

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the resources available with Salesforce Pricing.
Get the records of procedure plan definitions
Make a GET request to the /connect/procedure-plan-definitions resource.
New response body: Procedure Plan Definitions
Create a record of procedure plan definition
Make a POST request to the /connect/procedure-plan-definitions resource.
New request body: Procedure Plan Definition Input
New response body: Procedure Plan Generic
Get a procedure plan definition record by using the record ID
Make a GET request to the /connect/procedure-plan-definitions/procedurePlanDefinitionId resource.
New response body: Procedure Plan Definition
Update a procedure plan definition record by using the record ID
Make a PATCH request to the /connect/procedure-plan-definitions/procedurePlanDefinitionId
resource.
New request body: Procedure Plan Definition Input
New response body: Procedure Plan Definition
Delete a procedure plan definition record by using the record ID
Make a DELETE request to the /connect/procedure-plan-definitions/procedurePlanDefinitionId
resource.
Evaluate a procedure plan definition based on a primary object
Make a POST request to the /connect/procedure-plan-definitions/evaluate resource.
New request body: Procedure Plan Evaluation Input
New response body: Procedure Plan Evaluation Response
Evaluate a procedure plan definition based on the definition name
Make a POST request to the
/connect/procedure-plan-definitions/evaluate/procedurePlanDefinitionName resource.

615
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Rate Management (Generally Available)

New request body: Procedure Plan Evaluation Input

New response body: Procedure Plan Evaluation Response
Create records of a procedure plan version with details
Make a POST request to the
/connect/procedure-plan-definitions/procedurePlanDefinitionId/version resource.
New request body: Procedure Plan Definition Version Input
New response body: Procedure Plan Generic
Get a procedure plan definition version record by using the record ID
Make a GET request to the /connect/procedure-plan-definitions/versions/procedurePlanVersionId
resource.
New response body: Procedure Plan Definition Version
Update a procedure plan definition version record by using the record ID
Make a PATCH request to the /connect/procedure-plan-definitions/versions/procedurePlanVersionId
resource.
New request body: Procedure Plan Definition Version Input
New response body: Procedure Plan Generic
Delete a procedure plan definition version record by using the record ID
Make a DELETE request to the /connect/procedure-plan-definitions/versions/procedurePlanVersionId
resource.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Resources

Changed Invocable Actions

Learn more about the changed invocable actions in Salesforce Pricing.
Invoke the Pricing Connect API by providing the pricing data and details of a context, pricing procedure, and price waterfall
Use the new discoveryProcedure, displayContext, effectiveDate, isHighVolumeLineItems,
skipDiscovery, and taggedData parameters on the existing runSalesforceHeadlessPricing invocable action.
Invoke the Pricing Connect API by providing the context, pricing procedure, and price waterfall details
Use the new discoveryProcedure, effectiveDate, isDeveloperName, and skipDiscovery parameters on
the existing runSalesforcePricing invocable action.

Rate Management (Generally Available)

Use Rate Management to define cost-effective rates for customers based on the pay-per-use model. Create customized rate adjustments,
define discounts and obtain accurate rates for your usage resources, and calculate the net unit rate by using inbuilt rating elements in
rating procedures.

Bill Customers Based on Consumption of a Usage Resource

Define rates based on the consumption of a usage resource by creating and organizing multiple rate cards. Use the predefined
standard rate card or create custom rate cards based on your business use case.

616
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Rate Management (Generally Available)

Manage Discounts with Rate Adjustments

Create rate adjustments to apply discounts consistently to all your usage resources based on the tiers of consumption quantity or
usage resource’s attributes. For example, you can apply 5, 10, and 15 percentage discounts of the base rate if the usage resource’s
consumption quantity varies from 1 through 100, 101 through 250, and 251 through 500, respectively.
Calculate Net Unit Rates By Using Predefined Rating Elements
Effortlessly calculate rates by using rating procedures. In Rating Procedure Builder, add rating elements that invoke the relevant
decision tables to compute rates and the net unit rate for your usage resources.
Make Better Rating Decisions By Using Rating Waterfall
Get insights and reasons for every step of the rating process by turning on the Rating Waterfall view. For example, use this feature
to verify the total cost calculation of a usage resource's consumption, which can differ based on tiers. Or, use the feature to make
sure that the discount that you’re offering is correct. When you view your rating procedure by using Rating Waterfall, you see the
rate at every step, along with the reason for the addition or deduction. You can also customize the explanations for each rating step.
New Objects in Rate Management
Do more with these new Rate Management objects.
New Invocable Action in Rate Management
Use the new invocable action in Rate Management.
New Metadata Type in Rate Management
Learn more about the new metadata type in Rate Management.
New Connect REST API Resources
Learn more about the resources available with Rate Management.

Bill Customers Based on Consumption of a Usage Resource

Define rates based on the consumption of a usage resource by creating and organizing multiple rate cards. Use the predefined standard
rate card or create custom rate cards based on your business use case.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Rate
Management is enabled.
How: From the app navigation menu of Rate Management, search for and select Rate Card. On a rate card record, select the Rate Card
Entries tab and add a rate card entry.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a Rate Card (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

617
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Rate Management (Generally Available)

Manage Discounts with Rate Adjustments

Create rate adjustments to apply discounts consistently to all your usage resources based on the tiers of consumption quantity or usage
resource’s attributes. For example, you can apply 5, 10, and 15 percentage discounts of the base rate if the usage resource’s consumption
quantity varies from 1 through 100, 101 through 250, and 251 through 500, respectively.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Rate
Management is enabled.
How: Create a Rate Adjustment by Attribute record to define discounts for a usage resource based on its rate-impacting attributes.

Create a Rate Adjustment by Tier record to define discounts for different tiers of quantity consumed for a usage resource.

618
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Rate Management (Generally Available)

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Rate Card Entries (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create a Rate Card Entry For Tier Rate Cards (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create a Rate Card Entry For Attribute Rate Cards (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Calculate Net Unit Rates By Using Predefined Rating Elements

Effortlessly calculate rates by using rating procedures. In Rating Procedure Builder, add rating elements that invoke the relevant decision
tables to compute rates and the net unit rate for your usage resources.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Rate
Management is enabled.

How: In the Rating Procedure Builder, click and select a rating element.

619
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Rate Management (Generally Available)

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Rating Procedures (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Make Better Rating Decisions By Using Rating Waterfall

Get insights and reasons for every step of the rating process by turning on the Rating Waterfall view. For example, use this feature to
verify the total cost calculation of a usage resource's consumption, which can differ based on tiers. Or, use the feature to make sure that
the discount that you’re offering is correct. When you view your rating procedure by using Rating Waterfall, you see the rate at every
step, along with the reason for the addition or deduction. You can also customize the explanations for each rating step.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Rate
Management is enabled.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Rate Management, and then select Rate Management Setup. Turn on Rating
Waterfall.

When you simulate a rating procedure, rating waterfall displays each step of the total calculation.

620
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Rate Management (Generally Available)

To view stored rating logs, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Rate Management, and then select Rate Management Setup.
Turn on Rating Waterfall Persistence.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Rating Waterfall (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Objects in Rate Management

Do more with these new Rate Management objects.
Relate a price book with a rate card
Use the new PriceBookRateCard object.
Provide attribute-based rates for a usage resource
Use the new RateAdjustmentByAttribute object.
Provide tier-based rates for a usage resource
Use the new RateAdjustmentByTier object.
Define rules used to rate the consumption of a group of usage resources within a product
Use the new RateCard object.
Define a rule that determines the charge rate for using a usage resource
Use the new RateCardEntry object.
Create a policy to define the frequency at which rating is triggered
Use the new RatingFrequencyPolicy object.
Define context definition and procedure name to invoke rating request
Use the new RatingRequest object.

621
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Rate Management (Generally Available)

Relate a rating request with a batch job

Use the new RatingRequestBatchJob object.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Rate Management Standard Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Invocable Action in Rate Management

Use the new invocable action in Rate Management.
Invoke the rating service to rate the usage records
Use the new invokeRatingService action.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Invoke Rating Service Action (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Metadata Type in Rate Management

Learn more about the new metadata type in Rate Management.

Metadata Type
Manage the settings for Rate Management
Use the new IndustriesRatingSettings metadata type.
Invoke the rating service to rate the usage records
Use the invokeRatingService value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype on the
Flow metadata type.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Rate Management Metadata API Types (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Flow for Rate Management (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the resources available with Rate Management.
Get a rate plan for a specified set of context input
Make a GET request to the /connect/core-rating/rate-plan resource.
New response body: Rate Plan Response
Get the persisted rating waterfall that stores the process logs
Make a GET request to the /connect/core-pricing/waterfall/lineItemId/executionId resource.
New response body: Line Item Waterfall Response

622
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Configurator

Product Configurator
Create rules faster with fewer choices and actions. Check each rule for errors before using it. Apply rules to entire transaction, not just
single items. Add or remove items from quotes based on rules. See clear pricing and quantities for each part of a ramped quote. View
how derived product prices are calculated. See usage details right in the summary.

Maintain Rule Integrity with Configuration Rule Validation

Configuration Rules are often complex and can become outdated due to catalog changes. To maintain rule integrity, you can now
check a single rule for errors before activating it. Validate a configuration rule to identify potential issues caused by changes in the
catalog, prevent runtime failures, and improve overall rule reliability.
Easily Create Diverse Configuration Rules
Create configuration rules with fewer conditions and actions. Use Product Configurator to choose multiple options for resources,
attributes, and fields when you create rules. Simplify rule definitions with new action types that include hide, display, and set default.
Validate Products at Transaction Level
Configuration rules have an impact beyond the current product or bundle that you configure. Apply the configuration rules to a
transaction to provide users an option to act at the transaction level. For example, provide users the option to add or remove a line
item in the quote.
Support for Ramped Deals
Your Sales rep can now view accurate pricing and quantity information for each segment of ramp quote line items that have different
values for quantity and discount across ramp segments. Any changes made to a product apply to all segments of a ramped quote
uniformly.
Get an Enhanced View of Derived Prices
View the pricing details of products that are derived from another product. Price waterfall shows the calculation details and the
derived price. In addition, check the usage parameters for a product at the time of configuration. The Usage Rates tab in the summary
component shows the usage-based pricing rate cards.
View Nested Options Group for Product Bundles
Your Sales reps can now easily select products from complex bundles during configuration. These bundles are organized into groups
of products and product categories for easier navigation and configuration.
Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies
These response bodies have changes.

Maintain Rule Integrity with Configuration Rule Validation

Configuration Rules are often complex and can become outdated due to catalog changes. To maintain rule integrity, you can now check
a single rule for errors before activating it. Validate a configuration rule to identify potential issues caused by changes in the catalog,
prevent runtime failures, and improve overall rule reliability.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Product
Configurator is enabled.

Easily Create Diverse Configuration Rules

Create configuration rules with fewer conditions and actions. Use Product Configurator to choose multiple options for resources, attributes,
and fields when you create rules. Simplify rule definitions with new action types that include hide, display, and set default.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Product
Configurator is enabled.

623
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Product Configurator

Validate Products at Transaction Level

Configuration rules have an impact beyond the current product or bundle that you configure. Apply the configuration rules to a transaction
to provide users an option to act at the transaction level. For example, provide users the option to add or remove a line item in the quote.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Product
Configurator is enabled.

Support for Ramped Deals

Your Sales rep can now view accurate pricing and quantity information for each segment of ramp quote line items that have different
values for quantity and discount across ramp segments. Any changes made to a product apply to all segments of a ramped quote
uniformly.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions of Revenue Cloud where Product
Configurator is enabled.

Get an Enhanced View of Derived Prices

View the pricing details of products that are derived from another product. Price waterfall shows the calculation details and the derived
price. In addition, check the usage parameters for a product at the time of configuration. The Usage Rates tab in the summary component
shows the usage-based pricing rate cards.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Product
Configurator is enabled.

View Nested Options Group for Product Bundles

Your Sales reps can now easily select products from complex bundles during configuration. These bundles are organized into groups
of products and product categories for easier navigation and configuration.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Product
Configurator is enabled.

Changed Connect REST API Response Bodies

These response bodies have changes.
Configuration Details
This response body has this new property.
• uiTreatments—Details of the UI treatments that specify the product configuration rule actions to override the disable or
hide behavior in the UI for product options, product attributes, and attribute picklist values.
Configurator Add Nodes, Configurator Update Nodes, Configurator Delete Nodes, Configuration Load Instance, Configuration
Set Instance, and Product Quantity Set Configurator
These response bodies have this new property.
• configuratorUITreatments—Details of the UI treatments that specify the product configuration rule actions to override
the disable or hide behavior in the UI for product options, product attributes, and attribute picklist values.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Response Bodies

624
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Transaction Management
Give your users the flexibility of charging their customers based on the consumption of your services by using Usage-Based Selling.
Create flexible transactions with ramp deals that support your customer’s evolving needs by dividing a transaction line into segments,
and configure their prices and quantities independently. Automate and manage routine approval tasks with Advanced Approvals. Extend
quoting capabilities to customer community users. Organize transactions with Groups, automatically or manually grouping quote and
order lines. Streamline quoting and ordering for derived products by automatically adding derived product assets with contributing
products. Easily add existing assets to a new quote or order by using the Add Assets action. Save time by adding products instantly to
your transactions as transient lines. Notify your users when an order is created from a quote.

Give Your Customers More Flexibility with Usage Selling

Honor your customer's preferences by giving them the option to pay for what they need instead of paying fixed fees. Usage selling
gives customers visibility into the rate cards and prices per resource, so they can select the products that best meet their business
needs. Usage pricing gives your sales reps greater flexibility to sell what the customer wants, providing more opportunities for
expanding revenue.
Gain Insight into Asset Usage Rates and Tier Pricing
Seamlessly manage metered assets that were sold with usage selling. Sales reps can use the new Usage Rates card on the Assets
record page to understand what their customer has purchased, and the grant and rate information for each resource. Offer your
customers transparency and flexibility in managing the costs associated with purchased services and resources.
Use Ramp Deals for Time-Based Price and Quantity Changes
Sales reps can apply ramps to rampable products on their quotes and orders, and then convert the lines on the quote or order into
a ramped quote line or order line. Time-based ramps offer sales reps flexibility in the pricing and quantity of products, and provide
customers the incentive, ensuring that asset deals become more valuable over time. A ramp deal is a multi-period agreement for a
product or service, with pricing, quantity, or discount rates changing at defined intervals. Sales teams benefit from larger orders and
longer contracts, leading to customer retention and increased revenue.
Advanced Approvals
Automate routine approval tasks. Design and run serial or parallel approval chains. Track approvals with audit trails and notifications.
Organize Your Transactions with Groups
Sales reps can now group quote and order lines to organize their transactions and proposals. Automatically create groups by using
dynamic or predefined Group By criteria. Alternatively, manually organize your lines into groups.
Streamline the Quoting and Ordering Process for Derived Products
When you add a contributing product, derived product assets are now automatically added to quotes and orders, streamlining the
quoting and ordering process for derived products. Sales reps no longer need to manually add assets, reducing the risk of errors and
ensuring that customers are always paying the correct price for their products.
Effortlessly Build Quotes and Orders with Add Assets Action
Make it easy for sales reps to add existing assets to an initial sale quote by using the Add Assets action in the Quote Line Item and
Order Line Item Transaction Line Editor experience. Fast and easy to use, this action helps your sales reps create accurate quotes.
Sales reps can now streamline the quote creation process for existing customers with active contracts by adding assets to initial sale
quotes. This action eliminates the need to delete or abandon the entire quote and start over if assets must be added.
Fast-Track Adding Products to Sales Transactions
Quickly select and add products to your quotes and orders in Revenue Cloud. The products that you add appear as unsaved line
items on your quotes and orders, and can't be edited in their unsaved state. After you add products, save your work. Previously, you
could save the products directly from Browse Catalogs. However, you could not perform other tasks during the save process.

625
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Configure Lookup Fields Efficiently in a Transaction

Search and add a lookup field record, such as a legal entity record, on quotes and orders directly from the Transaction Line Editor
component. Create new records for missing lookup fields directly from the Transaction Line Editor. To edit existing lookup fields on
a quote line item, click the value and open the lookup field record details page. With this streamlined process, save time and complete
the transactions faster with fewer page redirects. Previously, you had to set up lookup fields for each quote line item in their respective
record pages separately.
Renew Assets Early in Revenue Cloud
Renew customer assets before the end of the subscription period when customers update their quotes and orders to change their
subscription plans. Use early renewals to renew a subscription before the subscription end date and apply new terms to the renewal
subscription period. For example, renew assets early to consolidate orders and billing periods.
Unlock Quoting Capabilities for Customer Communities
Extend quoting capabilities of Revenue Cloud for customer community users. With permission sets provided by Revenue Cloud,
your customer community users can create quotes and convert them into orders. Additionally, add the Transaction Line Editor,
Transaction Line Progress Indicator, and the Transaction Summary components on the quote page to help your customers browse
and modify complex sales in a quick, seamless manner.
Track Order Creation Efficiently with Timely Notifications
Enhance the efficiency of your sales reps with timely notifications for orders. When sales reps create an order from a quote, they
receive a notification that confirms whether the order generation was successful. If successful, the notification directs them to their
new order. In case of errors, the notification redirects them to the Revenue Transaction Error Log related list on the quote page,
where they can find detailed information about the order creation failure.
Summarize Quotes with Einstein
Use Einstein to easily provide a digestible overview of a quote for approval. Sales Summaries uses your customer data in Salesforce
to summarize records with key data points that help reps see the current state of a deal, customer, or prospect.
Generate Quote Emails with Einstein
Enables sales reps to draft emails with Einstein when sending quote proposals.
Accelerate Business Growth with Enhanced Support for Large Transactions (Pilot)
Large businesses often handle substantial sales volumes that require systems that manage these transactions efficiently. With
performance-optimized support for large transactions, your sales reps can effortlessly process and fulfill the bulk needs of their
customers, managing up to 1000 lines in a single transaction. Additionally, you can leverage existing Transaction Management
features such as Browse Catalogs and Instant Pricing to optimize the creation of a large transaction.
New and Changed Objects in Transaction Management
Access more data through these new objects and fields.
Changed Platform Event in Transaction Management
Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channel for this updated Transaction Management platform
event.
Changed Invocable Action in Transaction Management
Use the updated invocable action in Transaction Management.
Connect REST APIs
Connect REST APIs for Transaction Management help customers, partners, and ISVs access data related to quote creation, order
capture, and asset lifecycle.
CommerceOrders Namespace
The CommerceOrders namespace has this new enum.
PlaceQuote Namespace
The PlaceQuote namespace has this new enum.

626
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Give Your Customers More Flexibility with Usage Selling

Honor your customer's preferences by giving them the option to pay for what they need instead of paying fixed fees. Usage selling gives
customers visibility into the rate cards and prices per resource, so they can select the products that best meet their business needs.
Usage pricing gives your sales reps greater flexibility to sell what the customer wants, providing more opportunities for expanding
revenue.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Why: Sales reps can browse the product catalog to discover and select usage products for their customers. Sales reps can add usage
products to quotes and to orders. When quoting or ordering usage products, sale reps can override the usage product's base rates and
tier rates, if overrides are allowed for the selected product.
How: Rate Management must be enabled and usage products must be available for quoting and ordering.
The Usage Rates tab must be added to the Asset record page so sales reps can see rate details for usage-based assets.

SEE ALSO:
Rate Management (Generally Available)
Gain Insight into Asset Usage Rates and Tier Pricing

Gain Insight into Asset Usage Rates and Tier Pricing

Seamlessly manage metered assets that were sold with usage selling. Sales reps can use the new Usage Rates card on the Assets record
page to understand what their customer has purchased, and the grant and rate information for each resource. Offer your customers
transparency and flexibility in managing the costs associated with purchased services and resources.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Who: Admins with the Customize Application permission can update record page layouts.
Why: The Usage Rates card provides comprehensive visibility into the pricing of purchased services and resources. By providing a clear
breakdown of rates per resource, this feature helps businesses make informed decisions that optimize their return on investment.
The Line Item Details section shows the name, list price, and quantity of the purchased sellable usage product. This level of detail helps
businesses identify the product that was purchased.
The What's Included section lists the resources that are granted with the purchase of a sellable usage product. This information helps
businesses understand precisely what resource grants are included with the asset. It details the granted quantity and the unit of measure
for each usage resource. It also specifies the rates per unit of measure that are applicable. Sales reps can override the rates.
The Tier Pricing section provides insight into whether a specific resource is defined to offer tier pricing. Tier pricing is a pricing strategy
where the cost per unit decreases as the quantity purchased increases, so your company can offer bulk discounts and incentivize higher
usage.
How: Rate Management must be enabled and usage products must be available for quoting and ordering.
A Salesforce admin must add the Usage Rates tab to the asset record page. In Lightning App Builder, open the Asset record page, drag
the Usage Rates component to the page, and save your work.

627
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Users can view the Usage Rates tab for an asset by opening an asset record page and clicking Usage Rates. If the asset is a usage product,
then the tab is populated with data. If the asset isn't a usage product, then the tab is empty.

SEE ALSO:
Rate Management (Generally Available)

Use Ramp Deals for Time-Based Price and Quantity Changes

Sales reps can apply ramps to rampable products on their quotes and orders, and then convert the lines on the quote or order into a
ramped quote line or order line. Time-based ramps offer sales reps flexibility in the pricing and quantity of products, and provide customers
the incentive, ensuring that asset deals become more valuable over time. A ramp deal is a multi-period agreement for a product or
service, with pricing, quantity, or discount rates changing at defined intervals. Sales teams benefit from larger orders and longer contracts,
leading to customer retention and increased revenue.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Who: Salesforce admins with the Customize Application and Manage Revenue Lifecycle Management permissions can enable this
feature.
Sales reps with the Price and Tax Calculation for Quoting and Manage Revenue Lifecycle Management permissions, and the Create
Orders from Quotes permission set can use this feature.
Why: With ramp deals, sales reps get longer-term deals or a larger quantity commitment from customers. Sales reps can configure the
deal so that customers start small and then increase the service.
For example, let’s say your company sells user licenses for a product. The sales rep structures a deal with a 90-day trial period for 10 user
licenses, and then a 3-year ramp:
• Year 1: The customer gets 50 licenses at $100/user/month.
• Year 2: They get 100 licenses at $110/user/month.
• Year 3: They get 150 licenses at $121/user/month.
You want to structure a deal so the licenses that your customer owns throughout the lifecycle of the deal align with expected employee
growth. As each ramp can be priced independently, your sales rep includes the discount, and then increases the price by 10% every
year.
How: From Setup, find and select Revenue Settings. Then, enable the Ramp Deal feature.

Advanced Approvals
Automate routine approval tasks. Design and run serial or parallel approval chains. Track approvals with audit trails and notifications.

Design Approval Chains with Flow Builder

Use Flow Builder to create approval chains for your sales reps. Also, create parallel approval chains for approvals that require multiple
levels or departments to approve.
Ensure Transactions Adhere to Policies
Allow your sales reps to get approvals before closing a quote or order. With Advanced Approvals, submit transactions for approval
to ensure they adhere to pricing, discounts, or other policies. Ensure that every quote or order that your reps close aligns with your
legal or pricing policies.
Easily See and Respond to Approval Requests
See and approve submitted and pending approvals from the Approvals app. Also, add comments when you decide on an approval.

628
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Unblock Transactions by Administering Approvals

Enable approval administrators to modify submitted approvals that must be changed. Administrators can use Advanced Approvals
to reassign, cancel, review, or terminate approvals.

Design Approval Chains with Flow Builder

Use Flow Builder to create approval chains for your sales reps. Also, create parallel approval chains for approvals that require multiple
levels or departments to approve.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Why: With Advanced Approvals, design different approvals for your business:
• Serial approvals - Simple approval chains that require approvals in a certain order. For example, let’s say your business requires
approvals from your sales manager and then from the VP, for discounts greater than 20%. With serial approvals, design approvals
that go to the right person, in the right order.

• Parallel approvals - Complex approval chains that require approvals from multiple departments. For example, let’s say specific
discounts or customers require approvals from the legal, business, and operations departments. Use parallel approvals where each
department can approve these discounts in parallel.

• Record-triggered approvals - When records are changed, automatically trigger an approval flow.

• Auto-launched approvals - Approvals that your sales reps can launch from their transactions.

How: In Salesforce Flow Builder, create a flow from scratch with either Autolaunched Approval Orchestration or Record-Triggered
Approval Orchestration.

Ensure Transactions Adhere to Policies

Allow your sales reps to get approvals before closing a quote or order. With Advanced Approvals, submit transactions for approval to
ensure they adhere to pricing, discounts, or other policies. Ensure that every quote or order that your reps close aligns with your legal
or pricing policies.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Why: For example, let’s say that every transaction that provides a discount greater than 20% requires approval from legal and sales.
Design an approval flow that requires both sets of approvals before the transaction is closed.

Easily See and Respond to Approval Requests

See and approve submitted and pending approvals from the Approvals app. Also, add comments when you decide on an approval.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Approvals. Click Pending Approvals or Submitted Approvals.

Unblock Transactions by Administering Approvals

Enable approval administrators to modify submitted approvals that must be changed. Administrators can use Advanced Approvals to
reassign, cancel, review, or terminate approvals.

629
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Approvals. Click Administer Approvals.

Organize Your Transactions with Groups

Sales reps can now group quote and order lines to organize their transactions and proposals. Automatically create groups by using
dynamic or predefined Group By criteria. Alternatively, manually organize your lines into groups.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Why: A quote or order can contain many lines. With groups, sales reps can automatically or manually group lines to organize and create
a digestible proposal for customers.
How: After you add your products to a transaction, for a column that is groupable, click and click Group By.
Alternatively, before adding products, click Add Group to see the groups interface. Any existing lines are also added to a group and you
can then move specific lines to different groups.

Streamline the Quoting and Ordering Process for Derived Products

When you add a contributing product, derived product assets are now automatically added to quotes and orders, streamlining the
quoting and ordering process for derived products. Sales reps no longer need to manually add assets, reducing the risk of errors and
ensuring that customers are always paying the correct price for their products.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Who: Pricing admins with the Customize Application and Manage Revenue Lifecycle Management permissions can enable this feature.
Why: Adding derived price assets is applicable to new sales, amendments, renewals, and cancellation quotes and orders.
It’s important that included sandbox assets are added to the quote when a sales rep changes the Sales or Service Cloud license quantity
for customers. This update ensures customers pay the right price for those new sandboxes and not get overcharged or undercharged.
It’s easy for sales reps to overlook adding sandbox assets to a quote or order, so we now add derived assets automatically.
How: From Setup, find and select Revenue Settings. Then, enable the Add Derived Pricing Assets to a Quote or
Order feature.

Effortlessly Build Quotes and Orders with Add Assets Action

Make it easy for sales reps to add existing assets to an initial sale quote by using the Add Assets action in the Quote Line Item and Order
Line Item Transaction Line Editor experience. Fast and easy to use, this action helps your sales reps create accurate quotes. Sales reps
can now streamline the quote creation process for existing customers with active contracts by adding assets to initial sale quotes. This
action eliminates the need to delete or abandon the entire quote and start over if assets must be added.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Who: Sales reps with the Price and Tax Calculation for Quoting and Manage Revenue Lifecycle Management permissions, and the Create
Orders from Quotes permission set can use this feature.
How: The Add Assets action appears in the Transaction Line Editor component automatically.

630
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Fast-Track Adding Products to Sales Transactions

Quickly select and add products to your quotes and orders in Revenue Cloud. The products that you add appear as unsaved line items
on your quotes and orders, and can't be edited in their unsaved state. After you add products, save your work. Previously, you could save
the products directly from Browse Catalogs. However, you could not perform other tasks during the save process.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
How: In Revenue Cloud, create or open a quote or an order. Enter the product name in the Add Product search box and click Enter.
Products that match the search term are shown in the search results dropdown. Select the product that you want to add. The product
is automatically added to the quote or order as a line item. To edit the line item, save your work.

Configure Lookup Fields Efficiently in a Transaction

Search and add a lookup field record, such as a legal entity record, on quotes and orders directly from the Transaction Line Editor
component. Create new records for missing lookup fields directly from the Transaction Line Editor. To edit existing lookup fields on a
quote line item, click the value and open the lookup field record details page. With this streamlined process, save time and complete
the transactions faster with fewer page redirects. Previously, you had to set up lookup fields for each quote line item in their respective
record pages separately.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
How: On a sales transaction record page such as a quote, add a quote line item.
• To add or create a lookup field record, click the lookup field for a quote line item. Search and add an existing record or create a new
record.
• To edit the details of an existing lookup field for a quote line item, click the value that you want to change. Edit the relevant details,
and save your changes.

631
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Renew Assets Early in Revenue Cloud

Renew customer assets before the end of the subscription period when customers update their quotes and orders to change their
subscription plans. Use early renewals to renew a subscription before the subscription end date and apply new terms to the renewal
subscription period. For example, renew assets early to consolidate orders and billing periods.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Who: Sales reps with the Renew Assets and Sales Rep permission group.
How: Use the Managed Assets component in Account, Quote, or Orders to select the assets for early renewal. Click Renew and specify
if the asset update is a regular renewal or an early renewal. In a regular renewal, the renewal start and end dates are automatically
calculated based on the end date of the current subscription. In early renewals, you can specify the start and end dates.

Unlock Quoting Capabilities for Customer Communities

Extend quoting capabilities of Revenue Cloud for customer community users. With permission sets provided by Revenue Cloud, your
customer community users can create quotes and convert them into orders. Additionally, add the Transaction Line Editor, Transaction
Line Progress Indicator, and the Transaction Summary components on the quote page to help your customers browse and modify
complex sales in a quick, seamless manner.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
Who: To use this feature, customer community users need a Customer Community or a Customer Community Plus license.
How: Open the Experience Cloud site for customer users in Builder. From the Pages menu, create an object page. In the new object
page, enter Quote, and then select Quote. Then, create and add your quote page to the canvas. If necessary, use the Components
panel to add components to the quote page.
After you configure the Experience Cloud site, assign these permission sets to customer users.
• Price and Tax Calculation on Quotes
• Create Orders from Quotes

632
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Track Order Creation Efficiently with Timely Notifications

Enhance the efficiency of your sales reps with timely notifications for orders. When sales reps create an order from a quote, they receive
a notification that confirms whether the order generation was successful. If successful, the notification directs them to their new order.
In case of errors, the notification redirects them to the Revenue Transaction Error Log related list on the quote page, where they can find
detailed information about the order creation failure.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Quotes. Open a quote record and select Create Order. Click the bell notification icon to
check the result of your order creation.

Summarize Quotes with Einstein

Use Einstein to easily provide a digestible overview of a quote for approval. Sales Summaries uses your customer data in Salesforce to
summarize records with key data points that help reps see the current state of a deal, customer, or prospect.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Sales Summaries User permission set.
Where: Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise,
and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Revenue Cloud and Einstein for Sales add-on is enabled.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Why: With Summarize Quote, sales reps save time in handoffs and approvals for their quote, quickly generating a high-level overview
of a quote to share with deal desk or sales leadership.
How: To use Sales Summaries, turn on Einstein generative AI in Setup. Then, go to the Einstein for Sales page, turn on Sales Summaries,
and complete the setup steps.
Quote Summaries can be used directly within Einstein Copilot using the Summarization action. Alternatively, add the Einstein Summary
component to the Quote page layout.

Generate Quote Emails with Einstein

Enables sales reps to draft emails with Einstein when sending quote proposals.
Who: To use Create Quote Email, users need the Einstein Sales Emails permission set. To let reps access the feature in Gmail or Outlook,
set up the Gmail or Outlook integration.
Where: Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited, Enterprise,
and Developer editions for Industries clouds where Revenue Cloud and Einstein for Sales add-on is enabled.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.

633
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Why: Your reps can use a proposed quote to write an email to convince their customers to sign a deal. Einstein uses the information in
the quote to encourage customers to accept and sign a quote.
How: To use Einstein with quotes, turn on Einstein generative AI in Setup. In Lightning Experience, Einstein Sales Emails is built directly
into the email composer. In Salesforce Outlook or Gmail integrations, users can see Einstein generative AI in the email application pane.
Start creating an email. Click Draft with Einstein and choose an email type from the list. Review and edit the email, and then send it.

Accelerate Business Growth with Enhanced Support for Large Transactions (Pilot)
Large businesses often handle substantial sales volumes that require systems that manage these transactions efficiently. With
performance-optimized support for large transactions, your sales reps can effortlessly process and fulfill the bulk needs of their customers,
managing up to 1000 lines in a single transaction. Additionally, you can leverage existing Transaction Management features such as
Browse Catalogs and Instant Pricing to optimize the creation of a large transaction.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Transaction
Management is enabled.

Note: Large Quotes and Orders is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: To get access to this pilot feature, contact your customer success representative or account executive.
From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Revenue Settings, and then select Revenue Settings. Turn On Large Quotes and Orders.

New and Changed Objects in Transaction Management

Access more data through these new objects and fields.
Specify the catalog and negotiated rates of a usage resource associated with a quote line item that’s used to charge overage
consumption
Use the new QuoteLineRateCardEntry object.
Specify the catalog and negotiated rates of a usage resource associated with an order product that’s used to charge overage
consumption
Use the new OrderItemRateCardEntry object.
Specify the date on which the resources associated with a quote line item are granted
Use the new EffectiveGrantDate field on the existing QuoteLineItem object.
Specify the date on which the resources associated with an order product are granted
Use the new EffectiveGrantDate field on the existing OrderItem object.
Specify the date on which the resources associated with an asset are granted
Use the new EffectiveGrantDate field on the existing AssetActionSource object.
Specify the group associated with the order product
Use the new OrderItemGroupId field on the existing OrderItem object.
Specify the negotiated rate card entries associated with an asset
Use the new AssetRateCardEntry object.
Specify the tier rate adjustments associated with an asset rate card entry
Use the new AssetRateAdjustment object.
Specify discounts applied to an asset
Use the new Discount and DiscountAmount fields on the existing AssetActionSource object.

634
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Specify the legal entity associated with the asset action source transaction
Use the new LegalEntityId field on the existing AssetActionSource object.
Specify the ramp segment associated with the asset action source transaction
Use the new SegmentIdentifier field on the existing AssetActionSource object.
Specify the approval information for the record of a related object
Use the new ApprovalSubmission object.
Specify the status of a step in the approval process
Use the new ApprovalWorkItem object.
Specify the details of an approval submission
Use the new ApprovalSubmissionDetail object.
Specify the assignment details of a task that's submitted for approval
Use the new ApprovalAssignment object.
Specify the group for a quote line
Use the new QuoteLineGroup object.
Specify the ramp segment data associated with an asset state period
Use the new RampIdentifer, SegmentIdentifier, SegmentName, and SegmentType fields on the existing
AssetStatePeriod object.

Changed Platform Event in Transaction Management

Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channel for this updated Transaction Management platform event.
Notify subscribers when the last event for a request is published
Use the new IsLastEvent field on the existing CreateAssetOrderEvent platform event.

Changed Invocable Action in Transaction Management

Use the updated invocable action in Transaction Management.
Specify the effective start and end dates for the renewal of an asset
Use the new renewStartDate and renewEndDate input parameters on the existing initiateRenewal action.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Initiate Renewal Action

Connect REST APIs

Connect REST APIs for Transaction Management help customers, partners, and ISVs access data related to quote creation, order capture,
and asset lifecycle.

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the resources available with Transaction Management.
Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies
These request bodies have changes.

635
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the resources available with Transaction Management.
Create a ramp deal for a customer on a product
Make a POST request to the
/connect/revenue-management/sales-transaction-contexts/resourceId/actions/ramp-deal-create
resource.
New request body: Create Ramp Deal Input
New response body: Ramp Deal Service
Modify a ramp deal
Make a POST request to the
/connect/revenue-management/sales-transaction-contexts/resourceId/actions/ramp-deal-update
resource.
New request body: Update Ramp Deal Input
New response body: Ramp Deal Service
View a ramp deal related to a quote line item or an order item
Make a GET request to the
/connect/revenue-management/sales-transaction-contexts/resourceId/actions/ramp-deal-view
resource.
New response body: Ramp Deal Service
Delete a ramp deal
Make a POST request to the
/connect/revenue-management/sales-transaction-contexts/resourceId/actions/ramp-deal-delete
resource.
New request body: Delete Ramp Deal Input
New response body: Ramp Deal Service
Initiate the amendment of an asset
Make a POST request to the /connect/revenue-management/assets/actions/amend resource.
New request body: Amendment Input
New response body: Amendment
Initiate the cancellation of an asset
Make a POST request to the /connect/revenue-management/assets/actions/cancel resource.
New request body: Cancellation Input
New response body: Cancellation
Initiate the renewal of an asset
Make a POST request to the /connect/revenue-management/assets/actions/renew resource.
New request body: Renewal Input
New response body: Renewal

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Quote and Order Capture Resources
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Asset Lifecycle Resources

636
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Transaction Management

Changed Connect REST API Request Bodies

These request bodies have changes.

Place Quote (POST)

Place Quote Input
This request body has this new property.
• catalogRatesPref—Rate card entries defined in the catalog that must be fetched for quote line items with usage-based
pricing during the quote creation process.

Place Order (POST)

Place Order Input
This request body has this new property.
• catalogRatesPref—Rate card entries defined in the catalog that must be fetched for order items with usage-based
pricing during the order creation process.

Instant Pricing (POST), Place Quote (POST), and Place Order (POST)
Get Instant Pricing Input, Place Quote Input, and Place Order Input
These request bodies have updates to the record attributes. Using these updates, you can group quote line items or order items
based on location, work types, or departments, if groups are enabled for your org. Groups provide a visualization of the products to
view large quotes. To learn more about these updates, see Instant Pricing (POST), Place Quote (POST), and Place Order (POST).

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Place Order (POST)
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Place Quote (POST)

CommerceOrders Namespace
The CommerceOrders namespace has this new enum.

New Enum
Specify whether the rate card entries defined in the catalog must be fetched for order items
Use the new CatalogRatesPreferenceEnum enum in the PlaceOrderExecutor class method.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: CommerceOrders Namespace

PlaceQuote Namespace
The PlaceQuote namespace has this new enum.

637
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator

New Enum
Specify whether the rate card entries defined in the catalog must be fetched for quote line items
Use the new CatalogRatesPreferenceEnum enum in the PlaceQuoteRLMApexProcessor class method.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: PlaceQuote Namespace

Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator

Define how failed callouts are retried by specifying how many times a failed callout retries a connection. Use the enhanced performance
and mapping interface for thorough error logging. Partially load decomposition plans by loading a plan in steps to quickly get to what
you need. If a fulfillment step doesn’t meet its conditions, that step is skipped. Your fulfillment designers can specify whether to skip
only a step or an entire branch that relies on the step. Product classifications group a range of similar products, so designers can easily
configure the decomposition. Get a robust search function and more information at a glance when you search or view information about
a decomposition rule. View decomposition rules even if they don’t enrich fulfillment line items.

Interface and Performance Enhancements

Enhancements include such things as filtered search, improvements to the mapping interface, better and more thorough error
logging, and more.
Manual Task Assignment Rules
Fulfillment designers can configure a task to be automatically assigned to the next user in line.
Partially Load Fulfillment Plans
Large fulfillment plans can take a long time to load. You can choose to load a plan in steps to get what you need more quickly.
Initially, the plan loads steps in active states such as In Progress, Pending, or Failed. Once these are fully loaded, it loads steps in states
like Completed or Skipped.
Skip a Fulfillment Branch
If fulfillment step conditions aren't met, then the step is skipped. Now, fulfillment designers can specify whether to skip only the
step itself, or an entire branch that relies on that step.
Support for Decomposition by Product Classification
A fulfillment designer can take advantage of product classifications that cover a range of similar products. Rather than creating
identical decomposition relationships and mappings for each product, the designer configures the decomposition for the classification,
significantly streamlining their work.
Define How Failed Callouts are Retried
You can specify how many times a failed callout retries a connection and how long it waits before each retry. You can even stagger
the time between retries, so that, for example, it retries right away, then again in five minutes, and again in 20 minutes.
Enhance Your Search and View in the Decomposition Viewer
Get a robust search function and more information at a glance when you search or view information about a decomposition rule.
Search an order line item with a partial or full name in the search field and get results that include all associated line items with
names that match your search criteria. View decomposition rules even if they don’t enrich fulfillment line items. In the Other Attributes
& Fields section, view the fulfillment order line item’s attributes and fields that aren’t related to the listed decomposition rules.
Changed Objects in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator
Do more with these changed Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator objects.

638
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator

Interface and Performance Enhancements

Enhancements include such things as filtered search, improvements to the mapping interface, better and more thorough error logging,
and more.
Where: These changes are available in Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Revenue Lifecycle
Management is enabled.

Manual Task Assignment Rules

Fulfillment designers can configure a task to be automatically assigned to the next user in line.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Revenue Lifecycle
Management is enabled.

Partially Load Fulfillment Plans

Large fulfillment plans can take a long time to load. You can choose to load a plan in steps to get what you need more quickly. Initially,
the plan loads steps in active states such as In Progress, Pending, or Failed. Once these are fully loaded, it loads steps in states like
Completed or Skipped.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Revenue Lifecycle
Management is enabled.

Skip a Fulfillment Branch

If fulfillment step conditions aren't met, then the step is skipped. Now, fulfillment designers can specify whether to skip only the step
itself, or an entire branch that relies on that step.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Revenue Lifecycle
Management is enabled.
Why: In some cases, it makes sense to skip a single step, but still execute all the following steps. For example, the order requires a phone,
but no SIM card. DRO skips the step to pull a SIM card from the warehouse, but runs all the other steps.
In other cases, it makes sense to skip a whole branch of steps. For example, the customer doesn't require a physical shipment. DRO skips
the step to get the physical address, and then skips every step that relies on having a physical address, like shipping the product.

Support for Decomposition by Product Classification

A fulfillment designer can take advantage of product classifications that cover a range of similar products. Rather than creating identical
decomposition relationships and mappings for each product, the designer configures the decomposition for the classification, significantly
streamlining their work.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Revenue Lifecycle
Management is enabled.

Define How Failed Callouts are Retried

You can specify how many times a failed callout retries a connection and how long it waits before each retry. You can even stagger the
time between retries, so that, for example, it retries right away, then again in five minutes, and again in 20 minutes.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions where Revenue Lifecycle
Management is enabled.

639
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Why: Callouts often fail because the system being called is down or busy. Retrying immediately, only to fail again, wastes resources.
Fulfillment designers can instead schedule callouts to wait before retrying. For example, they can schedule a retry every five minutes,
or stagger the retries so that each one waits longer than the one before it.
How: Enable fallout management in the Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator settings.

Enhance Your Search and View in the Decomposition Viewer

Get a robust search function and more information at a glance when you search or view information about a decomposition rule. Search
an order line item with a partial or full name in the search field and get results that include all associated line items with names that
match your search criteria. View decomposition rules even if they don’t enrich fulfillment line items. In the Other Attributes & Fields
section, view the fulfillment order line item’s attributes and fields that aren’t related to the listed decomposition rules.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Revenue Cloud is enabled.

Changed Objects in Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator

Do more with these changed Dynamic Revenue Orchestrator objects.
Define a step that uses rules to determines how to handle fallouts
Use the new FalloutQueueId and RetryIntervals fields on the existing FulfillmentFalloutRule object.
Define rules for decomposition during product fulfillment
Use the new SourceProductClassificationId field on the existing ProductFulfillmentDecompRule object.
Define a step that must be executed during fulfillment orchestration
Use the new AmendGroupId, CancelledGroupId, PointOfNoReturn, and TaskAllocationType fields on the
existing FulfillmentStepDefinition object.
Create a fulfillment step that executes during fulfillment of an order
Use the new CompensatedStepId, FalloutQueueId, FalloutQueueId, FlowDefinitionName,
IsSkipBranch, NextEarliestRunTime, and PointOfNoReturn fields on the existing FulfillmentStep object.
Define a set of steps to be created to fulfill the order
Use the new SourceType field on the existing FulfillmentPlan object.
Define a relationship between a fulfillment order line and its decomposition source
Use the new SupplementalAction field on the existing FulfillmentLineSourceRel object.

Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Monetize all the sales models of your business with Invoice Management. Bill in advance or in arrears to generate invoices before or
after recurring products and services are delivered. Automate and scale invoice generation. Configure multiple legal and tax entities to
best support your business operations and structure. Automate the conversion of negative invoice lines to credit memos and the
application of credit to invoices.

Define Criteria for Invoicing Products

Define billing policies, treatments, and treatment items to generate invoices that suit your sales models. Customize invoice generation
with billing treatments and treatment items that define whether you want to bill in advance or in arrears, whether specific products
are billed, and other criteria.

640
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Simplify your Billing Configuration by Using Guided Setup

Follow simple, clear steps on the Billing Guided Setup for all the setup tasks that you must complete, such as assigning permissions,
configuring billing and tax policies, and setting up invoice runs. This guided setup helps you sprint through your implementation
while minimizing the need for you to leave the context of your Salesforce org, and reducing the risk of missing any steps.
Billing in Advance and Arrears
In addition to billing in advance, Invoice Management also supports billing in arrears so you can issue an invoice after recurring
products and services are delivered.
Configure Multiple Legal Entities for a Seller
Ensure that your quotes and invoices show the correct tax and billing information by configuring multiple legal entities to support
your geographically distributed business. As a seller with customers and segments of your business in different tax locations, you
might use different legal entities that govern the appropriate tax treatments, billing treatments, and accounting periods. With
Revenue Cloud, you can configure multiple legal entities to be applied on a per-line basis in your invoices.
Ensure Accurate Tax Calculation by Customizing Tax Addresses
Enhance customer satisfaction and comply with regional tax regulations through tailored tax handling based on customized tax
addresses on invoices. Your customers benefit from the enhanced accuracy in their financial documentation.
Schedule Automatic Invoice Generation for Billing Schedules
Automate invoice generation with the Invoice Scheduler to enhance efficiency and reduce manual work. Filter billing schedules for
invoicing by currency, charge types, and billing batch schedules. Tailor the frequency of invoice schedules to meet your business
requirements. You can also make sure that monthly runs begin on a working day if the scheduled start date falls on holidays or
weekends.
Streamline Financial Reporting with Accounting Periods
Create accounting periods for legal entities and associate billing transactions that occur during that period with legal entity accounting
periods. Report anomalies in billing transactions before closing the accounting periods, so that accounting users can correct them.
After closing the accounting periods, post the transactions to record-keeping systems for organized tracking and compliance.
Reporting billing transactions helps maintain accurate business record-keeping systems that are used to prepare financial statements.
Automate Conversion of Negative Invoice Lines to Credit Memo Lines
Get rid of the hassle of manually converting negative invoice lines of one invoice at a time by automatically converting large volumes
of negative invoice lines to posted credit memo lines. Automating this process helps reduce the risk of human error, save time, and
boost productivity.
Issue Credits to Settle Balances of Invoices or Invoice Lines
Choose to settle the balances of invoice lines separately or invoice line amounts rolled-up to invoices by applying credit memo lines
or credit memos. If you choose to settle invoice lines, you can granularly track the products and services that are part of the same
invoice and were already issued credits. After credits are applied to invoices or invoice lines, the applied amounts and balance
amounts are automatically updated.
Settle Invoices Faster by Auto-Applying Credit Balances
Save time and effort by automatically applying available credit memo balances to settle posted invoice balances. Eliminate the need
to manually apply credit memos before generating posted invoices and share timely details about invoice balances with your
customers.
Optimize User Experience for Partner Communities
Empower your partners and community users with a unified and intuitive interface to handle their billing activities and processes
efficiently. Partners and community users can effortlessly access and manage billing details, view invoices, track credit memos, and
understand billing schedules.
New Objects for Invoice Management
Do more with the new objects in Invoice Management.

641
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

New Platform Events for Invoice Management

Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new Billing platform events.
New Connect REST API Resources
Learn more about the resources available with Invoice Management.
New Connect in Apex Classes
Invoice Management has new classes and methods.
New Metadata Types
Learn more about the new metadata types in Invoice Management.
New Invocable Actions
Use the new invocable actions in Invoice Management.

Define Criteria for Invoicing Products

Define billing policies, treatments, and treatment items to generate invoices that suit your sales models. Customize invoice generation
with billing treatments and treatment items that define whether you want to bill in advance or in arrears, whether specific products are
billed, and other criteria.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
Who: To create billing policies, billing treatments, and billing treatment items, you need the Billing Admin permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Criteria for Invoicing Products (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Simplify your Billing Configuration by Using Guided Setup

Follow simple, clear steps on the Billing Guided Setup for all the setup tasks that you must complete, such as assigning permissions,
configuring billing and tax policies, and setting up invoice runs. This guided setup helps you sprint through your implementation while
minimizing the need for you to leave the context of your Salesforce org, and reducing the risk of missing any steps.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
Who: To access the Billing Guided Setup, you need the Billing Admin and Tax Admin permission sets.
Why: The Billing Guided Setup experience includes these assistants.
• Billing Prerequisites: Create billing users, assign necessary permissions, and set up billing rules for your products. This foundational
step ensures that authorized personnel manage your billing operations with defined rules, enhancing security and accuracy in billing
transactions.
• Tax Configurations: Configure a tax engine and tax policies to calculate accurate taxes and capture tax details on invoices.
• Invoice Configurations: Schedule invoice batch runs to generate invoices.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Billing, and then go to the Guided Setup section. Select a setup assistant to begin.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Guided Setup for Billing Configuration (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

642
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Billing in Advance and Arrears

In addition to billing in advance, Invoice Management also supports billing in arrears so you can issue an invoice after recurring products
and services are delivered.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
How: On a Billing Treatment record, set the Billing Type to either Advance or Arrears.

Configure Multiple Legal Entities for a Seller

Ensure that your quotes and invoices show the correct tax and billing information by configuring multiple legal entities to support your
geographically distributed business. As a seller with customers and segments of your business in different tax locations, you might use
different legal entities that govern the appropriate tax treatments, billing treatments, and accounting periods. With Revenue Cloud, you
can configure multiple legal entities to be applied on a per-line basis in your invoices.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
Who: To configure legal entities, you need the Billing Admin and Tax Admin permission sets.
Why: Accurately calculate taxes for products manufactured and fulfilled in multiple locations, and present a unified image of your
business to customers.
How: Legal entities are configured from Setup. In the Quick Find box, enter Billing, and then go to the Guided Setup section.

Ensure Accurate Tax Calculation by Customizing Tax Addresses

Enhance customer satisfaction and comply with regional tax regulations through tailored tax handling based on customized tax addresses
on invoices. Your customers benefit from the enhanced accuracy in their financial documentation.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
Who: To change the addresses of billing schedule groups, you need the Billing Admin permission set.
How: Change the billing and shipping addresses of billing schedule groups related to the products that you’re billing. When invoice
runs process the billing schedule groups, the invoice runs generate invoices with tax lines that show the changed addresses of the billing
schedule groups.
To monitor and audit any modifications made to the Billing Schedule Group object’s address fields, turn on field history tracking for
those fields.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Address Customization on Tax Invoice Lines (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Schedule Automatic Invoice Generation for Billing Schedules

Automate invoice generation with the Invoice Scheduler to enhance efficiency and reduce manual work. Filter billing schedules for
invoicing by currency, charge types, and billing batch schedules. Tailor the frequency of invoice schedules to meet your business
requirements. You can also make sure that monthly runs begin on a working day if the scheduled start date falls on holidays or weekends.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.

643
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Who: To schedule invoice runs, you need either the Billing Admin or Billing Operations User permission set.
How: From the App Launcher, find and select Billing Batch Scheduler. To schedule invoice runs, click New Invoice Scheduler and
provide the required details.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Generate Invoices Automatically Based on Billing Batches (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Streamline Financial Reporting with Accounting Periods

Create accounting periods for legal entities and associate billing transactions that occur during that period with legal entity accounting
periods. Report anomalies in billing transactions before closing the accounting periods, so that accounting users can correct them. After
closing the accounting periods, post the transactions to record-keeping systems for organized tracking and compliance. Reporting billing
transactions helps maintain accurate business record-keeping systems that are used to prepare financial statements.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
Who: To create accounting periods and legal entity accounting periods, you need the Accounts Receivables Admin permission set. To
close or reopen legal entity accounting periods, you need the Accounts Receivables Operations User permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Financial Reporting with Accounting Periods (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Automate Conversion of Negative Invoice Lines to Credit Memo Lines

Get rid of the hassle of manually converting negative invoice lines of one invoice at a time by automatically converting large volumes
of negative invoice lines to posted credit memo lines. Automating this process helps reduce the risk of human error, save time, and
boost productivity.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
Who: To automate the conversion of negative invoice lines to credit memo lines, you need the Billing Admin permission set.
How: To turn on Convert Negative Invoice Lines to Credit Memo Lines, go to the new Billing Settings page in Setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Convert Negative Invoice Lines to Credit Memo Lines (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Issue Credits to Settle Balances of Invoices or Invoice Lines

Choose to settle the balances of invoice lines separately or invoice line amounts rolled-up to invoices by applying credit memo lines or
credit memos. If you choose to settle invoice lines, you can granularly track the products and services that are part of the same invoice
and were already issued credits. After credits are applied to invoices or invoice lines, the applied amounts and balance amounts are
automatically updated.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
Who: To select whether you want to apply credit memos or credit memo lines to invoices or invoice lines, you need the Billing Admin
permission set.

644
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

How: To select the credit application level, go to the new Billing Settings page in Setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Apply Credits to Posted Invoices or Invoice Lines (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Settle Invoices Faster by Auto-Applying Credit Balances

Save time and effort by automatically applying available credit memo balances to settle posted invoice balances. Eliminate the need to
manually apply credit memos before generating posted invoices and share timely details about invoice balances with your customers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
Who: To turn on Apply Credits to Posted Invoices, you need the Billing Admin permission set.
How: To turn on Apply Credits to Posted Invoices, go to the new Billing Settings page in Setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Automate Invoice Balance Settlement by Mass-Applying Credits (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Optimize User Experience for Partner Communities

Empower your partners and community users with a unified and intuitive interface to handle their billing activities and processes
efficiently. Partners and community users can effortlessly access and manage billing details, view invoices, track credit memos, and
understand billing schedules.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions of Revenue Cloud where Billing
is enabled.
Who: To use this feature, partner users need a Partner Community, Partner Community Login, Channel Account, or a Gold Partner license.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Billing Access for Partner Communities (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Objects for Invoice Management

Do more with the new objects in Invoice Management.
Get information about invoice batch runs that generate invoices for billing schedules
Use the new BillingBatchScheduler object.
Get information about the filter criteria that billing schedules must meet to be processed by an invoice batch run.
Use the new BillingBatchFilterCriteria object.
Get billing information for invoice lines
Use the new BillingPeriodItem object.
Get information about rules that define how order items are billed
Use the new BillingPolicy object.
Get information about invoiced order items
Use the new BillingSchedule object.

645
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Get information about billing schedules that are related to order items generated from an asset
Use the new BillingScheduleGroup object.
Get information about the relationship between billing schedule groups to support bundles where a billing schedule group
has multiple child billing schedule groups
Use the new BsgRelationship object.
Get information about the set of rules that determine how an order item is billed
Use the new BillingTreatment object.
Get information about the distribution of an order item's total amount into billing schedules over the course of the order
item's lifecycle
Use the new BillingTreatmentItem object.
Get information about the amount that's used to reduce the amount that a buyer owes a seller under the terms of an earlier
invoice
Use the new CreditMemo object.
Get information about the buyer's address that's used to determine the tax amount to credit to the buyer when a credit
memo is issued
Use the new CreditMemoAddressGroup object.
Get information about the application of a credit memo to an invoice
Use the new CreditMemoInvApplication object.
Get information about product, service, adjustment, or tax line items that are included in a credit memo
Use the new CreditMemoLine object.
Get information about the application of a credit memo line to an invoice line
Use the new CreditMemoLineInvLine object.
Get tax information of a credit memo line
Use the new CreditMemoLineTax object.
Get information about the batch job that posts all the draft invoices
Use the new InvBatchDraftToPostedRun object.
Get information about the total amount a buyer must pay for the provided products or services
Use the new Invoice object.
Get information about a buyer's address
Use the new InvoiceAddressGroup object.
Get information about the batch processing job that processes billing schedules that meet the specified criteria to generate
invoices
Use the new InvoiceBatchRun object.
Get information about the specified criteria that billing schedules must meet to be processed by invoice batch runs
Use the new InvoiceBatchRunCriteria object.
Get information about the recovery procedure for an invoice batch run
Use the new InvoiceBatchRunRecovery object.
Get information about the amount that a buyer must pay for a product, service, or fee. Invoice lines are created based on
the amount of an order line.
Use the new InvoiceLine object.
Get information about the relationship between invoice line items to support bundles where a parent invoice line has
multiple child invoice lines
Use the new InvoiceLineRelationship object.

646
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Get tax information of an invoice line

Use the new InvoiceLineTax object.
Get information about the structure of an organization
Use the new LegalEnty object.
Get information about the accounting periods of legal entities
Use the new LegalEntyAccountingPeriod object.
Get information about the agreement between a buyer and a seller about when payment is due for an invoice
Use the new PaymentTerm object.
Get information about a payment term's configuration
Use the new PaymentTermItem object.
Get information about the errors that occurred during the processing of a request
Use the new RevenueTransactionErrorLog object.
Get information about an instance of a tax engine provider and the merchant credentials for that specific instance
Use the new TaxEngine object.
Get information about a service that manages a tax engine
Use the new TaxEngineProvider object.
Get information about a group of tax treatments, where each treatment represents parameters to determine how a particular
product is taxed for a transaction line item
Use the new TaxPolicy object.
Get information about tax calculation by external engines
Use the new TaxTreatment object.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Billing Standard Objects (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Platform Events for Invoice Management

Receive real-time notifications from Salesforce by subscribing to the channels of these new Billing platform events.
Notify subscribers when the process to create and apply a credit memo is complete
Subscribe to the new CreditInvoiceProcessedEvent platform event to receive notifications related to the process completion for the
/commerce/invoicing/invoices/invoiceId/actions/credit request.
Notify subscribers when the process to create a credit memo is complete
Subscribe to the new CreditMemoProcessedEvent platform event to receive notifications related to the process completion for the
/commerce/invoicing/credit-memos request.
Notify subscribers about the errors that occurred when creating or applying a credit memo
Subscribe to the CrMemoProcessErrDtlEvent platform event to receive notifications related to errors.
Notify subscribers about the errors that occurred when creating and applying a credit memo to an invoice
Subscribe to the new InvoiceErrorDetailEvent platform event to receive notifications related to the errors for the
/commerce/billing/invoices request.
Notify subscribers when the process to create invoices from billing schedules is complete
Subscribe to the new InvoiceProcessedDetailEvent platform event.

647
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Notify subscribers when the process to create and apply a credit memo to an invoice is complete
Subscribe to the new InvoiceProcessedEvent platform event to receive notifications related to the process completion for the
/commerce/billing/invoices request.
Notify subscribers when a posted invoice is voided
Subscribe to the new NegInvcLineProcessedEvent platform event.
Notify subscribers when a negative invoice line is converted to a credit memo
Subscribe to the new VoidInvoiceProcessedEvent platform event.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Billing Platform Events (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Connect REST API Resources

Learn more about the resources available with Invoice Management.
Adjust or correct already issued invoices by applying an existing credit memo to an invoice
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/credit-memos/creditMemoId/actions/apply resource.
New request body: Credit Memo Apply Input
New response body: Credit Memo Apply List
Unapply a credit memo from an invoice and return the invoice and the credit memo to their pre-application states
Make a POST request to the
/commerce/invoicing/credit-memo-inv-applications/creditMemoInvApplicationId/actions/unapply
resource.
New request body: Credit Memo Unapply Input
New response body: Credit Memo Unapply
Adjust or correct already issued invoices by applying an existing credit memo line to an invoice line
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/credit-memo-lines/creditMemoLineId/actions/apply
resource.
New request body: Credit Memo Line Apply Input
New response body: Credit Memo Line Applied
Unapply a credit memo line from an invoice line and return the invoice line and the credit memo line to their pre-application
states
Make a POST request to the
/commerce/invoicing/credit-memo-line-invoice-line/creditMemoLineInvoiceLineId/actions/unapply
resource.
New request body: Credit Memo Line Unapply Input
New response body: Credit Memo Line Unapplied
Generate billing schedules by using context service
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/billing-schedules/actions/create resource.
New request body: Context-Aware Billing Schedule Input
New response body: Context-Aware Billing Schedule
Create an invoice from a billing schedule
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/invoices/collection/actions/generate resource.

648
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

New request body: Invoice Input

New response body: Revenue Async Response
Recover the invoice associated with the billing schedules marked in error
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/billing-schedules/collection/actions/recover
resource.
New request body: Billing Schedule Recovery Input
New response body: Billing Schedule Recovery List
Create a standalone credit memo
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/credit-memos/actions/generate resource.
New request body: Standalone Credit Memo Input
New response body: Revenue Async Response
Void a posted invoice
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/invoices/invoiceId/actions/void resource.
New request body: Void Posted Invoice Input
New response body: Revenue Async Response
Convert a list of invoice lines with a negative amount into a posted credit memo
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/invoices/invoiceId/actions/convert-to-credit
resource.
New request body: Convert Negative Invoice Lines Input
New response body: Convert Negative Invoice Lines
Change the status of the invoice from Draft to Posted
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/invoices/collection/actions/post resource.
New request body: Invoice Draft To Posted Input
New response body: Revenue Async Response
Create an invoice scheduler to automatically generate invoices
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/invoice-schedulers resource.
New request body: Batch Invoice Scheduler Input
New response body: Batch Invoice Scheduler
Change the status of a batch of invoices from Draft to Posted
Make a POST request to the
/commerce/invoicing/invoice-batch-runs/invoiceBatchRunId/actions/draft-to-posted
resource.
New response body: Invoice Batch Draft to Posted
Recover records associated with a failed invoice run
Make a POST request to the
/commerce/invoicing/invoice-batch-runs/invoiceBatchRunId/actions/recover resource.
New response body: Invoice Batch Run Recovery
Create a credit memo and apply it to an invoice
Make a POST request to the /commerce/invoicing/invoices/invoiceId/actions/credit resource.
New request body: Credit Invoice Input

649
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

New response body: Revenue Async Line Level

Calculate tax for a transaction
Make a POST request to the /commerce/taxes/actions/calculate resource.
New request body: Tax Calculation Input
New response body: Tax Calculation

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Billing Business APIs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Connect in Apex Classes

Invoice Management has new classes and methods.
These new methods are available in the ConnectApi.Billing class.
Convert a list of invoice lines with a negative amount into a posted credit memo
• convertNegativeInvoiceLines(ConvertNegativeInvoiceLinesInput, invoiceId)
New input class: ConnectApi.ConvertNegativeInvoiceLinesInputRequest
New output class: ConnectApi.ConvertNegativeInvoiceLinesResult
Create an invoice from a billing schedule
• generateInvoices(inputRequest)
New input class: ConnectApi.InvoiceInputRepresentation
New output class: ConnectApi.RevenueAsyncRepresentation
Recover the latest generated invoice associated with the billing schedules in the Error or Processing status
• recoverBillingSchedules(inputRequest)
New input class: ConnectApi.BillingScheduleRecoveryInputRequest
New output class: ConnectApi.BillingScheduleRecoveryResults
Create a credit memo and apply it to an invoice
• creditInvoice(CreditInvoiceInput, invoiceId)
New input class: ConnectApi.CreditInvoiceInputRequest
New output class: ConnectApi.RevenueAsyncLineLevelOutputResponse
Create a credit memo without applying it to an invoice
• createCreditMemos(CreditMemoInputRequest)
New input class: ConnectApi.StandaloneCreditMemoInputRequest
New output class: ConnectApi.RevenueAsyncRepresentation
Void a posted invoice to rebill the customer, if necessary
• voidPostedInvoice(invoiceId)
New output class: ConnectApi.RevenueAsyncRepresentation
This new method is available in the ConnectApi.BatchInvoiceApplication class.

650
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Update a batch of invoices from Draft to Posted status for a credit memo application
• triggerInvoiceBatchDraftToPosted(invoiceBatchRunId)
New output class: ConnectApi.InvoiceBatchDraftToPostedResult
These new methods are available in the ConnectApi.CreditMemoApply class.
Adjust or correct already issued invoices by applying an existing credit memo to an invoice
• applyCreditMemos(CreditMemoApplyInput, creditMemoId)
New input class: ConnectApi.CreditMemoApplyInputRequest
New output class: ConnectApi.ApplyCreditResults
Unapply a credit memo from an invoice and return the invoice and the credit memo to their pre-application states
• unapplyCreditMemos(CreditMemoUnapplyInput, creditMemoInvApplicationId)
New input class: ConnectApi.CreditMemoUnapplyInputRequest
New output class: ConnectApi.UnapplyCreditResult
These new methods are available in the ConnectApi.CreditMemoLineApply class.
Adjust or correct already issued invoices by applying an existing credit memo line to an invoice line
• applyCreditMemoLines(CreditMemoLineApplyInput, creditMemoLineId)
New input class: ConnectApi.CreditMemoLineApplyInput
New output class: ConnectApi.CreditMemoLineAppliedResponse
Unapply a credit memo line from an invoice line and return the invoice line and the credit memo line to their pre-application
states
• unapplyCreditMemoLines(CreditMemoLineUnapplyInput, creditMemoLineInvoiceLineId)
New input class: ConnectApi.CreditMemoLineUnapplyInput
New output class: ConnectApi.CreditMemoLineUnappliedResponse
This new method is available in the ConnectApi.HarmonizeBilling class.
Update the status of the invoice from Draft to Posted
• postDraftInvoices(inputRequest)
New input class: ConnectApi.InvoiceDraftToPostedInputRequest
New output class: ConnectApi.RevenueAsyncRepresentation

New Metadata Types

Learn more about the new metadata types in Invoice Management.

Metadata Type
Manage the settings for Billing
Use the new BillingSettings metadata type.

651
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Invoice Management (Generally Available)

Salesforce Flow
Apply a credit memo or credit memo line to an invoice or invoice line, respectively
Use the new applyCredit value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow
metadata type.
Unapply a credit memo or credit memo line from an invoice or invoice line, respectively
Use the new unapplyCredit value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow
metadata type.
Update the status of an invoice from Draft to Posted for a credit memo application
Use the new postDraftInvoice value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the
Flow metadata type.
Update the status of a batch of invoices from Draft to Posted for a credit memo application
Use the new postDraftInvoiceBatchRun value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall
subtype of the Flow metadata type.
Create one or more billing schedules with relevant details for a specified billing transaction ID
Use the new createBillingSchedulesFromBillingTransaction value in the existing actionType field, which
is on the FlowActionCall subtype of the Flow metadata type.
Recover one or more billing schedules in the Error or Processing status
Use the new recoverBillingSchedules value in the existing actionType field, which is on the FlowActionCall subtype
of the Flow metadata type.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Billing Metadata API Types (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

New Invocable Actions

Use the new invocable actions in Invoice Management.
Apply a credit memo or credit memo line to an invoice or invoice line, respectively
Use the new applyCredit action.
Unapply a credit memo or credit memo line from an invoice or invoice line, respectively
Use the new unapplyCredit action.
Update the status of an invoice from Draft to Posted for a credit memo application
Use the new postDraftInvoice action.
Update the status of a batch of invoices from Draft to Posted for a credit memo application
Use the new postDraftInvoiceBatchRun action.
Create one or more billing schedules with relevant details for a specified billing transaction ID
Use the new createBillingSchedulesFromBillingTransaction action.
Recover one or more billing schedules in the Error or Processing status
Use the new recoverBillingSchedules action.

SEE ALSO:
Revenue Cloud Developer Guide: Billing Standard Invocable Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

652
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Contracts

Salesforce Contracts
Salesforce Contracts has enhanced its contract management with new features for improved efficiency and accuracy. The internal review
workflow is optimized for contract authors. By using the document comparison feature, authors can identify differences between two
versions of a contract. Both contract authors and template designers can lock sections within documents to prevent unauthorized edits.
Template designers now benefit from real-time document generation by using Single Point Requests (SPR). Additionally, the new
file-based prompt APIs help contract admins minimize failures during the extraction of contract details from PDFs. They can refine
instructions for both predefined and user-defined fields and test the extraction results before creating a contract record.

Enhance Document Generation with Single Point Requests (SPR) and Omniscript
Generating documents in real time often has limits on file sizes and can cause delays and problems because of large volumes of
data on client-side processes. The new docGenerationSample/CoreSingleDocxLWC Omniscript addresses these challenges by using
Single Point Requests (SPR) functionality. With the Omniscript, you can create documents from Microsoft Word (DOCX) or PowerPoint
(PPTX) templates.
Control Edit Access to Protect Essential Contract Sections
Template designers and contract authors can lock sections when they're designing the template or authoring the contract. With
the section lock feature, you can prevent unintended users from editing and deleting sections and their associated content. For
example, in a product sales contract, you can lock the warranty section to ensure that the terms and conditions of the warranty
remain unchanged. Locking makes sure that specific sections of your contract remain unchanged, even when multiple parties are
involved in the drafting and redlining of the contract. The document generated from a template that has locked sections automatically
inherits the lock at the document level.
Define and Test Instructions for Better Extraction Results
With the integration of file-based prompt and prompt runtime APIs into Salesforce Contracts, you can define, test, and refine
instructions for standard and custom entities. Add detailed descriptions and verify them during the design phase by using the entity
extraction mapping framework for better LLM results. Upload PDF files to test extraction asynchronously. In addition, you can change
the instructions for each field, test with a small document, and rewrite the instructions as needed without uploading the document
again. Then, save results to extraction templates for runtime use. You can also preview files automatically before runtime to ensure
a smoother and more reliable extraction process.
Streamline Your Internal Review Processes with Automated Checkout
Refining the checkout process streamlines the internal review workflow by minimizing the steps required for the contract author to
kickstart a review. When you initiate an internal review, the active contract document version is automatically checked out, and a
new version is created with the status In Review. This new version then opens directly in the Microsoft 365 editor so that you can
add reviewers and efficiently manage the review process with your internal team.
Identify Differences Between Contract Versions
Contract users can effortlessly compare a contract's current version with any of the previous versions to identify differences introduced
during redlining. This feature is available only for DOCX files. The compare feature highlights differences such as content modifications
and table edits. After the preview is generated, you can review the differences. For larger documents, the preview generation can
take longer, so you can download the comparison document for an offline review.

Enhance Document Generation with Single Point Requests (SPR) and Omniscript
Generating documents in real time often has limits on file sizes and can cause delays and problems because of large volumes of data
on client-side processes. The new docGenerationSample/CoreSingleDocxLWC Omniscript addresses these challenges by using Single
Point Requests (SPR) functionality. With the Omniscript, you can create documents from Microsoft Word (DOCX) or PowerPoint (PPTX)
templates.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

653
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Contracts

Who: To access Omniscript, users need the DocGen Designer, DocGen Runtime Community User, DocGen Runtime User, DocGen User,
Omnistudio Admin, or Omnistudio User permission set.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Document Generation with Omniscript

Control Edit Access to Protect Essential Contract Sections

Template designers and contract authors can lock sections when they're designing the template or authoring the contract. With the
section lock feature, you can prevent unintended users from editing and deleting sections and their associated content. For example,
in a product sales contract, you can lock the warranty section to ensure that the terms and conditions of the warranty remain unchanged.
Locking makes sure that specific sections of your contract remain unchanged, even when multiple parties are involved in the drafting
and redlining of the contract. The document generated from a template that has locked sections automatically inherits the lock at the
document level.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: Contract authors and template designers need a Microsoft 365 Word permission set to lock a section within a document template.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Lock Sections Within a Document
Salesforce Help: Unlock Sections In a Document

Define and Test Instructions for Better Extraction Results

With the integration of file-based prompt and prompt runtime APIs into Salesforce Contracts, you can define, test, and refine instructions
for standard and custom entities. Add detailed descriptions and verify them during the design phase by using the entity extraction
mapping framework for better LLM results. Upload PDF files to test extraction asynchronously. In addition, you can change the instructions
for each field, test with a small document, and rewrite the instructions as needed without uploading the document again. Then, save
results to extraction templates for runtime use. You can also preview files automatically before runtime to ensure a smoother and more
reliable extraction process.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: To test instructions, users need the CLM Admin User and Context Service Admin, NLP Service, Scoring Framework Admin, Scoring
Framework User, Prompt Template Manager, Prompt Template User, Contracts AI Clause Designer, and Contracts AI Runtime User
permission sets.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage and Test Contract Extraction Instructions

Streamline Your Internal Review Processes with Automated Checkout

Refining the checkout process streamlines the internal review workflow by minimizing the steps required for the contract author to
kickstart a review. When you initiate an internal review, the active contract document version is automatically checked out, and a new
version is created with the status In Review. This new version then opens directly in the Microsoft 365 editor so that you can add reviewers
and efficiently manage the review process with your internal team.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

654
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Billing Managed Package

Who: Users need a Microsoft 365 Word permission set to collaborate on internal contract reviews with multiple reviewers.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Initiate Internal Review

Identify Differences Between Contract Versions

Contract users can effortlessly compare a contract's current version with any of the previous versions to identify differences introduced
during redlining. This feature is available only for DOCX files. The compare feature highlights differences such as content modifications
and table edits. After the preview is generated, you can review the differences. For larger documents, the preview generation can take
longer, so you can download the comparison document for an offline review.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: Users need either the CLM Admin User or CLM Runtime User permission set to compare contract versions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Comparing Contract Document Versions
Salesforce Help: Create Contract Type Config to Compare Contract Versions

Salesforce Billing Managed Package

Leverage Salesforce Billing’s usability improvements to easily post large number of invoices in batches without facing any errors.

Post Invoices Seamlessly with Consecutive Batch Jobs

Enable the posting of one invoice at a time to successfully post large number of invoices for the same account. Process invoices
consecutively to avoid locking the required accounts and in turn avoid the failure of posting invoices.

Post Invoices Seamlessly with Consecutive Batch Jobs

Enable the posting of one invoice at a time to successfully post large number of invoices for the same account. Process invoices
consecutively to avoid locking the required accounts and in turn avoid the failure of posting invoices.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions
of Salesforce Billing.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Installed Packages, and then select Installed Packages. Click Configure for
the Salesforce Billing package, go to the Invoice tab, and then turn on Consecutive Post Invoice Batch Jobs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Invoice Package Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Sales
Boost your teams’ results with new features across Sales Cloud. Nurture existing relationships and grow key accounts with Account Plans.
Keep your pipeline healthy by using AI to help identify your next customer. Submit forecast numbers at a point in time. And create quota
plans that incorporate stamped territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data.

655
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales

Agentforce for Sales

Scale your sales team using Agentforce sales agents. Agentforce Sales Coach provides sellers with personalized feedback and
Agentforce SDR expands lead outreach.
Einstein for Sales
Check out the latest Einstein for Sales features and updates. Prepare for Einstein Activity Capture service account OAuth 2.0 retirement
and Einstein Automated Contacts retirement. The Summarize Record standard action in Einstein Copilot replaces Sales Summaries
(Beta).
Sales Fundamentals
See a complete view of your day with Seller Home in any app. Nurture existing relationships and grow key accounts with Account
Plans. Review and update your settings to keep syncing leads from LinkedIn.
Sales Cloud Go
Explore Sales Cloud features that are available in your edition and turn on features with ease.
Einstein Conversation Insights
We’re rolling out a new look for Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). With the new Conversation Hub, the ECI landing page and other
pages were redesigned. Sales managers and their teams can see useful metrics and find relevant conversations through a
new-and-improved user interface. You can also get a bird’s eye view of your sales teams’ conversations with Sales Signals. Using AI
technology, Sales Signals groups different product or competitor mentions into relevant topics that you can dive into and explore.
Sales Engagement
Find your next best customers with Prospecting Center. Cadence Builder 1.0 is being retired.
Revenue Intelligence
Discover new opportunities and improve sales performance with enhanced white space analysis. Sellers and sales leaders can now
send emails to customers based on account risk factors within the Einstein Account Management app. If you organize your teams
by territory, you can now control access to data based on the user’s territory.
Collaborative Forecasts
Submit forecast estimates for the forecast period at a point in time. Improve sales forecast accuracy with enhancements to manager
judgment rollups and reports. Get a complete forecast picture with opportunity splits by territory forecasts. Identify what’s in each
forecast chart more easily with renamed forecast charts.
Pipeline Inspection
Close Date Predictions, a feature of Einstein Deal Insights in Pipeline Inspection, is being retired as of Spring ’25.
Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement
Drive business growth by scaling your company’s investment in sales programs with more sophisticated, business-critical tools for
developing confident and inspired sales reps and partners. Create sales programs in production quickly, and tap into more resources
and workflows for testing and deploying programs. Provide timely, contextual feedback to sales reps, and build more personalized
program experiences that align with your company’s preferred systems and activities.
Sales Performance Management
Reveal sales opportunities on partner sites with Salesforce Maps. Plan quotas from territory alignments in Sales Planning segments.
Start carving territories faster in a table view instead of on a map, and design territory strategies with live data in Territory Planning.
Email, Calendar, and Integrations
Salesforce for Outlook retires in December 2027.
Partner Relationship Management
Partner Connect, now generally available, helps vendors and partners reduce the manual work and lack of transparency that can
develop when working deals that are shared across the partnership. Both companies can capitalize on shared business and engage
their sales teams where they’re already working.

656
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Agentforce for Sales

Sales Cloud Everywhere

Copilot in Everywhere now intuitively selects the current record as you execute commands. Matching records is more precise in
contextual insights. And you can use your Gmail integration in the Chrome side panel, along with Einstein copilot.
Sales Cloud on Mobile
Easily view and update your sales-related data up to date while you're away from your desktop.
Other Changes in the Sales Cloud
Anticipate other changes that can affect your sales teams.

Agentforce for Sales

Scale your sales team using Agentforce sales agents. Agentforce Sales Coach provides sellers with personalized feedback and Agentforce
SDR expands lead outreach.

Scale Your Sales Funnel with Agentforce SDR

Agentforce SDR (Sales Development Rep) helps sales teams expand their top-of-funnel efforts with an AI agent, qualifying more
leads and giving sales reps more time to nurture relationships. The SDR agent sends initial emails, nudges, and responses to interested
replies by connecting leads to sales reps and offering to book a meeting.
Coach Sales Reps at Scale with Agentforce Sales Coach
Provide personalized coaching at scale to enhance sales reps' ability to handle challenging conversations, improve performance,
and increase ROI. Sales Coach agent, an Agentforce agent, analyzes sales pitches and role play sessions. It then delivers tailored
feedback by using AI and CRM data to help sales reps advance deals more effectively.

Scale Your Sales Funnel with Agentforce SDR

Agentforce SDR (Sales Development Rep) helps sales teams expand their top-of-funnel efforts with an AI agent, qualifying more leads
and giving sales reps more time to nurture relationships. The SDR agent sends initial emails, nudges, and responses to interested replies
by connecting leads to sales reps and offering to book a meeting.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce SDR add-on.
Setup for agents is available on the desktop site.
When: This change is available starting late October, 2024.
Why: The SDR agent can work around the clock, initiating contact with leads on a schedule you set. The agent generates a customized
initial email based on the lead record details. If a lead doesn’t reply, the agent sends a follow-up. When a lead replies, the agent detects
whether the lead is interested, sends a response containing a meeting link from the lead owner’s calendar, and copies the sales rep.
Reps can also see past and upcoming emails in the activity timeline of the lead.
Agentforce SDR requires these additional Sales Cloud features to perform its work.
• Sales Engagement: engages leads with planned prospect outreach cadences
• Einstein Activity Capture: keeps data between Salesforce and the agent’s email client and calendar applications up to date
• Einstein Copilot: The AI agents platform chooses which actions to take and drafts emails
• Einstein Generative AI: drafts emails and creates summaries
• Salesforce Inbox: provides Outlook and Gmail integration and performs email tasks
• Automated Actions: adds, removes, and manages prospects in outreach cadences
• Data Cloud: provides auditing, feedback, the Einstein Trust Layer, and analytics

657
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Agentforce for Sales

How: When you turn on Agentforce SDR, the guided setup takes you through enabling the required related features, creating a user
record for the agent, and configuring agent settings in Agent Builder.

You can assign leads to the agent with rules set in the Agent Builder, automated actions, or manually.

658
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Agentforce for Sales

SEE ALSO:
Streamline Business Operations with Agentforce Agents (Generally Available)

Coach Sales Reps at Scale with Agentforce Sales Coach

Provide personalized coaching at scale to enhance sales reps' ability to handle challenging conversations, improve performance, and
increase ROI. Sales Coach agent, an Agentforce agent, analyzes sales pitches and role play sessions. It then delivers tailored feedback by
using AI and CRM data to help sales reps advance deals more effectively.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Expereince in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Agentforce Sales Coach
add-on.
When: This change is available starting in late October.

659
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Agentforce for Sales

How: Sales Coach agent is available on Opportunity pages via the new Agentforce Sales Coach Lightning page component.

For opportunities in the Qualification or Needs Analysis stages, sales reps practice a sales pitch. After the sales pitch is completed, Sales
Coach agent analyzes the transcript and provides feedback.
For opportunities in the Proposal/Pricing Quote or Negotiation/Review stages, sales reps engage in a role-play session with Sales Coach
agent as the customer. After the role-play, Sales Coach agent provides personalized feedback and outlines next steps for improvement.

To generate accurate, actionable, and personalized coaching, Sales Coach agent includes these new Agent topics.
• Sales Coach Agent: Opportunity Coaching
• Sales Coach Agent: Negotiation/Review Role-Play
• Sales Coach Agent: Proposal/Pricing Quote Role-Play

660
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Sales

Sales Coach agent includes a new prompt template type called Sales Pitch Feedback.

SEE ALSO:
Streamline Business Operations with Agentforce Agents (Generally Available)
Use Agentforce Sales Coach to Give Users a Personal Coach

Einstein for Sales

Check out the latest Einstein for Sales features and updates. Prepare for Einstein Activity Capture service account OAuth 2.0 retirement
and Einstein Automated Contacts retirement. The Summarize Record standard action in Einstein Copilot replaces Sales Summaries (Beta).

Einstein Activity Capture

Prepare for service account OAuth 2.0 retirement by upgrading to org-level OAuth 2.0 authentication. User Health Status has updated
text for resyncing events and email for org-level OAuth 2.0 connections.
Einstein Copilot for Sales
Sales Copilot topics help sellers effectively handle deal closures, explore conversations, maintain a proactive customer communication
approach, and forecast sales revenue. Sales Copilot actions are mapped to these topics to improve the accuracy and consistency of
copilot responses and conversational quality overall.
Einstein Automated Contacts Is Being Retired in February 2025
To build content-rich profiles for all your contacts, we recommend moving to Automatic Contact Creation. This feature replaces
Einstein Automated Contacts and gives users new capabilities.
Sales Summaries Beta Program Is No Longer Available
As of Winter ’25, the Summarize Record standard action in Einstein Copilot replaces Sales Summaries. To provide your sellers with
AI-generated summaries of accounts, contacts, leads, and opportunities, we recommend that you set up Einstein Copilot and activate
the Summarize Record Copilot action.

Einstein Activity Capture

Prepare for service account OAuth 2.0 retirement by upgrading to org-level OAuth 2.0 authentication. User Health Status has updated
text for resyncing events and email for org-level OAuth 2.0 connections.

Upgrade Your Service Account Connections to Org-Level OAuth 2.0 Authentication

Microsoft is retiring the ApplicationImpersonation role in Exchange Online in February 2025. As a result, Salesforce is retiring service
account OAuth 2.0 access to Microsoft Office 365 from Einstein Activity Capture. To make sure that Einstein Activity Capture continues
working, upgrade to org-level OAuth 2.0 authentication.
Resync Events Renamed in User Health Status
For org-level OAuth 2.0 connections in Einstein Activity Capture, the resync option changed in User Health Status. Now, to accurately
reflect what the option does, the option label is Resync Events and Email. Previously, it was Resync Events.
Exclude Organizer-Only Events When Syncing Internal Events
The Sync Internal Events setting now applies to events that have a sole organizer attendee with an internal domain. For example, if
you create an event for lunch with no attendees (just yourself as organizer), you can exclude that event from syncing by turning off
Sync Internal Events and adding the internal domain to excluded addresses. Previously, organizer-only events with no attendees
weren’t considered internal events and synced regardless of the Sync Internal Events setting.

661
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Sales

Upgrade Your Service Account Connections to Org-Level OAuth 2.0 Authentication

Microsoft is retiring the ApplicationImpersonation role in Exchange Online in February 2025. As a result, Salesforce is retiring service
account OAuth 2.0 access to Microsoft Office 365 from Einstein Activity Capture. To make sure that Einstein Activity Capture continues
working, upgrade to org-level OAuth 2.0 authentication.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
Why: Your Microsoft Office 365 connections that use service account OAuth2.0 authentication continue to work until February 2025.
But if you haven’t upgraded to org-level OAuth 2.0 by then, your Einstein Activity Capture connection stops working.
How: Upgrade to org-level OAuth 2.0 in Einstein Activity Capture settings in Setup. During the upgrade process, you’re prompted to
log in to your Office 365 tenant. Make sure you log in to the same tenant you used when creating the connection. If you don’t, you have
to reset your Einstein Activity Capture connection and start over.
After you upgrade, you can scope authentication to a specific set of users with Microsoft Exchange Role Based Access Control.

Until you upgrade your connection, all admins for your org receive a weekly email reminder. You can turn off the notification in Setup.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: EAC to MS Office 365: Service Account OAuth 2.0 Retirement
Microsoft Exchange Team Blog: Retirement of RBAC Application Impersonation in Exchange Online
Salesforce Help: Use a Service Account to Connect Microsoft Office 365 and Einstein Activity Capture (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

662
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Sales

Resync Events Renamed in User Health Status

For org-level OAuth 2.0 connections in Einstein Activity Capture, the resync option changed in User Health Status. Now, to accurately
reflect what the option does, the option label is Resync Events and Email. Previously, it was Resync Events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Performance and Unlimited editions, or through Einstein 1 Sales Edition, Inbox,
Sales Engagement, or Revenue Intelligence.
How: From Setup, enter Einstein Activity Capture in the Quick Find box, and then select Status & Metrics.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Check Connection Status and Metrics for Einstein Activity Capture Users (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Exclude Organizer-Only Events When Syncing Internal Events

The Sync Internal Events setting now applies to events that have a sole organizer attendee with an internal domain. For example, if you
create an event for lunch with no attendees (just yourself as organizer), you can exclude that event from syncing by turning off Sync
Internal Events and adding the internal domain to excluded addresses. Previously, organizer-only events with no attendees weren’t
considered internal events and synced regardless of the Sync Internal Events setting.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions or through Einstein 1 Sales Edition,
Sales Engagement, or Revenue Intelligence.
How: From Setup, enter Einstein Activity Capture in the Quick Find box, and then select Settings to see the Sync Internal
Events setting.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Considerations for Excluding Data from Einstein Activity Capture

Einstein Copilot for Sales

Sales Copilot topics help sellers effectively handle deal closures, explore conversations, maintain a proactive customer communication
approach, and forecast sales revenue. Sales Copilot actions are mapped to these topics to improve the accuracy and consistency of
copilot responses and conversational quality overall.

663
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Sales

Accomplish More with Sales Copilot Topics

We’ve added six new topics that enhance seller efficiency by providing clearer and more targeted copilot responses to accomplish
various sales activities. The Close Deals, Manage Deals, Communicate with Customer, Conversation Explorer, Forecast Sales Revenue,
and Prospect topics encompass Sales Copilot actions that are strategically organized to help sellers accomplish more by staying
focused on actions and data that are most relevant to the current conversation.
Revamp Your Follow-Up Game in Less Time
Streamline your sales outreach efforts by adding prospects to cadences directly from Einstein Copilot. This enhancement reduces
the time you spend on manual data entry, allowing you to focus on more strategic tasks. The Add Record to Cadence action, which
is included in the Manage Deals topic, enables sellers to use Copilot to enroll prospects in structured follow-up sequences. Each step
in a sequence has a defined channel, timing, and associated content.
Log Calls with Customers with Einstein Copilot
Improve your team's productivity by streamlining the manual entry of call data when sellers interact with customers. The Log a Call
action, which is now included in the Manage Deals standard copilot topic, enables sales professionals to efficiently log calls with
customers as tasks. Sellers can include additional information, such as the call's purpose and timing.
Establish Action Items with Einstein
Craft tasks for follow-up or assignments to complete, helping sellers efficiently manage their work. The Create a To-Do action, which
is included in the Manage Deals topic, enables sellers to establish to-do work items for themselves and their team members.
Organize and Quickly Find Records by Using Custom Labels with Einstein
Using Einstein, sales reps can easily create personal labels and apply them to records, which makes it simple to group, track, and
quickly find what they need. Add labels to records based on common attributes to keep everything organized and efficient.
Get Instant Access to Pricing Information
Let your sales reps expedite the sales process by providing quick access to product sale price information, leading to faster deal
closures, minimized back-and-forth correspondence, and improved productivity. When sales users ask Einstein Copilot about the
pricing information for a product, the Get Product Pricing copilot action fetches the list price information for that product, including
relevant historical sale price data from previously won deals involving the same product. This action is included in the Close Deals
standard copilot topic.
Focus on the Deals That Matter Most
With Prioritize Opportunities in Einstein Copilot, sales teams can focus more on selling and less on deciding which deals to pursue.
When users ask Einstein to prioritize their opportunities, the Prioritize Opportunities copilot action in the Manage Deals standard
copilot topic uses a Prioritize Opportunities prompt template to generate a formatted list of the most promising deals. Review the
deals and the reasons why they’re prioritized to determine where to spend your time and effort.
Discover Key Contacts, Their Roles in Influencing Deals, and the Deals They've Impacted
Using Einstein, sales reps can easily identify key contacts linked to an account or opportunity based on their roles or personas. They
can see how significant these contacts are in influencing the opportunity or account status and understand the impact, on the
outcome of a deal, initiative, or account. Additionally, sales reps can discover the list of opportunities or an account that a contact
has impacted.
Manage Your Day Better with Einstein
Start your day off right with a personalized daily brief from Einstein. The Review My Day action that is added to the Manage Deals
standard topic gives you a snapshot of your most important tasks, meetings, and sales opportunities. This feature helps sellers stay
focused and productive. With Einstein, you can prioritize your leads and opportunities, see your progress toward your sales quota,
and stay on top of your deadlines.

664
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Sales

Increase Your Odds of Success with Warm Introductions

Assist your sellers in fostering new connections with AI-powered insights about people who worked with important stakeholders
on previous deals. When a seller asks Einstein to identify people who previously engaged with a specific person, the Find Past
Collaborators action provides insights such as the collaborator’s name, title, department, and email address. This action is included
in the Prospect standard copilot topic.

Accomplish More with Sales Copilot Topics

We’ve added six new topics that enhance seller efficiency by providing clearer and more targeted copilot responses to accomplish
various sales activities. The Close Deals, Manage Deals, Communicate with Customer, Conversation Explorer, Forecast Sales Revenue,
and Prospect topics encompass Sales Copilot actions that are strategically organized to help sellers accomplish more by staying focused
on actions and data that are most relevant to the current conversation.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales
add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission set.
How: To get started, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Next, turn on Einstein Copilot for Salesforce from the Einstein Copilot page
in Setup. Then, click the name of your copilot, and click Open in Copilot Builder. Add the required topic from the asset library. Copilot
actions that are categorized under the selected topic are automatically added to the copilot. Then, click Activate.
It's recommended that you add sales topics to Einstein Copilot after you migrate to the Advanced planner service.

SEE ALSO:
Handle More Use Cases More Consistently with Copilot Topics
Salesforce Help: The Building Blocks of Einstein Copilot
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot for Sales Setup

Revamp Your Follow-Up Game in Less Time

Streamline your sales outreach efforts by adding prospects to cadences directly from Einstein Copilot. This enhancement reduces the
time you spend on manual data entry, allowing you to focus on more strategic tasks. The Add Record to Cadence action, which is included
in the Manage Deals topic, enables sellers to use Copilot to enroll prospects in structured follow-up sequences. Each step in a sequence
has a defined channel, timing, and associated content.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales
add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce and Sales Engagement User permission.
How: To get started with the Add Record to Cadence copilot action, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Then, turn on Einstein
Copilot for Salesforce from the Einstein Copilot page in Setup. Add the Manage Deals topic from the asset library and assign the required
user permissions

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Add Record to Cadence
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot for Sales Setup
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot

665
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Sales

Log Calls with Customers with Einstein Copilot

Improve your team's productivity by streamlining the manual entry of call data when sellers interact with customers. The Log a Call
action, which is now included in the Manage Deals standard copilot topic, enables sales professionals to efficiently log calls with customers
as tasks. Sellers can include additional information, such as the call's purpose and timing.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales
add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Users need the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission to access Einstein Copilot.
How: To get started with the Log a Call copilot action, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Next, turn on Einstein Copilot for Salesforce
from the Einstein Copilot page in Setup. Add the Manage Deals topic from the asset library.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Log a Call
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot for Sales Setup
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot

Establish Action Items with Einstein

Craft tasks for follow-up or assignments to complete, helping sellers efficiently manage their work. The Create a To-Do action, which is
included in the Manage Deals topic, enables sellers to establish to-do work items for themselves and their team members.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales
add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Users need the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission to access Copilot.
How: To get started with the Create a To-Do copilot action, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Next, turn on Einstein Copilot for
Salesforce from the Einstein Copilot page in Setup. Add the Manage Deals topic from the asset library and assign the required user
permissions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Create a To-Do
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot for Sales Setup
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot

Organize and Quickly Find Records by Using Custom Labels with Einstein
Using Einstein, sales reps can easily create personal labels and apply them to records, which makes it simple to group, track, and quickly
find what they need. Add labels to records based on common attributes to keep everything organized and efficient.
Where: Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance,
and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Why: When users add labels to records, they can quickly view all records with a specific label as well as the list of labels they’ve created.
Each user creates and manages their own set of labels.
You can add labels to records on these objects.

666
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Sales

• Account
• Action Cadence
• Call Template
• Campaign
• Case
• Contact
• Custom Object
• Email Template
• Flow Orchestration Work Item
• Lead
• Opportunity
• Task
Personal labels added to records are separate from Topics, which other users can see.
How: To get started, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Next, turn on Einstein Copilot for Salesforce from the Einstein Copilot page
in Setup. Add the Manage Deals topic from the asset library and assign the required user permissions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Create a Label
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Label a Record
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot for Sales Setup
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot
Organize and Find Records Easily with Personal Labels

Get Instant Access to Pricing Information

Let your sales reps expedite the sales process by providing quick access to product sale price information, leading to faster deal closures,
minimized back-and-forth correspondence, and improved productivity. When sales users ask Einstein Copilot about the pricing information
for a product, the Get Product Pricing copilot action fetches the list price information for that product, including relevant historical sale
price data from previously won deals involving the same product. This action is included in the Close Deals standard copilot topic.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Einstein 1 Sales Editions with the Einstein
for Sales add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with Get Product Pricing user permission set. Users also need the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce
permission to access Copilot.
How: To get started with the Get Product Pricing copilot action, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Next, turn on Einstein Copilot
for Salesforce from the Einstein Copilot page in Setup. Add the Close Deals topic from the asset library and assign the required user
permissions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Get Product Pricing
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot for Sales Setup
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot

667
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Sales

Focus on the Deals That Matter Most

With Prioritize Opportunities in Einstein Copilot, sales teams can focus more on selling and less on deciding which deals to pursue. When
users ask Einstein to prioritize their opportunities, the Prioritize Opportunities copilot action in the Manage Deals standard copilot topic
uses a Prioritize Opportunities prompt template to generate a formatted list of the most promising deals. Review the deals and the
reasons why they’re prioritized to determine where to spend your time and effort.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales
add-on. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
Who: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales add-on.
Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission and the Read on Opportunity object
permission. Users also need the Execute Prompt Templates permission to run prompt templates
How: To use the Prioritize Opportunities action, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Click the name of your copilot, and then click
Open in Copilot Builder. Add the Manage Deals topic from the asset library. Then click Activate. The Prioritize Opportunities action is
added to the copilot automatically.

Discover Key Contacts, Their Roles in Influencing Deals, and the Deals They've Impacted
Using Einstein, sales reps can easily identify key contacts linked to an account or opportunity based on their roles or personas. They can
see how significant these contacts are in influencing the opportunity or account status and understand the impact, on the outcome of
a deal, initiative, or account. Additionally, sales reps can discover the list of opportunities or an account that a contact has impacted.
Where: Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience. This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance,
and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Review Buying Committee permission sets. Users also need the Use Einstein Copilot for
Salesforce permission to access Copilot.
How: To get started, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Next, turn on Einstein Copilot for Salesforce from the Einstein Copilot page
in Setup. Add the Manage Deals topic from the asset library and assign the required user permissions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Find Contact Interactions
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Identify Contact Role
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Identify Key Contacts
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot for Sales Setup
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot

Manage Your Day Better with Einstein

Start your day off right with a personalized daily brief from Einstein. The Review My Day action that is added to the Manage Deals standard
topic gives you a snapshot of your most important tasks, meetings, and sales opportunities. This feature helps sellers stay focused and
productive. With Einstein, you can prioritize your leads and opportunities, see your progress toward your sales quota, and stay on top
of your deadlines.

Note: If Einstein Lead Scoring or Einstein Opportunity Scoring is enabled, the Einstein score data is used to prioritize and display
the Top Leads or Top Opportunities section within the Review My Day copilot action.

668
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Sales

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales
add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Review My Day permission set. Users also need the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce
permission to access Copilot and the Execute Prompt Templates permission to run prompt templates.
How: To get started with the Review My Day copilot action, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Next, turn on Einstein Copilot for
Salesforce from the Einstein Copilot page in Setup. Add the Manage Deals topic from the asset library and assign the required user
permissions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Review My Day
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot for Sales Setup
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot

Increase Your Odds of Success with Warm Introductions

Assist your sellers in fostering new connections with AI-powered insights about people who worked with important stakeholders on
previous deals. When a seller asks Einstein to identify people who previously engaged with a specific person, the Find Past Collaborators
action provides insights such as the collaborator’s name, title, department, and email address. This action is included in the Prospect
standard copilot topic.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales
add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Find Past Collaborators and Automatic Activity Capture permission set. Users also need
the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce permission to access Copilot.
How: To get started with the Find Past Collaborators copilot action, turn on Einstein Generative AI in Setup. Next, make sure that Premium
Einstein Activity Capture is enabled. Then turn on Einstein Copilot for Salesforce from the Einstein Copilot page in Setup. Add the Prospect
topic from the asset library and assign the required user permissions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Copilot Action: Find Past Collaborators
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot for Sales Setup
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot

Einstein Automated Contacts Is Being Retired in February 2025

To build content-rich profiles for all your contacts, we recommend moving to Automatic Contact Creation. This feature replaces Einstein
Automated Contacts and gives users new capabilities.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

669
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Fundamentals

How: When Einstein Automated Contacts is retired, Salesforce won’t suggest new contacts and opportunity contact roles. Salesforce
admins and users also lose access to Einstein Contact Suggestions and Einstein Opportunity Contact Role Suggestions items on the App
Launcher, the Added by Einstein list view, and other items.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Einstein Automated Contacts Retirement

Sales Summaries Beta Program Is No Longer Available

As of Winter ’25, the Summarize Record standard action in Einstein Copilot replaces Sales Summaries. To provide your sellers with
AI-generated summaries of accounts, contacts, leads, and opportunities, we recommend that you set up Einstein Copilot and activate
the Summarize Record Copilot action.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales
add-on. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
Who: Sales Summaries using the Summarize Record Copilot action is available to users with the Sales Summaries User permission set.
Users also need the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce User permission set to access Copilot.
How: Remove the Create Summary button on the Account, Contact, Lead, and Opportunity page layouts.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Einstein Copilot (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Summarize Record Copilot Action (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Customize Buttons on Page Layouts (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Sales Fundamentals
See a complete view of your day with Seller Home in any app. Nurture existing relationships and grow key accounts with Account Plans.
Review and update your settings to keep syncing leads from LinkedIn.

Get New Foundational Features for Sales Cloud Users

Salesforce Foundations provides Sales Cloud users with a set of built-in Marketing, Service, Commerce, and Data Cloud features.
Functionality and user experiences within the apps that your company currently uses aren’t changing.
Show Sales Reps Seller Home in More Places
Give sales users an overview of their opportunities, accounts, leads, and contacts, along with their day’s agenda in any standard or
custom Salesforce app. Apply the Seller Home template as the default home page for the app in Lightning App Builder. Sales team
members can start their day with a complete view of their business. Previously, Seller Home was only available in a few standard
apps.
Opportunities
Sales teams can assign opportunity splits and opportunity product splits to territories.
Accounts
Build relationships and focus on long-term development with Account Plans. Associate person accounts and contacts with other
person accounts and contacts in a reporting hierarchy.
Leads
Review and update your settings to keep syncing leads from LinkedIn.

670
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Fundamentals

Get New Foundational Features for Sales Cloud Users

Salesforce Foundations provides Sales Cloud users with a set of built-in Marketing, Service, Commerce, and Data Cloud features.
Functionality and user experiences within the apps that your company currently uses aren’t changing.
Where: These feature updates apply to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Einstein
1 Service editions. User interface and navigation enhancements are available only in Lightning Experience.
When: These feature updates became available starting on September 17, 2024.
Who: Only your Salesforce account executive can enable Salesforce Foundations. Salesforce admins with the Customize Application
and Modify All Data user permissions can assign standard permission sets that grant users access to apps and features.
Why: The addition of these essential features in each product area helps you create more connected customer experiences. Here are
the key features by cloud.

If you already have Service Cloud, you don’t get any new Service features.
How: To start using these features, contact your Salesforce account executive.

SEE ALSO:
Unlock a 360-Degree Customer View with New Foundational Features
Salesforce Help: Discover Salesforce Foundations

Show Sales Reps Seller Home in More Places

Give sales users an overview of their opportunities, accounts, leads, and contacts, along with their day’s agenda in any standard or custom
Salesforce app. Apply the Seller Home template as the default home page for the app in Lightning App Builder. Sales team members
can start their day with a complete view of their business. Previously, Seller Home was only available in a few standard apps.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud.
Why: With more useful information available at a glance, users can get oriented faster and choose what to do next. Seller Home includes:
• Account overview
• Best prospects
• Contact overview

671
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Fundamentals

• Contact suggestions—identified by Einstein from a user’s emails and events

• Forecast commit
• Lead overview
• Opportunity overview
• Recent records
• Salesblazer articles
• To-do items
• Today’s events
• Weekly or monthly goals

Opportunities
Sales teams can assign opportunity splits and opportunity product splits to territories.

Increase Sales Team Collaboration by Assigning Opportunity Splits to Territories

To see how territories contribute to overall sales, sales teams can now assign opportunity splits and opportunity product splits to
territories. Previously, splits could be associated only with the parent opportunity’s territory. This change allows sales teams to get
reports that show territories’ contributions to closing deals using splits data. Teams can also forecast based on splits amounts across
territories.

Increase Sales Team Collaboration by Assigning Opportunity Splits to Territories

To see how territories contribute to overall sales, sales teams can now assign opportunity splits and opportunity product splits to territories.
Previously, splits could be associated only with the parent opportunity’s territory. This change allows sales teams to get reports that
show territories’ contributions to closing deals using splits data. Teams can also forecast based on splits amounts across territories.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

672
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Fundamentals

Why: Opportunity splits reports now include Split Territory and Split Territory Description fields. The Territory and Territory Description
fields in specific reports are also renamed to Opportunity Territory and Opportunity Territory Description respectively. The changed field
names clarify that the territory fields apply specifically to the opportunities.
How: To let your sales team assign territories to opportunity splits and opportunity product splits, add the Split Territory field to the
opportunity split and opportunity product split multi-line page layouts.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Territory Assignments for Opportunity Splits and Opportunity Product Splits
Salesforce Help: Considerations for Managing Territory Assignments for Splits

Accounts
Build relationships and focus on long-term development with Account Plans. Associate person accounts and contacts with other person
accounts and contacts in a reporting hierarchy.

Delivered Idea: Optimize Your Strategic Planning with Account Plans

Nurture existing relationships and grow key accounts strategically with Account Plans. You can research and analyze accounts, set
objectives with actionable metrics, and keep tabs on growth and development, all from one repository within Salesforce. We delivered
this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Enhance Reporting Structure Visibility by Associating Person Accounts and Contacts with Each Other
Robust reporting structures clarify lines of responsibility, facilitate cross-functional collaboration, and streamline workflows and
automated processes. Previously, when person accounts were enabled, only contacts could report to each other. Now, use the
Reports To field on person account records to associate person accounts and contacts to other person accounts and contacts in a
reporting structure. And, when at least one contact is included in the reporting chain, you see person accounts in the contact
hierarchy chart.

Optimize Your Strategic Planning with Account Plans

Nurture existing relationships and grow key accounts strategically with Account Plans. You can research and analyze accounts, set
objectives with actionable metrics, and keep tabs on growth and development, all from one repository within Salesforce. We delivered
this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions and in Einstein 1 Sales Edition
with Sales Cloud.
When: This feature is available in production on a rolling basis after the Winter ’25 release is complete and available to all customers in
mid- to late November 2024. The feature is accessible in sandboxes only after it’s available in production. To see the feature in sandboxes,
run the Match Production Licenses tool or request a refresh after the feature is available in production.
Why: To maximize revenue potential and invest in your customers’ goals and challenges, track all your strategic planning with Account
Plans.

673
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Fundamentals

View opportunity details in the dashboard (1); create a SWOT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats) Analysis (2); capture
the customer needs and market dynamics (3); and focus on clear, measurable objectives with metrics (4). To visualize key stakeholders,
view the relationship map (5).
How: Go to the new Account Plans page in Setup and turn on Account Plans. Then, configure the Account Plans object in the Object
Manager, add the Account Plans related list to the Account object, and optionally set up Relationship Maps.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Push Updated Licenses to Sandbox Orgs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Buyer Relationship Map (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Account Plans (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enhance Reporting Structure Visibility by Associating Person Accounts and Contacts with Each Other
Robust reporting structures clarify lines of responsibility, facilitate cross-functional collaboration, and streamline workflows and automated
processes. Previously, when person accounts were enabled, only contacts could report to each other. Now, use the Reports To field on
person account records to associate person accounts and contacts to other person accounts and contacts in a reporting structure. And,
when at least one contact is included in the reporting chain, you see person accounts in the contact hierarchy chart.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions.
How: Go to the Person Accounts page in Setup and turn on the Reports To field on Person Account. Then, add the Reports To field to
your Person Account page layouts in the Object Manager.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable Person Accounts (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Considerations for Using Person Accounts (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Display Contact Hierarchies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

674
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Cloud Go

Leads
Review and update your settings to keep syncing leads from LinkedIn.

Review and Update Settings to Capture Leads from LinkedIn (Release Update)
If you’re syncing leads from LinkedIn Lead Forms to Salesforce, you must manually disconnect your LinkedIn account, reconfigure
the feature by enabling a new setting, and then reconnect your account. Otherwise, LinkedIn leads will stop syncing when LinkedIn
retires their legacy Ads Lead Sync APIs on December 16, 2024. This update is available starting in Winter ’25.

Review and Update Settings to Capture Leads from LinkedIn (Release Update)
If you’re syncing leads from LinkedIn Lead Forms to Salesforce, you must manually disconnect your LinkedIn account, reconfigure the
feature by enabling a new setting, and then reconnect your account. Otherwise, LinkedIn leads will stop syncing when LinkedIn retires
their legacy Ads Lead Sync APIs on December 16, 2024. This update is available starting in Winter ’25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in all editions with Sales Cloud except Pro Suite and Einstein 1 Sales Edition.
When: To continue syncing leads from LinkedIn, update your settings by December 16, 2024.
Why: LinkedIn updated the APIs used to capture lead data from LinkedIn Lead Gen forms and sync it to Salesforce with two-factor
authentication. After you manually enable the Use LinkedIn Lead Sync APIs with Lead Forms setting and connect your LinkedIn account,
your Salesforce org can continue to sync leads generated from LinkedIn Lead Gen forms.
How: To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For
Review and Update Settings to Capture Leads from LinkedIn, follow the testing and activation steps.
We recommend that you check that your LinkedIn administrator has two-factor authentication set up and can provide you with the
verification code when you do the release update.

Sales Cloud Go
Explore Sales Cloud features that are available in your edition and turn on features with ease.

Simplify Discovery and Setup of Your Sales Cloud Features with Sales Cloud Go
From one location in Setup, explore all Sales Cloud features available with the edition and licenses that you have, and turn on features
with a click. Explore the capabilities of unused and new sales features and get links to supplemental resources. Get a summary of
the steps for configuring each feature, with quick access to each feature’s Setup page.

Simplify Discovery and Setup of Your Sales Cloud Features with Sales Cloud Go
From one location in Setup, explore all Sales Cloud features available with the edition and licenses that you have, and turn on features
with a click. Explore the capabilities of unused and new sales features and get links to supplemental resources. Get a summary of the
steps for configuring each feature, with quick access to each feature’s Setup page.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Pro Suite, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Einstein 1 Sales
Edition editions.
How: From the gear menu , select Sales Setup.

675
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Cloud Go

Choose a feature set and review the features that are turned on or that are available for you to turn on. Learn more about features in
your edition by viewing screenshots, taking tours, watching videos, and reading Salesforce Help topics. We also provide recommended
Salesblazer articles and Trailhead badges. Determine whether an available feature is a good fit for your company by sharing these
resources with other stakeholders. And, if you’ve turned on the Your Account app, you can also purchase add-on licenses for some
features directly from Sales Cloud Go.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Sales Cloud Feature Discovery and Set Up With Sales Cloud Go (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

676
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Conversation Insights

Einstein Conversation Insights

We’re rolling out a new look for Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). With the new Conversation Hub, the ECI landing page and other
pages were redesigned. Sales managers and their teams can see useful metrics and find relevant conversations through a
new-and-improved user interface. You can also get a bird’s eye view of your sales teams’ conversations with Sales Signals. Using AI
technology, Sales Signals groups different product or competitor mentions into relevant topics that you can dive into and explore.

Access All Your Conversation Data with Conversation Hub

Use Conversation Hub to get a comprehensive view of your sales teams’ conversation data in a revamped user interface. The landing
page shows relevant metrics, recent conversations to take on next steps, and top signals if you’re using Sales Signals. You can also
filter for relevant conversations from a new Conversations tab.
See the Topics That Matter Most to Your Customers with Sales Signals
Use large language models (LLMs) and Data Cloud to see the topics that your customers are bringing up with your sales teams. Filter
topics by category and keyword to see a dashboard of relevant signals and conversations. These conversations are based on products
or competitors you identified while setting up ECI and have been captured on calls processed by ECI. Drill into each topic for more
details, so that you and your teams can identify any obstacles or opportunities.

Access All Your Conversation Data with Conversation Hub

Use Conversation Hub to get a comprehensive view of your sales teams’ conversation data in a revamped user interface. The landing
page shows relevant metrics, recent conversations to take on next steps, and top signals if you’re using Sales Signals. You can also filter
for relevant conversations from a new Conversations tab.
Where: This change applies to Einstein Conversation Insights in Lightning Experience. Einstein Conversation Insights is available in
Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions, and as an add-on in Enterprise Edition for more than 10 users.
Who: This feature is available to users with access to Einstein Conversation Insights.
Why: Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI) users can access an updated user interface for their conversation data. First up is the Hub tab,
the new home page for ECI.

677
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Conversation Insights

Your Conversation Hub shows relevant metrics about the conversation data for sales managers and their teams. The metrics include
conversations related to:
• My Opportunities
• My Team’s Opportunities
• My Accounts
• Without Related Record
If you have Sales Signals enabled, a list of the top signals is shown. Users can also access a list of recent conversations on the right.

ECI users can access call details directly from the Hub tab, including transcripts, insights, action items, and call summaries, if your org is
using the feature.
The Conversations tab allows users to filter and view relevant conversations. Sales users can filter by conversation owner, type, call date,
related record, or other criteria.

678
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Conversation Insights

Sales users can still access call collections and ECI dashboards from the Library and Analytics tabs, respectively.

See the Topics That Matter Most to Your Customers with Sales Signals
Use large language models (LLMs) and Data Cloud to see the topics that your customers are bringing up with your sales teams. Filter
topics by category and keyword to see a dashboard of relevant signals and conversations. These conversations are based on products
or competitors you identified while setting up ECI and have been captured on calls processed by ECI. Drill into each topic for more details,
so that you and your teams can identify any obstacles or opportunities.
Where: This feature requires Einstein Conversation Insights, Data Cloud, and Einstein for Sales, and is available in Lightning Experience
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase Einstein for Sales, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: This feature is available to users with the Sales Signals permission set. Access to Einstein Conversation Insights is not required to
see topics in Sales Signals. Voice and video records access is required to see topic details.
Why: To bring up Sales Signals, select the Signals tab in the Conversation Insights app.
Select a category (Product or Competitor) and a keyword to show a dashboard of relevant conversations about the keyword.

679
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein Conversation Insights

Conversations are sorted by topic across different cards, and relevant metrics are shown for each topic. Topics are sorted based on the
highest opportunity value by default. Users can also sort by sentiment, total signals, and other criteria.

See information about topic signals, related opportunity value, and topic sentiment. Sales Signals users can also see high-level details
about topics.

Users can also select topics to get additional details and information. To see more related information, click View Details on a topic.

680
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Engagement

How: Turn on the feature from the Einstein for Sales page in Setup.

Data Cloud must be set up prior to using Sales Signals. Connecting Sales Signals starts a Data Cloud sync process of transcript and insight
data from up to six months back, and ensures that this data is captured moving forward. This operation consumes Data Cloud credits.
Refresh conversation data to run recent ECI data in Data Cloud through the Sales Signals pipeline to generate the Signals dashboard.

SEE ALSO:
Einstein Features

Sales Engagement
Find your next best customers with Prospecting Center. Cadence Builder 1.0 is being retired.

681
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Engagement

For pricing details, contact your Salesforce account executive. Sales Dialer is also available for an extra cost as an add-on license.

Find Your Next Customer with Prospecting Center, a new Data Cloud App
To build a healthy revenue pipeline, let Prospecting Center find your next customer by using trusted data and AI. Identify the accounts
that are most likely to use the right buyer signals to engage. Use various external and internal signals to calculate Fit, Engagement,
and Intent scores, all powered by Data Cloud. Sales reps get powerful insights on time with the Unified Prospecting Center view, so
they can spend more time nurturing the prospect and less time navigating.
Cadence Builder Classic (1.0) is Being Retired
In Summer ’25, Salesforce is retiring Cadence Builder Classic (1.0) within the Sales Engagement product. Cadence Builder Classic
uses an older structure to allow responsiveness to target engagements. Cadence Builder 2.0 replaces Cadence Builder Classic (1.0).
The Campaign Member Status Chart is Being Retired
The chart on the Campaign Members related list is being retired with the Winter ’25 release. The chart shows a breakdown of the
number of campaign members by member status. Campaign member status is still available on the Campaign Members related
list. You can also create a custom report based on Campaign Member Status and add a chart.
Quickly Identify Which Builder Created Each Cadence
Sales managers and reps can now easily see which Cadence Builder created a cadence and which engagement response model it
uses. The new Version field on cadences appears on cadence records and list views.
Change Einstein Activity Capture Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic Users (Release Update)
In Spring ’25, the Sales Engagement Basic User permission set no longer includes access to Einstein Activity Capture. Previously,
admins could grant users access to Einstein Activity Capture through the Use Einstein Activity Capture permission included in the
Sales Engagement Basic User permission set.

Find Your Next Customer with Prospecting Center, a new Data Cloud App
To build a healthy revenue pipeline, let Prospecting Center find your next customer by using trusted data and AI. Identify the accounts
that are most likely to use the right buyer signals to engage. Use various external and internal signals to calculate Fit, Engagement, and
Intent scores, all powered by Data Cloud. Sales reps get powerful insights on time with the Unified Prospecting Center view, so they can
spend more time nurturing the prospect and less time navigating.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Performance and Unlimited editions.
Who: This feature is available to Sales Cloud users who have Prospecting Center enabled.
How: Sales reps can create rules that calculate account scores, which help identify the next best customer. Use Account scores to contact
the right prospects (leads and contacts) and close deals faster. Sales reps can also use segments to filter prospects based on their business
preferences.

682
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Engagement

Cadence Builder Classic (1.0) is Being Retired

In Summer ’25, Salesforce is retiring Cadence Builder Classic (1.0) within the Sales Engagement product. Cadence Builder Classic uses
an older structure to allow responsiveness to target engagements. Cadence Builder 2.0 replaces Cadence Builder Classic (1.0).
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Einstein 1 Sales, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud.
Why: Start using Cadence Builder 2.0 now. The new builder is available beginning with Spring ’24. It uses a set of three separate
tracks—Main, Positive, and Negative—rather than branches to allow for responsiveness to target engagement. The three-track design
enables faster and simpler cadence building.
Keep these dates in mind.
• Beginning in Spring ’25, Cadence Builder Classic can only edit existing Classic cadences. Users can no longer create or clone Classic
cadences.
• In Spring ’25, Salesforce will automatically migrate existing linear Cadence Builder Classic (1.0) cadences to the Cadence Builder 2.0
format. Once migrated, these linear cadences will continue to operate normally, but can only be edited in Cadence Builder 2.0.
• In Summer ’25 Cadence Builder Classic will be retired. Users won’t be able to access Cadence Builder Classic and sales reps won’t be
able to use cadences created in Cadence Builder Classic. Users will only be able to work with Cadence Builder 2.0 cadences.
Rebuild your branched cadences in Cadence Builder 2.0 before Summer ’25. See Build Cadences with Cadence Builder 2.0.

The Campaign Member Status Chart is Being Retired

The chart on the Campaign Members related list is being retired with the Winter ’25 release. The chart shows a breakdown of the number
of campaign members by member status. Campaign member status is still available on the Campaign Members related list. You can
also create a custom report based on Campaign Member Status and add a chart.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Work with Campaign Members (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

683
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Revenue Intelligence

Quickly Identify Which Builder Created Each Cadence

Sales managers and reps can now easily see which Cadence Builder created a cadence and which engagement response model it uses.
The new Version field on cadences appears on cadence records and list views.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Einstein 1 Sales, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud.

Change Einstein Activity Capture Permissions for Sales Engagement Basic Users
(Release Update)
In Spring ’25, the Sales Engagement Basic User permission set no longer includes access to Einstein Activity Capture. Previously, admins
could grant users access to Einstein Activity Capture through the Use Einstein Activity Capture permission included in the Sales Engagement
Basic User permission set.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud.
When: To let Sales Engagement Basic users continue using Einstein Activity Capture, update your permissions by January 1, 2025.
Why: Access to Einstein Activity Capture now requires the Standard Einstein Activity Capture permission set. The Use Einstein Activity
Capture app permission will be removed from the Sales Engagement Basic User permission set and any permission sets cloned from it.
How: To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates.
Assign the Standard Einstein Activity Capture permission set to users who currently have access to Einstein Activity Capture through the
Sales Engagement Basic User permission set or a clone.
We recommend performing bulk permission set assignments with the Permission Set Manager. For more information, see Manage
Permission Set Assignments in Salesforce Help.

Revenue Intelligence
Discover new opportunities and improve sales performance with enhanced white space analysis. Sellers and sales leaders can now send
emails to customers based on account risk factors within the Einstein Account Management app. If you organize your teams by territory,
you can now control access to data based on the user’s territory.

Identify New Opportunities with Improved Einstein Account Management White Space Analysis
Better understand how your white space changes over time and against similar vendors. The Einstein Account Management white
space is now organized by clusters and cohorts, and summaries are sorted by time dimensions and product performance.
Email Customers Regarding Risk Factors from Within Einstein Account Management
When risk thresholds are identified, you can now send an email in Einstein Account Management from the Account Risk Factors
section. For example, you can open a mail field and send an email to an account with multiple open cases and low engagement.
Control Access to Data Based on Territory
If you manage your teams by territory, you can now manage access to data in dashboards using this same structure. To control data
access, turn on the new territory-based security predicate in Setup. Previously, you could only reference fields on the user object in
a security predicate.

Identify New Opportunities with Improved Einstein Account Management White Space
Analysis
Better understand how your white space changes over time and against similar vendors. The Einstein Account Management white space
is now organized by clusters and cohorts, and summaries are sorted by time dimensions and product performance.

684
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Collaborative Forecasts

Where: This change applies to Revenue Intelligence users in Lightning Experience in Professional and Developer editions and in Enterprise
and Unlimited editions in Sales Cloud.

Email Customers Regarding Risk Factors from Within Einstein Account Management
When risk thresholds are identified, you can now send an email in Einstein Account Management from the Account Risk Factors section.
For example, you can open a mail field and send an email to an account with multiple open cases and low engagement.
Where: This change applies to Revenue Intelligence users in Lightning Experience in Professional and Developer editions and in Enterprise
and Unlimited editions in Sales Cloud.

Control Access to Data Based on Territory

If you manage your teams by territory, you can now manage access to data in dashboards using this same structure. To control data
access, turn on the new territory-based security predicate in Setup. Previously, you could only reference fields on the user object in a
security predicate.
Where: This change applies to Revenue Intelligence users in Lightning Experience in Professional and Developer editions and in Enterprise
and Unlimited editions in Sales Cloud.

Collaborative Forecasts
Submit forecast estimates for the forecast period at a point in time. Improve sales forecast accuracy with enhancements to manager
judgment rollups and reports. Get a complete forecast picture with opportunity splits by territory forecasts. Identify what’s in each
forecast chart more easily with renamed forecast charts.

Capture Forecasts at a Point in Time with Forecast Submissions

Forecast submissions are a sales rep’s or sales manager’s best estimate of the revenue or quantities that they expect to close during
the forecast period. Typically required weekly, the submission takes a snapshot of the forecast at the time the submission is made.
As management reviews forecast rollups, they can compare the current forecast against the submitted forecast numbers and quota
and know that the forecast is up to date. Any differences better inform the forecast for the entire sales team and the business.
Improve Sales Forecast Accuracy with Manager Judgment Enhancements
To guide more accurate forecast assessments, sales leaders now see Manager Judgment values rolled up for all forecast managers
beneath them in the forecast hierarchy. Previously, judgment values rolled up only to the immediate manager in the hierarchy. Plus,
judgment values are now available in reports and dashboards, allowing sales teams to reconcile forecasts against judgment amounts
and to identify opportunities that are at risk.
Get a Complete Forecast Picture with Opportunity Splits by Territory Forecasts
If your sales team is organized by territory and uses opportunity splits to sell as a team, now they can forecast on the appropriate
split amounts for their territories. Forecasting on the opportunity split allows matrixed selling teams to work together to increase
forecast accuracy. Previously, you could forecast on opportunity splits only for forecasts based on the user role hierarchy.
Identify What You See in Each Forecast Chart More Easily
We renamed the charts on the forecasts page to better align with what the charts contain. We also updated the chart segment
tooltip to reflect whether you selected to see totals in the chart with or without adjustments.

685
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Collaborative Forecasts

Capture Forecasts at a Point in Time with Forecast Submissions

Forecast submissions are a sales rep’s or sales manager’s best estimate of the revenue or quantities that they expect to close during the
forecast period. Typically required weekly, the submission takes a snapshot of the forecast at the time the submission is made. As
management reviews forecast rollups, they can compare the current forecast against the submitted forecast numbers and quota and
know that the forecast is up to date. Any differences better inform the forecast for the entire sales team and the business.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional and Developer editions and in Enterprise and Unlimited editions
with the Sales Cloud.
How: Turn on Forecast Submissions on the Forecast Settings page in Setup. Then, sales reps and managers use the icons in the forecast
summary to submit forecasts and to review their own past forecast submissions or their subordinates submissions . Forecast
submissions are allowed only in forecast types that don’t include product family or other forecast groups.

Forecast submissions are also available to include in reports by using the ForecastingSubmission object.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Allow Point-in-Time Sales Forecasts in Collaborative Forecasts (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Sales Forecast Accuracy with Manager Judgment Enhancements

To guide more accurate forecast assessments, sales leaders now see Manager Judgment values rolled up for all forecast managers
beneath them in the forecast hierarchy. Previously, judgment values rolled up only to the immediate manager in the hierarchy. Plus,
judgment values are now available in reports and dashboards, allowing sales teams to reconcile forecasts against judgment amounts
and to identify opportunities that are at risk.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional and Developer editions and in Enterprise and Unlimited editions
with the Sales Cloud.
How: The rollup calculation change is applied automatically. No additional setup is required.
To report on forecasts with opportunities that have judgments, create a custom report type for Forecasting Items with Opportunities
and Forecasting Source Record Judgments as the related objects.

686
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Collaborative Forecasts

Important: Including forecast judgments in reports works best if you apply judgments in either role-based forecast hierarchy or
territory hierarchy forecast types, not both. If you use manager judgments in both role-based hierarchy and territory hierarchy
forecast types, users other than Salesforce admins see judgments that were made in the role-based hierarchy only.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Allow Forecast Adjustments and Manager Judgments in Collaborative Forecasts (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Manager Judgments in Collaborative Forecasts (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get a Complete Forecast Picture with Opportunity Splits by Territory Forecasts

If your sales team is organized by territory and uses opportunity splits to sell as a team, now they can forecast on the appropriate split
amounts for their territories. Forecasting on the opportunity split allows matrixed selling teams to work together to increase forecast
accuracy. Previously, you could forecast on opportunity splits only for forecasts based on the user role hierarchy.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions.

Identify What You See in Each Forecast Chart More Easily

We renamed the charts on the forecasts page to better align with what the charts contain. We also updated the chart segment tooltip
to reflect whether you selected to see totals in the chart with or without adjustments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Sales Cloud.
How: To see changes in a forecast from week to week, see the Weekly Changes chart, which was previously named Forecast Changes.
To find trends across forecast periods, see the Monthly Trends chart if your forecast periods are monthly, or the Quarterly Trends chart
if your forecast periods are quarterly. The trends chart was previously named Historical Trends.

When hovering over a segment in the chart to see its details, the totals shown now reflect whether you’re viewing charts with or without
adjustments.

687
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Pipeline Inspection

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Reviewing Week-to-Week Forecast Changes (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Finding Trends Across Forecast Periods (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Pipeline Inspection
Close Date Predictions, a feature of Einstein Deal Insights in Pipeline Inspection, is being retired as of Spring ’25.

Close Date Predictions Is Being Retired

Close Date Predictions, a feature of Einstein Deal Insights in Pipeline Inspection, is being retired as of Spring ’25. The best replacement
for Close Date Predictions is Einstein Opportunity Scoring, which gives robust predictions of an opportunity’s likelihood of closing.
You can continue using all other features of Einstein Deal Insights in Pipeline Inspection, such as insights from calls, emails, and
service cases.

Close Date Predictions Is Being Retired

Close Date Predictions, a feature of Einstein Deal Insights in Pipeline Inspection, is being retired as of Spring ’25. The best replacement
for Close Date Predictions is Einstein Opportunity Scoring, which gives robust predictions of an opportunity’s likelihood of closing. You
can continue using all other features of Einstein Deal Insights in Pipeline Inspection, such as insights from calls, emails, and service cases.
Where: This change applies to all users of Pipeline Inspection. Pipeline Inspection is available in Lightning Experience with Sales Cloud
in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Close Date Predictions Retirement

688
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement

Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement

Drive business growth by scaling your company’s investment in sales programs with more sophisticated, business-critical tools for
developing confident and inspired sales reps and partners. Create sales programs in production quickly, and tap into more resources
and workflows for testing and deploying programs. Provide timely, contextual feedback to sales reps, and build more personalized
program experiences that align with your company’s preferred systems and activities.

Get Timely and Contextual Feedback on Your Terms

Einstein Coach is now available outside of a sales program. In a new tile in the Guidance Center, users can receive feedback on their
sales pitches at their convenience and practice as many times as necessary until they feel confident about their pitch. Einstein Coach
in the Guidance Center accesses product CRM Data, providing users with even more detailed, actionable, and personalized feedback.
Publish and Share Enablement Programs Quickly with Managed Packages
Reduce the time required to bring sales programs to production by installing second-generation managed packages that include
programs and all their dependencies, including measures and content. Contribute to the community of program experts by creating
packages with programs that build competencies in critical sales operations and fulfill aggressive revenue outcomes.
Personalize Your Sales Programs with Your Company’s Preferred Content Experience
Provide a more streamlined connection between your company’s preferred content management system and your sales programs
experience. Manage the details of the experience by designing exercise types that reference content from your repository or a
third-party repository. With custom exercise types, you can easily bring content from anywhere into your program. Previously, exercise
types in Enablement programs supported content only from Salesforce resources, including Digital Experiences content, Trailhead,
and assessment surveys. Your sales reps can view custom exercise content in the flow of a program without switching to a different
page.
Track Job-Related Activity for Enablement Measures More Effectively with Additional Filter Operators
Create impactful, relevant Enablement measures for your sales programs quickly, with less customization and fewer headaches.
Track job-related activities that align with your company’s revenue outcomes with more default tools. With the new Contains and
Does Not Contain operators, create measures that check for the presence or absence, respectively, of a specific value in a field.
Previously, Enablement admins could create these kinds of measures only by tracking activity on custom objects or custom fields.
Other Changes in Sales Programs, Partner Tracks, and In-App Guidance
Salesforce admins, Enablement teams, and content creators benefit from other enhancements throughout the program’s workflow.

Get Timely and Contextual Feedback on Your Terms

Einstein Coach is now available outside of a sales program. In a new tile in the Guidance Center, users can receive feedback on their sales
pitches at their convenience and practice as many times as necessary until they feel confident about their pitch. Einstein Coach in the
Guidance Center accesses product CRM Data, providing users with even more detailed, actionable, and personalized feedback.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is available
in Lightning Experience. An Einstein for Sales license and Enablement add-on license is required.
Who: Enablement users with the Use Einstein Coach permission can access Einstein Coach directly in the Guidance Center or in a sales
program. This permission is enabled by default in the Access Einstein Coach permission set.
How: The Guidance Center includes a new tile for Einstein Coach titled Perfect Your Sales Pitch with Einstein Coach. When users click
Get Feedback, they’re prompted to select a product to pitch and to upload their recorded sales pitch. After it’s submitted, Einstein
Coach generates feedback for that specific product pitch.

689
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement

Publish and Share Enablement Programs Quickly with Managed Packages

Reduce the time required to bring sales programs to production by installing second-generation managed packages that include
programs and all their dependencies, including measures and content. Contribute to the community of program experts by creating
packages with programs that build competencies in critical sales operations and fulfill aggressive revenue outcomes.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Sales Cloud,
Service Cloud, or Salesforce Platform. An Enablement add-on license is required, or you can try this enhancement with Enablement Lite
in Enterprise, Performance, or Unlimited editions in Sales Cloud. For Partner Enablement programs in supported Experience Cloud sites,
a supported Partner Relationship Management (PRM) add-on license is also required.
How: New components are available for Enablement programs, measures, and custom exercise types in second-generation managed
packages. Corresponding standard objects and metadata types are available for retrieving data for programs and their dependencies
when you’re creating packages or deploying data with change sets. To include exercise content with packaged programs, the Enablement
workspace in the Digital Experiences app also now supports metadata and packaging.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Installing Enablement Programs from Managed Packages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Personalize Your Sales Programs with Your Company’s Preferred Content Experience
Provide a more streamlined connection between your company’s preferred content management system and your sales programs
experience. Manage the details of the experience by designing exercise types that reference content from your repository or a third-party
repository. With custom exercise types, you can easily bring content from anywhere into your program. Previously, exercise types in
Enablement programs supported content only from Salesforce resources, including Digital Experiences content, Trailhead, and assessment
surveys. Your sales reps can view custom exercise content in the flow of a program without switching to a different page.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Sales Cloud,
Service Cloud, or Salesforce Platform. An Enablement add-on license is required, or you can try this enhancement with Enablement Lite
in Enterprise, Performance, or Unlimited editions in Sales Cloud.
Who:
• Users with Author Apex and View Setup and Configuration permissions can configure custom exercises by extending Apex classes.
• Users with the Modify Metadata Through Metadata API Functions permission can access and edit custom exercise metadata via
Metadata API.
• Users with the Customize Application permission can create and edit Lightning Web Components (LWC) to render custom exercises
in the Program Builder and Guidance Center.
• Users with View Setup and Configuration and Design and Deliver Enablement Programs permissions can view custom exercises in
Program Builder and add them to Enablement programs.
How: Salesforce developers at your company configure the custom items for your Salesforce org by using Apex classes, custom objects,
and custom fields on standard objects. With this change, the Learning Item object is now available in the Object Manager in Setup so
developers can more easily add custom fields to this object as part of implementing custom exercises. Developers map a preferred
repository to host content for the custom exercises and use Lightning Web Components to render the custom items in Program Builder
and Guidance Center.

690
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Programs and Partner Tracks with Enablement

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Custom Exercise Types in Enablement Programs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Track Job-Related Activity for Enablement Measures More Effectively with Additional
Filter Operators
Create impactful, relevant Enablement measures for your sales programs quickly, with less customization and fewer headaches. Track
job-related activities that align with your company’s revenue outcomes with more default tools. With the new Contains and Does Not
Contain operators, create measures that check for the presence or absence, respectively, of a specific value in a field. Previously, Enablement
admins could create these kinds of measures only by tracking activity on custom objects or custom fields.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Sales Cloud,
Service Cloud, or Salesforce Platform. An Enablement add-on license is required, or you can try this enhancement with Enablement Lite
in Enterprise, Performance, or Unlimited editions in Sales Cloud.
How: The new filter operators are available when you’re creating an Enablement measure.
The Contains operator checks whether a specific value is present in the field and returns only records where the field contains that value.
The Does Not Contain operator checks whether a specific value isn’t present in the field and returns only records where the field doesn’t
contain that value.

691
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Performance Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Building Enablement Measures (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Other Changes in Sales Programs, Partner Tracks, and In-App Guidance

Salesforce admins, Enablement teams, and content creators benefit from other enhancements throughout the program’s workflow.
Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with Sales Cloud,
Service Cloud, or Salesforce Platform. An Enablement add-on license is required. Changes related to prompts in Lightning Experience
also apply to Group, Essentials, and Professional editions.
Why: These changes are available.
• When you create a targeted prompt in Lightning Experience, you can no longer select a global action window as the target element.
The existing targeted prompts that are created on global action windows appear as floating prompts.
• Starting Winter ’25, new versions of Enablement prebuilt reports and dashboards are available in a release only if there are updates
to the existing analytics. Summer ’24 reports and dashboards remain the latest available version because there are no changes to
the prebuilt analytics in Winter ’25. Previously, new versions of the reports and dashboards were available each release even when
the analytics didn’t change.
• You can now expand and collapse the components panel and property editor in Program Builder. The expand and collapse buttons
appear when you zoom in beyond 150% in Program Builder.
• The names of Enablement measures are now visible to users when they take a program and view the details of an outcome or
milestone. Previously, a generic label was shown in place of specific measure names. Consider updating your measure names for
more user-friendly terms, if necessary.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Considerations for Creating In-App Guidance (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Refresh the Enablement Reports and Dashboard (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enablement Reports and Report Types (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Building Enablement Measures (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Sales Performance Management

Reveal sales opportunities on partner sites with Salesforce Maps. Plan quotas from territory alignments in Sales Planning segments. Start
carving territories faster in a table view instead of on a map, and design territory strategies with live data in Territory Planning.

692
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Performance Management

Salesforce Maps
Uncover sales opportunities for partners on Experience Cloud sites.
Sales Planning
Create quota plans from territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data within sales plan segments. Design territories with the latest
Salesforce data. And start carving territories faster in a table view instead of on a map.

Salesforce Maps
Uncover sales opportunities for partners on Experience Cloud sites.

Embed Maps Within Your Branded Digital Experiences

Support your partners’ selling efforts when you include Salesforce Maps in your Experience Cloud sites. The added context of
embedded maps helps partners identify sales opportunities and generate routes to them from shared customer data.
The Enhanced User Experience is now Enabled for All Users
Deliver dramatic performance improvements while plotting high-volume data including ArcGIS Online layers and complex shape
layers with the new framework now enabled in Salesforce Maps. And give your reps access to a modern and robust list view experience.

Embed Maps Within Your Branded Digital Experiences

Support your partners’ selling efforts when you include Salesforce Maps in your Experience Cloud sites. The added context of embedded
maps helps partners identify sales opportunities and generate routes to them from shared customer data.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: Your partners can better plan selling strategies when they visualize insights from subscription-free data available through Esri
ArcGIS Living Atlas of the World. And your partners’ consumers can find your nearby locations and provide solutions that encourage
self-service.
How: Drag a Visualforce page to the page layout of your Experience Builder site. Then select the Maps Visualforce page.

Preview your changes and then publish your site. Salesforce Maps appears embedded within your site.

693
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Performance Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Experience Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Visualforce Page Component (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

The Enhanced User Experience is now Enabled for All Users

Deliver dramatic performance improvements while plotting high-volume data including ArcGIS Online layers and complex shape layers
with the new framework now enabled in Salesforce Maps. And give your reps access to a modern and robust list view experience.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions
on desktops.
When: Available in sandbox by September 26, 2024 and in production starting October 16, 2024 on a rolling basis through October 29,
2024.
Why: With the enhanced user experience now enabled, your reps can plot high volumes of data including ArcGIS Online layers and
complex shape layers in less time.
How: The enhanced user experience is now enabled for you and your users. For now, some content in non-English locales appears in
English. And for a limited time, you can choose to disable the enhanced user experience in Salesforce Maps Settings.

694
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Performance Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Getting More from Salesforce Maps with the Enhanced User Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Sales Planning
Create quota plans from territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data within sales plan segments. Design territories with the latest
Salesforce data. And start carving territories faster in a table view instead of on a map.

Plan Quotas from Territory Alignments

Create quota plans fast when you incorporate stamped territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data from alignments that you create
in Territory Planning. Analysts plan quotas from stamped alignments within Sales Planning segments.
Plan Territories with Live Data
Design territories by using only the latest Salesforce data in Territory Planning. Live data saves you the trouble of having to refresh
datasets whenever you want your territory plans to reflect the latest updates to Salesforce records.
Structure Territories that Aren’t Geographic
Carve territories faster in a table format instead of on a map with geographic data. Later, and if your teams rely on geographic
boundaries, add the boundaries and continue carving on a map in Territory Planning.

Plan Quotas from Territory Alignments

Create quota plans fast when you incorporate stamped territory hierarchy, owner, and attribute data from alignments that you create
in Territory Planning. Analysts plan quotas from stamped alignments within Sales Planning segments.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: After you create a territory alignment, stamp it with the attributes that you want to include in your quota plan, such as the number
of accounts and annual revenue within each territory. Create a quota plan, and then build it from territory data.

The quota plan includes all the territories and attributes that you included in your territory stamp for the segment.

695
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Performance Management

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Plan Quotas from Territory Alignments (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Plan Territories with Live Data

Design territories by using only the latest Salesforce data in Territory Planning. Live data saves you the trouble of having to refresh datasets
whenever you want your territory plans to reflect the latest updates to Salesforce records.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Carve territories from segments in Sales Planning. That way, you work with the latest data for records that meet the rules and
criteria for those segments.

Or start carving directly in Territory Planning. When you create a dataset, select the option to plan territories with live data. Then specify
the sources for your live data. For example, to add all accounts in Salesforce, build an object query for the Account object.

696
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Performance Management

Select the data source, save your work, and then create an alignment.

Your territory plans reflect the latest updates to Salesforce records.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Plan Territories from Segments (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Creating Datasets (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Structure Territories that Aren’t Geographic

Carve territories faster in a table format instead of on a map with geographic data. Later, and if your teams rely on geographic boundaries,
add the boundaries and continue carving on a map in Territory Planning.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Create a dataset that includes live data sources. Otherwise, datasets that include copied data sources require addresses and latitude
and longitude coordinates. Create an alignment, and add your hierarchy structure. Then optimize territories based on your preferences
for balance, continuity, and compactness.

697
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Email, Calendar, and Integrations

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Structure Territories Without a Map (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Email, Calendar, and Integrations

Salesforce for Outlook retires in December 2027.

Salesforce for Outlook (Retiring)

Full product retirement for Salesforce for Outlook is scheduled for December 2027. If you’re sticking with Salesforce for Outlook for
now, you can access past release notes about the current version from the Trailblazer Community.
Outlook Integration
Microsoft is making changes that impact the Salesforce Outlook integration. Take action before these changes are rolled out to
maintain access to the integration.
Gmail Integration
Embed your Gmail integration in the Chrome side panel and take advantage of Einstein copilot.

Salesforce for Outlook (Retiring)

Full product retirement for Salesforce for Outlook is scheduled for December 2027. If you’re sticking with Salesforce for Outlook for now,
you can access past release notes about the current version from the Trailblazer Community.

Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in December 2027

Full product retirement for Salesforce for Outlook is scheduled for December 2027. For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook,
we recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products
replace Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products
every release.

Salesforce for Outlook Is Being Retired in December 2027

Full product retirement for Salesforce for Outlook is scheduled for December 2027. For the latest integration with Microsoft Outlook, we
recommend moving to our next-generation products, the Outlook integration and Einstein Activity Capture. These products replace
Salesforce for Outlook features and give users new capabilities. We continue to introduce enhancements for these products every release.

698
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Email, Calendar, and Integrations

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Contact Manager, Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise,
Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: When Salesforce for Outlook retires, it no longer syncs contacts, events, or tasks. Admins and users also lose access to Salesforce
for Outlook features, such as the side panel.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Salesforce for Outlook Retirement
Salesforce Help: Move from Salesforce for Outlook to the Next-Generation Products (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Trailblazer Community: Salesforce for Outlook Release Notes

Outlook Integration
Microsoft is making changes that impact the Salesforce Outlook integration. Take action before these changes are rolled out to maintain
access to the integration.

Maintain Access to the Outlook Integration

Microsoft is deprecating legacy features that impact the Salesforce Outlook integration. To maintain access to the integration, work
with your Microsoft 365 admin to take action before these changes are rolled out.

Maintain Access to the Outlook Integration

Microsoft is deprecating legacy features that impact the Salesforce Outlook integration. To maintain access to the integration, work with
your Microsoft 365 admin to take action before these changes are rolled out.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions. This change
impacts Exchange Online only.
When: For information on when Microsoft is deprecating legacy features, see Nested App Authentication and Outlook Legacy Tokens
Deprecation FAQ.
How: In Setup, go to the Outlook Integration and Sync section. Use the Admin Consent Flow to make these changes and authorize the
add-in for all users. Otherwise, individual users must manually authorize the integration after Microsoft rolls out the changes.
These scopes are required for the Salesforce Outlook integration to function.
• Calendars.ReadWrite.Shared
• email
• Mail.ReadWrite.Shared
• offline_access
• openid
• profile
• User.Read

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up the Integration with Outlook (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Knowledge Article: Microsoft Updating Salesforce Outlook Integration 2024

699
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Email, Calendar, and Integrations

Gmail Integration
Embed your Gmail integration in the Chrome side panel and take advantage of Einstein copilot.

Increase Efficiency by Using the Gmail Integration in the Chrome Side Panel
The email functionality is the same, but other features in the Chrome side panel are now available while you use the Gmail integration.
Changes include maintaining your user session, therefore reducing logouts. And the Chrome side panel is visible as you work in your
email and calendar, and navigate from page to page in your browser.
Use Einstein Copilot with Your Gmail Integration
When your Gmail integration is in the Chrome side panel, you can use copilot and copilot actions while working on emails and
events.

Increase Efficiency by Using the Gmail Integration in the Chrome Side Panel
The email functionality is the same, but other features in the Chrome side panel are now available while you use the Gmail integration.
Changes include maintaining your user session, therefore reducing logouts. And the Chrome side panel is visible as you work in your
email and calendar, and navigate from page to page in your browser.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, and Lightning Platform in Essentials, Group, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: All Gmail integration users can choose to work with their integration in the Chrome side panel. Open the integration and the
onboarding process starts.

The updated side panel is in its own frame. (1) No matter which tab is active, the side panel is visible. It includes a menu (2) and, if
available, Einstein copilot (3).
You can return to the old way of working with the Gmail integration. From the side panel navigation menu, select Switch back to
embedded mode.

700
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Email, Calendar, and Integrations

SEE ALSO:
Speed Up Your Day with the Gmail Integration in the Chrome Side Panel
Salesforce Help: Set Up the Outlook and Gmail Integrations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Einstein Copilot with Your Gmail Integration

When your Gmail integration is in the Chrome side panel, you can use copilot and copilot actions while working on emails and events.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Change your Gmail integration to appear in the Chrome side panel. You’re automatically asked if you want to try this new location
when you open the Gmail integration.
To use copilot in the side panel, click Einstein.

701
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Partner Relationship Management

SEE ALSO:
Access Einstein Copilot From Your Gmail Integration
Salesforce Help: Set Up the Outlook and Gmail Integrations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agentforce: Agents and Copilot(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Partner Relationship Management

Partner Connect, now generally available, helps vendors and partners reduce the manual work and lack of transparency that can develop
when working deals that are shared across the partnership. Both companies can capitalize on shared business and engage their sales
teams where they’re already working.

Streamline Collaboration on Shared Deals with Trusted Partners

Partner Connect allows vendors and partners who work leads and opportunities together to see and track their progress while
working from the comfort of their own Salesforce orgs. Previously, vendors and partners have struggled to coordinate shared business
across Salesforce orgs. Sellers and channel managers were forced to manually reconcile shared data across the partnership. Now
vendor and partner admins can work together to connect orgs and fine-tune what is automatically shared between them. As a result,
both companies can be transparent about their mutual interests while maintaining data privacy where it's required.

702
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Partner Relationship Management

Streamline Collaboration on Shared Deals with Trusted Partners

Partner Connect allows vendors and partners who work leads and opportunities together to see and track their progress while working
from the comfort of their own Salesforce orgs. Previously, vendors and partners have struggled to coordinate shared business across
Salesforce orgs. Sellers and channel managers were forced to manually reconcile shared data across the partnership. Now vendor and
partner admins can work together to connect orgs and fine-tune what is automatically shared between them. As a result, both companies
can be transparent about their mutual interests while maintaining data privacy where it's required.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Sales Cloud or Service Cloud. Vendors
are required to purchase a PRM add-on license for the partner admin user and each partner user who vendors want to export records.
Why: Partner users can log in to their vendor’s Experience Cloud partner site, peruse the leads or opportunities that the vendor has
provided access to, and select records of interest (1). Then a partner can securely export selected records to the partner’s own Salesforce
org (2).

Now sales reps and leaders at both companies can track the same lead or opportunity independently, and set their own sales stages or
deal sizes. And to provide vendors and partners with a glimpse of how their peer’s version of the record is progressing, a read-only
version of the other org’s record can be stored locally (1). Only the fields that vendors and partners agree on integrating are shared, so
companies choose to integrate only the data necessary for their business partnership to flourish. For example, the vendor and partner
who shared this opportunity decided to integrate the fields that display their opportunity stages (2), but not the amounts of their
opportunities (3).

703
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Cloud Everywhere

For companies who nurture multiple vendor-partner relationships, each company can establish up to 50 vendor and 50 partner connections
with unique orgs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Partner Connect (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Partner Connect Security and Design (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Sales Cloud Everywhere

Copilot in Everywhere now intuitively selects the current record as you execute commands. Matching records is more precise in contextual
insights. And you can use your Gmail integration in the Chrome side panel, along with Einstein copilot.

Give Copilot Instructions That Default to the Current Record in Sales Cloud Everywhere
We made it easier to use copilot in Sales Cloud Everywhere while you’re on the internet. When Salesforce finds an exact match for
the company or person you’re viewing on the web page, you can give copilot instructions about the current record. Copilot
understands that the instructions are for the matching record, so including that information in the instructions isn’t necessary.
Match Precision Improved in Contextual Insights
Get more confidence from improved matching logic when you’re using contextual insights in Sales Cloud Everywhere. An exact
match is defined as a case-sensitive combination of URL, first name, and last name. If no exact match is found, potential matches
are based on substrings or case-insensitive words.
Speed Up Your Day with the Gmail Integration in the Chrome Side Panel
The email functionality is the same, but other features in the Chrome side panel are now available while you use the Gmail integration.
Along with fewer logouts, the Chrome side panel is visible as you work in your email and calendar, and navigate in your browser
Access Einstein Copilot From Your Gmail Integration
When your Gmail integration is in the Chrome side panel, you can use copilot while working on emails and events. You have access
to copilot actions, such as summarize record and draft an email. Copilot can also suggest relevant content and phrases and integrate
personalized information into its recommendations.

Give Copilot Instructions That Default to the Current Record in Sales Cloud Everywhere
We made it easier to use copilot in Sales Cloud Everywhere while you’re on the internet. When Salesforce finds an exact match for the
company or person you’re viewing on the web page, you can give copilot instructions about the current record. Copilot understands
that the instructions are for the matching record, so including that information in the instructions isn’t necessary.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Follow Up on Companies and People of Interest in Sales Cloud Everywhere (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Match Precision Improved in Contextual Insights

Get more confidence from improved matching logic when you’re using contextual insights in Sales Cloud Everywhere. An exact match
is defined as a case-sensitive combination of URL, first name, and last name. If no exact match is found, potential matches are based on
substrings or case-insensitive words.

704
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Cloud Everywhere

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Follow Up on Companies and People of Interest in Sales Cloud Everywhere (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Speed Up Your Day with the Gmail Integration in the Chrome Side Panel
The email functionality is the same, but other features in the Chrome side panel are now available while you use the Gmail integration.
Along with fewer logouts, the Chrome side panel is visible as you work in your email and calendar, and navigate in your browser
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience Sales Cloud, Service Cloud, and Lightning Platform in Essentials, Group, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: All Gmail integration users can use their integration in the Chrome side panel. Open the integration and complete the onboarding
process.

SEE ALSO:
Increase Efficiency by Using the Gmail Integration in the Chrome Side Panel
Salesforce Help: Set Up the Outlook and Gmail Integrations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Access Einstein Copilot From Your Gmail Integration

When your Gmail integration is in the Chrome side panel, you can use copilot while working on emails and events. You have access to
copilot actions, such as summarize record and draft an email. Copilot can also suggest relevant content and phrases and integrate
personalized information into its recommendations.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Starter, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Change your Gmail integration to appear in the Chrome side panel. You’re automatically asked if you want to try this new location
when you open the Gmail integration.

705
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Cloud Everywhere

Click Einstein to use copilot in the side panel.

706
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Cloud on Mobile

Draft an email using copilot. When you send the email, your Gmail composer opens so you can make edits before it goes out.

SEE ALSO:
Use Einstein Copilot with Your Gmail Integration
Salesforce Help: Set Up the Outlook and Gmail Integrations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agentforce: Agents and Copilot(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Sales Cloud on Mobile

Easily view and update your sales-related data up to date while you're away from your desktop.

707
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Sales Cloud on Mobile

Close Deals Faster with a Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally Available)

The Seller-Focused Mobile Experience app helps you easily view and update accounts, contacts, leads, and opportunities while on
the go. Keep deals on track by quickly finding the information that you need, making calls, sending emails, and seeing and acting
on upcoming tasks and events in the activity timeline. And let Einstein Copilot make all of that work even easier.

Close Deals Faster with a Seller-Focused Mobile App (Generally Available)

The Seller-Focused Mobile Experience app helps you easily view and update accounts, contacts, leads, and opportunities while on the
go. Keep deals on track by quickly finding the information that you need, making calls, sending emails, and seeing and acting on upcoming
tasks and events in the activity timeline. And let Einstein Copilot make all of that work even easier.
Where: The Seller-Focused Mobile Experience for Android and iOS is available on phones and tablets in all editions, except Database.com.
When: This app is available starting in October 2024.
Who: To use Seller-Focused Mobile Experience, users must have the Salesforce Mobile App: Native Seller Experience permission. Einstein
Copilot is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission
Why: The Seller-Focused Mobile Experience gives you easy access to cards containing the Salesforce data that you need to prepare for
meetings, make calls, and send emails. Get an at-a-glance view of your upcoming and overdue tasks and events. You can also view and
update accounts, leads, opportunities, and contacts.

708
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Other Changes in the Sales Cloud

And never fly solo with Einstein Copilot right there to help. Tap on the Einstein button and, through voice or text input, ask Einstein
Copilot to find and summarize records for you or even to generate emails.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Seller-Focused Mobile Experience

Other Changes in the Sales Cloud

Anticipate other changes that can affect your sales teams.

Enable New Order Save Behavior (Release Update)

When you update an order product, the New Order Save Behavior uses custom application logic to update the parent order. Custom
application logic consists of validation rules, apex triggers and classes, workflow rules, and flows. You can choose to enable or disable
this feature. However, we recommend that you enable it. Starting Winter ‘25, this feature is enabled by default for new customer
orgs. Previously, users needed additional customizations to enforce custom applications on orders and order products. Also, Salesforce
didn’t correctly evaluate custom application logic on the parent record.
Streamline Your Workflow with a New Design for Lightning Experience
Find and focus on the information that matters most with a streamlined color palette, font and spacing improvements, and increased
contrast.

Enable New Order Save Behavior (Release Update)

When you update an order product, the New Order Save Behavior uses custom application logic to update the parent order. Custom
application logic consists of validation rules, apex triggers and classes, workflow rules, and flows. You can choose to enable or disable
this feature. However, we recommend that you enable it. Starting Winter ‘25, this feature is enabled by default for new customer orgs.
Previously, users needed additional customizations to enforce custom applications on orders and order products. Also, Salesforce didn’t
correctly evaluate custom application logic on the parent record.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: This feature is enabled by default for new customers orgs, while existing admins can choose to enable or disable it. To review this
update, from Setup, in the Quick Find Box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates.
Packages with orders created before Winter ’21 don't support the New Order Save Behavior release update by default. If you use a
package involving orders, wait for confirmation from your package provider before you enable the release update.

SEE ALSO:
Second-Generation Managed Packages Developer Guide: Test and Respond to the New Order Save Behavior

Streamline Your Workflow with a New Design for Lightning Experience

Find and focus on the information that matters most with a streamlined color palette, font and spacing improvements, and increased
contrast.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Sales Cloud Unlimited and Einstein 1 Sales editions.
When: The new design is available in Sales Cloud Unlimited Edition orgs and Einstein 1 Sales Edition orgs created after October 11, 2024.
How: The new design is turned on for all users by default. Opt out by turning off Enhanced Lightning user interface in User Interface
Settings in Setup.

709
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce CMS

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: User Interface Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Blog: We Are Refreshing Our Visual Design – Here’s How It Helps You Work Faster

Salesforce CMS
Publish enhanced CMS content to more channels, including Aura sites. As you add these channels to your enhanced CMS workspace,
remove old ones from the workspace, and delete unused channels from your org. Share and reuse content across your enhanced CMS
workspaces with workspace sharing and content cloning.

Expand the Reach of Your Enhanced CMS Content

Publish content to Aura site channels from enhanced CMS workspaces with the new Use non-enhanced APIs setting. This setting
is enabled by default for Aura site channels. Then use non-enhanced CMS Managed Content Resources to get these content types
from enhanced CMS workspaces. And as of Winter ‘25, any new workspace that you create is enhanced by default.
Remove Channels from Enhanced CMS Workspaces and Delete Channels from Your Org
To better control where your enhanced CMS content is available, remove channels from enhanced CMS workspaces. When you
remove a channel from a workspace, all the workspace’s content is unpublished from the channel. If you have a channel that isn’t
connected to any CMS workspace, you can delete it from your org.
Scale Content Delivery for High Performance (Beta)
Orgs hosted on Hyperforce can use Dedicated Content Delivery (beta) to deliver content with high performance and low latency.
This setting is on by default for all new public channels in an enhanced CMS workspace. You can enable this feature for existing
public channels on Hyperforce.
Broaden Content Use and Reuse Possibilities in Enhanced CMS Workspaces
Save time and space when you share content across enhanced CMS workspaces and reuse content between workspaces without
duplicating records. Work with content shared from a source workspace to a target workspace in the new Shared with Workspaces
folder.

710
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Expand the Reach of Your Enhanced CMS Content

Skip the Alt Text for Decorative Images

To make it easier for visitors who use a screen reader or other assistive technology to use your site, designate an image, such as a
background or border, as purely decorative. The assistive technology skips over a decorative image and avoids distracting your site
visitors with unnecessary description. When the option is selected, the alt text field is cleared of any text and disabled.

Expand the Reach of Your Enhanced CMS Content

Publish content to Aura site channels from enhanced CMS workspaces with the new Use non-enhanced APIs setting. This setting is
enabled by default for Aura site channels. Then use non-enhanced CMS Managed Content Resources to get these content types from
enhanced CMS workspaces. And as of Winter ‘25, any new workspace that you create is enhanced by default.
Where: This change applies to enhanced CMS workspaces in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
Why: When the new channel setting, Use non-enhanced APIs, is enabled, you can continue using non-enhanced CMS Managed Content
Resources with enhanced CMS workspaces without interrupting your current ways of working. When you enable this setting, Salesforce
does the work of connecting these resources for you. If you’re already using enhanced CMS APIs, it's not necessary to enable this setting.
With these changes, you can accomplish your content tasks with enhanced CMS workspaces.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a CMS Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Remove Channels from Enhanced CMS Workspaces and Delete Channels

from Your Org
To better control where your enhanced CMS content is available, remove channels from enhanced CMS workspaces. When you remove
a channel from a workspace, all the workspace’s content is unpublished from the channel. If you have a channel that isn’t connected to
any CMS workspace, you can delete it from your org.
Where: This change applies to enhanced CMS workspaces in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
How: To remove a channel from an enhanced CMS workspace, go to the workspace’s list of channels and click Manage Channels. To
delete a channel, go to CMS Channels in the Digital Experiences App.
You can remove channels from only enhanced CMS workspaces. You can delete non-site channels that aren’t associated with any CMS
workspace.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add and Remove a Channel From a CMS Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create and Manage CMS Channels (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Scale Content Delivery for High Performance (Beta)

Orgs hosted on Hyperforce can use Dedicated Content Delivery (beta) to deliver content with high performance and low latency. This
setting is on by default for all new public channels in an enhanced CMS workspace. You can enable this feature for existing public
channels on Hyperforce.
Where: This change applies to enhanced CMS workspaces in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions hosted on Hyperforce.

711
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Broaden Content Use and Reuse Possibilities in Enhanced
CMS Workspaces

Note: Dedicated Content Delivery is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: To enable Dedicated Content Delivery (beta) for existing public channels on Hyperforce, edit the channel settings. When you
enable this feature, newly published content is served through Hyperforce. Existing published content is served through Hyperforce the
next time it’s published.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: CMS Channels (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Broaden Content Use and Reuse Possibilities in Enhanced CMS Workspaces

Save time and space when you share content across enhanced CMS workspaces and reuse content between workspaces without
duplicating records. Work with content shared from a source workspace to a target workspace in the new Shared with Workspaces
folder.
Where: This change applies to enhanced CMS workspaces in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
How: To share content from a source workspace to a target workspace, open the enhanced CMS workspace. From the workspace settings
menu, click and select Workspace Sharing. Move target workspaces from the Unshared column to the Shared column, and save
your changes. After a content admin or manager configures the Workspace Settings to allow sharing, content authors can find that
content in the Shared with Workspaces folder.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: CMS Workspaces (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create and Clone Content in a CMS Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Skip the Alt Text for Decorative Images

To make it easier for visitors who use a screen reader or other assistive technology to use your site, designate an image, such as a
background or border, as purely decorative. The assistive technology skips over a decorative image and avoids distracting your site
visitors with unnecessary description. When the option is selected, the alt text field is cleared of any text and disabled.
Where: This change applies to enhanced CMS workspaces in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
How: To prevent alt text from being passed on to aria labels, select the option This image is purely decorative and needs no alt
text that’s under the Alt Text field when you create or edit image content in an enhanced CMS workspace.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create and Clone Content in a CMS Workspace (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Flow
Compose intelligent workflows with Flow Builder and Flow Orchestration. Integrate across any system with MuleSoft Composer for
Salesforce.

712
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Flow Builder
Trigger screen actions with a click of a button by using the Action Button component. Disable more screen components at run time.
Build formulas by describing what you want to calculate and letting Einstein generative AI figure it out for you. View flow data directly
on the Flow Builder canvas with on-canvas insights. Test and optimize customer journeys with the Path Experiment element. Expand
your email reach up to 150 recipients and use CC, BCC options in Send Email Action. Test and troubleshoot your template-triggered
prompt flows with the debug tool. Create personalized recommendations with Einstein Next Best Action and Experience Cloud.
Flow Orchestration
View orchestration details in the Automation Lightning app. Manage steps in an orchestration stage. Customize the Flow Orchestration
Work Guide component.
MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce
MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce makes it easy to integrate data from any system with clicks, and invoke processes in any flow.
When you create a secure process to connect the information stored in different systems, you build a real-time, integrated view of
your customers and business.

Flow Builder
Trigger screen actions with a click of a button by using the Action Button component. Disable more screen components at run time.
Build formulas by describing what you want to calculate and letting Einstein generative AI figure it out for you. View flow data directly
on the Flow Builder canvas with on-canvas insights. Test and optimize customer journeys with the Path Experiment element. Expand
your email reach up to 150 recipients and use CC, BCC options in Send Email Action. Test and troubleshoot your template-triggered
prompt flows with the debug tool. Create personalized recommendations with Einstein Next Best Action and Experience Cloud.

Flow Builder Updates

Trigger screen actions with a click of a button by using the Action Button component, now generally available. Use the Repeater
component to update existing record collections. Troubleshoot issues in a new errors and warnings pane. Build formulas by describing
what you want to calculate and letting Einstein generative AI figure it out for you (beta). Create flows with Einstein, and edit and
manage those flows in Flow Builder (beta). Launch another active prompt flow as a subflow within a prompt flow. Create or update
records based on specific criteria in the Create Records element. Transform data into more types of target resources.
Flow Marketing Cloud Updates
View flow data directly on the Flow Builder canvas with on-canvas insights. Test and optimize customer journeys with the Path
Experiment element. Create flows that are triggered by automation events such as SMS subscriptions. Associate a flow with a data
graph.
Flow Actions
Expand your email reach up to 150 recipients and use CC, BCC options in Send Email Action.
Flow Testing and Debugging
When debugging, you can now view the maximum number of scheduled flows that your org can run per day. Test and troubleshoot
your template-triggered prompt flows with the debug tool.
Flow Runtime
Versioned updates are available for flows and processes that are configured to run on API version 62.0.
Flow Extensions
Create personalized recommendations with Einstein Next Best Action and Experience Cloud.
Flow and Process Release Updates
Salesforce Flow has several release updates that are scheduled to be enforced in future releases.

713
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Flow Builder Updates

Trigger screen actions with a click of a button by using the Action Button component, now generally available. Use the Repeater
component to update existing record collections. Troubleshoot issues in a new errors and warnings pane. Build formulas by describing
what you want to calculate and letting Einstein generative AI figure it out for you (beta). Create flows with Einstein, and edit and manage
those flows in Flow Builder (beta). Launch another active prompt flow as a subflow within a prompt flow. Create or update records based
on specific criteria in the Create Records element. Transform data into more types of target resources.

User Experience Updates

Troubleshoot issues in a new errors and warnings pane. Search for child resources directly in the resource menu. Get guidance on
how to make your flows more efficient with tips directly in Flow Builder.
Screen Flow Updates
Trigger screen actions with a click of a button by using the Action Button component, now generally available. Use the Repeater
component to update existing record collections. Disable more screen components at run time. Select more choices in the Choice
Lookup component. Let users make changes to collections of records. Identify custom components with labels or API names displayed
directly on the component.
Get Help Creating Flow Formulas with Einstein (Beta)
Build flow formulas with ease by describing what you want to calculate and letting Einstein generative AI figure out the functions
and operators for you. Formulas created by Einstein are available only in Flow Formula Builder. Generative AI can produce inaccurate
or harmful responses, so it’s important to test your formula for accuracy and safety before activating your flow.
Edit Your Einstein Instructions in Flow Builder (Beta)
Now, when creating flows with Einstein, you can easily edit your instructions in the Einstein window without leaving Flow Builder.
This update simplifies the editing process, eliminating the need to copy your instructions and start over with a new flow. You can
also switch between the original flow and new flows you create with edited instructions, making the entire process straightforward
and user-friendly.
Launch Another Active Prompt Flow as a Subflow Within a Prompt Flow
You heard it right. The Subflow element is available for prompt flows. Now you can break your automation into building blocks and
reduce the complexity of a prompt flow. To perform a common task, you can call another reusable prompt flow from within a prompt
flow. Prompt flows can use the Subflow element to reference only other prompt flows.
Create or Update Records Efficiently with the Create Records Element
In Flow Builder, you can now use the Create Records element to create or update records based on whether a specified field value
exists in the database. The Create Records element makes the process of saving records easier and faster, as you no longer check
separately for existing records. By merging create and update into one element, you configure and maintain the flow more easily
while reducing potential errors from separate operations.
Transform Data into More Target Resource Types
With the Transform element, you can now set the target resource to more data types, such as Text, Numbers, Currency, Boolean,
Date, and Date/Time. Previously, the Transform element’s target resource only supported complex data types, such as Record or
Apex-defined.

User Experience Updates

Troubleshoot issues in a new errors and warnings pane. Search for child resources directly in the resource menu. Get guidance on how
to make your flows more efficient with tips directly in Flow Builder.

714
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Troubleshoot Configuration Issues Systematically with the Errors and Warning Pane
Troubleshooting flow errors is easier than ever before. The new Errors and Warnings pane lists issues that prevent you from saving
and activating your flow as you work in an easy to scan format. The pane includes links to the Flow Builder canvas that help you
identify the source of issues. You can show or hide the new pane with the Show Error button, which includes a notification badge
that displays the total number of issues to address.
Find Flow Child Resources More Easily
When referencing the child resource of an element in a flow, such as a screen component within a Screen element, now you can
search for and select it directly in the updated resource menu. Previously, you had to first select the element of the child resource,
and then select the child resource. This change applies to these child resources: Screen components, screen actions, Decision element
outcomes, and Wait element configurations.
Create New Variable and Constant Flow Resources More Easily
Now it’s easier to create new variable and constant flow resources with improved grouping and user-friendly labeling. Resource
grouping is now enabled for Text, Number, Currency, Boolean, Date, and Date/Time data types. These improvements make it easier
for you to more quickly discover the resources that you need.
Find Flow Resource Variables More Easily in Assignment and Create Records Elements
With this update, Flow Builder extends the enhanced resource-selection experience to Assignment and Create Records elements.
Resources such as Actions, Screen components, and Variables are grouped so it’s easier to find what you need.
Identify Inefficient Flow Designs with New Tips
New tips in Flow Builder help you identify designs that can slow down your flows and increase the risk of reaching Apex governor
limits. These tips appear in the Flow Builder canvas and provide guidance on how to improve your flow. By addressing these
suggestions, you can ensure that your flows are running efficiently and avoid potential performance issues.

Troubleshoot Configuration Issues Systematically with the Errors and Warning Pane
Troubleshooting flow errors is easier than ever before. The new Errors and Warnings pane lists issues that prevent you from saving and
activating your flow as you work in an easy to scan format. The pane includes links to the Flow Builder canvas that help you identify the
source of issues. You can show or hide the new pane with the Show Error button, which includes a notification badge that displays the
total number of issues to address.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
How: Create a flow, and click the Show Error icon in the button bar.

715
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Find Flow Child Resources More Easily

When referencing the child resource of an element in a flow, such as a screen component within a Screen element, now you can search
for and select it directly in the updated resource menu. Previously, you had to first select the element of the child resource, and then
select the child resource. This change applies to these child resources: Screen components, screen actions, Decision element outcomes,
and Wait element configurations.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: For example, you have a screen flow that collects a first name, last name, and email, and then creates a contact with that information.
In the Create Records element following the Screen element, when you set the email for the new contact, search for the name of your
email screen component (1). Then select the screen component (2).

716
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Standard Flow Screen Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Screen Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Element: Decision (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Element: Wait for Conditions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create New Variable and Constant Flow Resources More Easily

Now it’s easier to create new variable and constant flow resources with improved grouping and user-friendly labeling. Resource grouping
is now enabled for Text, Number, Currency, Boolean, Date, and Date/Time data types. These improvements make it easier for you to
more quickly discover the resources that you need.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Open an existing or a new flow in Flow Builder and then click New Resource under the Manager panel. Select the resource type,
Variable or Constant, and then the data type. Click in the Default Value field and enter a value or search for resources. The clickable
breadcrumb path helps you identify where you are and navigate resource groups (1). You can recognize resource types quickly with
more intuitive icons (2).

717
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Find Flow Resource Variables More Easily in Assignment and Create Records Elements
With this update, Flow Builder extends the enhanced resource-selection experience to Assignment and Create Records elements.
Resources such as Actions, Screen components, and Variables are grouped so it’s easier to find what you need.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Create or open a flow. Now add or edit an Assignment or a Create Records element.
For the Assignment element, click in the Set Variable Values field. The clickable breadcrumb path helps you identify where you are and
navigate resource groups (1). Recognize resource types quickly with more intuitive icons (2). To create a resource quickly, click New
Resource (3). To get helpful information about a resource, hover over the resource’s info icon (4).

For the Create Records element, the fields and values of manually selected objects and matching records are grouped and have clearer
labels. To quickly create a resource for values, click New Resource.

718
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Identify Inefficient Flow Designs with New Tips

New tips in Flow Builder help you identify designs that can slow down your flows and increase the risk of reaching Apex governor limits.
These tips appear in the Flow Builder canvas and provide guidance on how to improve your flow. By addressing these suggestions, you
can ensure that your flows are running efficiently and avoid potential performance issues.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and
Developer editions.
Why: These tips are especially useful for users who are new to building flows and aren’t aware of common pitfalls.

719
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

With these tips, you can proactively optimize your flows and improve the overall user experience. Additionally, the tips help reduce the
need for troubleshooting and debugging, saving you time and effort in the long run. Take advantage of these new tips to speed up your
flows and achieve better results.

Screen Flow Updates

Trigger screen actions with a click of a button by using the Action Button component, now generally available. Use the Repeater
component to update existing record collections. Disable more screen components at run time. Select more choices in the Choice
Lookup component. Let users make changes to collections of records. Identify custom components with labels or API names displayed
directly on the component.

Provide a Better Screen Flow Experience with Action Buttons (Generally Available)
With the Action Button component, the running user can trigger a screen action with the click of a button on a screen. The screen
action runs an active autolaunched flow, and the results of the autolaunched flow can be shown on the same screen as the button.
This component means fewer screens so users can complete screen flows more quickly and with fewer mistakes. Previously, users
clicked through multiple screens to get the same functionality. Now generally available, the Action Button component includes
some improvements since the last release.
Collect User Input to Modify a List of Records from a Screen
You can now use the Repeater component to update existing record collections so it’s easier for end users to change a collection
of records in a screen flow. Previously, the Repeater component in the Screen element supported only creating records.
Disable More Screen Component Fields at Run Time
Now you can disable fields on the Action Button, Dependent Picklist, Lookup, Phone, and Slider screen components by using the
component’s Disabled attribute. When the Disabled attribute is set to true, screen flow users can’t focus on or modify any fields in
the component. A gray background appears on the component’s input fields to give users a visual cue.

720
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Select Multiple Choices with Choice Lookup Component

You can now configure the Choice Lookup component to accept either a single selection or multiple selections (up to 25), making
it more flexible for your business processes. Previously, only the Lookup component supported selecting multiple options through
a lookup field.
Recognize and Differentiate Between Custom Components Instantly in Screen Elements
Custom components now show labels or API names directly on the component in Flow Builder where you add the component to
the Screen element, streamlining your workflow and reducing confusion. Previously, without a preview, understanding the role and
function of each custom component was a guessing game, especially if you added the same component more than once.
Deselect Data Table Rows When in Single-Row Selection Mode
Running users can deselect a row in a Data Table component that’s set to single-row selection mode, because we now use checkboxes
instead of radio buttons to select or deselect rows. To return to the previous functionality and use radio buttons, in the row
configuration section, select Require user to make a selection.

Provide a Better Screen Flow Experience with Action Buttons (Generally Available)
With the Action Button component, the running user can trigger a screen action with the click of a button on a screen. The screen action
runs an active autolaunched flow, and the results of the autolaunched flow can be shown on the same screen as the button. This
component means fewer screens so users can complete screen flows more quickly and with fewer mistakes. Previously, users clicked
through multiple screens to get the same functionality. Now generally available, the Action Button component includes some
improvements since the last release.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions. It’s not supported in Classic runtime for flows.
Why: The Action Button screen component has these new improvements:
• Your screen flow users can see a new indicator in the action button to let them know that the screen action is running.
• If you update the input and output variables of the action’s autolaunched flow, you can refresh your action’s inputs and outputs
without refreshing the browser and the flow.
• With the new In Progress screen action output, you can reference the in progress status of the screen action launched by the action
button somewhere else in the flow. For example, you can disable another screen component on the same screen if the screen action
is in progress. To use the In Progress output in an API version earlier than 62, open the screen that contains the action button
component and resave the flow.
• If the autolaunched flow that launches from the action button is running in system context, you’re notified so that you can take
appropriate steps to secure your data.
• You can disable the action button based on criteria that you set using a resource with a Boolean value.
• Multiple accessibility updates improve the screen reader experience at design time and run time.
How: In Flow Builder, create and activate an autolaunched flow that retrieves data and saves that data in one or more output variables.
Then, create a screen flow, add a Screen element to the flow, and include an Action Button component on the screen. Configure the
Action Button component to launch the autolaunched flow that you previously created. Add another component to the screen that
uses the output of the autolaunched flow. Save and run the flow.
For example, add a Screen element with a Lookup component that enables a user to search for and select an account record. Add an
Action Button component to the screen that launches a flow that retrieves the contact records related to the selected account record.
Add a Data Table component to the screen that uses the action button’s output to populate the component with the related contacts.

721
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

At run time, the user gets a streamlined experience because they can select the account without going to another screen to select the
contacts. Both actions are on one screen.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Flow Screen Input Component: Action Button (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Video: Action Button in Salesforce Flow

Collect User Input to Modify a List of Records from a Screen

You can now use the Repeater component to update existing record collections so it’s easier for end users to change a collection of
records in a screen flow. Previously, the Repeater component in the Screen element supported only creating records.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions. It’s not supported in Classic runtime for flows.
How: Consider the example of changing the beneficiaries for an insurance policy. Because you don’t know how many beneficiaries a
policy contains, you add the Repeater component to display existing beneficiary information. By setting a data source for the Repeater
component, you can enable users to easily adjust details for beneficiaries. At run time, each Repeater instance contains the details about
each beneficiary already associated with the policy, including name, contact information, and benefit allocation.

722
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Because you’re now working with more than just information the end user adds, you can access multiple output collections from the
Repeater component. Depending on the operations that the end user performed, you can process Added, All, Prepopulated, and Removed
Items collections. For instance, to create beneficiaries that were added and update beneficiaries that were modified, reference the All
Items output collection, and then use the new update existing records option in the Create Records element to save all the changes.
With new display options, you can also decide whether screen flow end users can add new items or remove prepopulated items in your
Repeater instance. End users can remove items that they added manually.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Modify Records from User Input in Screens (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Disable More Screen Component Fields at Run Time

Now you can disable fields on the Action Button, Dependent Picklist, Lookup, Phone, and Slider screen components by using the
component’s Disabled attribute. When the Disabled attribute is set to true, screen flow users can’t focus on or modify any fields in the
component. A gray background appears on the component’s input fields to give users a visual cue.

723
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions. It’s not supported in Classic runtime for flows.
How: Add an Action Button, Dependent Picklist, Lookup, Phone, or Slider screen component to a Screen element in a flow. Set the
Disabled attribute to a resource with a Boolean value. For example, you have a Screen element with a Lookup component that looks for
contacts. You want the Lookup component accessible only if the running user wants to search for existing contacts. You set the Lookup
component’s Disabled attribute to a Formula resource that evaluates to true when a checkbox called Search Existing Contacts? is
unchecked (1).

When the screen flow runs, the Contact Lookup component field is disabled (2) because the Search Existing Contacts? checkbox (3) is
unchecked.

When the Search Existing Contacts? checkbox is checked (4), the Contact Lookup component field is no longer disabled (5).

724
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Flow Screen Input Component: Action Button (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Screen Input Component: Dependent Picklists (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Screen Input Component: Lookup (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Screen Input Component: Phone (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Screen Input Component: Slider (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Select Multiple Choices with Choice Lookup Component

You can now configure the Choice Lookup component to accept either a single selection or multiple selections (up to 25), making it
more flexible for your business processes. Previously, only the Lookup component supported selecting multiple options through a lookup
field.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions. It’s not supported in Classic runtime for flows.
Why: Consider a screen flow that project managers use to assign multiple tasks to various team members. You can configure the Choice
Lookup component so that managers can select multiple tasks up to 25 selections. Previously, the Choice Lookup component supported
only a single selection at a time.

How: From the Screen element in Flow Builder, add the Choice Lookup component. For Let Users Select Multiple Options, select Yes.
Then, add the relevant choice resources.

725
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Flow Screen Input Component: Choice Lookup (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Recognize and Differentiate Between Custom Components Instantly in Screen Elements

Custom components now show labels or API names directly on the component in Flow Builder where you add the component to the
Screen element, streamlining your workflow and reducing confusion. Previously, without a preview, understanding the role and function
of each custom component was a guessing game, especially if you added the same component more than once.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: Imagine you’re reviewing a flow with multiple custom long-text components that are used to process support tickets. Previously,
it wasn't easy to determine which component captures the issue description and which one captures the reproduction steps. Now you
can see the role and function of each component at a glance, enhancing accuracy and efficiency.

Having this visual cue makes so many tasks easier, whether you're configuring a complex process or training new team members. The
preview of component API names or labels not only aids in faster onboarding of new users but also makes Flow Builder more intuitive
and less error-prone.

726
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Deselect Data Table Rows When in Single-Row Selection Mode

Running users can deselect a row in a Data Table component that’s set to single-row selection mode, because we now use checkboxes
instead of radio buttons to select or deselect rows. To return to the previous functionality and use radio buttons, in the row configuration
section, select Require user to make a selection.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise,
Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions. It’s not supported in Classic runtime for flows.

Get Help Creating Flow Formulas with Einstein (Beta)

Build flow formulas with ease by describing what you want to calculate and letting Einstein generative AI figure out the functions and
operators for you. Formulas created by Einstein are available only in Flow Formula Builder. Generative AI can produce inaccurate or
harmful responses, so it’s important to test your formula for accuracy and safety before activating your flow.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in:
• All Einstein 1 editions
• Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein for Platform add-on
Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-ons, contact your Salesforce account executive.

Note: This feature is a Beta Service. Customer may opt to try such Beta Service in its sole discretion. Any use of the Beta Service
is subject to the applicable Beta Services Terms provided at Agreements and Terms.
How: Turn on Einstein generative AI in Setup. Then, in Setup, find and select Process Automation Settings, and enable formulas
created by Einstein.
To create formulas with Einstein, open a Formula resource or an element with Formula Builder. Open the Einstein section and click the
Einstein button (1). Describe the formula you want Einstein to create (2). When adding resources to your formula description, use the
resource menu (3) to select them instead of manually writing them in. Click Create (4).

727
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

After Einstein creates the formula (5), check its syntax to make sure it’s set up correctly (6) and test your formula for accuracy and safety
before activating the flow.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Creating Flow Formulas with Einstein (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Edit Your Einstein Instructions in Flow Builder (Beta)

Now, when creating flows with Einstein, you can easily edit your instructions in the Einstein window without leaving Flow Builder. This
update simplifies the editing process, eliminating the need to copy your instructions and start over with a new flow. You can also switch
between the original flow and new flows you create with edited instructions, making the entire process straightforward and user-friendly.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in:
• All Einstein 1 editions
• Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein for Platform add-on
Einstein generative AI is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Platform, or Einstein for Service add-ons, contact your Salesforce account executive.

Note: This feature is a Beta Service. Customer may opt to try such Beta Service in its sole discretion. Any use of the Beta Service
is subject to the applicable Beta Services Terms provided at Agreements and Terms.
How: Turn on Einstein generative AI in Setup. Then, in Setup, find and select Einstein for Flow (Beta), and activate it.
To edit your Einstein instructions, create a draft flow with Einstein. In the Einstein window in Flow Builder, edit the instructions and click
Create (1).

728
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

A flow is created with your edited instructions. To switch between the original flow and the flows created with edited instructions, click
the arrows (2).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Let Einstein Help You Build Flows (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Video: Get to Know Einstein for Flow (Beta)

729
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Launch Another Active Prompt Flow as a Subflow Within a Prompt Flow

You heard it right. The Subflow element is available for prompt flows. Now you can break your automation into building blocks and
reduce the complexity of a prompt flow. To perform a common task, you can call another reusable prompt flow from within a prompt
flow. Prompt flows can use the Subflow element to reference only other prompt flows.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is available
in Lightning Experience.
How: Create a template-triggered prompt flow. Select a prompt template type that triggers the flow and set the input data type. Add
the Subflow element to the canvas. Search for and select the prompt flow to be referenced. Use values from the parent flow to set the
inputs for the referenced prompt flow.

To use the outputs of the referenced flow later in the flow, either reference the output of the Subflow element or store them as manually
assigned variables.

Create or Update Records Efficiently with the Create Records Element

In Flow Builder, you can now use the Create Records element to create or update records based on whether a specified field value exists
in the database. The Create Records element makes the process of saving records easier and faster, as you no longer check separately
for existing records. By merging create and update into one element, you configure and maintain the flow more easily while reducing
potential errors from separate operations.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and
Developer editions.
How: Imagine a sales manager who manages potential sales deals that are frequently updated with new information. For instance, a
sales team receives periodic updates about client budgets and timelines that are reflected in Salesforce. The team can use the Create
Records element to automatically decide whether to create a record or update an existing one.
From Flow Builder, add the Create Records element. For How Many Records to Create, click Multiple and select a record collection.
Enable Update Existing Records. Then select the remaining options for identifying existing records and for processing the remaining
records in case a record fails.

730
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Flow Element: Create Records (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Transform Data into More Target Resource Types

With the Transform element, you can now set the target resource to more data types, such as Text, Numbers, Currency, Boolean, Date,
and Date/Time. Previously, the Transform element’s target resource only supported complex data types, such as Record or Apex-defined.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and
Developer editions.
How: Modify small or large datasets in a way that’s easier to work with. For example, a sales manager wants to quickly see the total value
of all open opportunities to forecast revenue. By using Flow Builder, you create a flow that retrieves the opportunities. The flow then
stores the aggregated sum of the value of each of the opportunities in a number variable that you can reference later in the flow.
The flow executes the Get Records element to retrieve a collection of all open opportunities. Next, the Transform element’s Source Data
references the opportunity collection. The Transform element’s resource for Target Data stores the transformed value as a Number data
type.

731
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

The Transform element calculates the number of open opportunities and stores the target output in a number variable.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Transform Data in a Flow (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Flow Marketing Cloud Updates

View flow data directly on the Flow Builder canvas with on-canvas insights. Test and optimize customer journeys with the Path Experiment
element. Create flows that are triggered by automation events such as SMS subscriptions. Associate a flow with a data graph.

Visualize Flow Data with On-Canvas Insights

You can now view your flow’s analytics right from the canvas. For example, you can view data on how many times a specific element
ran, its average duration to execute, and how many errors it encountered. You can also access reports and create dashboards about
an element’s execution history. With on-canvas insights, you can make better informed decisions and optimize your flow within the
context of the flow itself.
Test and Optimize Engagement with Path Experiments
In segment-triggered flows, with the new Path Experiment element you can randomly assign up to 10 paths to individuals going
through your flow. For example, if you want to experiment with two different subscription renewal campaigns, you can create a
path for each campaign, specify what percentage of your audience you want to send to each path. The Path Experiment element
then automatically sends your audience down either path based on that percentage.

732
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Automate Your Responses to Common Customer Actions with Out-of-the-Box Automation Event-Triggered Flows
Streamline your workflow for responding to common business events with automation event-triggered flows. Set up an automation
that fires each time a customer submits a form on your website, subscribes to your emails, or subscribes to your SMS messages. For
example, automatically send a welcome email with a discount code when a customer subscribes to your newsletter. For each
out-of-the-box scenario, you can configure the automation that makes the most sense for your business in minutes. The automation
event-triggered flow for form submissions replaces form-triggered flows.
Preserve References to Data Graph Values in Campaign Flows
Associate a segment-triggered flow with a data graph to preserve any references to the data graph. When you create or edit a flow,
Flow Builder stores the values of the data graph that you associate with the flow. If you change the data graph elsewhere in your
org, Flow Builder maintains the stored values. Changing the default data graph for your org or updating a data graph referenced in
Flow Builder won’t break your flows.

Visualize Flow Data with On-Canvas Insights

You can now view your flow’s analytics right from the canvas. For example, you can view data on how many times a specific element
ran, its average duration to execute, and how many errors it encountered. You can also access reports and create dashboards about an
element’s execution history. With on-canvas insights, you can make better informed decisions and optimize your flow within the context
of the flow itself.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Advanced
edition.
How: For Data Cloud-triggered, segment-triggered, and form-triggered flows, element run data shows directly on the flow canvas. To
view more detailed analytics, open a specific element and then click on the Analytics tab in the element’s panel. There, you can see how
many times an element was run, how many times it succeeded, how many times it errored, and its average duration.

733
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

From the analytics tab, click More info in Reports to access more detailed reports on the element’s run data. For certain elements, like
Send Email actions, a successful run means only that the element ran successfully. A successful run doesn't necessarily indicate that the
email was sent or delivered. To see more details about the results of a Send Email action or other type of message engagement, create
a Data Cloud report using one of the Message Engagement DMOs, filtered by the flow element ID.

Note: To access reports, install the Flow Reports Analytics Package in Marketing Cloud Setup. On-canvas insights aren’t available
for form-triggered flows that were created prior to Winter ’25.
On-canvas insights are available only when viewing the flow in read-only mode. Active and previously run flows open in read-only mode
by default. To edit the flow and exit read-only mode, click Edit as New Version in the button bar or Save as New Flow in the dropdown.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: View On-Canvas Insights and Flow Reports (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Test and Optimize Engagement with Path Experiments

In segment-triggered flows, with the new Path Experiment element you can randomly assign up to 10 paths to individuals going through
your flow. For example, if you want to experiment with two different subscription renewal campaigns, you can create a path for each
campaign, specify what percentage of your audience you want to send to each path. The Path Experiment element then automatically
sends your audience down either path based on that percentage.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Salesforce Enterprise and Unlimited editions with Marketing Cloud Advanced
edition.
Why: With the Path Experiment element, marketers can test different messing delivery, cadence, copy, and channel combinations, all
in a single flow.
How: In Flow Builder, add the Path Experiment element to the canvas. In the Path Management section, you can add paths, remove
paths, and assign the percentage of individuals to send down that path.

In this renewal campaign example, 80% of the audience is sent down the Original path, which sends an email asking users to renew.
The path then waits 1 day and then sends a follow up SMS. Twenty percent of the audience is sent down the Revised path, which sends
an email that includes a testimonial. The path waits 1 week before sending an SMS with a discount code.

734
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Flow Element: Path Experiment (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Automate Your Responses to Common Customer Actions with Out-of-the-Box Automation

Event-Triggered Flows
Streamline your workflow for responding to common business events with automation event-triggered flows. Set up an automation
that fires each time a customer submits a form on your website, subscribes to your emails, or subscribes to your SMS messages. For
example, automatically send a welcome email with a discount code when a customer subscribes to your newsletter. For each
out-of-the-box scenario, you can configure the automation that makes the most sense for your business in minutes. The automation
event-triggered flow for form submissions replaces form-triggered flows.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Marketing Cloud Growth edition. Form submission automation-event
triggered flows are also available in Lightning Experience for Salesforce Starter edition.
Who: To create automation event-triggered flows, users need the Manage Flows or Create or Modify Automation Event-Triggered Flows
permissions.
How: From the Flows or Campaigns tab, create an automation event-triggered flow. In the Start node, select an Event from the Event
Library such as Email Subscription. Configure the event. Save and run the flow. You can reference the event outputs such as the concent
status in the new $Event flow variable.

735
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Preserve References to Data Graph Values in Campaign Flows

Associate a segment-triggered flow with a data graph to preserve any references to the data graph. When you create or edit a flow, Flow
Builder stores the values of the data graph that you associate with the flow. If you change the data graph elsewhere in your org, Flow
Builder maintains the stored values. Changing the default data graph for your org or updating a data graph referenced in Flow Builder
won’t break your flows.
Where: This feature is available in Lightning Experience for Marketing Cloud Growth edition.
Why: You can reference data graph attributes such as segment membership and calculated insights to personalize your flows without
worrying about breaking your flows when the data graph changes.
How: In Flow Builder, create a segment-triggered flow. In the Set flow details window, select a data graph to associate with the flow.

Flow Actions
Expand your email reach up to 150 recipients and use CC, BCC options in Send Email Action.

Expand Your Email Reach by Using CC and BCC Options in Send Email Action
The maximum total number of recipient email addresses is increased from 5 to 150. You can now add CC and BCC recipients to
emails by using the Send Email Action in Flow Builder. Any address entered in the CC field receives a copy of the email, and those
in the BCC field also receive a copy, but their email addresses are hidden from all recipients.

Expand Your Email Reach by Using CC and BCC Options in Send Email Action
The maximum total number of recipient email addresses is increased from 5 to 150. You can now add CC and BCC recipients to emails
by using the Send Email Action in Flow Builder. Any address entered in the CC field receives a copy of the email, and those in the BCC
field also receive a copy, but their email addresses are hidden from all recipients.

736
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise,
Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Flow Builder, in the element menu, search for Send Email, and then select Send Email. When you set input values, turn on BCC
Recipient Address List and CC Recipient Address List. If you want to add recipients’ email addresses, enter them as a comma-delimited
list or use a merge field that returns text in this format.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Flow Core Action: Send Email (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Flow Testing and Debugging

When debugging, you can now view the maximum number of scheduled flows that your org can run per day. Test and troubleshoot
your template-triggered prompt flows with the debug tool.

See Scheduled Flows Limit in Debug Details

Now, you can view the maximum number of scheduled flows that your org can run daily, helping you stay under the limits. Previously,
the panel showed only the ID of the record on which the debug operation ran and the number of records impacted. This additional
information helps you plan and execute more efficiently, avoiding the frustration of halted flows.
Test and Troubleshoot Your Template-Triggered Prompt Flows with the Debug Tool
Now you can test your flow’s behavior and troubleshoot issues with the template-triggered prompt flow debug tool in Flow Builder.
When you click Debug on a template-triggered prompt flow, you can provide input values for the flow to test for specific conditions.

737
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

See Scheduled Flows Limit in Debug Details

Now, you can view the maximum number of scheduled flows that your org can run daily, helping you stay under the limits. Previously,
the panel showed only the ID of the record on which the debug operation ran and the number of records impacted. This additional
information helps you plan and execute more efficiently, avoiding the frustration of halted flows.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: Understanding your daily limits upfront supports better resource management and operational planning. For instance, if you’re
managing end-of-month reporting flows, you can adjust schedules to stay within limits, ensuring smooth and uninterrupted flows.
Seeing the scheduled flows limit can be transformative for large organizations where flow limits can quickly become a bottleneck.

Test and Troubleshoot Your Template-Triggered Prompt Flows with the Debug Tool
Now you can test your flow’s behavior and troubleshoot issues with the template-triggered prompt flow debug tool in Flow Builder.
When you click Debug on a template-triggered prompt flow, you can provide input values for the flow to test for specific conditions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is available
in Lightning Experience.
How: Open a template-triggered prompt flow in Flow Builder and then click Debug. Set the debug options and input variables, and
then click Run.

738
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Debug a Flow in Flow Builder (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Flow Runtime
Versioned updates are available for flows and processes that are configured to run on API version 62.0.

Flow and Process Run-Time Changes

These updates affect only flows and processes that are configured to run on specific API versions.

Flow and Process Run-Time Changes

These updates affect only flows and processes that are configured to run on specific API versions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

739
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

How: With versioned updates you can test and adopt run-time behavior changes for individual flows and processes at your convenience.
To change the run-time API version of a flow, open it in Flow Builder and edit the flow version properties. To change the run-time API
version of a process, open it in Process Builder and edit its properties.
Enforce Sharing Rules when Apex Launches a Flow
In API version 62.0 and later, this versioned update enforces sharing rules when an Apex class that’s declared using the with sharing
keyword launches an autolaunched flow that runs in the default context. To enforce sharing, the Apex class must be declared using
the with sharing keyword.
Previously, the flow ran in system context without sharing even when an Apex class was declared using the with sharing keyword
launched the flow.
With this versioned update, the flow runs more securely in the default context when an Apex class that’s declared using the with
sharing keyword launches an autolaunched flow. The flow enforces the sharing rules of the user that executes the Apex class.
Previously, when sharing rules weren’t enforced, the flow was able to access all data.
This versioned update restricts data access for autolaunched flows that are run in the default context and launched by an Apex class.
The Apex class must be declared using the with sharing keyword. Data access is restricted to the sharing rules of the user that
executed the Apex class.
For example, a query can return fewer rows than it did in system context without sharing. An operation can fail because the user
doesn’t have the correct permissions.
Evaluate Null Text Values
With this versioned update in API Version 61.0 and later, a null text value evaluates to null in a flow. Previously, a null text value
evaluated to an empty string value. For example, an empty picklist value evaluates to a null text value when the flow runs on API
version 61.0 and later.
Set Screen Action Outputs to Null Correctly
In API version 62.0 and later, this versioned update makes sure that if a flow run by a screen action has an output that isn’t set by
using an Assignment element, its outputs are set to null, as expected. Screen components using that output are now updated
automatically.
Set Conditionally Hidden Screen Component Outputs to Null Correctly
In API version 62.0 and later, this versioned update makes sure that if a conditionally hidden screen component has a collection as
an output, its outputs are set to null, as expected.

Flow Extensions
Create personalized recommendations with Einstein Next Best Action and Experience Cloud.

Create Personalized Recommendations Using Einstein Next Best Action in Experience Cloud Sites
Use Einstein Next Best Action to build AI-powered insights for a wide array of use cases. You can use point-and-click and programmatic
functionality to build applications that predict anything surfaced through Salesforce. In Experience Cloud sites, you can add the
Einstein Next Best Action component in your Experience Cloud page to set up data that uses flows, strategies, and the Recommendation
object to create personalized offers and actions for your users using business logic and predictive models to refine those
recommendations.

Create Personalized Recommendations Using Einstein Next Best Action in Experience Cloud Sites
Use Einstein Next Best Action to build AI-powered insights for a wide array of use cases. You can use point-and-click and programmatic
functionality to build applications that predict anything surfaced through Salesforce. In Experience Cloud sites, you can add the Einstein
Next Best Action component in your Experience Cloud page to set up data that uses flows, strategies, and the Recommendation object
to create personalized offers and actions for your users using business logic and predictive models to refine those recommendations.

740
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Flow and Process Release Updates

Salesforce Flow has several release updates that are scheduled to be enforced in future releases.

Enforce Sharing Rules When Apex Launches a Flow (Release Update)

This update was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25. Starting Winter ’25, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we
recommend that you enable it. When this update is enabled, an autolaunched flow that runs in the default context enforces sharing
rules when an Apex class launches the flow. To enforce sharing, the Apex class must be declared using the with sharing keyword.
This update was available starting in Spring ’24. If you don’t enable this update, you can now alternatively enforce sharing rules when
you run the flow or Apex on API version 62.0 or later. You can test and adopt run-time behavior changes for individual flows at your
convenience.
Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting Approval Requests (Release Update)
After Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting Approval Requests is enabled, guest users can approve or reject an approval
request. Guest users are no longer able to edit, reassign, or delete approval requests. This update was first available in Winter ’23 and
enforcement was scheduled for Summer ’23. We then postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’24 and postponed again to Winter
’25.
Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release Update)
This update was first made available in Winter ’24 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25, but we postponed the enforcement
to Winter ’26. With this update enabled, Salesforce restricts a user’s ability to run a flow. A user must be granted the correct profile
or permission set to run the flow. When enabled, this release update deprecates the FlowSites org permission, which gave all users
in the org access to run any flow. With this update, flows run more securely because only users who are granted correct profiles or
permission sets can run flows. Salesforce postponed the enforcement to allow additional time for admins to test and prepare for
the change. There is no impact to admins who already enabled the update. We appreciate your adoption of this change.
Enable Secure Redirection for Flows (Release Update)
To protect your users and network, apply stricter validation to the flow URL parameter that determines where you redirect users
after they complete a screen flow. With stricter validation, Salesforce blocks requests to redirect users to URLs that don’t meet the
additional validation requirements unless they’re on your list of trusted URLs in Setup. When Salesforce blocks a request, users see
an invalid-page redirection error. This update is available starting in Spring ’25.
Enforce Rollbacks for Apex Action Exceptions in REST API (Release Update)
This update preserves data integrity by rolling back transactions that end in an exception. When you execute an Apex action using
REST API, the API doesn’t change Salesforce data if that exception occurs. This update, originally named Enforce Rollbacks for Custom
Invocable Action Exceptions in Connect REST API, was first made available in Spring ’23 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter
’24, but we postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’25.
Run Flows in User Context via REST API (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’22. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. With this update, a flow that runs via REST API uses the running user’s profile and
permission sets to determine the object permissions and field-level access of the flow.
Evaluate Criteria Based on Original Record Values in Process Builder (Release Update)
This update fixes a bug with the evaluation criteria in processes that have multiple criteria and a record update. This release update
ensures that a process with multiple criteria and a record update evaluates the original value of the field that began the process with
a value of null. This update was first made available in Summer ’19.

741
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Make Flows Respect Access Modifiers for Legacy Apex Actions (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’21. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25.With this release update enabled, developers can trust that their legacy Apex
actions are properly protected and available only to other components in their managed packages. This update makes a flow fail if
it contains a public legacy Apex action.
Disable Access to Session IDs in Flows (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Winter ’24. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. To improve security, this update prevents flow interviews from resolving the
$Api.Session_ID variable at run time. Previously, when a flow screen included the $Api.Session_ID variable, the browser session ID
of the user that ran the flow appeared on the screen. A user was able to employ the session ID to bypass security controls.
Enable Partial Save for Invocable Actions (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’20. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. This critical update improves the behaviors and effects of failed invocable actions.
It only affects external REST API calls to invocable actions done in bulk. With this update, when invoking a set of actions in a single
request, a single failed invocable action no longer causes the entire transaction to fail. Without this update, if a single invocable
action fails, other invocable actions within the transaction are rolled back and the entire transaction fails.
Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs (Release Update)
This update enables permission requirements to be enforced for built-in Apex classes that are used as inputs for Apex actions. It also
guarantees that the affected Apex action operates within the current component context. Currently, Apex actions rely on the previous
component context. This behavior leads to failed flow interviews when the flow includes an Apex action that contains a built-in
Apex class with permission requirements as input.
Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order (Release Update)
This update enables Apex batch action results to be returned in the order the requests are received. Currently, error-prone requests
are prioritized at the top of the result list, while successful ones are positioned at the bottom.
Enable EmailSimple Invocable Action to Respect Organization-Wide Profile Settings (Release Update)
With this update enabled, the Send Email invocable action adheres to organization-wide email address profile settings. This update
was first made available in Summer ’23 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’24, but we postponed the enforcement date
to Winter ’25.
Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in Prompt Flows (Release Update)
This update removes the ability to specify a flex prompt template type from a template-triggered prompt flow. Instead, create
template-triggered prompt flows that use manual inputs because the flows aren’t limited to a single prompt template type. You
must update existing flows that reference flex prompt template types to use manual inputs. This update is available starting in Winter
’25.

Enforce Sharing Rules When Apex Launches a Flow (Release Update)

This update was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25. Starting Winter ’25, Salesforce no longer enforces this update, but we recommend
that you enable it. When this update is enabled, an autolaunched flow that runs in the default context enforces sharing rules when an
Apex class launches the flow. To enforce sharing, the Apex class must be declared using the with sharing keyword. This update was
available starting in Spring ’24. If you don’t enable this update, you can now alternatively enforce sharing rules when you run the flow
or Apex on API version 62.0 or later. You can test and adopt run-time behavior changes for individual flows at your convenience.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

742
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

When: This update was first available starting in Spring ’24 and scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25. Starting Winter ’25, Salesforce
no longer enforces this update.
Why: When an Apex class that’s declared using the with sharing keyword launches an autolaunched flow that runs in the default context,
the flow runs in system context with sharing rules. Previously, the flow ran in system context without sharing when an Apex class launched
the flow.
After this release update is enabled, the flow runs more securely in the default context when an Apex class that’s declared using the
with sharing keyword launches an autolaunched flow. The flow enforces the sharing rules of the user that executes the Apex class.
Previously, when sharing rules weren’t enforced, the flow was able to access all data.
How: When this update is enforced, data access is restricted for autolaunched flows that are run in the default context and launched
by an Apex class. The Apex class must be declared using the with sharing keyword. Data access is restricted to the sharing rules of the
user that executed the Apex class.
For example, a query can return fewer rows than it did in system context without sharing. An operation can fail because the user doesn’t
have the correct permissions.
To change the run-time API version of a flow, open it in Flow Builder and edit the flow version properties. See Flow and Process Run-Time
Changes.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates
Flow and Process Run-Time Changes

Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting Approval Requests (Release Update)
After Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting Approval Requests is enabled, guest users can approve or reject an approval request.
Guest users are no longer able to edit, reassign, or delete approval requests. This update was first available in Winter ’23 and enforcement
was scheduled for Summer ’23. We then postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’24 and postponed again to Winter ’25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Winter ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
How: To apply this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For
Prevent Guest User from Editing or Deleting Approval Requests, follow the testing and activation steps.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates

Restrict User Access to Run Flows (Release Update)

This update was first made available in Winter ’24 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’25, but we postponed the enforcement
to Winter ’26. With this update enabled, Salesforce restricts a user’s ability to run a flow. A user must be granted the correct profile or
permission set to run the flow. When enabled, this release update deprecates the FlowSites org permission, which gave all users in the
org access to run any flow. With this update, flows run more securely because only users who are granted correct profiles or permission
sets can run flows. Salesforce postponed the enforcement to allow additional time for admins to test and prepare for the change. There
is no impact to admins who already enabled the update. We appreciate your adoption of this change.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, and all versions of the mobile app in Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

743
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

When: Salesforce enforces this update in Winter ’26. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab. See the knowledge article for frequently asked questions.
Why: Previously, in some cases, all users could run all flows without profiles or permission sets. Enabling this update restricts user access
to users who are granted the profile or permission set to run the flow.
How: To apply this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For
Restrict User Access to Run Flows, follow the testing and activation steps.
After you enable Restrict User Access to Run Flows, all users must be granted access to run a flow. Add the Run Flows permission to a
permission set. For more granular access control, restrict specific flow access to an available permission set. We recommend that you
disable the Flow User preference in Setup for each user. If the Flow User preference is enabled in a user’s details in Setup, the user can
run all flows. To create, update, and delete a flow, add the Manage Flow permission. See the knowledge article for frequently asked
questions.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates
Knowledge Article: FAQs: Prepare for the enforcement of the 'Restrict User Access to Run Flow' Release Update (can be outdated or
unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: User Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Limit User Access to Execute Flows (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enable Secure Redirection for Flows (Release Update)

To protect your users and network, apply stricter validation to the flow URL parameter that determines where you redirect users after
they complete a screen flow. With stricter validation, Salesforce blocks requests to redirect users to URLs that don’t meet the additional
validation requirements unless they’re on your list of trusted URLs in Setup. When Salesforce blocks a request, users see an invalid-page
redirection error. This update is available starting in Spring ’25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update starting in Spring ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status,
search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
How: To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For
the Enable Secure Redirection for Flows release update, review the documentation links that describe valid redirection URLs, and then
follow the testing and activation steps.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates
Salesforce Help: Customize a Flow URL to Control Finish Behavior (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Manage Redirections to External URLs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enforce Rollbacks for Apex Action Exceptions in REST API (Release Update)
This update preserves data integrity by rolling back transactions that end in an exception. When you execute an Apex action using REST
API, the API doesn’t change Salesforce data if that exception occurs. This update, originally named Enforce Rollbacks for Custom Invocable
Action Exceptions in Connect REST API, was first made available in Spring ’23 and was scheduled to be enforced in Winter ’24, but we
postponed the enforcement date to Spring ’25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

744
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
How: Before you apply this update, review your Apex-defined invocable actions and ensure that they don’t generate exceptions when
executed. If the output isn’t void, ensure that inputs and outputs match on both the size and order. Then, from Setup, in the Quick Find
box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. To get the Enforce Rollback for Apex Action Exceptions in REST
API release update, follow the testing and activation steps.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates

Run Flows in User Context via REST API (Release Update)

Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’22. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. With this update, a flow that runs via REST API uses the running user’s profile and
permission sets to determine the object permissions and field-level access of the flow.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce is scheduled to re-enforce this update in Winter ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to
Trust Status, search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: Previously, a flow ran in system context when the flow was executed via REST API. A flow that runs in system context has permission
to access and modify all data.
With this update, the flow runs in the context of the user who is authenticated via REST API. When the flow runs via REST API, the running
user’s profile and permission sets determine the object permissions and field-level access of the flow.
For example, the Update Account Type flow is run via REST API.
POST /v54.0/actions/custom/flow/Update_Account_Type
This update improves security in Salesforce by preventing you from unintentionally allowing users to create or edit records they don’t
have access to.
How: Enabling this update prevents flows that run via REST API from editing records that the running user doesn’t have permission to
edit.
To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Run
Flows in User Context via REST API, follow the testing and activation steps.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates

Evaluate Criteria Based on Original Record Values in Process Builder (Release Update)
This update fixes a bug with the evaluation criteria in processes that have multiple criteria and a record update. This release update
ensures that a process with multiple criteria and a record update evaluates the original value of the field that began the process with a
value of null. This update was first made available in Summer ’19.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.

745
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

When: Salesforce enforces this update in Summer ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
How: To apply this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For
Evaluate Criteria Based on Original Record Values in Process Builder, follow the testing and activation steps.
If you have a process with the Do you want to execute the actions only when specified changes are made to the record? option selected, or
it uses the ISCHANGED() function in your criteria, this update can cause the process to behave differently.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates

Make Flows Respect Access Modifiers for Legacy Apex Actions (Release Update)
Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’21. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25.With this release update enabled, developers can trust that their legacy Apex actions
are properly protected and available only to other components in their managed packages. This update makes a flow fail if it contains
a public legacy Apex action.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce is scheduled to re-enforce this update in Winter ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to
Trust Status, search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: This update resolves an issue where flows don’t respect the public access modifiers for legacy Apex actions. The issue affects only
legacy Apex actions that reference Apex classes installed from managed packages.
Legacy Apex actions were formerly known as Apex plug-ins. When you define an Apex class that implements the Process.Plugin
interface in your org, it’s available in Flow Builder as a legacy Apex action.

Note: For new Apex integrations, we recommend using the InvocableMethod annotation instead of the
Process.Plugin interface. This update doesn’t affect invocable Apex methods.
With this update enabled:
• Flows fail when they execute public legacy Apex actions.
• Public legacy Apex actions aren’t available in Flow Builder.
• Global legacy Apex actions with public describe or invokemethods are available to flows in a different namespace.
How: We recommend that you test this update in a sandbox or developer org before activating the update in production. If you must
work in your production org, do so during off-peak hours. Test all paths that contain legacy Apex action elements and make sure that
your flows work correctly. If a legacy Apex action is important for a business process but isn’t supported with this update, contact the
package developer. The developer can consider making a legacy Apex action global, or rebuilding the functionality in a new Apex class.
To apply this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and select Release Updates. For Make Flows
Respect Access Modifiers for Legacy Apex Actions, follow the testing and activation steps.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates

746
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Disable Access to Session IDs in Flows (Release Update)

Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Winter ’24. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. To improve security, this update prevents flow interviews from resolving the
$Api.Session_ID variable at run time. Previously, when a flow screen included the $Api.Session_ID variable, the browser session ID of
the user that ran the flow appeared on the screen. A user was able to employ the session ID to bypass security controls.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce is scheduled to re-enforce this update in Winter ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to
Trust Status, search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
How: Before you apply this update, remove all dependencies on the $Api.Session_ID variable from your flows. Then, from Setup, in the
Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. To get the Disable Access to Browser Session IDs in
Flows release update, follow the testing and activation steps.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates

Enable Partial Save for Invocable Actions (Release Update)

Salesforce previously enforced this release update in Spring ’20. In some cases, the associated preferences were inadvertently reverted
by user actions, requiring Salesforce to re-launch the update for a subset of users. For impacted users, this update is available in your
org and is scheduled to re-enforce it in Winter ’25. This critical update improves the behaviors and effects of failed invocable actions. It
only affects external REST API calls to invocable actions done in bulk. With this update, when invoking a set of actions in a single request,
a single failed invocable action no longer causes the entire transaction to fail. Without this update, if a single invocable action fails, other
invocable actions within the transaction are rolled back and the entire transaction fails.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce is scheduled to re-enforce this update in Winter ’25 . To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to
Trust Status, search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: Without this critical update, if one invocable action fails, other invocable actions in the same transaction are rolled back. With this
critical update, Salesforce tries three times to execute the invocable actions that run successfully and rolls back only the invocable actions
that fail to execute. This functionality is called partial save.
Most invocable action types that are invoked via REST API are enabled with the partial save functionality. However, even with this critical
update, these action types don’t support partial save functionality.
• Cancel Fulfillment Order
• Cancellation Orders
• Capture Funds
• Content Workspaces
• Create Fulfillment Order
• Create Invoice from Fulfillment Order
• Create Service Report
• External Services
• Generate Work Orders
• Invocable Apex

747
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

• Skills-based Routing
• Submit Digital Form Response
Partial save can cause an external callout to occur multiple times, and external callouts can’t be rolled back. Repeated external callouts
can occur only when a flow is launched from a process or invoked from REST API and that flow makes multiple attempts to execute the
action that’s making the external callouts.
Because partial save can make multiple attempts to execute an action, the transaction can take longer than expected. This can cause
your org to reach some limits sooner than expected.
How:
From Setup, enter Critical Updates in the Quick Find box, and select Critical Updates. For Enable Partial Save for Invocable
Actions, click Activate.
Review any API integrations that use invocable actions to ensure they properly accommodate partial-save behavior.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates

Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs (Release Update)
This update enables permission requirements to be enforced for built-in Apex classes that are used as inputs for Apex actions. It also
guarantees that the affected Apex action operates within the current component context. Currently, Apex actions rely on the previous
component context. This behavior leads to failed flow interviews when the flow includes an Apex action that contains a built-in Apex
class with permission requirements as input.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: Currently, Apex actions rely on the previous component context. With this update enabled, permission requirements are enforced
for built-in Apex classes that are used as inputs for Apex actions. It also guarantees that the affected Apex action operates within the
current component context.
How: When this update is enabled, permission requirements for Apex inputs that use built-in Apex classes are enforced, and the affected
Apex action operates within the current component context. Then, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates,
and then select Release Updates. To get the Enforce Permission Requirements Defined on Built-In Apex Classes Used as Inputs release
update, follow the testing and activation steps.

Sort Apex Batch Action Results by Request Order (Release Update)

This update enables Apex batch action results to be returned in the order the requests are received. Currently, error-prone requests are
prioritized at the top of the result list, while successful ones are positioned at the bottom.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: Currently, results with errors are prioritized at the top of the result list, and successful ones are positioned at the bottom. With this
change, all results are sorted by when the associated requests were received.
How: After this update is applied, Apex batch action results are ordered according to when the incoming requests were received. Then,
from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. To get the Enforce Permission
Requirements Defined on File-Based Apex Classes Used as Inputs release update, follow the testing and activation steps.

748
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Builder

Enable EmailSimple Invocable Action to Respect Organization-Wide Profile Settings (Release Update)
With this update enabled, the Send Email invocable action adheres to organization-wide email address profile settings. This update was
first made available in Summer ’23 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’24, but we postponed the enforcement date to Winter
’25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Winter ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: When this update is enforced, any call to the EmailSimple invocable action adheres to organization-wide email address profile
settings. Using the Send Email action in Flow, Apex, or REST API without the correct email address profile setting results in an error.
How: If you have granted users access to invoke EmailSimple through internal features or via the REST API, review their implementation
and the profile settings applied to their organization-wide email addresses. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release
Updates, and then select Release Updates. To get the Enable EmailSimple Invocable Action to Respect Organization-Wide Profile
Settings release update, follow the assessment steps.

Enhance Flexibility and Reusability in Prompt Flows (Release Update)

This update removes the ability to specify a flex prompt template type from a template-triggered prompt flow. Instead, create
template-triggered prompt flows that use manual inputs because the flows aren’t limited to a single prompt template type. You must
update existing flows that reference flex prompt template types to use manual inputs. This update is available starting in Winter ’25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. Einstein generative AI is available
in Lightning Experience.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: Before this update is enabled or enforced, flex prompt template types are available to template-triggered prompt flows. Only a
flex prompt template type can run a template-triggered prompt flow that references the same flex prompt template type.
After this update is enabled or enforced, flex prompt template types are no longer available as prompt template types in template-triggered
prompt flows. New and existing template-triggered prompt flows are no longer associated with a flex prompt template type.
You can create template-triggered prompt flows that use manual inputs because the flows aren’t limited to a single prompt template
type. Reuse the flows across various prompt template types.
How: When this update is enabled or enforced, existing template-triggered prompt flows that reference flex templates fail to run because
the flex templates they referenced are now undefined. Existing flex templates are no longer available in template-triggered prompt
flows.
Before you enable this update, you must update existing template-triggered prompt flows that reference flex templates to use manual
inputs. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Flows, and then select Flows. Open each template-triggered prompt flow that uses
a flex prompt template type. Open the Start element. Make a note of the current inputs and their data types.
Change the prompt template input type from automatic to manual. For each input in the flex template, create a variable of the same
data type with Available for input selected. Because you replaced the previous input with manual variables, you must update all references
to inputs throughout the flow. Save and activate your flow.

749
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Orchestration

To apply this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Enhance
Flexibility and Reusability in Prompt Flows, follow the testing and activation steps.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Example of Reusable Template-Triggered Prompt Flow (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create a Flex Prompt Template (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Ground with Apex Merge Fields (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Flow and Process Release Updates
Release Updates

Flow Orchestration
View orchestration details in the Automation Lightning app. Manage steps in an orchestration stage. Customize the Flow Orchestration
Work Guide component.

View Orchestration Details in the Automation Lightning App

You can see all your orchestrations and manage their associated orchestration runs from the new Orchestrations tab in the Automation
Lightning app. To see associated orchestration runs, select the Runs tab. To see details about an orchestration run, select it in the
Orchestration Runs list view. View a selected orchestration run’s stages, steps, and log items, and manage in-progress, suspended,
or failed orchestration runs. Previously, you viewed orchestrations and managed orchestration runs from Setup.
Manage Steps in an Orchestration Stage
Want to reuse a step in a stage or view the steps in a stage in a different order? You can copy a step and paste it into the same stage
or another stage within the orchestration. To rearrange a step, drag the step within the stage. Dragging steps within a stage changes
their order of appearance, but it doesn’t affect the order that the steps run in. Also, are you tired of opening a step’s Properties panel
to view its description? If a step has a description, hover over the description icon to see it without editing the step.
Customize the Flow Orchestration Work Guide Component
Control how the Flow Orchestration Work Guide component appears to users with assigned work. You can configure the component
to work differently on each record page that you add it to. The changes that you make don’t affect how the component looks in
Lightning App Builder. Provide your title for the component, and set a default sort order for orchestration work items. You can set
the visibility of the orchestration run name, orchestration stage name, and orchestration step name for all orchestration work items
displayed in the component. You can also hide the component for assigned users who have no work items.
Add New Fields in Orchestration Run List Views
Add more detail to your Orchestration Run list view with 3 new fields: current stage, duration, and triggering record. Current stage
is the API name of the stage that was running when the orchestration was paused or failed because of an action called by a step. If
the orchestration’s status isn’t Paused or Error, then no value is set for the Current Stage field. Duration is how long the orchestration
has been running. Durations increase until the orchestration is completed or until it ends in an error.
Other Changes to Flow Orchestration
Learn about improvements to Flow Orchestration.

View Orchestration Details in the Automation Lightning App

You can see all your orchestrations and manage their associated orchestration runs from the new Orchestrations tab in the Automation
Lightning app. To see associated orchestration runs, select the Runs tab. To see details about an orchestration run, select it in the
Orchestration Runs list view. View a selected orchestration run’s stages, steps, and log items, and manage in-progress, suspended, or
failed orchestration runs. Previously, you viewed orchestrations and managed orchestration runs from Setup.

750
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Flow Orchestration

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: To view the Automation Lightning app, in Setup, under Process Automation Settings, select Enable the Automation Lightning
App.
Assign the new View Orchestration in Automation App user permission to users who need view-only access to orchestrations in the
Automation Lightning app. Or assign the new Orchestration Process Manager permission set.
Assign either the Manage Orchestration Runs or the Manage Orchestration Runs and Work Items user permission and the View Orchestration
in Automation App user permission to users who manage orchestration runs.

Manage Steps in an Orchestration Stage

Want to reuse a step in a stage or view the steps in a stage in a different order? You can copy a step and paste it into the same stage or
another stage within the orchestration. To rearrange a step, drag the step within the stage. Dragging steps within a stage changes their
order of appearance, but it doesn’t affect the order that the steps run in. Also, are you tired of opening a step’s Properties panel to view
its description? If a step has a description, hover over the description icon to see it without editing the step.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Orchestration Steps (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Customize the Flow Orchestration Work Guide Component

Control how the Flow Orchestration Work Guide component appears to users with assigned work. You can configure the component
to work differently on each record page that you add it to. The changes that you make don’t affect how the component looks in Lightning
App Builder. Provide your title for the component, and set a default sort order for orchestration work items. You can set the visibility of
the orchestration run name, orchestration stage name, and orchestration step name for all orchestration work items displayed in the
component. You can also hide the component for assigned users who have no work items.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Add New Fields in Orchestration Run List Views

Add more detail to your Orchestration Run list view with 3 new fields: current stage, duration, and triggering record. Current stage is the
API name of the stage that was running when the orchestration was paused or failed because of an action called by a step. If the
orchestration’s status isn’t Paused or Error, then no value is set for the Current Stage field. Duration is how long the orchestration has
been running. Durations increase until the orchestration is completed or until it ends in an error.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Other Changes to Flow Orchestration

Learn about improvements to Flow Orchestration.
Where: These changes apply to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Easier Access to Debugging a Failed Orchestration

Your orchestration run failed within the past 14 days. If you have the Manage Orchestration Runs or Manage Orchestration Runs and
Work permission, debug it from the Orchestration Run list view.

751
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce

Orchestration Run Log Object

Want to add custom fields to the Orchestration Run Log object? View and customize the Orchestration Log object in Object Manager.

Updates to Orchestration Resource Pickers

When selecting step resources for conditions in an orchestration, select a stage to access its step resources. Or search for any orchestration
resource and select it directly in the updated resource menu.

Updated Orchestration Packaging Error Messages

Having trouble understanding what went wrong when you tried to package an orchestration or install a packaged orchestration? More
detailed error messages can help you troubleshoot issues more easily.

New Quick Menu on Orchestration Run Details Page

Manage an orchestration run from its Details page. Cancel, debug, or suspend an orchestration run. Cancel, debug, or resume a suspended
orchestration run. Debug or resume an orchestration run that failed within the prior 14 days due to a step error.

New Debug Error Message

We added a debug message for when a background step is set to run as a specified user and that user doesn’t have access to run the
step’s associated flow.

Completed By Field in the Orchestration Run Log

When someone manually publishes a flow orchestration event it can cause an orchestration step to be completed. When it does, the
Completed By field of the associated orchestration run log record is now set to the user who manually published the event.

Flows Called by Orchestrations Can Update Orchestration Records

All flows called by an orchestration step can update orchestration run, orchestration stage run, orchestration step run, orchestration
work item, and orchestration run log records.

Updates to Automation Credit Usage

We recommend that you use Apex tests to identify issues with orchestrations before you introduce them in production. Now it doesn’t
cost automation credits to run Apex test-triggered orchestrations.

MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce

MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce makes it easy to integrate data from any system with clicks, and invoke processes in any flow. When
you create a secure process to connect the information stored in different systems, you build a real-time, integrated view of your customers
and business.
Where: MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions that have
enabled Lightning Experience.
For Composer release notes and help, see MuleSoft Composer for Salesforce.

752
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce for Slack Integrations

Salesforce for Slack Integrations

Use Slack and Salesforce together to connect with customers, track progress, collaborate seamlessly, and deliver team success from
anywhere.
See the release notes for the latest updates: Salesforce for Slack Integrations Release Notes.

Security, Identity, and Privacy

Migrate your local connected apps to local external client apps. Monitor vital data from custom objects by creating custom metrics.
Legacy My Domain URLs are no longer redirected in most non-production orgs. And Salesforce now supports TLS 1.3 for outbound
HTTPS callouts from the Salesforce Platform.

Salesforce Backup
You can now choose specific versions of files from a backup and restore them with the Salesforce Backup managed package.
Domains
Update references to your previous non-enhanced My Domain URLs, which are no longer redirected in most non-production orgs.
Update legacy domains that contain an incorrect instance name, for which redirections are newly logged. And find solutions to
common custom domain issues without leaving Setup.
Identity and Access Management
Migrate your local connected apps to local external client apps. View OAuth activity and revoke access with the External Client Apps
OAuth Usage page. Create an Apex handler to customize identity verification experiences for external users. Configure token exchange
handlers in Setup. And decide which identifier to use for log in with headless passwordless login.
Privacy Center
New features help you validate privacy policies and target the data in your org more accurately. Data retention is enabled across
different regions on a rolling basis.
Named Credentials
Permission updates make it easier to authorize your users to make authenticated callouts with named credentials.
Salesforce Shield
Save time setting up Shield Platform Encryption by generating your first probabilistic and deterministic tenant secrets on the
Encryption Settings page. Use Transaction Security policies for the LoginAsEvent type and to block or receive notifications about
users who log in as another user.
Security Center
Monitor vital data from custom objects to bolster your organization’s security posture by creating your own custom metrics. Ensure
comprehensive insight into all your rollout activities with additional user permission metrics. Quickly access the status of connected
tenants within the parent org from your dashboard page.
Other Security Changes
Salesforce now supports TLS 1.3 for outbound HTTPS callouts from the Salesforce Platform. New Hyperforce orgs use Salesforce Edge
Network by default. And we canceled the Adopt Content Security Policy (CSP) Directives release update.

Salesforce Backup
You can now choose specific versions of files from a backup and restore them with the Salesforce Backup managed package.

753
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Domains

Restore Files from a Backup

You can now restore files without manually exporting and then importing them. In version 2.25 or later of the Salesforce Backup
managed package, restore files directly from backups without leaving the app. Just like restoring records, set your filters to quickly
focus on the right batch of files. And when backups contain multiple versions of a file, you can select a specific version to restore.

Restore Files from a Backup

You can now restore files without manually exporting and then importing them. In version 2.25 or later of the Salesforce Backup managed
package, restore files directly from backups without leaving the app. Just like restoring records, set your filters to quickly focus on the
right batch of files. And when backups contain multiple versions of a file, you can select a specific version to restore.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, and Unlimited editions.
How: On the Restore & Export tab, in the Data Category field, select Restore Files. Use filters to narrow your search for the files in your
back-ups and select the specific files that you want to restore. For each of your chosen files (1), select the version you want to add to
your job (2). Files are restored on all records related to that file. You can review the list of each file’s related records before you start your
restore job (3).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Restore Data from a Backup (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Domains
Update references to your previous non-enhanced My Domain URLs, which are no longer redirected in most non-production orgs.
Update legacy domains that contain an incorrect instance name, for which redirections are newly logged. And find solutions to common
custom domain issues without leaving Setup.

754
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Domains

Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains

Prevent disruption for customers and end users who access your orgs created in June 2022 or earlier. Enhanced domains changed
the URLs that Salesforce served for those orgs. In Winter ’25, some of those legacy URLs are no longer redirected in most non-production
orgs. To identify requests to the impacted URLs, use My Domain redirection logging. Then update references to those legacy URLs
in Salesforce, such as references in email templates or knowledge articles, and outside Salesforce, such as references in third-party
integrations and links on a website.
Identify and Update Instanced Legacy Hostnames
To help avoid disruption while you update references to your previous Salesforce domains, Salesforce enabled redirections and
redirection logging for non-enhanced hostnames that contain an incorrect instance name. In production and demo orgs, Salesforce
now redirects calls to those legacy hostnames only when the corresponding My Domain redirection setting is enabled. Previously,
those hostnames were always redirected but the corresponding calls weren’t logged in the Hostname Redirects event type. In
production orgs and demo orgs, this change enables redirections for all legacy hostnames that contain your org’s My Domain name.
To prepare for the end of all legacy redirections in Spring ’25, find and update references to the affected hostnames.
Disable Redirections for Legacy Hostnames
After you update references to your legacy Salesforce domains in production, disable redirections for the related hostnames by
disabling the new My Domain setting, Redirect legacy (non-enhanced) My Domain hostnames. This setting isn’t available in
non-production orgs except demo orgs. Previously, to disable redirections for legacy hostnames, you disabled redirections for all
previous My Domain hostnames.
Get Help with Custom Domains Directly in Setup
To help you troubleshoot common custom domain issues, now you can find solutions on the Domain Detail page of a custom
domain. Browse or search for information on custom domain setup, maintenance tasks, and common configuration issues without
leaving Setup. Each result provides high-level guidance with links to Salesforce Help for additional details and instructions.

Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains

Prevent disruption for customers and end users who access your orgs created in June 2022 or earlier. Enhanced domains changed the
URLs that Salesforce served for those orgs. In Winter ’25, some of those legacy URLs are no longer redirected in most non-production
orgs. To identify requests to the impacted URLs, use My Domain redirection logging. Then update references to those legacy URLs in
Salesforce, such as references in email templates or knowledge articles, and outside Salesforce, such as references in third-party integrations
and links on a website.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Redirections for the legacy URLs stop in Winter ’25 in sandboxes, Developer Edition orgs, patch orgs, scratch orgs, and Trailhead
Playgrounds.
For production orgs and demo orgs, with Winter ’25, patch 9 redirections for legacy My Domain hostnames are enabled by default. To
determine the patch version for your org, go to Trust Status, search for your My Domain name or instance, and select your instance
name. In those orgs, redirections for all legacy URLs stop in Spring ’25.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Prepare for the End of Redirections for Non-Enhanced Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Identify Blocked Redirections for Legacy Hostnames
Identify and Update Instanced Legacy Hostnames

755
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Domains

Identify and Update Instanced Legacy Hostnames

To help avoid disruption while you update references to your previous Salesforce domains, Salesforce enabled redirections and redirection
logging for non-enhanced hostnames that contain an incorrect instance name. In production and demo orgs, Salesforce now redirects
calls to those legacy hostnames only when the corresponding My Domain redirection setting is enabled. Previously, those hostnames
were always redirected but the corresponding calls weren’t logged in the Hostname Redirects event type. In production orgs and demo
orgs, this change enables redirections for all legacy hostnames that contain your org’s My Domain name. To prepare for the end of all
legacy redirections in Spring ’25, find and update references to the affected hostnames.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce deploys this change in Winter ’25, patch 9. To determine the patch version for your org, go to Trust Status, search for
your My Domain name or instance, and select your instance name.
With that patch, redirections for legacy My Domain hostnames are enabled by default in production orgs and demo orgs. Those redirections
stop in Spring ’25.
Why: For example, in an org on the USA538 instance, custom code includes URLs with the
MyDomainName--c.usa61.content.force.com hostname and c.usa61.content.force.com hostnames.
With this change, admins in that org can disable redirections from those legacy hostnames to the current
MyDomainName.file.force.com hostname.
How: For lists of the affected hostnames, see Prepare for the End of Redirections for Non-Enhanced Domains in Salesforce Help. To
detect calls to those hostname formats, enable My Domain redirection logging in production. After that org gets Winter ’25, patch 9,
use the Hostname Redirects event type to check for redirections for the affected hostnames. Then update references to those hostnames
to use the corresponding enhanced domain hostname instead.
When you’re ready, disable redirections for legacy hostnames in production. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter My Domain,
and then select My Domain. In the Redirections section, click Edit. Then deselect Redirect legacy (non-enhanced) My Domain
hostnames. With this configuration, the Instanced URL redirection option is set to Don’t redirect and you can’t change it.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage My Domain Redirections (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Log My Domain Hostname Redirections (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains
Disable Redirections for Legacy Hostnames

Disable Redirections for Legacy Hostnames

After you update references to your legacy Salesforce domains in production, disable redirections for the related hostnames by disabling
the new My Domain setting, Redirect legacy (non-enhanced) My Domain hostnames. This setting isn’t available in non-production orgs
except demo orgs. Previously, to disable redirections for legacy hostnames, you disabled redirections for all previous My Domain
hostnames.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: With Winter ’25, patch 9, the new Redirect legacy (non-enhanced) My Domain hostnames setting is enabled by default in
production orgs and demo orgs. To determine the patch version for your org, go to Trust Status, search for your My Domain name or
instance, and select your instance name.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter My Domain, and then select My Domain. In the Redirections section, click Edit. Then
disable Redirect legacy (non-enhanced) My Domain hostnames (1) and save your changes. This setting is enabled by default.

756
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Domains

When you disable redirections to legacy My Domain hostnames, the settings for force.com site URL redirections (2) are unavailable.
Also, the Instanced URL redirection option (3) is set to Don’t redirect and you can’t change it.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Prepare for the End of Redirections for Non-Enhanced Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Manage My Domain Redirections (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains
Identify and Update Instanced Legacy Hostnames

Get Help with Custom Domains Directly in Setup

To help you troubleshoot common custom domain issues, now you can find solutions on the Domain Detail page of a custom domain.
Browse or search for information on custom domain setup, maintenance tasks, and common configuration issues without leaving Setup.
Each result provides high-level guidance with links to Salesforce Help for additional details and instructions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions. Custom domains are also available in Professional Edition with Marketing Cloud Account Engagement (Pardot).
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Domains, and then select Domains. Click the domain name of a custom domain. Then,
on the Domain Detail page, click Get Help with Custom Domain Issues. In the resulting window, you can search by keyword (1) or
browse by category (2).

757
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Domains

Here are examples of an answer to a common issue (3) and instructions on how to set up a feature (4).

If you still need help after you review a result, click Create a Case (5) to contact Salesforce Customer Support.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Custom Domains (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

758
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

Identity and Access Management

Migrate your local connected apps to local external client apps. View OAuth activity and revoke access with the External Client Apps
OAuth Usage page. Create an Apex handler to customize identity verification experiences for external users. Configure token exchange
handlers in Setup. And decide which identifier to use for log in with headless passwordless login.

The Multi-Factor Authentication Assistant in Setup Is No Longer Needed and Discontinued

As previously communicated, the contractual requirement to use multi-factor authentication (MFA) for Salesforce products is in full
effect as of February 1, 2022. To help customers satisfy this requirement, MFA is now automatically enabled in new and existing
production orgs. As a result of these changes, the Multi-Factor Authentication Assistant—a tool that was provided to help admins
implement and deploy MFA—has served its purpose and is no longer available. In its place, check out the new MFA learning map
in Salesforce Help for step-by-step guidance on supporting MFA for your users.
Migrate to a Local External Client App from Your Local Connected App
Safeguard your org from security risks by migrating your local connected apps to local external client apps. External client apps offer
many of the same features as connected apps but with full metadata compliance. The automated migration process creates an
external client app that takes the place of your existing connected app. After migration, connected apps remain as a read-only version
in App Manager.
Manage OAuth Usage for External Client Apps
View all external client apps with active access or refresh tokens for your org. Revoke individual tokens, all tokens for a user of a
specific external client app, or all tokens of a specific external client app.
Create an External Client App from App Manager
When you begin creating a connected app in App Manager, you have the option to create an external client app instead. External
client apps offer a more secure way to connect third-party applications with your Salesforce data. They're designed for
second-generation (2GP) packaging and source-driven development, making them easier to manage and distribute.
Assign and Package OAuth Custom Scopes for External Client Apps
Add custom scopes to your local external client apps through polices or settings. Custom scopes are packageable with external
client apps, so developers can set custom scopes as package defaults to be distributed.
Configure the Start URL for External Client Apps
Admins can set the start URL where the user is directed after they log in for an external client app. The Polices tab includes an
OAuth-specific start URL field and a custom start URL field. Some OAuth flows require that an external client app includes a start
URL. External client apps must include a start URL before they show up in the App Manager.
Show an External Client App in App Launcher
Add your external client app to App Launcher by marking it as visible in the App Menu page in Setup.
Delivered Idea: Customize User Experience and Functionality for Authentication Providers
For more flexibility with single sign-on (SSO) flows, add functionality to authentication providers by creating your own URL parameter
allowlist. For example, to dynamically pass user language preferences from an Experience Cloud site login page to a provider's login
page, use the ui_locales parameter. When you initialize the authentication provider by invoking one of its client configuration
URLs, such as the SSO initialization URL, dynamically add this parameter to the client configuration URL at runtime. Salesforce's
authentication provider framework generates an authorization URL where the user is redirected to log in to the provider. The
parameter gets forwarded to the provider as part of the authorization URL so that the provider knows the user's language preference.
We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.

759
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

Customize SMS One-Time Password Delivery for Experience Cloud Sites (Generally Available)
To provide branded, personalized identity verification experiences for external users, create an Apex handler to send one-time
passwords (OTPs) via an SMS messaging provider of your choice. Customize the content of the message and the short code that
tells users who sent it. Use the handler to send OTPs for any Experience Cloud identity verification use case. This feature, now generally
available, includes some performance enhancements and bug fixes since the last release.
Forced Login Is Permanently Disabled
For improved security, users can no longer log in to Salesforce by passing a username and password as URL query string parameters
in the login URL, also known as forced login. This change breaks implementations and third-party integrations that use forced login
via a URL, as well as direct login (autologin) links. To avoid service disruptions, update integrations that use forced login.
Forgot Password Invalid Username Error Message Was Changed
To improve the forgot password experience, we changed the error message that’s displayed when you or your users enter an invalid
username. The new message clarifies that a user’s Salesforce username is in an email address format but isn’t required to be a
functioning email address. Previously, the message implied that a user’s username is the same as their email address, which is true
for some users but not for all. For orgs, this change applies to the forgot password experience for login.salesforce.com
and My Domain login pages. For Experience Cloud sites, this change applies to the Default and Experience Builder pages for Forgot
Password.
Make the Most of Enhancements for the Headless Registration Flow
The headless registration flow has some updates that you don’t want to miss. You can now set up the flow by using the external
client apps framework, a new and improved generation of connected apps. To make it easier to develop a headless registration Apex
handler, we updated the autogenerated handler with methods for handling contacts and accounts.
Get Ready for a New Login Experience
Learn about the new log in experience we’re planning for an upcoming release. A new banner on login.salesforce.com announces
the upcoming changes and links to a video with more details.
Get More Flexibility with Headless Identity Flows
Say goodbye to access token limitations for headless identity flows. For flows where you require an access token in your initial request
to Salesforce headless identity endpoints, you can now send a JSON Web Token (JWT)-based access token in the Authorization
header. Previously, Salesforce accepted only opaque tokens.
Be an Early Adopter of a Headless Identity Draft Standard
There are some exciting new developments in the OAuth 2.0 world, and with Salesforce headless identity, you can stay at the forefront
of industry changes. Set up headless username-password login, passwordless login, and registration flows that conform to the OAuth
2.0 for First-Party Applications draft standard.
Revoke Individual JWT-Based Access Tokens
For more precise control over who can access Salesforce data, revoke JSON Web Token (JWT)-based access tokens for an individual
user. Previously, the only option was to revoke all tokens in your org simultaneously—a last-resort security measure that ended all
related user sessions. Now you can manage security while minimizing the impact to your users. This feature is supported for guest
user and named user JWT-based access tokens.
Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration SAML Framework (Release Update)
If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports
single sign-on (SSO) with only one external identity provider. With this release update, we’re removing support for the
single-configuration SAML framework and supporting only the multiple-configuration SAML framework. To preserve your existing
configuration, follow the steps to apply this update. If you don’t, your SSO configuration stops working when this update is enforced.
This update was first made available in Spring ’24. It was scheduled to be enforced for all instances in Summer ’24. We enforced it
for sandboxes in Summer ’24, but we postponed the enforcement date for production instances to Spring ’25.

760
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

Manage Token Exchange Handlers with Ease

No more wrestling with metadata development tools just to set up an OAuth token exchange handler. With a new, user-friendly UI,
configuring token exchange handlers is easier than ever. From the Token Exchange Handlers page in Setup, enable apps to use with
your handler, manage your enabled apps, and edit your handler and app settings.
Give Users More Ways to Log In
Get creative with headless passwordless login. With headless user discovery, develop a way for your users to log in with any identifier
that you want. For example, when users come to a shopping app, prompt them to log in with their order number. Salesforce finds
the user associated with the order number and sends a one-time password (OTP) to their verified email address or phone number.
Use REST API for Access to External Client App OAuth Consumer Credentials (Release Update)
To follow recommended security standards, use the new credentials Connect REST API resource instead of Metadata API to
access External Client App OAuth consumer credentials.
API Error Response for Refresh Token Flow Was Changed
To accurately reflect the error that occurs when an app tries to send simultaneous, identical token requests during the refresh token
flow, we updated the API error response. Previously, this error was accurately described in the Login History with the Status Failed:
Token request is already being processed, but the API error response didn't match. Instead, it indicated that the error was due
to an expired authorization code. Now, the error is consistent with the Login History.
Verify SAML Integrations (Release Update)
Salesforce is upgrading its SAML framework as part of regular ongoing maintenance. This maintenance update improves Salesforce’s
security posture, and as a result, improves your security posture. This update can impact integrations that use SAML, including single
sign-on (SSO) and single logout. This update is visible starting in Winter ’25 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’25, but we
postponed the enforcement date to Summer ’25. To avoid potential service interruptions, test your SAML integrations as soon as
Summer ’25 sandboxes become available.
Salesforce Authenticator Users Are Automatically Guided to a Workaround if Push Notifications Time Out
If users have trouble getting push notifications when using Salesforce Authenticator to verify their identity, it's easier than ever to
get back on track. If a user can't approve a request sent via a push notification within 30 seconds, we now automatically prompt
them to enter a six-digit time-based one-time passcode (TOTP) that's provided in the Salesforce Authenticator app. Previously, if the
request timed out after 90 seconds, users received a timeout error with no clear instructions for a workaround.
Identify the Salesforce Authenticator App More Easily
No more squinting at app icons on your mobile device while you try to remember which one is Salesforce Authenticator. With our
redesigned app icon, recognize Salesforce Authenticator more easily so that you can access your connected accounts faster.
Update the Salesforce Authenticator App to Version 4.3
Salesforce increased the minimum supported app version for Salesforce Authenticator in Winter ’25. With this update, your users
can receive push notifications for identity verification only in version 4.3 or higher. Users running an app version below 4.3 can
continue verifying their identity with the app’s time-based one-time password (TOTP) feature. Direct your users to the App Store
(iOS) or Google Play (Android) to update their Salesforce Authenticator app.

The Multi-Factor Authentication Assistant in Setup Is No Longer Needed and

Discontinued
As previously communicated, the contractual requirement to use multi-factor authentication (MFA) for Salesforce products is in full
effect as of February 1, 2022. To help customers satisfy this requirement, MFA is now automatically enabled in new and existing production
orgs. As a result of these changes, the Multi-Factor Authentication Assistant—a tool that was provided to help admins implement and
deploy MFA—has served its purpose and is no longer available. In its place, check out the new MFA learning map in Salesforce Help for
step-by-step guidance on supporting MFA for your users.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience.

761
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

How: See the Multi-Factor Authentication learning map in Salesforce Help to explore your options for managing MFA verification
methods and helping users if they experience MFA access issues. The learning map is available starting September 6, 2024.

Migrate to a Local External Client App from Your Local Connected App
Safeguard your org from security risks by migrating your local connected apps to local external client apps. External client apps offer
many of the same features as connected apps but with full metadata compliance. The automated migration process creates an external
client app that takes the place of your existing connected app. After migration, connected apps remain as a read-only version in App
Manager.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
How: From the App Manager in Setup, open the connected app and click Migrate to External Client App. The automated process
creates an external client app.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Connected App to External Client App Migration (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Manage OAuth Usage for External Client Apps

View all external client apps with active access or refresh tokens for your org. Revoke individual tokens, all tokens for a user of a specific
external client app, or all tokens of a specific external client app.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: External client apps are turned off by default. To enable external client apps in your org, from Setup, in the Quick Find box,
enter External Client Apps, and then select Settings. Select Opt in to External Client Apps.
To manage OAuth usage, in Setup, open the External Client App Usage page. Revoke individual tokens in the table or revoke multiple
tokens at the same time by using bulk revoke. To revoke tokens for a specific user of a particular external client app, open the External
Client App Usage by User page.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Current OAuth External Client App Usage (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Create an External Client App from App Manager

When you begin creating a connected app in App Manager, you have the option to create an external client app instead. External client
apps offer a more secure way to connect third-party applications with your Salesforce data. They're designed for second-generation
(2GP) packaging and source-driven development, making them easier to manage and distribute.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: When you click New Connected App in App Manager, a window opens with options to either continue creating a connected
app or open the External Client App manager and create an external client app.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Basic Connected App Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

762
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

Assign and Package OAuth Custom Scopes for External Client Apps
Add custom scopes to your local external client apps through polices or settings. Custom scopes are packageable with external client
apps, so developers can set custom scopes as package defaults to be distributed.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Add custom scopes to external client apps as settings or policies in the External Client App Manager. To package custom scopes
for use with an external client app, package the custom scopes in a separate second-generation managed package and install that
package on the subscriber org before installing the external client app.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Custom Scopes for External Client Apps (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Configure the Start URL for External Client Apps

Admins can set the start URL where the user is directed after they log in for an external client app. The Polices tab includes an OAuth-specific
start URL field and a custom start URL field. Some OAuth flows require that an external client app includes a start URL. External client
apps must include a start URL before they show up in the App Manager.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Show an External Client App in App Launcher

Add your external client app to App Launcher by marking it as visible in the App Menu page in Setup.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: To make an external client app visible in App Launcher, find the app in App Menu and select Visible in App Launcher.
Only external client apps configured with a start URL can be made visible in App Launcher. If the app doesn’t have a start URL, a developer
can specify a start URL in the app’s Settings tab or an admin can specify a start URL in the app’s Polices tab.

Customize User Experience and Functionality for Authentication Providers

For more flexibility with single sign-on (SSO) flows, add functionality to authentication providers by creating your own URL parameter
allowlist. For example, to dynamically pass user language preferences from an Experience Cloud site login page to a provider's login
page, use the ui_locales parameter. When you initialize the authentication provider by invoking one of its client configuration
URLs, such as the SSO initialization URL, dynamically add this parameter to the client configuration URL at runtime. Salesforce's
authentication provider framework generates an authorization URL where the user is redirected to log in to the provider. The parameter
gets forwarded to the provider as part of the authorization URL so that the provider knows the user's language preference. We delivered
this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: With this feature, you can dynamically specify authentication provider parameters at runtime, which can significantly simplify your
SSO architecture. For example, imagine that you host a site on Experience Cloud. Users go to your Experience Cloud site and select their
language preference, and then are redirected to your login page where you display an option to log in with Google. You can control
the language for your login page, but passing the user's language on to Google is more complicated. Previously, the only way to specify
the display language for the provider was to configure a different authentication provider for each language and statically specify the

763
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

user's locale. When you want to support more than a few languages, this architecture can get messy, with too many authentication
providers and overcomplicated logic.
But with this feature, you can configure just one authentication provider and add a locale parameter to your authentication provider
allowlist. When the user chooses their language, Salesforce forwards the parameter value to the authentication provider URL so that it
can then be passed to Google.
How: Use your metadata development tool of choice, such as Salesforce CLI, to create an AuthProvParamFwdAllowlist metadata type
that stores the URL parameter you want to add. Each instance of AuthProvParamFwdAllowlist stores one allowlisted parameter. If your
SSO flow passes any allowlisted parameters to Salesforce, Salesforce automatically forwards the parameters to your authentication
provider's client configuration URLs.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Dynamically Add Functionality to an Authentication Provider (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
IdeaExchange: The ability to forward URL params into Auth providers

Customize SMS One-Time Password Delivery for Experience Cloud Sites (Generally
Available)
To provide branded, personalized identity verification experiences for external users, create an Apex handler to send one-time passwords
(OTPs) via an SMS messaging provider of your choice. Customize the content of the message and the short code that tells users who
sent it. Use the handler to send OTPs for any Experience Cloud identity verification use case. This feature, now generally available, includes
some performance enhancements and bug fixes since the last release.
Where: These changes apply to LWR, Aura, and Visualforce sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in
Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: For Experience Cloud sites, use a custom OTP provider for any identity verification use case that uses SMS, such as MFA, passwordless
login and registration, self-registration with SMS, and device activation.
For headless apps, use a custom OTP provider to send SMS messages during headless passwordless login and registration flows.
How: Create a custom one-time password delivery handler Apex class. From your Experience Cloud Login & Registration settings, in the
Customized OTP Delivery section, select your Apex handler class.
To get access to this feature, contact Salesforce Customer Support. Enabling this feature affects all Experience Cloud sites. To avoid
disruptions, create an Apex handler for all sites.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Customize One-Time Password Delivery for Experience Cloud Identity Verification (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)
Apex Reference Guide: CustomOneTimePasswordDeliveryHandler Interface (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Forced Login Is Permanently Disabled

For improved security, users can no longer log in to Salesforce by passing a username and password as URL query string parameters in
the login URL, also known as forced login. This change breaks implementations and third-party integrations that use forced login via a
URL, as well as direct login (autologin) links. To avoid service disruptions, update integrations that use forced login.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions.
Why: In Spring ’22, we enforced a release update that disabled forced login, but some orgs are still using this feature. With this change,
forced login is permanently disabled in all orgs.

764
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

How: To prepare for the change, review org usage of forced login. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Login History, and
then select Login History. View and download your org’s login history for the past 6 months.
If a login entry meets all four of these criteria, a user is using forced login.
• The HTTP Method is GET.
• The Login Type is Application.
• The Login Subtype is empty.
• The Status is Success.

Note: For password resets, the HTTP Method is GET, the Login Type is Application, and the Status is Success. To confirm that the
entry doesn’t reflect a password reset, check the Login Subtype.
If you find users who are using forced login, notify them of the upcoming change. Migrate any integrations that use forced login to
external client apps or connected apps.

Forgot Password Invalid Username Error Message Was Changed

To improve the forgot password experience, we changed the error message that’s displayed when you or your users enter an invalid
username. The new message clarifies that a user’s Salesforce username is in an email address format but isn’t required to be a functioning
email address. Previously, the message implied that a user’s username is the same as their email address, which is true for some users
but not for all. For orgs, this change applies to the forgot password experience for login.salesforce.com and My Domain login
pages. For Experience Cloud sites, this change applies to the Default and Experience Builder pages for Forgot Password.
Where: For Salesforce orgs, this change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions. For Experience Cloud sites,
this change applies to LWR and Aura sites accessed through Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: If users can’t remember their password, they can click a forgot password link on the login page. Salesforce then prompts the user
to enter their username. If the user enters an invalid username, they see an error message. Previously, the error message stated: “We
can’t find a username that matches what you entered. Verify that your username is an email address (for example,
username@company.com).” With this change, the error message now states: “Enter a valid username. Your username is in the format
of an email address, such as username@company.com.”

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Reset Your Forgotten Password (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Customize Your Forgot Password and Reset Password Pages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Make the Most of Enhancements for the Headless Registration Flow

The headless registration flow has some updates that you don’t want to miss. You can now set up the flow by using the external client
apps framework, a new and improved generation of connected apps. To make it easier to develop a headless registration Apex handler,
we updated the autogenerated handler with methods for handling contacts and accounts.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions.

765
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

Why: Unlike the connected apps framework, the external client apps framework is compatible with second-generation packaging (2GP)
and is fully metadata-exposed. Previously, the external client apps framework supported all headless identity flows except headless
registration. Now external client apps are fully caught up with connected apps for headless identity features.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure an External Client App for the Authorization Code and Credentials Flow (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Headless Registration Flow for Public Clients (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Headless Registration Flow for Private Clients (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Apex Reference Guide: HeadlessSelfRegistrationHandler Interface (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get Ready for a New Login Experience

Learn about the new log in experience we’re planning for an upcoming release. A new banner on login.salesforce.com announces the
upcoming changes and links to a video with more details.

Note: Our forward-looking statement applies to this login experience. Because features can change at any time, make your
purchasing decisions based on currently available technology.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
all editions.
When: The banner on login.salesforce.com appears later in Winter '25.

Get More Flexibility with Headless Identity Flows

Say goodbye to access token limitations for headless identity flows. For flows where you require an access token in your initial request
to Salesforce headless identity endpoints, you can now send a JSON Web Token (JWT)-based access token in the Authorization header.
Previously, Salesforce accepted only opaque tokens.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: JWT-based access tokens and opaque access tokens have different functionality and limitations. If JWT-based access tokens are a
better fit for your use case, you can now use them consistently throughout all of your headless identity integrations.
How: Use any supported OAuth 2.0 flow to get a JWT-based access token. When you configure your headless identity security settings
on the Experience Cloud Login & Registration page, opt to require authentication. In your initial request to the Salesforce headless
endpoint you want to access, include the JWT-based access token Authorization: Bearer header.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: JWT-Based Access Tokens (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Headless Identity for Customers and Partners (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Be an Early Adopter of a Headless Identity Draft Standard

There are some exciting new developments in the OAuth 2.0 world, and with Salesforce headless identity, you can stay at the forefront
of industry changes. Set up headless username-password login, passwordless login, and registration flows that conform to the OAuth
2.0 for First-Party Applications draft standard.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions.

766
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

Why: When we released Headless Identity APIs, there was no proposed standard for headless app authorization, so we gave you
proprietary flows built on top of OAuth. But the headless identity landscape is changing fast. With new support for the OAuth 2.0
authorization challenge endpoint, keep up with a draft standard for first-party app development.

Note: OAuth 2.0 for First-Party Applications is still in a draft state. For more information, see OAuth 2.0 for First-Party Applications.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Headless Identity for Customers and Partners (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Revoke Individual JWT-Based Access Tokens

For more precise control over who can access Salesforce data, revoke JSON Web Token (JWT)-based access tokens for an individual user.
Previously, the only option was to revoke all tokens in your org simultaneously—a last-resort security measure that ended all related
user sessions. Now you can manage security while minimizing the impact to your users. This feature is supported for guest user and
named user JWT-based access tokens.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions.
How: To revoke JWT-based access tokens using the OAuth revocation endpoint, use a POST request to send the token to the
/services/oauth2/revoke endpoint on your My Domain or Experience Cloud site.
To revoke tokens using Apex, use the revokeToken method in the Auth.OauthToken class.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Revoke OAuth Tokens Programmatically (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Apex Reference Guide: OauthToken Class (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Migrate to a Multiple-Configuration SAML Framework (Release Update)

If you see this release update, your Salesforce instance is using our original single-configuration SAML framework, which supports single
sign-on (SSO) with only one external identity provider. With this release update, we’re removing support for the single-configuration
SAML framework and supporting only the multiple-configuration SAML framework. To preserve your existing configuration, follow the
steps to apply this update. If you don’t, your SSO configuration stops working when this update is enforced. This update was first made
available in Spring ’24. It was scheduled to be enforced for all instances in Summer ’24. We enforced it for sandboxes in Summer ’24, but
we postponed the enforcement date for production instances to Spring ’25.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: This release update is available only if you’re using a single-configuration SAML framework. If you don’t see this release
update, you’re already using the multiple-configuration framework, and this release update doesn’t apply to your instance.
When: This update is enforced for production instances in Spring ’25 and is enforced for sandboxes in Summer ’24. This update was
scheduled to be enforced for all instances in Summer ’24 but was postponed to Spring ’25 for production instances only. To get the
major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: We’re no longer supporting the single-configuration SAML SSO framework that you’re currently using. When this update is enforced,
you’re required to use a multiple-configuration SAML framework. To keep using your existing SAML SSO configuration, migrate to the
multiple-configuration framework. Otherwise, your SAML SSO stops working for you when this update is enforced.
How: These changes apply to your existing SAML SSO configuration.
• SAML responses from your identity provider must include the audience attribute.
• Your Salesforce Login URL changes.

767
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

• If Salesforce can’t parse a SAML response, it isn’t recorded in the login history.
Make sure that you understand these changes, update your configuration accordingly, and test all changes in a sandbox before enabling
this update. If you don’t, your configuration stops working when this update is enforced.
To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Migrate
to a Multiple-Configuration SAML Framework, follow the testing and activation steps.

Manage Token Exchange Handlers with Ease

No more wrestling with metadata development tools just to set up an OAuth token exchange handler. With a new, user-friendly UI,
configuring token exchange handlers is easier than ever. From the Token Exchange Handlers page in Setup, enable apps to use with
your handler, manage your enabled apps, and edit your handler and app settings.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions.
How: From the Token Exchange Handlers page in Setup, create a handler and define its basic settings. After you create the handler,
view and edit its details and enable connected apps and external client apps to use with the handler.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Define a Token Exchange Handler (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Apps for a Token Exchange Handler (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Edit or Delete a Token Exchange Handler (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Give Users More Ways to Log In

Get creative with headless passwordless login. With headless user discovery, develop a way for your users to log in with any identifier
that you want. For example, when users come to a shopping app, prompt them to log in with their order number. Salesforce finds the
user associated with the order number and sends a one-time password (OTP) to their verified email address or phone number.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Unlimited, and
Developer editions.
How: Develop an Apex handler that implements the Auth.HeadlessUserDiscoveryHandler class and customize it to look
up users based on the identifier that you want to use. Add the handler to the Login & Registration page for your Experience Cloud site.
Set up the headless passwordless login flow. During the flow, when you call Headless Passwordless Login API, send your user identifier
of choice in the login_hint parameter. Your Apex handler finds the user based on the login_hint and returns their user ID.
Salesforce then sends an OTP to the verified email address or phone number associated with the user ID.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure Experience Cloud Settings for Headless Passwordless Login (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Headless Passwordless Login Flow for Public Clients (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Headless Passwordless Login Flow for Private Clients (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Apex Reference Guide: HeadlessUserDiscoveryHandler Interface (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

768
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

Use REST API for Access to External Client App OAuth Consumer Credentials (Release
Update)
To follow recommended security standards, use the new credentials Connect REST API resource instead of Metadata API to
access External Client App OAuth consumer credentials.
Where: This change applies Group, Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Winter ‘25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Who: This change applies to existing External Client App users who use Metadata API to access consumer credentials.
Why: Accessing consumer secrets through the credentials endpoint of the Connect REST API removes the possibility of accidentally
committing consumer secrets to source control.
How: Access consumer secrets through the credentials endpoint of the Connect REST API. Unless you contact Salesforce Customer
Support to continue using Metadata API, your external client apps can’t access consumer secrets via Metadata API after Winter ’25.

API Error Response for Refresh Token Flow Was Changed

To accurately reflect the error that occurs when an app tries to send simultaneous, identical token requests during the refresh token
flow, we updated the API error response. Previously, this error was accurately described in the Login History with the Status Failed:
Token request is already being processed, but the API error response didn't match. Instead, it indicated that the error was due to an
expired authorization code. Now, the error is consistent with the Login History.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions.
How: As announced in this Summer '24 release note, Salesforce blocks simultaneous refresh token requests that contain the same refresh
token.
Before this fix, if you made simultaneous calls with the same refresh token, the token endpoint returned this inaccurate error response.
HTTP/1.1 400 Bad Request
Content-Type: application/json
Cache-Control: no-store
{
"error":"invalid_grant",
"error_description":"expired authorization code"
}

Now, it returns this error response.

HTTP/1.1 400 Bad Request
Content-Type: application/json
Cache-Control: no-store
{
"error":"invalid_grant",
"error_description":"token request is already being processed"
}

769
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

Verify SAML Integrations (Release Update)

Salesforce is upgrading its SAML framework as part of regular ongoing maintenance. This maintenance update improves Salesforce’s
security posture, and as a result, improves your security posture. This update can impact integrations that use SAML, including single
sign-on (SSO) and single logout. This update is visible starting in Winter ’25 and was scheduled to be enforced in Spring ’25, but we
postponed the enforcement date to Summer ’25. To avoid potential service interruptions, test your SAML integrations as soon as Summer
’25 sandboxes become available.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions.
When: This update is postponed to Summer ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, locate your
instance, and then click the maintenance tab.
Why: As part of ongoing maintenance, Salesforce is upgrading its SAML framework in Summer ’25. Although we don’t expect much
production impact, to minimize the risk of production outages, we recommend that you test your SAML integrations as soon as Summer
’25 sandboxes become available.
How: To understand how enforcement of the SAML upgrade impacts you, assess your orgs and Experience Cloud sites to see where
you use SAML, including:
• SAML SSO where users log in to Salesforce via a third-party identity provider, such as Okta
• SAML SSO where users log in to a third-party app via Salesforce. These configurations use connected apps.
• SAML SSO between Salesforce orgs or Experience Cloud sites
• All SAML single logout configurations
So that you can copy and test your integrations in a sandbox, gather information about how you use SAML in production. When Summer
’25 sandboxes become available, set up a Summer ’25 sandbox with the same SAML integrations that you use in production. Test your
integrations thoroughly. If you have any issues, contact Salesforce Customer Support.
To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Verify
SAML Integrations, follow the testing and activation steps.

Salesforce Authenticator Users Are Automatically Guided to a Workaround if Push

Notifications Time Out
If users have trouble getting push notifications when using Salesforce Authenticator to verify their identity, it's easier than ever to get
back on track. If a user can't approve a request sent via a push notification within 30 seconds, we now automatically prompt them to
enter a six-digit time-based one-time passcode (TOTP) that's provided in the Salesforce Authenticator app. Previously, if the request
timed out after 90 seconds, users received a timeout error with no clear instructions for a workaround.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions.
Why: If push notifications from Salesforce Authenticator aren't working, TOTP codes are the next best way for a user to verify their
identity.
Previously, we guided users to a screen to enter a TOTP only if they clicked Having Trouble? in Salesforce. If they didn't click this link
or take any other action within 90 seconds of when they initiated login, they received a timeout error.
Now, if the user isn't able to verify their identity using a push notification within 30 seconds, we automatically guide them to the option
to enter a TOTP. This change makes it easier for users to understand how and when to use TOTPs so that they can access their accounts
faster.
How: For identity verification use cases such as multi-factor authentication (MFA), users can verify their identity by approving verification
requests sent via push notifications from Salesforce Authenticator. When a user does something that requires identity verification, such
as logging in with MFA, Salesforce prompts them to check their mobile device for a push notification (1).

770
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Identity and Access Management

If the user doesn't receive the push notification, or receives it and doesn't approve it in time, Salesforce automatically prompts them to
enter a verification code instead (2). To complete identity verification, users can open Salesforce Authenticator, find the six-digit TOTP
code for their account, and enter it in Salesforce.

Note: This change applies only to users who are using Salesforce Authenticator to access Salesforce.com accounts and who have
push notifications enabled on their mobile device.

SEE ALSO:
Use Salesforce Authenticator TOTP Codes If You’re Offline or Push Notifications Are Unavailable
Manage Push Notifications for Salesforce Authenticator

771
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Privacy Center

Identify the Salesforce Authenticator App More Easily

No more squinting at app icons on your mobile device while you try to remember which one is Salesforce Authenticator. With our
redesigned app icon, recognize Salesforce Authenticator more easily so that you can access your connected accounts faster.
Where: This change applies to the Salesforce Authenticator mobile app for iOS and Android in version 4.4.0 and later.
Why: On devices with a variety of authenticator apps installed, our previous icon (1) often didn't stand out from the crowd. To help you
differentiate Salesforce Authenticator from other apps, our new icon (2) includes the Salesforce logo.

Update the Salesforce Authenticator App to Version 4.3

Salesforce increased the minimum supported app version for Salesforce Authenticator in Winter ’25. With this update, your users can
receive push notifications for identity verification only in version 4.3 or higher. Users running an app version below 4.3 can continue
verifying their identity with the app’s time-based one-time password (TOTP) feature. Direct your users to the App Store (iOS) or Google
Play (Android) to update their Salesforce Authenticator app.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in all editions.
How: Beginning in Winter ’25, when users log in with an outdated version of Salesforce Authenticator, Salesforce notifies them that
their app needs an update. To finish logging in, users must enter a 6-digit TOTP code from the app instead of approving a push notification.
This update also affects users who access your org via Lightning Login. When push notifications are unavailable in Salesforce Authenticator,
Lightning Logins revert to the standard username-password login flow.
After users update to Salesforce Authenticator version 4.3 or higher, the app’s full functionality is restored.

Privacy Center
New features help you validate privacy policies and target the data in your org more accurately. Data retention is enabled across different
regions on a rolling basis.

Avoid Accidental Data Impact by Previewing Data Management Policies

Generate and acknowledge previews for Data Management Policies before executing them in your org. Previews estimate the
number of records and files that a policy affects, providing a quantitative snapshot of its impact on your data. This feature helps you
evaluate your policy configuration and avoid accidental data loss or modification.
Retain Data with Privacy Center
Data retention is available in the new, platform-native version of Privacy Center. With data retention, you can copy records to an
external data store at the same time that you mask or delete them. You can also view the externally retained records by setting up
your retention store with Salesforce Connect.

772
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Privacy Center

Policy Validation Improvements in Privacy Center

To help you resolve validation issues with privacy policies, we added and revised several error messages. These messages can appear
when you try to save or publish a policy, or when you load the policy details page.

Avoid Accidental Data Impact by Previewing Data Management Policies

Generate and acknowledge previews for Data Management Policies before executing them in your org. Previews estimate the number
of records and files that a policy affects, providing a quantitative snapshot of its impact on your data. This feature helps you evaluate
your policy configuration and avoid accidental data loss or modification.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: By default, you’re now required to generate and acknowledge a preview whenever you create a Data Management Policy or
update its object configuration. You can publish the policy only after you acknowledge the preview. Admins can make preview
acknowledgments optional by turning on the Bypass previewing for Data Management Policies setting. From Setup, go to the Data
Management Policy settings page.
After you create or update a Data Management Policy, click Generate Preview. When the preview job is finished, view the metrics on
the Previews tab. If you’re satisfied with the expected results, click Acknowledge, and then publish the policy.
Preview metrics include:
• The total number of affected records
• The total number of deleted files and attachments
• The number of affected records on each object
Note that during policy execution, some records can be excluded from processing due to errors or validation issues. Policy previews
don’t account for these exclusions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Preview a Data Management Policy (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Retain Data with Privacy Center

Data retention is available in the new, platform-native version of Privacy Center. With data retention, you can copy records to an external
data store at the same time that you mask or delete them. You can also view the externally retained records by setting up your retention
store with Salesforce Connect.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

Note: Data retention isn’t available in Government Cloud.

When: As of November 2024, data retention is available on most Salesforce instances. The remaining unsupported instances are:
• South Korea: kor* instances
• Indonesia: idn* instances
• Brazil: bra* instances
• Middle East: are* instances
To find out your org instance, go to Company Information in Setup, or contact your account executive.
If your instance isn’t supported, skip the data retention setup by selecting Do Not Copy in the policy configuration flow. Otherwise,
errors occur when your policy executes.

773
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Named Credentials

Why: To stay compliant with data privacy laws, you’re sometimes required to delete or obfuscate customer data, or to retain it for a
certain period. Now you can add data retention to your compliance strategy without using the managed-package version of Privacy
Center.
The platform-native version of Privacy Center is the modernized, enhanced version that we recommend for all customers. Here are some
advantages to consider.
• Your Privacy Center license includes data retention as an out-of-the-box feature, along with a certain amount of free storage.
• You can also easily provision a retention store for testing purposes in your sandbox.
• You can import privacy policies directly from a sandbox to a production org and vice versa. With this capability, you can test and
deploy your retention implementation seamlessly.
• Privacy Center offers an updated and improved user interface compared to the managed-package version of Privacy Center.
How: Create a new Data Management or Right to Be Forgotten Policy, or edit an existing policy. Complete the usual setup steps for the
policy type that you’re working with. On the retention rules screen, select Copy to Store, and then select how you want to process
individual record fields. You can choose not to copy certain fields to the retention store, or you can obfuscate the field values that are
retained.
To view the records in your retention store from within Salesforce, set up the Salesforce Connect adaptor for Privacy Center. To complete
this process, you define your retention store as an external data source, and then you map the data in your retention store to external
objects that are viewable in Salesforce.
Records that you retain can sometimes have associated files or attachments. With file and attachment retention (pilot), you can include
any associated files with the retained records. To opt in to this pilot feature, contact your account executive.

Note: File and attachment retention is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements -
Salesforce.com or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory.
Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Retain Records on an Object (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Policy Validation Improvements in Privacy Center

To help you resolve validation issues with privacy policies, we added and revised several error messages. These messages can appear
when you try to save or publish a policy, or when you load the policy details page.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: You’re notified when these validation issues occur.
• A Data Management or Right to Be Forgotten (RTBF) Policy references an object or field that’s missing from the org.
• A Data Management or RTBF Policy doesn’t have any objects configured.
• An RTBF Policy has multiple top-level objects.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: How to Configure Data Management Policies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create Right to Be Forgotten Policies (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Named Credentials
Permission updates make it easier to authorize your users to make authenticated callouts with named credentials.

774
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Shield

Control Who Can Perform Authenticated Callouts with Ease

It’s easier than ever to configure permissions for named credentials so that your users can make authenticated callouts to external
systems. Previously, after you enabled external credential principal access, you also assigned object permissions for User External
Credentials manually on each permission set or profile. Now, most standard permission sets and profiles have access to the User
External Credentials object by default. For the guest user profile, and for existing custom permission sets and profiles, you must still
grant access to the User External Credentials object manually.

Control Who Can Perform Authenticated Callouts with Ease

It’s easier than ever to configure permissions for named credentials so that your users can make authenticated callouts to external
systems. Previously, after you enabled external credential principal access, you also assigned object permissions for User External
Credentials manually on each permission set or profile. Now, most standard permission sets and profiles have access to the User External
Credentials object by default. For the guest user profile, and for existing custom permission sets and profiles, you must still grant access
to the User External Credentials object manually.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable User External Credentials (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Salesforce Shield
Save time setting up Shield Platform Encryption by generating your first probabilistic and deterministic tenant secrets on the Encryption
Settings page. Use Transaction Security policies for the LoginAsEvent type and to block or receive notifications about users who log in
as another user.

Event Monitoring
Use Transaction Security policies for the Real-Time Event Monitoring LoginAsEvent event type to block or receive notifications about
users who log in as another user. Capture detailed network performance metrics with the new UI Telemetry Timing events. Identify
blocked redirections for legacy hostnames. Monitor when permissions are updated in profiles and permission sets by using the new
Permission Update event type.
Shield Platform Encryption
Exercise more control over the keys that encrypt your Data Cloud data by generating and managing a Data Cloud root key in
Salesforce. Save time by generating your first probabilistic and deterministic tenant secrets directly from the Encryption Settings
page. For compliant data sharing, encrypt sensitive and personally identifiable information (PII) data in the Comments field on
participant records.

Event Monitoring
Use Transaction Security policies for the Real-Time Event Monitoring LoginAsEvent event type to block or receive notifications about
users who log in as another user. Capture detailed network performance metrics with the new UI Telemetry Timing events. Identify
blocked redirections for legacy hostnames. Monitor when permissions are updated in profiles and permission sets by using the new
Permission Update event type.

Generate Test Events for Threat Detection (Beta)

Easily manage your integrations with the Threat Detection application by testing any Threat Detection implementation with the all
new Test Threat Detection Events (beta) feature.

775
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Shield

Get Notified and Block Activity When a User Logs In as Someone Else with Transaction Security
Bolster your security posture by receiving alerts and blocking potentially malicious LoginAsEvent activities with a Transaction Security
policy.
Import Real-Time Event Monitoring Event Data Into Data Cloud (Pilot)
Easily analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice by importing the data into Data
Cloud using the Platform Events connector pilot.
Track Network Performance Metrics
To maximize the efficiency of your applications, capture detailed network performance metrics with the new UI Telemetry Timing
events. Use the Resource Timing event log file type to measure how long a browser takes to load specific application resources from
a remote server. Use the Navigation Timing event log file type to track metrics related to page navigation, such as how long a browser
takes to construct a page’s Document Object Model (DOM).
Identify Blocked Redirections for Legacy Hostnames
Your previous non-enhanced My Domain URLs are no longer redirected in Winter ’25 for most non-production orgs and in Spring
’25 for production and demo orgs. To identify calls to the impacted URLs, use the REDIRECT_REASON field on the Hostname
Redirects event type. Look for this new value: Redirection was blocked because redirections for the
legacy SOURCE_HOSTNAME are no longer supported.
Get Information About Permission Changes
Use the new Permission Update event type in the EventLogFile object to monitor when object, field, and user permissions and other
access settings are updated in profiles and permission sets. For example, if the Read permission for the Asset object is added to one
of your permission sets, these details are logged for your review. The event type also tracks if you clone profiles or change whether
session activation is required in a permission set or permission set group.
Query Low-Latency Event Data with Event Log Objects (Beta)
Store and query all of your event data via the API with the new event log object framework (beta) that captures event data in standard
objects.

Generate Test Events for Threat Detection (Beta)

Easily manage your integrations with the Threat Detection application by testing any Threat Detection implementation with the all new
Test Threat Detection Events (beta) feature.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions where Event Monitoring is enabled.

Note: This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Who: This change is available to customers who purchased Salesforce Shield or Salesforce Event Monitoring add-on subscriptions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Event Monitoring Settings. Opt in to this feature by enabling the Test
Threat Detection Events (Beta) setting. Select a profile in Profiles, change the tab visibility for Test Threat Detection Event (Beta) from
Tab Hidden to Default On. Under App Manager, edit the Threat Detection app and move the Test Threat Detection Event (Beta)
tab from Available Tabs to Selected Tabs and assign to the same profile as above. Go to the Event Manager tab to ensure that storage
and stream are enabled for all Threat Detection events.

Get Notified and Block Activity When a User Logs In as Someone Else with Transaction Security
Bolster your security posture by receiving alerts and blocking potentially malicious LoginAsEvent activities with a Transaction Security
policy.

776
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Shield

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions where Event Monitoring is enabled.
Who: This change is available to customers who purchased Salesforce Shield or Salesforce Event Monitoring add-on subscriptions.
How: You can create a new Transaction Security policy based on LoginAsEvent using Condition Builder or Apex.

Import Real-Time Event Monitoring Event Data Into Data Cloud (Pilot)
Easily analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with the Salesforce analytics tool of your choice by importing the data into Data Cloud
using the Platform Events connector pilot.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where Event Monitoring
is enabled.

Note: This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Who: The event data that’s available to import with this connector is only available to customers who have purchased the Salesforce
Shield or Salesforce Event Monitoring add-on subscriptions.
Why: This connector is a scalable and customizable way to analyze Real-Time Event Monitoring data with Tableau, Reports & Dashboards
or CRM Analytics.
How: To turn on this feature, contact Salesforce Customer Support to enable the CdpConnectorsPilot permission. After the permission
is enabled, from Other Connectors in Setup, click New. Then select Platform Events (Pilot), click Next, and fill out the name field in
the window. The events that are available to import include ListViewEventStream, FileEvent, ApiEventStream, LoginEventStream, and
ReportEventStream.

Track Network Performance Metrics

To maximize the efficiency of your applications, capture detailed network performance metrics with the new UI Telemetry Timing events.
Use the Resource Timing event log file type to measure how long a browser takes to load specific application resources from a remote
server. Use the Navigation Timing event log file type to track metrics related to page navigation, such as how long a browser takes to
construct a page’s Document Object Model (DOM).
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Event Monitoring
is enabled. The events are available in the API and in the Event Log Browser, but not in the Event Monitoring Analytics app.
Who: This change is available to customers who purchased Salesforce Shield or Salesforce Event Monitoring add-on subscriptions.

SEE ALSO:
Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform: UI Telemetry Resource Timing Event Type (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform: UI Telemetry Navigation Timing Event Type (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)

Identify Blocked Redirections for Legacy Hostnames

Your previous non-enhanced My Domain URLs are no longer redirected in Winter ’25 for most non-production orgs and in Spring ’25
for production and demo orgs. To identify calls to the impacted URLs, use the REDIRECT_REASON field on the Hostname Redirects
event type. Look for this new value: Redirection was blocked because redirections for the legacy
SOURCE_HOSTNAME are no longer supported.

777
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Shield

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions. The HostnameRedirects event is available in the API but not in the Event Monitoring Analytics app.
Who: This event is free for all customers with a 24-hour data retention period.

SEE ALSO:
Update References to Your Previous Salesforce Domains
Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform: Hostname Redirects Event Type
Salesforce Help: Log My Domain Hostname Redirections (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get Information About Permission Changes

Use the new Permission Update event type in the EventLogFile object to monitor when object, field, and user permissions and other
access settings are updated in profiles and permission sets. For example, if the Read permission for the Asset object is added to one of
your permission sets, these details are logged for your review. The event type also tracks if you clone profiles or change whether session
activation is required in a permission set or permission set group.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions. This event is available in the API but not in the Event Monitoring Analytics app.
Who: This change is available to customers who purchase Salesforce Shield or Salesforce Event Monitoring add-on subscriptions.

SEE ALSO:
Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform: Permission Update Event Type (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Set Up Your Users’ Object, User, and Field Permissions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Query Low-Latency Event Data with Event Log Objects (Beta)

Store and query all of your event data via the API with the new event log object framework (beta) that captures event data in standard
objects.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions where Event Monitoring is enabled.

Note: This feature is a Beta Service. Customer may opt to try such Beta Service in its sole discretion. Any use of the Beta Service
is subject to the applicable Beta Services Terms provided at Agreements and Terms.
Who: This change is available to US Hyperforce customers who purchased the Salesforce Shield or Salesforce Event Monitoring add-on
subscriptions.
How: Access Event Log Objects via the API or through CRM Analytics. For troubleshooting and support, refer to the Trailblazer Community.

Shield Platform Encryption

Exercise more control over the keys that encrypt your Data Cloud data by generating and managing a Data Cloud root key in Salesforce.
Save time by generating your first probabilistic and deterministic tenant secrets directly from the Encryption Settings page. For compliant
data sharing, encrypt sensitive and personally identifiable information (PII) data in the Comments field on participant records.

778
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Shield

Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud

Working with data at scale is a big job that can come with extra compliance and regulatory requirements. Now you can control the
keys that encrypt your data at rest in Data Cloud with a single manageable root key. With Platform Encryption for Data Cloud, simply
turn on key management for Data Cloud, and Salesforce generates a root key for you. It secures the data encryption key that’s used
for encrypt and decrypt operations. You can rotate your root key and view root key details for easy auditing.
Set Up Shield Platform Encryption with Fewer Clicks
Manage more of the basic encryption setup tasks with less back-and-forth between Setup pages. New Shield Platform Encryption
customers can now generate an initial probabilistic tenant secret and deterministic tenant secret on the Encryption Settings page.
We generate your key for you, which you can immediately apply to files, attachments, and other data. When you're done configuring
your settings, go straight to the Encrypt Standard Fields page to apply those tenant secrets to individual fields. Previously, you
switched between three Setup pages to generate your first tenant secrets and start using them to encrypt data.
Encrypt the Comments Field on New Participant Objects for Compliant Data Sharing in Public Sector Solutions
The Comments field on the participant records for compliant data sharing can contain sensitive or personally identifiable information
(PII). To add an extra layer of security, you can encrypt the Comments field on these new participant objects: Application Form
Evaluation Participant, Case Proceeding Participant, Complaint Participant, and Recruitment Requisition Participant.

Manage Encryption Keys for Data Cloud

Working with data at scale is a big job that can come with extra compliance and regulatory requirements. Now you can control the keys
that encrypt your data at rest in Data Cloud with a single manageable root key. With Platform Encryption for Data Cloud, simply turn on
key management for Data Cloud, and Salesforce generates a root key for you. It secures the data encryption key that’s used for encrypt
and decrypt operations. You can rotate your root key and view root key details for easy auditing.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, and
Unlimited editions.
When: Platform Encryption for Data Cloud is available in September 2024.
Who: This change is available to customers who purchase Salesforce Shield or Shield Platform Encryption and Platform Encryption for
Data Cloud add-on subscriptions. Platform Encryption for Data Cloud doesn’t support Government Cloud.
How: To provision Platform Encryption for Data Cloud, contact your account executive. Then, in Setup, on the Encryption Settings page,
turn on Manage Data Cloud Keys (1). Salesforce generates a root key for you. When it’s ready, you can see it on the Key Management
page under the Data Cloud tab (2). Your root key and the data encryption key that it controls encrypt new data in Data Cloud. Salesforce
also starts applying your first Data Cloud keys to your existing Data Cloud data.

779
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Salesforce Shield

To see a list of relevant auditing information, such as when the key was created and by whom, click Details. You can edit your root key’s
description for easy auditing. To rotate your root key, on the Key Management page, click Generate Root Key. The new root key becomes
your active key. Older versions of your root keys are archived and continue to decrypt data encrypted with that version of the key. New
and updated Data Cloud data is encrypted with your new active key.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Platform Encryption for Data Cloud
Salesforce Help: Encrypt Data Cloud with Customer-Managed Root Keys

Set Up Shield Platform Encryption with Fewer Clicks

Manage more of the basic encryption setup tasks with less back-and-forth between Setup pages. New Shield Platform Encryption
customers can now generate an initial probabilistic tenant secret and deterministic tenant secret on the Encryption Settings page. We
generate your key for you, which you can immediately apply to files, attachments, and other data. When you're done configuring your
settings, go straight to the Encrypt Standard Fields page to apply those tenant secrets to individual fields. Previously, you switched
between three Setup pages to generate your first tenant secrets and start using them to encrypt data.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer editions.
How: On the Encryption Settings page in Setup, in the Encryption Policy section, turn on Generate Initial Probabilistic Tenant Secret.
Salesforce generates your first tenant secret for you, and more settings become available on the Encryption Settings page. For example,

780
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Security Center

you can then encrypt files and attachments, field history and feed tracking values, or custom fields in managed packages with your
probabilistic tenant secret without leaving the Encryption Settings page.
Deterministic encryption also becomes available after you have a probabilistic tenant secret. On the Encryption Settings page, turn on
Generate Initial Deterministic Tenant Secret. To apply both of your new tenant secrets to individual fields, click Select Fields. Click
Edit and apply the probabilistic, case-sensitive, or case-insensitive encryption schemes to fields of your choice.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Generate a Tenant Secret with Salesforce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Encrypt the Comments Field on New Participant Objects for Compliant Data Sharing in Public Sector
Solutions
The Comments field on the participant records for compliant data sharing can contain sensitive or personally identifiable information
(PII). To add an extra layer of security, you can encrypt the Comments field on these new participant objects: Application Form Evaluation
Participant, Case Proceeding Participant, Complaint Participant, and Recruitment Requisition Participant.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Public Sector
Solutions is enabled.
Who: This change is available to customers who purchase Salesforce Shield or Shield Platform Encryption add-on subscriptions.
How: On the Encryption Settings page, click Select Fields. Then click Edit, and select the Comments field on any of the new Participant
objects. You can encrypt the Comments field with the probabilistic, case-sensitive deterministic, or case-insensitive deterministic
encryption schemes.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Which Standard Fields Can I Encrypt? (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Security Center
Monitor vital data from custom objects to bolster your organization’s security posture by creating your own custom metrics. Ensure
comprehensive insight into all your rollout activities with additional user permission metrics. Quickly access the status of connected
tenants within the parent org from your dashboard page.

Create Custom Metrics in Security Center (Generally Available)

Effortlessly monitor vital data from custom objects to bolster your organization’s security posture by creating your own custom
metrics that you can monitor from your Security Center dashboard.
Monitor Additional User Permissions
Ensure comprehensive insight into all your rollout activities with additional user permission metrics including Retain Field History,
View Real-time Event Monitoring Data, View Threat Detection Events, Access Event Monitoring Analytics Templates & Apps, Monitor
Login History, Freeze Users, and Export Reports.
View Fields That Are Encrypted Under Your Shield Platform Encryption Policy
With the Field Level Encryption metric, easily access fields encrypted under your Shield Platform Encryption policy from Security
Center.
View Pertinent Data with an Enhanced Security Center Dashboard Page
Quickly view relevant data, including the status of your connected tenants, with an improved Security Center dashboard page
experience.

781
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Security Center

Create Custom Metrics in Security Center (Generally Available)

Effortlessly monitor vital data from custom objects to bolster your organization’s security posture by creating your own custom metrics
that you can monitor from your Security Center dashboard.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: This change is available to users with the Security Center add-on subscription.
How: To create a custom metric with a custom object, go to the Custom Metrics tab in Security Center.

Monitor Additional User Permissions

Ensure comprehensive insight into all your rollout activities with additional user permission metrics including Retain Field History, View
Real-time Event Monitoring Data, View Threat Detection Events, Access Event Monitoring Analytics Templates & Apps, Monitor Login
History, Freeze Users, and Export Reports.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: This change is available to users with the Security Center add-on subscription.
Why: Security Center user permission metrics bolster your security posture by providing a consolidated view of users assigned to specific
permissions and notify you of when these assignments change.
How: Monitor user permission metrics from your Security Center landscape via the User category in Security Overview.

View Fields That Are Encrypted Under Your Shield Platform Encryption Policy
With the Field Level Encryption metric, easily access fields encrypted under your Shield Platform Encryption policy from Security Center.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: This change applies to editions that have the Shield Platform Encryption and the Security Center add-on subscriptions.
How: Monitor this Encryption Policy metric from your Security Center dashboard via the Configuration category in Security Landscape.

View Pertinent Data with an Enhanced Security Center Dashboard Page

Quickly view relevant data, including the status of your connected tenants, with an improved Security Center dashboard page experience.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: This change is available to users with the Security Center add-on subscription.

782
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Other Security Changes

Check the Status of Your Connected Tenants From the Dashboard Page
Evaluate your security posture by conveniently viewing the status of all connected tenants within a parent org right from your
Security Center dashboard.

Check the Status of Your Connected Tenants From the Dashboard Page
Evaluate your security posture by conveniently viewing the status of all connected tenants within a parent org right from your Security
Center dashboard.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: This change is available to users with the Security Center add-on subscription.

Other Security Changes

Salesforce now supports TLS 1.3 for outbound HTTPS callouts from the Salesforce Platform. New Hyperforce orgs use Salesforce Edge
Network by default. And we canceled the Adopt Content Security Policy (CSP) Directives release update.

783
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Other Security Changes

Delivered Idea: Improve Data Transmission Speed and Security with TLS 1.3
To help you adopt the latest standard, Salesforce now supports Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.3 for outbound HTTPS callouts from
the Salesforce Platform. TLS 1.3 improves security with stronger encryption methods. This version also reduces the time it takes to
establish secure connections with a simplified handshake process. This change has no impact on existing callouts that require TLS
1.2. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
New Hyperforce Orgs Use Salesforce Edge Network
Starting October 4, 2024, new Hyperforce orgs use Salesforce Edge Network by default for a better network experience including
improved download times for users around the globe. To opt your org out of Salesforce Edge Network, contact Salesforce Customer
Support.
Adopt Updated CSP Directives (Release Update)
This update is canceled. Salesforce isn’t enforcing the Adopt updated CSP directives setting at this time. However, to help protect
your org from cross-site scripting and other code-injection attacks, we continue to encourage you to enable that setting now. To
help you adopt this change, Salesforce plans to improve the reporting on restricted frames, images, and fonts in a future release.
When that reporting is available, Salesforce plans to introduce a new release update to enforce the setting.
Security Was Tightened for the retUrl Parameter for My Domain Redirects
To improve security, if you add the retUrl parameter to a My Domain URL, Salesforce redirects the browser only to the retUrl
and blocks any further redirects. Previously, if the retUrl parameter itself redirected to other URLs, the browser was redirected
again.
Violation Type Label Was Changed for Blocked Redirections
For clarity, the violation type for blocked redirections in the Trusted URL and Browser Policy Violations List was updated to Blocked
Redirection. The previous label was External Redirection.

Improve Data Transmission Speed and Security with TLS 1.3

To help you adopt the latest standard, Salesforce now supports Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.3 for outbound HTTPS callouts from the
Salesforce Platform. TLS 1.3 improves security with stronger encryption methods. This version also reduces the time it takes to establish
secure connections with a simplified handshake process. This change has no impact on existing callouts that require TLS 1.2. We delivered
this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs), and all versions of the mobile app in
all editions.
How: We recommend that you test this change in a sandbox before you update production. To use TLS 1.3 for an HTTPS callout, work
with the receiving endpoint owner to enable TLS 1.3 on the endpoint. Optionally, after the callout successfully uses TLS 1.3, work with
the owner to disable TLS 1.2 on the receiving endpoint.

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange: Enable TLS 1.3 support for Outbound HTTPS Callouts

New Hyperforce Orgs Use Salesforce Edge Network

Starting October 4, 2024, new Hyperforce orgs use Salesforce Edge Network by default for a better network experience including improved
download times for users around the globe. To opt your org out of Salesforce Edge Network, contact Salesforce Customer Support.

784
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Service

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Group, Essentials, Professional,
Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Introducing Hyperforce - General Information & FAQ
Knowledge Article: Enable Salesforce Edge Network for Your Domain

Adopt Updated Content Security Policy (CSP) Directives (Release Update)

This update is canceled. Salesforce isn’t enforcing the Adopt updated CSP directives setting at this time. However, to help protect your
org from cross-site scripting and other code-injection attacks, we continue to encourage you to enable that setting now. To help you
adopt this change, Salesforce plans to improve the reporting on restricted frames, images, and fonts in a future release. When that
reporting is available, Salesforce plans to introduce a new release update to enforce the setting.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Enterprise, Performance, Developer,
and Unlimited editions.
When: This update is canceled and no longer appears in the Release Update page in Setup.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Protect Your Org with Updated CSP Directives (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Release Updates

Security Was Tightened for the retUrl Parameter for My Domain Redirects
To improve security, if you add the retUrl parameter to a My Domain URL, Salesforce redirects the browser only to the retUrl
and blocks any further redirects. Previously, if the retUrl parameter itself redirected to other URLs, the browser was redirected again.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in all editions.

Violation Type Label Was Changed for Blocked Redirections

For clarity, the violation type for blocked redirections in the Trusted URL and Browser Policy Violations List was updated to Blocked
Redirection. The previous label was External Redirection.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Manage Trusted URL and Browser Policy Violations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Service
Explore the latest advancements in AI and customer service technology with Salesforce's new offerings. These include the generally
available Einstein Data Library for grounding generative AI responses, the beta version of Einstein Case Management for real-time insights,
and enhanced messaging capabilities across various platforms. Additionally, new tools like Employee Service streamline HR processes,
while features like post-chat surveys and Einstein Copilot enhance feedback collection and supervisor efficiency. These innovations help
optimize data integration and analysis, ensuring a unified view across all engagement channels.

785
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Agentforce Service Agent

Agentforce Service Agent

Automate common contact center interactions and free up your service team to focus on strategic, high-value work with Service
Cloud’s new AI agent.
Get New Foundational Features for Service Cloud Users
Salesforce Foundations provides Service Cloud users with a set of built-in Marketing, Sales, Commerce, and Data Cloud features.
Functionality and user experiences within the apps that your company currently uses aren’t changing.
Discover Even More Service Capabilities with My Service Journey (Beta)
Quickly see how to take your Service Cloud implementation from good to great. Explore different Service areas, like the Help Site or
Agent Console, and filter capabilities based on your business goals, edition, what’s new, whether it’s an Einstein feature, and more.
Einstein for Service
Streamline service with AI. Customize the Record Summary prompt template for Work Summaries in Copilot and from the field
recommendations component (pilot), use Work Summaries for Voice in more languages, draft Case Summaries (pilot), revise fields
on your Knowledge articles with predefined styles (beta), and, get article recommendations or build conversation mining reports
on more channels.
Service Intelligence
See real-time customer service insights with Einstein Case Management (beta). Measure agent performance with target SLA times
on Omni-Channel queues. Add more of your service data into Data Cloud with Service Data Kit version 5.0.
Channels
Check out our new messaging types, including enhanced LINE Messaging, Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service
(CCaaS), and Unified Messaging for SMS. Use the Messaging for In-App and Web API (Generally Available) to programmatically
manage conversations. Use enhanced Messaging or Messaging for In-App and Web in the sales process with improvements to
agent-initiated outbound messaging.
Knowledge
Integrate all your knowledge with Data Cloud for better generative AI. Connect Unified Knowledge to more third-party knowledge
bases.
Entitlements and Milestones
Empower your service agents to stay on top of their jobs and boost overall service operations. By automating standard milestone
actions through flows and using remaining milestone time to prioritize cases, your agents can work more efficiently and effectively.
Employee Service
Employee Service is a new solution that is geared toward streamlining the human resource (HR) service processes for businesses. In
this release, we’re introducing the Employee Hub and HR Service Workspace features.
Routing
Eligible Salesforce orgs are automatically upgraded to Enhanced Omni-Channel. Support customers while on the go with Omni-Channel
for mobile.
Feedback Management
Collect timely feedback and gain comprehensive insights with unique post-chat survey invitations.

Agentforce Service Agent

Automate common contact center interactions and free up your service team to focus on strategic, high-value work with Service Cloud’s
new AI agent.

786
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Agentforce Service Agent

Automate Common Contact Center Interactions with Agentforce Service Agents

Free up your service team to focus on strategic, high-value work with Service Cloud’s new AI agent. Agentforce Service Agents
intelligently support your customers by processing incoming cases and autonomously resolving common inquiries. Complex or
sensitive support requests, meanwhile, are conversationally escalated to live service representatives, creating a seamless customer
experience.
Ensure Sequential Conversations in Messaging for Web
For an optimal experience with Agentforce Service Agent in Messaging for Web, ensure that the AI agent responds to a question
before another one is asked. To disable the end user’s text input field after a question is asked, add the
enableUserInputForConversationWithBot snippet setting to your Messaging for Web code. This setting gives the AI agent time to
respond before another message is sent, which ensures a smooth experience and minimizes escalations to a service rep.
Monitor Agentforce Service Agent Conversation Consumption with Digital Wallet
With the help of Digital Wallet, view near real-time consumption data for Service Cloud features enabled in your org. In Digital Wallet,
you can see all of your entitlements by product, as well as a breakdown of how entitlements are consumed over time as you use
the feature.

Automate Common Contact Center Interactions with Agentforce Service Agents

Free up your service team to focus on strategic, high-value work with Service Cloud’s new AI agent. Agentforce Service Agents intelligently
support your customers by processing incoming cases and autonomously resolving common inquiries. Complex or sensitive support
requests, meanwhile, are conversationally escalated to live service representatives, creating a seamless customer experience.
Where: This feature is available in all enhanced Messaging channels. View required editions.
When: You can start creating AI agents in late October 2024.
Who: Service agents are available to Salesforce users with the Manage Agentforce Service Agents permission set. Standard permissions
and licenses to access generative AI features are also required.
How: To create a Service Agent, go to the Agents Setup page and click New Agent. In the guided setup, select the Agentforce Service
Agent Type. Customize your agent in Agent Builder and then connect it to enhanced messaging channels.

SEE ALSO:
Release Note: Introducing the Agentforce Platform (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Agentforce Service Agent (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Service Agent Considerations and Limitations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Ensure Sequential Conversations in Messaging for Web

For an optimal experience with Agentforce Service Agent in Messaging for Web, ensure that the AI agent responds to a question before
another one is asked. To disable the end user’s text input field after a question is asked, add the enableUserInputForConversationWithBot
snippet setting to your Messaging for Web code. This setting gives the AI agent time to respond before another message is sent, which
ensures a smooth experience and minimizes escalations to a service rep.
Where: This feature is available in Messaging for Web. View required editions.
How: Add the enableUserInputForConversationWithBot code snippet to your Messaging for Web deployment's code
(for a deployment on an external website) or to the header markup (in an Experience Cloud or Commerce Cloud site).

SEE ALSO:
Developer Doc: Messaging for Web Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

787
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Agentforce Service Agent

Monitor Agentforce Service Agent Conversation Consumption with Digital Wallet

With the help of Digital Wallet, view near real-time consumption data for Service Cloud features enabled in your org. In Digital Wallet,
you can see all of your entitlements by product, as well as a breakdown of how entitlements are consumed over time as you use the
feature.
Where: Service Cloud Usage Billing is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions.
When: Digital Wallet integration for Agentforce Service Agents is available starting in late October.
Who: Service Cloud Usage Billing is available to users with the Conversation add-on.
Why: The service offers full transparency, giving you a clear picture of your usage across billable features. Additionally, it helps you
monitor resource usage, spot trends, and optimize your resource allocation. Learn how Agentforce Service Agent (ASA) consumption
is billed as part of Service Cloud Billable Usage Types.
Billing and Metering is available for Agentforce Service Agent (ASA) conversations only. It applies only to conversations that a messaging
user initiates, and doesn’t apply to outbound (business-initiated) conversations.
How: Access Consumption Cards via Access Digital Wallet. In the Conversations card, click View Consumption to view the conversation
consumption details.

788
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Get New Foundational Features for Service Cloud Users

Get New Foundational Features for Service Cloud Users

Salesforce Foundations provides Service Cloud users with a set of built-in Marketing, Sales, Commerce, and Data Cloud features.
Functionality and user experiences within the apps that your company currently uses aren’t changing.
Where: These feature updates apply to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic in Enterprise, Unlimited, Einstein 1 Sales, and Einstein
1 Service editions. User interface and navigation enhancements are available only in Lightning Experience.
When: These feature updates became available starting on September 17, 2024.
Who: Only your Salesforce account executive can enable Salesforce Foundations. Salesforce admins with the Customize Application
and Modify All Data user permissions can assign standard permission sets that grant users access to apps and features.

789
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Discover Even More Service Capabilities with My Service
Journey (Beta)

Why: The addition of these essential features in each product area helps you create more connected customer experiences. Here are
the key features by cloud.

If you already have Sales Cloud, you don’t get any new Sales features.
How: To start using these features, contact your Salesforce account executive.

SEE ALSO:
Unlock a 360-Degree Customer View with New Foundational Features
Salesforce Help: Discover Salesforce Foundations

Discover Even More Service Capabilities with My Service Journey (Beta)

Quickly see how to take your Service Cloud implementation from good to great. Explore different Service areas, like the Help Site or
Agent Console, and filter capabilities based on your business goals, edition, what’s new, whether it’s an Einstein feature, and more.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions.

Note: My Service Journey is a pilot or beta service that’s subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Why: Learn more about the service features available to you. With this beta release of My Service Journey:
• View your org’s capabilities and identify upgrades to use specific features.
• Preview and review capabilities without leaving the Capability Navigator.
• Watch videos directly in capabilities to see them in action alongside descriptive details.
How: Launch My Service Journey from the App Launcher. For enhanced exploration of Service Cloud capabilities, add My Service Journey
to your console app’s navigation menu. This pins capabilities as tabs for quicker access.

790
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

Einstein for Service

Streamline service with AI. Customize the Record Summary prompt template for Work Summaries in Copilot and from the field
recommendations component (pilot), use Work Summaries for Voice in more languages, draft Case Summaries (pilot), revise fields on
your Knowledge articles with predefined styles (beta), and, get article recommendations or build conversation mining reports on more
channels.

Einstein Article Recommendations

Get article recommendations on voice and enhanced messaging channels (pilot)
Einstein Classification
Include up to 30 input fields when training your Einstein classification model.
Einstein Conversation Mining
Transform conversation data into service insights and build bot intents with Einstein Conversation Mining.
Einstein Knowledge Creation
Revise fields on your Knowledge articles using Knowledge Edits with Einstein generative AI (beta).
Einstein Reply Recommendations
Get Service Replies in more languages.
Einstein Work Summaries
Customize the Record Summary prompt template for Work Summaries in Copilot or from the Einstein field recommendations
component (pilot), use Work Summaries for Voice in more languages, and get a quick overview of a Case with Einstein Case Summaries
(pilot).

Einstein Article Recommendations

Get article recommendations on voice and enhanced messaging channels (pilot)

791
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations (Pilot)
Reduce handle time and improve customer satisfaction by providing agents with recommended articles with Einstein Article
Recommendations for Conversations.

Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations (Pilot)
Reduce handle time and improve customer satisfaction by providing agents with recommended articles with Einstein Article
Recommendations for Conversations.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in the Unlimited edition with the Einstein for Service add-on. Available in Voice,
Messaging for in-App and Web, enhanced Facebook Messenger, and enhanced WhatsApp channels.

Note: This feature is not generally available and is being piloted with certain Customers subject to additional terms and conditions.
It is not part of your purchased Services. This feature is subject to change, may be discontinued with no notice at any time in
Salesforce’s sole discretion, and Salesforce may never make this feature generally available. Make your purchase decisions only on
the basis of generally available products and features. This feature is made available on an AS IS basis and use of this feature is at
your sole risk.
During real-time conversations, Einstein recommends relevant articles directly to agents in the Voice Call or Messaging Session record
page. By default, recommendations are given whenever relevant throughout each conversation. To provide article recommendations
only when agents are ready to leverage them, go to the Einstein Article Recommendations setup page and select the option to provide
article recommendations only on-demand.

SEE ALSO:
Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations for Messaging (Pilot)
Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations for Voice (Pilot)

Einstein Classification
Include up to 30 input fields when training your Einstein classification model.

Optimize Your Classification Model with Additional Input Fields (Generally Available)
Include up to 30 input fields when training your Einstein classification model. Previously when you built a model, Einstein considered
only the Subject and Description fields from closed cases. Now you can remove the Subject and Description fields and train your
model with your most relevant case information. Einstein classification supports String (TextArea and TextArea Long), Picklist, and
Lookup field types.

Optimize Your Classification Model with Additional Input Fields (Generally Available)
Include up to 30 input fields when training your Einstein classification model. Previously when you built a model, Einstein considered
only the Subject and Description fields from closed cases. Now you can remove the Subject and Description fields and train your model
with your most relevant case information. Einstein classification supports String (TextArea and TextArea Long), Picklist, and Lookup field
types.
Where: This change applies to Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions in Lightning Experience. Einstein Classification Apps
aren’t available in partner editions or the Salesforce Government Cloud.
How: When you create a classification model, select up to 30 input fields to include for model training.

792
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

After you configure the predictive model, its status changes to Ready to Build. Check your selections for Fields to Predict and build your
model. After the model finishes building, you can configure each field’s prediction settings. Then, activate the model to start showing
recommendations in the Service Console.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Autofill Case Fields with Einstein Case Classification Apps
Einstein Features

Einstein Conversation Mining

Transform conversation data into service insights and build bot intents with Einstein Conversation Mining.

Gather More Service Support Insights with Additional Channels in Einstein Conversation Mining
Create reports with our newly supported channels, which include third-party messaging apps such as Apple Messages for Business,
Custom Messaging Channel, Facebook Messenger, Line, Messaging for In-App and Web, Plain Text, and WhatsApp.

Gather More Service Support Insights with Additional Channels in Einstein Conversation Mining
Create reports with our newly supported channels, which include third-party messaging apps such as Apple Messages for Business,
Custom Messaging Channel, Facebook Messenger, Line, Messaging for In-App and Web, Plain Text, and WhatsApp.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Go to Einstein Conversation Mining in Setup. When you create a report, select Enhanced Conversations for the channel, and
then select from a list of supported channels.

793
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Build an Einstein Conversation Mining Report (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Einstein Knowledge Creation

Revise fields on your Knowledge articles using Knowledge Edits with Einstein generative AI (beta).

Get Quick Revisions on Knowledge Article Fields with Einstein Knowledge Edits (Beta)
Revise fields on your Knowledge articles using Einstein generative AI with predefined styles. Predefined styles can improve the
grammar, conciseness, or readability of your articles. You can also customize revision styles through Prompt Builder when you edit
or create a prompt with the Knowledge Field Update type. Specify what information Einstein includes, how to format article information
or adjust the voice and tone to fit your business needs.

Get Quick Revisions on Knowledge Article Fields with Einstein Knowledge Edits (Beta)
Revise fields on your Knowledge articles using Einstein generative AI with predefined styles. Predefined styles can improve the grammar,
conciseness, or readability of your articles. You can also customize revision styles through Prompt Builder when you edit or create a
prompt with the Knowledge Field Update type. Specify what information Einstein includes, how to format article information or adjust
the voice and tone to fit your business needs.
Where: This change applies to Unlimited and Enterprise editions with the Einstein for Service add-on. Einstein for Service is available in
Lightning Experience.
Einstein Knowledge Edits is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta service
is at the Customer's sole discretion.

794
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

Who: To use Knowledge Edits, you must have Einstein Generative AI enabled, Salesforce Knowledge enabled and set up in Lightning
Experience, Knowledge Creation enabled and set up, and, to customize Einstein’s revisions, you must have Prompt Builder enabled.
To use Knowledge Edits, agents must have the Prompt Template User and the Einstein Knowledge Creation permission sets.
How: For the Knowledge article that you want to revise, from the quick action menu select Edit. From the toolbar, click Revise with
Einstein. From the dropdown menu, you can choose:
• Revise for Conciseness - simplifies the language by removing filler words and qualifiers, and repetitive information.
• Revise for Grammar - corrects all typos, grammatical mistakes, spelling errors, and misplaced punctuation.
• Revise for Readability - uses clear and simple language, converts passive voice to active voice, removes redundancies, reformats
appropriate information with bullet points or lists, and rearranges text for better flow.

Any custom templates also appear in the dropdown options.

795
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

To revise specific parts of the text, highlight the text and click Revise with Einstein.

796
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

SEE ALSO:
Einstein Features
Salesforce Help: Prompt Builder

Einstein Reply Recommendations

Get Service Replies in more languages.

Use Einstein Service Replies in More Languages

Einstein Service Replies now supports Dutch, Portuguese (Brazilian), Portuguese (Portugal), and Spanish (Mexico). Previously, Einstein
Service Replies supported English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, and Spanish (Spain) only.

Use Einstein Service Replies in More Languages

Einstein Service Replies now supports Dutch, Portuguese (Brazilian), Portuguese (Portugal), and Spanish (Mexico). Previously, Einstein
Service Replies supported English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, and Spanish (Spain) only.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited and Enterprise editions with Einstein for Service. Einstein generative
AI is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase the Einstein for Service add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.

797
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

How: To use grounded replies in multiple languages you need at least one knowledge article in the language you want to use. For
replies based on the conversation context, Einstein detects the language and drafts replies accordingly. So, if you start a conversation
in Spanish, Einstein drafts and recommends replies to you in Spanish. The customer’s messages must be longer than 20 characters for
reliable language detection. If Einstein can’t detect the language, replies are drafted in the user locale’s language.

Einstein Work Summaries

Customize the Record Summary prompt template for Work Summaries in Copilot or from the Einstein field recommendations component
(pilot), use Work Summaries for Voice in more languages, and get a quick overview of a Case with Einstein Case Summaries (pilot).

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Voice in More Languages (Generally Available)
Einstein Work Summaries for Voice supports English, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese (Brazilian), Portuguese
(Portugal), Spanish (Mexico), and Spanish (Spain). Previously, Work Summaries for Voice supported English only.
Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in Five More Languages
Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in French, German, Italian, Japanese, and Spanish, in addition to English. Einstein detects the
case language and drafts summaries accordingly. If Einstein can’t detect the language, summaries are drafted in the user locale’s
language.
Customize Your Work Summaries in Copilot (Generally Available)
Now, you can customize how Einstein drafts Work Summaries in Copilot. Get summaries that meet your team’s needs by adding
your own formatting rules or restrictions to the prompt template that guides Einstein responses.
Get a Quick Overview of a Case and Ongoing Developments with Case Summaries (Pilot)
Quickly catch-up on cases with AI-generated case summaries. Using Einstein Case Summaries, agents can see the case progression
including conversations, updates, and escalations—all from the Case Feed or Case Comments.

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Voice in More Languages (Generally Available)
Einstein Work Summaries for Voice supports English, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese (Brazilian), Portuguese
(Portugal), Spanish (Mexico), and Spanish (Spain). Previously, Work Summaries for Voice supported English only.
Where:
Where: Einstein Work Summaries is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Service
add-on.
To purchase the Einstein for Service add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: This change applies as of October 23, 2024.
How: For Voice calls, Einstein detects the call transcript language and drafts summaries accordingly. If Einstein can’t detect the language,
summaries are drafted in the user locale’s language.

SEE ALSO:
Einstein Features
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI Supported Languages and Locales
Salesforce Help: Show AI-Generated Summaries with Einstein Work Summaries

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in Five More Languages

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in French, German, Italian, Japanese, and Spanish, in addition to English. Einstein detects the
case language and drafts summaries accordingly. If Einstein can’t detect the language, summaries are drafted in the user locale’s language.

798
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

Where: This change applies to Einstein 1 Service Edition, and Enterprise or Unlimited Editions with the Einstein for Service Add-on.
Einstein for Service is available in Lightning Experience. Setup for Einstein for Service is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase the Einstein for Service add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: These additional languages were first made available in Summer ‘24.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Show Work Summaries for Email

Customize Your Work Summaries in Copilot (Generally Available)

Now, you can customize how Einstein drafts Work Summaries in Copilot. Get summaries that meet your team’s needs by adding your
own formatting rules or restrictions to the prompt template that guides Einstein responses.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience, the Salesforce mobile app for iOS and Android, the Field Service mobile app for
iOS and Android, and Sales Cloud Everywhere in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions with the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for
Service, or Einstein Platform add-on. Setup for Einstein Copilot is available on the desktop site.
To purchase the Einstein for Sales, Einstein for Service, or Einstein Platform add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
Who: Einstein Copilot is available to users with the Use Einstein Copilot for Salesforce user permission.
To use Einstein Copilot actions that execute prompt templates, users must have the Execute Prompt Templates user permission.
How: This feature is available in Einstein Copilot through the Summarize Record standard copilot action. When a user asks Einstein to
summarize a Messaging Session or Voice Call record, and the user has access to Einstein Work Summaries with the Use Einstein Copilot
for Salesforce user permission and the Prompt Template user permission, the Summarize Record action uses a Summarize Messaging
Session or Summarize Voice Call prompt template to generate the summary.
Under Prompt Templates in Prompt Builder are the Summarize Voice Call or Summarize Messaging Session templates with the Record
Summary template type. To customize the Summarize Voice Call or Summarize Messaging Session template, create a prompt template
or edit the preexisting prompt templates and save as new.

Then, to create or customize the prompt template, follow the instructions in Ingredients of a Prompt Template in Help.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Show AI-Generated Summaries with Einstein Work Summaries
Salesforce Help: Prompt Builder
Salesforce Help: Einstein Copilot
Einstein Features
New and Changed Standard Copilot Actions

799
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Einstein for Service

Get a Quick Overview of a Case and Ongoing Developments with Case Summaries (Pilot)
Quickly catch-up on cases with AI-generated case summaries. Using Einstein Case Summaries, agents can see the case progression
including conversations, updates, and escalations—all from the Case Feed or Case Comments.
Where: Einstein Case Summaries is available in Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited and Einstein 1 editions with the Einstein
for Service add-on and the Einstein for Service: Case Summaries (Pilot) org perm.

Note: Case Summaries is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a
written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot
or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: To get started with Case Summaries, set up Service AI Grounding with Cases. Next, select a destination for summaries on the case
page.

When you select Case Comments, agents can draft summaries from the Case Comment tab in the Feed. When you select Case Feed,
agents can draft summaries from the Post tab in the Feed.
To use Case Summaries, select Draft a Case Summary with Einstein.

800
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Service Intelligence

Einstein drafts the case summary, which agents can review, edit, and save.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Einstein Generative AI

Service Intelligence
See real-time customer service insights with Einstein Case Management (beta). Measure agent performance with target SLA times on
Omni-Channel queues. Add more of your service data into Data Cloud with Service Data Kit version 5.0.

Get Faster Insights with Einstein Case Management (Beta)

Improve customer service with near real-time insights that help agents quickly identify and prioritize cases based on urgency, status,
customer effort score, and service level agreement (SLA) targets. Einstein Case Management dashboards show minutes-latency
metrics that help your team deliver more informed, personalized service. Plus, with the new Flag to Supervisor flow, agents can
instantly alert supervisors about case developments.
Monitor Agent Performance Against Target Service Level Agreement (SLA) Times
Set a default SLA for all Omni-Channel routing queues and customize times for up to ten specific queues. View SLA metrics directly
on Omni-Channel dashboards to pinpoint areas for improvement.
Automate Knowledge Reviews with Salesforce Flows
Install the Flag for Review flow to help managers quickly set the review date on articles to the current date and publish articles
directly from Knowledge Performance dashboards.
Gain Deeper Insights into Knowledge Performance with Data Categories
Evaluate article effectiveness and ensure compliance with a comprehensive view of your Knowledge categories.
Apply Additional Service Assets in Data Cloud
Bring more of your service data into Service Cloud with Service Data Kit version 5.0. This update adds new data streams and mappings
for Digital Engagement and Field Service bundles, including Voice Call, Messaging Session, Operating Hours, and Time Slot. It also
introduces new data mappings for Service Intelligence, such as User.ContactId, and TranscriptSourceId and TranscriptSourceObject
for Einstein Conversation Mining. These improvements support Service Intelligence, which offers key contact center metrics. You
can also use the kit to import service data into Data Cloud and build custom applications.

Get Faster Insights with Einstein Case Management (Beta)

Improve customer service with near real-time insights that help agents quickly identify and prioritize cases based on urgency, status,
customer effort score, and service level agreement (SLA) targets. Einstein Case Management dashboards show minutes-latency metrics
that help your team deliver more informed, personalized service. Plus, with the new Flag to Supervisor flow, agents can instantly alert
supervisors about case developments.
Where: This change applies to Service Cloud in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions for an additional cost.

Note: Einstein Case Management is a pilot or beta service that’s subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com
or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this
pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
Who: To use the Einstein Case Management dashboard, you need the Service Intelligence User permission set. To manage the Einstein
Case Management dashboard, you need the Service Intelligence App Admin permission set.

801
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Service Intelligence

How: From Service Intelligence dashboards, click the Open Analytics Studio icon, and in Analytics Home, search for Einstein Case
Management. From Service Intelligence Setup, install the Flag to Supervisor flow so agents can immediately notify supervisors of case
updates.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Service Intelligence Dashboards (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Service Intelligence Einstein Case Management Dashboard (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Install Service Intelligence (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Monitor Agent Performance Against Target Service Level Agreement (SLA) Times
Set a default SLA for all Omni-Channel routing queues and customize times for up to ten specific queues. View SLA metrics directly on
Omni-Channel dashboards to pinpoint areas for improvement.
Where: This change applies to Service Cloud in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions for an additional cost.
Who: To view SLA metrics on Service Intelligence dashboards, you need the Service Intelligence User permission set. To manage SLA
targets, you need the Service Intelligence App Admin permission set.
Why: Track SLA calculations on the Service Level and % SLA Adherence by Queue fields on Omni-Channel dashboards, and on the %
Work Item SLA Adherence by Agent field on Agent Performance dashboards.
How: In Service Intelligence Setup, configure your target SLA times in the Install Service Intelligence step of the wizard.

802
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Service Intelligence

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Service Intelligence Setup (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Install Service Intelligence (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Automate Knowledge Reviews with Salesforce Flows

Install the Flag for Review flow to help managers quickly set the review date on articles to the current date and publish articles directly
from Knowledge Performance dashboards.
Where: This change applies to Service Cloud in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions for an additional cost.
Who: To use the Flag for Review flow, you need the Service Intelligence User permission set. To manage the Flag for Review flow, you
need the Service Intelligence App Admin permission set.
How: In Service Intelligence Setup, install the required Flag for Review Flow for Knowledge dashboards. This flow only appears when
both Lightning Knowledge and Service Intelligence are set up.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Service Intelligence Setup (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Install the Knowledge Flow for Service Intelligence (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

803
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Service Intelligence

Gain Deeper Insights into Knowledge Performance with Data Categories

Evaluate article effectiveness and ensure compliance with a comprehensive view of your Knowledge categories.
Where: This change applies to Service Cloud in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions for an additional cost.
Who: To use the Knowledge Performance dashboard, you need the Service Intelligence User permission set. To manage the Knowledge
Performance dashboard, you need the Service Intelligence App Admin permission set.
How: To see data category metrics, click Knowledge Performance dashboards.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Service Intelligence Knowledge Articles Dashboard (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Apply Additional Service Assets in Data Cloud

Bring more of your service data into Service Cloud with Service Data Kit version 5.0. This update adds new data streams and mappings
for Digital Engagement and Field Service bundles, including Voice Call, Messaging Session, Operating Hours, and Time Slot. It also
introduces new data mappings for Service Intelligence, such as User.ContactId, and TranscriptSourceId and TranscriptSourceObject for
Einstein Conversation Mining. These improvements support Service Intelligence, which offers key contact center metrics. You can also
use the kit to import service data into Data Cloud and build custom applications.
Where: This change applies to Service Cloud in Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions for an additional cost.
How: If you have the Service data kit installed, upgrade or reinstall it to ensure that it’s up to date. You can retrieve data assets for digital
engagement, field service, and service intelligence only when those features are turned on. Upgrading the data kit is necessary to access
the latest enhancements to Service data model objects (DMOs).

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Service Intelligence
Salesforce Help: Install the Service Data Kit for Service Intelligence

804
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Channels
Check out our new messaging types, including enhanced LINE Messaging, Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service
(CCaaS), and Unified Messaging for SMS. Use the Messaging for In-App and Web API (Generally Available) to programmatically manage
conversations. Use enhanced Messaging or Messaging for In-App and Web in the sales process with improvements to agent-initiated
outbound messaging.

Email
Send emails in a snap with the Service Email Assistant, stay organized by moving emails to another case, and enjoy Einstein Work
Summaries for Email in more languages.
Messaging
Reach more customers with a range of new channels types, including enhanced LINE Messaging, Bring Your Own Channel for Contact
Center as a Service (CCaaS), and Unified Messaging for SMS. Use the Messaging for In-App and Web API to programmatically manage
conversations.
Voice
Empower agents to resolve customer issues faster with Einstein Article Recommendations for voice. Assist agents and optimize
business processes based on the sentiment and intent of real-time conversations. Integrate voice and messaging in your contact
center with Bring Your Own Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS).
Social Media
Social Customer Service Starter Pack is retiring.
Chat
Chat is in maintenance-only mode. Embedded Flows and Embedded Appointment Management are scheduled for retirement in
June 2025.
Channel Tools
Improve the Messaging for Web experience in Channel Menu by adding User Verification.

Email
Send emails in a snap with the Service Email Assistant, stay organized by moving emails to another case, and enjoy Einstein Work
Summaries for Email in more languages.

Draft Personalized Service Emails with Einstein

With the Service Email Assistant, Einstein uses case data to draft personalized emails to customers. Agents can use preset email
prompt instructions or enjoy custom email instructions created by their Salesforce admins. Agents just choose a template and let
Einstein craft a response.
Move Emails Easily to the Relevant Case
Let agents reassign emails from one case to another with Email-to-Case. Keep emails correctly sorted when a customer replies to a
thread with information about a different case.
Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in Five More Languages
Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in French, German, Italian, Japanese, and Spanish, in addition to English. Einstein detects the
case language and drafts summaries accordingly. If Einstein can’t detect the language, summaries are drafted in the user locale’s
language.
Transition to the Lightning Editor for Email Composers in Email-to-Case (Generally Available) (Release Update)
When enabled, this release update replaces the email editor in the docked and case feed email composers. This update was generally
available in Lightning Experience in Spring ‘24 and has no scheduled enforcement date.

805
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Disable Ref ID and Transition to New Email Threading Behavior (Release Update)
This update turns off Ref ID threading and transitions to Lightning threading in Email-to-Case. With the new Email-to-Case threading
behavior, incoming emails aren’t matched using Ref IDs. Instead, they’re matched using a secure token in the email subject or body.
If no match is found, Email-to-Case checks metadata from the email headers. This update was first available in Winter ‘21 and has
no scheduled enforcement date.

Draft Personalized Service Emails with Einstein

With the Service Email Assistant, Einstein uses case data to draft personalized emails to customers. Agents can use preset email prompt
instructions or enjoy custom email instructions created by their Salesforce admins. Agents just choose a template and let Einstein craft
a response.
Where: This change applies to Einstein 1 Service Edition. The Einstein for Service Add-on can also be purchased for the Enterprise and
Unlimited editions.
Who: To create and manage prompt instructions, you must have the Prompt Template Manager permission. To use the feature without
managing prompts, agents must have the Prompt Template User permission set. The Einstein Service Email Assistant User permission
set is required for all users. You must also have the Lightning email composer enabled.
How: Go to the Permission Sets page in Setup and assign the required user permissions.
A standard prompt template is already provided, and you can personalize it or create a custom template in Prompt Builder.
To use the feature, agents open the composer, enter a recipient, and click Draft with Einstein. Agents choose the preset prompt instructions,
or custom ones created by admins.

Make sure to review the email before sending it.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Draft Personalized Emails with Service Email Assistant

Move Emails Easily to the Relevant Case

Let agents reassign emails from one case to another with Email-to-Case. Keep emails correctly sorted when a customer replies to a thread
with information about a different case.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Who: To use this feature, you must have Lightning email threading enabled.

806
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

How: Go to the Email-to-Case Settings page in Setup, click Edit, and select Let Agents Move Emails. Save your changes.
After this setting is enabled, agents click the dropdown menu at the top right corner of an email feed item, click Move to Another Case,
enter the case number of the target case, and click Move to reassign the email to the target case.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Disable Ref ID and Switch to Lightning Threading
Salesforce Help: Move Emails to a Different Case

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in Five More Languages

Use Einstein Work Summaries for Email in French, German, Italian, Japanese, and Spanish, in addition to English. Einstein detects the
case language and drafts summaries accordingly. If Einstein can’t detect the language, summaries are drafted in the user locale’s language.
Where: This change applies to Einstein 1 Service Edition, and Enterprise or Unlimited Editions with the Einstein for Service Add-on.
Einstein for Service is available in Lightning Experience. Setup for Einstein for Service is available in Lightning Experience.
To purchase the Einstein for Service add-on, contact your Salesforce account executive.
When: These additional languages were first made available in Summer ‘24.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Show Work Summaries for Email

Transition to the Lightning Editor for Email Composers in Email-to-Case (Generally Available) (Release
Update)
When enabled, this release update replaces the email editor in the docked and case feed email composers. This update was generally
available in Lightning Experience in Spring ‘24 and has no scheduled enforcement date.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer
editions.
Why: Salesforce is replacing the email editor in the docked and case feed email composers and switching to a modern editor based in
HTML 5. The legacy Email-to-Case composer is currently in maintenance mode, and new features and bug fixes will be added only to
the new Lightning editor. To ensure the best experience for your customers, please test this update in your sandbox and then enable
it.
The new editor provides similar functionality in Lightning Experience. New features include:
• Full-screen mode
• Printing
• Undo and Redo buttons
• Format painting

807
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

• Emoji picker
• Resizability
• A more responsive toolbar
You asked for a cleaner visual experience, and we listened. We also removed the automatically displayed table controls, word and
character counts, and the window about formatting pasted text.
How: This update is available to Salesforce orgs with Email-to-Case enabled. If your org was created in Winter ‘24 or later, you see the
new editor by default. If your org was created before Winter ‘24, enable it on the Release Updates page in Setup after testing it in your
sandbox. After the release update is enabled, users see similar functionality when they compose and edit emails.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates

Disable Ref ID and Transition to New Email Threading Behavior (Release Update)
This update turns off Ref ID threading and transitions to Lightning threading in Email-to-Case. With the new Email-to-Case threading
behavior, incoming emails aren’t matched using Ref IDs. Instead, they’re matched using a secure token in the email subject or body. If
no match is found, Email-to-Case checks metadata from the email headers. This update was first available in Winter ‘21 and has no
scheduled enforcement date.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: Ref ID is currently in maintenance mode. New features and bug fixes will be added only to the new Lightning threading. To ensure
the best experience for your customers, we recommend enabling this release update, after testing it in your sandbox.
Similar to Ref ID threading, token-based threading inserts a formatted string into the email body or subject, but this string is now created
in a way that meets Salesforce security standards. When Lightning threading is enabled, new outbound emails don’t include a Ref ID.
How: To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For Disable Ref
ID and Transition to New Email Threading Behavior, follow the testing and activation steps.
Learn more about the best practices for enabling this release update.
When you enable Lightning threading, emails continue to thread to cases using email headers. If you disable the update and move back
to Ref ID, emails don’t always thread to previously created cases, resulting in new cases being generated. If Do Not Auto-Enable New
Features is off, we set email preferences for threading tokens based on the corresponding Ref ID settings for email subjects and bodies.
If you use merge fields in email templates, replace Case.Thread_Id with the merge field Case.Thread_Token.
In your custom code, replace Cases.getCaseIdFromEmailThreadId wherever it occurs with Cases.getCaseIdFromEmailHeaders,
EmailMessages.getRecordIdFromEmail, or a combination of both.

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates
Knowledge Article: Disable Ref ID and Switch to Lightning Threading

Messaging
Reach more customers with a range of new channels types, including enhanced LINE Messaging, Bring Your Own Channel for Contact
Center as a Service (CCaaS), and Unified Messaging for SMS. Use the Messaging for In-App and Web API to programmatically manage
conversations.

808
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Help Customers in a LINE Messaging Channel

Reach more customers with an enhanced Messaging channel that's connected to the LINE messaging app, widely used in Japan.
With a LINE channel, your support team can now address LINE messages directly from the Service Console.
Manage Marketing and Service Interactions Together with Unified Messaging for SMS
Give context to agents and continuity to customers with Unified Messaging, where marketing and service interactions occur in one
SMS channel linked to a single phone number. Previously, you needed separate phone numbers for marketing and service.
The Messaging for In-App and Web API Is Generally Available
Deliver a highly customized mobile app or website messaging experience for your agents and customers by using the Messaging
for In-App and Web API to programmatically manage conversations. Create conversations that store messaging sessions, generate
access tokens, and send messages and files. Take it a step further by configuring server-sent events.
Messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App is Generally Available
Let agents message on the go with messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App. While messaging in the Salesforce app was in beta in
Summer ‘24, it’s now generally available. To send and receive messages in the Salesforce app, agents need the new Message on
Mobile user permission in addition to the existing Messaging User permission set license.
Monitor Workflow Health and Customize Messaging for In-App and Web with Standard Client Events
To monitor the success of your Messaging for In-App and Web deployment or to build a site that responds to your deployment,
track standard client events. We created standard client events to achieve feature parity with our legacy chat product.
Identify Top Conversation Drivers with Einstein Conversation Mining in Messaging for In-App and Web
Einstein Conversation Mining is now available in Messaging for In-App and Web. Einstein uses machine learning to review conversation
data and extract the contact reason.
Transfer Messaging Sessions and Send Messaging Components in Messaging for Mobile
Improve agent productivity with two new messaging actions in the Salesforce mobile app. From the Enhanced Conversation
component, agents can now send messaging components and transfer a messaging session to another agent, bot, or queue.
Use Messaging for In-App and Web in Developer Edition
To continue expanding its flexibility and availability, Messaging for In-App and Web is now supported in Developer Edition. Previously,
you needed Unlimited Edition or Enterprise Edition to use this messaging type.
Send End User Information to an Auto-Response Messaging Component URL More Easily
You can now configure API parameters directly from the Auto-Response API. This makes it easier to send helpful client-side information,
such as an end user’s language or location, to a placeholder in your URL configuration. From there, you can use the information to
personalize the end user experience, such as showing them a URL in their preferred language. Previously, you created a web page
parameter in the Messaging Component Builder for your auto-response component and then used the API to override that web
page parameter.
Show Customers a Longer Typing Indicator in Messaging for In-App and Web
Customers now see a typing indicator for up to 2 minutes if that’s how long it takes for the agent to respond. Previously, the typing
indicator disappeared within 5 seconds, so if the agent was still typing after that, the end user didn’t know it.
Read Conversations More Easily with the Resized Chat Bubble and Avatar in Messaging for In-App and Web
You asked, we listened. The chat bubble in the end user’s messaging conversation window is resized to improve readability and
make better use of the space. Specifically, the chat bubble now takes up 85% of the usable space in the messaging conversation
window, up from 65%. To center the user’s focus on the larger chat bubble, the agent, bot, or end user avatar is slightly smaller.
Configure Routing More Easily in Enhanced Messaging
We made some minor changes to help you configure routing when you're setting up and activating an enhanced Messaging channel.

809
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Activate, Deactivate, and Refresh Enhanced Messaging Channels

To ensure that a Messaging channel doesn’t go live until you’re ready, we added activate, deactivate, and refresh actions to more
enhanced Messaging channels. After you create and customize a channel, activate it to start the flow of messaging traffic. To pause
channel traffic in Salesforce, deactivate it. And, refresh your connection to the third-party messaging app if you experience message
failures. Previously, these actions existed only in enhanced WhatsApp.
Improvements to the Send Message Action
When using the Send Message global action to start messaging sessions with customers, agents can now troubleshoot more easily
with new error messages and a loading indicator. In the Send Message composer, agents can insert quick text, attach files, and record
voice messages, and view a user’s messaging history with your business. Agents can also start an SMS conversation with a lead,
contact, or person account even if the customer doesn’t yet have a messaging user record.
Troubleshoot Faster with Translated Error Messages
We love informative error messages (who doesn’t?), so we made some improvements. All messaging errors associated with a
Salesforce error code now appear in your Salesforce org’s default language. Previously, they were shown in English. We also added
12 new error messages, each with its own error code, to help agents and Salesforce admins troubleshoot issues that crop up during
messaging sessions. These errors appear in the Service Console.
Delete Messaging Users Without Opening a Support Case
We made it easier for you to delete messaging users. Previously, if a messaging user had open conversations, you had to contact
Salesforce Customer Support to close the conversations before you could delete the messaging user. Now, when you try to delete
a user, we automatically close the conversations for you.
Track Your KPIs with More Messaging Session Metrics
To give you greater insight into messaging activity in your enhanced channels, we added an object called MessagingSessionMetrics
that tracks agent and end user response time.
Send Post-Chat Surveys More Easily in Messaging for In-App and Web
We made it easier to send a Salesforce Feedback Management survey at the end of a Messaging for In-App and Web session.
Previously, you had to add multiple web page parameters when creating an auto-response to send your survey, and it wasn’t possible
to automatically associate a survey response with a customer.
Set App-Specific Consent Levels in Unified Messaging
Set different required consent levels for each application within a unified Messaging channel. For example, in a unified WhatsApp
channel used for both service and marketing, change the consent requirements of your marketing interactions to require an explicit
opt-in or double opt-in. Previously, consent requirements were set at the unified channel level.
Send Subscription Content with the Send Conversation Messages Invocable Action
The Send Conversation Messages invocable action, which is used to send automated outbound messages, can now also be used
for communication subscriptions in unified Messaging channels. If you’re already using this action in a flow or REST API code, no
updates are needed.
Use Status-Based Capacity with Messaging (Generally Available)
Measure agent capacity more accurately with status-based capacity. When a status-based capacity model is used, a messaging
agent’s capacity is based on the status of their accepted work rather than on the number of open tabs and sessions. Status-based
capacity was in beta in Summer ’24 and is now generally available.
Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations for Messaging (Pilot)
Reduce handle time and improve customer satisfaction by providing agents with relevant articles in real time during conversations.
Assist Agents and Optimize Business Processes Based on the Sentiment and Intent of Real-Time Messages (Pilot)
Trigger background processes or recommend the next best action more accurately and intelligently by using generative AI to classify
the sentiment and intent of conversations.

810
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Scale Communication with Expanded Session Limits

As of October 9, 2024, we raised the limit from 3,000 to 4,000 concurrent, active outbound sessions. The limit on total concurrent
active sessions is still 11,000, so make sure you keep your combined inbound and outbound sessions below 11,000.
Add Messaging Components to a Package
With packaging, you can easily move your preexisting data from one Salesforce org to another. Set up and test messaging components
in a sandbox, and then package and deploy them to production or another sandbox environment. Since you no longer need to
recreate components, you can get up and running faster. You can even package a standard Einstein bot with messaging components
to share your bot template between Salesforce orgs.
Bring Your Own Channel
Connect your preferred Messaging provider or Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) provider to Salesforce with Bring Your Own
Channel and Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaaS.

Help Customers in a LINE Messaging Channel

Reach more customers with an enhanced Messaging channel that's connected to the LINE messaging app, widely used in Japan. With
a LINE channel, your support team can now address LINE messages directly from the Service Console.
Where: This change applies to enhanced LINE channels. View required editions.
Why: An enhanced LINE channel gives agents and customers a rich customer service experience.
• When a customer sends your business a message in LINE, Omni-Channel routes the message to a bot or agent in Omni-Channel
according to your routing logic.
• Agents can send and receive images, emoji, links, videos, and questions with clickable options.
• Salesforce admins can easily move LINE channels between Salesforce orgs, such as from a sandbox to production.

811
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

How: To help your customers over LINE, you need a LINE Official Account. You must also add yourself as a provider in the LINE Official
Account Manager. Then, go to the Messaging Settings page in Salesforce Setup and create a LINE channel. For steps, see Salesforce Help.

Note: LINE channels don’t currently support automated outbound messaging. You also can’t send or receive GIFs, PDFs, or other
documents due to limitations in the LINE app.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Create a LINE Messaging Channel in Service Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Considerations for LINE in Service Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Compare Messaging Channel Capabilities in Service Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Manage Marketing and Service Interactions Together with Unified Messaging for SMS
Give context to agents and continuity to customers with Unified Messaging, where marketing and service interactions occur in one SMS
channel linked to a single phone number. Previously, you needed separate phone numbers for marketing and service.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions with the Marketing Cloud Engagement and
Service Cloud Digital Engagement add-ons. View required editions.
How: To get started with Unified Messaging, contact your Salesforce account executive. Set up and manage Unified Messaging SMS
channels on the SMS Codes page in Setup, under SMS.

Important: Currently, you can’t upgrade a Service Cloud SMS channel or Marketing Cloud SMS channel to a Unified Messaging
channel. When you set up a Unified Messaging SMS channel, use a new phone number.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Unified Messaging (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Set Up an SMS Unified Messaging Channel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

The Messaging for In-App and Web API Is Generally Available

Deliver a highly customized mobile app or website messaging experience for your agents and customers by using the Messaging for
In-App and Web API to programmatically manage conversations. Create conversations that store messaging sessions, generate access
tokens, and send messages and files. Take it a step further by configuring server-sent events.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.
How: Set up Messaging for In-App and Web with a custom client deployment, and then configure the Messaging for In-App and Web
API.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Configure a Custom Client Deployment for Messaging for In-App and Web (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Developer Documentation: Messaging for In-App and Web API (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App is Generally Available

Let agents message on the go with messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App. While messaging in the Salesforce app was in beta in
Summer ‘24, it’s now generally available. To send and receive messages in the Salesforce app, agents need the new Message on Mobile
user permission in addition to the existing Messaging User permission set license.

812
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Where: This change applies to all enhanced messaging channels and Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Release Notes: Messaging in the Salesforce Mobile App is Now Generally Available (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Monitor Workflow Health and Customize Messaging for In-App and Web with Standard Client Events
To monitor the success of your Messaging for In-App and Web deployment or to build a site that responds to your deployment, track
standard client events. We created standard client events to achieve feature parity with our legacy chat product.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.
How: Use window.addEventListener to register a handler for a standard client event.

Identify Top Conversation Drivers with Einstein Conversation Mining in Messaging for In-App and
Web
Einstein Conversation Mining is now available in Messaging for In-App and Web. Einstein uses machine learning to review conversation
data and extract the contact reason.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Release Notes: Gather More Service Support Insights with Additional Channels in Einstein Conversation Mining (can be
outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Transfer Messaging Sessions and Send Messaging Components in Messaging for Mobile
Improve agent productivity with two new messaging actions in the Salesforce mobile app. From the Enhanced Conversation component,
agents can now send messaging components and transfer a messaging session to another agent, bot, or queue.
Where: This change applies to enhanced Messaging channels and Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Send Messaging Components and Transfer Messaging Sessions with Messaging for Mobile (can be outdated or
unavailable during release preview)

Use Messaging for In-App and Web in Developer Edition

To continue expanding its flexibility and availability, Messaging for In-App and Web is now supported in Developer Edition. Previously,
you needed Unlimited Edition or Enterprise Edition to use this messaging type.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.

813
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Send End User Information to an Auto-Response Messaging Component URL More Easily
You can now configure API parameters directly from the Auto-Response API. This makes it easier to send helpful client-side information,
such as an end user’s language or location, to a placeholder in your URL configuration. From there, you can use the information to
personalize the end user experience, such as showing them a URL in their preferred language. Previously, you created a web page
parameter in the Messaging Component Builder for your auto-response component and then used the API to override that web page
parameter.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for Web. View required editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Personalize the URL for your Auto-Response Component
Developer Documentation: Auto-Responses in Messaging for Web

Show Customers a Longer Typing Indicator in Messaging for In-App and Web
Customers now see a typing indicator for up to 2 minutes if that’s how long it takes for the agent to respond. Previously, the typing
indicator disappeared within 5 seconds, so if the agent was still typing after that, the end user didn’t know it.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.

Read Conversations More Easily with the Resized Chat Bubble and Avatar in Messaging for In-App
and Web
You asked, we listened. The chat bubble in the end user’s messaging conversation window is resized to improve readability and make
better use of the space. Specifically, the chat bubble now takes up 85% of the usable space in the messaging conversation window, up
from 65%. To center the user’s focus on the larger chat bubble, the agent, bot, or end user avatar is slightly smaller.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.
Earlier:

814
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Now:

815
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Configure Routing More Easily in Enhanced Messaging

We made some minor changes to help you configure routing when you're setting up and activating an enhanced Messaging channel.
Where: This change applies to enhanced Messaging channels. View required editions.
Why: When you’re creating a messaging channel and we prompt you to select a routing method, you now get more guidance to help
you make the right decision.

816
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Previously, this step showed two options: Create a new queue and routing configuration and Stop the setup flow and manually
connect to a queue or Omni-Channel Flow. It also didn’t include any extra guidance.
And if you try to activate an enhanced channel before configuring your routing settings, we now show a message explaining how to fix
the issue.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Routing for Messaging Channels in Service Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Activate, Deactivate, and Refresh Enhanced Messaging Channels

To ensure that a Messaging channel doesn’t go live until you’re ready, we added activate, deactivate, and refresh actions to more
enhanced Messaging channels. After you create and customize a channel, activate it to start the flow of messaging traffic. To pause
channel traffic in Salesforce, deactivate it. And, refresh your connection to the third-party messaging app if you experience message
failures. Previously, these actions existed only in enhanced WhatsApp.
Where: This change applies to enhanced Apple Messages for Business, enhanced Facebook Messenger, enhanced LINE, and enhanced
WhatsApp channels. View required editions.
How: From Setup, go to the Messaging Settings page and click a channel name. At the top of the page, you can:
• Click Activate Channel to start receiving and sending messages in the channel in Salesforce.
• Click Deactivate Channel to pause messaging traffic in the channel.
• Click Refresh Connection to restore the connection to Apple Messages, Facebook Messenger, LINE, or WhatsApp.

817
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Activating and Deactivating Messaging Channels in Service Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Enhanced Messaging Channel Activation Checklist (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improvements to the Send Message Action

When using the Send Message global action to start messaging sessions with customers, agents can now troubleshoot more easily with
new error messages and a loading indicator. In the Send Message composer, agents can insert quick text, attach files, and record voice
messages, and view a user’s messaging history with your business. Agents can also start an SMS conversation with a lead, contact, or
person account even if the customer doesn’t yet have a messaging user record.

View History and More in the Send Message Composer

The Send Message global action, which agents use to start a messaging session with an end user, now shows the user’s messaging
history. Agents now have context when they reach out to an end user. The composer also now includes the quick text, file attachment,
and voice message actions.
Troubleshoot Agent-Initiated Messaging with New Error Messages
Agent-initiated messaging is easier for agents to navigate thanks to new error messages that address common scenarios. We also
added a loading message when a sent message is in progress.
Start the Conversation in Enhanced SMS Channels
We made it easier for agents to start a messaging session with a customer in enhanced SMS channels. If you don’t have a messaging
user record for the customer in the channel, we now create one for you as long as the end user consented to receive SMS messages.
Previously, you manually created the record before trying to send the message.

View History and More in the Send Message Composer

The Send Message global action, which agents use to start a messaging session with an end user, now shows the user’s messaging
history. Agents now have context when they reach out to an end user. The composer also now includes the quick text, file attachment,
and voice message actions.
Where: This change applies to enhanced Messaging channels and Messaging for In-App. View required editions.
How: From any page in Salesforce, select the Send Message action from the global action menu.
• When you select a recipient, you can see any past messages exchanged with the recipient in that channel.
• Click the plus icon to view actions you can take: insert emoji, insert quick text, send a messaging component, and attach a file.
Previously, only the messaging component and emoji actions were available.
• Click the microphone to record and send a voice message.

818
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Start a Messaging Session with a Customer (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Troubleshoot Agent-Initiated Messaging with New Error Messages

Agent-initiated messaging is easier for agents to navigate thanks to new error messages that address common scenarios. We also added
a loading message when a sent message is in progress.
Where: These changes apply to enhanced Messaging channels and Messaging for In-App. View required editions.
Why: New error messages appear when:
• We can’t find the end user because they aren’t connected to an enhanced Messaging or Messaging for In-App channel.
• We can’t send your message.
• The end user is engaged in a different messaging session and can’t receive a new one.
• You’re attempting to send a message outside of the service window for Facebook Messenger or WhatsApp.

Start the Conversation in Enhanced SMS Channels

We made it easier for agents to start a messaging session with a customer in enhanced SMS channels. If you don’t have a messaging
user record for the customer in the channel, we now create one for you as long as the end user consented to receive SMS messages.
Previously, you manually created the record before trying to send the message.
Where: This change applies to enhanced SMS channels. View required editions.
Why: To initiate a messaging session in an enhanced SMS channel, you need a messaging user record for the person who you want to
contact. That record links the channel to the end user and includes their contact information and opt-in status.
How: To send a message to a customer in an enhanced SMS channel, agents can select Send Message from the global action menu
on any page in Salesforce. After selecting the contact, lead, or account they want to message, the agent enters and sends their message.

819
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

A messaging user is created for the recipient, and the message is sent to the associated phone number along with a reminder that they
can opt out of further messages.

To initiate enhanced SMS messaging sessions with user who don't yet have a messaging user record, agents need the Send Initial
Message to Individual user permission.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Start a Messaging Session with a Customer (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Troubleshooting the Send Message Action in Messaging (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Troubleshoot Faster with Translated Error Messages

We love informative error messages (who doesn’t?), so we made some improvements. All messaging errors associated with a Salesforce
error code now appear in your Salesforce org’s default language. Previously, they were shown in English. We also added 12 new error
messages, each with its own error code, to help agents and Salesforce admins troubleshoot issues that crop up during messaging
sessions. These errors appear in the Service Console.
Where: This change applies to enhanced Messaging channels. View required editions.
Why: The new error messages cover a variety of situations, including problems with the content of a message, the recipient’s contact
information, or message templates.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Messaging Error Codes in Service Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

820
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Delete Messaging Users Without Opening a Support Case

We made it easier for you to delete messaging users. Previously, if a messaging user had open conversations, you had to contact Salesforce
Customer Support to close the conversations before you could delete the messaging user. Now, when you try to delete a user, we
automatically close the conversations for you.
Where: This change applies to enhanced Messaging channels and Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.
Why: For compliance reasons, Salesforce admins can delete a customer’s personal identifiable information (PII) from enhanced Messaging
channels and Messaging for In-App and Web channels. The PII is removed when their messaging user records and all associated
conversations are deleted.
How: On a messaging user record, select Delete. If the user still has open conversations, we show a message letting you know that it
takes about 10 minutes to close them. After 10 minutes, check back and select Delete again.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Protect Customer Data and Privacy in Service Cloud Messaging (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Delete Messaging Customer Data (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Track Your KPIs with More Messaging Session Metrics

To give you greater insight into messaging activity in your enhanced channels, we added an object called MessagingSessionMetrics
that tracks agent and end user response time.
Where: This change applies to enhanced Messaging channels and Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.
When: These changes take effect in October 2024.
How: To track KPIs, create a custom report type with Messaging Session as the primary object and MessagingSessionMetrics as the
secondary object.
Be sure to include the Messaging Session Metric Type field in your report.
Six MessagingSessionMetrics records are generated whenever a messaging session ends in an enhanced Messaging channel or Messaging
for In-App and Web channel. These records are available only for sessions created October 1, 2024 or later. The records track, respectively:
• Average end user response time
• Average agent response time
• Maximum end user response time
• Maximum agent response time
• Agent message count (also tracked on the MessagingSession record)
• End user message count (also tracked on the MessagingSession record)
The AgentMessageCount and EndUserMessageCount fields on MessagingSession are also now populated for enhanced channels.
Previously, they were populated only for standard channels.

821
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Report on Messaging Activity in Service Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Developer Guide: MessagingSession
Developer Guide: MessagingSessionMetrics

Send Post-Chat Surveys More Easily in Messaging for In-App and Web
We made it easier to send a Salesforce Feedback Management survey at the end of a Messaging for In-App and Web session. Previously,
you had to add multiple web page parameters when creating an auto-response to send your survey, and it wasn’t possible to automatically
associate a survey response with a customer.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.
How: See Set Up Post-Chat Surveys for Messaging for In-App and Web (may be outdated or unavailable during release preview).

Set App-Specific Consent Levels in Unified Messaging

Set different required consent levels for each application within a unified Messaging channel. For example, in a unified WhatsApp channel
used for both service and marketing, change the consent requirements of your marketing interactions to require an explicit opt-in or
double opt-in. Previously, consent requirements were set at the unified channel level.
Where: This change applies to unified WhatsApp and unified SMS channels. View required editions.
How: To manage the consent settings for marketing interactions in a unified channel, go to Setup. Search for Unified Messaging, and
then select the SMS Codes page for SMS or the Your Numbers page for WhatsApp. Click a phone number, click the Consent tab, and
optionally change the required consent level for marketing messages sent from that number.

822
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

The required consent level for service messages in unified channels is Implicit Opt-In, and can’t be changed.

Send Subscription Content with the Send Conversation Messages Invocable Action
The Send Conversation Messages invocable action, which is used to send automated outbound messages, can now also be used for
communication subscriptions in unified Messaging channels. If you’re already using this action in a flow or REST API code, no updates
are needed.
Where: This change applies to unified WhatsApp and unified SMS channels. View required editions.
How: Add the Send Conversation Messages action to a flow. In the Select Your Consent Preferences section, select one of the three
options.
• To respect the consent preferences of the messaging end users identified as recipients, select Yes, apply Messaging End User
settings.
• To apply custom consent logic elsewhere in the flow, select No, I’ll apply custom consent logic.
• To send the message only to messaging end users who have opted into a particular subscription, select Yes, choose a communication
subscription and in the subsequent field, enter a flow variable that provides the subscription ID. The subscription must be tied to
the channel that you’re sending the message on. This option is visible only if you have a unified channel that supports marketing
interactions.

823
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

SEE ALSO:
Actions Developer Guide: Send Conversation Messages Actions (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Flow Core Actions: Send Conversation Messages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Send Automated Messages in Enhanced Messaging Channels (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use Status-Based Capacity with Messaging (Generally Available)

Measure agent capacity more accurately with status-based capacity. When a status-based capacity model is used, a messaging agent’s
capacity is based on the status of their accepted work rather than on the number of open tabs and sessions. Status-based capacity was
in beta in Summer ’24 and is now generally available.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web and enhanced Messaging channels including Bring Your Own Channel
and Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS. View required editions.
Who: Here’s how using status-based capacity instead of tab-based capacity changes the messaging agent experience.
• Closing the tab of an active messaging session doesn’t change the session’s status or ownership, and the agent isn’t prompted to
end or inactivate the session. If the agent goes offline, all their active sessions remain active.

824
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

• If a session is inactive and the customer sends a new message, the agent who was handling it receives the message and continues
helping the customer. In contrast, with tab-based capacity, the session is routed to the support team as if it were a new session. In
that case, complex routing logic is required to ensure that the same agent receives it.
• In standard (not console) apps, agents have more freedom to simultaneously view multiple messaging session records without
session ownership being affected.
• With status-based capacity, an agent can be assigned a total of 100 work items at a time, versus having up to 100 tabs open with
tab-based capacity.
• Agents can receive work within the Salesforce Mobile App if status-based capacity is enabled for a service channel.
How: On the Omni-Channel Settings page in Setup, make sure that enhanced routing is enabled and then select Enable Status-Based
Capacity Model. Then, on the Service Channels page in Setup, edit your messaging service channel and update the fields in the Capacity
Settings section.

SEE ALSO:
Pause Messaging Sessions with Omni-Channel Status-Based Capacity (Generally Available)
Salesforce Help: Set Up Routing for Messaging Channels in Service Cloud (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations for
Messaging (Pilot)
Reduce handle time and improve customer satisfaction by providing agents with relevant articles in real time during conversations.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web, enhanced Facebook Messenger, and enhanced WhatsApp channels.

Note: This feature is not generally available and is being piloted with certain Customers subject to additional terms and conditions.
It is not part of your purchased Services. This feature is subject to change, may be discontinued with no notice at any time in
Salesforce’s sole discretion, and Salesforce may never make this feature generally available. Make your purchase decisions only on
the basis of generally available products and features. This feature is made available on an AS IS basis and use of this feature is at
your sole risk.

SEE ALSO:
Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations (Pilot)

Assist Agents and Optimize Business Processes Based on the Sentiment and Intent of Real-Time
Messages (Pilot)
Trigger background processes or recommend the next best action more accurately and intelligently by using generative AI to classify
the sentiment and intent of conversations.
Where: This change applies to Messaging for In-App and Web, enhanced Facebook Messenger, and enhanced WhatsApp channels.

Note: This feature is not generally available and is being piloted with certain Customers subject to additional terms and conditions.
It is not part of your purchased Services. This feature is subject to change, may be discontinued with no notice at any time in
Salesforce’s sole discretion, and Salesforce may never make this feature generally available. Make your purchase decisions only on
the basis of generally available products and features. This feature is made available on an AS IS basis and use of this feature is at
your sole risk.

SEE ALSO:
Assist Agents and Optimize Business Processes Based on the Sentiment and Intent of Real-Time Conversations (Pilot)

825
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Scale Communication with Expanded Session Limits

As of October 9, 2024, we raised the limit from 3,000 to 4,000 concurrent, active outbound sessions. The limit on total concurrent active
sessions is still 11,000, so make sure you keep your combined inbound and outbound sessions below 11,000.
Where: This change applies to enhanced messaging channels. View required editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Service Cloud Messaging Limits and Considerations

Add Messaging Components to a Package

With packaging, you can easily move your preexisting data from one Salesforce org to another. Set up and test messaging components
in a sandbox, and then package and deploy them to production or another sandbox environment. Since you no longer need to recreate
components, you can get up and running faster. You can even package a standard Einstein bot with messaging components to share
your bot template between Salesforce orgs.
Where: This change applies to enhanced Messaging channels and Messaging for In-App and Web. View required editions.
How: To create a package, choose either a first- or second-generated package type and follow the corresponding Salesforce developer
guide.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Developer Guide: Comparison of First- and Second-Generation Managed Packages
Salesforce Developer Guide: Create a First-Generation Managed Package Using a UI
Salesforce Developer Guide: Before You Create Second-Generation Managed Package

Bring Your Own Channel

Connect your preferred Messaging provider or Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) provider to Salesforce with Bring Your Own Channel
and Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaaS.

Bring Your Own Channel for Messaging (Generally Available)

Connect your preferred messaging service to Salesforce with Bring Your Own Channel. Use the features you love from your external
messaging service while maintaining a consistent agent and supervisor experience within Salesforce. This feature, which is generally
available as of June 2024, was previously called Partner Messaging.
Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS)
Connect your preferred contact center vendor to Salesforce with Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS. Set up and maintain a partner
contact center with integrated messaging and voice capabilities, add a Messaging channel to a partner telephony contact center,
or create a messaging-only partner contact center. Use features from your Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) provider, such as their
third-party bots, while giving agents and supervisors a consistent experience within Salesforce.
Track Developer Updates with the Interaction Service API Developer Guide and API Release Notes
Keep up with the latest and greatest additions to Interaction Service API with our new developer guide. Build your partner integration
for Bring Your Own Channel or Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS). Get started with setup and
authentication information, and then check out reference content, example payloads, and error messages. The developer guide
covers inbound message interaction requests and outbound message custom events. The Interaction Service Release Notes page
highlights updates to Interaction Service API.

826
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Enrich Customer Conversations with More Messaging Component Formats

Elevate customer interactions with additional messaging component formats in Bring Your Own Channel and Bring Your Own
Channel for CCaaS Messaging channels. Newly supported formats include quick replies, buttons, list selectors, forms, time selectors,
and carousels.
Find Out When Your Outbound Messages Are Delivered and Read
Track the status of outbound messages in Bring Your Own Channel and Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS Messaging channels
that use delivery acknowledgments and read receipts. During Messaging sessions, agents see whether customers have received
and read the messages they sent.
Enhance Operational Efficiency by Syncing Messaging Queues with a CCaaS Partner System
Streamline your workflows by using Salesforce to create combined Messaging and Voice queues or Messaging-only queues for
external routing. Then, map these queues to a Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) partner system and process the routing there.
Previously you could only map Voice queues to a partner telephony system. Synchronizing these queues and capacity between
Salesforce and CCaaS partner systems allows for seamless telephony and messaging interactions within the same contact center.
Control Your Setup with Your Own Custom OAuth Connected App
Take more control of the security setup for your Bring Your Own Channel or Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS integration by
creating and using your own custom OAuth app. This connected app allows you to integrate a third-party Messaging channel with
Salesforce by using Salesforce Interaction Service API. Instead of providing a custom app for you, certain Messaging or CCaaS partners
expect you to manage this aspect of setup yourself.

Bring Your Own Channel for Messaging (Generally Available)

Connect your preferred messaging service to Salesforce with Bring Your Own Channel. Use the features you love from your external
messaging service while maintaining a consistent agent and supervisor experience within Salesforce. This feature, which is generally
available as of June 2024, was previously called Partner Messaging.
Where: This feature is available in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Service Cloud or Sales Cloud with the Digital
Engagement add-on license.
How: Download a managed package from AppExchange or build your own integration. In Setup, go to Messaging Settings, and follow
the steps to add a channel of the Bring Your Own Channel type. Set up an Omni-Channel Flow for routing.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Bring Your Own Channel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Developer Guide: Bring Your Own Channel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS)

Connect your preferred contact center vendor to Salesforce with Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS. Set up and maintain a partner
contact center with integrated messaging and voice capabilities, add a Messaging channel to a partner telephony contact center, or
create a messaging-only partner contact center. Use features from your Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) provider, such as their
third-party bots, while giving agents and supervisors a consistent experience within Salesforce.
Where: This feature is available in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions for Service Cloud or Sales Cloud with the Digital
Engagement add-on license. To add Voice channels in addition to Messaging, a Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony license is
required.

827
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

How: Download a managed package from AppExchange for your preferred CCaaS vendor. In Setup, go to Messaging Settings, and add
a Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS Messaging channel to a partner contact center. To add a Voice channel, from Setup, go to Partner
Telephony Contact Centers, select New, and follow the steps to use a preexisting contact center.

SEE ALSO:
Expand Your Contact Center Capabilities with Integrated Voice and Messaging
Salesforce Help: Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Developer Guide: Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Track Developer Updates with the Interaction Service API Developer Guide and API Release Notes
Keep up with the latest and greatest additions to Interaction Service API with our new developer guide. Build your partner integration
for Bring Your Own Channel or Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS). Get started with setup and authentication
information, and then check out reference content, example payloads, and error messages. The developer guide covers inbound message
interaction requests and outbound message custom events. The Interaction Service Release Notes page highlights updates to Interaction
Service API.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Developer Guide: Interaction Service API (coming soon)
Salesforce Developer Guide: Bring Your Own Channel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Developer Guide: Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Enrich Customer Conversations with More Messaging Component Formats

Elevate customer interactions with additional messaging component formats in Bring Your Own Channel and Bring Your Own Channel
for CCaaS Messaging channels. Newly supported formats include quick replies, buttons, list selectors, forms, time selectors, and carousels.
Where: This change applies to Bring Your Own Channel and Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS. View required editions.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Interactive Messaging Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Find Out When Your Outbound Messages Are Delivered and Read
Track the status of outbound messages in Bring Your Own Channel and Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS Messaging channels that
use delivery acknowledgments and read receipts. During Messaging sessions, agents see whether customers have received and read
the messages they sent.
Where: This change applies to Bring Your Own Channel and Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS. View required editions.

Enhance Operational Efficiency by Syncing Messaging Queues with a CCaaS Partner System
Streamline your workflows by using Salesforce to create combined Messaging and Voice queues or Messaging-only queues for external
routing. Then, map these queues to a Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) partner system and process the routing there. Previously you
could only map Voice queues to a partner telephony system. Synchronizing these queues and capacity between Salesforce and CCaaS
partner systems allows for seamless telephony and messaging interactions within the same contact center.

828
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Where: This change applies to Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS. View required editions.

SEE ALSO:
Sync Queues for More Channel Types to Partner Systems

Control Your Setup with Your Own Custom OAuth Connected App
Take more control of the security setup for your Bring Your Own Channel or Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS integration by creating
and using your own custom OAuth app. This connected app allows you to integrate a third-party Messaging channel with Salesforce
by using Salesforce Interaction Service API. Instead of providing a custom app for you, certain Messaging or CCaaS partners expect you
to manage this aspect of setup yourself.
Where: This change applies to Bring Your Own Channel and Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS. View required editions
How: From App Manager, create a connected app and enable OAuth Settings for the API integration. After creating a Messaging channel,
update the Conversation Channel Definition to use the name of the connected app you created.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up and Configure Your Own OAuth Connected App (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Configure Basic Connected App Settings (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable OAuth Settings for API Integration (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Voice
Empower agents to resolve customer issues faster with Einstein Article Recommendations for voice. Assist agents and optimize business
processes based on the sentiment and intent of real-time conversations. Integrate voice and messaging in your contact center with
Bring Your Own Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS).

Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations for Voice (Pilot)
Reduce handle time and improve customer satisfaction by providing agents with relevant articles in real time during calls.
Assist Agents and Optimize Business Processes Based on the Sentiment and Intent of Real-Time Conversations (Pilot)
Trigger background processes or recommend the Next Best Action more accurately and intelligently by using generative AI to classify
the sentiment and intent of conversations. From the Conversation Intelligence Rules setup page, create a new rule, then set Einstein
Conversation Intelligence Signals as a Signal Source and use “Intent,” “Customer Sentiment,” or “Agent Sentiment” as the Signal
Type that defines when to take conditional actions.
Expand Your Contact Center Capabilities with Integrated Voice and Messaging
Extend your Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony setup to provide agents with integrated voice and messaging capabilities.
With Bring Your Own Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS), use your favorite voice and messaging features from your preferred CCaaS
provider while giving agents and supervisors a consistent experience within Salesforce.
Troubleshoot Errors and Retry Provisioning Contact Centers with Detailed Error Messages
Error messages with more details are now available to help you troubleshoot issues. You can fix issues based on the error messages
and retry provisioning contact centers without having to contact Salesforce Customer Support.
Generate the Telephony Usage Report for Billing Details (Beta)
The consolidated telephony usage report provides more granular telephony usage details for the Amazon Connect phone numbers.
The report correlates the usage patterns for billing parameters such as telephony minutes and number of calls per day for Amazon
Connect phone numbers.

829
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Sync Phone Numbers Automatically for Disaster Recovery

Automatic syncing of phone numbers between primary and secondary contact centers is now possible with Default Traffic Distribution
Group (Default TDG) from Amazon, if you’ve opted for and enabled disaster recovery or Amazon Connect Global Resiliency.
Get the Latest Enhancements for Your Amazon Connect Contact Center
Take advantage of the Service Cloud Voice enhancements and bug fixes for your Amazon Connect contact center. Winter ’25 includes
Contact Center version 16.0. To test the updates before they go live in production, deploy them to your sandbox.
Customize the Partner Telephony Contact Center Setup Experience with Partner Icons
To help you quickly identify and select preferred telephony and Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) vendors, use custom icons.
Telephony and CCaaS partners upload a custom icon and bundle it with their managed package. After you install the package, the
icon is available to select during the partner telephony contact center setup flow.
Enhance Operational Efficiency by Syncing Combined Messaging and Messaging Queues with a CCaaS Partner System
Streamline your workflow by using Salesforce to create combined Voice and Messaging queues for external routing. Then map these
queues to a Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) partner system to control the routing there. Synchronizing these queues and capacity
between Salesforce and CCaaS partner systems allows for seamless telephony and messaging interactions within the same contact
center.
Customize How Call Information Is Organized with Sales Engagement
Customize how call information is organized to best meet the needs of your agents. Voice call records can now be opened in distinct
workspace tabs rather than subtabs of related workspace tabs. This feature is enabled from the Contact Center Setup page in orgs
with Sales Engagement contact centers.
Pass the Conversation Intelligence Rule Name as Input to a Flow (Release Update)
This release update adds a new ruleDevName flow input parameter that’s sent to Recommendation Strategy and autolaunched
flows linked to the Conversation Intelligence rule. The input parameter contains the developer name of the rule. This update was
first made available in Spring ’24.
Use an Apex-Defined Variable for All Intelligence Signal Types (Release Update)
This release update adds a new intelligenceSignals flow input parameter that contains detected conversation intelligence signals.
Use this Apex-defined input parameter for your Recommendation Strategy and autolaunched flows linked to a Conversation
Intelligence rule. This update first made available in Summer ’24.
Display Call Controls Only in Active Omni-Channel Sessions
Avoid Confusion when Opening Omni-Channel in another tab or browser. Because agents can only be logged in to one Omni-Channel
session at a time, logging in to a session in another tab or browser requires ending any active calls. To make this behavior more
intuitive, inactive sessions no longer display call controls.
Perform Enhanced Call Type Analyses Using Call Subtypes
Know whether your inbound, transfer, and callback calls are phone or Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) calls. When creating the
VoiceCall record, use the callSubtype parameter to specify the network or protocol over which the voice call is made.

Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations for
Voice (Pilot)
Reduce handle time and improve customer satisfaction by providing agents with relevant articles in real time during calls.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

830
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

Note: This feature is not generally available and is being piloted with certain Customers subject to additional terms and conditions.
It is not part of your purchased Services. This feature is subject to change, may be discontinued with no notice at any time in
Salesforce’s sole discretion, and Salesforce may never make this feature generally available. Make your purchase decisions only on
the basis of generally available products and features. This feature is made available on an AS IS basis and use of this feature is at
your sole risk.

SEE ALSO:
Empower Agents to Resolve Customer Issues Faster with Einstein Article Recommendations (Pilot)

Assist Agents and Optimize Business Processes Based on the Sentiment and Intent of Real-Time
Conversations (Pilot)
Trigger background processes or recommend the Next Best Action more accurately and intelligently by using generative AI to classify
the sentiment and intent of conversations. From the Conversation Intelligence Rules setup page, create a new rule, then set Einstein
Conversation Intelligence Signals as a Signal Source and use “Intent,” “Customer Sentiment,” or “Agent Sentiment” as the Signal Type
that defines when to take conditional actions.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

Note: This feature is not generally available and is being piloted with certain Customers subject to additional terms and conditions.
It is not part of your purchased Services. This feature is subject to change, may be discontinued with no notice at any time in
Salesforce’s sole discretion, and Salesforce may never make this feature generally available. Make your purchase decisions only on
the basis of generally available products and features. This feature is made available on an AS IS basis and use of this feature is at
your sole risk.

SEE ALSO:
Assist Agents and Optimize Business Processes Based on the Sentiment and Intent of Real-Time Messages (Pilot)

Expand Your Contact Center Capabilities with Integrated Voice and Messaging
Extend your Service Cloud Voice with Partner Telephony setup to provide agents with integrated voice and messaging capabilities. With
Bring Your Own Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS), use your favorite voice and messaging features from your preferred CCaaS provider
while giving agents and supervisors a consistent experience within Salesforce.

831
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with this telephony
model.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds. To add Messaging to a contact center,
the Digital Engagement add-on license is required.
How: Update your managed package in AppExchange to one that includes both Voice and Messaging support from a CCaaS provider,
or install a managed package from a CCaaS provider that supports Messaging. To add a Messaging channel to your partner telephony
contact center, from Setup, go to Messaging Settings. Select New Channel and follow the steps to add a Bring Your Own Channel for
CCaaS messaging channel to a preexisting contact center.

SEE ALSO:
Bring Your Own Channel for Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS)
Salesforce Help: Add Messaging to a Partner Telephony Contact Center (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Troubleshoot Errors and Retry Provisioning Contact Centers with Detailed Error Messages
Error messages with more details are now available to help you troubleshoot issues. You can fix issues based on the error messages and
retry provisioning contact centers without having to contact Salesforce Customer Support.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

Generate the Telephony Usage Report for Billing Details (Beta)

The consolidated telephony usage report provides more granular telephony usage details for the Amazon Connect phone numbers.
The report correlates the usage patterns for billing parameters such as telephony minutes and number of calls per day for Amazon
Connect phone numbers.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with this telephony
model.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

832
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

Note: This feature is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at Agreements - Salesforce.com or a written
Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the Product Terms Directory. Use of this pilot or beta
service is at the Customer's sole discretion.
How: To enable this feature, contact your Salesforce account executive. Then click Generate Telephony Usage Report on the Amazon
Contact Centers page to generate the report.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Telephony Usage Report (Beta) (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Sync Phone Numbers Automatically for Disaster Recovery

Automatic syncing of phone numbers between primary and secondary contact centers is now possible with Default Traffic Distribution
Group (Default TDG) from Amazon, if you’ve opted for and enabled disaster recovery or Amazon Connect Global Resiliency.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Disaster Recovery for Service Cloud Voice (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get the Latest Enhancements for Your Amazon Connect Contact Center
Take advantage of the Service Cloud Voice enhancements and bug fixes for your Amazon Connect contact center. Winter ’25 includes
Contact Center version 16.0. To test the updates before they go live in production, deploy them to your sandbox.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Service Cloud Voice Contact Center Updates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

833
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Customize the Partner Telephony Contact Center Setup Experience with Partner Icons
To help you quickly identify and select preferred telephony and Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) vendors, use custom icons. Telephony
and CCaaS partners upload a custom icon and bundle it with their managed package. After you install the package, the icon is available
to select during the partner telephony contact center setup flow.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.
How: Partners upload an SVG file of the custom icon as a static resource and then set the customIconId field on the ConversationVendorInfo
object to the name of the static resource file.

SEE ALSO:
Service Cloud Voice for Partner Telephony Developer Guide: Create a Salesforce DX Project (can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)

Enhance Operational Efficiency by Syncing Combined Messaging and Messaging Queues with a
CCaaS Partner System
Streamline your workflow by using Salesforce to create combined Voice and Messaging queues for external routing. Then map these
queues to a Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS) partner system to control the routing there. Synchronizing these queues and capacity
between Salesforce and CCaaS partner systems allows for seamless telephony and messaging interactions within the same contact
center.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with this telephony
model.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

SEE ALSO:
Sync Queues for More Channel Types to Partner Systems

Customize How Call Information Is Organized with Sales Engagement

Customize how call information is organized to best meet the needs of your agents. Voice call records can now be opened in distinct
workspace tabs rather than subtabs of related workspace tabs. This feature is enabled from the Contact Center Setup page in orgs with
Sales Engagement contact centers.

834
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Organize Voice Call Information into Separate Workspace Tabs (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Salesforce Console in Lightning Experience (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Pass the Conversation Intelligence Rule Name as Input to a Flow (Release Update)
This release update adds a new ruleDevName flow input parameter that’s sent to Recommendation Strategy and autolaunched flows
linked to the Conversation Intelligence rule. The input parameter contains the developer name of the rule. This update was first made
available in Spring ’24.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Winter ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
How: To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. For
Pass the Conversation Intelligence Rule as Input to Flows, follow the testing and activation steps.

835
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Next, create a ruleDevName input variable in Flow Builder, and then add the input variable to a Recommendation Strategy or an
autolaunched flow.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up an Autolaunched Flow (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create a Conversation Intelligence Rule to Trigger an Action (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Release Updates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Use an Apex-Defined Variable for All Intelligence Signal Types (Release Update)
This release update adds a new intelligenceSignals flow input parameter that contains detected conversation intelligence signals. Use
this Apex-defined input parameter for your Recommendation Strategy and autolaunched flows linked to a Conversation Intelligence
rule. This update first made available in Summer ’24.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.
When: Salesforce enforces this update in Spring ’25. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status, search
for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
How: To review this update, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Release Updates, and then select Release Updates. Follow
the testing and activation steps for Use an Apex-Defined Variable for All Intelligence Signal Types.
Create an intelligenceSignals input variable in Flow Builder, and add the input variable to an autolaunched flow or Recommendation
Strategy flow for next best action.

836
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up an Autolaunched Flow (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create the Recommendation Strategy Flow for Next Best Action (can be outdated or unavailable during release
preview)
Salesforce Help: Release Updates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Display Call Controls Only in Active Omni-Channel Sessions

Avoid Confusion when Opening Omni-Channel in another tab or browser. Because agents can only be logged in to one Omni-Channel
session at a time, logging in to a session in another tab or browser requires ending any active calls. To make this behavior more intuitive,
inactive sessions no longer display call controls.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Enable and Configure Omni-Channel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

837
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Perform Enhanced Call Type Analyses Using Call Subtypes

Know whether your inbound, transfer, and callback calls are phone or Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) calls. When creating the VoiceCall
record, use the callSubtype parameter to specify the network or protocol over which the voice call is made.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions. Available in Salesforce orgs with these telephony
models.

Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Service Cloud Voice with Partner Service Cloud Voice with Partner
Connect Telephony from Amazon Connect Telephony

All models of Service Cloud Voice are available as an add-on license in Service and Sales Clouds.

Social Media
Social Customer Service Starter Pack is retiring.

Social Customer Service Starter Pack Is Being Retired

Social Customer Service is scheduled for retirement on November 18, 2024.

Social Customer Service Starter Pack Is Being Retired

Social Customer Service is scheduled for retirement on November 18, 2024.
Where: This feature is available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience. This feature is available in all editions with Service Cloud.

Important: X.com (Twitter) content will not be available after the Social Studio retirement date. Any X.com (Twitter) data extraction
must be completed prior to the end of your contract date or November 18, whichever is sooner.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Social Customer Service and Social Customer Service Starter Pack Retirement (can be outdated or unavailable
during release preview)

Chat
Chat is in maintenance-only mode. Embedded Flows and Embedded Appointment Management are scheduled for retirement in June
2025.

Embedded Appointment Management Is Being Retired

Embedded Appointment Management is scheduled for retirement on June 17, 2025. You can continue using it until then. After the
retirement, transition to Field Service to embed appointment management on your website.
Embedded Flows Is Being Retired
Embedded Flows is scheduled for retirement on June 17, 2025. You can continue using it until then. After the retirement, use an
Experience Cloud site to embed flows to web pages.

838
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Channels

Legacy Chat Is Being Retired

Legacy chat is scheduled for retirement on February 14, 2026, and is in maintenance mode until then. You can continue to use chat
until that date, but we recommend transitioning to Messaging for In-App and Web for modernized customer communication.
Messaging offers many of the chat features that you love plus asynchronous conversations that can be picked back up at any time.

Embedded Appointment Management Is Being Retired

Embedded Appointment Management is scheduled for retirement on June 17, 2025. You can continue using it until then. After the
retirement, transition to Field Service to embed appointment management on your website.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: As of June 17, 2025, embedded appointment management will be removed from all Service Cloud editions and licenses. Transition
to Field Service to avoid interruptions.

Embedded Flows Is Being Retired

Embedded Flows is scheduled for retirement on June 17, 2025. You can continue using it until then. After the retirement, use an Experience
Cloud site to embed flows to web pages.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: As of June 17, 2025, embedded flows will be removed from all Service Cloud editions and licenses. Transition to Experience Builder
to embed flows to web pages.

Legacy Chat Is Being Retired

Legacy chat is scheduled for retirement on February 14, 2026, and is in maintenance mode until then. You can continue to use chat until
that date, but we recommend transitioning to Messaging for In-App and Web for modernized customer communication. Messaging
offers many of the chat features that you love plus asynchronous conversations that can be picked back up at any time.
Where: This change applies to Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience in all editions.
How: As of February 14, 2026, legacy chat will be removed and you can’t access or use chat. To avoid service interruptions to your
customers, migrate to Messaging for In-App and Web before that date.

SEE ALSO:
Knowledge Article: Chat & Live Agent Retirement
Salesforce Help: Considerations when Replacing Chat with Messaging for In-App and Web

Channel Tools
Improve the Messaging for Web experience in Channel Menu by adding User Verification.

Authenticate Messaging for Web in Channel Menu with User Verification

User Verification now works on Messaging for Web in a Channel Menu. Previously, User Verification stopped working when a
Messaging for Web deployment was added to Channel Menu.

Authenticate Messaging for Web in Channel Menu with User Verification

User Verification now works on Messaging for Web in a Channel Menu. Previously, User Verification stopped working when a Messaging
for Web deployment was added to Channel Menu.

839
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Knowledge

Where: This change applies to Messaging for Web. View required editions.
How: Add User Verification to your Messaging for Web deployment, then add your deployment to a Channel Menu.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Add a Channel Menu to Your Site (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Knowledge
Integrate all your knowledge with Data Cloud for better generative AI. Connect Unified Knowledge to more third-party knowledge bases.

Integrate Knowledge and Unified Knowledge with Data Cloud

Combine your first and third-party knowledge in Data Cloud to improve generative AI features for Einstein for Service. With the
upcoming switch to Data Cloud grounding, use the latest Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) updates for higher-quality replies
and answers. Previously, articles were limited to 131,000 characters in rich text fields, but Data Cloud increases this limit to 100 MB.
Articles exceeding 25 MB aren’t indexed for search. This integration prepares Knowledge and Zoomin connectors for future
enhancements.
Improve Generative AI Outcomes by Ingesting Large File Content into Data Cloud
With Unified Knowledge, you can ingest knowledge stored in large files into Data Cloud for better generative AI grounding and
more relevant results. Data Cloud infrastructure is designed to support the size and scaling requirements of enterprise customers.
Previously, content was stored in rich text fields and was limited to 131,000 characters in length. Now, the files can contain up to
100 MB of content.
Connect Unified Knowledge to More Systems
Enhance your Unified Knowledge integration with three new connectors: Github, ServiceNow, and Madcap Flare. Unify your company’s
knowledge across every agent and customer search experience and ground generative AI features for Einstein for Service.
Get More Done in the Lightning Article Editor
With the improved Lightning Article Editor, write knowledge articles more efficiently. Take advantage of the streamlined features
to create top-notch content.
Turn On Lightning Article Editor and Article Personalization for Knowledge (Release Update)
Unlock a richer and more user-friendly experience with the new Lightning Article Editor. And with Article Personalization, your
knowledge content supports agent productivity specific to your business needs.
Run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool
Get the latest Knowledge features when you migrate from Knowledge Classic to Lightning Knowledge, like Einstein Article
Recommendations, Einstein Search for Knowledge, Flow support, and bots. The Classic Knowledge data model retirement phase is
in progress. To prepare for this retirement and take advantage of updated features, run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool.
After running the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool, you can still use Classic Knowledge with the limitations described below.

Integrate Knowledge and Unified Knowledge with Data Cloud

Combine your first and third-party knowledge in Data Cloud to improve generative AI features for Einstein for Service. With the upcoming
switch to Data Cloud grounding, use the latest Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) updates for higher-quality replies and answers.
Previously, articles were limited to 131,000 characters in rich text fields, but Data Cloud increases this limit to 100 MB. Articles exceeding
25 MB aren’t indexed for search. This integration prepares Knowledge and Zoomin connectors for future enhancements.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited Edition and other editions with the Knowledge add-on license.
Salesforce has partnered with Zoomin to offer you Unified Knowledge. This feature is available as a free trial from Zoomin for 90 days,

840
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Knowledge

along with three connector instances to third-party knowledge sources. Upgrades from the free trial are purchased directly through
Zoomin in Salesforce Setup.
Why: With the Knowledge Article DMO, you can access your Knowledge base on Data Cloud. Data Cloud’s infrastructure supports the
size and scaling that enterprise customers need, such as a future where transactional knowledge, like Slack posts, are integrated alongside
curated articles.
Who: This change applies to all Knowledge and Unified Knowledge customers who purchase Data Cloud consumption credits.
How: In Data Cloud Setup, click Salesforce CRM and choose Standard Data Bundles. Select Service Cloud and either Install or Update
the latest version of the Service data kit.
How: First, set up Data Cloud in your Salesforce org. Then sync your Knowledge custom field data to Data Cloud, and add read permission
for the objects in Data Cloud Salesforce Connector permission set. Next, set data streams to Knowledge:
• In Data Cloud, go to the Data Streams tab, and click New.
• In the New Data Stream page, select Salesforce CRM.
• Click All Objects and select the Knowledge__kav object (which is the default name, unless changed).
• Select the required data stream fields, map the fields, and click Deploy.

841
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Knowledge

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Unify Knowledge form Various Sources (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Install Standard Data Bundles Powered by Data Kits (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create a Salesforce CRM Data Stream
Salesforce Help: Unified Knowledge Considerations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Unified Knowledge Limitations (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Improve Generative AI Outcomes by Ingesting Large File Content into Data Cloud
With Unified Knowledge, you can ingest knowledge stored in large files into Data Cloud for better generative AI grounding and more
relevant results. Data Cloud infrastructure is designed to support the size and scaling requirements of enterprise customers. Previously,
content was stored in rich text fields and was limited to 131,000 characters in length. Now, the files can contain up to 100 MB of content.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited Edition and other editions with the Knowledge add-on license.
How: In Data Cloud, in Setup, go to General Settings page under Salesforce Files. In the General Settings page, select Enable Files to
be ingested into Data Cloud.

842
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Knowledge

843
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Knowledge

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Ingest Large File Content into Data Cloud(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Enable Object and Field Permissions to Access Salesforce CRM in Data Cloud(can be outdated or unavailable during
release preview)
Salesforce Help: Create a Salesforce CRM Data Stream(can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Connect Unified Knowledge to More Systems

Enhance your Unified Knowledge integration with three new connectors: Github, ServiceNow, and Madcap Flare. Unify your company’s
knowledge across every agent and customer search experience and ground generative AI features for Einstein for Service.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Unlimited Edition and other editions with the Knowledge add-on license.
Salesforce has partnered with Zoomin to offer you Unified Knowledge. This feature is available as a free trial from Zoomin for 90 days,
along with three connector instances to third-party knowledge sources. Upgrades from the free trial are purchased directly through
Zoomin in Salesforce Setup.
How: Before you add a connector, review any connector requirements in Zoomin documentation. Then in Setup, enter Unified
Knowledge in the Quick Find box and click Unified Knowledge. Click Add a Source and choose a connector.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Unify Knowledge form Various Sources (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Zoomin Connector Preparation (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Zoomin Documentation: Unified Knowledge for Salesforce (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get More Done in the Lightning Article Editor

With the improved Lightning Article Editor, write knowledge articles more efficiently. Take advantage of the streamlined features to
create top-notch content.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
Why: To help you write Knowledge articles more efficiently, we added several key updates.
Here are the general improvements.
• When you add header content to the accordion summary field, the content is properly displayed in the summary of the accordion
instead of the body. Previously, the header content appeared in the body.
• Latin symbols under Special Characters are now localized correctly. Previously, Latin symbols with identical names showed the same
value in lowercase. For example, “A grave” was shown as “a grave”.
• The browser’s native context menu for spell-checking now presents the correct suggestions.

844
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Knowledge

• You can now apply text directionality to an entire accordion component in the editor. Previously, directionality was applied only to
the summary.
• When you set the border width to 0px, the table border attribute is also set to 0, removing the border-width styles from all table
cells.
• When you edit a table, redundant height are no longer automatically added to all the cells of the table.
• You can now create an empty block to add content before or after the accordion by pressing the Up and Down arrow keys on your
keyboard.
Here are the accessibility-related improvements.
• In a source code editor, to jump to a specific line while using a screen reader, press Command+G on Mac or Ctrl+G on Windows.
The screen reader shows the line number and reads it aloud.
• The screen reader now reads aloud the selected font color.
• You can now easily navigate through search results with the addition of Previous and Next buttons on the UI.
How: To enable the Lightning Article Editor and Article Personalization for Knowledge, go to Release Updates in Setup, find the update,
and get started.

Turn On Lightning Article Editor and Article Personalization for Knowledge (Release
Update)
Unlock a richer and more user-friendly experience with the new Lightning Article Editor. And with Article Personalization, your knowledge
content supports agent productivity specific to your business needs.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Developer, Essentials, and Professional editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update on June 1, 2025. To get the major release upgrade date for your instance, go to Trust Status,
search for your instance, and click the maintenance tab.
Why: With the Lightning Article Editor, you can:
• Boost author productivity with accessible content formatting capabilities and advanced table editing.
• Size the editor to your liking to author articles more effectively and to better understand how articles look to readers.
• Copy and paste content from external sources, such as Google Docs or websites, while maintaining the look and feel of the source
content.
• Ensure your articles follow W3C accessibility standards using a built-in accessibility checker tool.
With Article Personalization, you can create custom visibility rules that hide or show fields based on the user, user permissions, and
record. Salesforce admins customize knowledge articles by controlling which parts of an article are shown or hidden from specific
audiences. Service agents interacting with the content find answers faster because they see only what they must see.
How: To enable the Lightning Article Editor and Article Personalization for Knowledge, go to Release Updates in Setup, find the update,
and get started.
After you enable the release update, the new Lightning Article Editor replaces the old Knowledge editor.

845
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Knowledge

SEE ALSO:
Release Updates
Salesforce Help: Manage Release Updates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Lightning Article Editor (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Supported Languages (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Set Up and Use Quick Text (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Manage Release Updates (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Article Personalization for Knowledge (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool

Get the latest Knowledge features when you migrate from Knowledge Classic to Lightning Knowledge, like Einstein Article
Recommendations, Einstein Search for Knowledge, Flow support, and bots. The Classic Knowledge data model retirement phase is in
progress. To prepare for this retirement and take advantage of updated features, run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool. After
running the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool, you can still use Classic Knowledge with the limitations described below.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, Developer, Essentials, and Professional editions.
When: Salesforce enforces this update on June 1, 2025.
Who: This change applies to all Salesforce customers using Classic Knowledge.
Why: The Classic Knowledge data model is no longer available starting with Summer ’25. Recent updates and features replace and
improve the Classic data model. After you run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool, you can take advantage of these Knowledge
improvements. You can still use Lightning Knowledge in Salesforce Classic, even after the update.
How: Run the Lightning Knowledge Migration Tool before the deadline to migrate to the Lightning Knowledge data model. Learn How
to Migrate in Help
After the migration tool is run, Lightning Knowledge works in these ways in Salesforce Classic.
• Because Lightning Knowledge uses record types instead of article types, you can no longer filter by article type.
• You can’t set a default record type in Salesforce Classic.
• Some actions, such as Change Record Type, aren’t available from the knowledge article record page in Salesforce Classic.
• Picklist values assigned to one record type in Knowledge aren’t visible on records in Salesforce Classic.
• If you have custom solutions for your Classic Knowledge implementation, such as Visualforce components or pages, refactoring
them to work with the Lightning Knowledge data model is sometimes required. Especially if your custom solution relies on article

846
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Entitlements and Milestones

types, refactor it to work with record types. Use a sandbox to test your custom solutions before running the migration tool in
production.

SEE ALSO:
Trailhead: Lightning Knowledge Migration
Salesforce Help: Custom Lightning Page Components (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Entitlements and Milestones

Empower your service agents to stay on top of their jobs and boost overall service operations. By automating standard milestone actions
through flows and using remaining milestone time to prioritize cases, your agents can work more efficiently and effectively.

Boost Service Efficiency by Automating Milestone Actions with Flows

Automate standard milestone actions through a flow to reduce the manual work of agents and improve the efficiency of your service
operations. Here are some actions that you can auto-trigger by using a flow when the milestone is completed, nearing violation, or
violated: send email alerts powered by Einstein, update records for other cases simultaneously, send Slack notifications.

Boost Service Efficiency by Automating Milestone Actions with Flows

Automate standard milestone actions through a flow to reduce the manual work of agents and improve the efficiency of your service
operations. Here are some actions that you can auto-trigger by using a flow when the milestone is completed, nearing violation, or
violated: send email alerts powered by Einstein, update records for other cases simultaneously, send Slack notifications.
Where: This update applies to Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions with the Service Cloud.
How: Open the milestone from an entitlement process. Click Add Actions and select New Flow to add the autolaunched flow. Go to
Flow Builder to customize and activate this action.

Employee Service
Employee Service is a new solution that is geared toward streamlining the human resource (HR) service processes for businesses. In this
release, we’re introducing the Employee Hub and HR Service Workspace features.

Simplify Information Access, Service Requests, and Case Creation with Employee Hub
Employees can use Employee Hub to read knowledge articles for solutions to common problems, quickly navigate to important and
frequently used resources and pages, submit service requests through Service Catalog, and obtain manager approvals. For further
support, employees can create cases or contact human resource (HR) personnel through the email, voice, and messaging channels.
Employees can also manage their own profile information. Administrators can customize the Employee Hub template based on
organization needs and employee preferences.
Manage Employees and Inquiries Effectively, and Resolve Cases Efficiently with HR Service Workspace
Human resource (HR) personnel can use HR Service Workspace as a one-stop solution to create, update, and delete employee records;
get a comprehensive understanding of employees; communicate with employees; create and track cases; and resolve service requests.
With Workday integration, administrators can also create employee records through Workday. Administrators can create profiles
and provide appropriate access to employees in bulk.

847
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Employee Service

New and Changed Objects

Use the new object in Employee Service to store employee information. The EmpUserProvisionProcessErr object, which represents
an employee-user provisioning process error, has a new AccountId field.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Employee Service (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Object Reference for the Salesforce Platform: Employee2 (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Simplify Information Access, Service Requests, and Case Creation with Employee Hub
Employees can use Employee Hub to read knowledge articles for solutions to common problems, quickly navigate to important and
frequently used resources and pages, submit service requests through Service Catalog, and obtain manager approvals. For further
support, employees can create cases or contact human resource (HR) personnel through the email, voice, and messaging channels.
Employees can also manage their own profile information. Administrators can customize the Employee Hub template based on
organization needs and employee preferences.
Where: This change applies to Experience Cloud.
Who: To use this feature, users need the Service Cloud Employee Hub Community User Add-On license and the Employee Hub Community
User permission set.
How: Administrators must log in to Employee Hub to configure the Employee Hub template. Employees must log in to Employee Hub
to read articles and contact support.

Manage Employees and Inquiries Effectively, and Resolve Cases Efficiently with HR
Service Workspace
Human resource (HR) personnel can use HR Service Workspace as a one-stop solution to create, update, and delete employee records;
get a comprehensive understanding of employees; communicate with employees; create and track cases; and resolve service requests.
With Workday integration, administrators can also create employee records through Workday. Administrators can create profiles and
provide appropriate access to employees in bulk.
Where:This change applies to Lightning Experience in the Enterprise Edition with Service Cloud.
Who: To use this feature, users need the Service Cloud Employee Hub HR Service Workspace Add-On license and the HR Service Workspace
HR service personnel permission set.
How: To access HR Service Workspace, from App Launcher, find and select HR Service Workspace. From Setup, in the Quick Find box,
enter Integrations, and then expand Industry Integrations Solutions. Go to Integrations Setup and enable the Workday to Salesforce
integration app.

New and Changed Objects

Use the new object in Employee Service to store employee information. The EmpUserProvisionProcessErr object, which represents an
employee-user provisioning process error, has a new AccountId field.
Represent an employee within a company or organization
Use the new Employee2 object.
Represent the Person Account linked to the employee record involved in a user provisioning error
Use the new AccountId field on the EmpUserProvisionProcessErr object.

848
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Routing

Routing
Eligible Salesforce orgs are automatically upgraded to Enhanced Omni-Channel. Support customers while on the go with Omni-Channel
for mobile.

Delivered Idea: Support Customers While on the Go with Omni-Channel for Mobile (Generally Available)
Omni-Channel users can now use their mobile device to complete work from service channels enabled with status-based capacity.
With Omni Mobile, they can set their status and handle work requests from all enhanced channels, with the exception of Voice. They
also receive notifications on their mobile device about new work, updates to work, and changes to their status. Omni Mobile is part
of the Salesforce mobile app. This feature is now generally available. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Pause Messaging Sessions with Omni-Channel Status-Based Capacity (Generally Available)
Because status-based capacity now works with Enhanced Messaging, you can pause messaging sessions and track inactive sessions.
If a messaging session goes inactive, you don’t need to use flows to set ownership or provide a notification when it becomes active
again. Pausing messaging sessions with status-based capacity was in beta in Summer ’24 and is now generally available.
Get the Latest Omni-Channel Features for Government Cloud Plus
If your Government Cloud Plus org runs on Hyperforce, you can now leverage Enhanced Omni-Channel to route work, including
cases, leads, and Messaging for In-App and web sessions, and take advantage of future Omni-Channel developments. Salesforce is
migrating some of these orgs to Hyperforce between May 10, 2024 and August 23, 2024.
Sync Queues for More Channel Types to Partner Systems
Streamline your workflow by using Salesforce to create combined Voice and Messaging queues for external routing. Then map these
queues to a CCaaS partner system to process the routing there. Previously you could map Voice queues only to a partner telephony
system. Now you can map Messaging queues and mixed Messaging and Voice queues with an external CCaaS partner system for
external routing. Synchronizing these queues and capacity between Salesforce and CCaaS partner systems allows for seamless
telephony and messaging interactions within the same contact center.
Delivered Idea: Add a Description for Queues
You can now add a description when you create or edit a queue. Offer a brief description of the purpose, function, and any other
pertinent information about the queue. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Prevent and Debug Ringer Issues by Testing the Omni-Channel Notification Sound
Never miss an Omni-Channel notification. Test the notification sound for Omni-Channel to make sure it’s audible and coming from
the audio device you expect.

Support Customers While on the Go with Omni-Channel for Mobile (Generally

Available)
Omni-Channel users can now use their mobile device to complete work from service channels enabled with status-based capacity. With
Omni Mobile, they can set their status and handle work requests from all enhanced channels, with the exception of Voice. They also
receive notifications on their mobile device about new work, updates to work, and changes to their status. Omni Mobile is part of the
Salesforce mobile app. This feature is now generally available. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: Turn on status-based capacity in the Omni-Channel settings. To use this capacity model when routing work from a specific service
channel, turn on status-based capacity in the service channel settings as well.
To enable a user to access Omni Mobile from the Salesforce mobile app, assign them the Digital Engagement license. Verify that Omni
Inbox is set to Default On in their user profile. Add Omni Inbox to the app. Then ask the user to download the Salesforce mobile app.

849
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Routing

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Go Mobile with Omni-Channel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Salesforce Help: Understand Capacity Models (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Pause Messaging Sessions with Omni-Channel Status-Based Capacity (Generally

Available)
Because status-based capacity now works with Enhanced Messaging, you can pause messaging sessions and track inactive sessions. If
a messaging session goes inactive, you don’t need to use flows to set ownership or provide a notification when it becomes active again.
Pausing messaging sessions with status-based capacity was in beta in Summer ’24 and is now generally available.

850
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Routing

Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.

SEE ALSO:
Use Status-Based Capacity with Messaging (Generally Available)
Salesforce Help: Understand Capacity Models (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Get the Latest Omni-Channel Features for Government Cloud Plus

If your Government Cloud Plus org runs on Hyperforce, you can now leverage Enhanced Omni-Channel to route work, including cases,
leads, and Messaging for In-App and web sessions, and take advantage of future Omni-Channel developments. Salesforce is migrating
some of these orgs to Hyperforce between May 10, 2024 and August 23, 2024.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: After your org is running on Hyperforce, to get started, enable Omni-Channel, turn on Enhanced Omni-Channel, and configure
the presence statuses. To gain easy access to Omni-Channel, agents can add the Omni-Channel sidebar or widget where they work.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Route Work with Omni-Channel (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)
Knowledge Article: Introducing Hyperforce - General Information & FAQ

Sync Queues for More Channel Types to Partner Systems

Streamline your workflow by using Salesforce to create combined Voice and Messaging queues for external routing. Then map these
queues to a CCaaS partner system to process the routing there. Previously you could map Voice queues only to a partner telephony
system. Now you can map Messaging queues and mixed Messaging and Voice queues with an external CCaaS partner system for external
routing. Synchronizing these queues and capacity between Salesforce and CCaaS partner systems allows for seamless telephony and
messaging interactions within the same contact center.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise and Unlimited editions and is available with Service Cloud Voice with
Partner Telephony and Bring Your Own Channel for CCaaS.
How: Create queues with external routing for Messaging Session objects, Voice Call objects, or both. If a CCaaS partner has the queue
management capability enabled, add queues from the contact center details page under Contact Center Queues. Map your Salesforce
queues to CCaaS vendor queues and assign queue members.

Add a Description for Queues

You can now add a description when you create or edit a queue. Offer a brief description of the purpose, function, and any other pertinent
information about the queue. We delivered this feature thanks to your ideas on IdeaExchange.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic (not available in all orgs) in Professional, Enterprise, Performance,
Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Queues, and then select Queues. Create a new queue or choose an existing one. Then
edit the Queue Description field.

SEE ALSO:
IdeaExchange :Description Field on Public Groups and Queues

851
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Feedback Management

Prevent and Debug Ringer Issues by Testing the Omni-Channel Notification Sound
Never miss an Omni-Channel notification. Test the notification sound for Omni-Channel to make sure it’s audible and coming from the
audio device you expect.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer editions.
How: In Omni-Channel Settings, under Notification Sound > Ringer Output, click Test Notification Sound. Listen for the expected
custom sound. If a custom sound isn’t set, listen for the Voice notification sound.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Use the Omni-Channel Component to Work with Customers

Feedback Management
Collect timely feedback and gain comprehensive insights with unique post-chat survey invitations.

Gain Contextual Insights with Unique Post-Chat Survey Invitations

At the end of an in-app or web messaging session, automatically send a unique survey to collect timely feedback. Associate responses
with leads and contact participants for accurate customer contexts.

Gain Contextual Insights with Unique Post-Chat Survey Invitations

At the end of an in-app or web messaging session, automatically send a unique survey to collect timely feedback. Associate responses
with leads and contact participants for accurate customer contexts.
Where: This change applies to Lightning Experience in Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer editions where Feedback Management -
Starter or Feedback Management - Growth is enabled.

852
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Work.com

Who: To send unique survey invitations within a chat window, users need the Salesforce Advanced Features Starter permission or the
Salesforce Surveys Advanced Features permission.
How: From Setup, find and select Messaging Components. Create an autoresponse component and add the web page messaging
format. Select the messaging configuration type as Constant, the URL type as Survey Link, and the display method as Popup Message.
In the Quick Find box, find and select Messaging Settings. Find the channel for which you want to define the survey, and click Configure
Survey. Select a survey and save the configuration.

SEE ALSO:
Salesforce Help: Set Up Post-Chat Surveys for Messaging for In-App and Web (can be outdated or unavailable during release preview)

Work.com
Prepare your business, employees, and facilities. Respond to major events, such as the current COVID-19 crisis, with the apps and services
in Work.com.
See the Work.com release notes for the latest updates: Work.com Release Notes

Other Salesforce Products and Services

Get the latest information on these new features.

Customer Success Group

Salesforce Success Plans provide access to resources, guidance, and support at every step of your journey. From building expertise and
driving product adoption, to troubleshooting and maintaining technical health, we help you fast-track your success. With each release,
we introduce new and better ways to help you see results from all your Salesforce products. Highlights for Winter ’25 include:
• Signature:
– Virtual Instructor-Led Training
• Virtual instructor-led classes are now included in the Signature Success Plan. Enable your teams to be more efficient and
maximize product functionality with 1- to 5-day immersive classes that deep dive into product- and role-based topics.
Register for any available seat in the catalog of public classes.

– Customer Success Score Enhancements

• Redesigned User Experience for a more intuitive, efficient, and satisfying interaction, addressing user feedback
• Available to Marketing Cloud Intelligence with signals for Product Adoption, Customer Expertise, and Technical Health
• Available for Tableau with signals for Product Adoption and Customer Expertise
• Scale Center integration within the Technical Health Score for enhanced troubleshooting and analysis. After reviewing the
Technical Health scores in the Customer Success Score, navigate to Scale Center within your production org to get to the
root cause of any issues in a matter of minutes

– Reliability Reviews
• This Specialized Architect Review provides personalized expertise to detect and address performance and scale issues,
proactively enhance efficiency and mitigate risks, and educate on effective design and optimization. Experience enhanced
productivity, cost efficiency, and a system ready for new innovations and scale.

– Proactive Monitoring Enhancements

853
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Other Salesforce Products and Services

• Proactive Monitoring on Salesforce Help now available for Marketing Cloud - Signature Marketing Cloud Intelligence customers
that have completed Proactive Monitoring set up can view and access the Proactive Monitoring tab within their Salesforce
Help portal. Users can now utilize all the features described in this knowledge article for existing Proactive Monitoring alerts.
– [7 alerts] Marketing Cloud Intelligence

• New alerts for Service Cloud - Signature Service Cloud customers can receive proactive notifications from Salesforce whenever
there is a service outage or performance degradation for SCRT2 service features. Similarly, Signature customers can proactively
learn about issues with their Search functionality, helping them to mitigate actions and reducing business impact.
– [6 alerts] Service Cloud SCRT2 (Voice, Messaging, Chat)
• [Service Cloud Voice] Telephony Integration Failures
• [In-App & Web Messaging] Initialization Failures
• [Einstein Bot] Transfer-To-Agent Failures
• [Einstein Bot] Threshold Validation Errors
• [Einstein Bot] Connection Failures
• [Einstein Bot] Slow Response Rate

– • [1 alert] Search
– Search Query Errors

• Premier:
– Onboarding
• New Premier customers have access to a new program where you’ll work one-on-one with an Onboarding Specialist to map
your goals to Salesforce capabilities, assess your adoption strategy with tailored recommendations, and build a personalized
Success Path aligned to your business objectives. It demystifies exactly what it takes to be successful with Salesforce.

– Expert Coaching Enhancements

• New Expert Coaching Sessions have been added so that you can continue to learn how to implement and use the latest
Salesforce capabilities. Expert Coaching Sessions include videos, webinars, and individual sessions. Customers can request
individual follow-up directly from Salesforce experts from any Expert Coaching Session.

Get to know Success Plans by visiting our overview page or taking the Salesforce Success Plans Trailhead module. Or visit the Salesforce
Help Portal for more resources. To learn more about how to maximize your Salesforce success, check out our Salesforce Customer
Success overview page.

Heroku
Heroku is a cloud-based application platform for building and deploying web apps.
For information on new features, go to the Heroku Changelog.

IdeaExchange
Share ideas with the Trailblazer community and Salesforce product managers with the IdeaExchange. It features a search experience
that aids discoverability, more informative idea records, and search-as-you-type dupe detection to help avoid posting the same idea
twice. For more information, visit the IdeaExchange.

854
Salesforce Winter ’25 Release Notes Legal Documentation

Legal Documentation
We made seasonal updates to Salesforce Legal Documents.

Trust & Compliance

For a complete list of changes to the Trust & Compliance documents related to this release, see the Salesforce Trust & Compliance
Documentation Change Log.

Business Associate Addendum Restrictions

For a complete list of changes to the Business Associate Addendum Restriction documents, see the Business Associate Addendum
Restrictions Change Log.

Acceptable Use Policy

For a complete list of changes to the Acceptable Use Policy documents, see the Acceptable Use Policy Change Log.

855